commit 18cd52564ee7a1242071a9d2aa225b6ebcb6e6d3 Author: Joel16 Date: Mon Jul 6 22:26:33 2020 -0400 Initial commit diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29b53c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# Prerequisites +*.d + +# Compiled Object files +*.slo +*.lo +*.o +*.obj + +# Precompiled Headers +*.gch +*.pch + +# Compiled Dynamic libraries +*.so +*.dylib +*.dll + +# Fortran module files +*.mod +*.smod + +# Compiled Static libraries +*.lai +*.la +*.lib + +# Executables +*.exe +*.out +*.app diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb69c97 --- /dev/null +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +## This file is a quick tutorial on writing CMakeLists for targeting the Vita +cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.8) + +## This includes the Vita toolchain, must go before project definition +# It is a convenience so you do not have to type +# -DCMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE=$VITASDK/share/vita.toolchain.cmake for cmake. It is +# highly recommended that you include this block for all projects. +if(NOT DEFINED CMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE) + if(DEFINED ENV{VITASDK}) + set(CMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE "$ENV{VITASDK}/share/vita.toolchain.cmake" CACHE PATH "toolchain file") + else() + message(FATAL_ERROR "Please define VITASDK to point to your SDK path!") + endif() +endif() + +## Define project parameters here +# Name of the project +project(VITAlbum) +# This line adds Vita helper macros, must go after project definition in order +# to build Vita specific artifacts (self/vpk). +include("${VITASDK}/share/vita.cmake" REQUIRED) + +## Configuration options for this app +# Display name (under bubble in LiveArea) +set(VITA_APP_NAME "VITAlbum") +# Unique ID must be exactly 9 characters. Recommended: XXXXYYYYY where X = +# unique string of developer and Y = a unique number for this app +set(VITA_TITLEID "VITALBUM0") +# Optional version string to show in LiveArea's more info screen +set(VITA_VERSION "01.00") + +## Flags and includes for building +# Note that we make sure not to overwrite previous flags +set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -O2 -g -mtune=cortex-a9 -mfpu=neon -Wall") +set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -fno-exceptions -std=gnu++17") +# Optional. You can specify more param.sfo flags this way. +set(VITA_MKSFOEX_FLAGS "${VITA_MKSFOEX_FLAGS} -d PARENTAL_LEVEL=1") + +# Add any additional include paths here +include_directories( + libs/imgui + libs/libnsbmp + libs/libnsgif + libs/libtiff + libs + include +) + +# Add any additional library paths here +# ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} lets you use any library currently being built +link_directories( + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} + ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libs/lib +) + +## Build and link +# Add all the files needed to compile here +add_executable(${PROJECT_NAME} + libs/imgui/imgui.cpp + libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp + libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp + libs/imgui/imgui_vita_touch.cpp + libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp + libs/libnsbmp/libnsbmp.c + libs/libnsgif/libnsgif.c + libs/libnsgif/lzw.c + source/fs.cpp + source/gui.cpp + source/log.cpp + source/main.cpp + source/textures.cpp + source/utils.cpp +) + +# Library to link to (drop the prefix). This will mostly be stubs. +target_link_libraries(${PROJECT_NAME} + tiff + webp + jpeg + pthread + lzma + z + vitaGL + mathneon + SceCommonDialog_stub + SceLibKernel_stub + SceDisplay_stub + SceGxm_stub + SceSysmodule_stub + SceCtrl_stub + SceTouch_stub + m + SceAppMgr_stub + SceAppUtil_stub +) + +## Create Vita files +vita_create_self(${PROJECT_NAME}.self ${PROJECT_NAME} UNSAFE) +# The FILE directive lets you add additional files to the VPK, the syntax is +# FILE src_path dst_path_in_vpk. In this case, we add the LiveArea paths. +vita_create_vpk(${PROJECT_NAME}.vpk ${VITA_TITLEID} ${PROJECT_NAME}.self + VERSION ${VITA_VERSION} + NAME ${VITA_APP_NAME} + FILE sce_sys/icon0.png sce_sys/icon0.png + FILE sce_sys/livearea/contents/bg.png sce_sys/livearea/contents/bg.png + FILE sce_sys/livearea/contents/startup.png sce_sys/livearea/contents/startup.png + FILE sce_sys/livearea/contents/template.xml sce_sys/livearea/contents/template.xml + FILE res/file.png res/file.png + FILE res/folder.png res/folder.png + FILE res/image.png res/image.png +) diff --git a/LICENSE b/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c67c756 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +MIT License + +Copyright (c) 2020 Joel + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..deacd3f --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# VITAAlbum + +A simple file browser for PS Vita homebrew that is used for viewing various image formats. + +# Supported Formats: +- BMP +- GIF +- ICO +- JPG/JPEG +- PCX +- PNG +- PGM/PPM +- TGA +- TIFF +- WEBP + +# Todo: +- Ability to resize images. +- Load animated GIFs. + +# Credits: +- Rinnegatamante for [vitaGL](https://github.com/Rinnegatamante/vitaGL) +- Rinnegatamante for [imgui-vita](https://github.com/Rinnegatamante/imgui-vita) +- ocornut and contributors for [upstream imgui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui) +- stb_image contributors [stb_image](https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_image.h) +- dr-soft for [dr_pcx](https://github.com/dr-soft/dr_pcx) +- libwebp contributors for [libwebp](https://developers.google.com/speed/webp) +- libtiff contributors for [libtiff](http://www.libtiff.org/) +- libnsbmp contributors for [libnsbmp](https://www.netsurf-browser.org/projects/libnsbmp/) +- libnsgif contributors for [libnsgif](https://www.netsurf-browser.org/projects/libnsgif/) +- [vitasdk](https://github.com/vitasdk) diff --git a/include/dr_pcx.h b/include/dr_pcx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04f9adc --- /dev/null +++ b/include/dr_pcx.h @@ -0,0 +1,793 @@ +// PCX image loader. Public domain. See "unlicense" statement at the end of this file. +// dr_pcx - v0.3.1 - 2018-09-11 +// +// David Reid - mackron@gmail.com + +// USAGE +// +// dr_pcx is a single-file library. To use it, do something like the following in one .c file. +// #define DR_PCX_IMPLEMENTATION +// #include "dr_pcx.h" +// +// You can then #include this file in other parts of the program as you would with any other header file. Do something like +// the following to load and decode an image: +// +// int width; +// int height; +// int components +// drpcx_uint8* pImageData = drpcx_load_file("my_image.pcx", DRPCX_FALSE, &width, &height, &components, 0); +// if (pImageData == NULL) { +// // Failed to load image. +// } +// +// ... +// +// drpcx_free(pImageData); +// +// The boolean parameter (second argument in the above example) is whether or not the image should be flipped upside down. +// +// +// +// OPTIONS +// #define these options before including this file. +// +// #define DR_PCX_NO_STDIO +// Disable drpcx_load_file(). +// +// +// +// QUICK NOTES +// - 2-bpp/4-plane and 4-bpp/1-plane formats have not been tested. + +#ifndef dr_pcx_h +#define dr_pcx_h + +#include + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1600 +typedef signed char drpcx_int8; +typedef unsigned char drpcx_uint8; +typedef signed short drpcx_int16; +typedef unsigned short drpcx_uint16; +typedef signed int drpcx_int32; +typedef unsigned int drpcx_uint32; +typedef signed __int64 drpcx_int64; +typedef unsigned __int64 drpcx_uint64; +#else +#include +typedef int8_t drpcx_int8; +typedef uint8_t drpcx_uint8; +typedef int16_t drpcx_int16; +typedef uint16_t drpcx_uint16; +typedef int32_t drpcx_int32; +typedef uint32_t drpcx_uint32; +typedef int64_t drpcx_int64; +typedef uint64_t drpcx_uint64; +#endif +typedef drpcx_uint8 drpcx_bool8; +typedef drpcx_uint32 drpcx_bool32; +#define DRPCX_TRUE 1 +#define DRPCX_FALSE 0 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Callback for when data is read. Return value is the number of bytes actually read. +typedef size_t (* drpcx_read_proc)(void* userData, void* bufferOut, size_t bytesToRead); + + +// Loads a PCX file using the given callbacks. +drpcx_uint8* drpcx_load(drpcx_read_proc onRead, void* pUserData, drpcx_bool32 flipped, int* x, int* y, int* internalComponents, int desiredComponents); + +// Frees memory returned by drpcx_load() and family. +void drpcx_free(void* pReturnValueFromLoad); + + +#ifndef DR_PCX_NO_STDIO +// Loads an PCX file from an actual file. +drpcx_uint8* drpcx_load_file(const char* filename, drpcx_bool32 flipped, int* x, int* y, int* internalComponents, int desiredComponents); +#endif + +// Helper for loading an PCX file from a block of memory. +drpcx_uint8* drpcx_load_memory(const void* data, size_t dataSize, drpcx_bool32 flipped, int* x, int* y, int* internalComponents, int desiredComponents); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // dr_pcx_h + + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// IMPLEMENTATION +// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#ifdef DR_PCX_IMPLEMENTATION +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef DR_PCX_NO_STDIO +#include + +static size_t drpcx__on_read_stdio(void* pUserData, void* bufferOut, size_t bytesToRead) +{ + return fread(bufferOut, 1, bytesToRead, (FILE*)pUserData); +} + +drpcx_uint8* drpcx_load_file(const char* filename, drpcx_bool32 flipped, int* x, int* y, int* internalComponents, int desiredComponents) +{ + FILE* pFile; +#ifdef _MSC_VER + if (fopen_s(&pFile, filename, "rb") != 0) { + return NULL; + } +#else + pFile = fopen(filename, "rb"); + if (pFile == NULL) { + return NULL; + } +#endif + + drpcx_uint8* pImageData = drpcx_load(drpcx__on_read_stdio, pFile, flipped, x, y, internalComponents, desiredComponents); + + fclose(pFile); + return pImageData; +} +#endif // DR_PCX_NO_STDIO + + +typedef struct +{ + // A pointer to the beginning of the data. We use a char as the type here for easy offsetting. + const unsigned char* data; + size_t dataSize; + size_t currentReadPos; +} drpcx_memory; + +static size_t drpcx__on_read_memory(void* pUserData, void* bufferOut, size_t bytesToRead) +{ + drpcx_memory* memory = (drpcx_memory*)pUserData; + assert(memory != NULL); + assert(memory->dataSize >= memory->currentReadPos); + + size_t bytesRemaining = memory->dataSize - memory->currentReadPos; + if (bytesToRead > bytesRemaining) { + bytesToRead = bytesRemaining; + } + + if (bytesToRead > 0) { + memcpy(bufferOut, memory->data + memory->currentReadPos, bytesToRead); + memory->currentReadPos += bytesToRead; + } + + return bytesToRead; +} + +drpcx_uint8* drpcx_load_memory(const void* data, size_t dataSize, drpcx_bool32 flipped, int* x, int* y, int* internalComponents, int desiredComponents) +{ + drpcx_memory memory; + memory.data = (const unsigned char*)data; + memory.dataSize = dataSize; + memory.currentReadPos = 0; + return drpcx_load(drpcx__on_read_memory, &memory, flipped, x, y, internalComponents, desiredComponents); +} + + +typedef struct +{ + drpcx_uint8 header; + drpcx_uint8 version; + drpcx_uint8 encoding; + drpcx_uint8 bpp; + drpcx_uint16 left; + drpcx_uint16 top; + drpcx_uint16 right; + drpcx_uint16 bottom; + drpcx_uint16 hres; + drpcx_uint16 vres; + drpcx_uint8 palette16[48]; + drpcx_uint8 reserved1; + drpcx_uint8 bitPlanes; + drpcx_uint16 bytesPerLine; + drpcx_uint16 paletteType; + drpcx_uint16 screenSizeH; + drpcx_uint16 screenSizeV; + drpcx_uint8 reserved2[54]; +} drpcx_header; + +typedef struct +{ + drpcx_read_proc onRead; + void* pUserData; + drpcx_bool32 flipped; + drpcx_header header; + + drpcx_uint32 width; + drpcx_uint32 height; + drpcx_uint32 components; // 3 = RGB; 4 = RGBA. Only 3 and 4 are supported. + drpcx_uint8* pImageData; +} drpcx; + + +static drpcx_uint8 drpcx__read_byte(drpcx* pPCX) +{ + drpcx_uint8 byte = 0; + pPCX->onRead(pPCX->pUserData, &byte, 1); + + return byte; +} + +static drpcx_uint8* drpcx__row_ptr(drpcx* pPCX, drpcx_uint32 row) +{ + drpcx_uint32 stride = pPCX->width * pPCX->components; + + drpcx_uint8* pRow = pPCX->pImageData; + if (pPCX->flipped) { + pRow += (pPCX->height - row - 1) * stride; + } else { + pRow += row * stride; + } + + return pRow; +} + +static drpcx_uint8 drpcx__rle(drpcx* pPCX, drpcx_uint8* pRLEValueOut) +{ + drpcx_uint8 rleCount; + drpcx_uint8 rleValue; + + rleValue = drpcx__read_byte(pPCX); + if ((rleValue & 0xC0) == 0xC0) { + rleCount = rleValue & 0x3F; + rleValue = drpcx__read_byte(pPCX); + } else { + rleCount = 1; + } + + + *pRLEValueOut = rleValue; + return rleCount; +} + + +drpcx_bool32 drpcx__decode_1bit(drpcx* pPCX) +{ + drpcx_uint8 rleCount = 0; + drpcx_uint8 rleValue = 0; + + switch (pPCX->header.bitPlanes) + { + case 1: + { + for (drpcx_uint32 y = 0; y < pPCX->height; ++y) { + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->header.bytesPerLine; ++x) { + if (rleCount == 0) { + rleCount = drpcx__rle(pPCX, &rleValue); + } + rleCount -= 1; + + for (int bit = 0; (bit < 8) && ((x*8 + bit) < pPCX->width); ++bit) { + drpcx_uint8 mask = (1 << (7 - bit)); + drpcx_uint8 paletteIndex = (rleValue & mask) >> (7 - bit); + + pRow[0] = paletteIndex * 255; + pRow[1] = paletteIndex * 255; + pRow[2] = paletteIndex * 255; + pRow += 3; + } + } + } + + return DRPCX_TRUE; + + } break; + + case 2: + case 3: + case 4: + { + for (drpcx_uint32 y = 0; y < pPCX->height; ++y) { + for (drpcx_uint32 c = 0; c < pPCX->header.bitPlanes; ++c) { + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->header.bytesPerLine; ++x) { + if (rleCount == 0) { + rleCount = drpcx__rle(pPCX, &rleValue); + } + rleCount -= 1; + + for (int bit = 0; (bit < 8) && ((x*8 + bit) < pPCX->width); ++bit) { + drpcx_uint8 mask = (1 << (7 - bit)); + drpcx_uint8 paletteIndex = (rleValue & mask) >> (7 - bit); + + pRow[0] |= ((paletteIndex & 0x01) << c); + pRow += pPCX->components; + } + } + } + + + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->width; ++x) { + drpcx_uint8 paletteIndex = pRow[0]; + for (drpcx_uint32 c = 0; c < pPCX->components; ++c) { + pRow[c] = pPCX->header.palette16[paletteIndex*3 + c]; + } + + pRow += pPCX->components; + } + } + + return DRPCX_TRUE; + } + + default: return DRPCX_FALSE; + } +} + +drpcx_bool32 drpcx__decode_2bit(drpcx* pPCX) +{ + drpcx_uint8 rleCount = 0; + drpcx_uint8 rleValue = 0; + + switch (pPCX->header.bitPlanes) + { + case 1: + { + drpcx_uint8 paletteCGA[48]; + paletteCGA[ 0] = 0x00; paletteCGA[ 1] = 0x00; paletteCGA[ 2] = 0x00; // #000000 + paletteCGA[ 3] = 0x00; paletteCGA[ 4] = 0x00; paletteCGA[ 5] = 0xAA; // #0000AA + paletteCGA[ 6] = 0x00; paletteCGA[ 7] = 0xAA; paletteCGA[ 8] = 0x00; // #00AA00 + paletteCGA[ 9] = 0x00; paletteCGA[10] = 0xAA; paletteCGA[11] = 0xAA; // #00AAAA + paletteCGA[12] = 0xAA; paletteCGA[13] = 0x00; paletteCGA[14] = 0x00; // #AA0000 + paletteCGA[15] = 0xAA; paletteCGA[16] = 0x00; paletteCGA[17] = 0xAA; // #AA00AA + paletteCGA[18] = 0xAA; paletteCGA[19] = 0x55; paletteCGA[20] = 0x00; // #AA5500 + paletteCGA[21] = 0xAA; paletteCGA[22] = 0xAA; paletteCGA[23] = 0xAA; // #AAAAAA + paletteCGA[24] = 0x55; paletteCGA[25] = 0x55; paletteCGA[26] = 0x55; // #555555 + paletteCGA[27] = 0x55; paletteCGA[28] = 0x55; paletteCGA[29] = 0xFF; // #5555FF + paletteCGA[30] = 0x55; paletteCGA[31] = 0xFF; paletteCGA[32] = 0x55; // #55FF55 + paletteCGA[33] = 0x55; paletteCGA[34] = 0xFF; paletteCGA[35] = 0xFF; // #55FFFF + paletteCGA[36] = 0xFF; paletteCGA[37] = 0x55; paletteCGA[38] = 0x55; // #FF5555 + paletteCGA[39] = 0xFF; paletteCGA[40] = 0x55; paletteCGA[41] = 0xFF; // #FF55FF + paletteCGA[42] = 0xFF; paletteCGA[43] = 0xFF; paletteCGA[44] = 0x55; // #FFFF55 + paletteCGA[45] = 0xFF; paletteCGA[46] = 0xFF; paletteCGA[47] = 0xFF; // #FFFFFF + + drpcx_uint8 cgaBGColor = pPCX->header.palette16[0] >> 4; + drpcx_uint8 i = (pPCX->header.palette16[3] & 0x20) >> 5; + drpcx_uint8 p = (pPCX->header.palette16[3] & 0x40) >> 6; + //drpcx_uint8 c = (pPCX->header.palette16[3] & 0x80) >> 7; // Color or monochrome. How is monochrome handled? + + for (drpcx_uint32 y = 0; y < pPCX->height; ++y) { + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->header.bytesPerLine; ++x) { + if (rleCount == 0) { + rleCount = drpcx__rle(pPCX, &rleValue); + } + rleCount -= 1; + + for (int bit = 0; bit < 4; ++bit) { + if (x*4 + bit < pPCX->width) { + drpcx_uint8 mask = (3 << ((3 - bit) * 2)); + drpcx_uint8 paletteIndex = (rleValue & mask) >> ((3 - bit) * 2); + + drpcx_uint8 cgaIndex; + if (paletteIndex == 0) { // Background. + cgaIndex = cgaBGColor; + } else { // Foreground + cgaIndex = (((paletteIndex << 1) + p) + (i << 3)); + } + + pRow[0] = paletteCGA[cgaIndex*3 + 0]; + pRow[1] = paletteCGA[cgaIndex*3 + 1]; + pRow[2] = paletteCGA[cgaIndex*3 + 2]; + pRow += 3; + } + } + } + } + + // TODO: According to http://www.fysnet.net/pcxfile.htm, we should use the palette at the end of the file + // instead of the standard CGA palette if the version is equal to 5. With my test files the palette + // at the end of the file does not exist. Research this one. + if (pPCX->header.version == 5) { + drpcx_uint8 paletteMarker = drpcx__read_byte(pPCX); + if (paletteMarker == 0x0C) { + // TODO: Implement Me. + } + } + + return DRPCX_TRUE; + }; + + case 4: + { + // NOTE: This is completely untested. If anybody knows where I can get a test file please let me know or send it through to me! + // TODO: Test Me. + + for (drpcx_uint32 y = 0; y < pPCX->height; ++y) { + for (drpcx_uint32 c = 0; c < pPCX->header.bitPlanes; ++c) { + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->header.bytesPerLine; ++x) { + if (rleCount == 0) { + rleCount = drpcx__rle(pPCX, &rleValue); + } + rleCount -= 1; + + for (int bitpair = 0; (bitpair < 4) && ((x*4 + bitpair) < pPCX->width); ++bitpair) { + drpcx_uint8 mask = (4 << (3 - bitpair)); + drpcx_uint8 paletteIndex = (rleValue & mask) >> (3 - bitpair); + + pRow[0] |= ((paletteIndex & 0x03) << (c*2)); + pRow += pPCX->components; + } + } + } + + + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->width; ++x) { + drpcx_uint8 paletteIndex = pRow[0]; + for (drpcx_uint32 c = 0; c < pPCX->header.bitPlanes; ++c) { + pRow[c] = pPCX->header.palette16[paletteIndex*3 + c]; + } + + pRow += pPCX->components; + } + } + + return DRPCX_TRUE; + }; + + default: return DRPCX_FALSE; + } +} + +drpcx_bool32 drpcx__decode_4bit(drpcx* pPCX) +{ + // NOTE: This is completely untested. If anybody knows where I can get a test file please let me know or send it through to me! + // TODO: Test Me. + + if (pPCX->header.bitPlanes > 1) { + return DRPCX_FALSE; + } + + drpcx_uint8 rleCount = 0; + drpcx_uint8 rleValue = 0; + + for (drpcx_uint32 y = 0; y < pPCX->height; ++y) { + for (drpcx_uint32 c = 0; c < pPCX->header.bitPlanes; ++c) { + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->header.bytesPerLine; ++x) { + if (rleCount == 0) { + rleCount = drpcx__rle(pPCX, &rleValue); + } + rleCount -= 1; + + for (int nibble = 0; (nibble < 2) && ((x*2 + nibble) < pPCX->width); ++nibble) + { + drpcx_uint8 mask = (4 << (1 - nibble)); + drpcx_uint8 paletteIndex = (rleValue & mask) >> (1 - nibble); + + pRow[0] |= ((paletteIndex & 0x0F) << (c*4)); + pRow += pPCX->components; + } + } + } + + + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->width; ++x) { + drpcx_uint8 paletteIndex = pRow[0]; + for (drpcx_uint32 c = 0; c < pPCX->components; ++c) { + pRow[c] = pPCX->header.palette16[paletteIndex*3 + c]; + } + + pRow += pPCX->components; + } + } + + return DRPCX_TRUE; +} + +drpcx_bool32 drpcx__decode_8bit(drpcx* pPCX) +{ + drpcx_uint8 rleCount = 0; + drpcx_uint8 rleValue = 0; + drpcx_uint32 stride = pPCX->width * pPCX->components; + + switch (pPCX->header.bitPlanes) + { + case 1: + { + for (drpcx_uint32 y = 0; y < pPCX->height; ++y) { + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->header.bytesPerLine; ++x) { + if (rleCount == 0) { + rleCount = drpcx__rle(pPCX, &rleValue); + } + rleCount -= 1; + + if (x < pPCX->width) { + pRow[0] = rleValue; + pRow[1] = rleValue; + pRow[2] = rleValue; + pRow += 3; + } + } + } + + // At this point we can know if we are dealing with a palette or a grayscale image by checking the next byte. If it's equal to 0x0C, we + // need to do a simple palette lookup. + drpcx_uint8 paletteMarker = drpcx__read_byte(pPCX); + if (paletteMarker == 0x0C) { + // A palette is present - we need to do a second pass. + drpcx_uint8 palette256[768]; + if (pPCX->onRead(pPCX->pUserData, palette256, sizeof(palette256)) != sizeof(palette256)) { + return DRPCX_FALSE; + } + + for (drpcx_uint32 y = 0; y < pPCX->height; ++y) { + drpcx_uint8* pRow = pPCX->pImageData + (y * stride); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->width; ++x) { + drpcx_uint8 index = pRow[0]; + pRow[0] = palette256[index*3 + 0]; + pRow[1] = palette256[index*3 + 1]; + pRow[2] = palette256[index*3 + 2]; + pRow += 3; + } + } + } + + return DRPCX_TRUE; + } + + case 3: + case 4: + { + for (drpcx_uint32 y = 0; y < pPCX->height; ++y) { + for (drpcx_uint32 c = 0; c < pPCX->components; ++c) { + drpcx_uint8* pRow = drpcx__row_ptr(pPCX, y); + for (drpcx_uint32 x = 0; x < pPCX->header.bytesPerLine; ++x) { + if (rleCount == 0) { + rleCount = drpcx__rle(pPCX, &rleValue); + } + rleCount -= 1; + + if (x < pPCX->width) { + pRow[c] = rleValue; + pRow += pPCX->components; + } + } + } + } + + return DRPCX_TRUE; + } + } + + return DRPCX_TRUE; +} + +drpcx_uint8* drpcx_load(drpcx_read_proc onRead, void* pUserData, drpcx_bool32 flipped, int* x, int* y, int* internalComponents, int desiredComponents) +{ + if (onRead == NULL) return NULL; + if (desiredComponents > 4) return NULL; + + drpcx pcx; + pcx.onRead = onRead; + pcx.pUserData = pUserData; + pcx.flipped = flipped; + if (onRead(pUserData, &pcx.header, sizeof(pcx.header)) != sizeof(pcx.header)) { + return NULL; // Failed to read the header. + } + + if (pcx.header.header != 10) { + return NULL; // Not a PCX file. + } + + if (pcx.header.encoding != 1) { + return NULL; // Not supporting non-RLE encoding. Would assume a value of 0 indicates raw, unencoded, but that is apparently never used. + } + + if (pcx.header.bpp != 1 && pcx.header.bpp != 2 && pcx.header.bpp != 4 && pcx.header.bpp != 8) { + return NULL; // Unsupported pixel format. + } + + + if (pcx.header.left > pcx.header.right) { + drpcx_uint16 temp = pcx.header.left; + pcx.header.left = pcx.header.right; + pcx.header.right = temp; + } + if (pcx.header.top > pcx.header.bottom) { + drpcx_uint16 temp = pcx.header.top; + pcx.header.top = pcx.header.bottom; + pcx.header.bottom = temp; + } + + pcx.width = pcx.header.right - pcx.header.left + 1; + pcx.height = pcx.header.bottom - pcx.header.top + 1; + pcx.components = (pcx.header.bpp == 8 && pcx.header.bitPlanes == 4) ? 4 : 3; + + size_t dataSize = pcx.width * pcx.height * pcx.components; + pcx.pImageData = (drpcx_uint8*)calloc(1, dataSize); // <-- Clearing to zero is important! Required for proper decoding. + if (pcx.pImageData == NULL) { + return NULL; // Failed to allocate memory. + } + + drpcx_bool32 result = DRPCX_FALSE; + switch (pcx.header.bpp) + { + case 1: + { + result = drpcx__decode_1bit(&pcx); + } break; + + case 2: + { + result = drpcx__decode_2bit(&pcx); + } break; + + case 4: + { + result = drpcx__decode_4bit(&pcx); + } break; + + case 8: + { + result = drpcx__decode_8bit(&pcx); + } break; + } + + if (!result) { + free(pcx.pImageData); + return NULL; + } + + // There's an annoying amount of branching when loading PCX files so for simplicity I'm doing the component conversion as + // a second pass. + if (desiredComponents == 0) desiredComponents = pcx.components; + if (desiredComponents != (int)pcx.components) { + drpcx_uint8* pNewImageData = (drpcx_uint8*)malloc(pcx.width * pcx.height * desiredComponents); + if (pNewImageData == NULL) { + free(pcx.pImageData); + return NULL; + } + + drpcx_uint8* pSrcData = pcx.pImageData; + drpcx_uint8* pDstData = pNewImageData; + if (desiredComponents < (int)pcx.components) { + // We're reducing the number of components. Just drop the excess. + for (drpcx_uint32 i = 0; i < pcx.width*pcx.height; ++i) { + for (int c = 0; c < desiredComponents; ++c) { + pDstData[c] = pSrcData[c]; + } + + pSrcData += pcx.components; + pDstData += desiredComponents; + } + } else { + // We're increasing the number of components. Always ensure the alpha channel is set to 0xFF. + if (pcx.components == 1) { + for (drpcx_uint32 i = 0; i < pcx.width*pcx.height; ++i) { + for (int c = 0; c < desiredComponents; ++c) { + pDstData[c] = pSrcData[0]; + } + + pSrcData += pcx.components; + pDstData += desiredComponents; + } + } else if (pcx.components == 2) { + for (drpcx_uint32 i = 0; i < pcx.width*pcx.height; ++i) { + pDstData[0] = pSrcData[0]; + pDstData[1] = pSrcData[1]; + pDstData[2] = 0x00; + if (desiredComponents == 4) pDstData[3] = 0xFF; + + pSrcData += pcx.components; + pDstData += desiredComponents; + } + } else { + assert(pcx.components == 3); + assert(desiredComponents == 4); + for (drpcx_uint32 i = 0; i < pcx.width*pcx.height; ++i) { + pDstData[0] = pSrcData[0]; + pDstData[1] = pSrcData[1]; + pDstData[2] = pSrcData[2]; + pDstData[3] = 0xFF; + + pSrcData += pcx.components; + pDstData += desiredComponents; + } + } + } + + free(pcx.pImageData); + pcx.pImageData = pNewImageData; + } + + if (x) *x = pcx.width; + if (y) *y = pcx.height; + if (internalComponents) *internalComponents = pcx.components; + return pcx.pImageData; +} + +void drpcx_free(void* pReturnValueFromLoad) +{ + free(pReturnValueFromLoad); +} + +#endif // DR_PCX_IMPLEMENTATION + + +// REVISION HISTORY +// +// v0.3.1 - 2018-09-11 +// - Styling fixes. +// - Fix a typo. +// +// v0.3 - 2018-02-08 +// - API CHANGE: Rename dr_* types to drpcx_*. +// +// v0.2c - 2018-02-07 +// - Fix a crash. +// +// v0.2b - 2018-02-02 +// - Fix compilation error. +// +// v0.2a - 2017-07-16 +// - Change underlying type for booleans to unsigned. +// +// v0.2 - 2016-10-28 +// - API CHANGE: Add a parameter to drpcx_load() and family to control the number of output components. +// - Use custom sized types rather than built-in ones to improve support for older MSVC compilers. +// +// v0.1c - 2016-10-23 +// - A minor change to drpcx_bool8 and drpcx_bool32 types. +// +// v0.1b - 2016-10-11 +// - Use drpcx_bool32 instead of the built-in "bool" type. The reason for this change is that it helps maintain API/ABI consistency +// between C and C++ builds. +// +// v0.1a - 2016-09-18 +// - Change date format to ISO 8601 (YYYY-MM-DD) +// +// v0.1 - 2016-05-04 +// - Initial versioned release. + + +// TODO +// - Test 2-bpp/4-plane and 4-bpp/1-plane formats. + + +/* +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. + +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or +distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled +binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any +means. + +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors +of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the +software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit +of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and +successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of +relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this +software under copyright law. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +For more information, please refer to +*/ + diff --git a/include/fs.h b/include/fs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..596ac96 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/fs.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#ifndef _VITASTUDIO_FS_H_ +#define _VITASTUDIO_FS_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +namespace FS { + extern std::string CWD; + int GetFileSize(const std::string &path, SceOff *size); + std::string GetFileExt(const std::string &filename); + SceOff GetDirList(const std::string &path, SceIoDirent **entriesp); + SceOff ChangeDirNext(const std::string &path, SceIoDirent **entries); + SceOff ChangeDirPrev(SceIoDirent **entries); + const std::string BuildPath(SceIoDirent *entry); + int ReadFile(const std::string &path, unsigned char **buffer, SceOff *size); +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/gui.h b/include/gui.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..447d82d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/gui.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#ifndef _VITASTUDIO_GUI_H_ +#define _VITASTUDIO_GUI_H_ + +namespace GUI { + void MainMenu(void); +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/log.h b/include/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e4f6b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#ifndef _VITASTUDIO_LOG_H_ +#define _VITASTUDIO_LOG_H_ + +namespace Log { + int OpenHande(void); + int CloseHandle(void); + int Debug(const char *format, ...); +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/stb_image.h b/include/stb_image.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2857f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/stb_image.h @@ -0,0 +1,7656 @@ +/* stb_image - v2.25 - public domain image loader - http://nothings.org/stb + no warranty implied; use at your own risk + + Do this: + #define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION + before you include this file in *one* C or C++ file to create the implementation. + + // i.e. it should look like this: + #include ... + #include ... + #include ... + #define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION + #include "stb_image.h" + + You can #define STBI_ASSERT(x) before the #include to avoid using assert.h. + And #define STBI_MALLOC, STBI_REALLOC, and STBI_FREE to avoid using malloc,realloc,free + + + QUICK NOTES: + Primarily of interest to game developers and other people who can + avoid problematic images and only need the trivial interface + + JPEG baseline & progressive (12 bpc/arithmetic not supported, same as stock IJG lib) + PNG 1/2/4/8/16-bit-per-channel + + TGA (not sure what subset, if a subset) + BMP non-1bpp, non-RLE + PSD (composited view only, no extra channels, 8/16 bit-per-channel) + + GIF (*comp always reports as 4-channel) + HDR (radiance rgbE format) + PIC (Softimage PIC) + PNM (PPM and PGM binary only) + + Animated GIF still needs a proper API, but here's one way to do it: + http://gist.github.com/urraka/685d9a6340b26b830d49 + + - decode from memory or through FILE (define STBI_NO_STDIO to remove code) + - decode from arbitrary I/O callbacks + - SIMD acceleration on x86/x64 (SSE2) and ARM (NEON) + + Full documentation under "DOCUMENTATION" below. + + +LICENSE + + See end of file for license information. + +RECENT REVISION HISTORY: + + 2.25 (2020-02-02) fix warnings + 2.24 (2020-02-02) fix warnings; thread-local failure_reason and flip_vertically + 2.23 (2019-08-11) fix clang static analysis warning + 2.22 (2019-03-04) gif fixes, fix warnings + 2.21 (2019-02-25) fix typo in comment + 2.20 (2019-02-07) support utf8 filenames in Windows; fix warnings and platform ifdefs + 2.19 (2018-02-11) fix warning + 2.18 (2018-01-30) fix warnings + 2.17 (2018-01-29) bugfix, 1-bit BMP, 16-bitness query, fix warnings + 2.16 (2017-07-23) all functions have 16-bit variants; optimizations; bugfixes + 2.15 (2017-03-18) fix png-1,2,4; all Imagenet JPGs; no runtime SSE detection on GCC + 2.14 (2017-03-03) remove deprecated STBI_JPEG_OLD; fixes for Imagenet JPGs + 2.13 (2016-12-04) experimental 16-bit API, only for PNG so far; fixes + 2.12 (2016-04-02) fix typo in 2.11 PSD fix that caused crashes + 2.11 (2016-04-02) 16-bit PNGS; enable SSE2 in non-gcc x64 + RGB-format JPEG; remove white matting in PSD; + allocate large structures on the stack; + correct channel count for PNG & BMP + 2.10 (2016-01-22) avoid warning introduced in 2.09 + 2.09 (2016-01-16) 16-bit TGA; comments in PNM files; STBI_REALLOC_SIZED + + See end of file for full revision history. + + + ============================ Contributors ========================= + + Image formats Extensions, features + Sean Barrett (jpeg, png, bmp) Jetro Lauha (stbi_info) + Nicolas Schulz (hdr, psd) Martin "SpartanJ" Golini (stbi_info) + Jonathan Dummer (tga) James "moose2000" Brown (iPhone PNG) + Jean-Marc Lienher (gif) Ben "Disch" Wenger (io callbacks) + Tom Seddon (pic) Omar Cornut (1/2/4-bit PNG) + Thatcher Ulrich (psd) Nicolas Guillemot (vertical flip) + Ken Miller (pgm, ppm) Richard Mitton (16-bit PSD) + github:urraka (animated gif) Junggon Kim (PNM comments) + Christopher Forseth (animated gif) Daniel Gibson (16-bit TGA) + socks-the-fox (16-bit PNG) + Jeremy Sawicki (handle all ImageNet JPGs) + Optimizations & bugfixes Mikhail Morozov (1-bit BMP) + Fabian "ryg" Giesen Anael Seghezzi (is-16-bit query) + Arseny Kapoulkine + John-Mark Allen + Carmelo J Fdez-Aguera + + Bug & warning fixes + Marc LeBlanc David Woo Guillaume George Martins Mozeiko + Christpher Lloyd Jerry Jansson Joseph Thomson Phil Jordan + Dave Moore Roy Eltham Hayaki Saito Nathan Reed + Won Chun Luke Graham Johan Duparc Nick Verigakis + the Horde3D community Thomas Ruf Ronny Chevalier github:rlyeh + Janez Zemva John Bartholomew Michal Cichon github:romigrou + Jonathan Blow Ken Hamada Tero Hanninen github:svdijk + Laurent Gomila Cort Stratton Sergio Gonzalez github:snagar + Aruelien Pocheville Thibault Reuille Cass Everitt github:Zelex + Ryamond Barbiero Paul Du Bois Engin Manap github:grim210 + Aldo Culquicondor Philipp Wiesemann Dale Weiler github:sammyhw + Oriol Ferrer Mesia Josh Tobin Matthew Gregan github:phprus + Julian Raschke Gregory Mullen Baldur Karlsson github:poppolopoppo + Christian Floisand Kevin Schmidt JR Smith github:darealshinji + Brad Weinberger Matvey Cherevko github:Michaelangel007 + Blazej Dariusz Roszkowski Alexander Veselov +*/ + +#ifndef STBI_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_H +#define STBI_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_H + +// DOCUMENTATION +// +// Limitations: +// - no 12-bit-per-channel JPEG +// - no JPEGs with arithmetic coding +// - GIF always returns *comp=4 +// +// Basic usage (see HDR discussion below for HDR usage): +// int x,y,n; +// unsigned char *data = stbi_load(filename, &x, &y, &n, 0); +// // ... process data if not NULL ... +// // ... x = width, y = height, n = # 8-bit components per pixel ... +// // ... replace '0' with '1'..'4' to force that many components per pixel +// // ... but 'n' will always be the number that it would have been if you said 0 +// stbi_image_free(data) +// +// Standard parameters: +// int *x -- outputs image width in pixels +// int *y -- outputs image height in pixels +// int *channels_in_file -- outputs # of image components in image file +// int desired_channels -- if non-zero, # of image components requested in result +// +// The return value from an image loader is an 'unsigned char *' which points +// to the pixel data, or NULL on an allocation failure or if the image is +// corrupt or invalid. The pixel data consists of *y scanlines of *x pixels, +// with each pixel consisting of N interleaved 8-bit components; the first +// pixel pointed to is top-left-most in the image. There is no padding between +// image scanlines or between pixels, regardless of format. The number of +// components N is 'desired_channels' if desired_channels is non-zero, or +// *channels_in_file otherwise. If desired_channels is non-zero, +// *channels_in_file has the number of components that _would_ have been +// output otherwise. E.g. if you set desired_channels to 4, you will always +// get RGBA output, but you can check *channels_in_file to see if it's trivially +// opaque because e.g. there were only 3 channels in the source image. +// +// An output image with N components has the following components interleaved +// in this order in each pixel: +// +// N=#comp components +// 1 grey +// 2 grey, alpha +// 3 red, green, blue +// 4 red, green, blue, alpha +// +// If image loading fails for any reason, the return value will be NULL, +// and *x, *y, *channels_in_file will be unchanged. The function +// stbi_failure_reason() can be queried for an extremely brief, end-user +// unfriendly explanation of why the load failed. Define STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS +// to avoid compiling these strings at all, and STBI_FAILURE_USERMSG to get slightly +// more user-friendly ones. +// +// Paletted PNG, BMP, GIF, and PIC images are automatically depalettized. +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// UNICODE: +// +// If compiling for Windows and you wish to use Unicode filenames, compile +// with +// #define STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8 +// and pass utf8-encoded filenames. Call stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8 to convert +// Windows wchar_t filenames to utf8. +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// Philosophy +// +// stb libraries are designed with the following priorities: +// +// 1. easy to use +// 2. easy to maintain +// 3. good performance +// +// Sometimes I let "good performance" creep up in priority over "easy to maintain", +// and for best performance I may provide less-easy-to-use APIs that give higher +// performance, in addition to the easy-to-use ones. Nevertheless, it's important +// to keep in mind that from the standpoint of you, a client of this library, +// all you care about is #1 and #3, and stb libraries DO NOT emphasize #3 above all. +// +// Some secondary priorities arise directly from the first two, some of which +// provide more explicit reasons why performance can't be emphasized. +// +// - Portable ("ease of use") +// - Small source code footprint ("easy to maintain") +// - No dependencies ("ease of use") +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// I/O callbacks +// +// I/O callbacks allow you to read from arbitrary sources, like packaged +// files or some other source. Data read from callbacks are processed +// through a small internal buffer (currently 128 bytes) to try to reduce +// overhead. +// +// The three functions you must define are "read" (reads some bytes of data), +// "skip" (skips some bytes of data), "eof" (reports if the stream is at the end). +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// SIMD support +// +// The JPEG decoder will try to automatically use SIMD kernels on x86 when +// supported by the compiler. For ARM Neon support, you must explicitly +// request it. +// +// (The old do-it-yourself SIMD API is no longer supported in the current +// code.) +// +// On x86, SSE2 will automatically be used when available based on a run-time +// test; if not, the generic C versions are used as a fall-back. On ARM targets, +// the typical path is to have separate builds for NEON and non-NEON devices +// (at least this is true for iOS and Android). Therefore, the NEON support is +// toggled by a build flag: define STBI_NEON to get NEON loops. +// +// If for some reason you do not want to use any of SIMD code, or if +// you have issues compiling it, you can disable it entirely by +// defining STBI_NO_SIMD. +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// HDR image support (disable by defining STBI_NO_HDR) +// +// stb_image supports loading HDR images in general, and currently the Radiance +// .HDR file format specifically. You can still load any file through the existing +// interface; if you attempt to load an HDR file, it will be automatically remapped +// to LDR, assuming gamma 2.2 and an arbitrary scale factor defaulting to 1; +// both of these constants can be reconfigured through this interface: +// +// stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(2.2f); +// stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(1.0f); +// +// (note, do not use _inverse_ constants; stbi_image will invert them +// appropriately). +// +// Additionally, there is a new, parallel interface for loading files as +// (linear) floats to preserve the full dynamic range: +// +// float *data = stbi_loadf(filename, &x, &y, &n, 0); +// +// If you load LDR images through this interface, those images will +// be promoted to floating point values, run through the inverse of +// constants corresponding to the above: +// +// stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(1.0f); +// stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(2.2f); +// +// Finally, given a filename (or an open file or memory block--see header +// file for details) containing image data, you can query for the "most +// appropriate" interface to use (that is, whether the image is HDR or +// not), using: +// +// stbi_is_hdr(char *filename); +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// iPhone PNG support: +// +// By default we convert iphone-formatted PNGs back to RGB, even though +// they are internally encoded differently. You can disable this conversion +// by calling stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(0), in which case +// you will always just get the native iphone "format" through (which +// is BGR stored in RGB). +// +// Call stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load(1) as well to force a divide per +// pixel to remove any premultiplied alpha *only* if the image file explicitly +// says there's premultiplied data (currently only happens in iPhone images, +// and only if iPhone convert-to-rgb processing is on). +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION +// +// - You can suppress implementation of any of the decoders to reduce +// your code footprint by #defining one or more of the following +// symbols before creating the implementation. +// +// STBI_NO_JPEG +// STBI_NO_PNG +// STBI_NO_BMP +// STBI_NO_PSD +// STBI_NO_TGA +// STBI_NO_GIF +// STBI_NO_HDR +// STBI_NO_PIC +// STBI_NO_PNM (.ppm and .pgm) +// +// - You can request *only* certain decoders and suppress all other ones +// (this will be more forward-compatible, as addition of new decoders +// doesn't require you to disable them explicitly): +// +// STBI_ONLY_JPEG +// STBI_ONLY_PNG +// STBI_ONLY_BMP +// STBI_ONLY_PSD +// STBI_ONLY_TGA +// STBI_ONLY_GIF +// STBI_ONLY_HDR +// STBI_ONLY_PIC +// STBI_ONLY_PNM (.ppm and .pgm) +// +// - If you use STBI_NO_PNG (or _ONLY_ without PNG), and you still +// want the zlib decoder to be available, #define STBI_SUPPORT_ZLIB +// + + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +#include +#endif // STBI_NO_STDIO + +#define STBI_VERSION 1 + +enum +{ + STBI_default = 0, // only used for desired_channels + + STBI_grey = 1, + STBI_grey_alpha = 2, + STBI_rgb = 3, + STBI_rgb_alpha = 4 +}; + +#include +typedef unsigned char stbi_uc; +typedef unsigned short stbi_us; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef STBIDEF +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_STATIC +#define STBIDEF static +#else +#define STBIDEF extern +#endif +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// PRIMARY API - works on images of any type +// + +// +// load image by filename, open file, or memory buffer +// + +typedef struct +{ + int (*read) (void *user,char *data,int size); // fill 'data' with 'size' bytes. return number of bytes actually read + void (*skip) (void *user,int n); // skip the next 'n' bytes, or 'unget' the last -n bytes if negative + int (*eof) (void *user); // returns nonzero if we are at end of file/data +} stbi_io_callbacks; + +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// 8-bits-per-channel interface +// + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len , int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk , void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +// for stbi_load_from_file, file pointer is left pointing immediately after image +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_gif_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp); +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8 +STBIDEF int stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input); +#endif + +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// 16-bits-per-channel interface +// + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16 (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_from_file_16(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +#endif + +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// float-per-channel interface +// +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_callbacks (stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + + #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(float gamma); + STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(float scale); +#endif // STBI_NO_HDR + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR + STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(float gamma); + STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(float scale); +#endif // STBI_NO_LINEAR + +// stbi_is_hdr is always defined, but always returns false if STBI_NO_HDR +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len); +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr (char const *filename); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_file(FILE *f); +#endif // STBI_NO_STDIO + + +// get a VERY brief reason for failure +// on most compilers (and ALL modern mainstream compilers) this is threadsafe +STBIDEF const char *stbi_failure_reason (void); + +// free the loaded image -- this is just free() +STBIDEF void stbi_image_free (void *retval_from_stbi_load); + +// get image dimensions & components without fully decoding +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user); + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF int stbi_info (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit (char const *filename); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(FILE *f); +#endif + + + +// for image formats that explicitly notate that they have premultiplied alpha, +// we just return the colors as stored in the file. set this flag to force +// unpremultiplication. results are undefined if the unpremultiply overflow. +STBIDEF void stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply); + +// indicate whether we should process iphone images back to canonical format, +// or just pass them through "as-is" +STBIDEF void stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(int flag_true_if_should_convert); + +// flip the image vertically, so the first pixel in the output array is the bottom left +STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_flip); + +// as above, but only applies to images loaded on the thread that calls the function +// this function is only available if your compiler supports thread-local variables; +// calling it will fail to link if your compiler doesn't +STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load_thread(int flag_true_if_should_flip); + +// ZLIB client - used by PNG, available for other purposes + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize(const char *buffer, int len, int initial_size, int *outlen); +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize_headerflag(const char *buffer, int len, int initial_size, int *outlen, int parse_header); +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc(const char *buffer, int len, int *outlen); +STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const char *ibuffer, int ilen); + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_malloc(const char *buffer, int len, int *outlen); +STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const char *ibuffer, int ilen); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// +// +//// end header file ///////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#endif // STBI_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_H + +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION + +#if defined(STBI_ONLY_JPEG) || defined(STBI_ONLY_PNG) || defined(STBI_ONLY_BMP) \ + || defined(STBI_ONLY_TGA) || defined(STBI_ONLY_GIF) || defined(STBI_ONLY_PSD) \ + || defined(STBI_ONLY_HDR) || defined(STBI_ONLY_PIC) || defined(STBI_ONLY_PNM) \ + || defined(STBI_ONLY_ZLIB) + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_JPEG + #define STBI_NO_JPEG + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_PNG + #define STBI_NO_PNG + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_BMP + #define STBI_NO_BMP + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_PSD + #define STBI_NO_PSD + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_TGA + #define STBI_NO_TGA + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_GIF + #define STBI_NO_GIF + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_HDR + #define STBI_NO_HDR + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_PIC + #define STBI_NO_PIC + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_PNM + #define STBI_NO_PNM + #endif +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && !defined(STBI_SUPPORT_ZLIB) && !defined(STBI_NO_ZLIB) +#define STBI_NO_ZLIB +#endif + + +#include +#include // ptrdiff_t on osx +#include +#include +#include + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +#include // ldexp, pow +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +#include +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_ASSERT +#include +#define STBI_ASSERT(x) assert(x) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define STBI_EXTERN extern "C" +#else +#define STBI_EXTERN extern +#endif + + +#ifndef _MSC_VER + #ifdef __cplusplus + #define stbi_inline inline + #else + #define stbi_inline + #endif +#else + #define stbi_inline __forceinline +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_THREAD_LOCALS + #if defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL thread_local + #elif defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL _Thread_local + #elif defined(__GNUC__) + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL __thread + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL __declspec(thread) +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +typedef unsigned short stbi__uint16; +typedef signed short stbi__int16; +typedef unsigned int stbi__uint32; +typedef signed int stbi__int32; +#else +#include +typedef uint16_t stbi__uint16; +typedef int16_t stbi__int16; +typedef uint32_t stbi__uint32; +typedef int32_t stbi__int32; +#endif + +// should produce compiler error if size is wrong +typedef unsigned char validate_uint32[sizeof(stbi__uint32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBI_NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBI_NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBI_HAS_LROTL +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_HAS_LROTL + #define stbi_lrot(x,y) _lrotl(x,y) +#else + #define stbi_lrot(x,y) (((x) << (y)) | ((x) >> (32 - (y)))) +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_MALLOC) && defined(STBI_FREE) && (defined(STBI_REALLOC) || defined(STBI_REALLOC_SIZED)) +// ok +#elif !defined(STBI_MALLOC) && !defined(STBI_FREE) && !defined(STBI_REALLOC) && !defined(STBI_REALLOC_SIZED) +// ok +#else +#error "Must define all or none of STBI_MALLOC, STBI_FREE, and STBI_REALLOC (or STBI_REALLOC_SIZED)." +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_MALLOC +#define STBI_MALLOC(sz) malloc(sz) +#define STBI_REALLOC(p,newsz) realloc(p,newsz) +#define STBI_FREE(p) free(p) +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_REALLOC_SIZED +#define STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(p,oldsz,newsz) STBI_REALLOC(p,newsz) +#endif + +// x86/x64 detection +#if defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) +#define STBI__X64_TARGET +#elif defined(__i386) || defined(_M_IX86) +#define STBI__X86_TARGET +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) && !defined(__SSE2__) && !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) +// gcc doesn't support sse2 intrinsics unless you compile with -msse2, +// which in turn means it gets to use SSE2 everywhere. This is unfortunate, +// but previous attempts to provide the SSE2 functions with runtime +// detection caused numerous issues. The way architecture extensions are +// exposed in GCC/Clang is, sadly, not really suited for one-file libs. +// New behavior: if compiled with -msse2, we use SSE2 without any +// detection; if not, we don't use it at all. +#define STBI_NO_SIMD +#endif + +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) && !defined(STBI_MINGW_ENABLE_SSE2) && !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) +// Note that __MINGW32__ doesn't actually mean 32-bit, so we have to avoid STBI__X64_TARGET +// +// 32-bit MinGW wants ESP to be 16-byte aligned, but this is not in the +// Windows ABI and VC++ as well as Windows DLLs don't maintain that invariant. +// As a result, enabling SSE2 on 32-bit MinGW is dangerous when not +// simultaneously enabling "-mstackrealign". +// +// See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/81 for more information. +// +// So default to no SSE2 on 32-bit MinGW. If you've read this far and added +// -mstackrealign to your build settings, feel free to #define STBI_MINGW_ENABLE_SSE2. +#define STBI_NO_SIMD +#endif + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) && (defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) || defined(STBI__X64_TARGET)) +#define STBI_SSE2 +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER + +#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 // not VC6 +#include // __cpuid +static int stbi__cpuid3(void) +{ + int info[4]; + __cpuid(info,1); + return info[3]; +} +#else +static int stbi__cpuid3(void) +{ + int res; + __asm { + mov eax,1 + cpuid + mov res,edx + } + return res; +} +#endif + +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) __declspec(align(16)) type name + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_SSE2) +static int stbi__sse2_available(void) +{ + int info3 = stbi__cpuid3(); + return ((info3 >> 26) & 1) != 0; +} +#endif + +#else // assume GCC-style if not VC++ +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name __attribute__((aligned(16))) + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_SSE2) +static int stbi__sse2_available(void) +{ + // If we're even attempting to compile this on GCC/Clang, that means + // -msse2 is on, which means the compiler is allowed to use SSE2 + // instructions at will, and so are we. + return 1; +} +#endif + +#endif +#endif + +// ARM NEON +#if defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) && defined(STBI_NEON) +#undef STBI_NEON +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_NEON +#include +// assume GCC or Clang on ARM targets +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name __attribute__((aligned(16))) +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_SIMD_ALIGN +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name +#endif + +/////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// stbi__context struct and start_xxx functions + +// stbi__context structure is our basic context used by all images, so it +// contains all the IO context, plus some basic image information +typedef struct +{ + stbi__uint32 img_x, img_y; + int img_n, img_out_n; + + stbi_io_callbacks io; + void *io_user_data; + + int read_from_callbacks; + int buflen; + stbi_uc buffer_start[128]; + + stbi_uc *img_buffer, *img_buffer_end; + stbi_uc *img_buffer_original, *img_buffer_original_end; +} stbi__context; + + +static void stbi__refill_buffer(stbi__context *s); + +// initialize a memory-decode context +static void stbi__start_mem(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) +{ + s->io.read = NULL; + s->read_from_callbacks = 0; + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original = (stbi_uc *) buffer; + s->img_buffer_end = s->img_buffer_original_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer+len; +} + +// initialize a callback-based context +static void stbi__start_callbacks(stbi__context *s, stbi_io_callbacks *c, void *user) +{ + s->io = *c; + s->io_user_data = user; + s->buflen = sizeof(s->buffer_start); + s->read_from_callbacks = 1; + s->img_buffer_original = s->buffer_start; + stbi__refill_buffer(s); + s->img_buffer_original_end = s->img_buffer_end; +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO + +static int stbi__stdio_read(void *user, char *data, int size) +{ + return (int) fread(data,1,size,(FILE*) user); +} + +static void stbi__stdio_skip(void *user, int n) +{ + fseek((FILE*) user, n, SEEK_CUR); +} + +static int stbi__stdio_eof(void *user) +{ + return feof((FILE*) user); +} + +static stbi_io_callbacks stbi__stdio_callbacks = +{ + stbi__stdio_read, + stbi__stdio_skip, + stbi__stdio_eof, +}; + +static void stbi__start_file(stbi__context *s, FILE *f) +{ + stbi__start_callbacks(s, &stbi__stdio_callbacks, (void *) f); +} + +//static void stop_file(stbi__context *s) { } + +#endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO + +static void stbi__rewind(stbi__context *s) +{ + // conceptually rewind SHOULD rewind to the beginning of the stream, + // but we just rewind to the beginning of the initial buffer, because + // we only use it after doing 'test', which only ever looks at at most 92 bytes + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original; + s->img_buffer_end = s->img_buffer_original_end; +} + +enum +{ + STBI_ORDER_RGB, + STBI_ORDER_BGR +}; + +typedef struct +{ + int bits_per_channel; + int num_channels; + int channel_order; +} stbi__result_info; + +#ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG +static int stbi__jpeg_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__jpeg_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PNG +static int stbi__png_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__png_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__png_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +static int stbi__png_is16(stbi__context *s); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP +static int stbi__bmp_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__bmp_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_TGA +static int stbi__tga_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__tga_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PSD +static int stbi__psd_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc); +static int stbi__psd_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +static int stbi__psd_is16(stbi__context *s); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR +static int stbi__hdr_test(stbi__context *s); +static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__hdr_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PIC +static int stbi__pic_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__pic_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +static int stbi__gif_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__gif_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp); +static int stbi__gif_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PNM +static int stbi__pnm_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__pnm_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +static +#ifdef STBI_THREAD_LOCAL +STBI_THREAD_LOCAL +#endif +const char *stbi__g_failure_reason; + +STBIDEF const char *stbi_failure_reason(void) +{ + return stbi__g_failure_reason; +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS +static int stbi__err(const char *str) +{ + stbi__g_failure_reason = str; + return 0; +} +#endif + +static void *stbi__malloc(size_t size) +{ + return STBI_MALLOC(size); +} + +// stb_image uses ints pervasively, including for offset calculations. +// therefore the largest decoded image size we can support with the +// current code, even on 64-bit targets, is INT_MAX. this is not a +// significant limitation for the intended use case. +// +// we do, however, need to make sure our size calculations don't +// overflow. hence a few helper functions for size calculations that +// multiply integers together, making sure that they're non-negative +// and no overflow occurs. + +// return 1 if the sum is valid, 0 on overflow. +// negative terms are considered invalid. +static int stbi__addsizes_valid(int a, int b) +{ + if (b < 0) return 0; + // now 0 <= b <= INT_MAX, hence also + // 0 <= INT_MAX - b <= INTMAX. + // And "a + b <= INT_MAX" (which might overflow) is the + // same as a <= INT_MAX - b (no overflow) + return a <= INT_MAX - b; +} + +// returns 1 if the product is valid, 0 on overflow. +// negative factors are considered invalid. +static int stbi__mul2sizes_valid(int a, int b) +{ + if (a < 0 || b < 0) return 0; + if (b == 0) return 1; // mul-by-0 is always safe + // portable way to check for no overflows in a*b + return a <= INT_MAX/b; +} + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) || !defined(STBI_NO_PNG) || !defined(STBI_NO_TGA) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +// returns 1 if "a*b + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +static int stbi__mad2sizes_valid(int a, int b, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b, add); +} +#endif + +// returns 1 if "a*b*c + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +static int stbi__mad3sizes_valid(int a, int b, int c, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b, c) && + stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b*c, add); +} + +// returns 1 if "a*b*c*d + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +static int stbi__mad4sizes_valid(int a, int b, int c, int d, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b, c) && + stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b*c, d) && stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b*c*d, add); +} +#endif + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) || !defined(STBI_NO_PNG) || !defined(STBI_NO_TGA) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +// mallocs with size overflow checking +static void *stbi__malloc_mad2(int a, int b, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad2sizes_valid(a, b, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b + add); +} +#endif + +static void *stbi__malloc_mad3(int a, int b, int c, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(a, b, c, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b*c + add); +} + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +static void *stbi__malloc_mad4(int a, int b, int c, int d, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad4sizes_valid(a, b, c, d, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b*c*d + add); +} +#endif + +// stbi__err - error +// stbi__errpf - error returning pointer to float +// stbi__errpuc - error returning pointer to unsigned char + +#ifdef STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS + #define stbi__err(x,y) 0 +#elif defined(STBI_FAILURE_USERMSG) + #define stbi__err(x,y) stbi__err(y) +#else + #define stbi__err(x,y) stbi__err(x) +#endif + +#define stbi__errpf(x,y) ((float *)(size_t) (stbi__err(x,y)?NULL:NULL)) +#define stbi__errpuc(x,y) ((unsigned char *)(size_t) (stbi__err(x,y)?NULL:NULL)) + +STBIDEF void stbi_image_free(void *retval_from_stbi_load) +{ + STBI_FREE(retval_from_stbi_load); +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR +static float *stbi__ldr_to_hdr(stbi_uc *data, int x, int y, int comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR +static stbi_uc *stbi__hdr_to_ldr(float *data, int x, int y, int comp); +#endif + +static int stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_global = 0; + +STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_flip) +{ + stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_global = flag_true_if_should_flip; +} + +#ifndef STBI_THREAD_LOCAL +#define stbi__vertically_flip_on_load stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_global +#else +static STBI_THREAD_LOCAL int stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_local, stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_set; + +STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load_thread(int flag_true_if_should_flip) +{ + stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_local = flag_true_if_should_flip; + stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_set = 1; +} + +#define stbi__vertically_flip_on_load (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_set \ + ? stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_local \ + : stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_global) +#endif // STBI_THREAD_LOCAL + +static void *stbi__load_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc) +{ + memset(ri, 0, sizeof(*ri)); // make sure it's initialized if we add new fields + ri->bits_per_channel = 8; // default is 8 so most paths don't have to be changed + ri->channel_order = STBI_ORDER_RGB; // all current input & output are this, but this is here so we can add BGR order + ri->num_channels = 0; + + #ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG + if (stbi__jpeg_test(s)) return stbi__jpeg_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG + if (stbi__png_test(s)) return stbi__png_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_BMP + if (stbi__bmp_test(s)) return stbi__bmp_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_GIF + if (stbi__gif_test(s)) return stbi__gif_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD + if (stbi__psd_test(s)) return stbi__psd_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri, bpc); + #else + STBI_NOTUSED(bpc); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PIC + if (stbi__pic_test(s)) return stbi__pic_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM + if (stbi__pnm_test(s)) return stbi__pnm_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + if (stbi__hdr_test(s)) { + float *hdr = stbi__hdr_load(s, x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + return stbi__hdr_to_ldr(hdr, *x, *y, req_comp ? req_comp : *comp); + } + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_TGA + // test tga last because it's a crappy test! + if (stbi__tga_test(s)) + return stbi__tga_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + + return stbi__errpuc("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); +} + +static stbi_uc *stbi__convert_16_to_8(stbi__uint16 *orig, int w, int h, int channels) +{ + int i; + int img_len = w * h * channels; + stbi_uc *reduced; + + reduced = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(img_len); + if (reduced == NULL) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + for (i = 0; i < img_len; ++i) + reduced[i] = (stbi_uc)((orig[i] >> 8) & 0xFF); // top half of each byte is sufficient approx of 16->8 bit scaling + + STBI_FREE(orig); + return reduced; +} + +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__convert_8_to_16(stbi_uc *orig, int w, int h, int channels) +{ + int i; + int img_len = w * h * channels; + stbi__uint16 *enlarged; + + enlarged = (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__malloc(img_len*2); + if (enlarged == NULL) return (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + for (i = 0; i < img_len; ++i) + enlarged[i] = (stbi__uint16)((orig[i] << 8) + orig[i]); // replicate to high and low byte, maps 0->0, 255->0xffff + + STBI_FREE(orig); + return enlarged; +} + +static void stbi__vertical_flip(void *image, int w, int h, int bytes_per_pixel) +{ + int row; + size_t bytes_per_row = (size_t)w * bytes_per_pixel; + stbi_uc temp[2048]; + stbi_uc *bytes = (stbi_uc *)image; + + for (row = 0; row < (h>>1); row++) { + stbi_uc *row0 = bytes + row*bytes_per_row; + stbi_uc *row1 = bytes + (h - row - 1)*bytes_per_row; + // swap row0 with row1 + size_t bytes_left = bytes_per_row; + while (bytes_left) { + size_t bytes_copy = (bytes_left < sizeof(temp)) ? bytes_left : sizeof(temp); + memcpy(temp, row0, bytes_copy); + memcpy(row0, row1, bytes_copy); + memcpy(row1, temp, bytes_copy); + row0 += bytes_copy; + row1 += bytes_copy; + bytes_left -= bytes_copy; + } + } +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +static void stbi__vertical_flip_slices(void *image, int w, int h, int z, int bytes_per_pixel) +{ + int slice; + int slice_size = w * h * bytes_per_pixel; + + stbi_uc *bytes = (stbi_uc *)image; + for (slice = 0; slice < z; ++slice) { + stbi__vertical_flip(bytes, w, h, bytes_per_pixel); + bytes += slice_size; + } +} +#endif + +static unsigned char *stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__result_info ri; + void *result = stbi__load_main(s, x, y, comp, req_comp, &ri, 8); + + if (result == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (ri.bits_per_channel != 8) { + STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 16); + result = stbi__convert_16_to_8((stbi__uint16 *) result, *x, *y, req_comp == 0 ? *comp : req_comp); + ri.bits_per_channel = 8; + } + + // @TODO: move stbi__convert_format to here + + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(stbi_uc)); + } + + return (unsigned char *) result; +} + +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__result_info ri; + void *result = stbi__load_main(s, x, y, comp, req_comp, &ri, 16); + + if (result == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (ri.bits_per_channel != 16) { + STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 8); + result = stbi__convert_8_to_16((stbi_uc *) result, *x, *y, req_comp == 0 ? *comp : req_comp); + ri.bits_per_channel = 16; + } + + // @TODO: move stbi__convert_format16 to here + // @TODO: special case RGB-to-Y (and RGBA-to-YA) for 8-bit-to-16-bit case to keep more precision + + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(stbi__uint16)); + } + + return (stbi__uint16 *) result; +} + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) && !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) +static void stbi__float_postprocess(float *result, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load && result != NULL) { + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(float)); + } +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +STBI_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall MultiByteToWideChar(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const char *str, int cbmb, wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide); +STBI_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall WideCharToMultiByte(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide, char *str, int cbmb, const char *defchar, int *used_default); +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +STBIDEF int stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input) +{ + return WideCharToMultiByte(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, input, -1, buffer, (int) bufferlen, NULL, NULL); +} +#endif + +static FILE *stbi__fopen(char const *filename, char const *mode) +{ + FILE *f; +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) + wchar_t wMode[64]; + wchar_t wFilename[1024]; + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, filename, -1, wFilename, sizeof(wFilename))) + return 0; + + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, mode, -1, wMode, sizeof(wMode))) + return 0; + +#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 + if (0 != _wfopen_s(&f, wFilename, wMode)) + f = 0; +#else + f = _wfopen(wFilename, wMode); +#endif + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 + if (0 != fopen_s(&f, filename, mode)) + f=0; +#else + f = fopen(filename, mode); +#endif + return f; +} + + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + unsigned char *result; + if (!f) return stbi__errpuc("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_load_from_file(f,x,y,comp,req_comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_file(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + unsigned char *result; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + result = stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (result) { + // need to 'unget' all the characters in the IO buffer + fseek(f, - (int) (s.img_buffer_end - s.img_buffer), SEEK_CUR); + } + return result; +} + +STBIDEF stbi__uint16 *stbi_load_from_file_16(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__uint16 *result; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + result = stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (result) { + // need to 'unget' all the characters in the IO buffer + fseek(f, - (int) (s.img_buffer_end - s.img_buffer), SEEK_CUR); + } + return result; +} + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + stbi__uint16 *result; + if (!f) return (stbi_us *) stbi__errpuc("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_load_from_file_16(f,x,y,comp,req_comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + + +#endif //!STBI_NO_STDIO + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,channels_in_file,desired_channels); +} + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *)clbk, user); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,channels_in_file,desired_channels); +} + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) clbk, user); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_gif_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + unsigned char *result; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + + result = (unsigned char*) stbi__load_gif_main(&s, delays, x, y, z, comp, req_comp); + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + stbi__vertical_flip_slices( result, *x, *y, *z, *comp ); + } + + return result; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR +static float *stbi__loadf_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + unsigned char *data; + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + if (stbi__hdr_test(s)) { + stbi__result_info ri; + float *hdr_data = stbi__hdr_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, &ri); + if (hdr_data) + stbi__float_postprocess(hdr_data,x,y,comp,req_comp); + return hdr_data; + } + #endif + data = stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(s, x, y, comp, req_comp); + if (data) + return stbi__ldr_to_hdr(data, *x, *y, req_comp ? req_comp : *comp); + return stbi__errpf("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); +} + +STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__loadf_main(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) clbk, user); + return stbi__loadf_main(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + float *result; + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + if (!f) return stbi__errpf("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_loadf_from_file(f,x,y,comp,req_comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_file(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + return stbi__loadf_main(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} +#endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO + +#endif // !STBI_NO_LINEAR + +// these is-hdr-or-not is defined independent of whether STBI_NO_LINEAR is +// defined, for API simplicity; if STBI_NO_LINEAR is defined, it always +// reports false! + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__hdr_test(&s); + #else + STBI_NOTUSED(buffer); + STBI_NOTUSED(len); + return 0; + #endif +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr (char const *filename) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + int result=0; + if (f) { + result = stbi_is_hdr_from_file(f); + fclose(f); + } + return result; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_file(FILE *f) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + long pos = ftell(f); + int res; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + res = stbi__hdr_test(&s); + fseek(f, pos, SEEK_SET); + return res; + #else + STBI_NOTUSED(f); + return 0; + #endif +} +#endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) clbk, user); + return stbi__hdr_test(&s); + #else + STBI_NOTUSED(clbk); + STBI_NOTUSED(user); + return 0; + #endif +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR +static float stbi__l2h_gamma=2.2f, stbi__l2h_scale=1.0f; + +STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(float gamma) { stbi__l2h_gamma = gamma; } +STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(float scale) { stbi__l2h_scale = scale; } +#endif + +static float stbi__h2l_gamma_i=1.0f/2.2f, stbi__h2l_scale_i=1.0f; + +STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(float gamma) { stbi__h2l_gamma_i = 1/gamma; } +STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(float scale) { stbi__h2l_scale_i = 1/scale; } + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Common code used by all image loaders +// + +enum +{ + STBI__SCAN_load=0, + STBI__SCAN_type, + STBI__SCAN_header +}; + +static void stbi__refill_buffer(stbi__context *s) +{ + int n = (s->io.read)(s->io_user_data,(char*)s->buffer_start,s->buflen); + if (n == 0) { + // at end of file, treat same as if from memory, but need to handle case + // where s->img_buffer isn't pointing to safe memory, e.g. 0-byte file + s->read_from_callbacks = 0; + s->img_buffer = s->buffer_start; + s->img_buffer_end = s->buffer_start+1; + *s->img_buffer = 0; + } else { + s->img_buffer = s->buffer_start; + s->img_buffer_end = s->buffer_start + n; + } +} + +stbi_inline static stbi_uc stbi__get8(stbi__context *s) +{ + if (s->img_buffer < s->img_buffer_end) + return *s->img_buffer++; + if (s->read_from_callbacks) { + stbi__refill_buffer(s); + return *s->img_buffer++; + } + return 0; +} + +#if defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_NO_HDR) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) && defined(STBI_NO_PNM) +// nothing +#else +stbi_inline static int stbi__at_eof(stbi__context *s) +{ + if (s->io.read) { + if (!(s->io.eof)(s->io_user_data)) return 0; + // if feof() is true, check if buffer = end + // special case: we've only got the special 0 character at the end + if (s->read_from_callbacks == 0) return 1; + } + + return s->img_buffer >= s->img_buffer_end; +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) +// nothing +#else +static void stbi__skip(stbi__context *s, int n) +{ + if (n < 0) { + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_end; + return; + } + if (s->io.read) { + int blen = (int) (s->img_buffer_end - s->img_buffer); + if (blen < n) { + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_end; + (s->io.skip)(s->io_user_data, n - blen); + return; + } + } + s->img_buffer += n; +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_HDR) && defined(STBI_NO_PNM) +// nothing +#else +static int stbi__getn(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc *buffer, int n) +{ + if (s->io.read) { + int blen = (int) (s->img_buffer_end - s->img_buffer); + if (blen < n) { + int res, count; + + memcpy(buffer, s->img_buffer, blen); + + count = (s->io.read)(s->io_user_data, (char*) buffer + blen, n - blen); + res = (count == (n-blen)); + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_end; + return res; + } + } + + if (s->img_buffer+n <= s->img_buffer_end) { + memcpy(buffer, s->img_buffer, n); + s->img_buffer += n; + return 1; + } else + return 0; +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) +// nothing +#else +static int stbi__get16be(stbi__context *s) +{ + int z = stbi__get8(s); + return (z << 8) + stbi__get8(s); +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) +// nothing +#else +static stbi__uint32 stbi__get32be(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__uint32 z = stbi__get16be(s); + return (z << 16) + stbi__get16be(s); +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) +// nothing +#else +static int stbi__get16le(stbi__context *s) +{ + int z = stbi__get8(s); + return z + (stbi__get8(s) << 8); +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP +static stbi__uint32 stbi__get32le(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__uint32 z = stbi__get16le(s); + return z + (stbi__get16le(s) << 16); +} +#endif + +#define STBI__BYTECAST(x) ((stbi_uc) ((x) & 255)) // truncate int to byte without warnings + +#if defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) && defined(STBI_NO_PNM) +// nothing +#else +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// generic converter from built-in img_n to req_comp +// individual types do this automatically as much as possible (e.g. jpeg +// does all cases internally since it needs to colorspace convert anyway, +// and it never has alpha, so very few cases ). png can automatically +// interleave an alpha=255 channel, but falls back to this for other cases +// +// assume data buffer is malloced, so malloc a new one and free that one +// only failure mode is malloc failing + +static stbi_uc stbi__compute_y(int r, int g, int b) +{ + return (stbi_uc) (((r*77) + (g*150) + (29*b)) >> 8); +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) && defined(STBI_NO_PNM) +// nothing +#else +static unsigned char *stbi__convert_format(unsigned char *data, int img_n, int req_comp, unsigned int x, unsigned int y) +{ + int i,j; + unsigned char *good; + + if (req_comp == img_n) return data; + STBI_ASSERT(req_comp >= 1 && req_comp <= 4); + + good = (unsigned char *) stbi__malloc_mad3(req_comp, x, y, 0); + if (good == NULL) { + STBI_FREE(data); + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + + for (j=0; j < (int) y; ++j) { + unsigned char *src = data + j * x * img_n ; + unsigned char *dest = good + j * x * req_comp; + + #define STBI__COMBO(a,b) ((a)*8+(b)) + #define STBI__CASE(a,b) case STBI__COMBO(a,b): for(i=x-1; i >= 0; --i, src += a, dest += b) + // convert source image with img_n components to one with req_comp components; + // avoid switch per pixel, so use switch per scanline and massive macros + switch (STBI__COMBO(img_n, req_comp)) { + STBI__CASE(1,2) { dest[0]=src[0]; dest[1]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,1) { dest[0]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=src[1]; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,4) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2];dest[3]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(3,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = 255; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(4,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = src[3]; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,3) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2]; } break; + default: STBI_ASSERT(0); + } + #undef STBI__CASE + } + + STBI_FREE(data); + return good; +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) +// nothing +#else +static stbi__uint16 stbi__compute_y_16(int r, int g, int b) +{ + return (stbi__uint16) (((r*77) + (g*150) + (29*b)) >> 8); +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) +// nothing +#else +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__convert_format16(stbi__uint16 *data, int img_n, int req_comp, unsigned int x, unsigned int y) +{ + int i,j; + stbi__uint16 *good; + + if (req_comp == img_n) return data; + STBI_ASSERT(req_comp >= 1 && req_comp <= 4); + + good = (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__malloc(req_comp * x * y * 2); + if (good == NULL) { + STBI_FREE(data); + return (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + + for (j=0; j < (int) y; ++j) { + stbi__uint16 *src = data + j * x * img_n ; + stbi__uint16 *dest = good + j * x * req_comp; + + #define STBI__COMBO(a,b) ((a)*8+(b)) + #define STBI__CASE(a,b) case STBI__COMBO(a,b): for(i=x-1; i >= 0; --i, src += a, dest += b) + // convert source image with img_n components to one with req_comp components; + // avoid switch per pixel, so use switch per scanline and massive macros + switch (STBI__COMBO(img_n, req_comp)) { + STBI__CASE(1,2) { dest[0]=src[0]; dest[1]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,1) { dest[0]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=src[1]; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,4) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2];dest[3]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(3,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = 0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(4,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = src[3]; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,3) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2]; } break; + default: STBI_ASSERT(0); + } + #undef STBI__CASE + } + + STBI_FREE(data); + return good; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR +static float *stbi__ldr_to_hdr(stbi_uc *data, int x, int y, int comp) +{ + int i,k,n; + float *output; + if (!data) return NULL; + output = (float *) stbi__malloc_mad4(x, y, comp, sizeof(float), 0); + if (output == NULL) { STBI_FREE(data); return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } + // compute number of non-alpha components + if (comp & 1) n = comp; else n = comp-1; + for (i=0; i < x*y; ++i) { + for (k=0; k < n; ++k) { + output[i*comp + k] = (float) (pow(data[i*comp+k]/255.0f, stbi__l2h_gamma) * stbi__l2h_scale); + } + } + if (n < comp) { + for (i=0; i < x*y; ++i) { + output[i*comp + n] = data[i*comp + n]/255.0f; + } + } + STBI_FREE(data); + return output; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR +#define stbi__float2int(x) ((int) (x)) +static stbi_uc *stbi__hdr_to_ldr(float *data, int x, int y, int comp) +{ + int i,k,n; + stbi_uc *output; + if (!data) return NULL; + output = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, comp, 0); + if (output == NULL) { STBI_FREE(data); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } + // compute number of non-alpha components + if (comp & 1) n = comp; else n = comp-1; + for (i=0; i < x*y; ++i) { + for (k=0; k < n; ++k) { + float z = (float) pow(data[i*comp+k]*stbi__h2l_scale_i, stbi__h2l_gamma_i) * 255 + 0.5f; + if (z < 0) z = 0; + if (z > 255) z = 255; + output[i*comp + k] = (stbi_uc) stbi__float2int(z); + } + if (k < comp) { + float z = data[i*comp+k] * 255 + 0.5f; + if (z < 0) z = 0; + if (z > 255) z = 255; + output[i*comp + k] = (stbi_uc) stbi__float2int(z); + } + } + STBI_FREE(data); + return output; +} +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// "baseline" JPEG/JFIF decoder +// +// simple implementation +// - doesn't support delayed output of y-dimension +// - simple interface (only one output format: 8-bit interleaved RGB) +// - doesn't try to recover corrupt jpegs +// - doesn't allow partial loading, loading multiple at once +// - still fast on x86 (copying globals into locals doesn't help x86) +// - allocates lots of intermediate memory (full size of all components) +// - non-interleaved case requires this anyway +// - allows good upsampling (see next) +// high-quality +// - upsampled channels are bilinearly interpolated, even across blocks +// - quality integer IDCT derived from IJG's 'slow' +// performance +// - fast huffman; reasonable integer IDCT +// - some SIMD kernels for common paths on targets with SSE2/NEON +// - uses a lot of intermediate memory, could cache poorly + +#ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG + +// huffman decoding acceleration +#define FAST_BITS 9 // larger handles more cases; smaller stomps less cache + +typedef struct +{ + stbi_uc fast[1 << FAST_BITS]; + // weirdly, repacking this into AoS is a 10% speed loss, instead of a win + stbi__uint16 code[256]; + stbi_uc values[256]; + stbi_uc size[257]; + unsigned int maxcode[18]; + int delta[17]; // old 'firstsymbol' - old 'firstcode' +} stbi__huffman; + +typedef struct +{ + stbi__context *s; + stbi__huffman huff_dc[4]; + stbi__huffman huff_ac[4]; + stbi__uint16 dequant[4][64]; + stbi__int16 fast_ac[4][1 << FAST_BITS]; + +// sizes for components, interleaved MCUs + int img_h_max, img_v_max; + int img_mcu_x, img_mcu_y; + int img_mcu_w, img_mcu_h; + +// definition of jpeg image component + struct + { + int id; + int h,v; + int tq; + int hd,ha; + int dc_pred; + + int x,y,w2,h2; + stbi_uc *data; + void *raw_data, *raw_coeff; + stbi_uc *linebuf; + short *coeff; // progressive only + int coeff_w, coeff_h; // number of 8x8 coefficient blocks + } img_comp[4]; + + stbi__uint32 code_buffer; // jpeg entropy-coded buffer + int code_bits; // number of valid bits + unsigned char marker; // marker seen while filling entropy buffer + int nomore; // flag if we saw a marker so must stop + + int progressive; + int spec_start; + int spec_end; + int succ_high; + int succ_low; + int eob_run; + int jfif; + int app14_color_transform; // Adobe APP14 tag + int rgb; + + int scan_n, order[4]; + int restart_interval, todo; + +// kernels + void (*idct_block_kernel)(stbi_uc *out, int out_stride, short data[64]); + void (*YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel)(stbi_uc *out, const stbi_uc *y, const stbi_uc *pcb, const stbi_uc *pcr, int count, int step); + stbi_uc *(*resample_row_hv_2_kernel)(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs); +} stbi__jpeg; + +static int stbi__build_huffman(stbi__huffman *h, int *count) +{ + int i,j,k=0; + unsigned int code; + // build size list for each symbol (from JPEG spec) + for (i=0; i < 16; ++i) + for (j=0; j < count[i]; ++j) + h->size[k++] = (stbi_uc) (i+1); + h->size[k] = 0; + + // compute actual symbols (from jpeg spec) + code = 0; + k = 0; + for(j=1; j <= 16; ++j) { + // compute delta to add to code to compute symbol id + h->delta[j] = k - code; + if (h->size[k] == j) { + while (h->size[k] == j) + h->code[k++] = (stbi__uint16) (code++); + if (code-1 >= (1u << j)) return stbi__err("bad code lengths","Corrupt JPEG"); + } + // compute largest code + 1 for this size, preshifted as needed later + h->maxcode[j] = code << (16-j); + code <<= 1; + } + h->maxcode[j] = 0xffffffff; + + // build non-spec acceleration table; 255 is flag for not-accelerated + memset(h->fast, 255, 1 << FAST_BITS); + for (i=0; i < k; ++i) { + int s = h->size[i]; + if (s <= FAST_BITS) { + int c = h->code[i] << (FAST_BITS-s); + int m = 1 << (FAST_BITS-s); + for (j=0; j < m; ++j) { + h->fast[c+j] = (stbi_uc) i; + } + } + } + return 1; +} + +// build a table that decodes both magnitude and value of small ACs in +// one go. +static void stbi__build_fast_ac(stbi__int16 *fast_ac, stbi__huffman *h) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < (1 << FAST_BITS); ++i) { + stbi_uc fast = h->fast[i]; + fast_ac[i] = 0; + if (fast < 255) { + int rs = h->values[fast]; + int run = (rs >> 4) & 15; + int magbits = rs & 15; + int len = h->size[fast]; + + if (magbits && len + magbits <= FAST_BITS) { + // magnitude code followed by receive_extend code + int k = ((i << len) & ((1 << FAST_BITS) - 1)) >> (FAST_BITS - magbits); + int m = 1 << (magbits - 1); + if (k < m) k += (~0U << magbits) + 1; + // if the result is small enough, we can fit it in fast_ac table + if (k >= -128 && k <= 127) + fast_ac[i] = (stbi__int16) ((k * 256) + (run * 16) + (len + magbits)); + } + } + } +} + +static void stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + do { + unsigned int b = j->nomore ? 0 : stbi__get8(j->s); + if (b == 0xff) { + int c = stbi__get8(j->s); + while (c == 0xff) c = stbi__get8(j->s); // consume fill bytes + if (c != 0) { + j->marker = (unsigned char) c; + j->nomore = 1; + return; + } + } + j->code_buffer |= b << (24 - j->code_bits); + j->code_bits += 8; + } while (j->code_bits <= 24); +} + +// (1 << n) - 1 +static const stbi__uint32 stbi__bmask[17]={0,1,3,7,15,31,63,127,255,511,1023,2047,4095,8191,16383,32767,65535}; + +// decode a jpeg huffman value from the bitstream +stbi_inline static int stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(stbi__jpeg *j, stbi__huffman *h) +{ + unsigned int temp; + int c,k; + + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + + // look at the top FAST_BITS and determine what symbol ID it is, + // if the code is <= FAST_BITS + c = (j->code_buffer >> (32 - FAST_BITS)) & ((1 << FAST_BITS)-1); + k = h->fast[c]; + if (k < 255) { + int s = h->size[k]; + if (s > j->code_bits) + return -1; + j->code_buffer <<= s; + j->code_bits -= s; + return h->values[k]; + } + + // naive test is to shift the code_buffer down so k bits are + // valid, then test against maxcode. To speed this up, we've + // preshifted maxcode left so that it has (16-k) 0s at the + // end; in other words, regardless of the number of bits, it + // wants to be compared against something shifted to have 16; + // that way we don't need to shift inside the loop. + temp = j->code_buffer >> 16; + for (k=FAST_BITS+1 ; ; ++k) + if (temp < h->maxcode[k]) + break; + if (k == 17) { + // error! code not found + j->code_bits -= 16; + return -1; + } + + if (k > j->code_bits) + return -1; + + // convert the huffman code to the symbol id + c = ((j->code_buffer >> (32 - k)) & stbi__bmask[k]) + h->delta[k]; + STBI_ASSERT((((j->code_buffer) >> (32 - h->size[c])) & stbi__bmask[h->size[c]]) == h->code[c]); + + // convert the id to a symbol + j->code_bits -= k; + j->code_buffer <<= k; + return h->values[c]; +} + +// bias[n] = (-1<code_bits < n) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + + sgn = (stbi__int32)j->code_buffer >> 31; // sign bit is always in MSB + k = stbi_lrot(j->code_buffer, n); + STBI_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < (int) (sizeof(stbi__bmask)/sizeof(*stbi__bmask))); + j->code_buffer = k & ~stbi__bmask[n]; + k &= stbi__bmask[n]; + j->code_bits -= n; + return k + (stbi__jbias[n] & ~sgn); +} + +// get some unsigned bits +stbi_inline static int stbi__jpeg_get_bits(stbi__jpeg *j, int n) +{ + unsigned int k; + if (j->code_bits < n) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + k = stbi_lrot(j->code_buffer, n); + j->code_buffer = k & ~stbi__bmask[n]; + k &= stbi__bmask[n]; + j->code_bits -= n; + return k; +} + +stbi_inline static int stbi__jpeg_get_bit(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + unsigned int k; + if (j->code_bits < 1) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + k = j->code_buffer; + j->code_buffer <<= 1; + --j->code_bits; + return k & 0x80000000; +} + +// given a value that's at position X in the zigzag stream, +// where does it appear in the 8x8 matrix coded as row-major? +static const stbi_uc stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[64+15] = +{ + 0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 3, 10, + 17, 24, 32, 25, 18, 11, 4, 5, + 12, 19, 26, 33, 40, 48, 41, 34, + 27, 20, 13, 6, 7, 14, 21, 28, + 35, 42, 49, 56, 57, 50, 43, 36, + 29, 22, 15, 23, 30, 37, 44, 51, + 58, 59, 52, 45, 38, 31, 39, 46, + 53, 60, 61, 54, 47, 55, 62, 63, + // let corrupt input sample past end + 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, + 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63 +}; + +// decode one 64-entry block-- +static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__huffman *hdc, stbi__huffman *hac, stbi__int16 *fac, int b, stbi__uint16 *dequant) +{ + int diff,dc,k; + int t; + + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + t = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hdc); + if (t < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + + // 0 all the ac values now so we can do it 32-bits at a time + memset(data,0,64*sizeof(data[0])); + + diff = t ? stbi__extend_receive(j, t) : 0; + dc = j->img_comp[b].dc_pred + diff; + j->img_comp[b].dc_pred = dc; + data[0] = (short) (dc * dequant[0]); + + // decode AC components, see JPEG spec + k = 1; + do { + unsigned int zig; + int c,r,s; + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + c = (j->code_buffer >> (32 - FAST_BITS)) & ((1 << FAST_BITS)-1); + r = fac[c]; + if (r) { // fast-AC path + k += (r >> 4) & 15; // run + s = r & 15; // combined length + j->code_buffer <<= s; + j->code_bits -= s; + // decode into unzigzag'd location + zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; + data[zig] = (short) ((r >> 8) * dequant[zig]); + } else { + int rs = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hac); + if (rs < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + s = rs & 15; + r = rs >> 4; + if (s == 0) { + if (rs != 0xf0) break; // end block + k += 16; + } else { + k += r; + // decode into unzigzag'd location + zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; + data[zig] = (short) (stbi__extend_receive(j,s) * dequant[zig]); + } + } + } while (k < 64); + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_dc(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__huffman *hdc, int b) +{ + int diff,dc; + int t; + if (j->spec_end != 0) return stbi__err("can't merge dc and ac", "Corrupt JPEG"); + + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + + if (j->succ_high == 0) { + // first scan for DC coefficient, must be first + memset(data,0,64*sizeof(data[0])); // 0 all the ac values now + t = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hdc); + diff = t ? stbi__extend_receive(j, t) : 0; + + dc = j->img_comp[b].dc_pred + diff; + j->img_comp[b].dc_pred = dc; + data[0] = (short) (dc << j->succ_low); + } else { + // refinement scan for DC coefficient + if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) + data[0] += (short) (1 << j->succ_low); + } + return 1; +} + +// @OPTIMIZE: store non-zigzagged during the decode passes, +// and only de-zigzag when dequantizing +static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_ac(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__huffman *hac, stbi__int16 *fac) +{ + int k; + if (j->spec_start == 0) return stbi__err("can't merge dc and ac", "Corrupt JPEG"); + + if (j->succ_high == 0) { + int shift = j->succ_low; + + if (j->eob_run) { + --j->eob_run; + return 1; + } + + k = j->spec_start; + do { + unsigned int zig; + int c,r,s; + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + c = (j->code_buffer >> (32 - FAST_BITS)) & ((1 << FAST_BITS)-1); + r = fac[c]; + if (r) { // fast-AC path + k += (r >> 4) & 15; // run + s = r & 15; // combined length + j->code_buffer <<= s; + j->code_bits -= s; + zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; + data[zig] = (short) ((r >> 8) << shift); + } else { + int rs = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hac); + if (rs < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + s = rs & 15; + r = rs >> 4; + if (s == 0) { + if (r < 15) { + j->eob_run = (1 << r); + if (r) + j->eob_run += stbi__jpeg_get_bits(j, r); + --j->eob_run; + break; + } + k += 16; + } else { + k += r; + zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; + data[zig] = (short) (stbi__extend_receive(j,s) << shift); + } + } + } while (k <= j->spec_end); + } else { + // refinement scan for these AC coefficients + + short bit = (short) (1 << j->succ_low); + + if (j->eob_run) { + --j->eob_run; + for (k = j->spec_start; k <= j->spec_end; ++k) { + short *p = &data[stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k]]; + if (*p != 0) + if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) + if ((*p & bit)==0) { + if (*p > 0) + *p += bit; + else + *p -= bit; + } + } + } else { + k = j->spec_start; + do { + int r,s; + int rs = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hac); // @OPTIMIZE see if we can use the fast path here, advance-by-r is so slow, eh + if (rs < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + s = rs & 15; + r = rs >> 4; + if (s == 0) { + if (r < 15) { + j->eob_run = (1 << r) - 1; + if (r) + j->eob_run += stbi__jpeg_get_bits(j, r); + r = 64; // force end of block + } else { + // r=15 s=0 should write 16 0s, so we just do + // a run of 15 0s and then write s (which is 0), + // so we don't have to do anything special here + } + } else { + if (s != 1) return stbi__err("bad huffman code", "Corrupt JPEG"); + // sign bit + if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) + s = bit; + else + s = -bit; + } + + // advance by r + while (k <= j->spec_end) { + short *p = &data[stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]]; + if (*p != 0) { + if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) + if ((*p & bit)==0) { + if (*p > 0) + *p += bit; + else + *p -= bit; + } + } else { + if (r == 0) { + *p = (short) s; + break; + } + --r; + } + } + } while (k <= j->spec_end); + } + } + return 1; +} + +// take a -128..127 value and stbi__clamp it and convert to 0..255 +stbi_inline static stbi_uc stbi__clamp(int x) +{ + // trick to use a single test to catch both cases + if ((unsigned int) x > 255) { + if (x < 0) return 0; + if (x > 255) return 255; + } + return (stbi_uc) x; +} + +#define stbi__f2f(x) ((int) (((x) * 4096 + 0.5))) +#define stbi__fsh(x) ((x) * 4096) + +// derived from jidctint -- DCT_ISLOW +#define STBI__IDCT_1D(s0,s1,s2,s3,s4,s5,s6,s7) \ + int t0,t1,t2,t3,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,x0,x1,x2,x3; \ + p2 = s2; \ + p3 = s6; \ + p1 = (p2+p3) * stbi__f2f(0.5411961f); \ + t2 = p1 + p3*stbi__f2f(-1.847759065f); \ + t3 = p1 + p2*stbi__f2f( 0.765366865f); \ + p2 = s0; \ + p3 = s4; \ + t0 = stbi__fsh(p2+p3); \ + t1 = stbi__fsh(p2-p3); \ + x0 = t0+t3; \ + x3 = t0-t3; \ + x1 = t1+t2; \ + x2 = t1-t2; \ + t0 = s7; \ + t1 = s5; \ + t2 = s3; \ + t3 = s1; \ + p3 = t0+t2; \ + p4 = t1+t3; \ + p1 = t0+t3; \ + p2 = t1+t2; \ + p5 = (p3+p4)*stbi__f2f( 1.175875602f); \ + t0 = t0*stbi__f2f( 0.298631336f); \ + t1 = t1*stbi__f2f( 2.053119869f); \ + t2 = t2*stbi__f2f( 3.072711026f); \ + t3 = t3*stbi__f2f( 1.501321110f); \ + p1 = p5 + p1*stbi__f2f(-0.899976223f); \ + p2 = p5 + p2*stbi__f2f(-2.562915447f); \ + p3 = p3*stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f); \ + p4 = p4*stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f); \ + t3 += p1+p4; \ + t2 += p2+p3; \ + t1 += p2+p4; \ + t0 += p1+p3; + +static void stbi__idct_block(stbi_uc *out, int out_stride, short data[64]) +{ + int i,val[64],*v=val; + stbi_uc *o; + short *d = data; + + // columns + for (i=0; i < 8; ++i,++d, ++v) { + // if all zeroes, shortcut -- this avoids dequantizing 0s and IDCTing + if (d[ 8]==0 && d[16]==0 && d[24]==0 && d[32]==0 + && d[40]==0 && d[48]==0 && d[56]==0) { + // no shortcut 0 seconds + // (1|2|3|4|5|6|7)==0 0 seconds + // all separate -0.047 seconds + // 1 && 2|3 && 4|5 && 6|7: -0.047 seconds + int dcterm = d[0]*4; + v[0] = v[8] = v[16] = v[24] = v[32] = v[40] = v[48] = v[56] = dcterm; + } else { + STBI__IDCT_1D(d[ 0],d[ 8],d[16],d[24],d[32],d[40],d[48],d[56]) + // constants scaled things up by 1<<12; let's bring them back + // down, but keep 2 extra bits of precision + x0 += 512; x1 += 512; x2 += 512; x3 += 512; + v[ 0] = (x0+t3) >> 10; + v[56] = (x0-t3) >> 10; + v[ 8] = (x1+t2) >> 10; + v[48] = (x1-t2) >> 10; + v[16] = (x2+t1) >> 10; + v[40] = (x2-t1) >> 10; + v[24] = (x3+t0) >> 10; + v[32] = (x3-t0) >> 10; + } + } + + for (i=0, v=val, o=out; i < 8; ++i,v+=8,o+=out_stride) { + // no fast case since the first 1D IDCT spread components out + STBI__IDCT_1D(v[0],v[1],v[2],v[3],v[4],v[5],v[6],v[7]) + // constants scaled things up by 1<<12, plus we had 1<<2 from first + // loop, plus horizontal and vertical each scale by sqrt(8) so together + // we've got an extra 1<<3, so 1<<17 total we need to remove. + // so we want to round that, which means adding 0.5 * 1<<17, + // aka 65536. Also, we'll end up with -128 to 127 that we want + // to encode as 0..255 by adding 128, so we'll add that before the shift + x0 += 65536 + (128<<17); + x1 += 65536 + (128<<17); + x2 += 65536 + (128<<17); + x3 += 65536 + (128<<17); + // tried computing the shifts into temps, or'ing the temps to see + // if any were out of range, but that was slower + o[0] = stbi__clamp((x0+t3) >> 17); + o[7] = stbi__clamp((x0-t3) >> 17); + o[1] = stbi__clamp((x1+t2) >> 17); + o[6] = stbi__clamp((x1-t2) >> 17); + o[2] = stbi__clamp((x2+t1) >> 17); + o[5] = stbi__clamp((x2-t1) >> 17); + o[3] = stbi__clamp((x3+t0) >> 17); + o[4] = stbi__clamp((x3-t0) >> 17); + } +} + +#ifdef STBI_SSE2 +// sse2 integer IDCT. not the fastest possible implementation but it +// produces bit-identical results to the generic C version so it's +// fully "transparent". +static void stbi__idct_simd(stbi_uc *out, int out_stride, short data[64]) +{ + // This is constructed to match our regular (generic) integer IDCT exactly. + __m128i row0, row1, row2, row3, row4, row5, row6, row7; + __m128i tmp; + + // dot product constant: even elems=x, odd elems=y + #define dct_const(x,y) _mm_setr_epi16((x),(y),(x),(y),(x),(y),(x),(y)) + + // out(0) = c0[even]*x + c0[odd]*y (c0, x, y 16-bit, out 32-bit) + // out(1) = c1[even]*x + c1[odd]*y + #define dct_rot(out0,out1, x,y,c0,c1) \ + __m128i c0##lo = _mm_unpacklo_epi16((x),(y)); \ + __m128i c0##hi = _mm_unpackhi_epi16((x),(y)); \ + __m128i out0##_l = _mm_madd_epi16(c0##lo, c0); \ + __m128i out0##_h = _mm_madd_epi16(c0##hi, c0); \ + __m128i out1##_l = _mm_madd_epi16(c0##lo, c1); \ + __m128i out1##_h = _mm_madd_epi16(c0##hi, c1) + + // out = in << 12 (in 16-bit, out 32-bit) + #define dct_widen(out, in) \ + __m128i out##_l = _mm_srai_epi32(_mm_unpacklo_epi16(_mm_setzero_si128(), (in)), 4); \ + __m128i out##_h = _mm_srai_epi32(_mm_unpackhi_epi16(_mm_setzero_si128(), (in)), 4) + + // wide add + #define dct_wadd(out, a, b) \ + __m128i out##_l = _mm_add_epi32(a##_l, b##_l); \ + __m128i out##_h = _mm_add_epi32(a##_h, b##_h) + + // wide sub + #define dct_wsub(out, a, b) \ + __m128i out##_l = _mm_sub_epi32(a##_l, b##_l); \ + __m128i out##_h = _mm_sub_epi32(a##_h, b##_h) + + // butterfly a/b, add bias, then shift by "s" and pack + #define dct_bfly32o(out0, out1, a,b,bias,s) \ + { \ + __m128i abiased_l = _mm_add_epi32(a##_l, bias); \ + __m128i abiased_h = _mm_add_epi32(a##_h, bias); \ + dct_wadd(sum, abiased, b); \ + dct_wsub(dif, abiased, b); \ + out0 = _mm_packs_epi32(_mm_srai_epi32(sum_l, s), _mm_srai_epi32(sum_h, s)); \ + out1 = _mm_packs_epi32(_mm_srai_epi32(dif_l, s), _mm_srai_epi32(dif_h, s)); \ + } + + // 8-bit interleave step (for transposes) + #define dct_interleave8(a, b) \ + tmp = a; \ + a = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(a, b); \ + b = _mm_unpackhi_epi8(tmp, b) + + // 16-bit interleave step (for transposes) + #define dct_interleave16(a, b) \ + tmp = a; \ + a = _mm_unpacklo_epi16(a, b); \ + b = _mm_unpackhi_epi16(tmp, b) + + #define dct_pass(bias,shift) \ + { \ + /* even part */ \ + dct_rot(t2e,t3e, row2,row6, rot0_0,rot0_1); \ + __m128i sum04 = _mm_add_epi16(row0, row4); \ + __m128i dif04 = _mm_sub_epi16(row0, row4); \ + dct_widen(t0e, sum04); \ + dct_widen(t1e, dif04); \ + dct_wadd(x0, t0e, t3e); \ + dct_wsub(x3, t0e, t3e); \ + dct_wadd(x1, t1e, t2e); \ + dct_wsub(x2, t1e, t2e); \ + /* odd part */ \ + dct_rot(y0o,y2o, row7,row3, rot2_0,rot2_1); \ + dct_rot(y1o,y3o, row5,row1, rot3_0,rot3_1); \ + __m128i sum17 = _mm_add_epi16(row1, row7); \ + __m128i sum35 = _mm_add_epi16(row3, row5); \ + dct_rot(y4o,y5o, sum17,sum35, rot1_0,rot1_1); \ + dct_wadd(x4, y0o, y4o); \ + dct_wadd(x5, y1o, y5o); \ + dct_wadd(x6, y2o, y5o); \ + dct_wadd(x7, y3o, y4o); \ + dct_bfly32o(row0,row7, x0,x7,bias,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row1,row6, x1,x6,bias,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row2,row5, x2,x5,bias,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row3,row4, x3,x4,bias,shift); \ + } + + __m128i rot0_0 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(0.5411961f), stbi__f2f(0.5411961f) + stbi__f2f(-1.847759065f)); + __m128i rot0_1 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(0.5411961f) + stbi__f2f( 0.765366865f), stbi__f2f(0.5411961f)); + __m128i rot1_0 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(1.175875602f) + stbi__f2f(-0.899976223f), stbi__f2f(1.175875602f)); + __m128i rot1_1 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(1.175875602f), stbi__f2f(1.175875602f) + stbi__f2f(-2.562915447f)); + __m128i rot2_0 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f) + stbi__f2f( 0.298631336f), stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f)); + __m128i rot2_1 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f), stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f) + stbi__f2f( 3.072711026f)); + __m128i rot3_0 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f) + stbi__f2f( 2.053119869f), stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f)); + __m128i rot3_1 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f), stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f) + stbi__f2f( 1.501321110f)); + + // rounding biases in column/row passes, see stbi__idct_block for explanation. + __m128i bias_0 = _mm_set1_epi32(512); + __m128i bias_1 = _mm_set1_epi32(65536 + (128<<17)); + + // load + row0 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 0*8)); + row1 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 1*8)); + row2 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 2*8)); + row3 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 3*8)); + row4 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 4*8)); + row5 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 5*8)); + row6 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 6*8)); + row7 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 7*8)); + + // column pass + dct_pass(bias_0, 10); + + { + // 16bit 8x8 transpose pass 1 + dct_interleave16(row0, row4); + dct_interleave16(row1, row5); + dct_interleave16(row2, row6); + dct_interleave16(row3, row7); + + // transpose pass 2 + dct_interleave16(row0, row2); + dct_interleave16(row1, row3); + dct_interleave16(row4, row6); + dct_interleave16(row5, row7); + + // transpose pass 3 + dct_interleave16(row0, row1); + dct_interleave16(row2, row3); + dct_interleave16(row4, row5); + dct_interleave16(row6, row7); + } + + // row pass + dct_pass(bias_1, 17); + + { + // pack + __m128i p0 = _mm_packus_epi16(row0, row1); // a0a1a2a3...a7b0b1b2b3...b7 + __m128i p1 = _mm_packus_epi16(row2, row3); + __m128i p2 = _mm_packus_epi16(row4, row5); + __m128i p3 = _mm_packus_epi16(row6, row7); + + // 8bit 8x8 transpose pass 1 + dct_interleave8(p0, p2); // a0e0a1e1... + dct_interleave8(p1, p3); // c0g0c1g1... + + // transpose pass 2 + dct_interleave8(p0, p1); // a0c0e0g0... + dct_interleave8(p2, p3); // b0d0f0h0... + + // transpose pass 3 + dct_interleave8(p0, p2); // a0b0c0d0... + dct_interleave8(p1, p3); // a4b4c4d4... + + // store + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, p0); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, _mm_shuffle_epi32(p0, 0x4e)); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, p2); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, _mm_shuffle_epi32(p2, 0x4e)); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, p1); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, _mm_shuffle_epi32(p1, 0x4e)); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, p3); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, _mm_shuffle_epi32(p3, 0x4e)); + } + +#undef dct_const +#undef dct_rot +#undef dct_widen +#undef dct_wadd +#undef dct_wsub +#undef dct_bfly32o +#undef dct_interleave8 +#undef dct_interleave16 +#undef dct_pass +} + +#endif // STBI_SSE2 + +#ifdef STBI_NEON + +// NEON integer IDCT. should produce bit-identical +// results to the generic C version. +static void stbi__idct_simd(stbi_uc *out, int out_stride, short data[64]) +{ + int16x8_t row0, row1, row2, row3, row4, row5, row6, row7; + + int16x4_t rot0_0 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(0.5411961f)); + int16x4_t rot0_1 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-1.847759065f)); + int16x4_t rot0_2 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 0.765366865f)); + int16x4_t rot1_0 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 1.175875602f)); + int16x4_t rot1_1 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-0.899976223f)); + int16x4_t rot1_2 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-2.562915447f)); + int16x4_t rot2_0 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f)); + int16x4_t rot2_1 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f)); + int16x4_t rot3_0 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 0.298631336f)); + int16x4_t rot3_1 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 2.053119869f)); + int16x4_t rot3_2 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 3.072711026f)); + int16x4_t rot3_3 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 1.501321110f)); + +#define dct_long_mul(out, inq, coeff) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vmull_s16(vget_low_s16(inq), coeff); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vmull_s16(vget_high_s16(inq), coeff) + +#define dct_long_mac(out, acc, inq, coeff) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vmlal_s16(acc##_l, vget_low_s16(inq), coeff); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vmlal_s16(acc##_h, vget_high_s16(inq), coeff) + +#define dct_widen(out, inq) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vshll_n_s16(vget_low_s16(inq), 12); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vshll_n_s16(vget_high_s16(inq), 12) + +// wide add +#define dct_wadd(out, a, b) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vaddq_s32(a##_l, b##_l); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vaddq_s32(a##_h, b##_h) + +// wide sub +#define dct_wsub(out, a, b) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vsubq_s32(a##_l, b##_l); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vsubq_s32(a##_h, b##_h) + +// butterfly a/b, then shift using "shiftop" by "s" and pack +#define dct_bfly32o(out0,out1, a,b,shiftop,s) \ + { \ + dct_wadd(sum, a, b); \ + dct_wsub(dif, a, b); \ + out0 = vcombine_s16(shiftop(sum_l, s), shiftop(sum_h, s)); \ + out1 = vcombine_s16(shiftop(dif_l, s), shiftop(dif_h, s)); \ + } + +#define dct_pass(shiftop, shift) \ + { \ + /* even part */ \ + int16x8_t sum26 = vaddq_s16(row2, row6); \ + dct_long_mul(p1e, sum26, rot0_0); \ + dct_long_mac(t2e, p1e, row6, rot0_1); \ + dct_long_mac(t3e, p1e, row2, rot0_2); \ + int16x8_t sum04 = vaddq_s16(row0, row4); \ + int16x8_t dif04 = vsubq_s16(row0, row4); \ + dct_widen(t0e, sum04); \ + dct_widen(t1e, dif04); \ + dct_wadd(x0, t0e, t3e); \ + dct_wsub(x3, t0e, t3e); \ + dct_wadd(x1, t1e, t2e); \ + dct_wsub(x2, t1e, t2e); \ + /* odd part */ \ + int16x8_t sum15 = vaddq_s16(row1, row5); \ + int16x8_t sum17 = vaddq_s16(row1, row7); \ + int16x8_t sum35 = vaddq_s16(row3, row5); \ + int16x8_t sum37 = vaddq_s16(row3, row7); \ + int16x8_t sumodd = vaddq_s16(sum17, sum35); \ + dct_long_mul(p5o, sumodd, rot1_0); \ + dct_long_mac(p1o, p5o, sum17, rot1_1); \ + dct_long_mac(p2o, p5o, sum35, rot1_2); \ + dct_long_mul(p3o, sum37, rot2_0); \ + dct_long_mul(p4o, sum15, rot2_1); \ + dct_wadd(sump13o, p1o, p3o); \ + dct_wadd(sump24o, p2o, p4o); \ + dct_wadd(sump23o, p2o, p3o); \ + dct_wadd(sump14o, p1o, p4o); \ + dct_long_mac(x4, sump13o, row7, rot3_0); \ + dct_long_mac(x5, sump24o, row5, rot3_1); \ + dct_long_mac(x6, sump23o, row3, rot3_2); \ + dct_long_mac(x7, sump14o, row1, rot3_3); \ + dct_bfly32o(row0,row7, x0,x7,shiftop,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row1,row6, x1,x6,shiftop,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row2,row5, x2,x5,shiftop,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row3,row4, x3,x4,shiftop,shift); \ + } + + // load + row0 = vld1q_s16(data + 0*8); + row1 = vld1q_s16(data + 1*8); + row2 = vld1q_s16(data + 2*8); + row3 = vld1q_s16(data + 3*8); + row4 = vld1q_s16(data + 4*8); + row5 = vld1q_s16(data + 5*8); + row6 = vld1q_s16(data + 6*8); + row7 = vld1q_s16(data + 7*8); + + // add DC bias + row0 = vaddq_s16(row0, vsetq_lane_s16(1024, vdupq_n_s16(0), 0)); + + // column pass + dct_pass(vrshrn_n_s32, 10); + + // 16bit 8x8 transpose + { +// these three map to a single VTRN.16, VTRN.32, and VSWP, respectively. +// whether compilers actually get this is another story, sadly. +#define dct_trn16(x, y) { int16x8x2_t t = vtrnq_s16(x, y); x = t.val[0]; y = t.val[1]; } +#define dct_trn32(x, y) { int32x4x2_t t = vtrnq_s32(vreinterpretq_s32_s16(x), vreinterpretq_s32_s16(y)); x = vreinterpretq_s16_s32(t.val[0]); y = vreinterpretq_s16_s32(t.val[1]); } +#define dct_trn64(x, y) { int16x8_t x0 = x; int16x8_t y0 = y; x = vcombine_s16(vget_low_s16(x0), vget_low_s16(y0)); y = vcombine_s16(vget_high_s16(x0), vget_high_s16(y0)); } + + // pass 1 + dct_trn16(row0, row1); // a0b0a2b2a4b4a6b6 + dct_trn16(row2, row3); + dct_trn16(row4, row5); + dct_trn16(row6, row7); + + // pass 2 + dct_trn32(row0, row2); // a0b0c0d0a4b4c4d4 + dct_trn32(row1, row3); + dct_trn32(row4, row6); + dct_trn32(row5, row7); + + // pass 3 + dct_trn64(row0, row4); // a0b0c0d0e0f0g0h0 + dct_trn64(row1, row5); + dct_trn64(row2, row6); + dct_trn64(row3, row7); + +#undef dct_trn16 +#undef dct_trn32 +#undef dct_trn64 + } + + // row pass + // vrshrn_n_s32 only supports shifts up to 16, we need + // 17. so do a non-rounding shift of 16 first then follow + // up with a rounding shift by 1. + dct_pass(vshrn_n_s32, 16); + + { + // pack and round + uint8x8_t p0 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row0, 1); + uint8x8_t p1 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row1, 1); + uint8x8_t p2 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row2, 1); + uint8x8_t p3 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row3, 1); + uint8x8_t p4 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row4, 1); + uint8x8_t p5 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row5, 1); + uint8x8_t p6 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row6, 1); + uint8x8_t p7 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row7, 1); + + // again, these can translate into one instruction, but often don't. +#define dct_trn8_8(x, y) { uint8x8x2_t t = vtrn_u8(x, y); x = t.val[0]; y = t.val[1]; } +#define dct_trn8_16(x, y) { uint16x4x2_t t = vtrn_u16(vreinterpret_u16_u8(x), vreinterpret_u16_u8(y)); x = vreinterpret_u8_u16(t.val[0]); y = vreinterpret_u8_u16(t.val[1]); } +#define dct_trn8_32(x, y) { uint32x2x2_t t = vtrn_u32(vreinterpret_u32_u8(x), vreinterpret_u32_u8(y)); x = vreinterpret_u8_u32(t.val[0]); y = vreinterpret_u8_u32(t.val[1]); } + + // sadly can't use interleaved stores here since we only write + // 8 bytes to each scan line! + + // 8x8 8-bit transpose pass 1 + dct_trn8_8(p0, p1); + dct_trn8_8(p2, p3); + dct_trn8_8(p4, p5); + dct_trn8_8(p6, p7); + + // pass 2 + dct_trn8_16(p0, p2); + dct_trn8_16(p1, p3); + dct_trn8_16(p4, p6); + dct_trn8_16(p5, p7); + + // pass 3 + dct_trn8_32(p0, p4); + dct_trn8_32(p1, p5); + dct_trn8_32(p2, p6); + dct_trn8_32(p3, p7); + + // store + vst1_u8(out, p0); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p1); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p2); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p3); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p4); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p5); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p6); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p7); + +#undef dct_trn8_8 +#undef dct_trn8_16 +#undef dct_trn8_32 + } + +#undef dct_long_mul +#undef dct_long_mac +#undef dct_widen +#undef dct_wadd +#undef dct_wsub +#undef dct_bfly32o +#undef dct_pass +} + +#endif // STBI_NEON + +#define STBI__MARKER_none 0xff +// if there's a pending marker from the entropy stream, return that +// otherwise, fetch from the stream and get a marker. if there's no +// marker, return 0xff, which is never a valid marker value +static stbi_uc stbi__get_marker(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + stbi_uc x; + if (j->marker != STBI__MARKER_none) { x = j->marker; j->marker = STBI__MARKER_none; return x; } + x = stbi__get8(j->s); + if (x != 0xff) return STBI__MARKER_none; + while (x == 0xff) + x = stbi__get8(j->s); // consume repeated 0xff fill bytes + return x; +} + +// in each scan, we'll have scan_n components, and the order +// of the components is specified by order[] +#define STBI__RESTART(x) ((x) >= 0xd0 && (x) <= 0xd7) + +// after a restart interval, stbi__jpeg_reset the entropy decoder and +// the dc prediction +static void stbi__jpeg_reset(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + j->code_bits = 0; + j->code_buffer = 0; + j->nomore = 0; + j->img_comp[0].dc_pred = j->img_comp[1].dc_pred = j->img_comp[2].dc_pred = j->img_comp[3].dc_pred = 0; + j->marker = STBI__MARKER_none; + j->todo = j->restart_interval ? j->restart_interval : 0x7fffffff; + j->eob_run = 0; + // no more than 1<<31 MCUs if no restart_interal? that's plenty safe, + // since we don't even allow 1<<30 pixels +} + +static int stbi__parse_entropy_coded_data(stbi__jpeg *z) +{ + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + if (!z->progressive) { + if (z->scan_n == 1) { + int i,j; + STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(short, data[64]); + int n = z->order[0]; + // non-interleaved data, we just need to process one block at a time, + // in trivial scanline order + // number of blocks to do just depends on how many actual "pixels" this + // component has, independent of interleaved MCU blocking and such + int w = (z->img_comp[n].x+7) >> 3; + int h = (z->img_comp[n].y+7) >> 3; + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) { + int ha = z->img_comp[n].ha; + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block(z, data, z->huff_dc+z->img_comp[n].hd, z->huff_ac+ha, z->fast_ac[ha], n, z->dequant[z->img_comp[n].tq])) return 0; + z->idct_block_kernel(z->img_comp[n].data+z->img_comp[n].w2*j*8+i*8, z->img_comp[n].w2, data); + // every data block is an MCU, so countdown the restart interval + if (--z->todo <= 0) { + if (z->code_bits < 24) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(z); + // if it's NOT a restart, then just bail, so we get corrupt data + // rather than no data + if (!STBI__RESTART(z->marker)) return 1; + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + } + } + } + return 1; + } else { // interleaved + int i,j,k,x,y; + STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(short, data[64]); + for (j=0; j < z->img_mcu_y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < z->img_mcu_x; ++i) { + // scan an interleaved mcu... process scan_n components in order + for (k=0; k < z->scan_n; ++k) { + int n = z->order[k]; + // scan out an mcu's worth of this component; that's just determined + // by the basic H and V specified for the component + for (y=0; y < z->img_comp[n].v; ++y) { + for (x=0; x < z->img_comp[n].h; ++x) { + int x2 = (i*z->img_comp[n].h + x)*8; + int y2 = (j*z->img_comp[n].v + y)*8; + int ha = z->img_comp[n].ha; + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block(z, data, z->huff_dc+z->img_comp[n].hd, z->huff_ac+ha, z->fast_ac[ha], n, z->dequant[z->img_comp[n].tq])) return 0; + z->idct_block_kernel(z->img_comp[n].data+z->img_comp[n].w2*y2+x2, z->img_comp[n].w2, data); + } + } + } + // after all interleaved components, that's an interleaved MCU, + // so now count down the restart interval + if (--z->todo <= 0) { + if (z->code_bits < 24) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(z); + if (!STBI__RESTART(z->marker)) return 1; + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + } + } + } + return 1; + } + } else { + if (z->scan_n == 1) { + int i,j; + int n = z->order[0]; + // non-interleaved data, we just need to process one block at a time, + // in trivial scanline order + // number of blocks to do just depends on how many actual "pixels" this + // component has, independent of interleaved MCU blocking and such + int w = (z->img_comp[n].x+7) >> 3; + int h = (z->img_comp[n].y+7) >> 3; + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) { + short *data = z->img_comp[n].coeff + 64 * (i + j * z->img_comp[n].coeff_w); + if (z->spec_start == 0) { + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_dc(z, data, &z->huff_dc[z->img_comp[n].hd], n)) + return 0; + } else { + int ha = z->img_comp[n].ha; + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_ac(z, data, &z->huff_ac[ha], z->fast_ac[ha])) + return 0; + } + // every data block is an MCU, so countdown the restart interval + if (--z->todo <= 0) { + if (z->code_bits < 24) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(z); + if (!STBI__RESTART(z->marker)) return 1; + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + } + } + } + return 1; + } else { // interleaved + int i,j,k,x,y; + for (j=0; j < z->img_mcu_y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < z->img_mcu_x; ++i) { + // scan an interleaved mcu... process scan_n components in order + for (k=0; k < z->scan_n; ++k) { + int n = z->order[k]; + // scan out an mcu's worth of this component; that's just determined + // by the basic H and V specified for the component + for (y=0; y < z->img_comp[n].v; ++y) { + for (x=0; x < z->img_comp[n].h; ++x) { + int x2 = (i*z->img_comp[n].h + x); + int y2 = (j*z->img_comp[n].v + y); + short *data = z->img_comp[n].coeff + 64 * (x2 + y2 * z->img_comp[n].coeff_w); + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_dc(z, data, &z->huff_dc[z->img_comp[n].hd], n)) + return 0; + } + } + } + // after all interleaved components, that's an interleaved MCU, + // so now count down the restart interval + if (--z->todo <= 0) { + if (z->code_bits < 24) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(z); + if (!STBI__RESTART(z->marker)) return 1; + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + } + } + } + return 1; + } + } +} + +static void stbi__jpeg_dequantize(short *data, stbi__uint16 *dequant) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < 64; ++i) + data[i] *= dequant[i]; +} + +static void stbi__jpeg_finish(stbi__jpeg *z) +{ + if (z->progressive) { + // dequantize and idct the data + int i,j,n; + for (n=0; n < z->s->img_n; ++n) { + int w = (z->img_comp[n].x+7) >> 3; + int h = (z->img_comp[n].y+7) >> 3; + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) { + short *data = z->img_comp[n].coeff + 64 * (i + j * z->img_comp[n].coeff_w); + stbi__jpeg_dequantize(data, z->dequant[z->img_comp[n].tq]); + z->idct_block_kernel(z->img_comp[n].data+z->img_comp[n].w2*j*8+i*8, z->img_comp[n].w2, data); + } + } + } + } +} + +static int stbi__process_marker(stbi__jpeg *z, int m) +{ + int L; + switch (m) { + case STBI__MARKER_none: // no marker found + return stbi__err("expected marker","Corrupt JPEG"); + + case 0xDD: // DRI - specify restart interval + if (stbi__get16be(z->s) != 4) return stbi__err("bad DRI len","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->restart_interval = stbi__get16be(z->s); + return 1; + + case 0xDB: // DQT - define quantization table + L = stbi__get16be(z->s)-2; + while (L > 0) { + int q = stbi__get8(z->s); + int p = q >> 4, sixteen = (p != 0); + int t = q & 15,i; + if (p != 0 && p != 1) return stbi__err("bad DQT type","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (t > 3) return stbi__err("bad DQT table","Corrupt JPEG"); + + for (i=0; i < 64; ++i) + z->dequant[t][stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[i]] = (stbi__uint16)(sixteen ? stbi__get16be(z->s) : stbi__get8(z->s)); + L -= (sixteen ? 129 : 65); + } + return L==0; + + case 0xC4: // DHT - define huffman table + L = stbi__get16be(z->s)-2; + while (L > 0) { + stbi_uc *v; + int sizes[16],i,n=0; + int q = stbi__get8(z->s); + int tc = q >> 4; + int th = q & 15; + if (tc > 1 || th > 3) return stbi__err("bad DHT header","Corrupt JPEG"); + for (i=0; i < 16; ++i) { + sizes[i] = stbi__get8(z->s); + n += sizes[i]; + } + L -= 17; + if (tc == 0) { + if (!stbi__build_huffman(z->huff_dc+th, sizes)) return 0; + v = z->huff_dc[th].values; + } else { + if (!stbi__build_huffman(z->huff_ac+th, sizes)) return 0; + v = z->huff_ac[th].values; + } + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) + v[i] = stbi__get8(z->s); + if (tc != 0) + stbi__build_fast_ac(z->fast_ac[th], z->huff_ac + th); + L -= n; + } + return L==0; + } + + // check for comment block or APP blocks + if ((m >= 0xE0 && m <= 0xEF) || m == 0xFE) { + L = stbi__get16be(z->s); + if (L < 2) { + if (m == 0xFE) + return stbi__err("bad COM len","Corrupt JPEG"); + else + return stbi__err("bad APP len","Corrupt JPEG"); + } + L -= 2; + + if (m == 0xE0 && L >= 5) { // JFIF APP0 segment + static const unsigned char tag[5] = {'J','F','I','F','\0'}; + int ok = 1; + int i; + for (i=0; i < 5; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(z->s) != tag[i]) + ok = 0; + L -= 5; + if (ok) + z->jfif = 1; + } else if (m == 0xEE && L >= 12) { // Adobe APP14 segment + static const unsigned char tag[6] = {'A','d','o','b','e','\0'}; + int ok = 1; + int i; + for (i=0; i < 6; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(z->s) != tag[i]) + ok = 0; + L -= 6; + if (ok) { + stbi__get8(z->s); // version + stbi__get16be(z->s); // flags0 + stbi__get16be(z->s); // flags1 + z->app14_color_transform = stbi__get8(z->s); // color transform + L -= 6; + } + } + + stbi__skip(z->s, L); + return 1; + } + + return stbi__err("unknown marker","Corrupt JPEG"); +} + +// after we see SOS +static int stbi__process_scan_header(stbi__jpeg *z) +{ + int i; + int Ls = stbi__get16be(z->s); + z->scan_n = stbi__get8(z->s); + if (z->scan_n < 1 || z->scan_n > 4 || z->scan_n > (int) z->s->img_n) return stbi__err("bad SOS component count","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (Ls != 6+2*z->scan_n) return stbi__err("bad SOS len","Corrupt JPEG"); + for (i=0; i < z->scan_n; ++i) { + int id = stbi__get8(z->s), which; + int q = stbi__get8(z->s); + for (which = 0; which < z->s->img_n; ++which) + if (z->img_comp[which].id == id) + break; + if (which == z->s->img_n) return 0; // no match + z->img_comp[which].hd = q >> 4; if (z->img_comp[which].hd > 3) return stbi__err("bad DC huff","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->img_comp[which].ha = q & 15; if (z->img_comp[which].ha > 3) return stbi__err("bad AC huff","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->order[i] = which; + } + + { + int aa; + z->spec_start = stbi__get8(z->s); + z->spec_end = stbi__get8(z->s); // should be 63, but might be 0 + aa = stbi__get8(z->s); + z->succ_high = (aa >> 4); + z->succ_low = (aa & 15); + if (z->progressive) { + if (z->spec_start > 63 || z->spec_end > 63 || z->spec_start > z->spec_end || z->succ_high > 13 || z->succ_low > 13) + return stbi__err("bad SOS", "Corrupt JPEG"); + } else { + if (z->spec_start != 0) return stbi__err("bad SOS","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (z->succ_high != 0 || z->succ_low != 0) return stbi__err("bad SOS","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->spec_end = 63; + } + } + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__free_jpeg_components(stbi__jpeg *z, int ncomp, int why) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < ncomp; ++i) { + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_data) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].raw_data); + z->img_comp[i].raw_data = NULL; + z->img_comp[i].data = NULL; + } + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff); + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].coeff = 0; + } + if (z->img_comp[i].linebuf) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].linebuf); + z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; + } + } + return why; +} + +static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + int Lf,p,i,q, h_max=1,v_max=1,c; + Lf = stbi__get16be(s); if (Lf < 11) return stbi__err("bad SOF len","Corrupt JPEG"); // JPEG + p = stbi__get8(s); if (p != 8) return stbi__err("only 8-bit","JPEG format not supported: 8-bit only"); // JPEG baseline + s->img_y = stbi__get16be(s); if (s->img_y == 0) return stbi__err("no header height", "JPEG format not supported: delayed height"); // Legal, but we don't handle it--but neither does IJG + s->img_x = stbi__get16be(s); if (s->img_x == 0) return stbi__err("0 width","Corrupt JPEG"); // JPEG requires + c = stbi__get8(s); + if (c != 3 && c != 1 && c != 4) return stbi__err("bad component count","Corrupt JPEG"); + s->img_n = c; + for (i=0; i < c; ++i) { + z->img_comp[i].data = NULL; + z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; + } + + if (Lf != 8+3*s->img_n) return stbi__err("bad SOF len","Corrupt JPEG"); + + z->rgb = 0; + for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { + static const unsigned char rgb[3] = { 'R', 'G', 'B' }; + z->img_comp[i].id = stbi__get8(s); + if (s->img_n == 3 && z->img_comp[i].id == rgb[i]) + ++z->rgb; + q = stbi__get8(s); + z->img_comp[i].h = (q >> 4); if (!z->img_comp[i].h || z->img_comp[i].h > 4) return stbi__err("bad H","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->img_comp[i].v = q & 15; if (!z->img_comp[i].v || z->img_comp[i].v > 4) return stbi__err("bad V","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->img_comp[i].tq = stbi__get8(s); if (z->img_comp[i].tq > 3) return stbi__err("bad TQ","Corrupt JPEG"); + } + + if (scan != STBI__SCAN_load) return 1; + + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(s->img_x, s->img_y, s->img_n, 0)) return stbi__err("too large", "Image too large to decode"); + + for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { + if (z->img_comp[i].h > h_max) h_max = z->img_comp[i].h; + if (z->img_comp[i].v > v_max) v_max = z->img_comp[i].v; + } + + // compute interleaved mcu info + z->img_h_max = h_max; + z->img_v_max = v_max; + z->img_mcu_w = h_max * 8; + z->img_mcu_h = v_max * 8; + // these sizes can't be more than 17 bits + z->img_mcu_x = (s->img_x + z->img_mcu_w-1) / z->img_mcu_w; + z->img_mcu_y = (s->img_y + z->img_mcu_h-1) / z->img_mcu_h; + + for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { + // number of effective pixels (e.g. for non-interleaved MCU) + z->img_comp[i].x = (s->img_x * z->img_comp[i].h + h_max-1) / h_max; + z->img_comp[i].y = (s->img_y * z->img_comp[i].v + v_max-1) / v_max; + // to simplify generation, we'll allocate enough memory to decode + // the bogus oversized data from using interleaved MCUs and their + // big blocks (e.g. a 16x16 iMCU on an image of width 33); we won't + // discard the extra data until colorspace conversion + // + // img_mcu_x, img_mcu_y: <=17 bits; comp[i].h and .v are <=4 (checked earlier) + // so these muls can't overflow with 32-bit ints (which we require) + z->img_comp[i].w2 = z->img_mcu_x * z->img_comp[i].h * 8; + z->img_comp[i].h2 = z->img_mcu_y * z->img_comp[i].v * 8; + z->img_comp[i].coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; + z->img_comp[i].raw_data = stbi__malloc_mad2(z->img_comp[i].w2, z->img_comp[i].h2, 15); + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_data == NULL) + return stbi__free_jpeg_components(z, i+1, stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory")); + // align blocks for idct using mmx/sse + z->img_comp[i].data = (stbi_uc*) (((size_t) z->img_comp[i].raw_data + 15) & ~15); + if (z->progressive) { + // w2, h2 are multiples of 8 (see above) + z->img_comp[i].coeff_w = z->img_comp[i].w2 / 8; + z->img_comp[i].coeff_h = z->img_comp[i].h2 / 8; + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = stbi__malloc_mad3(z->img_comp[i].w2, z->img_comp[i].h2, sizeof(short), 15); + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff == NULL) + return stbi__free_jpeg_components(z, i+1, stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory")); + z->img_comp[i].coeff = (short*) (((size_t) z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff + 15) & ~15); + } + } + + return 1; +} + +// use comparisons since in some cases we handle more than one case (e.g. SOF) +#define stbi__DNL(x) ((x) == 0xdc) +#define stbi__SOI(x) ((x) == 0xd8) +#define stbi__EOI(x) ((x) == 0xd9) +#define stbi__SOF(x) ((x) == 0xc0 || (x) == 0xc1 || (x) == 0xc2) +#define stbi__SOS(x) ((x) == 0xda) + +#define stbi__SOF_progressive(x) ((x) == 0xc2) + +static int stbi__decode_jpeg_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) +{ + int m; + z->jfif = 0; + z->app14_color_transform = -1; // valid values are 0,1,2 + z->marker = STBI__MARKER_none; // initialize cached marker to empty + m = stbi__get_marker(z); + if (!stbi__SOI(m)) return stbi__err("no SOI","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_type) return 1; + m = stbi__get_marker(z); + while (!stbi__SOF(m)) { + if (!stbi__process_marker(z,m)) return 0; + m = stbi__get_marker(z); + while (m == STBI__MARKER_none) { + // some files have extra padding after their blocks, so ok, we'll scan + if (stbi__at_eof(z->s)) return stbi__err("no SOF", "Corrupt JPEG"); + m = stbi__get_marker(z); + } + } + z->progressive = stbi__SOF_progressive(m); + if (!stbi__process_frame_header(z, scan)) return 0; + return 1; +} + +// decode image to YCbCr format +static int stbi__decode_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + int m; + for (m = 0; m < 4; m++) { + j->img_comp[m].raw_data = NULL; + j->img_comp[m].raw_coeff = NULL; + } + j->restart_interval = 0; + if (!stbi__decode_jpeg_header(j, STBI__SCAN_load)) return 0; + m = stbi__get_marker(j); + while (!stbi__EOI(m)) { + if (stbi__SOS(m)) { + if (!stbi__process_scan_header(j)) return 0; + if (!stbi__parse_entropy_coded_data(j)) return 0; + if (j->marker == STBI__MARKER_none ) { + // handle 0s at the end of image data from IP Kamera 9060 + while (!stbi__at_eof(j->s)) { + int x = stbi__get8(j->s); + if (x == 255) { + j->marker = stbi__get8(j->s); + break; + } + } + // if we reach eof without hitting a marker, stbi__get_marker() below will fail and we'll eventually return 0 + } + } else if (stbi__DNL(m)) { + int Ld = stbi__get16be(j->s); + stbi__uint32 NL = stbi__get16be(j->s); + if (Ld != 4) return stbi__err("bad DNL len", "Corrupt JPEG"); + if (NL != j->s->img_y) return stbi__err("bad DNL height", "Corrupt JPEG"); + } else { + if (!stbi__process_marker(j, m)) return 0; + } + m = stbi__get_marker(j); + } + if (j->progressive) + stbi__jpeg_finish(j); + return 1; +} + +// static jfif-centered resampling (across block boundaries) + +typedef stbi_uc *(*resample_row_func)(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in0, stbi_uc *in1, + int w, int hs); + +#define stbi__div4(x) ((stbi_uc) ((x) >> 2)) + +static stbi_uc *resample_row_1(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + STBI_NOTUSED(out); + STBI_NOTUSED(in_far); + STBI_NOTUSED(w); + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + return in_near; +} + +static stbi_uc* stbi__resample_row_v_2(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // need to generate two samples vertically for every one in input + int i; + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) + out[i] = stbi__div4(3*in_near[i] + in_far[i] + 2); + return out; +} + +static stbi_uc* stbi__resample_row_h_2(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // need to generate two samples horizontally for every one in input + int i; + stbi_uc *input = in_near; + + if (w == 1) { + // if only one sample, can't do any interpolation + out[0] = out[1] = input[0]; + return out; + } + + out[0] = input[0]; + out[1] = stbi__div4(input[0]*3 + input[1] + 2); + for (i=1; i < w-1; ++i) { + int n = 3*input[i]+2; + out[i*2+0] = stbi__div4(n+input[i-1]); + out[i*2+1] = stbi__div4(n+input[i+1]); + } + out[i*2+0] = stbi__div4(input[w-2]*3 + input[w-1] + 2); + out[i*2+1] = input[w-1]; + + STBI_NOTUSED(in_far); + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + + return out; +} + +#define stbi__div16(x) ((stbi_uc) ((x) >> 4)) + +static stbi_uc *stbi__resample_row_hv_2(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // need to generate 2x2 samples for every one in input + int i,t0,t1; + if (w == 1) { + out[0] = out[1] = stbi__div4(3*in_near[0] + in_far[0] + 2); + return out; + } + + t1 = 3*in_near[0] + in_far[0]; + out[0] = stbi__div4(t1+2); + for (i=1; i < w; ++i) { + t0 = t1; + t1 = 3*in_near[i]+in_far[i]; + out[i*2-1] = stbi__div16(3*t0 + t1 + 8); + out[i*2 ] = stbi__div16(3*t1 + t0 + 8); + } + out[w*2-1] = stbi__div4(t1+2); + + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + + return out; +} + +#if defined(STBI_SSE2) || defined(STBI_NEON) +static stbi_uc *stbi__resample_row_hv_2_simd(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // need to generate 2x2 samples for every one in input + int i=0,t0,t1; + + if (w == 1) { + out[0] = out[1] = stbi__div4(3*in_near[0] + in_far[0] + 2); + return out; + } + + t1 = 3*in_near[0] + in_far[0]; + // process groups of 8 pixels for as long as we can. + // note we can't handle the last pixel in a row in this loop + // because we need to handle the filter boundary conditions. + for (; i < ((w-1) & ~7); i += 8) { +#if defined(STBI_SSE2) + // load and perform the vertical filtering pass + // this uses 3*x + y = 4*x + (y - x) + __m128i zero = _mm_setzero_si128(); + __m128i farb = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (in_far + i)); + __m128i nearb = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (in_near + i)); + __m128i farw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(farb, zero); + __m128i nearw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(nearb, zero); + __m128i diff = _mm_sub_epi16(farw, nearw); + __m128i nears = _mm_slli_epi16(nearw, 2); + __m128i curr = _mm_add_epi16(nears, diff); // current row + + // horizontal filter works the same based on shifted vers of current + // row. "prev" is current row shifted right by 1 pixel; we need to + // insert the previous pixel value (from t1). + // "next" is current row shifted left by 1 pixel, with first pixel + // of next block of 8 pixels added in. + __m128i prv0 = _mm_slli_si128(curr, 2); + __m128i nxt0 = _mm_srli_si128(curr, 2); + __m128i prev = _mm_insert_epi16(prv0, t1, 0); + __m128i next = _mm_insert_epi16(nxt0, 3*in_near[i+8] + in_far[i+8], 7); + + // horizontal filter, polyphase implementation since it's convenient: + // even pixels = 3*cur + prev = cur*4 + (prev - cur) + // odd pixels = 3*cur + next = cur*4 + (next - cur) + // note the shared term. + __m128i bias = _mm_set1_epi16(8); + __m128i curs = _mm_slli_epi16(curr, 2); + __m128i prvd = _mm_sub_epi16(prev, curr); + __m128i nxtd = _mm_sub_epi16(next, curr); + __m128i curb = _mm_add_epi16(curs, bias); + __m128i even = _mm_add_epi16(prvd, curb); + __m128i odd = _mm_add_epi16(nxtd, curb); + + // interleave even and odd pixels, then undo scaling. + __m128i int0 = _mm_unpacklo_epi16(even, odd); + __m128i int1 = _mm_unpackhi_epi16(even, odd); + __m128i de0 = _mm_srli_epi16(int0, 4); + __m128i de1 = _mm_srli_epi16(int1, 4); + + // pack and write output + __m128i outv = _mm_packus_epi16(de0, de1); + _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i *) (out + i*2), outv); +#elif defined(STBI_NEON) + // load and perform the vertical filtering pass + // this uses 3*x + y = 4*x + (y - x) + uint8x8_t farb = vld1_u8(in_far + i); + uint8x8_t nearb = vld1_u8(in_near + i); + int16x8_t diff = vreinterpretq_s16_u16(vsubl_u8(farb, nearb)); + int16x8_t nears = vreinterpretq_s16_u16(vshll_n_u8(nearb, 2)); + int16x8_t curr = vaddq_s16(nears, diff); // current row + + // horizontal filter works the same based on shifted vers of current + // row. "prev" is current row shifted right by 1 pixel; we need to + // insert the previous pixel value (from t1). + // "next" is current row shifted left by 1 pixel, with first pixel + // of next block of 8 pixels added in. + int16x8_t prv0 = vextq_s16(curr, curr, 7); + int16x8_t nxt0 = vextq_s16(curr, curr, 1); + int16x8_t prev = vsetq_lane_s16(t1, prv0, 0); + int16x8_t next = vsetq_lane_s16(3*in_near[i+8] + in_far[i+8], nxt0, 7); + + // horizontal filter, polyphase implementation since it's convenient: + // even pixels = 3*cur + prev = cur*4 + (prev - cur) + // odd pixels = 3*cur + next = cur*4 + (next - cur) + // note the shared term. + int16x8_t curs = vshlq_n_s16(curr, 2); + int16x8_t prvd = vsubq_s16(prev, curr); + int16x8_t nxtd = vsubq_s16(next, curr); + int16x8_t even = vaddq_s16(curs, prvd); + int16x8_t odd = vaddq_s16(curs, nxtd); + + // undo scaling and round, then store with even/odd phases interleaved + uint8x8x2_t o; + o.val[0] = vqrshrun_n_s16(even, 4); + o.val[1] = vqrshrun_n_s16(odd, 4); + vst2_u8(out + i*2, o); +#endif + + // "previous" value for next iter + t1 = 3*in_near[i+7] + in_far[i+7]; + } + + t0 = t1; + t1 = 3*in_near[i] + in_far[i]; + out[i*2] = stbi__div16(3*t1 + t0 + 8); + + for (++i; i < w; ++i) { + t0 = t1; + t1 = 3*in_near[i]+in_far[i]; + out[i*2-1] = stbi__div16(3*t0 + t1 + 8); + out[i*2 ] = stbi__div16(3*t1 + t0 + 8); + } + out[w*2-1] = stbi__div4(t1+2); + + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + + return out; +} +#endif + +static stbi_uc *stbi__resample_row_generic(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // resample with nearest-neighbor + int i,j; + STBI_NOTUSED(in_far); + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) + for (j=0; j < hs; ++j) + out[i*hs+j] = in_near[i]; + return out; +} + +// this is a reduced-precision calculation of YCbCr-to-RGB introduced +// to make sure the code produces the same results in both SIMD and scalar +#define stbi__float2fixed(x) (((int) ((x) * 4096.0f + 0.5f)) << 8) +static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_row(stbi_uc *out, const stbi_uc *y, const stbi_uc *pcb, const stbi_uc *pcr, int count, int step) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { + int y_fixed = (y[i] << 20) + (1<<19); // rounding + int r,g,b; + int cr = pcr[i] - 128; + int cb = pcb[i] - 128; + r = y_fixed + cr* stbi__float2fixed(1.40200f); + g = y_fixed + (cr*-stbi__float2fixed(0.71414f)) + ((cb*-stbi__float2fixed(0.34414f)) & 0xffff0000); + b = y_fixed + cb* stbi__float2fixed(1.77200f); + r >>= 20; + g >>= 20; + b >>= 20; + if ((unsigned) r > 255) { if (r < 0) r = 0; else r = 255; } + if ((unsigned) g > 255) { if (g < 0) g = 0; else g = 255; } + if ((unsigned) b > 255) { if (b < 0) b = 0; else b = 255; } + out[0] = (stbi_uc)r; + out[1] = (stbi_uc)g; + out[2] = (stbi_uc)b; + out[3] = 255; + out += step; + } +} + +#if defined(STBI_SSE2) || defined(STBI_NEON) +static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc const *y, stbi_uc const *pcb, stbi_uc const *pcr, int count, int step) +{ + int i = 0; + +#ifdef STBI_SSE2 + // step == 3 is pretty ugly on the final interleave, and i'm not convinced + // it's useful in practice (you wouldn't use it for textures, for example). + // so just accelerate step == 4 case. + if (step == 4) { + // this is a fairly straightforward implementation and not super-optimized. + __m128i signflip = _mm_set1_epi8(-0x80); + __m128i cr_const0 = _mm_set1_epi16( (short) ( 1.40200f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + __m128i cr_const1 = _mm_set1_epi16( - (short) ( 0.71414f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + __m128i cb_const0 = _mm_set1_epi16( - (short) ( 0.34414f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + __m128i cb_const1 = _mm_set1_epi16( (short) ( 1.77200f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + __m128i y_bias = _mm_set1_epi8((char) (unsigned char) 128); + __m128i xw = _mm_set1_epi16(255); // alpha channel + + for (; i+7 < count; i += 8) { + // load + __m128i y_bytes = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (y+i)); + __m128i cr_bytes = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (pcr+i)); + __m128i cb_bytes = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (pcb+i)); + __m128i cr_biased = _mm_xor_si128(cr_bytes, signflip); // -128 + __m128i cb_biased = _mm_xor_si128(cb_bytes, signflip); // -128 + + // unpack to short (and left-shift cr, cb by 8) + __m128i yw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(y_bias, y_bytes); + __m128i crw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(_mm_setzero_si128(), cr_biased); + __m128i cbw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(_mm_setzero_si128(), cb_biased); + + // color transform + __m128i yws = _mm_srli_epi16(yw, 4); + __m128i cr0 = _mm_mulhi_epi16(cr_const0, crw); + __m128i cb0 = _mm_mulhi_epi16(cb_const0, cbw); + __m128i cb1 = _mm_mulhi_epi16(cbw, cb_const1); + __m128i cr1 = _mm_mulhi_epi16(crw, cr_const1); + __m128i rws = _mm_add_epi16(cr0, yws); + __m128i gwt = _mm_add_epi16(cb0, yws); + __m128i bws = _mm_add_epi16(yws, cb1); + __m128i gws = _mm_add_epi16(gwt, cr1); + + // descale + __m128i rw = _mm_srai_epi16(rws, 4); + __m128i bw = _mm_srai_epi16(bws, 4); + __m128i gw = _mm_srai_epi16(gws, 4); + + // back to byte, set up for transpose + __m128i brb = _mm_packus_epi16(rw, bw); + __m128i gxb = _mm_packus_epi16(gw, xw); + + // transpose to interleave channels + __m128i t0 = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(brb, gxb); + __m128i t1 = _mm_unpackhi_epi8(brb, gxb); + __m128i o0 = _mm_unpacklo_epi16(t0, t1); + __m128i o1 = _mm_unpackhi_epi16(t0, t1); + + // store + _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i *) (out + 0), o0); + _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i *) (out + 16), o1); + out += 32; + } + } +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_NEON + // in this version, step=3 support would be easy to add. but is there demand? + if (step == 4) { + // this is a fairly straightforward implementation and not super-optimized. + uint8x8_t signflip = vdup_n_u8(0x80); + int16x8_t cr_const0 = vdupq_n_s16( (short) ( 1.40200f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + int16x8_t cr_const1 = vdupq_n_s16( - (short) ( 0.71414f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + int16x8_t cb_const0 = vdupq_n_s16( - (short) ( 0.34414f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + int16x8_t cb_const1 = vdupq_n_s16( (short) ( 1.77200f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + + for (; i+7 < count; i += 8) { + // load + uint8x8_t y_bytes = vld1_u8(y + i); + uint8x8_t cr_bytes = vld1_u8(pcr + i); + uint8x8_t cb_bytes = vld1_u8(pcb + i); + int8x8_t cr_biased = vreinterpret_s8_u8(vsub_u8(cr_bytes, signflip)); + int8x8_t cb_biased = vreinterpret_s8_u8(vsub_u8(cb_bytes, signflip)); + + // expand to s16 + int16x8_t yws = vreinterpretq_s16_u16(vshll_n_u8(y_bytes, 4)); + int16x8_t crw = vshll_n_s8(cr_biased, 7); + int16x8_t cbw = vshll_n_s8(cb_biased, 7); + + // color transform + int16x8_t cr0 = vqdmulhq_s16(crw, cr_const0); + int16x8_t cb0 = vqdmulhq_s16(cbw, cb_const0); + int16x8_t cr1 = vqdmulhq_s16(crw, cr_const1); + int16x8_t cb1 = vqdmulhq_s16(cbw, cb_const1); + int16x8_t rws = vaddq_s16(yws, cr0); + int16x8_t gws = vaddq_s16(vaddq_s16(yws, cb0), cr1); + int16x8_t bws = vaddq_s16(yws, cb1); + + // undo scaling, round, convert to byte + uint8x8x4_t o; + o.val[0] = vqrshrun_n_s16(rws, 4); + o.val[1] = vqrshrun_n_s16(gws, 4); + o.val[2] = vqrshrun_n_s16(bws, 4); + o.val[3] = vdup_n_u8(255); + + // store, interleaving r/g/b/a + vst4_u8(out, o); + out += 8*4; + } + } +#endif + + for (; i < count; ++i) { + int y_fixed = (y[i] << 20) + (1<<19); // rounding + int r,g,b; + int cr = pcr[i] - 128; + int cb = pcb[i] - 128; + r = y_fixed + cr* stbi__float2fixed(1.40200f); + g = y_fixed + cr*-stbi__float2fixed(0.71414f) + ((cb*-stbi__float2fixed(0.34414f)) & 0xffff0000); + b = y_fixed + cb* stbi__float2fixed(1.77200f); + r >>= 20; + g >>= 20; + b >>= 20; + if ((unsigned) r > 255) { if (r < 0) r = 0; else r = 255; } + if ((unsigned) g > 255) { if (g < 0) g = 0; else g = 255; } + if ((unsigned) b > 255) { if (b < 0) b = 0; else b = 255; } + out[0] = (stbi_uc)r; + out[1] = (stbi_uc)g; + out[2] = (stbi_uc)b; + out[3] = 255; + out += step; + } +} +#endif + +// set up the kernels +static void stbi__setup_jpeg(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + j->idct_block_kernel = stbi__idct_block; + j->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel = stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_row; + j->resample_row_hv_2_kernel = stbi__resample_row_hv_2; + +#ifdef STBI_SSE2 + if (stbi__sse2_available()) { + j->idct_block_kernel = stbi__idct_simd; + j->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel = stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd; + j->resample_row_hv_2_kernel = stbi__resample_row_hv_2_simd; + } +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_NEON + j->idct_block_kernel = stbi__idct_simd; + j->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel = stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd; + j->resample_row_hv_2_kernel = stbi__resample_row_hv_2_simd; +#endif +} + +// clean up the temporary component buffers +static void stbi__cleanup_jpeg(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + stbi__free_jpeg_components(j, j->s->img_n, 0); +} + +typedef struct +{ + resample_row_func resample; + stbi_uc *line0,*line1; + int hs,vs; // expansion factor in each axis + int w_lores; // horizontal pixels pre-expansion + int ystep; // how far through vertical expansion we are + int ypos; // which pre-expansion row we're on +} stbi__resample; + +// fast 0..255 * 0..255 => 0..255 rounded multiplication +static stbi_uc stbi__blinn_8x8(stbi_uc x, stbi_uc y) +{ + unsigned int t = x*y + 128; + return (stbi_uc) ((t + (t >>8)) >> 8); +} + +static stbi_uc *load_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *z, int *out_x, int *out_y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + int n, decode_n, is_rgb; + z->s->img_n = 0; // make stbi__cleanup_jpeg safe + + // validate req_comp + if (req_comp < 0 || req_comp > 4) return stbi__errpuc("bad req_comp", "Internal error"); + + // load a jpeg image from whichever source, but leave in YCbCr format + if (!stbi__decode_jpeg_image(z)) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return NULL; } + + // determine actual number of components to generate + n = req_comp ? req_comp : z->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; + + is_rgb = z->s->img_n == 3 && (z->rgb == 3 || (z->app14_color_transform == 0 && !z->jfif)); + + if (z->s->img_n == 3 && n < 3 && !is_rgb) + decode_n = 1; + else + decode_n = z->s->img_n; + + // resample and color-convert + { + int k; + unsigned int i,j; + stbi_uc *output; + stbi_uc *coutput[4] = { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }; + + stbi__resample res_comp[4]; + + for (k=0; k < decode_n; ++k) { + stbi__resample *r = &res_comp[k]; + + // allocate line buffer big enough for upsampling off the edges + // with upsample factor of 4 + z->img_comp[k].linebuf = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(z->s->img_x + 3); + if (!z->img_comp[k].linebuf) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } + + r->hs = z->img_h_max / z->img_comp[k].h; + r->vs = z->img_v_max / z->img_comp[k].v; + r->ystep = r->vs >> 1; + r->w_lores = (z->s->img_x + r->hs-1) / r->hs; + r->ypos = 0; + r->line0 = r->line1 = z->img_comp[k].data; + + if (r->hs == 1 && r->vs == 1) r->resample = resample_row_1; + else if (r->hs == 1 && r->vs == 2) r->resample = stbi__resample_row_v_2; + else if (r->hs == 2 && r->vs == 1) r->resample = stbi__resample_row_h_2; + else if (r->hs == 2 && r->vs == 2) r->resample = z->resample_row_hv_2_kernel; + else r->resample = stbi__resample_row_generic; + } + + // can't error after this so, this is safe + output = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(n, z->s->img_x, z->s->img_y, 1); + if (!output) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } + + // now go ahead and resample + for (j=0; j < z->s->img_y; ++j) { + stbi_uc *out = output + n * z->s->img_x * j; + for (k=0; k < decode_n; ++k) { + stbi__resample *r = &res_comp[k]; + int y_bot = r->ystep >= (r->vs >> 1); + coutput[k] = r->resample(z->img_comp[k].linebuf, + y_bot ? r->line1 : r->line0, + y_bot ? r->line0 : r->line1, + r->w_lores, r->hs); + if (++r->ystep >= r->vs) { + r->ystep = 0; + r->line0 = r->line1; + if (++r->ypos < z->img_comp[k].y) + r->line1 += z->img_comp[k].w2; + } + } + if (n >= 3) { + stbi_uc *y = coutput[0]; + if (z->s->img_n == 3) { + if (is_rgb) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + out[0] = y[i]; + out[1] = coutput[1][i]; + out[2] = coutput[2][i]; + out[3] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else { + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4) { + if (z->app14_color_transform == 0) { // CMYK + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[0][i], m); + out[1] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[1][i], m); + out[2] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[2][i], m); + out[3] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else if (z->app14_color_transform == 2) { // YCCK + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[0], m); + out[1] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[1], m); + out[2] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[2], m); + out += n; + } + } else { // YCbCr + alpha? Ignore the fourth channel for now + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + } + } else + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + out[0] = out[1] = out[2] = y[i]; + out[3] = 255; // not used if n==3 + out += n; + } + } else { + if (is_rgb) { + if (n == 1) + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) + *out++ = stbi__compute_y(coutput[0][i], coutput[1][i], coutput[2][i]); + else { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i, out += 2) { + out[0] = stbi__compute_y(coutput[0][i], coutput[1][i], coutput[2][i]); + out[1] = 255; + } + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4 && z->app14_color_transform == 0) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + stbi_uc r = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[0][i], m); + stbi_uc g = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[1][i], m); + stbi_uc b = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[2][i], m); + out[0] = stbi__compute_y(r, g, b); + out[1] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4 && z->app14_color_transform == 2) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - coutput[0][i], coutput[3][i]); + out[1] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else { + stbi_uc *y = coutput[0]; + if (n == 1) + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) out[i] = y[i]; + else + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { *out++ = y[i]; *out++ = 255; } + } + } + } + stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); + *out_x = z->s->img_x; + *out_y = z->s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = z->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; // report original components, not output + return output; + } +} + +static void *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + unsigned char* result; + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*) stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg)); + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + j->s = s; + stbi__setup_jpeg(j); + result = load_jpeg_image(j, x,y,comp,req_comp); + STBI_FREE(j); + return result; +} + +static int stbi__jpeg_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r; + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*)stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg)); + j->s = s; + stbi__setup_jpeg(j); + r = stbi__decode_jpeg_header(j, STBI__SCAN_type); + stbi__rewind(s); + STBI_FREE(j); + return r; +} + +static int stbi__jpeg_info_raw(stbi__jpeg *j, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + if (!stbi__decode_jpeg_header(j, STBI__SCAN_header)) { + stbi__rewind( j->s ); + return 0; + } + if (x) *x = j->s->img_x; + if (y) *y = j->s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = j->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__jpeg_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int result; + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*) (stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg))); + j->s = s; + result = stbi__jpeg_info_raw(j, x, y, comp); + STBI_FREE(j); + return result; +} +#endif + +// public domain zlib decode v0.2 Sean Barrett 2006-11-18 +// simple implementation +// - all input must be provided in an upfront buffer +// - all output is written to a single output buffer (can malloc/realloc) +// performance +// - fast huffman + +#ifndef STBI_NO_ZLIB + +// fast-way is faster to check than jpeg huffman, but slow way is slower +#define STBI__ZFAST_BITS 9 // accelerate all cases in default tables +#define STBI__ZFAST_MASK ((1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS) - 1) + +// zlib-style huffman encoding +// (jpegs packs from left, zlib from right, so can't share code) +typedef struct +{ + stbi__uint16 fast[1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS]; + stbi__uint16 firstcode[16]; + int maxcode[17]; + stbi__uint16 firstsymbol[16]; + stbi_uc size[288]; + stbi__uint16 value[288]; +} stbi__zhuffman; + +stbi_inline static int stbi__bitreverse16(int n) +{ + n = ((n & 0xAAAA) >> 1) | ((n & 0x5555) << 1); + n = ((n & 0xCCCC) >> 2) | ((n & 0x3333) << 2); + n = ((n & 0xF0F0) >> 4) | ((n & 0x0F0F) << 4); + n = ((n & 0xFF00) >> 8) | ((n & 0x00FF) << 8); + return n; +} + +stbi_inline static int stbi__bit_reverse(int v, int bits) +{ + STBI_ASSERT(bits <= 16); + // to bit reverse n bits, reverse 16 and shift + // e.g. 11 bits, bit reverse and shift away 5 + return stbi__bitreverse16(v) >> (16-bits); +} + +static int stbi__zbuild_huffman(stbi__zhuffman *z, const stbi_uc *sizelist, int num) +{ + int i,k=0; + int code, next_code[16], sizes[17]; + + // DEFLATE spec for generating codes + memset(sizes, 0, sizeof(sizes)); + memset(z->fast, 0, sizeof(z->fast)); + for (i=0; i < num; ++i) + ++sizes[sizelist[i]]; + sizes[0] = 0; + for (i=1; i < 16; ++i) + if (sizes[i] > (1 << i)) + return stbi__err("bad sizes", "Corrupt PNG"); + code = 0; + for (i=1; i < 16; ++i) { + next_code[i] = code; + z->firstcode[i] = (stbi__uint16) code; + z->firstsymbol[i] = (stbi__uint16) k; + code = (code + sizes[i]); + if (sizes[i]) + if (code-1 >= (1 << i)) return stbi__err("bad codelengths","Corrupt PNG"); + z->maxcode[i] = code << (16-i); // preshift for inner loop + code <<= 1; + k += sizes[i]; + } + z->maxcode[16] = 0x10000; // sentinel + for (i=0; i < num; ++i) { + int s = sizelist[i]; + if (s) { + int c = next_code[s] - z->firstcode[s] + z->firstsymbol[s]; + stbi__uint16 fastv = (stbi__uint16) ((s << 9) | i); + z->size [c] = (stbi_uc ) s; + z->value[c] = (stbi__uint16) i; + if (s <= STBI__ZFAST_BITS) { + int j = stbi__bit_reverse(next_code[s],s); + while (j < (1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS)) { + z->fast[j] = fastv; + j += (1 << s); + } + } + ++next_code[s]; + } + } + return 1; +} + +// zlib-from-memory implementation for PNG reading +// because PNG allows splitting the zlib stream arbitrarily, +// and it's annoying structurally to have PNG call ZLIB call PNG, +// we require PNG read all the IDATs and combine them into a single +// memory buffer + +typedef struct +{ + stbi_uc *zbuffer, *zbuffer_end; + int num_bits; + stbi__uint32 code_buffer; + + char *zout; + char *zout_start; + char *zout_end; + int z_expandable; + + stbi__zhuffman z_length, z_distance; +} stbi__zbuf; + +stbi_inline static stbi_uc stbi__zget8(stbi__zbuf *z) +{ + if (z->zbuffer >= z->zbuffer_end) return 0; + return *z->zbuffer++; +} + +static void stbi__fill_bits(stbi__zbuf *z) +{ + do { + STBI_ASSERT(z->code_buffer < (1U << z->num_bits)); + z->code_buffer |= (unsigned int) stbi__zget8(z) << z->num_bits; + z->num_bits += 8; + } while (z->num_bits <= 24); +} + +stbi_inline static unsigned int stbi__zreceive(stbi__zbuf *z, int n) +{ + unsigned int k; + if (z->num_bits < n) stbi__fill_bits(z); + k = z->code_buffer & ((1 << n) - 1); + z->code_buffer >>= n; + z->num_bits -= n; + return k; +} + +static int stbi__zhuffman_decode_slowpath(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) +{ + int b,s,k; + // not resolved by fast table, so compute it the slow way + // use jpeg approach, which requires MSbits at top + k = stbi__bit_reverse(a->code_buffer, 16); + for (s=STBI__ZFAST_BITS+1; ; ++s) + if (k < z->maxcode[s]) + break; + if (s == 16) return -1; // invalid code! + // code size is s, so: + b = (k >> (16-s)) - z->firstcode[s] + z->firstsymbol[s]; + STBI_ASSERT(z->size[b] == s); + a->code_buffer >>= s; + a->num_bits -= s; + return z->value[b]; +} + +stbi_inline static int stbi__zhuffman_decode(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) +{ + int b,s; + if (a->num_bits < 16) stbi__fill_bits(a); + b = z->fast[a->code_buffer & STBI__ZFAST_MASK]; + if (b) { + s = b >> 9; + a->code_buffer >>= s; + a->num_bits -= s; + return b & 511; + } + return stbi__zhuffman_decode_slowpath(a, z); +} + +static int stbi__zexpand(stbi__zbuf *z, char *zout, int n) // need to make room for n bytes +{ + char *q; + int cur, limit, old_limit; + z->zout = zout; + if (!z->z_expandable) return stbi__err("output buffer limit","Corrupt PNG"); + cur = (int) (z->zout - z->zout_start); + limit = old_limit = (int) (z->zout_end - z->zout_start); + while (cur + n > limit) + limit *= 2; + q = (char *) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(z->zout_start, old_limit, limit); + STBI_NOTUSED(old_limit); + if (q == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + z->zout_start = q; + z->zout = q + cur; + z->zout_end = q + limit; + return 1; +} + +static const int stbi__zlength_base[31] = { + 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13, + 15,17,19,23,27,31,35,43,51,59, + 67,83,99,115,131,163,195,227,258,0,0 }; + +static const int stbi__zlength_extra[31]= +{ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,0,0,0 }; + +static const int stbi__zdist_base[32] = { 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,13,17,25,33,49,65,97,129,193, +257,385,513,769,1025,1537,2049,3073,4097,6145,8193,12289,16385,24577,0,0}; + +static const int stbi__zdist_extra[32] = +{ 0,0,0,0,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13}; + +static int stbi__parse_huffman_block(stbi__zbuf *a) +{ + char *zout = a->zout; + for(;;) { + int z = stbi__zhuffman_decode(a, &a->z_length); + if (z < 256) { + if (z < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt PNG"); // error in huffman codes + if (zout >= a->zout_end) { + if (!stbi__zexpand(a, zout, 1)) return 0; + zout = a->zout; + } + *zout++ = (char) z; + } else { + stbi_uc *p; + int len,dist; + if (z == 256) { + a->zout = zout; + return 1; + } + z -= 257; + len = stbi__zlength_base[z]; + if (stbi__zlength_extra[z]) len += stbi__zreceive(a, stbi__zlength_extra[z]); + z = stbi__zhuffman_decode(a, &a->z_distance); + if (z < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt PNG"); + dist = stbi__zdist_base[z]; + if (stbi__zdist_extra[z]) dist += stbi__zreceive(a, stbi__zdist_extra[z]); + if (zout - a->zout_start < dist) return stbi__err("bad dist","Corrupt PNG"); + if (zout + len > a->zout_end) { + if (!stbi__zexpand(a, zout, len)) return 0; + zout = a->zout; + } + p = (stbi_uc *) (zout - dist); + if (dist == 1) { // run of one byte; common in images. + stbi_uc v = *p; + if (len) { do *zout++ = v; while (--len); } + } else { + if (len) { do *zout++ = *p++; while (--len); } + } + } + } +} + +static int stbi__compute_huffman_codes(stbi__zbuf *a) +{ + static const stbi_uc length_dezigzag[19] = { 16,17,18,0,8,7,9,6,10,5,11,4,12,3,13,2,14,1,15 }; + stbi__zhuffman z_codelength; + stbi_uc lencodes[286+32+137];//padding for maximum single op + stbi_uc codelength_sizes[19]; + int i,n; + + int hlit = stbi__zreceive(a,5) + 257; + int hdist = stbi__zreceive(a,5) + 1; + int hclen = stbi__zreceive(a,4) + 4; + int ntot = hlit + hdist; + + memset(codelength_sizes, 0, sizeof(codelength_sizes)); + for (i=0; i < hclen; ++i) { + int s = stbi__zreceive(a,3); + codelength_sizes[length_dezigzag[i]] = (stbi_uc) s; + } + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&z_codelength, codelength_sizes, 19)) return 0; + + n = 0; + while (n < ntot) { + int c = stbi__zhuffman_decode(a, &z_codelength); + if (c < 0 || c >= 19) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (c < 16) + lencodes[n++] = (stbi_uc) c; + else { + stbi_uc fill = 0; + if (c == 16) { + c = stbi__zreceive(a,2)+3; + if (n == 0) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + fill = lencodes[n-1]; + } else if (c == 17) + c = stbi__zreceive(a,3)+3; + else { + STBI_ASSERT(c == 18); + c = stbi__zreceive(a,7)+11; + } + if (ntot - n < c) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + memset(lencodes+n, fill, c); + n += c; + } + } + if (n != ntot) return stbi__err("bad codelengths","Corrupt PNG"); + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_length, lencodes, hlit)) return 0; + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_distance, lencodes+hlit, hdist)) return 0; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__parse_uncompressed_block(stbi__zbuf *a) +{ + stbi_uc header[4]; + int len,nlen,k; + if (a->num_bits & 7) + stbi__zreceive(a, a->num_bits & 7); // discard + // drain the bit-packed data into header + k = 0; + while (a->num_bits > 0) { + header[k++] = (stbi_uc) (a->code_buffer & 255); // suppress MSVC run-time check + a->code_buffer >>= 8; + a->num_bits -= 8; + } + STBI_ASSERT(a->num_bits == 0); + // now fill header the normal way + while (k < 4) + header[k++] = stbi__zget8(a); + len = header[1] * 256 + header[0]; + nlen = header[3] * 256 + header[2]; + if (nlen != (len ^ 0xffff)) return stbi__err("zlib corrupt","Corrupt PNG"); + if (a->zbuffer + len > a->zbuffer_end) return stbi__err("read past buffer","Corrupt PNG"); + if (a->zout + len > a->zout_end) + if (!stbi__zexpand(a, a->zout, len)) return 0; + memcpy(a->zout, a->zbuffer, len); + a->zbuffer += len; + a->zout += len; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__parse_zlib_header(stbi__zbuf *a) +{ + int cmf = stbi__zget8(a); + int cm = cmf & 15; + /* int cinfo = cmf >> 4; */ + int flg = stbi__zget8(a); + if ((cmf*256+flg) % 31 != 0) return stbi__err("bad zlib header","Corrupt PNG"); // zlib spec + if (flg & 32) return stbi__err("no preset dict","Corrupt PNG"); // preset dictionary not allowed in png + if (cm != 8) return stbi__err("bad compression","Corrupt PNG"); // DEFLATE required for png + // window = 1 << (8 + cinfo)... but who cares, we fully buffer output + return 1; +} + +static const stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_length[288] = +{ + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7, 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8 +}; +static const stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_distance[32] = +{ + 5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5 +}; +/* +Init algorithm: +{ + int i; // use <= to match clearly with spec + for (i=0; i <= 143; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 8; + for ( ; i <= 255; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 9; + for ( ; i <= 279; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 7; + for ( ; i <= 287; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 8; + + for (i=0; i <= 31; ++i) stbi__zdefault_distance[i] = 5; +} +*/ + +static int stbi__parse_zlib(stbi__zbuf *a, int parse_header) +{ + int final, type; + if (parse_header) + if (!stbi__parse_zlib_header(a)) return 0; + a->num_bits = 0; + a->code_buffer = 0; + do { + final = stbi__zreceive(a,1); + type = stbi__zreceive(a,2); + if (type == 0) { + if (!stbi__parse_uncompressed_block(a)) return 0; + } else if (type == 3) { + return 0; + } else { + if (type == 1) { + // use fixed code lengths + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_length , stbi__zdefault_length , 288)) return 0; + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_distance, stbi__zdefault_distance, 32)) return 0; + } else { + if (!stbi__compute_huffman_codes(a)) return 0; + } + if (!stbi__parse_huffman_block(a)) return 0; + } + } while (!final); + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__do_zlib(stbi__zbuf *a, char *obuf, int olen, int exp, int parse_header) +{ + a->zout_start = obuf; + a->zout = obuf; + a->zout_end = obuf + olen; + a->z_expandable = exp; + + return stbi__parse_zlib(a, parse_header); +} + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize(const char *buffer, int len, int initial_size, int *outlen) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + char *p = (char *) stbi__malloc(initial_size); + if (p == NULL) return NULL; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) buffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer + len; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, p, initial_size, 1, 1)) { + if (outlen) *outlen = (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + return a.zout_start; + } else { + STBI_FREE(a.zout_start); + return NULL; + } +} + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc(char const *buffer, int len, int *outlen) +{ + return stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize(buffer, len, 16384, outlen); +} + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize_headerflag(const char *buffer, int len, int initial_size, int *outlen, int parse_header) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + char *p = (char *) stbi__malloc(initial_size); + if (p == NULL) return NULL; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) buffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer + len; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, p, initial_size, 1, parse_header)) { + if (outlen) *outlen = (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + return a.zout_start; + } else { + STBI_FREE(a.zout_start); + return NULL; + } +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, char const *ibuffer, int ilen) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) ibuffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) ibuffer + ilen; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, obuffer, olen, 0, 1)) + return (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + else + return -1; +} + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_malloc(char const *buffer, int len, int *outlen) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + char *p = (char *) stbi__malloc(16384); + if (p == NULL) return NULL; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) buffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer+len; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, p, 16384, 1, 0)) { + if (outlen) *outlen = (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + return a.zout_start; + } else { + STBI_FREE(a.zout_start); + return NULL; + } +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const char *ibuffer, int ilen) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) ibuffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) ibuffer + ilen; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, obuffer, olen, 0, 0)) + return (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + else + return -1; +} +#endif + +// public domain "baseline" PNG decoder v0.10 Sean Barrett 2006-11-18 +// simple implementation +// - only 8-bit samples +// - no CRC checking +// - allocates lots of intermediate memory +// - avoids problem of streaming data between subsystems +// - avoids explicit window management +// performance +// - uses stb_zlib, a PD zlib implementation with fast huffman decoding + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PNG +typedef struct +{ + stbi__uint32 length; + stbi__uint32 type; +} stbi__pngchunk; + +static stbi__pngchunk stbi__get_chunk_header(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__pngchunk c; + c.length = stbi__get32be(s); + c.type = stbi__get32be(s); + return c; +} + +static int stbi__check_png_header(stbi__context *s) +{ + static const stbi_uc png_sig[8] = { 137,80,78,71,13,10,26,10 }; + int i; + for (i=0; i < 8; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(s) != png_sig[i]) return stbi__err("bad png sig","Not a PNG"); + return 1; +} + +typedef struct +{ + stbi__context *s; + stbi_uc *idata, *expanded, *out; + int depth; +} stbi__png; + + +enum { + STBI__F_none=0, + STBI__F_sub=1, + STBI__F_up=2, + STBI__F_avg=3, + STBI__F_paeth=4, + // synthetic filters used for first scanline to avoid needing a dummy row of 0s + STBI__F_avg_first, + STBI__F_paeth_first +}; + +static stbi_uc first_row_filter[5] = +{ + STBI__F_none, + STBI__F_sub, + STBI__F_none, + STBI__F_avg_first, + STBI__F_paeth_first +}; + +static int stbi__paeth(int a, int b, int c) +{ + int p = a + b - c; + int pa = abs(p-a); + int pb = abs(p-b); + int pc = abs(p-c); + if (pa <= pb && pa <= pc) return a; + if (pb <= pc) return b; + return c; +} + +static const stbi_uc stbi__depth_scale_table[9] = { 0, 0xff, 0x55, 0, 0x11, 0,0,0, 0x01 }; + +// create the png data from post-deflated data +static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 raw_len, int out_n, stbi__uint32 x, stbi__uint32 y, int depth, int color) +{ + int bytes = (depth == 16? 2 : 1); + stbi__context *s = a->s; + stbi__uint32 i,j,stride = x*out_n*bytes; + stbi__uint32 img_len, img_width_bytes; + int k; + int img_n = s->img_n; // copy it into a local for later + + int output_bytes = out_n*bytes; + int filter_bytes = img_n*bytes; + int width = x; + + STBI_ASSERT(out_n == s->img_n || out_n == s->img_n+1); + a->out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, output_bytes, 0); // extra bytes to write off the end into + if (!a->out) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(img_n, x, depth, 7)) return stbi__err("too large", "Corrupt PNG"); + img_width_bytes = (((img_n * x * depth) + 7) >> 3); + img_len = (img_width_bytes + 1) * y; + + // we used to check for exact match between raw_len and img_len on non-interlaced PNGs, + // but issue #276 reported a PNG in the wild that had extra data at the end (all zeros), + // so just check for raw_len < img_len always. + if (raw_len < img_len) return stbi__err("not enough pixels","Corrupt PNG"); + + for (j=0; j < y; ++j) { + stbi_uc *cur = a->out + stride*j; + stbi_uc *prior; + int filter = *raw++; + + if (filter > 4) + return stbi__err("invalid filter","Corrupt PNG"); + + if (depth < 8) { + STBI_ASSERT(img_width_bytes <= x); + cur += x*out_n - img_width_bytes; // store output to the rightmost img_len bytes, so we can decode in place + filter_bytes = 1; + width = img_width_bytes; + } + prior = cur - stride; // bugfix: need to compute this after 'cur +=' computation above + + // if first row, use special filter that doesn't sample previous row + if (j == 0) filter = first_row_filter[filter]; + + // handle first byte explicitly + for (k=0; k < filter_bytes; ++k) { + switch (filter) { + case STBI__F_none : cur[k] = raw[k]; break; + case STBI__F_sub : cur[k] = raw[k]; break; + case STBI__F_up : cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); break; + case STBI__F_avg : cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (prior[k]>>1)); break; + case STBI__F_paeth : cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(0,prior[k],0)); break; + case STBI__F_avg_first : cur[k] = raw[k]; break; + case STBI__F_paeth_first: cur[k] = raw[k]; break; + } + } + + if (depth == 8) { + if (img_n != out_n) + cur[img_n] = 255; // first pixel + raw += img_n; + cur += out_n; + prior += out_n; + } else if (depth == 16) { + if (img_n != out_n) { + cur[filter_bytes] = 255; // first pixel top byte + cur[filter_bytes+1] = 255; // first pixel bottom byte + } + raw += filter_bytes; + cur += output_bytes; + prior += output_bytes; + } else { + raw += 1; + cur += 1; + prior += 1; + } + + // this is a little gross, so that we don't switch per-pixel or per-component + if (depth < 8 || img_n == out_n) { + int nk = (width - 1)*filter_bytes; + #define STBI__CASE(f) \ + case f: \ + for (k=0; k < nk; ++k) + switch (filter) { + // "none" filter turns into a memcpy here; make that explicit. + case STBI__F_none: memcpy(cur, raw, nk); break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_sub) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + cur[k-filter_bytes]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_up) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + ((prior[k] + cur[k-filter_bytes])>>1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-filter_bytes],prior[k],prior[k-filter_bytes])); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (cur[k-filter_bytes] >> 1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-filter_bytes],0,0)); } break; + } + #undef STBI__CASE + raw += nk; + } else { + STBI_ASSERT(img_n+1 == out_n); + #define STBI__CASE(f) \ + case f: \ + for (i=x-1; i >= 1; --i, cur[filter_bytes]=255,raw+=filter_bytes,cur+=output_bytes,prior+=output_bytes) \ + for (k=0; k < filter_bytes; ++k) + switch (filter) { + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_none) { cur[k] = raw[k]; } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_sub) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + cur[k- output_bytes]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_up) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + ((prior[k] + cur[k- output_bytes])>>1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k- output_bytes],prior[k],prior[k- output_bytes])); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (cur[k- output_bytes] >> 1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k- output_bytes],0,0)); } break; + } + #undef STBI__CASE + + // the loop above sets the high byte of the pixels' alpha, but for + // 16 bit png files we also need the low byte set. we'll do that here. + if (depth == 16) { + cur = a->out + stride*j; // start at the beginning of the row again + for (i=0; i < x; ++i,cur+=output_bytes) { + cur[filter_bytes+1] = 255; + } + } + } + } + + // we make a separate pass to expand bits to pixels; for performance, + // this could run two scanlines behind the above code, so it won't + // intefere with filtering but will still be in the cache. + if (depth < 8) { + for (j=0; j < y; ++j) { + stbi_uc *cur = a->out + stride*j; + stbi_uc *in = a->out + stride*j + x*out_n - img_width_bytes; + // unpack 1/2/4-bit into a 8-bit buffer. allows us to keep the common 8-bit path optimal at minimal cost for 1/2/4-bit + // png guarante byte alignment, if width is not multiple of 8/4/2 we'll decode dummy trailing data that will be skipped in the later loop + stbi_uc scale = (color == 0) ? stbi__depth_scale_table[depth] : 1; // scale grayscale values to 0..255 range + + // note that the final byte might overshoot and write more data than desired. + // we can allocate enough data that this never writes out of memory, but it + // could also overwrite the next scanline. can it overwrite non-empty data + // on the next scanline? yes, consider 1-pixel-wide scanlines with 1-bit-per-pixel. + // so we need to explicitly clamp the final ones + + if (depth == 4) { + for (k=x*img_n; k >= 2; k-=2, ++in) { + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) ); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in ) & 0x0f); + } + if (k > 0) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) ); + } else if (depth == 2) { + for (k=x*img_n; k >= 4; k-=4, ++in) { + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 6) ); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) & 0x03); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 2) & 0x03); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in ) & 0x03); + } + if (k > 0) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 6) ); + if (k > 1) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) & 0x03); + if (k > 2) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 2) & 0x03); + } else if (depth == 1) { + for (k=x*img_n; k >= 8; k-=8, ++in) { + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 7) ); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 6) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 5) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 3) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 2) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 1) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in ) & 0x01); + } + if (k > 0) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 7) ); + if (k > 1) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 6) & 0x01); + if (k > 2) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 5) & 0x01); + if (k > 3) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) & 0x01); + if (k > 4) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 3) & 0x01); + if (k > 5) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 2) & 0x01); + if (k > 6) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 1) & 0x01); + } + if (img_n != out_n) { + int q; + // insert alpha = 255 + cur = a->out + stride*j; + if (img_n == 1) { + for (q=x-1; q >= 0; --q) { + cur[q*2+1] = 255; + cur[q*2+0] = cur[q]; + } + } else { + STBI_ASSERT(img_n == 3); + for (q=x-1; q >= 0; --q) { + cur[q*4+3] = 255; + cur[q*4+2] = cur[q*3+2]; + cur[q*4+1] = cur[q*3+1]; + cur[q*4+0] = cur[q*3+0]; + } + } + } + } + } else if (depth == 16) { + // force the image data from big-endian to platform-native. + // this is done in a separate pass due to the decoding relying + // on the data being untouched, but could probably be done + // per-line during decode if care is taken. + stbi_uc *cur = a->out; + stbi__uint16 *cur16 = (stbi__uint16*)cur; + + for(i=0; i < x*y*out_n; ++i,cur16++,cur+=2) { + *cur16 = (cur[0] << 8) | cur[1]; + } + } + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__create_png_image(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *image_data, stbi__uint32 image_data_len, int out_n, int depth, int color, int interlaced) +{ + int bytes = (depth == 16 ? 2 : 1); + int out_bytes = out_n * bytes; + stbi_uc *final; + int p; + if (!interlaced) + return stbi__create_png_image_raw(a, image_data, image_data_len, out_n, a->s->img_x, a->s->img_y, depth, color); + + // de-interlacing + final = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(a->s->img_x, a->s->img_y, out_bytes, 0); + for (p=0; p < 7; ++p) { + int xorig[] = { 0,4,0,2,0,1,0 }; + int yorig[] = { 0,0,4,0,2,0,1 }; + int xspc[] = { 8,8,4,4,2,2,1 }; + int yspc[] = { 8,8,8,4,4,2,2 }; + int i,j,x,y; + // pass1_x[4] = 0, pass1_x[5] = 1, pass1_x[12] = 1 + x = (a->s->img_x - xorig[p] + xspc[p]-1) / xspc[p]; + y = (a->s->img_y - yorig[p] + yspc[p]-1) / yspc[p]; + if (x && y) { + stbi__uint32 img_len = ((((a->s->img_n * x * depth) + 7) >> 3) + 1) * y; + if (!stbi__create_png_image_raw(a, image_data, image_data_len, out_n, x, y, depth, color)) { + STBI_FREE(final); + return 0; + } + for (j=0; j < y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < x; ++i) { + int out_y = j*yspc[p]+yorig[p]; + int out_x = i*xspc[p]+xorig[p]; + memcpy(final + out_y*a->s->img_x*out_bytes + out_x*out_bytes, + a->out + (j*x+i)*out_bytes, out_bytes); + } + } + STBI_FREE(a->out); + image_data += img_len; + image_data_len -= img_len; + } + } + a->out = final; + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__compute_transparency(stbi__png *z, stbi_uc tc[3], int out_n) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = s->img_x * s->img_y; + stbi_uc *p = z->out; + + // compute color-based transparency, assuming we've + // already got 255 as the alpha value in the output + STBI_ASSERT(out_n == 2 || out_n == 4); + + if (out_n == 2) { + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + p[1] = (p[0] == tc[0] ? 0 : 255); + p += 2; + } + } else { + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + if (p[0] == tc[0] && p[1] == tc[1] && p[2] == tc[2]) + p[3] = 0; + p += 4; + } + } + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__compute_transparency16(stbi__png *z, stbi__uint16 tc[3], int out_n) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = s->img_x * s->img_y; + stbi__uint16 *p = (stbi__uint16*) z->out; + + // compute color-based transparency, assuming we've + // already got 65535 as the alpha value in the output + STBI_ASSERT(out_n == 2 || out_n == 4); + + if (out_n == 2) { + for (i = 0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + p[1] = (p[0] == tc[0] ? 0 : 65535); + p += 2; + } + } else { + for (i = 0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + if (p[0] == tc[0] && p[1] == tc[1] && p[2] == tc[2]) + p[3] = 0; + p += 4; + } + } + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__expand_png_palette(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *palette, int len, int pal_img_n) +{ + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = a->s->img_x * a->s->img_y; + stbi_uc *p, *temp_out, *orig = a->out; + + p = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad2(pixel_count, pal_img_n, 0); + if (p == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + // between here and free(out) below, exitting would leak + temp_out = p; + + if (pal_img_n == 3) { + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + int n = orig[i]*4; + p[0] = palette[n ]; + p[1] = palette[n+1]; + p[2] = palette[n+2]; + p += 3; + } + } else { + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + int n = orig[i]*4; + p[0] = palette[n ]; + p[1] = palette[n+1]; + p[2] = palette[n+2]; + p[3] = palette[n+3]; + p += 4; + } + } + STBI_FREE(a->out); + a->out = temp_out; + + STBI_NOTUSED(len); + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__unpremultiply_on_load = 0; +static int stbi__de_iphone_flag = 0; + +STBIDEF void stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply) +{ + stbi__unpremultiply_on_load = flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply; +} + +STBIDEF void stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(int flag_true_if_should_convert) +{ + stbi__de_iphone_flag = flag_true_if_should_convert; +} + +static void stbi__de_iphone(stbi__png *z) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = s->img_x * s->img_y; + stbi_uc *p = z->out; + + if (s->img_out_n == 3) { // convert bgr to rgb + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + stbi_uc t = p[0]; + p[0] = p[2]; + p[2] = t; + p += 3; + } + } else { + STBI_ASSERT(s->img_out_n == 4); + if (stbi__unpremultiply_on_load) { + // convert bgr to rgb and unpremultiply + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + stbi_uc a = p[3]; + stbi_uc t = p[0]; + if (a) { + stbi_uc half = a / 2; + p[0] = (p[2] * 255 + half) / a; + p[1] = (p[1] * 255 + half) / a; + p[2] = ( t * 255 + half) / a; + } else { + p[0] = p[2]; + p[2] = t; + } + p += 4; + } + } else { + // convert bgr to rgb + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + stbi_uc t = p[0]; + p[0] = p[2]; + p[2] = t; + p += 4; + } + } + } +} + +#define STBI__PNG_TYPE(a,b,c,d) (((unsigned) (a) << 24) + ((unsigned) (b) << 16) + ((unsigned) (c) << 8) + (unsigned) (d)) + +static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) +{ + stbi_uc palette[1024], pal_img_n=0; + stbi_uc has_trans=0, tc[3]={0}; + stbi__uint16 tc16[3]; + stbi__uint32 ioff=0, idata_limit=0, i, pal_len=0; + int first=1,k,interlace=0, color=0, is_iphone=0; + stbi__context *s = z->s; + + z->expanded = NULL; + z->idata = NULL; + z->out = NULL; + + if (!stbi__check_png_header(s)) return 0; + + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_type) return 1; + + for (;;) { + stbi__pngchunk c = stbi__get_chunk_header(s); + switch (c.type) { + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('C','g','B','I'): + is_iphone = 1; + stbi__skip(s, c.length); + break; + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('I','H','D','R'): { + int comp,filter; + if (!first) return stbi__err("multiple IHDR","Corrupt PNG"); + first = 0; + if (c.length != 13) return stbi__err("bad IHDR len","Corrupt PNG"); + s->img_x = stbi__get32be(s); if (s->img_x > (1 << 24)) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + s->img_y = stbi__get32be(s); if (s->img_y > (1 << 24)) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + z->depth = stbi__get8(s); if (z->depth != 1 && z->depth != 2 && z->depth != 4 && z->depth != 8 && z->depth != 16) return stbi__err("1/2/4/8/16-bit only","PNG not supported: 1/2/4/8/16-bit only"); + color = stbi__get8(s); if (color > 6) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); + if (color == 3 && z->depth == 16) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); + if (color == 3) pal_img_n = 3; else if (color & 1) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); + comp = stbi__get8(s); if (comp) return stbi__err("bad comp method","Corrupt PNG"); + filter= stbi__get8(s); if (filter) return stbi__err("bad filter method","Corrupt PNG"); + interlace = stbi__get8(s); if (interlace>1) return stbi__err("bad interlace method","Corrupt PNG"); + if (!s->img_x || !s->img_y) return stbi__err("0-pixel image","Corrupt PNG"); + if (!pal_img_n) { + s->img_n = (color & 2 ? 3 : 1) + (color & 4 ? 1 : 0); + if ((1 << 30) / s->img_x / s->img_n < s->img_y) return stbi__err("too large", "Image too large to decode"); + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_header) return 1; + } else { + // if paletted, then pal_n is our final components, and + // img_n is # components to decompress/filter. + s->img_n = 1; + if ((1 << 30) / s->img_x / 4 < s->img_y) return stbi__err("too large","Corrupt PNG"); + // if SCAN_header, have to scan to see if we have a tRNS + } + break; + } + + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('P','L','T','E'): { + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (c.length > 256*3) return stbi__err("invalid PLTE","Corrupt PNG"); + pal_len = c.length / 3; + if (pal_len * 3 != c.length) return stbi__err("invalid PLTE","Corrupt PNG"); + for (i=0; i < pal_len; ++i) { + palette[i*4+0] = stbi__get8(s); + palette[i*4+1] = stbi__get8(s); + palette[i*4+2] = stbi__get8(s); + palette[i*4+3] = 255; + } + break; + } + + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('t','R','N','S'): { + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (z->idata) return stbi__err("tRNS after IDAT","Corrupt PNG"); + if (pal_img_n) { + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_header) { s->img_n = 4; return 1; } + if (pal_len == 0) return stbi__err("tRNS before PLTE","Corrupt PNG"); + if (c.length > pal_len) return stbi__err("bad tRNS len","Corrupt PNG"); + pal_img_n = 4; + for (i=0; i < c.length; ++i) + palette[i*4+3] = stbi__get8(s); + } else { + if (!(s->img_n & 1)) return stbi__err("tRNS with alpha","Corrupt PNG"); + if (c.length != (stbi__uint32) s->img_n*2) return stbi__err("bad tRNS len","Corrupt PNG"); + has_trans = 1; + if (z->depth == 16) { + for (k = 0; k < s->img_n; ++k) tc16[k] = (stbi__uint16)stbi__get16be(s); // copy the values as-is + } else { + for (k = 0; k < s->img_n; ++k) tc[k] = (stbi_uc)(stbi__get16be(s) & 255) * stbi__depth_scale_table[z->depth]; // non 8-bit images will be larger + } + } + break; + } + + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('I','D','A','T'): { + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (pal_img_n && !pal_len) return stbi__err("no PLTE","Corrupt PNG"); + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_header) { s->img_n = pal_img_n; return 1; } + if ((int)(ioff + c.length) < (int)ioff) return 0; + if (ioff + c.length > idata_limit) { + stbi__uint32 idata_limit_old = idata_limit; + stbi_uc *p; + if (idata_limit == 0) idata_limit = c.length > 4096 ? c.length : 4096; + while (ioff + c.length > idata_limit) + idata_limit *= 2; + STBI_NOTUSED(idata_limit_old); + p = (stbi_uc *) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(z->idata, idata_limit_old, idata_limit); if (p == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + z->idata = p; + } + if (!stbi__getn(s, z->idata+ioff,c.length)) return stbi__err("outofdata","Corrupt PNG"); + ioff += c.length; + break; + } + + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('I','E','N','D'): { + stbi__uint32 raw_len, bpl; + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (scan != STBI__SCAN_load) return 1; + if (z->idata == NULL) return stbi__err("no IDAT","Corrupt PNG"); + // initial guess for decoded data size to avoid unnecessary reallocs + bpl = (s->img_x * z->depth + 7) / 8; // bytes per line, per component + raw_len = bpl * s->img_y * s->img_n /* pixels */ + s->img_y /* filter mode per row */; + z->expanded = (stbi_uc *) stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize_headerflag((char *) z->idata, ioff, raw_len, (int *) &raw_len, !is_iphone); + if (z->expanded == NULL) return 0; // zlib should set error + STBI_FREE(z->idata); z->idata = NULL; + if ((req_comp == s->img_n+1 && req_comp != 3 && !pal_img_n) || has_trans) + s->img_out_n = s->img_n+1; + else + s->img_out_n = s->img_n; + if (!stbi__create_png_image(z, z->expanded, raw_len, s->img_out_n, z->depth, color, interlace)) return 0; + if (has_trans) { + if (z->depth == 16) { + if (!stbi__compute_transparency16(z, tc16, s->img_out_n)) return 0; + } else { + if (!stbi__compute_transparency(z, tc, s->img_out_n)) return 0; + } + } + if (is_iphone && stbi__de_iphone_flag && s->img_out_n > 2) + stbi__de_iphone(z); + if (pal_img_n) { + // pal_img_n == 3 or 4 + s->img_n = pal_img_n; // record the actual colors we had + s->img_out_n = pal_img_n; + if (req_comp >= 3) s->img_out_n = req_comp; + if (!stbi__expand_png_palette(z, palette, pal_len, s->img_out_n)) + return 0; + } else if (has_trans) { + // non-paletted image with tRNS -> source image has (constant) alpha + ++s->img_n; + } + STBI_FREE(z->expanded); z->expanded = NULL; + // end of PNG chunk, read and skip CRC + stbi__get32be(s); + return 1; + } + + default: + // if critical, fail + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if ((c.type & (1 << 29)) == 0) { + #ifndef STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS + // not threadsafe + static char invalid_chunk[] = "XXXX PNG chunk not known"; + invalid_chunk[0] = STBI__BYTECAST(c.type >> 24); + invalid_chunk[1] = STBI__BYTECAST(c.type >> 16); + invalid_chunk[2] = STBI__BYTECAST(c.type >> 8); + invalid_chunk[3] = STBI__BYTECAST(c.type >> 0); + #endif + return stbi__err(invalid_chunk, "PNG not supported: unknown PNG chunk type"); + } + stbi__skip(s, c.length); + break; + } + // end of PNG chunk, read and skip CRC + stbi__get32be(s); + } +} + +static void *stbi__do_png(stbi__png *p, int *x, int *y, int *n, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + void *result=NULL; + if (req_comp < 0 || req_comp > 4) return stbi__errpuc("bad req_comp", "Internal error"); + if (stbi__parse_png_file(p, STBI__SCAN_load, req_comp)) { + if (p->depth < 8) + ri->bits_per_channel = 8; + else + ri->bits_per_channel = p->depth; + result = p->out; + p->out = NULL; + if (req_comp && req_comp != p->s->img_out_n) { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 8) + result = stbi__convert_format((unsigned char *) result, p->s->img_out_n, req_comp, p->s->img_x, p->s->img_y); + else + result = stbi__convert_format16((stbi__uint16 *) result, p->s->img_out_n, req_comp, p->s->img_x, p->s->img_y); + p->s->img_out_n = req_comp; + if (result == NULL) return result; + } + *x = p->s->img_x; + *y = p->s->img_y; + if (n) *n = p->s->img_n; + } + STBI_FREE(p->out); p->out = NULL; + STBI_FREE(p->expanded); p->expanded = NULL; + STBI_FREE(p->idata); p->idata = NULL; + + return result; +} + +static void *stbi__png_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi__png p; + p.s = s; + return stbi__do_png(&p, x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); +} + +static int stbi__png_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r; + r = stbi__check_png_header(s); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} + +static int stbi__png_info_raw(stbi__png *p, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + if (!stbi__parse_png_file(p, STBI__SCAN_header, 0)) { + stbi__rewind( p->s ); + return 0; + } + if (x) *x = p->s->img_x; + if (y) *y = p->s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = p->s->img_n; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__png_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + stbi__png p; + p.s = s; + return stbi__png_info_raw(&p, x, y, comp); +} + +static int stbi__png_is16(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__png p; + p.s = s; + if (!stbi__png_info_raw(&p, NULL, NULL, NULL)) + return 0; + if (p.depth != 16) { + stbi__rewind(p.s); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} +#endif + +// Microsoft/Windows BMP image + +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP +static int stbi__bmp_test_raw(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r; + int sz; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'B') return 0; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'M') return 0; + stbi__get32le(s); // discard filesize + stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved + stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved + stbi__get32le(s); // discard data offset + sz = stbi__get32le(s); + r = (sz == 12 || sz == 40 || sz == 56 || sz == 108 || sz == 124); + return r; +} + +static int stbi__bmp_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r = stbi__bmp_test_raw(s); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} + + +// returns 0..31 for the highest set bit +static int stbi__high_bit(unsigned int z) +{ + int n=0; + if (z == 0) return -1; + if (z >= 0x10000) { n += 16; z >>= 16; } + if (z >= 0x00100) { n += 8; z >>= 8; } + if (z >= 0x00010) { n += 4; z >>= 4; } + if (z >= 0x00004) { n += 2; z >>= 2; } + if (z >= 0x00002) { n += 1;/* >>= 1;*/ } + return n; +} + +static int stbi__bitcount(unsigned int a) +{ + a = (a & 0x55555555) + ((a >> 1) & 0x55555555); // max 2 + a = (a & 0x33333333) + ((a >> 2) & 0x33333333); // max 4 + a = (a + (a >> 4)) & 0x0f0f0f0f; // max 8 per 4, now 8 bits + a = (a + (a >> 8)); // max 16 per 8 bits + a = (a + (a >> 16)); // max 32 per 8 bits + return a & 0xff; +} + +// extract an arbitrarily-aligned N-bit value (N=bits) +// from v, and then make it 8-bits long and fractionally +// extend it to full full range. +static int stbi__shiftsigned(unsigned int v, int shift, int bits) +{ + static unsigned int mul_table[9] = { + 0, + 0xff/*0b11111111*/, 0x55/*0b01010101*/, 0x49/*0b01001001*/, 0x11/*0b00010001*/, + 0x21/*0b00100001*/, 0x41/*0b01000001*/, 0x81/*0b10000001*/, 0x01/*0b00000001*/, + }; + static unsigned int shift_table[9] = { + 0, 0,0,1,0,2,4,6,0, + }; + if (shift < 0) + v <<= -shift; + else + v >>= shift; + STBI_ASSERT(v < 256); + v >>= (8-bits); + STBI_ASSERT(bits >= 0 && bits <= 8); + return (int) ((unsigned) v * mul_table[bits]) >> shift_table[bits]; +} + +typedef struct +{ + int bpp, offset, hsz; + unsigned int mr,mg,mb,ma, all_a; + int extra_read; +} stbi__bmp_data; + +static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) +{ + int hsz; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'B' || stbi__get8(s) != 'M') return stbi__errpuc("not BMP", "Corrupt BMP"); + stbi__get32le(s); // discard filesize + stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved + stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved + info->offset = stbi__get32le(s); + info->hsz = hsz = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mr = info->mg = info->mb = info->ma = 0; + info->extra_read = 14; + + if (hsz != 12 && hsz != 40 && hsz != 56 && hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) return stbi__errpuc("unknown BMP", "BMP type not supported: unknown"); + if (hsz == 12) { + s->img_x = stbi__get16le(s); + s->img_y = stbi__get16le(s); + } else { + s->img_x = stbi__get32le(s); + s->img_y = stbi__get32le(s); + } + if (stbi__get16le(s) != 1) return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + info->bpp = stbi__get16le(s); + if (hsz != 12) { + int compress = stbi__get32le(s); + if (compress == 1 || compress == 2) return stbi__errpuc("BMP RLE", "BMP type not supported: RLE"); + stbi__get32le(s); // discard sizeof + stbi__get32le(s); // discard hres + stbi__get32le(s); // discard vres + stbi__get32le(s); // discard colorsused + stbi__get32le(s); // discard max important + if (hsz == 40 || hsz == 56) { + if (hsz == 56) { + stbi__get32le(s); + stbi__get32le(s); + stbi__get32le(s); + stbi__get32le(s); + } + if (info->bpp == 16 || info->bpp == 32) { + if (compress == 0) { + if (info->bpp == 32) { + info->mr = 0xffu << 16; + info->mg = 0xffu << 8; + info->mb = 0xffu << 0; + info->ma = 0xffu << 24; + info->all_a = 0; // if all_a is 0 at end, then we loaded alpha channel but it was all 0 + } else { + info->mr = 31u << 10; + info->mg = 31u << 5; + info->mb = 31u << 0; + } + } else if (compress == 3) { + info->mr = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mg = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mb = stbi__get32le(s); + info->extra_read += 12; + // not documented, but generated by photoshop and handled by mspaint + if (info->mr == info->mg && info->mg == info->mb) { + // ?!?!? + return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + } + } else + return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + } + } else { + int i; + if (hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) + return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + info->mr = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mg = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mb = stbi__get32le(s); + info->ma = stbi__get32le(s); + stbi__get32le(s); // discard color space + for (i=0; i < 12; ++i) + stbi__get32le(s); // discard color space parameters + if (hsz == 124) { + stbi__get32le(s); // discard rendering intent + stbi__get32le(s); // discard offset of profile data + stbi__get32le(s); // discard size of profile data + stbi__get32le(s); // discard reserved + } + } + } + return (void *) 1; +} + + +static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *out; + unsigned int mr=0,mg=0,mb=0,ma=0, all_a; + stbi_uc pal[256][4]; + int psize=0,i,j,width; + int flip_vertically, pad, target; + stbi__bmp_data info; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + info.all_a = 255; + if (stbi__bmp_parse_header(s, &info) == NULL) + return NULL; // error code already set + + flip_vertically = ((int) s->img_y) > 0; + s->img_y = abs((int) s->img_y); + + mr = info.mr; + mg = info.mg; + mb = info.mb; + ma = info.ma; + all_a = info.all_a; + + if (info.hsz == 12) { + if (info.bpp < 24) + psize = (info.offset - info.extra_read - 24) / 3; + } else { + if (info.bpp < 16) + psize = (info.offset - info.extra_read - info.hsz) >> 2; + } + if (psize == 0) { + STBI_ASSERT(info.offset == (s->img_buffer - s->buffer_start)); + } + + if (info.bpp == 24 && ma == 0xff000000) + s->img_n = 3; + else + s->img_n = ma ? 4 : 3; + if (req_comp && req_comp >= 3) // we can directly decode 3 or 4 + target = req_comp; + else + target = s->img_n; // if they want monochrome, we'll post-convert + + // sanity-check size + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(target, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt BMP"); + + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(target, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0); + if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + if (info.bpp < 16) { + int z=0; + if (psize == 0 || psize > 256) { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("invalid", "Corrupt BMP"); } + for (i=0; i < psize; ++i) { + pal[i][2] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][1] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][0] = stbi__get8(s); + if (info.hsz != 12) stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][3] = 255; + } + stbi__skip(s, info.offset - info.extra_read - info.hsz - psize * (info.hsz == 12 ? 3 : 4)); + if (info.bpp == 1) width = (s->img_x + 7) >> 3; + else if (info.bpp == 4) width = (s->img_x + 1) >> 1; + else if (info.bpp == 8) width = s->img_x; + else { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("bad bpp", "Corrupt BMP"); } + pad = (-width)&3; + if (info.bpp == 1) { + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { + int bit_offset = 7, v = stbi__get8(s); + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; ++i) { + int color = (v>>bit_offset)&0x1; + out[z++] = pal[color][0]; + out[z++] = pal[color][1]; + out[z++] = pal[color][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + if (i+1 == (int) s->img_x) break; + if((--bit_offset) < 0) { + bit_offset = 7; + v = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + stbi__skip(s, pad); + } + } else { + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; i += 2) { + int v=stbi__get8(s),v2=0; + if (info.bpp == 4) { + v2 = v & 15; + v >>= 4; + } + out[z++] = pal[v][0]; + out[z++] = pal[v][1]; + out[z++] = pal[v][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + if (i+1 == (int) s->img_x) break; + v = (info.bpp == 8) ? stbi__get8(s) : v2; + out[z++] = pal[v][0]; + out[z++] = pal[v][1]; + out[z++] = pal[v][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + } + stbi__skip(s, pad); + } + } + } else { + int rshift=0,gshift=0,bshift=0,ashift=0,rcount=0,gcount=0,bcount=0,acount=0; + int z = 0; + int easy=0; + stbi__skip(s, info.offset - info.extra_read - info.hsz); + if (info.bpp == 24) width = 3 * s->img_x; + else if (info.bpp == 16) width = 2*s->img_x; + else /* bpp = 32 and pad = 0 */ width=0; + pad = (-width) & 3; + if (info.bpp == 24) { + easy = 1; + } else if (info.bpp == 32) { + if (mb == 0xff && mg == 0xff00 && mr == 0x00ff0000 && ma == 0xff000000) + easy = 2; + } + if (!easy) { + if (!mr || !mg || !mb) { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("bad masks", "Corrupt BMP"); } + // right shift amt to put high bit in position #7 + rshift = stbi__high_bit(mr)-7; rcount = stbi__bitcount(mr); + gshift = stbi__high_bit(mg)-7; gcount = stbi__bitcount(mg); + bshift = stbi__high_bit(mb)-7; bcount = stbi__bitcount(mb); + ashift = stbi__high_bit(ma)-7; acount = stbi__bitcount(ma); + } + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { + if (easy) { + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; ++i) { + unsigned char a; + out[z+2] = stbi__get8(s); + out[z+1] = stbi__get8(s); + out[z+0] = stbi__get8(s); + z += 3; + a = (easy == 2 ? stbi__get8(s) : 255); + all_a |= a; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = a; + } + } else { + int bpp = info.bpp; + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi__uint32 v = (bpp == 16 ? (stbi__uint32) stbi__get16le(s) : stbi__get32le(s)); + unsigned int a; + out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mr, rshift, rcount)); + out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mg, gshift, gcount)); + out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mb, bshift, bcount)); + a = (ma ? stbi__shiftsigned(v & ma, ashift, acount) : 255); + all_a |= a; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(a); + } + } + stbi__skip(s, pad); + } + } + + // if alpha channel is all 0s, replace with all 255s + if (target == 4 && all_a == 0) + for (i=4*s->img_x*s->img_y-1; i >= 0; i -= 4) + out[i] = 255; + + if (flip_vertically) { + stbi_uc t; + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y>>1; ++j) { + stbi_uc *p1 = out + j *s->img_x*target; + stbi_uc *p2 = out + (s->img_y-1-j)*s->img_x*target; + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x*target; ++i) { + t = p1[i]; p1[i] = p2[i]; p2[i] = t; + } + } + } + + if (req_comp && req_comp != target) { + out = stbi__convert_format(out, target, req_comp, s->img_x, s->img_y); + if (out == NULL) return out; // stbi__convert_format frees input on failure + } + + *x = s->img_x; + *y = s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = s->img_n; + return out; +} +#endif + +// Targa Truevision - TGA +// by Jonathan Dummer +#ifndef STBI_NO_TGA +// returns STBI_rgb or whatever, 0 on error +static int stbi__tga_get_comp(int bits_per_pixel, int is_grey, int* is_rgb16) +{ + // only RGB or RGBA (incl. 16bit) or grey allowed + if (is_rgb16) *is_rgb16 = 0; + switch(bits_per_pixel) { + case 8: return STBI_grey; + case 16: if(is_grey) return STBI_grey_alpha; + // fallthrough + case 15: if(is_rgb16) *is_rgb16 = 1; + return STBI_rgb; + case 24: // fallthrough + case 32: return bits_per_pixel/8; + default: return 0; + } +} + +static int stbi__tga_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int tga_w, tga_h, tga_comp, tga_image_type, tga_bits_per_pixel, tga_colormap_bpp; + int sz, tga_colormap_type; + stbi__get8(s); // discard Offset + tga_colormap_type = stbi__get8(s); // colormap type + if( tga_colormap_type > 1 ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // only RGB or indexed allowed + } + tga_image_type = stbi__get8(s); // image type + if ( tga_colormap_type == 1 ) { // colormapped (paletted) image + if (tga_image_type != 1 && tga_image_type != 9) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip index of first colormap entry and number of entries + sz = stbi__get8(s); // check bits per palette color entry + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip image x and y origin + tga_colormap_bpp = sz; + } else { // "normal" image w/o colormap - only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + if ( (tga_image_type != 2) && (tga_image_type != 3) && (tga_image_type != 10) && (tga_image_type != 11) ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + } + stbi__skip(s,9); // skip colormap specification and image x/y origin + tga_colormap_bpp = 0; + } + tga_w = stbi__get16le(s); + if( tga_w < 1 ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // test width + } + tga_h = stbi__get16le(s); + if( tga_h < 1 ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // test height + } + tga_bits_per_pixel = stbi__get8(s); // bits per pixel + stbi__get8(s); // ignore alpha bits + if (tga_colormap_bpp != 0) { + if((tga_bits_per_pixel != 8) && (tga_bits_per_pixel != 16)) { + // when using a colormap, tga_bits_per_pixel is the size of the indexes + // I don't think anything but 8 or 16bit indexes makes sense + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_colormap_bpp, 0, NULL); + } else { + tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_bits_per_pixel, (tga_image_type == 3) || (tga_image_type == 11), NULL); + } + if(!tga_comp) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + if (x) *x = tga_w; + if (y) *y = tga_h; + if (comp) *comp = tga_comp; + return 1; // seems to have passed everything +} + +static int stbi__tga_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int res = 0; + int sz, tga_color_type; + stbi__get8(s); // discard Offset + tga_color_type = stbi__get8(s); // color type + if ( tga_color_type > 1 ) goto errorEnd; // only RGB or indexed allowed + sz = stbi__get8(s); // image type + if ( tga_color_type == 1 ) { // colormapped (paletted) image + if (sz != 1 && sz != 9) goto errorEnd; // colortype 1 demands image type 1 or 9 + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip index of first colormap entry and number of entries + sz = stbi__get8(s); // check bits per palette color entry + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) goto errorEnd; + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip image x and y origin + } else { // "normal" image w/o colormap + if ( (sz != 2) && (sz != 3) && (sz != 10) && (sz != 11) ) goto errorEnd; // only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + stbi__skip(s,9); // skip colormap specification and image x/y origin + } + if ( stbi__get16le(s) < 1 ) goto errorEnd; // test width + if ( stbi__get16le(s) < 1 ) goto errorEnd; // test height + sz = stbi__get8(s); // bits per pixel + if ( (tga_color_type == 1) && (sz != 8) && (sz != 16) ) goto errorEnd; // for colormapped images, bpp is size of an index + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) goto errorEnd; + + res = 1; // if we got this far, everything's good and we can return 1 instead of 0 + +errorEnd: + stbi__rewind(s); + return res; +} + +// read 16bit value and convert to 24bit RGB +static void stbi__tga_read_rgb16(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc* out) +{ + stbi__uint16 px = (stbi__uint16)stbi__get16le(s); + stbi__uint16 fiveBitMask = 31; + // we have 3 channels with 5bits each + int r = (px >> 10) & fiveBitMask; + int g = (px >> 5) & fiveBitMask; + int b = px & fiveBitMask; + // Note that this saves the data in RGB(A) order, so it doesn't need to be swapped later + out[0] = (stbi_uc)((r * 255)/31); + out[1] = (stbi_uc)((g * 255)/31); + out[2] = (stbi_uc)((b * 255)/31); + + // some people claim that the most significant bit might be used for alpha + // (possibly if an alpha-bit is set in the "image descriptor byte") + // but that only made 16bit test images completely translucent.. + // so let's treat all 15 and 16bit TGAs as RGB with no alpha. +} + +static void *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + // read in the TGA header stuff + int tga_offset = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_indexed = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_image_type = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_is_RLE = 0; + int tga_palette_start = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_palette_len = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_palette_bits = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_x_origin = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_y_origin = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_width = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_height = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_bits_per_pixel = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_comp, tga_rgb16=0; + int tga_inverted = stbi__get8(s); + // int tga_alpha_bits = tga_inverted & 15; // the 4 lowest bits - unused (useless?) + // image data + unsigned char *tga_data; + unsigned char *tga_palette = NULL; + int i, j; + unsigned char raw_data[4] = {0}; + int RLE_count = 0; + int RLE_repeating = 0; + int read_next_pixel = 1; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + STBI_NOTUSED(tga_x_origin); // @TODO + STBI_NOTUSED(tga_y_origin); // @TODO + + // do a tiny bit of precessing + if ( tga_image_type >= 8 ) + { + tga_image_type -= 8; + tga_is_RLE = 1; + } + tga_inverted = 1 - ((tga_inverted >> 5) & 1); + + // If I'm paletted, then I'll use the number of bits from the palette + if ( tga_indexed ) tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_palette_bits, 0, &tga_rgb16); + else tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_bits_per_pixel, (tga_image_type == 3), &tga_rgb16); + + if(!tga_comp) // shouldn't really happen, stbi__tga_test() should have ensured basic consistency + return stbi__errpuc("bad format", "Can't find out TGA pixelformat"); + + // tga info + *x = tga_width; + *y = tga_height; + if (comp) *comp = tga_comp; + + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(tga_width, tga_height, tga_comp, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt TGA"); + + tga_data = (unsigned char*)stbi__malloc_mad3(tga_width, tga_height, tga_comp, 0); + if (!tga_data) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + // skip to the data's starting position (offset usually = 0) + stbi__skip(s, tga_offset ); + + if ( !tga_indexed && !tga_is_RLE && !tga_rgb16 ) { + for (i=0; i < tga_height; ++i) { + int row = tga_inverted ? tga_height -i - 1 : i; + stbi_uc *tga_row = tga_data + row*tga_width*tga_comp; + stbi__getn(s, tga_row, tga_width * tga_comp); + } + } else { + // do I need to load a palette? + if ( tga_indexed) + { + // any data to skip? (offset usually = 0) + stbi__skip(s, tga_palette_start ); + // load the palette + tga_palette = (unsigned char*)stbi__malloc_mad2(tga_palette_len, tga_comp, 0); + if (!tga_palette) { + STBI_FREE(tga_data); + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + if (tga_rgb16) { + stbi_uc *pal_entry = tga_palette; + STBI_ASSERT(tga_comp == STBI_rgb); + for (i=0; i < tga_palette_len; ++i) { + stbi__tga_read_rgb16(s, pal_entry); + pal_entry += tga_comp; + } + } else if (!stbi__getn(s, tga_palette, tga_palette_len * tga_comp)) { + STBI_FREE(tga_data); + STBI_FREE(tga_palette); + return stbi__errpuc("bad palette", "Corrupt TGA"); + } + } + // load the data + for (i=0; i < tga_width * tga_height; ++i) + { + // if I'm in RLE mode, do I need to get a RLE stbi__pngchunk? + if ( tga_is_RLE ) + { + if ( RLE_count == 0 ) + { + // yep, get the next byte as a RLE command + int RLE_cmd = stbi__get8(s); + RLE_count = 1 + (RLE_cmd & 127); + RLE_repeating = RLE_cmd >> 7; + read_next_pixel = 1; + } else if ( !RLE_repeating ) + { + read_next_pixel = 1; + } + } else + { + read_next_pixel = 1; + } + // OK, if I need to read a pixel, do it now + if ( read_next_pixel ) + { + // load however much data we did have + if ( tga_indexed ) + { + // read in index, then perform the lookup + int pal_idx = (tga_bits_per_pixel == 8) ? stbi__get8(s) : stbi__get16le(s); + if ( pal_idx >= tga_palette_len ) { + // invalid index + pal_idx = 0; + } + pal_idx *= tga_comp; + for (j = 0; j < tga_comp; ++j) { + raw_data[j] = tga_palette[pal_idx+j]; + } + } else if(tga_rgb16) { + STBI_ASSERT(tga_comp == STBI_rgb); + stbi__tga_read_rgb16(s, raw_data); + } else { + // read in the data raw + for (j = 0; j < tga_comp; ++j) { + raw_data[j] = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + // clear the reading flag for the next pixel + read_next_pixel = 0; + } // end of reading a pixel + + // copy data + for (j = 0; j < tga_comp; ++j) + tga_data[i*tga_comp+j] = raw_data[j]; + + // in case we're in RLE mode, keep counting down + --RLE_count; + } + // do I need to invert the image? + if ( tga_inverted ) + { + for (j = 0; j*2 < tga_height; ++j) + { + int index1 = j * tga_width * tga_comp; + int index2 = (tga_height - 1 - j) * tga_width * tga_comp; + for (i = tga_width * tga_comp; i > 0; --i) + { + unsigned char temp = tga_data[index1]; + tga_data[index1] = tga_data[index2]; + tga_data[index2] = temp; + ++index1; + ++index2; + } + } + } + // clear my palette, if I had one + if ( tga_palette != NULL ) + { + STBI_FREE( tga_palette ); + } + } + + // swap RGB - if the source data was RGB16, it already is in the right order + if (tga_comp >= 3 && !tga_rgb16) + { + unsigned char* tga_pixel = tga_data; + for (i=0; i < tga_width * tga_height; ++i) + { + unsigned char temp = tga_pixel[0]; + tga_pixel[0] = tga_pixel[2]; + tga_pixel[2] = temp; + tga_pixel += tga_comp; + } + } + + // convert to target component count + if (req_comp && req_comp != tga_comp) + tga_data = stbi__convert_format(tga_data, tga_comp, req_comp, tga_width, tga_height); + + // the things I do to get rid of an error message, and yet keep + // Microsoft's C compilers happy... [8^( + tga_palette_start = tga_palette_len = tga_palette_bits = + tga_x_origin = tga_y_origin = 0; + STBI_NOTUSED(tga_palette_start); + // OK, done + return tga_data; +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// Photoshop PSD loader -- PD by Thatcher Ulrich, integration by Nicolas Schulz, tweaked by STB + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PSD +static int stbi__psd_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r = (stbi__get32be(s) == 0x38425053); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} + +static int stbi__psd_decode_rle(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc *p, int pixelCount) +{ + int count, nleft, len; + + count = 0; + while ((nleft = pixelCount - count) > 0) { + len = stbi__get8(s); + if (len == 128) { + // No-op. + } else if (len < 128) { + // Copy next len+1 bytes literally. + len++; + if (len > nleft) return 0; // corrupt data + count += len; + while (len) { + *p = stbi__get8(s); + p += 4; + len--; + } + } else if (len > 128) { + stbi_uc val; + // Next -len+1 bytes in the dest are replicated from next source byte. + // (Interpret len as a negative 8-bit int.) + len = 257 - len; + if (len > nleft) return 0; // corrupt data + val = stbi__get8(s); + count += len; + while (len) { + *p = val; + p += 4; + len--; + } + } + } + + return 1; +} + +static void *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc) +{ + int pixelCount; + int channelCount, compression; + int channel, i; + int bitdepth; + int w,h; + stbi_uc *out; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + // Check identifier + if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) // "8BPS" + return stbi__errpuc("not PSD", "Corrupt PSD image"); + + // Check file type version. + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 1) + return stbi__errpuc("wrong version", "Unsupported version of PSD image"); + + // Skip 6 reserved bytes. + stbi__skip(s, 6 ); + + // Read the number of channels (R, G, B, A, etc). + channelCount = stbi__get16be(s); + if (channelCount < 0 || channelCount > 16) + return stbi__errpuc("wrong channel count", "Unsupported number of channels in PSD image"); + + // Read the rows and columns of the image. + h = stbi__get32be(s); + w = stbi__get32be(s); + + // Make sure the depth is 8 bits. + bitdepth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (bitdepth != 8 && bitdepth != 16) + return stbi__errpuc("unsupported bit depth", "PSD bit depth is not 8 or 16 bit"); + + // Make sure the color mode is RGB. + // Valid options are: + // 0: Bitmap + // 1: Grayscale + // 2: Indexed color + // 3: RGB color + // 4: CMYK color + // 7: Multichannel + // 8: Duotone + // 9: Lab color + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 3) + return stbi__errpuc("wrong color format", "PSD is not in RGB color format"); + + // Skip the Mode Data. (It's the palette for indexed color; other info for other modes.) + stbi__skip(s,stbi__get32be(s) ); + + // Skip the image resources. (resolution, pen tool paths, etc) + stbi__skip(s, stbi__get32be(s) ); + + // Skip the reserved data. + stbi__skip(s, stbi__get32be(s) ); + + // Find out if the data is compressed. + // Known values: + // 0: no compression + // 1: RLE compressed + compression = stbi__get16be(s); + if (compression > 1) + return stbi__errpuc("bad compression", "PSD has an unknown compression format"); + + // Check size + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(4, w, h, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt PSD"); + + // Create the destination image. + + if (!compression && bitdepth == 16 && bpc == 16) { + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(8, w, h, 0); + ri->bits_per_channel = 16; + } else + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * w*h); + + if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + pixelCount = w*h; + + // Initialize the data to zero. + //memset( out, 0, pixelCount * 4 ); + + // Finally, the image data. + if (compression) { + // RLE as used by .PSD and .TIFF + // Loop until you get the number of unpacked bytes you are expecting: + // Read the next source byte into n. + // If n is between 0 and 127 inclusive, copy the next n+1 bytes literally. + // Else if n is between -127 and -1 inclusive, copy the next byte -n+1 times. + // Else if n is 128, noop. + // Endloop + + // The RLE-compressed data is preceded by a 2-byte data count for each row in the data, + // which we're going to just skip. + stbi__skip(s, h * channelCount * 2 ); + + // Read the RLE data by channel. + for (channel = 0; channel < 4; channel++) { + stbi_uc *p; + + p = out+channel; + if (channel >= channelCount) { + // Fill this channel with default data. + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = (channel == 3 ? 255 : 0); + } else { + // Read the RLE data. + if (!stbi__psd_decode_rle(s, p, pixelCount)) { + STBI_FREE(out); + return stbi__errpuc("corrupt", "bad RLE data"); + } + } + } + + } else { + // We're at the raw image data. It's each channel in order (Red, Green, Blue, Alpha, ...) + // where each channel consists of an 8-bit (or 16-bit) value for each pixel in the image. + + // Read the data by channel. + for (channel = 0; channel < 4; channel++) { + if (channel >= channelCount) { + // Fill this channel with default data. + if (bitdepth == 16 && bpc == 16) { + stbi__uint16 *q = ((stbi__uint16 *) out) + channel; + stbi__uint16 val = channel == 3 ? 65535 : 0; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, q += 4) + *q = val; + } else { + stbi_uc *p = out+channel; + stbi_uc val = channel == 3 ? 255 : 0; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = val; + } + } else { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) { // output bpc + stbi__uint16 *q = ((stbi__uint16 *) out) + channel; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, q += 4) + *q = (stbi__uint16) stbi__get16be(s); + } else { + stbi_uc *p = out+channel; + if (bitdepth == 16) { // input bpc + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = (stbi_uc) (stbi__get16be(s) >> 8); + } else { + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + } + } + } + + // remove weird white matte from PSD + if (channelCount >= 4) { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) { + for (i=0; i < w*h; ++i) { + stbi__uint16 *pixel = (stbi__uint16 *) out + 4*i; + if (pixel[3] != 0 && pixel[3] != 65535) { + float a = pixel[3] / 65535.0f; + float ra = 1.0f / a; + float inv_a = 65535.0f * (1 - ra); + pixel[0] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[0]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[1] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[1]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[2] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[2]*ra + inv_a); + } + } + } else { + for (i=0; i < w*h; ++i) { + unsigned char *pixel = out + 4*i; + if (pixel[3] != 0 && pixel[3] != 255) { + float a = pixel[3] / 255.0f; + float ra = 1.0f / a; + float inv_a = 255.0f * (1 - ra); + pixel[0] = (unsigned char) (pixel[0]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[1] = (unsigned char) (pixel[1]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[2] = (unsigned char) (pixel[2]*ra + inv_a); + } + } + } + } + + // convert to desired output format + if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__convert_format16((stbi__uint16 *) out, 4, req_comp, w, h); + else + out = stbi__convert_format(out, 4, req_comp, w, h); + if (out == NULL) return out; // stbi__convert_format frees input on failure + } + + if (comp) *comp = 4; + *y = h; + *x = w; + + return out; +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// Softimage PIC loader +// by Tom Seddon +// +// See http://softimage.wiki.softimage.com/index.php/INFO:_PIC_file_format +// See http://ozviz.wasp.uwa.edu.au/~pbourke/dataformats/softimagepic/ + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PIC +static int stbi__pic_is4(stbi__context *s,const char *str) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i<4; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(s) != (stbi_uc)str[i]) + return 0; + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__pic_test_core(stbi__context *s) +{ + int i; + + if (!stbi__pic_is4(s,"\x53\x80\xF6\x34")) + return 0; + + for(i=0;i<84;++i) + stbi__get8(s); + + if (!stbi__pic_is4(s,"PICT")) + return 0; + + return 1; +} + +typedef struct +{ + stbi_uc size,type,channel; +} stbi__pic_packet; + +static stbi_uc *stbi__readval(stbi__context *s, int channel, stbi_uc *dest) +{ + int mask=0x80, i; + + for (i=0; i<4; ++i, mask>>=1) { + if (channel & mask) { + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","PIC file too short"); + dest[i]=stbi__get8(s); + } + } + + return dest; +} + +static void stbi__copyval(int channel,stbi_uc *dest,const stbi_uc *src) +{ + int mask=0x80,i; + + for (i=0;i<4; ++i, mask>>=1) + if (channel&mask) + dest[i]=src[i]; +} + +static stbi_uc *stbi__pic_load_core(stbi__context *s,int width,int height,int *comp, stbi_uc *result) +{ + int act_comp=0,num_packets=0,y,chained; + stbi__pic_packet packets[10]; + + // this will (should...) cater for even some bizarre stuff like having data + // for the same channel in multiple packets. + do { + stbi__pic_packet *packet; + + if (num_packets==sizeof(packets)/sizeof(packets[0])) + return stbi__errpuc("bad format","too many packets"); + + packet = &packets[num_packets++]; + + chained = stbi__get8(s); + packet->size = stbi__get8(s); + packet->type = stbi__get8(s); + packet->channel = stbi__get8(s); + + act_comp |= packet->channel; + + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (reading packets)"); + if (packet->size != 8) return stbi__errpuc("bad format","packet isn't 8bpp"); + } while (chained); + + *comp = (act_comp & 0x10 ? 4 : 3); // has alpha channel? + + for(y=0; ytype) { + default: + return stbi__errpuc("bad format","packet has bad compression type"); + + case 0: {//uncompressed + int x; + + for(x=0;xchannel,dest)) + return 0; + break; + } + + case 1://Pure RLE + { + int left=width, i; + + while (left>0) { + stbi_uc count,value[4]; + + count=stbi__get8(s); + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (pure read count)"); + + if (count > left) + count = (stbi_uc) left; + + if (!stbi__readval(s,packet->channel,value)) return 0; + + for(i=0; ichannel,dest,value); + left -= count; + } + } + break; + + case 2: {//Mixed RLE + int left=width; + while (left>0) { + int count = stbi__get8(s), i; + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (mixed read count)"); + + if (count >= 128) { // Repeated + stbi_uc value[4]; + + if (count==128) + count = stbi__get16be(s); + else + count -= 127; + if (count > left) + return stbi__errpuc("bad file","scanline overrun"); + + if (!stbi__readval(s,packet->channel,value)) + return 0; + + for(i=0;ichannel,dest,value); + } else { // Raw + ++count; + if (count>left) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","scanline overrun"); + + for(i=0;ichannel,dest)) + return 0; + } + left-=count; + } + break; + } + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +static void *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s,int *px,int *py,int *comp,int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *result; + int i, x,y, internal_comp; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + if (!comp) comp = &internal_comp; + + for (i=0; i<92; ++i) + stbi__get8(s); + + x = stbi__get16be(s); + y = stbi__get16be(s); + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (pic header)"); + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(x, y, 4, 0)) return stbi__errpuc("too large", "PIC image too large to decode"); + + stbi__get32be(s); //skip `ratio' + stbi__get16be(s); //skip `fields' + stbi__get16be(s); //skip `pad' + + // intermediate buffer is RGBA + result = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, 4, 0); + memset(result, 0xff, x*y*4); + + if (!stbi__pic_load_core(s,x,y,comp, result)) { + STBI_FREE(result); + result=0; + } + *px = x; + *py = y; + if (req_comp == 0) req_comp = *comp; + result=stbi__convert_format(result,4,req_comp,x,y); + + return result; +} + +static int stbi__pic_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r = stbi__pic_test_core(s); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// GIF loader -- public domain by Jean-Marc Lienher -- simplified/shrunk by stb + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +typedef struct +{ + stbi__int16 prefix; + stbi_uc first; + stbi_uc suffix; +} stbi__gif_lzw; + +typedef struct +{ + int w,h; + stbi_uc *out; // output buffer (always 4 components) + stbi_uc *background; // The current "background" as far as a gif is concerned + stbi_uc *history; + int flags, bgindex, ratio, transparent, eflags; + stbi_uc pal[256][4]; + stbi_uc lpal[256][4]; + stbi__gif_lzw codes[8192]; + stbi_uc *color_table; + int parse, step; + int lflags; + int start_x, start_y; + int max_x, max_y; + int cur_x, cur_y; + int line_size; + int delay; +} stbi__gif; + +static int stbi__gif_test_raw(stbi__context *s) +{ + int sz; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'G' || stbi__get8(s) != 'I' || stbi__get8(s) != 'F' || stbi__get8(s) != '8') return 0; + sz = stbi__get8(s); + if (sz != '9' && sz != '7') return 0; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'a') return 0; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__gif_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r = stbi__gif_test_raw(s); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} + +static void stbi__gif_parse_colortable(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc pal[256][4], int num_entries, int transp) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < num_entries; ++i) { + pal[i][2] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][1] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][0] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][3] = transp == i ? 0 : 255; + } +} + +static int stbi__gif_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int is_info) +{ + stbi_uc version; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'G' || stbi__get8(s) != 'I' || stbi__get8(s) != 'F' || stbi__get8(s) != '8') + return stbi__err("not GIF", "Corrupt GIF"); + + version = stbi__get8(s); + if (version != '7' && version != '9') return stbi__err("not GIF", "Corrupt GIF"); + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'a') return stbi__err("not GIF", "Corrupt GIF"); + + stbi__g_failure_reason = ""; + g->w = stbi__get16le(s); + g->h = stbi__get16le(s); + g->flags = stbi__get8(s); + g->bgindex = stbi__get8(s); + g->ratio = stbi__get8(s); + g->transparent = -1; + + if (comp != 0) *comp = 4; // can't actually tell whether it's 3 or 4 until we parse the comments + + if (is_info) return 1; + + if (g->flags & 0x80) + stbi__gif_parse_colortable(s,g->pal, 2 << (g->flags & 7), -1); + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__gif_info_raw(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + stbi__gif* g = (stbi__gif*) stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__gif)); + if (!stbi__gif_header(s, g, comp, 1)) { + STBI_FREE(g); + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (x) *x = g->w; + if (y) *y = g->h; + STBI_FREE(g); + return 1; +} + +static void stbi__out_gif_code(stbi__gif *g, stbi__uint16 code) +{ + stbi_uc *p, *c; + int idx; + + // recurse to decode the prefixes, since the linked-list is backwards, + // and working backwards through an interleaved image would be nasty + if (g->codes[code].prefix >= 0) + stbi__out_gif_code(g, g->codes[code].prefix); + + if (g->cur_y >= g->max_y) return; + + idx = g->cur_x + g->cur_y; + p = &g->out[idx]; + g->history[idx / 4] = 1; + + c = &g->color_table[g->codes[code].suffix * 4]; + if (c[3] > 128) { // don't render transparent pixels; + p[0] = c[2]; + p[1] = c[1]; + p[2] = c[0]; + p[3] = c[3]; + } + g->cur_x += 4; + + if (g->cur_x >= g->max_x) { + g->cur_x = g->start_x; + g->cur_y += g->step; + + while (g->cur_y >= g->max_y && g->parse > 0) { + g->step = (1 << g->parse) * g->line_size; + g->cur_y = g->start_y + (g->step >> 1); + --g->parse; + } + } +} + +static stbi_uc *stbi__process_gif_raster(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g) +{ + stbi_uc lzw_cs; + stbi__int32 len, init_code; + stbi__uint32 first; + stbi__int32 codesize, codemask, avail, oldcode, bits, valid_bits, clear; + stbi__gif_lzw *p; + + lzw_cs = stbi__get8(s); + if (lzw_cs > 12) return NULL; + clear = 1 << lzw_cs; + first = 1; + codesize = lzw_cs + 1; + codemask = (1 << codesize) - 1; + bits = 0; + valid_bits = 0; + for (init_code = 0; init_code < clear; init_code++) { + g->codes[init_code].prefix = -1; + g->codes[init_code].first = (stbi_uc) init_code; + g->codes[init_code].suffix = (stbi_uc) init_code; + } + + // support no starting clear code + avail = clear+2; + oldcode = -1; + + len = 0; + for(;;) { + if (valid_bits < codesize) { + if (len == 0) { + len = stbi__get8(s); // start new block + if (len == 0) + return g->out; + } + --len; + bits |= (stbi__int32) stbi__get8(s) << valid_bits; + valid_bits += 8; + } else { + stbi__int32 code = bits & codemask; + bits >>= codesize; + valid_bits -= codesize; + // @OPTIMIZE: is there some way we can accelerate the non-clear path? + if (code == clear) { // clear code + codesize = lzw_cs + 1; + codemask = (1 << codesize) - 1; + avail = clear + 2; + oldcode = -1; + first = 0; + } else if (code == clear + 1) { // end of stream code + stbi__skip(s, len); + while ((len = stbi__get8(s)) > 0) + stbi__skip(s,len); + return g->out; + } else if (code <= avail) { + if (first) { + return stbi__errpuc("no clear code", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + + if (oldcode >= 0) { + p = &g->codes[avail++]; + if (avail > 8192) { + return stbi__errpuc("too many codes", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + + p->prefix = (stbi__int16) oldcode; + p->first = g->codes[oldcode].first; + p->suffix = (code == avail) ? p->first : g->codes[code].first; + } else if (code == avail) + return stbi__errpuc("illegal code in raster", "Corrupt GIF"); + + stbi__out_gif_code(g, (stbi__uint16) code); + + if ((avail & codemask) == 0 && avail <= 0x0FFF) { + codesize++; + codemask = (1 << codesize) - 1; + } + + oldcode = code; + } else { + return stbi__errpuc("illegal code in raster", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + } + } +} + +// this function is designed to support animated gifs, although stb_image doesn't support it +// two back is the image from two frames ago, used for a very specific disposal format +static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load_next(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi_uc *two_back) +{ + int dispose; + int first_frame; + int pi; + int pcount; + STBI_NOTUSED(req_comp); + + // on first frame, any non-written pixels get the background colour (non-transparent) + first_frame = 0; + if (g->out == 0) { + if (!stbi__gif_header(s, g, comp,0)) return 0; // stbi__g_failure_reason set by stbi__gif_header + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(4, g->w, g->h, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "GIF image is too large"); + pcount = g->w * g->h; + g->out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * pcount); + g->background = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * pcount); + g->history = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(pcount); + if (!g->out || !g->background || !g->history) + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + // image is treated as "transparent" at the start - ie, nothing overwrites the current background; + // background colour is only used for pixels that are not rendered first frame, after that "background" + // color refers to the color that was there the previous frame. + memset(g->out, 0x00, 4 * pcount); + memset(g->background, 0x00, 4 * pcount); // state of the background (starts transparent) + memset(g->history, 0x00, pcount); // pixels that were affected previous frame + first_frame = 1; + } else { + // second frame - how do we dispoase of the previous one? + dispose = (g->eflags & 0x1C) >> 2; + pcount = g->w * g->h; + + if ((dispose == 3) && (two_back == 0)) { + dispose = 2; // if I don't have an image to revert back to, default to the old background + } + + if (dispose == 3) { // use previous graphic + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi]) { + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &two_back[pi * 4], 4 ); + } + } + } else if (dispose == 2) { + // restore what was changed last frame to background before that frame; + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi]) { + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &g->background[pi * 4], 4 ); + } + } + } else { + // This is a non-disposal case eithe way, so just + // leave the pixels as is, and they will become the new background + // 1: do not dispose + // 0: not specified. + } + + // background is what out is after the undoing of the previou frame; + memcpy( g->background, g->out, 4 * g->w * g->h ); + } + + // clear my history; + memset( g->history, 0x00, g->w * g->h ); // pixels that were affected previous frame + + for (;;) { + int tag = stbi__get8(s); + switch (tag) { + case 0x2C: /* Image Descriptor */ + { + stbi__int32 x, y, w, h; + stbi_uc *o; + + x = stbi__get16le(s); + y = stbi__get16le(s); + w = stbi__get16le(s); + h = stbi__get16le(s); + if (((x + w) > (g->w)) || ((y + h) > (g->h))) + return stbi__errpuc("bad Image Descriptor", "Corrupt GIF"); + + g->line_size = g->w * 4; + g->start_x = x * 4; + g->start_y = y * g->line_size; + g->max_x = g->start_x + w * 4; + g->max_y = g->start_y + h * g->line_size; + g->cur_x = g->start_x; + g->cur_y = g->start_y; + + // if the width of the specified rectangle is 0, that means + // we may not see *any* pixels or the image is malformed; + // to make sure this is caught, move the current y down to + // max_y (which is what out_gif_code checks). + if (w == 0) + g->cur_y = g->max_y; + + g->lflags = stbi__get8(s); + + if (g->lflags & 0x40) { + g->step = 8 * g->line_size; // first interlaced spacing + g->parse = 3; + } else { + g->step = g->line_size; + g->parse = 0; + } + + if (g->lflags & 0x80) { + stbi__gif_parse_colortable(s,g->lpal, 2 << (g->lflags & 7), g->eflags & 0x01 ? g->transparent : -1); + g->color_table = (stbi_uc *) g->lpal; + } else if (g->flags & 0x80) { + g->color_table = (stbi_uc *) g->pal; + } else + return stbi__errpuc("missing color table", "Corrupt GIF"); + + o = stbi__process_gif_raster(s, g); + if (!o) return NULL; + + // if this was the first frame, + pcount = g->w * g->h; + if (first_frame && (g->bgindex > 0)) { + // if first frame, any pixel not drawn to gets the background color + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi] == 0) { + g->pal[g->bgindex][3] = 255; // just in case it was made transparent, undo that; It will be reset next frame if need be; + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &g->pal[g->bgindex], 4 ); + } + } + } + + return o; + } + + case 0x21: // Comment Extension. + { + int len; + int ext = stbi__get8(s); + if (ext == 0xF9) { // Graphic Control Extension. + len = stbi__get8(s); + if (len == 4) { + g->eflags = stbi__get8(s); + g->delay = 10 * stbi__get16le(s); // delay - 1/100th of a second, saving as 1/1000ths. + + // unset old transparent + if (g->transparent >= 0) { + g->pal[g->transparent][3] = 255; + } + if (g->eflags & 0x01) { + g->transparent = stbi__get8(s); + if (g->transparent >= 0) { + g->pal[g->transparent][3] = 0; + } + } else { + // don't need transparent + stbi__skip(s, 1); + g->transparent = -1; + } + } else { + stbi__skip(s, len); + break; + } + } + while ((len = stbi__get8(s)) != 0) { + stbi__skip(s, len); + } + break; + } + + case 0x3B: // gif stream termination code + return (stbi_uc *) s; // using '1' causes warning on some compilers + + default: + return stbi__errpuc("unknown code", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + } +} + +static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + if (stbi__gif_test(s)) { + int layers = 0; + stbi_uc *u = 0; + stbi_uc *out = 0; + stbi_uc *two_back = 0; + stbi__gif g; + int stride; + memset(&g, 0, sizeof(g)); + if (delays) { + *delays = 0; + } + + do { + u = stbi__gif_load_next(s, &g, comp, req_comp, two_back); + if (u == (stbi_uc *) s) u = 0; // end of animated gif marker + + if (u) { + *x = g.w; + *y = g.h; + ++layers; + stride = g.w * g.h * 4; + + if (out) { + void *tmp = (stbi_uc*) STBI_REALLOC( out, layers * stride ); + if (NULL == tmp) { + STBI_FREE(g.out); + STBI_FREE(g.history); + STBI_FREE(g.background); + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + else + out = (stbi_uc*) tmp; + if (delays) { + *delays = (int*) STBI_REALLOC( *delays, sizeof(int) * layers ); + } + } else { + out = (stbi_uc*)stbi__malloc( layers * stride ); + if (delays) { + *delays = (int*) stbi__malloc( layers * sizeof(int) ); + } + } + memcpy( out + ((layers - 1) * stride), u, stride ); + if (layers >= 2) { + two_back = out - 2 * stride; + } + + if (delays) { + (*delays)[layers - 1U] = g.delay; + } + } + } while (u != 0); + + // free temp buffer; + STBI_FREE(g.out); + STBI_FREE(g.history); + STBI_FREE(g.background); + + // do the final conversion after loading everything; + if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) + out = stbi__convert_format(out, 4, req_comp, layers * g.w, g.h); + + *z = layers; + return out; + } else { + return stbi__errpuc("not GIF", "Image was not as a gif type."); + } +} + +static void *stbi__gif_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *u = 0; + stbi__gif g; + memset(&g, 0, sizeof(g)); + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + u = stbi__gif_load_next(s, &g, comp, req_comp, 0); + if (u == (stbi_uc *) s) u = 0; // end of animated gif marker + if (u) { + *x = g.w; + *y = g.h; + + // moved conversion to after successful load so that the same + // can be done for multiple frames. + if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) + u = stbi__convert_format(u, 4, req_comp, g.w, g.h); + } else if (g.out) { + // if there was an error and we allocated an image buffer, free it! + STBI_FREE(g.out); + } + + // free buffers needed for multiple frame loading; + STBI_FREE(g.history); + STBI_FREE(g.background); + + return u; +} + +static int stbi__gif_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + return stbi__gif_info_raw(s,x,y,comp); +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// Radiance RGBE HDR loader +// originally by Nicolas Schulz +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR +static int stbi__hdr_test_core(stbi__context *s, const char *signature) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; signature[i]; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(s) != signature[i]) + return 0; + stbi__rewind(s); + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__hdr_test(stbi__context* s) +{ + int r = stbi__hdr_test_core(s, "#?RADIANCE\n"); + stbi__rewind(s); + if(!r) { + r = stbi__hdr_test_core(s, "#?RGBE\n"); + stbi__rewind(s); + } + return r; +} + +#define STBI__HDR_BUFLEN 1024 +static char *stbi__hdr_gettoken(stbi__context *z, char *buffer) +{ + int len=0; + char c = '\0'; + + c = (char) stbi__get8(z); + + while (!stbi__at_eof(z) && c != '\n') { + buffer[len++] = c; + if (len == STBI__HDR_BUFLEN-1) { + // flush to end of line + while (!stbi__at_eof(z) && stbi__get8(z) != '\n') + ; + break; + } + c = (char) stbi__get8(z); + } + + buffer[len] = 0; + return buffer; +} + +static void stbi__hdr_convert(float *output, stbi_uc *input, int req_comp) +{ + if ( input[3] != 0 ) { + float f1; + // Exponent + f1 = (float) ldexp(1.0f, input[3] - (int)(128 + 8)); + if (req_comp <= 2) + output[0] = (input[0] + input[1] + input[2]) * f1 / 3; + else { + output[0] = input[0] * f1; + output[1] = input[1] * f1; + output[2] = input[2] * f1; + } + if (req_comp == 2) output[1] = 1; + if (req_comp == 4) output[3] = 1; + } else { + switch (req_comp) { + case 4: output[3] = 1; /* fallthrough */ + case 3: output[0] = output[1] = output[2] = 0; + break; + case 2: output[1] = 1; /* fallthrough */ + case 1: output[0] = 0; + break; + } + } +} + +static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + char buffer[STBI__HDR_BUFLEN]; + char *token; + int valid = 0; + int width, height; + stbi_uc *scanline; + float *hdr_data; + int len; + unsigned char count, value; + int i, j, k, c1,c2, z; + const char *headerToken; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + // Check identifier + headerToken = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (strcmp(headerToken, "#?RADIANCE") != 0 && strcmp(headerToken, "#?RGBE") != 0) + return stbi__errpf("not HDR", "Corrupt HDR image"); + + // Parse header + for(;;) { + token = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (token[0] == 0) break; + if (strcmp(token, "FORMAT=32-bit_rle_rgbe") == 0) valid = 1; + } + + if (!valid) return stbi__errpf("unsupported format", "Unsupported HDR format"); + + // Parse width and height + // can't use sscanf() if we're not using stdio! + token = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (strncmp(token, "-Y ", 3)) return stbi__errpf("unsupported data layout", "Unsupported HDR format"); + token += 3; + height = (int) strtol(token, &token, 10); + while (*token == ' ') ++token; + if (strncmp(token, "+X ", 3)) return stbi__errpf("unsupported data layout", "Unsupported HDR format"); + token += 3; + width = (int) strtol(token, NULL, 10); + + *x = width; + *y = height; + + if (comp) *comp = 3; + if (req_comp == 0) req_comp = 3; + + if (!stbi__mad4sizes_valid(width, height, req_comp, sizeof(float), 0)) + return stbi__errpf("too large", "HDR image is too large"); + + // Read data + hdr_data = (float *) stbi__malloc_mad4(width, height, req_comp, sizeof(float), 0); + if (!hdr_data) + return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + // Load image data + // image data is stored as some number of sca + if ( width < 8 || width >= 32768) { + // Read flat data + for (j=0; j < height; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < width; ++i) { + stbi_uc rgbe[4]; + main_decode_loop: + stbi__getn(s, rgbe, 4); + stbi__hdr_convert(hdr_data + j * width * req_comp + i * req_comp, rgbe, req_comp); + } + } + } else { + // Read RLE-encoded data + scanline = NULL; + + for (j = 0; j < height; ++j) { + c1 = stbi__get8(s); + c2 = stbi__get8(s); + len = stbi__get8(s); + if (c1 != 2 || c2 != 2 || (len & 0x80)) { + // not run-length encoded, so we have to actually use THIS data as a decoded + // pixel (note this can't be a valid pixel--one of RGB must be >= 128) + stbi_uc rgbe[4]; + rgbe[0] = (stbi_uc) c1; + rgbe[1] = (stbi_uc) c2; + rgbe[2] = (stbi_uc) len; + rgbe[3] = (stbi_uc) stbi__get8(s); + stbi__hdr_convert(hdr_data, rgbe, req_comp); + i = 1; + j = 0; + STBI_FREE(scanline); + goto main_decode_loop; // yes, this makes no sense + } + len <<= 8; + len |= stbi__get8(s); + if (len != width) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("invalid decoded scanline length", "corrupt HDR"); } + if (scanline == NULL) { + scanline = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad2(width, 4, 0); + if (!scanline) { + STBI_FREE(hdr_data); + return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + } + + for (k = 0; k < 4; ++k) { + int nleft; + i = 0; + while ((nleft = width - i) > 0) { + count = stbi__get8(s); + if (count > 128) { + // Run + value = stbi__get8(s); + count -= 128; + if (count > nleft) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("corrupt", "bad RLE data in HDR"); } + for (z = 0; z < count; ++z) + scanline[i++ * 4 + k] = value; + } else { + // Dump + if (count > nleft) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("corrupt", "bad RLE data in HDR"); } + for (z = 0; z < count; ++z) + scanline[i++ * 4 + k] = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + } + for (i=0; i < width; ++i) + stbi__hdr_convert(hdr_data+(j*width + i)*req_comp, scanline + i*4, req_comp); + } + if (scanline) + STBI_FREE(scanline); + } + + return hdr_data; +} + +static int stbi__hdr_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + char buffer[STBI__HDR_BUFLEN]; + char *token; + int valid = 0; + int dummy; + + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + + if (stbi__hdr_test(s) == 0) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + + for(;;) { + token = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (token[0] == 0) break; + if (strcmp(token, "FORMAT=32-bit_rle_rgbe") == 0) valid = 1; + } + + if (!valid) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + token = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (strncmp(token, "-Y ", 3)) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + token += 3; + *y = (int) strtol(token, &token, 10); + while (*token == ' ') ++token; + if (strncmp(token, "+X ", 3)) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + token += 3; + *x = (int) strtol(token, NULL, 10); + *comp = 3; + return 1; +} +#endif // STBI_NO_HDR + +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP +static int stbi__bmp_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + void *p; + stbi__bmp_data info; + + info.all_a = 255; + p = stbi__bmp_parse_header(s, &info); + stbi__rewind( s ); + if (p == NULL) + return 0; + if (x) *x = s->img_x; + if (y) *y = s->img_y; + if (comp) { + if (info.bpp == 24 && info.ma == 0xff000000) + *comp = 3; + else + *comp = info.ma ? 4 : 3; + } + return 1; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PSD +static int stbi__psd_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int channelCount, dummy, depth; + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 1) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s, 6); + channelCount = stbi__get16be(s); + if (channelCount < 0 || channelCount > 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + *y = stbi__get32be(s); + *x = stbi__get32be(s); + depth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (depth != 8 && depth != 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 3) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + *comp = 4; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__psd_is16(stbi__context *s) +{ + int channelCount, depth; + if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 1) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s, 6); + channelCount = stbi__get16be(s); + if (channelCount < 0 || channelCount > 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + (void) stbi__get32be(s); + (void) stbi__get32be(s); + depth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (depth != 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PIC +static int stbi__pic_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int act_comp=0,num_packets=0,chained,dummy; + stbi__pic_packet packets[10]; + + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + + if (!stbi__pic_is4(s,"\x53\x80\xF6\x34")) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + + stbi__skip(s, 88); + + *x = stbi__get16be(s); + *y = stbi__get16be(s); + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) { + stbi__rewind( s); + return 0; + } + if ( (*x) != 0 && (1 << 28) / (*x) < (*y)) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + + stbi__skip(s, 8); + + do { + stbi__pic_packet *packet; + + if (num_packets==sizeof(packets)/sizeof(packets[0])) + return 0; + + packet = &packets[num_packets++]; + chained = stbi__get8(s); + packet->size = stbi__get8(s); + packet->type = stbi__get8(s); + packet->channel = stbi__get8(s); + act_comp |= packet->channel; + + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (packet->size != 8) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + } while (chained); + + *comp = (act_comp & 0x10 ? 4 : 3); + + return 1; +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// Portable Gray Map and Portable Pixel Map loader +// by Ken Miller +// +// PGM: http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/doc/pgm.html +// PPM: http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/doc/ppm.html +// +// Known limitations: +// Does not support comments in the header section +// Does not support ASCII image data (formats P2 and P3) +// Does not support 16-bit-per-channel + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PNM + +static int stbi__pnm_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + char p, t; + p = (char) stbi__get8(s); + t = (char) stbi__get8(s); + if (p != 'P' || (t != '5' && t != '6')) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +static void *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *out; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + if (!stbi__pnm_info(s, (int *)&s->img_x, (int *)&s->img_y, (int *)&s->img_n)) + return 0; + + *x = s->img_x; + *y = s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = s->img_n; + + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "PNM too large"); + + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0); + if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + stbi__getn(s, out, s->img_n * s->img_x * s->img_y); + + if (req_comp && req_comp != s->img_n) { + out = stbi__convert_format(out, s->img_n, req_comp, s->img_x, s->img_y); + if (out == NULL) return out; // stbi__convert_format frees input on failure + } + return out; +} + +static int stbi__pnm_isspace(char c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '\v' || c == '\f' || c == '\r'; +} + +static void stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(stbi__context *s, char *c) +{ + for (;;) { + while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && stbi__pnm_isspace(*c)) + *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + + if (stbi__at_eof(s) || *c != '#') + break; + + while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && *c != '\n' && *c != '\r' ) + *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + } +} + +static int stbi__pnm_isdigit(char c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +static int stbi__pnm_getinteger(stbi__context *s, char *c) +{ + int value = 0; + + while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && stbi__pnm_isdigit(*c)) { + value = value*10 + (*c - '0'); + *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + } + + return value; +} + +static int stbi__pnm_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int maxv, dummy; + char c, p, t; + + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + + stbi__rewind(s); + + // Get identifier + p = (char) stbi__get8(s); + t = (char) stbi__get8(s); + if (p != 'P' || (t != '5' && t != '6')) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + + *comp = (t == '6') ? 3 : 1; // '5' is 1-component .pgm; '6' is 3-component .ppm + + c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(s, &c); + + *x = stbi__pnm_getinteger(s, &c); // read width + stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(s, &c); + + *y = stbi__pnm_getinteger(s, &c); // read height + stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(s, &c); + + maxv = stbi__pnm_getinteger(s, &c); // read max value + + if (maxv > 255) + return stbi__err("max value > 255", "PPM image not 8-bit"); + else + return 1; +} +#endif + +static int stbi__info_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG + if (stbi__jpeg_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG + if (stbi__png_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_GIF + if (stbi__gif_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_BMP + if (stbi__bmp_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD + if (stbi__psd_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PIC + if (stbi__pic_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM + if (stbi__pnm_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + if (stbi__hdr_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + // test tga last because it's a crappy test! + #ifndef STBI_NO_TGA + if (stbi__tga_info(s, x, y, comp)) + return 1; + #endif + return stbi__err("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); +} + +static int stbi__is_16_main(stbi__context *s) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG + if (stbi__png_is16(s)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD + if (stbi__psd_is16(s)) return 1; + #endif + + return 0; +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF int stbi_info(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + int result; + if (!f) return stbi__err("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_info_from_file(f, x, y, comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_file(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int r; + stbi__context s; + long pos = ftell(f); + stbi__start_file(&s, f); + r = stbi__info_main(&s,x,y,comp); + fseek(f,pos,SEEK_SET); + return r; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit(char const *filename) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + int result; + if (!f) return stbi__err("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(f); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(FILE *f) +{ + int r; + stbi__context s; + long pos = ftell(f); + stbi__start_file(&s, f); + r = stbi__is_16_main(&s); + fseek(f,pos,SEEK_SET); + return r; +} +#endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO + +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__info_main(&s,x,y,comp); +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *c, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) c, user); + return stbi__info_main(&s,x,y,comp); +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__is_16_main(&s); +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *c, void *user) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) c, user); + return stbi__is_16_main(&s); +} + +#endif // STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* + revision history: + 2.20 (2019-02-07) support utf8 filenames in Windows; fix warnings and platform ifdefs + 2.19 (2018-02-11) fix warning + 2.18 (2018-01-30) fix warnings + 2.17 (2018-01-29) change sbti__shiftsigned to avoid clang -O2 bug + 1-bit BMP + *_is_16_bit api + avoid warnings + 2.16 (2017-07-23) all functions have 16-bit variants; + STBI_NO_STDIO works again; + compilation fixes; + fix rounding in unpremultiply; + optimize vertical flip; + disable raw_len validation; + documentation fixes + 2.15 (2017-03-18) fix png-1,2,4 bug; now all Imagenet JPGs decode; + warning fixes; disable run-time SSE detection on gcc; + uniform handling of optional "return" values; + thread-safe initialization of zlib tables + 2.14 (2017-03-03) remove deprecated STBI_JPEG_OLD; fixes for Imagenet JPGs + 2.13 (2016-11-29) add 16-bit API, only supported for PNG right now + 2.12 (2016-04-02) fix typo in 2.11 PSD fix that caused crashes + 2.11 (2016-04-02) allocate large structures on the stack + remove white matting for transparent PSD + fix reported channel count for PNG & BMP + re-enable SSE2 in non-gcc 64-bit + support RGB-formatted JPEG + read 16-bit PNGs (only as 8-bit) + 2.10 (2016-01-22) avoid warning introduced in 2.09 by STBI_REALLOC_SIZED + 2.09 (2016-01-16) allow comments in PNM files + 16-bit-per-pixel TGA (not bit-per-component) + info() for TGA could break due to .hdr handling + info() for BMP to shares code instead of sloppy parse + can use STBI_REALLOC_SIZED if allocator doesn't support realloc + code cleanup + 2.08 (2015-09-13) fix to 2.07 cleanup, reading RGB PSD as RGBA + 2.07 (2015-09-13) fix compiler warnings + partial animated GIF support + limited 16-bpc PSD support + #ifdef unused functions + bug with < 92 byte PIC,PNM,HDR,TGA + 2.06 (2015-04-19) fix bug where PSD returns wrong '*comp' value + 2.05 (2015-04-19) fix bug in progressive JPEG handling, fix warning + 2.04 (2015-04-15) try to re-enable SIMD on MinGW 64-bit + 2.03 (2015-04-12) extra corruption checking (mmozeiko) + stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load (nguillemot) + fix NEON support; fix mingw support + 2.02 (2015-01-19) fix incorrect assert, fix warning + 2.01 (2015-01-17) fix various warnings; suppress SIMD on gcc 32-bit without -msse2 + 2.00b (2014-12-25) fix STBI_MALLOC in progressive JPEG + 2.00 (2014-12-25) optimize JPG, including x86 SSE2 & NEON SIMD (ryg) + progressive JPEG (stb) + PGM/PPM support (Ken Miller) + STBI_MALLOC,STBI_REALLOC,STBI_FREE + GIF bugfix -- seemingly never worked + STBI_NO_*, STBI_ONLY_* + 1.48 (2014-12-14) fix incorrectly-named assert() + 1.47 (2014-12-14) 1/2/4-bit PNG support, both direct and paletted (Omar Cornut & stb) + optimize PNG (ryg) + fix bug in interlaced PNG with user-specified channel count (stb) + 1.46 (2014-08-26) + fix broken tRNS chunk (colorkey-style transparency) in non-paletted PNG + 1.45 (2014-08-16) + fix MSVC-ARM internal compiler error by wrapping malloc + 1.44 (2014-08-07) + various warning fixes from Ronny Chevalier + 1.43 (2014-07-15) + fix MSVC-only compiler problem in code changed in 1.42 + 1.42 (2014-07-09) + don't define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS (affects user code) + fixes to stbi__cleanup_jpeg path + added STBI_ASSERT to avoid requiring assert.h + 1.41 (2014-06-25) + fix search&replace from 1.36 that messed up comments/error messages + 1.40 (2014-06-22) + fix gcc struct-initialization warning + 1.39 (2014-06-15) + fix to TGA optimization when req_comp != number of components in TGA; + fix to GIF loading because BMP wasn't rewinding (whoops, no GIFs in my test suite) + add support for BMP version 5 (more ignored fields) + 1.38 (2014-06-06) + suppress MSVC warnings on integer casts truncating values + fix accidental rename of 'skip' field of I/O + 1.37 (2014-06-04) + remove duplicate typedef + 1.36 (2014-06-03) + convert to header file single-file library + if de-iphone isn't set, load iphone images color-swapped instead of returning NULL + 1.35 (2014-05-27) + various warnings + fix broken STBI_SIMD path + fix bug where stbi_load_from_file no longer left file pointer in correct place + fix broken non-easy path for 32-bit BMP (possibly never used) + TGA optimization by Arseny Kapoulkine + 1.34 (unknown) + use STBI_NOTUSED in stbi__resample_row_generic(), fix one more leak in tga failure case + 1.33 (2011-07-14) + make stbi_is_hdr work in STBI_NO_HDR (as specified), minor compiler-friendly improvements + 1.32 (2011-07-13) + support for "info" function for all supported filetypes (SpartanJ) + 1.31 (2011-06-20) + a few more leak fixes, bug in PNG handling (SpartanJ) + 1.30 (2011-06-11) + added ability to load files via callbacks to accomidate custom input streams (Ben Wenger) + removed deprecated format-specific test/load functions + removed support for installable file formats (stbi_loader) -- would have been broken for IO callbacks anyway + error cases in bmp and tga give messages and don't leak (Raymond Barbiero, grisha) + fix inefficiency in decoding 32-bit BMP (David Woo) + 1.29 (2010-08-16) + various warning fixes from Aurelien Pocheville + 1.28 (2010-08-01) + fix bug in GIF palette transparency (SpartanJ) + 1.27 (2010-08-01) + cast-to-stbi_uc to fix warnings + 1.26 (2010-07-24) + fix bug in file buffering for PNG reported by SpartanJ + 1.25 (2010-07-17) + refix trans_data warning (Won Chun) + 1.24 (2010-07-12) + perf improvements reading from files on platforms with lock-heavy fgetc() + minor perf improvements for jpeg + deprecated type-specific functions so we'll get feedback if they're needed + attempt to fix trans_data warning (Won Chun) + 1.23 fixed bug in iPhone support + 1.22 (2010-07-10) + removed image *writing* support + stbi_info support from Jetro Lauha + GIF support from Jean-Marc Lienher + iPhone PNG-extensions from James Brown + warning-fixes from Nicolas Schulz and Janez Zemva (i.stbi__err. Janez (U+017D)emva) + 1.21 fix use of 'stbi_uc' in header (reported by jon blow) + 1.20 added support for Softimage PIC, by Tom Seddon + 1.19 bug in interlaced PNG corruption check (found by ryg) + 1.18 (2008-08-02) + fix a threading bug (local mutable static) + 1.17 support interlaced PNG + 1.16 major bugfix - stbi__convert_format converted one too many pixels + 1.15 initialize some fields for thread safety + 1.14 fix threadsafe conversion bug + header-file-only version (#define STBI_HEADER_FILE_ONLY before including) + 1.13 threadsafe + 1.12 const qualifiers in the API + 1.11 Support installable IDCT, colorspace conversion routines + 1.10 Fixes for 64-bit (don't use "unsigned long") + optimized upsampling by Fabian "ryg" Giesen + 1.09 Fix format-conversion for PSD code (bad global variables!) + 1.08 Thatcher Ulrich's PSD code integrated by Nicolas Schulz + 1.07 attempt to fix C++ warning/errors again + 1.06 attempt to fix C++ warning/errors again + 1.05 fix TGA loading to return correct *comp and use good luminance calc + 1.04 default float alpha is 1, not 255; use 'void *' for stbi_image_free + 1.03 bugfixes to STBI_NO_STDIO, STBI_NO_HDR + 1.02 support for (subset of) HDR files, float interface for preferred access to them + 1.01 fix bug: possible bug in handling right-side up bmps... not sure + fix bug: the stbi__bmp_load() and stbi__tga_load() functions didn't work at all + 1.00 interface to zlib that skips zlib header + 0.99 correct handling of alpha in palette + 0.98 TGA loader by lonesock; dynamically add loaders (untested) + 0.97 jpeg errors on too large a file; also catch another malloc failure + 0.96 fix detection of invalid v value - particleman@mollyrocket forum + 0.95 during header scan, seek to markers in case of padding + 0.94 STBI_NO_STDIO to disable stdio usage; rename all #defines the same + 0.93 handle jpegtran output; verbose errors + 0.92 read 4,8,16,24,32-bit BMP files of several formats + 0.91 output 24-bit Windows 3.0 BMP files + 0.90 fix a few more warnings; bump version number to approach 1.0 + 0.61 bugfixes due to Marc LeBlanc, Christopher Lloyd + 0.60 fix compiling as c++ + 0.59 fix warnings: merge Dave Moore's -Wall fixes + 0.58 fix bug: zlib uncompressed mode len/nlen was wrong endian + 0.57 fix bug: jpg last huffman symbol before marker was >9 bits but less than 16 available + 0.56 fix bug: zlib uncompressed mode len vs. nlen + 0.55 fix bug: restart_interval not initialized to 0 + 0.54 allow NULL for 'int *comp' + 0.53 fix bug in png 3->4; speedup png decoding + 0.52 png handles req_comp=3,4 directly; minor cleanup; jpeg comments + 0.51 obey req_comp requests, 1-component jpegs return as 1-component, + on 'test' only check type, not whether we support this variant + 0.50 (2006-11-19) + first released version +*/ + + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/include/stb_image_resize.h b/include/stb_image_resize.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42a8efb --- /dev/null +++ b/include/stb_image_resize.h @@ -0,0 +1,2631 @@ +/* stb_image_resize - v0.96 - public domain image resizing + by Jorge L Rodriguez (@VinoBS) - 2014 + http://github.com/nothings/stb + + Written with emphasis on usability, portability, and efficiency. (No + SIMD or threads, so it be easily outperformed by libs that use those.) + Only scaling and translation is supported, no rotations or shears. + Easy API downsamples w/Mitchell filter, upsamples w/cubic interpolation. + + COMPILING & LINKING + In one C/C++ file that #includes this file, do this: + #define STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION + before the #include. That will create the implementation in that file. + + QUICKSTART + stbir_resize_uint8( input_pixels , in_w , in_h , 0, + output_pixels, out_w, out_h, 0, num_channels) + stbir_resize_float(...) + stbir_resize_uint8_srgb( input_pixels , in_w , in_h , 0, + output_pixels, out_w, out_h, 0, + num_channels , alpha_chan , 0) + stbir_resize_uint8_srgb_edgemode( + input_pixels , in_w , in_h , 0, + output_pixels, out_w, out_h, 0, + num_channels , alpha_chan , 0, STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP) + // WRAP/REFLECT/ZERO + + FULL API + See the "header file" section of the source for API documentation. + + ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION + + SRGB & FLOATING POINT REPRESENTATION + The sRGB functions presume IEEE floating point. If you do not have + IEEE floating point, define STBIR_NON_IEEE_FLOAT. This will use + a slower implementation. + + MEMORY ALLOCATION + The resize functions here perform a single memory allocation using + malloc. To control the memory allocation, before the #include that + triggers the implementation, do: + + #define STBIR_MALLOC(size,context) ... + #define STBIR_FREE(ptr,context) ... + + Each resize function makes exactly one call to malloc/free, so to use + temp memory, store the temp memory in the context and return that. + + ASSERT + Define STBIR_ASSERT(boolval) to override assert() and not use assert.h + + OPTIMIZATION + Define STBIR_SATURATE_INT to compute clamp values in-range using + integer operations instead of float operations. This may be faster + on some platforms. + + DEFAULT FILTERS + For functions which don't provide explicit control over what filters + to use, you can change the compile-time defaults with + + #define STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE STBIR_FILTER_something + #define STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE STBIR_FILTER_something + + See stbir_filter in the header-file section for the list of filters. + + NEW FILTERS + A number of 1D filter kernels are used. For a list of + supported filters see the stbir_filter enum. To add a new filter, + write a filter function and add it to stbir__filter_info_table. + + PROGRESS + For interactive use with slow resize operations, you can install + a progress-report callback: + + #define STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(val) some_func(val) + + The parameter val is a float which goes from 0 to 1 as progress is made. + + For example: + + static void my_progress_report(float progress); + #define STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(val) my_progress_report(val) + + #define STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION + #include "stb_image_resize.h" + + static void my_progress_report(float progress) + { + printf("Progress: %f%%\n", progress*100); + } + + MAX CHANNELS + If your image has more than 64 channels, define STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS + to the max you'll have. + + ALPHA CHANNEL + Most of the resizing functions provide the ability to control how + the alpha channel of an image is processed. The important things + to know about this: + + 1. The best mathematically-behaved version of alpha to use is + called "premultiplied alpha", in which the other color channels + have had the alpha value multiplied in. If you use premultiplied + alpha, linear filtering (such as image resampling done by this + library, or performed in texture units on GPUs) does the "right + thing". While premultiplied alpha is standard in the movie CGI + industry, it is still uncommon in the videogame/real-time world. + + If you linearly filter non-premultiplied alpha, strange effects + occur. (For example, the 50/50 average of 99% transparent bright green + and 1% transparent black produces 50% transparent dark green when + non-premultiplied, whereas premultiplied it produces 50% + transparent near-black. The former introduces green energy + that doesn't exist in the source image.) + + 2. Artists should not edit premultiplied-alpha images; artists + want non-premultiplied alpha images. Thus, art tools generally output + non-premultiplied alpha images. + + 3. You will get best results in most cases by converting images + to premultiplied alpha before processing them mathematically. + + 4. If you pass the flag STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED, the + resizer does not do anything special for the alpha channel; + it is resampled identically to other channels. This produces + the correct results for premultiplied-alpha images, but produces + less-than-ideal results for non-premultiplied-alpha images. + + 5. If you do not pass the flag STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED, + then the resizer weights the contribution of input pixels + based on their alpha values, or, equivalently, it multiplies + the alpha value into the color channels, resamples, then divides + by the resultant alpha value. Input pixels which have alpha=0 do + not contribute at all to output pixels unless _all_ of the input + pixels affecting that output pixel have alpha=0, in which case + the result for that pixel is the same as it would be without + STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED. However, this is only true for + input images in integer formats. For input images in float format, + input pixels with alpha=0 have no effect, and output pixels + which have alpha=0 will be 0 in all channels. (For float images, + you can manually achieve the same result by adding a tiny epsilon + value to the alpha channel of every image, and then subtracting + or clamping it at the end.) + + 6. You can suppress the behavior described in #5 and make + all-0-alpha pixels have 0 in all channels by #defining + STBIR_NO_ALPHA_EPSILON. + + 7. You can separately control whether the alpha channel is + interpreted as linear or affected by the colorspace. By default + it is linear; you almost never want to apply the colorspace. + (For example, graphics hardware does not apply sRGB conversion + to the alpha channel.) + + CONTRIBUTORS + Jorge L Rodriguez: Implementation + Sean Barrett: API design, optimizations + Aras Pranckevicius: bugfix + Nathan Reed: warning fixes + + REVISIONS + 0.97 (2020-02-02) fixed warning + 0.96 (2019-03-04) fixed warnings + 0.95 (2017-07-23) fixed warnings + 0.94 (2017-03-18) fixed warnings + 0.93 (2017-03-03) fixed bug with certain combinations of heights + 0.92 (2017-01-02) fix integer overflow on large (>2GB) images + 0.91 (2016-04-02) fix warnings; fix handling of subpixel regions + 0.90 (2014-09-17) first released version + + LICENSE + See end of file for license information. + + TODO + Don't decode all of the image data when only processing a partial tile + Don't use full-width decode buffers when only processing a partial tile + When processing wide images, break processing into tiles so data fits in L1 cache + Installable filters? + Resize that respects alpha test coverage + (Reference code: FloatImage::alphaTestCoverage and FloatImage::scaleAlphaToCoverage: + https://code.google.com/p/nvidia-texture-tools/source/browse/trunk/src/nvimage/FloatImage.cpp ) +*/ + +#ifndef STBIR_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_H +#define STBIR_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_H + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +typedef unsigned char stbir_uint8; +typedef unsigned short stbir_uint16; +typedef unsigned int stbir_uint32; +#else +#include +typedef uint8_t stbir_uint8; +typedef uint16_t stbir_uint16; +typedef uint32_t stbir_uint32; +#endif + +#ifndef STBIRDEF +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_STATIC +#define STBIRDEF static +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define STBIRDEF extern "C" +#else +#define STBIRDEF extern +#endif +#endif +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Easy-to-use API: +// +// * "input pixels" points to an array of image data with 'num_channels' channels (e.g. RGB=3, RGBA=4) +// * input_w is input image width (x-axis), input_h is input image height (y-axis) +// * stride is the offset between successive rows of image data in memory, in bytes. you can +// specify 0 to mean packed continuously in memory +// * alpha channel is treated identically to other channels. +// * colorspace is linear or sRGB as specified by function name +// * returned result is 1 for success or 0 in case of an error. +// #define STBIR_ASSERT() to trigger an assert on parameter validation errors. +// * Memory required grows approximately linearly with input and output size, but with +// discontinuities at input_w == output_w and input_h == output_h. +// * These functions use a "default" resampling filter defined at compile time. To change the filter, +// you can change the compile-time defaults by #defining STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE +// and STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE, or you can use the medium-complexity API. + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8( const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_float( const float *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + float *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels); + + +// The following functions interpret image data as gamma-corrected sRGB. +// Specify STBIR_ALPHA_CHANNEL_NONE if you have no alpha channel, +// or otherwise provide the index of the alpha channel. Flags value +// of 0 will probably do the right thing if you're not sure what +// the flags mean. + +#define STBIR_ALPHA_CHANNEL_NONE -1 + +// Set this flag if your texture has premultiplied alpha. Otherwise, stbir will +// use alpha-weighted resampling (effectively premultiplying, resampling, +// then unpremultiplying). +#define STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED (1 << 0) +// The specified alpha channel should be handled as gamma-corrected value even +// when doing sRGB operations. +#define STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE (1 << 1) + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_srgb(const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags); + + +typedef enum +{ + STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP = 1, + STBIR_EDGE_REFLECT = 2, + STBIR_EDGE_WRAP = 3, + STBIR_EDGE_ZERO = 4, +} stbir_edge; + +// This function adds the ability to specify how requests to sample off the edge of the image are handled. +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_srgb_edgemode(const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode); + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Medium-complexity API +// +// This extends the easy-to-use API as follows: +// +// * Alpha-channel can be processed separately +// * If alpha_channel is not STBIR_ALPHA_CHANNEL_NONE +// * Alpha channel will not be gamma corrected (unless flags&STBIR_FLAG_GAMMA_CORRECT) +// * Filters will be weighted by alpha channel (unless flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED) +// * Filter can be selected explicitly +// * uint16 image type +// * sRGB colorspace available for all types +// * context parameter for passing to STBIR_MALLOC + +typedef enum +{ + STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT = 0, // use same filter type that easy-to-use API chooses + STBIR_FILTER_BOX = 1, // A trapezoid w/1-pixel wide ramps, same result as box for integer scale ratios + STBIR_FILTER_TRIANGLE = 2, // On upsampling, produces same results as bilinear texture filtering + STBIR_FILTER_CUBICBSPLINE = 3, // The cubic b-spline (aka Mitchell-Netrevalli with B=1,C=0), gaussian-esque + STBIR_FILTER_CATMULLROM = 4, // An interpolating cubic spline + STBIR_FILTER_MITCHELL = 5, // Mitchell-Netrevalli filter with B=1/3, C=1/3 +} stbir_filter; + +typedef enum +{ + STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR, + STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB, + + STBIR_MAX_COLORSPACES, +} stbir_colorspace; + +// The following functions are all identical except for the type of the image data + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_generic( const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint16_generic(const stbir_uint16 *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_uint16 *output_pixels , int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_float_generic( const float *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + float *output_pixels , int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context); + + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Full-complexity API +// +// This extends the medium API as follows: +// +// * uint32 image type +// * not typesafe +// * separate filter types for each axis +// * separate edge modes for each axis +// * can specify scale explicitly for subpixel correctness +// * can specify image source tile using texture coordinates + +typedef enum +{ + STBIR_TYPE_UINT8 , + STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, + STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, + STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT , + + STBIR_MAX_TYPES +} stbir_datatype; + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize( const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_subpixel(const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context, + float x_scale, float y_scale, + float x_offset, float y_offset); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_region( const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context, + float s0, float t0, float s1, float t1); +// (s0, t0) & (s1, t1) are the top-left and bottom right corner (uv addressing style: [0, 1]x[0, 1]) of a region of the input image to use. + +// +// +//// end header file ///////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#endif // STBIR_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_H + + + + + +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION + +#ifndef STBIR_ASSERT +#include +#define STBIR_ASSERT(x) assert(x) +#endif + +// For memset +#include + +#include + +#ifndef STBIR_MALLOC +#include +// use comma operator to evaluate c, to avoid "unused parameter" warnings +#define STBIR_MALLOC(size,c) ((void)(c), malloc(size)) +#define STBIR_FREE(ptr,c) ((void)(c), free(ptr)) +#endif + +#ifndef _MSC_VER +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define stbir__inline inline +#else +#define stbir__inline +#endif +#else +#define stbir__inline __forceinline +#endif + + +// should produce compiler error if size is wrong +typedef unsigned char stbir__validate_uint32[sizeof(stbir_uint32) == 4 ? 1 : -1]; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBIR__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBIR__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +#define STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof((a))/sizeof((a)[0])) + +#ifndef STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE +#define STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE STBIR_FILTER_CATMULLROM +#endif + +#ifndef STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE +#define STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE STBIR_FILTER_MITCHELL +#endif + +#ifndef STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT +#define STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(float_0_to_1) +#endif + +#ifndef STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS +#define STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS 64 +#endif + +#if STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS > 65536 +#error "Too many channels; STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS must be no more than 65536." +// because we store the indices in 16-bit variables +#endif + +// This value is added to alpha just before premultiplication to avoid +// zeroing out color values. It is equivalent to 2^-80. If you don't want +// that behavior (it may interfere if you have floating point images with +// very small alpha values) then you can define STBIR_NO_ALPHA_EPSILON to +// disable it. +#ifndef STBIR_ALPHA_EPSILON +#define STBIR_ALPHA_EPSILON ((float)1 / (1 << 20) / (1 << 20) / (1 << 20) / (1 << 20)) +#endif + + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +// must match stbir_datatype +static unsigned char stbir__type_size[] = { + 1, // STBIR_TYPE_UINT8 + 2, // STBIR_TYPE_UINT16 + 4, // STBIR_TYPE_UINT32 + 4, // STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT +}; + +// Kernel function centered at 0 +typedef float (stbir__kernel_fn)(float x, float scale); +typedef float (stbir__support_fn)(float scale); + +typedef struct +{ + stbir__kernel_fn* kernel; + stbir__support_fn* support; +} stbir__filter_info; + +// When upsampling, the contributors are which source pixels contribute. +// When downsampling, the contributors are which destination pixels are contributed to. +typedef struct +{ + int n0; // First contributing pixel + int n1; // Last contributing pixel +} stbir__contributors; + +typedef struct +{ + const void* input_data; + int input_w; + int input_h; + int input_stride_bytes; + + void* output_data; + int output_w; + int output_h; + int output_stride_bytes; + + float s0, t0, s1, t1; + + float horizontal_shift; // Units: output pixels + float vertical_shift; // Units: output pixels + float horizontal_scale; + float vertical_scale; + + int channels; + int alpha_channel; + stbir_uint32 flags; + stbir_datatype type; + stbir_filter horizontal_filter; + stbir_filter vertical_filter; + stbir_edge edge_horizontal; + stbir_edge edge_vertical; + stbir_colorspace colorspace; + + stbir__contributors* horizontal_contributors; + float* horizontal_coefficients; + + stbir__contributors* vertical_contributors; + float* vertical_coefficients; + + int decode_buffer_pixels; + float* decode_buffer; + + float* horizontal_buffer; + + // cache these because ceil/floor are inexplicably showing up in profile + int horizontal_coefficient_width; + int vertical_coefficient_width; + int horizontal_filter_pixel_width; + int vertical_filter_pixel_width; + int horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; + int vertical_filter_pixel_margin; + int horizontal_num_contributors; + int vertical_num_contributors; + + int ring_buffer_length_bytes; // The length of an individual entry in the ring buffer. The total number of ring buffers is stbir__get_filter_pixel_width(filter) + int ring_buffer_num_entries; // Total number of entries in the ring buffer. + int ring_buffer_first_scanline; + int ring_buffer_last_scanline; + int ring_buffer_begin_index; // first_scanline is at this index in the ring buffer + float* ring_buffer; + + float* encode_buffer; // A temporary buffer to store floats so we don't lose precision while we do multiply-adds. + + int horizontal_contributors_size; + int horizontal_coefficients_size; + int vertical_contributors_size; + int vertical_coefficients_size; + int decode_buffer_size; + int horizontal_buffer_size; + int ring_buffer_size; + int encode_buffer_size; +} stbir__info; + + +static const float stbir__max_uint8_as_float = 255.0f; +static const float stbir__max_uint16_as_float = 65535.0f; +static const double stbir__max_uint32_as_float = 4294967295.0; + + +static stbir__inline int stbir__min(int a, int b) +{ + return a < b ? a : b; +} + +static stbir__inline float stbir__saturate(float x) +{ + if (x < 0) + return 0; + + if (x > 1) + return 1; + + return x; +} + +#ifdef STBIR_SATURATE_INT +static stbir__inline stbir_uint8 stbir__saturate8(int x) +{ + if ((unsigned int) x <= 255) + return x; + + if (x < 0) + return 0; + + return 255; +} + +static stbir__inline stbir_uint16 stbir__saturate16(int x) +{ + if ((unsigned int) x <= 65535) + return x; + + if (x < 0) + return 0; + + return 65535; +} +#endif + +static float stbir__srgb_uchar_to_linear_float[256] = { + 0.000000f, 0.000304f, 0.000607f, 0.000911f, 0.001214f, 0.001518f, 0.001821f, 0.002125f, 0.002428f, 0.002732f, 0.003035f, + 0.003347f, 0.003677f, 0.004025f, 0.004391f, 0.004777f, 0.005182f, 0.005605f, 0.006049f, 0.006512f, 0.006995f, 0.007499f, + 0.008023f, 0.008568f, 0.009134f, 0.009721f, 0.010330f, 0.010960f, 0.011612f, 0.012286f, 0.012983f, 0.013702f, 0.014444f, + 0.015209f, 0.015996f, 0.016807f, 0.017642f, 0.018500f, 0.019382f, 0.020289f, 0.021219f, 0.022174f, 0.023153f, 0.024158f, + 0.025187f, 0.026241f, 0.027321f, 0.028426f, 0.029557f, 0.030713f, 0.031896f, 0.033105f, 0.034340f, 0.035601f, 0.036889f, + 0.038204f, 0.039546f, 0.040915f, 0.042311f, 0.043735f, 0.045186f, 0.046665f, 0.048172f, 0.049707f, 0.051269f, 0.052861f, + 0.054480f, 0.056128f, 0.057805f, 0.059511f, 0.061246f, 0.063010f, 0.064803f, 0.066626f, 0.068478f, 0.070360f, 0.072272f, + 0.074214f, 0.076185f, 0.078187f, 0.080220f, 0.082283f, 0.084376f, 0.086500f, 0.088656f, 0.090842f, 0.093059f, 0.095307f, + 0.097587f, 0.099899f, 0.102242f, 0.104616f, 0.107023f, 0.109462f, 0.111932f, 0.114435f, 0.116971f, 0.119538f, 0.122139f, + 0.124772f, 0.127438f, 0.130136f, 0.132868f, 0.135633f, 0.138432f, 0.141263f, 0.144128f, 0.147027f, 0.149960f, 0.152926f, + 0.155926f, 0.158961f, 0.162029f, 0.165132f, 0.168269f, 0.171441f, 0.174647f, 0.177888f, 0.181164f, 0.184475f, 0.187821f, + 0.191202f, 0.194618f, 0.198069f, 0.201556f, 0.205079f, 0.208637f, 0.212231f, 0.215861f, 0.219526f, 0.223228f, 0.226966f, + 0.230740f, 0.234551f, 0.238398f, 0.242281f, 0.246201f, 0.250158f, 0.254152f, 0.258183f, 0.262251f, 0.266356f, 0.270498f, + 0.274677f, 0.278894f, 0.283149f, 0.287441f, 0.291771f, 0.296138f, 0.300544f, 0.304987f, 0.309469f, 0.313989f, 0.318547f, + 0.323143f, 0.327778f, 0.332452f, 0.337164f, 0.341914f, 0.346704f, 0.351533f, 0.356400f, 0.361307f, 0.366253f, 0.371238f, + 0.376262f, 0.381326f, 0.386430f, 0.391573f, 0.396755f, 0.401978f, 0.407240f, 0.412543f, 0.417885f, 0.423268f, 0.428691f, + 0.434154f, 0.439657f, 0.445201f, 0.450786f, 0.456411f, 0.462077f, 0.467784f, 0.473532f, 0.479320f, 0.485150f, 0.491021f, + 0.496933f, 0.502887f, 0.508881f, 0.514918f, 0.520996f, 0.527115f, 0.533276f, 0.539480f, 0.545725f, 0.552011f, 0.558340f, + 0.564712f, 0.571125f, 0.577581f, 0.584078f, 0.590619f, 0.597202f, 0.603827f, 0.610496f, 0.617207f, 0.623960f, 0.630757f, + 0.637597f, 0.644480f, 0.651406f, 0.658375f, 0.665387f, 0.672443f, 0.679543f, 0.686685f, 0.693872f, 0.701102f, 0.708376f, + 0.715694f, 0.723055f, 0.730461f, 0.737911f, 0.745404f, 0.752942f, 0.760525f, 0.768151f, 0.775822f, 0.783538f, 0.791298f, + 0.799103f, 0.806952f, 0.814847f, 0.822786f, 0.830770f, 0.838799f, 0.846873f, 0.854993f, 0.863157f, 0.871367f, 0.879622f, + 0.887923f, 0.896269f, 0.904661f, 0.913099f, 0.921582f, 0.930111f, 0.938686f, 0.947307f, 0.955974f, 0.964686f, 0.973445f, + 0.982251f, 0.991102f, 1.0f +}; + +static float stbir__srgb_to_linear(float f) +{ + if (f <= 0.04045f) + return f / 12.92f; + else + return (float)pow((f + 0.055f) / 1.055f, 2.4f); +} + +static float stbir__linear_to_srgb(float f) +{ + if (f <= 0.0031308f) + return f * 12.92f; + else + return 1.055f * (float)pow(f, 1 / 2.4f) - 0.055f; +} + +#ifndef STBIR_NON_IEEE_FLOAT +// From https://gist.github.com/rygorous/2203834 + +typedef union +{ + stbir_uint32 u; + float f; +} stbir__FP32; + +static const stbir_uint32 fp32_to_srgb8_tab4[104] = { + 0x0073000d, 0x007a000d, 0x0080000d, 0x0087000d, 0x008d000d, 0x0094000d, 0x009a000d, 0x00a1000d, + 0x00a7001a, 0x00b4001a, 0x00c1001a, 0x00ce001a, 0x00da001a, 0x00e7001a, 0x00f4001a, 0x0101001a, + 0x010e0033, 0x01280033, 0x01410033, 0x015b0033, 0x01750033, 0x018f0033, 0x01a80033, 0x01c20033, + 0x01dc0067, 0x020f0067, 0x02430067, 0x02760067, 0x02aa0067, 0x02dd0067, 0x03110067, 0x03440067, + 0x037800ce, 0x03df00ce, 0x044600ce, 0x04ad00ce, 0x051400ce, 0x057b00c5, 0x05dd00bc, 0x063b00b5, + 0x06970158, 0x07420142, 0x07e30130, 0x087b0120, 0x090b0112, 0x09940106, 0x0a1700fc, 0x0a9500f2, + 0x0b0f01cb, 0x0bf401ae, 0x0ccb0195, 0x0d950180, 0x0e56016e, 0x0f0d015e, 0x0fbc0150, 0x10630143, + 0x11070264, 0x1238023e, 0x1357021d, 0x14660201, 0x156601e9, 0x165a01d3, 0x174401c0, 0x182401af, + 0x18fe0331, 0x1a9602fe, 0x1c1502d2, 0x1d7e02ad, 0x1ed4028d, 0x201a0270, 0x21520256, 0x227d0240, + 0x239f0443, 0x25c003fe, 0x27bf03c4, 0x29a10392, 0x2b6a0367, 0x2d1d0341, 0x2ebe031f, 0x304d0300, + 0x31d105b0, 0x34a80555, 0x37520507, 0x39d504c5, 0x3c37048b, 0x3e7c0458, 0x40a8042a, 0x42bd0401, + 0x44c20798, 0x488e071e, 0x4c1c06b6, 0x4f76065d, 0x52a50610, 0x55ac05cc, 0x5892058f, 0x5b590559, + 0x5e0c0a23, 0x631c0980, 0x67db08f6, 0x6c55087f, 0x70940818, 0x74a007bd, 0x787d076c, 0x7c330723, +}; + +static stbir_uint8 stbir__linear_to_srgb_uchar(float in) +{ + static const stbir__FP32 almostone = { 0x3f7fffff }; // 1-eps + static const stbir__FP32 minval = { (127-13) << 23 }; + stbir_uint32 tab,bias,scale,t; + stbir__FP32 f; + + // Clamp to [2^(-13), 1-eps]; these two values map to 0 and 1, respectively. + // The tests are carefully written so that NaNs map to 0, same as in the reference + // implementation. + if (!(in > minval.f)) // written this way to catch NaNs + in = minval.f; + if (in > almostone.f) + in = almostone.f; + + // Do the table lookup and unpack bias, scale + f.f = in; + tab = fp32_to_srgb8_tab4[(f.u - minval.u) >> 20]; + bias = (tab >> 16) << 9; + scale = tab & 0xffff; + + // Grab next-highest mantissa bits and perform linear interpolation + t = (f.u >> 12) & 0xff; + return (unsigned char) ((bias + scale*t) >> 16); +} + +#else +// sRGB transition values, scaled by 1<<28 +static int stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[256] = +{ + 0, 40738, 122216, 203693, 285170, 366648, 448125, 529603, + 611080, 692557, 774035, 855852, 942009, 1033024, 1128971, 1229926, + 1335959, 1447142, 1563542, 1685229, 1812268, 1944725, 2082664, 2226148, + 2375238, 2529996, 2690481, 2856753, 3028870, 3206888, 3390865, 3580856, + 3776916, 3979100, 4187460, 4402049, 4622919, 4850123, 5083710, 5323731, + 5570236, 5823273, 6082892, 6349140, 6622065, 6901714, 7188133, 7481369, + 7781466, 8088471, 8402427, 8723380, 9051372, 9386448, 9728650, 10078021, + 10434603, 10798439, 11169569, 11548036, 11933879, 12327139, 12727857, 13136073, + 13551826, 13975156, 14406100, 14844697, 15290987, 15745007, 16206795, 16676389, + 17153826, 17639142, 18132374, 18633560, 19142734, 19659934, 20185196, 20718552, + 21260042, 21809696, 22367554, 22933648, 23508010, 24090680, 24681686, 25281066, + 25888850, 26505076, 27129772, 27762974, 28404716, 29055026, 29713942, 30381490, + 31057708, 31742624, 32436272, 33138682, 33849884, 34569912, 35298800, 36036568, + 36783260, 37538896, 38303512, 39077136, 39859796, 40651528, 41452360, 42262316, + 43081432, 43909732, 44747252, 45594016, 46450052, 47315392, 48190064, 49074096, + 49967516, 50870356, 51782636, 52704392, 53635648, 54576432, 55526772, 56486700, + 57456236, 58435408, 59424248, 60422780, 61431036, 62449032, 63476804, 64514376, + 65561776, 66619028, 67686160, 68763192, 69850160, 70947088, 72053992, 73170912, + 74297864, 75434880, 76581976, 77739184, 78906536, 80084040, 81271736, 82469648, + 83677792, 84896192, 86124888, 87363888, 88613232, 89872928, 91143016, 92423512, + 93714432, 95015816, 96327688, 97650056, 98982952, 100326408, 101680440, 103045072, + 104420320, 105806224, 107202800, 108610064, 110028048, 111456776, 112896264, 114346544, + 115807632, 117279552, 118762328, 120255976, 121760536, 123276016, 124802440, 126339832, + 127888216, 129447616, 131018048, 132599544, 134192112, 135795792, 137410592, 139036528, + 140673648, 142321952, 143981456, 145652208, 147334208, 149027488, 150732064, 152447968, + 154175200, 155913792, 157663776, 159425168, 161197984, 162982240, 164777968, 166585184, + 168403904, 170234160, 172075968, 173929344, 175794320, 177670896, 179559120, 181458992, + 183370528, 185293776, 187228736, 189175424, 191133888, 193104112, 195086128, 197079968, + 199085648, 201103184, 203132592, 205173888, 207227120, 209292272, 211369392, 213458480, + 215559568, 217672656, 219797792, 221934976, 224084240, 226245600, 228419056, 230604656, + 232802400, 235012320, 237234432, 239468736, 241715280, 243974080, 246245120, 248528464, + 250824112, 253132064, 255452368, 257785040, 260130080, 262487520, 264857376, 267239664, +}; + +static stbir_uint8 stbir__linear_to_srgb_uchar(float f) +{ + int x = (int) (f * (1 << 28)); // has headroom so you don't need to clamp + int v = 0; + int i; + + // Refine the guess with a short binary search. + i = v + 128; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 64; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 32; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 16; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 8; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 4; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 2; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 1; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + + return (stbir_uint8) v; +} +#endif + +static float stbir__filter_trapezoid(float x, float scale) +{ + float halfscale = scale / 2; + float t = 0.5f + halfscale; + STBIR_ASSERT(scale <= 1); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x >= t) + return 0; + else + { + float r = 0.5f - halfscale; + if (x <= r) + return 1; + else + return (t - x) / scale; + } +} + +static float stbir__support_trapezoid(float scale) +{ + STBIR_ASSERT(scale <= 1); + return 0.5f + scale / 2; +} + +static float stbir__filter_triangle(float x, float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x <= 1.0f) + return 1 - x; + else + return 0; +} + +static float stbir__filter_cubic(float x, float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x < 1.0f) + return (4 + x*x*(3*x - 6))/6; + else if (x < 2.0f) + return (8 + x*(-12 + x*(6 - x)))/6; + + return (0.0f); +} + +static float stbir__filter_catmullrom(float x, float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x < 1.0f) + return 1 - x*x*(2.5f - 1.5f*x); + else if (x < 2.0f) + return 2 - x*(4 + x*(0.5f*x - 2.5f)); + + return (0.0f); +} + +static float stbir__filter_mitchell(float x, float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x < 1.0f) + return (16 + x*x*(21 * x - 36))/18; + else if (x < 2.0f) + return (32 + x*(-60 + x*(36 - 7*x)))/18; + + return (0.0f); +} + +static float stbir__support_zero(float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + return 0; +} + +static float stbir__support_one(float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + return 1; +} + +static float stbir__support_two(float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + return 2; +} + +static stbir__filter_info stbir__filter_info_table[] = { + { NULL, stbir__support_zero }, + { stbir__filter_trapezoid, stbir__support_trapezoid }, + { stbir__filter_triangle, stbir__support_one }, + { stbir__filter_cubic, stbir__support_two }, + { stbir__filter_catmullrom, stbir__support_two }, + { stbir__filter_mitchell, stbir__support_two }, +}; + +stbir__inline static int stbir__use_upsampling(float ratio) +{ + return ratio > 1; +} + +stbir__inline static int stbir__use_width_upsampling(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + return stbir__use_upsampling(stbir_info->horizontal_scale); +} + +stbir__inline static int stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + return stbir__use_upsampling(stbir_info->vertical_scale); +} + +// This is the maximum number of input samples that can affect an output sample +// with the given filter +static int stbir__get_filter_pixel_width(stbir_filter filter, float scale) +{ + STBIR_ASSERT(filter != 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); + + if (stbir__use_upsampling(scale)) + return (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(1/scale) * 2); + else + return (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale) * 2 / scale); +} + +// This is how much to expand buffers to account for filters seeking outside +// the image boundaries. +static int stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(stbir_filter filter, float scale) +{ + return stbir__get_filter_pixel_width(filter, scale) / 2; +} + +static int stbir__get_coefficient_width(stbir_filter filter, float scale) +{ + if (stbir__use_upsampling(scale)) + return (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(1 / scale) * 2); + else + return (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale) * 2); +} + +static int stbir__get_contributors(float scale, stbir_filter filter, int input_size, int output_size) +{ + if (stbir__use_upsampling(scale)) + return output_size; + else + return (input_size + stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(filter, scale) * 2); +} + +static int stbir__get_total_horizontal_coefficients(stbir__info* info) +{ + return info->horizontal_num_contributors + * stbir__get_coefficient_width (info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); +} + +static int stbir__get_total_vertical_coefficients(stbir__info* info) +{ + return info->vertical_num_contributors + * stbir__get_coefficient_width (info->vertical_filter, info->vertical_scale); +} + +static stbir__contributors* stbir__get_contributor(stbir__contributors* contributors, int n) +{ + return &contributors[n]; +} + +// For perf reasons this code is duplicated in stbir__resample_horizontal_upsample/downsample, +// if you change it here change it there too. +static float* stbir__get_coefficient(float* coefficients, stbir_filter filter, float scale, int n, int c) +{ + int width = stbir__get_coefficient_width(filter, scale); + return &coefficients[width*n + c]; +} + +static int stbir__edge_wrap_slow(stbir_edge edge, int n, int max) +{ + switch (edge) + { + case STBIR_EDGE_ZERO: + return 0; // we'll decode the wrong pixel here, and then overwrite with 0s later + + case STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP: + if (n < 0) + return 0; + + if (n >= max) + return max - 1; + + return n; // NOTREACHED + + case STBIR_EDGE_REFLECT: + { + if (n < 0) + { + if (n < max) + return -n; + else + return max - 1; + } + + if (n >= max) + { + int max2 = max * 2; + if (n >= max2) + return 0; + else + return max2 - n - 1; + } + + return n; // NOTREACHED + } + + case STBIR_EDGE_WRAP: + if (n >= 0) + return (n % max); + else + { + int m = (-n) % max; + + if (m != 0) + m = max - m; + + return (m); + } + // NOTREACHED + + default: + STBIR_ASSERT(!"Unimplemented edge type"); + return 0; + } +} + +stbir__inline static int stbir__edge_wrap(stbir_edge edge, int n, int max) +{ + // avoid per-pixel switch + if (n >= 0 && n < max) + return n; + return stbir__edge_wrap_slow(edge, n, max); +} + +// What input pixels contribute to this output pixel? +static void stbir__calculate_sample_range_upsample(int n, float out_filter_radius, float scale_ratio, float out_shift, int* in_first_pixel, int* in_last_pixel, float* in_center_of_out) +{ + float out_pixel_center = (float)n + 0.5f; + float out_pixel_influence_lowerbound = out_pixel_center - out_filter_radius; + float out_pixel_influence_upperbound = out_pixel_center + out_filter_radius; + + float in_pixel_influence_lowerbound = (out_pixel_influence_lowerbound + out_shift) / scale_ratio; + float in_pixel_influence_upperbound = (out_pixel_influence_upperbound + out_shift) / scale_ratio; + + *in_center_of_out = (out_pixel_center + out_shift) / scale_ratio; + *in_first_pixel = (int)(floor(in_pixel_influence_lowerbound + 0.5)); + *in_last_pixel = (int)(floor(in_pixel_influence_upperbound - 0.5)); +} + +// What output pixels does this input pixel contribute to? +static void stbir__calculate_sample_range_downsample(int n, float in_pixels_radius, float scale_ratio, float out_shift, int* out_first_pixel, int* out_last_pixel, float* out_center_of_in) +{ + float in_pixel_center = (float)n + 0.5f; + float in_pixel_influence_lowerbound = in_pixel_center - in_pixels_radius; + float in_pixel_influence_upperbound = in_pixel_center + in_pixels_radius; + + float out_pixel_influence_lowerbound = in_pixel_influence_lowerbound * scale_ratio - out_shift; + float out_pixel_influence_upperbound = in_pixel_influence_upperbound * scale_ratio - out_shift; + + *out_center_of_in = in_pixel_center * scale_ratio - out_shift; + *out_first_pixel = (int)(floor(out_pixel_influence_lowerbound + 0.5)); + *out_last_pixel = (int)(floor(out_pixel_influence_upperbound - 0.5)); +} + +static void stbir__calculate_coefficients_upsample(stbir_filter filter, float scale, int in_first_pixel, int in_last_pixel, float in_center_of_out, stbir__contributors* contributor, float* coefficient_group) +{ + int i; + float total_filter = 0; + float filter_scale; + + STBIR_ASSERT(in_last_pixel - in_first_pixel <= (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(1/scale) * 2)); // Taken directly from stbir__get_coefficient_width() which we can't call because we don't know if we're horizontal or vertical. + + contributor->n0 = in_first_pixel; + contributor->n1 = in_last_pixel; + + STBIR_ASSERT(contributor->n1 >= contributor->n0); + + for (i = 0; i <= in_last_pixel - in_first_pixel; i++) + { + float in_pixel_center = (float)(i + in_first_pixel) + 0.5f; + coefficient_group[i] = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel(in_center_of_out - in_pixel_center, 1 / scale); + + // If the coefficient is zero, skip it. (Don't do the <0 check here, we want the influence of those outside pixels.) + if (i == 0 && !coefficient_group[i]) + { + contributor->n0 = ++in_first_pixel; + i--; + continue; + } + + total_filter += coefficient_group[i]; + } + + STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel((float)(in_last_pixel + 1) + 0.5f - in_center_of_out, 1/scale) == 0); + + STBIR_ASSERT(total_filter > 0.9); + STBIR_ASSERT(total_filter < 1.1f); // Make sure it's not way off. + + // Make sure the sum of all coefficients is 1. + filter_scale = 1 / total_filter; + + for (i = 0; i <= in_last_pixel - in_first_pixel; i++) + coefficient_group[i] *= filter_scale; + + for (i = in_last_pixel - in_first_pixel; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (coefficient_group[i]) + break; + + // This line has no weight. We can skip it. + contributor->n1 = contributor->n0 + i - 1; + } +} + +static void stbir__calculate_coefficients_downsample(stbir_filter filter, float scale_ratio, int out_first_pixel, int out_last_pixel, float out_center_of_in, stbir__contributors* contributor, float* coefficient_group) +{ + int i; + + STBIR_ASSERT(out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel <= (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale_ratio) * 2)); // Taken directly from stbir__get_coefficient_width() which we can't call because we don't know if we're horizontal or vertical. + + contributor->n0 = out_first_pixel; + contributor->n1 = out_last_pixel; + + STBIR_ASSERT(contributor->n1 >= contributor->n0); + + for (i = 0; i <= out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel; i++) + { + float out_pixel_center = (float)(i + out_first_pixel) + 0.5f; + float x = out_pixel_center - out_center_of_in; + coefficient_group[i] = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel(x, scale_ratio) * scale_ratio; + } + + STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel((float)(out_last_pixel + 1) + 0.5f - out_center_of_in, scale_ratio) == 0); + + for (i = out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (coefficient_group[i]) + break; + + // This line has no weight. We can skip it. + contributor->n1 = contributor->n0 + i - 1; + } +} + +static void stbir__normalize_downsample_coefficients(stbir__contributors* contributors, float* coefficients, stbir_filter filter, float scale_ratio, int input_size, int output_size) +{ + int num_contributors = stbir__get_contributors(scale_ratio, filter, input_size, output_size); + int num_coefficients = stbir__get_coefficient_width(filter, scale_ratio); + int i, j; + int skip; + + for (i = 0; i < output_size; i++) + { + float scale; + float total = 0; + + for (j = 0; j < num_contributors; j++) + { + if (i >= contributors[j].n0 && i <= contributors[j].n1) + { + float coefficient = *stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, i - contributors[j].n0); + total += coefficient; + } + else if (i < contributors[j].n0) + break; + } + + STBIR_ASSERT(total > 0.9f); + STBIR_ASSERT(total < 1.1f); + + scale = 1 / total; + + for (j = 0; j < num_contributors; j++) + { + if (i >= contributors[j].n0 && i <= contributors[j].n1) + *stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, i - contributors[j].n0) *= scale; + else if (i < contributors[j].n0) + break; + } + } + + // Optimize: Skip zero coefficients and contributions outside of image bounds. + // Do this after normalizing because normalization depends on the n0/n1 values. + for (j = 0; j < num_contributors; j++) + { + int range, max, width; + + skip = 0; + while (*stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, skip) == 0) + skip++; + + contributors[j].n0 += skip; + + while (contributors[j].n0 < 0) + { + contributors[j].n0++; + skip++; + } + + range = contributors[j].n1 - contributors[j].n0 + 1; + max = stbir__min(num_coefficients, range); + + width = stbir__get_coefficient_width(filter, scale_ratio); + for (i = 0; i < max; i++) + { + if (i + skip >= width) + break; + + *stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, i) = *stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, i + skip); + } + + continue; + } + + // Using min to avoid writing into invalid pixels. + for (i = 0; i < num_contributors; i++) + contributors[i].n1 = stbir__min(contributors[i].n1, output_size - 1); +} + +// Each scan line uses the same kernel values so we should calculate the kernel +// values once and then we can use them for every scan line. +static void stbir__calculate_filters(stbir__contributors* contributors, float* coefficients, stbir_filter filter, float scale_ratio, float shift, int input_size, int output_size) +{ + int n; + int total_contributors = stbir__get_contributors(scale_ratio, filter, input_size, output_size); + + if (stbir__use_upsampling(scale_ratio)) + { + float out_pixels_radius = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(1 / scale_ratio) * scale_ratio; + + // Looping through out pixels + for (n = 0; n < total_contributors; n++) + { + float in_center_of_out; // Center of the current out pixel in the in pixel space + int in_first_pixel, in_last_pixel; + + stbir__calculate_sample_range_upsample(n, out_pixels_radius, scale_ratio, shift, &in_first_pixel, &in_last_pixel, &in_center_of_out); + + stbir__calculate_coefficients_upsample(filter, scale_ratio, in_first_pixel, in_last_pixel, in_center_of_out, stbir__get_contributor(contributors, n), stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, n, 0)); + } + } + else + { + float in_pixels_radius = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale_ratio) / scale_ratio; + + // Looping through in pixels + for (n = 0; n < total_contributors; n++) + { + float out_center_of_in; // Center of the current out pixel in the in pixel space + int out_first_pixel, out_last_pixel; + int n_adjusted = n - stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(filter, scale_ratio); + + stbir__calculate_sample_range_downsample(n_adjusted, in_pixels_radius, scale_ratio, shift, &out_first_pixel, &out_last_pixel, &out_center_of_in); + + stbir__calculate_coefficients_downsample(filter, scale_ratio, out_first_pixel, out_last_pixel, out_center_of_in, stbir__get_contributor(contributors, n), stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, n, 0)); + } + + stbir__normalize_downsample_coefficients(contributors, coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, input_size, output_size); + } +} + +static float* stbir__get_decode_buffer(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + // The 0 index of the decode buffer starts after the margin. This makes + // it okay to use negative indexes on the decode buffer. + return &stbir_info->decode_buffer[stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin * stbir_info->channels]; +} + +#define STBIR__DECODE(type, colorspace) ((int)(type) * (STBIR_MAX_COLORSPACES) + (int)(colorspace)) + +static void stbir__decode_scanline(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + int c; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + int alpha_channel = stbir_info->alpha_channel; + int type = stbir_info->type; + int colorspace = stbir_info->colorspace; + int input_w = stbir_info->input_w; + size_t input_stride_bytes = stbir_info->input_stride_bytes; + float* decode_buffer = stbir__get_decode_buffer(stbir_info); + stbir_edge edge_horizontal = stbir_info->edge_horizontal; + stbir_edge edge_vertical = stbir_info->edge_vertical; + size_t in_buffer_row_offset = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_vertical, n, stbir_info->input_h) * input_stride_bytes; + const void* input_data = (char *) stbir_info->input_data + in_buffer_row_offset; + int max_x = input_w + stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; + int decode = STBIR__DECODE(type, colorspace); + + int x = -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; + + // special handling for STBIR_EDGE_ZERO because it needs to return an item that doesn't appear in the input, + // and we want to avoid paying overhead on every pixel if not STBIR_EDGE_ZERO + if (edge_vertical == STBIR_EDGE_ZERO && (n < 0 || n >= stbir_info->input_h)) + { + for (; x < max_x; x++) + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[x*channels + c] = 0; + return; + } + + switch (decode) + { + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = ((float)((const unsigned char*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint8_as_float; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = stbir__srgb_uchar_to_linear_float[((const unsigned char*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]]; + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = ((float)((const unsigned char*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + alpha_channel]) / stbir__max_uint8_as_float; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = ((float)((const unsigned short*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint16_as_float; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = stbir__srgb_to_linear(((float)((const unsigned short*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint16_as_float); + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = ((float)((const unsigned short*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + alpha_channel]) / stbir__max_uint16_as_float; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = (float)(((double)((const unsigned int*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = stbir__srgb_to_linear((float)(((double)((const unsigned int*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint32_as_float)); + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = (float)(((double)((const unsigned int*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + alpha_channel]) / stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = ((const float*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = stbir__srgb_to_linear(((const float*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]); + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = ((const float*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + alpha_channel]; + } + + break; + + default: + STBIR_ASSERT(!"Unknown type/colorspace/channels combination."); + break; + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags & STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED)) + { + for (x = -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + + // If the alpha value is 0 it will clobber the color values. Make sure it's not. + float alpha = decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel]; +#ifndef STBIR_NO_ALPHA_EPSILON + if (stbir_info->type != STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT) { + alpha += STBIR_ALPHA_EPSILON; + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = alpha; + } +#endif + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + { + if (c == alpha_channel) + continue; + + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] *= alpha; + } + } + } + + if (edge_horizontal == STBIR_EDGE_ZERO) + { + for (x = -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; x < 0; x++) + { + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[x*channels + c] = 0; + } + for (x = input_w; x < max_x; x++) + { + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[x*channels + c] = 0; + } + } +} + +static float* stbir__get_ring_buffer_entry(float* ring_buffer, int index, int ring_buffer_length) +{ + return &ring_buffer[index * ring_buffer_length]; +} + +static float* stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + int ring_buffer_index; + float* ring_buffer; + + stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline = n; + + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index < 0) + { + ring_buffer_index = stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = 0; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline = n; + } + else + { + ring_buffer_index = (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index + (stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline - stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline)) % stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + STBIR_ASSERT(ring_buffer_index != stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index); + } + + ring_buffer = stbir__get_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info->ring_buffer, ring_buffer_index, stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes / sizeof(float)); + memset(ring_buffer, 0, stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes); + + return ring_buffer; +} + + +static void stbir__resample_horizontal_upsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float* output_buffer) +{ + int x, k; + int output_w = stbir_info->output_w; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + float* decode_buffer = stbir__get_decode_buffer(stbir_info); + stbir__contributors* horizontal_contributors = stbir_info->horizontal_contributors; + float* horizontal_coefficients = stbir_info->horizontal_coefficients; + int coefficient_width = stbir_info->horizontal_coefficient_width; + + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int out_pixel_index = x * channels; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + int coefficient_counter = 0; + + STBIR_ASSERT(n1 >= n0); + STBIR_ASSERT(n0 >= -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin); + STBIR_ASSERT(n1 >= -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin); + STBIR_ASSERT(n0 < stbir_info->input_w + stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin); + STBIR_ASSERT(n1 < stbir_info->input_w + stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin); + + switch (channels) { + case 1: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * 1; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 2: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * 2; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 3: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * 3; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 4: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * 4; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 3] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 3] * coefficient; + } + break; + default: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * channels; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + int c; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + c] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; + } + break; + } + } +} + +static void stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float* output_buffer) +{ + int x, k; + int input_w = stbir_info->input_w; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + float* decode_buffer = stbir__get_decode_buffer(stbir_info); + stbir__contributors* horizontal_contributors = stbir_info->horizontal_contributors; + float* horizontal_coefficients = stbir_info->horizontal_coefficients; + int coefficient_width = stbir_info->horizontal_coefficient_width; + int filter_pixel_margin = stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; + int max_x = input_w + filter_pixel_margin * 2; + + STBIR_ASSERT(!stbir__use_width_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + switch (channels) { + case 1: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * 1; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int out_pixel_index = k * 1; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + + case 2: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * 2; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int out_pixel_index = k * 2; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + + case 3: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * 3; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int out_pixel_index = k * 3; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + + case 4: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * 4; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int out_pixel_index = k * 4; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 3] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 3] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + + default: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * channels; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int c; + int out_pixel_index = k * channels; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + c] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + } +} + +static void stbir__decode_and_resample_upsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + // Decode the nth scanline from the source image into the decode buffer. + stbir__decode_scanline(stbir_info, n); + + // Now resample it into the ring buffer. + if (stbir__use_width_upsampling(stbir_info)) + stbir__resample_horizontal_upsample(stbir_info, stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info, n)); + else + stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir_info, stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info, n)); + + // Now it's sitting in the ring buffer ready to be used as source for the vertical sampling. +} + +static void stbir__decode_and_resample_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + // Decode the nth scanline from the source image into the decode buffer. + stbir__decode_scanline(stbir_info, n); + + memset(stbir_info->horizontal_buffer, 0, stbir_info->output_w * stbir_info->channels * sizeof(float)); + + // Now resample it into the horizontal buffer. + if (stbir__use_width_upsampling(stbir_info)) + stbir__resample_horizontal_upsample(stbir_info, stbir_info->horizontal_buffer); + else + stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir_info, stbir_info->horizontal_buffer); + + // Now it's sitting in the horizontal buffer ready to be distributed into the ring buffers. +} + +// Get the specified scan line from the ring buffer. +static float* stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(int get_scanline, float* ring_buffer, int begin_index, int first_scanline, int ring_buffer_num_entries, int ring_buffer_length) +{ + int ring_buffer_index = (begin_index + (get_scanline - first_scanline)) % ring_buffer_num_entries; + return stbir__get_ring_buffer_entry(ring_buffer, ring_buffer_index, ring_buffer_length); +} + + +static void stbir__encode_scanline(stbir__info* stbir_info, int num_pixels, void *output_buffer, float *encode_buffer, int channels, int alpha_channel, int decode) +{ + int x; + int n; + int num_nonalpha; + stbir_uint16 nonalpha[STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS]; + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED)) + { + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + float alpha = encode_buffer[pixel_index + alpha_channel]; + float reciprocal_alpha = alpha ? 1.0f / alpha : 0; + + // unrolling this produced a 1% slowdown upscaling a large RGBA linear-space image on my machine - stb + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + if (n != alpha_channel) + encode_buffer[pixel_index + n] *= reciprocal_alpha; + + // We added in a small epsilon to prevent the color channel from being deleted with zero alpha. + // Because we only add it for integer types, it will automatically be discarded on integer + // conversion, so we don't need to subtract it back out (which would be problematic for + // numeric precision reasons). + } + } + + // build a table of all channels that need colorspace correction, so + // we don't perform colorspace correction on channels that don't need it. + for (x = 0, num_nonalpha = 0; x < channels; ++x) + { + if (x != alpha_channel || (stbir_info->flags & STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + { + nonalpha[num_nonalpha++] = (stbir_uint16)x; + } + } + + #define STBIR__ROUND_INT(f) ((int) ((f)+0.5)) + #define STBIR__ROUND_UINT(f) ((stbir_uint32) ((f)+0.5)) + + #ifdef STBIR__SATURATE_INT + #define STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR8(f) stbir__saturate8 (STBIR__ROUND_INT((f) * stbir__max_uint8_as_float )) + #define STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR16(f) stbir__saturate16(STBIR__ROUND_INT((f) * stbir__max_uint16_as_float)) + #else + #define STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR8(f) (unsigned char ) STBIR__ROUND_INT(stbir__saturate(f) * stbir__max_uint8_as_float ) + #define STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR16(f) (unsigned short) STBIR__ROUND_INT(stbir__saturate(f) * stbir__max_uint16_as_float) + #endif + + switch (decode) + { + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + n; + ((unsigned char*)output_buffer)[index] = STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR8(encode_buffer[index]); + } + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < num_nonalpha; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + nonalpha[n]; + ((unsigned char*)output_buffer)[index] = stbir__linear_to_srgb_uchar(encode_buffer[index]); + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags & STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + ((unsigned char *)output_buffer)[pixel_index + alpha_channel] = STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR8(encode_buffer[pixel_index+alpha_channel]); + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + n; + ((unsigned short*)output_buffer)[index] = STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR16(encode_buffer[index]); + } + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < num_nonalpha; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + nonalpha[n]; + ((unsigned short*)output_buffer)[index] = (unsigned short)STBIR__ROUND_INT(stbir__linear_to_srgb(stbir__saturate(encode_buffer[index])) * stbir__max_uint16_as_float); + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + ((unsigned short*)output_buffer)[pixel_index + alpha_channel] = STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR16(encode_buffer[pixel_index + alpha_channel]); + } + + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + n; + ((unsigned int*)output_buffer)[index] = (unsigned int)STBIR__ROUND_UINT(((double)stbir__saturate(encode_buffer[index])) * stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < num_nonalpha; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + nonalpha[n]; + ((unsigned int*)output_buffer)[index] = (unsigned int)STBIR__ROUND_UINT(((double)stbir__linear_to_srgb(stbir__saturate(encode_buffer[index]))) * stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + ((unsigned int*)output_buffer)[pixel_index + alpha_channel] = (unsigned int)STBIR__ROUND_INT(((double)stbir__saturate(encode_buffer[pixel_index + alpha_channel])) * stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + n; + ((float*)output_buffer)[index] = encode_buffer[index]; + } + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < num_nonalpha; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + nonalpha[n]; + ((float*)output_buffer)[index] = stbir__linear_to_srgb(encode_buffer[index]); + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + ((float*)output_buffer)[pixel_index + alpha_channel] = encode_buffer[pixel_index + alpha_channel]; + } + break; + + default: + STBIR_ASSERT(!"Unknown type/colorspace/channels combination."); + break; + } +} + +static void stbir__resample_vertical_upsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + int x, k; + int output_w = stbir_info->output_w; + stbir__contributors* vertical_contributors = stbir_info->vertical_contributors; + float* vertical_coefficients = stbir_info->vertical_coefficients; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + int alpha_channel = stbir_info->alpha_channel; + int type = stbir_info->type; + int colorspace = stbir_info->colorspace; + int ring_buffer_entries = stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + void* output_data = stbir_info->output_data; + float* encode_buffer = stbir_info->encode_buffer; + int decode = STBIR__DECODE(type, colorspace); + int coefficient_width = stbir_info->vertical_coefficient_width; + int coefficient_counter; + int contributor = n; + + float* ring_buffer = stbir_info->ring_buffer; + int ring_buffer_begin_index = stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index; + int ring_buffer_first_scanline = stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline; + int ring_buffer_length = stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes/sizeof(float); + + int n0,n1, output_row_start; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * contributor; + + n0 = vertical_contributors[contributor].n0; + n1 = vertical_contributors[contributor].n1; + + output_row_start = n * stbir_info->output_stride_bytes; + + STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + memset(encode_buffer, 0, output_w * sizeof(float) * channels); + + // I tried reblocking this for better cache usage of encode_buffer + // (using x_outer, k, x_inner), but it lost speed. -- stb + + coefficient_counter = 0; + switch (channels) { + case 1: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 1; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + case 2: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 2; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + case 3: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 3; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + case 4: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 4; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 3] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 3] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + default: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * channels; + int c; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + } + stbir__encode_scanline(stbir_info, output_w, (char *) output_data + output_row_start, encode_buffer, channels, alpha_channel, decode); +} + +static void stbir__resample_vertical_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + int x, k; + int output_w = stbir_info->output_w; + stbir__contributors* vertical_contributors = stbir_info->vertical_contributors; + float* vertical_coefficients = stbir_info->vertical_coefficients; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + int ring_buffer_entries = stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + float* horizontal_buffer = stbir_info->horizontal_buffer; + int coefficient_width = stbir_info->vertical_coefficient_width; + int contributor = n + stbir_info->vertical_filter_pixel_margin; + + float* ring_buffer = stbir_info->ring_buffer; + int ring_buffer_begin_index = stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index; + int ring_buffer_first_scanline = stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline; + int ring_buffer_length = stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes/sizeof(float); + int n0,n1; + + n0 = vertical_contributors[contributor].n0; + n1 = vertical_contributors[contributor].n1; + + STBIR_ASSERT(!stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = k - n0; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * contributor; + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + + switch (channels) { + case 1: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 1; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 2: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 2; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 3: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 3; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 2] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 4: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 4; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 2] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 3] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 3] * coefficient; + } + break; + default: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * channels; + + int c; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + c] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; + } + break; + } + } +} + +static void stbir__buffer_loop_upsample(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + int y; + float scale_ratio = stbir_info->vertical_scale; + float out_scanlines_radius = stbir__filter_info_table[stbir_info->vertical_filter].support(1/scale_ratio) * scale_ratio; + + STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + for (y = 0; y < stbir_info->output_h; y++) + { + float in_center_of_out = 0; // Center of the current out scanline in the in scanline space + int in_first_scanline = 0, in_last_scanline = 0; + + stbir__calculate_sample_range_upsample(y, out_scanlines_radius, scale_ratio, stbir_info->vertical_shift, &in_first_scanline, &in_last_scanline, &in_center_of_out); + + STBIR_ASSERT(in_last_scanline - in_first_scanline + 1 <= stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries); + + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index >= 0) + { + // Get rid of whatever we don't need anymore. + while (in_first_scanline > stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline) + { + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline == stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline) + { + // We just popped the last scanline off the ring buffer. + // Reset it to the empty state. + stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = -1; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline = 0; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline = 0; + break; + } + else + { + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline++; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index + 1) % stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + } + } + } + + // Load in new ones. + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index < 0) + stbir__decode_and_resample_upsample(stbir_info, in_first_scanline); + + while (in_last_scanline > stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline) + stbir__decode_and_resample_upsample(stbir_info, stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline + 1); + + // Now all buffers should be ready to write a row of vertical sampling. + stbir__resample_vertical_upsample(stbir_info, y); + + STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT((float)y / stbir_info->output_h); + } +} + +static void stbir__empty_ring_buffer(stbir__info* stbir_info, int first_necessary_scanline) +{ + int output_stride_bytes = stbir_info->output_stride_bytes; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + int alpha_channel = stbir_info->alpha_channel; + int type = stbir_info->type; + int colorspace = stbir_info->colorspace; + int output_w = stbir_info->output_w; + void* output_data = stbir_info->output_data; + int decode = STBIR__DECODE(type, colorspace); + + float* ring_buffer = stbir_info->ring_buffer; + int ring_buffer_length = stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes/sizeof(float); + + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index >= 0) + { + // Get rid of whatever we don't need anymore. + while (first_necessary_scanline > stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline) + { + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline >= 0 && stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline < stbir_info->output_h) + { + int output_row_start = stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline * output_stride_bytes; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_entry(ring_buffer, stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_length); + stbir__encode_scanline(stbir_info, output_w, (char *) output_data + output_row_start, ring_buffer_entry, channels, alpha_channel, decode); + STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT((float)stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline / stbir_info->output_h); + } + + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline == stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline) + { + // We just popped the last scanline off the ring buffer. + // Reset it to the empty state. + stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = -1; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline = 0; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline = 0; + break; + } + else + { + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline++; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index + 1) % stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + } + } + } +} + +static void stbir__buffer_loop_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + int y; + float scale_ratio = stbir_info->vertical_scale; + int output_h = stbir_info->output_h; + float in_pixels_radius = stbir__filter_info_table[stbir_info->vertical_filter].support(scale_ratio) / scale_ratio; + int pixel_margin = stbir_info->vertical_filter_pixel_margin; + int max_y = stbir_info->input_h + pixel_margin; + + STBIR_ASSERT(!stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + for (y = -pixel_margin; y < max_y; y++) + { + float out_center_of_in; // Center of the current out scanline in the in scanline space + int out_first_scanline, out_last_scanline; + + stbir__calculate_sample_range_downsample(y, in_pixels_radius, scale_ratio, stbir_info->vertical_shift, &out_first_scanline, &out_last_scanline, &out_center_of_in); + + STBIR_ASSERT(out_last_scanline - out_first_scanline + 1 <= stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries); + + if (out_last_scanline < 0 || out_first_scanline >= output_h) + continue; + + stbir__empty_ring_buffer(stbir_info, out_first_scanline); + + stbir__decode_and_resample_downsample(stbir_info, y); + + // Load in new ones. + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index < 0) + stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info, out_first_scanline); + + while (out_last_scanline > stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline) + stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info, stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline + 1); + + // Now the horizontal buffer is ready to write to all ring buffer rows. + stbir__resample_vertical_downsample(stbir_info, y); + } + + stbir__empty_ring_buffer(stbir_info, stbir_info->output_h); +} + +static void stbir__setup(stbir__info *info, int input_w, int input_h, int output_w, int output_h, int channels) +{ + info->input_w = input_w; + info->input_h = input_h; + info->output_w = output_w; + info->output_h = output_h; + info->channels = channels; +} + +static void stbir__calculate_transform(stbir__info *info, float s0, float t0, float s1, float t1, float *transform) +{ + info->s0 = s0; + info->t0 = t0; + info->s1 = s1; + info->t1 = t1; + + if (transform) + { + info->horizontal_scale = transform[0]; + info->vertical_scale = transform[1]; + info->horizontal_shift = transform[2]; + info->vertical_shift = transform[3]; + } + else + { + info->horizontal_scale = ((float)info->output_w / info->input_w) / (s1 - s0); + info->vertical_scale = ((float)info->output_h / info->input_h) / (t1 - t0); + + info->horizontal_shift = s0 * info->output_w / (s1 - s0); + info->vertical_shift = t0 * info->output_h / (t1 - t0); + } +} + +static void stbir__choose_filter(stbir__info *info, stbir_filter h_filter, stbir_filter v_filter) +{ + if (h_filter == 0) + h_filter = stbir__use_upsampling(info->horizontal_scale) ? STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE : STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE; + if (v_filter == 0) + v_filter = stbir__use_upsampling(info->vertical_scale) ? STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE : STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE; + info->horizontal_filter = h_filter; + info->vertical_filter = v_filter; +} + +static stbir_uint32 stbir__calculate_memory(stbir__info *info) +{ + int pixel_margin = stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); + int filter_height = stbir__get_filter_pixel_width(info->vertical_filter, info->vertical_scale); + + info->horizontal_num_contributors = stbir__get_contributors(info->horizontal_scale, info->horizontal_filter, info->input_w, info->output_w); + info->vertical_num_contributors = stbir__get_contributors(info->vertical_scale , info->vertical_filter , info->input_h, info->output_h); + + // One extra entry because floating point precision problems sometimes cause an extra to be necessary. + info->ring_buffer_num_entries = filter_height + 1; + + info->horizontal_contributors_size = info->horizontal_num_contributors * sizeof(stbir__contributors); + info->horizontal_coefficients_size = stbir__get_total_horizontal_coefficients(info) * sizeof(float); + info->vertical_contributors_size = info->vertical_num_contributors * sizeof(stbir__contributors); + info->vertical_coefficients_size = stbir__get_total_vertical_coefficients(info) * sizeof(float); + info->decode_buffer_size = (info->input_w + pixel_margin * 2) * info->channels * sizeof(float); + info->horizontal_buffer_size = info->output_w * info->channels * sizeof(float); + info->ring_buffer_size = info->output_w * info->channels * info->ring_buffer_num_entries * sizeof(float); + info->encode_buffer_size = info->output_w * info->channels * sizeof(float); + + STBIR_ASSERT(info->horizontal_filter != 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(info->horizontal_filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); // this now happens too late + STBIR_ASSERT(info->vertical_filter != 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(info->vertical_filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); // this now happens too late + + if (stbir__use_height_upsampling(info)) + // The horizontal buffer is for when we're downsampling the height and we + // can't output the result of sampling the decode buffer directly into the + // ring buffers. + info->horizontal_buffer_size = 0; + else + // The encode buffer is to retain precision in the height upsampling method + // and isn't used when height downsampling. + info->encode_buffer_size = 0; + + return info->horizontal_contributors_size + info->horizontal_coefficients_size + + info->vertical_contributors_size + info->vertical_coefficients_size + + info->decode_buffer_size + info->horizontal_buffer_size + + info->ring_buffer_size + info->encode_buffer_size; +} + +static int stbir__resize_allocated(stbir__info *info, + const void* input_data, int input_stride_in_bytes, + void* output_data, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int alpha_channel, stbir_uint32 flags, stbir_datatype type, + stbir_edge edge_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_vertical, stbir_colorspace colorspace, + void* tempmem, size_t tempmem_size_in_bytes) +{ + size_t memory_required = stbir__calculate_memory(info); + + int width_stride_input = input_stride_in_bytes ? input_stride_in_bytes : info->channels * info->input_w * stbir__type_size[type]; + int width_stride_output = output_stride_in_bytes ? output_stride_in_bytes : info->channels * info->output_w * stbir__type_size[type]; + +#ifdef STBIR_DEBUG_OVERWRITE_TEST +#define OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE 8 + unsigned char overwrite_output_before_pre[OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE]; + unsigned char overwrite_tempmem_before_pre[OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE]; + unsigned char overwrite_output_after_pre[OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE]; + unsigned char overwrite_tempmem_after_pre[OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE]; + + size_t begin_forbidden = width_stride_output * (info->output_h - 1) + info->output_w * info->channels * stbir__type_size[type]; + memcpy(overwrite_output_before_pre, &((unsigned char*)output_data)[-OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE); + memcpy(overwrite_output_after_pre, &((unsigned char*)output_data)[begin_forbidden], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE); + memcpy(overwrite_tempmem_before_pre, &((unsigned char*)tempmem)[-OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE); + memcpy(overwrite_tempmem_after_pre, &((unsigned char*)tempmem)[tempmem_size_in_bytes], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE); +#endif + + STBIR_ASSERT(info->channels >= 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(info->channels <= STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS); + + if (info->channels < 0 || info->channels > STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS) + return 0; + + STBIR_ASSERT(info->horizontal_filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); + STBIR_ASSERT(info->vertical_filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); + + if (info->horizontal_filter >= STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)) + return 0; + if (info->vertical_filter >= STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)) + return 0; + + if (alpha_channel < 0) + flags |= STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE | STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED; + + if (!(flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE) || !(flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED)) { + STBIR_ASSERT(alpha_channel >= 0 && alpha_channel < info->channels); + } + + if (alpha_channel >= info->channels) + return 0; + + STBIR_ASSERT(tempmem); + + if (!tempmem) + return 0; + + STBIR_ASSERT(tempmem_size_in_bytes >= memory_required); + + if (tempmem_size_in_bytes < memory_required) + return 0; + + memset(tempmem, 0, tempmem_size_in_bytes); + + info->input_data = input_data; + info->input_stride_bytes = width_stride_input; + + info->output_data = output_data; + info->output_stride_bytes = width_stride_output; + + info->alpha_channel = alpha_channel; + info->flags = flags; + info->type = type; + info->edge_horizontal = edge_horizontal; + info->edge_vertical = edge_vertical; + info->colorspace = colorspace; + + info->horizontal_coefficient_width = stbir__get_coefficient_width (info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); + info->vertical_coefficient_width = stbir__get_coefficient_width (info->vertical_filter , info->vertical_scale ); + info->horizontal_filter_pixel_width = stbir__get_filter_pixel_width (info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); + info->vertical_filter_pixel_width = stbir__get_filter_pixel_width (info->vertical_filter , info->vertical_scale ); + info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin = stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); + info->vertical_filter_pixel_margin = stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(info->vertical_filter , info->vertical_scale ); + + info->ring_buffer_length_bytes = info->output_w * info->channels * sizeof(float); + info->decode_buffer_pixels = info->input_w + info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin * 2; + +#define STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(current, newtype) (newtype*)(((unsigned char*)current) + current##_size) + + info->horizontal_contributors = (stbir__contributors *) tempmem; + info->horizontal_coefficients = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->horizontal_contributors, float); + info->vertical_contributors = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->horizontal_coefficients, stbir__contributors); + info->vertical_coefficients = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->vertical_contributors, float); + info->decode_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->vertical_coefficients, float); + + if (stbir__use_height_upsampling(info)) + { + info->horizontal_buffer = NULL; + info->ring_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->decode_buffer, float); + info->encode_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->ring_buffer, float); + + STBIR_ASSERT((size_t)STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->encode_buffer, unsigned char) == (size_t)tempmem + tempmem_size_in_bytes); + } + else + { + info->horizontal_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->decode_buffer, float); + info->ring_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->horizontal_buffer, float); + info->encode_buffer = NULL; + + STBIR_ASSERT((size_t)STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->ring_buffer, unsigned char) == (size_t)tempmem + tempmem_size_in_bytes); + } + +#undef STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR + + // This signals that the ring buffer is empty + info->ring_buffer_begin_index = -1; + + stbir__calculate_filters(info->horizontal_contributors, info->horizontal_coefficients, info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale, info->horizontal_shift, info->input_w, info->output_w); + stbir__calculate_filters(info->vertical_contributors, info->vertical_coefficients, info->vertical_filter, info->vertical_scale, info->vertical_shift, info->input_h, info->output_h); + + STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(0); + + if (stbir__use_height_upsampling(info)) + stbir__buffer_loop_upsample(info); + else + stbir__buffer_loop_downsample(info); + + STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(1); + +#ifdef STBIR_DEBUG_OVERWRITE_TEST + STBIR_ASSERT(memcmp(overwrite_output_before_pre, &((unsigned char*)output_data)[-OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE) == 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(memcmp(overwrite_output_after_pre, &((unsigned char*)output_data)[begin_forbidden], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE) == 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(memcmp(overwrite_tempmem_before_pre, &((unsigned char*)tempmem)[-OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE) == 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(memcmp(overwrite_tempmem_after_pre, &((unsigned char*)tempmem)[tempmem_size_in_bytes], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE) == 0); +#endif + + return 1; +} + + +static int stbir__resize_arbitrary( + void *alloc_context, + const void* input_data, int input_w, int input_h, int input_stride_in_bytes, + void* output_data, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + float s0, float t0, float s1, float t1, float *transform, + int channels, int alpha_channel, stbir_uint32 flags, stbir_datatype type, + stbir_filter h_filter, stbir_filter v_filter, + stbir_edge edge_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_vertical, stbir_colorspace colorspace) +{ + stbir__info info; + int result; + size_t memory_required; + void* extra_memory; + + stbir__setup(&info, input_w, input_h, output_w, output_h, channels); + stbir__calculate_transform(&info, s0,t0,s1,t1,transform); + stbir__choose_filter(&info, h_filter, v_filter); + memory_required = stbir__calculate_memory(&info); + extra_memory = STBIR_MALLOC(memory_required, alloc_context); + + if (!extra_memory) + return 0; + + result = stbir__resize_allocated(&info, input_data, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_data, output_stride_in_bytes, + alpha_channel, flags, type, + edge_horizontal, edge_vertical, + colorspace, extra_memory, memory_required); + + STBIR_FREE(extra_memory, alloc_context); + + return result; +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8( const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(NULL, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,-1,0, STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, + STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_float( const float *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + float *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(NULL, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,-1,0, STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, + STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_srgb(const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(NULL, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, + STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_srgb_edgemode(const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(NULL, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, + edge_wrap_mode, edge_wrap_mode, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_generic( const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, filter, filter, + edge_wrap_mode, edge_wrap_mode, space); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint16_generic(const stbir_uint16 *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_uint16 *output_pixels , int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, filter, filter, + edge_wrap_mode, edge_wrap_mode, space); +} + + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_float_generic( const float *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + float *output_pixels , int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, filter, filter, + edge_wrap_mode, edge_wrap_mode, space); +} + + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize( const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, datatype, filter_horizontal, filter_vertical, + edge_mode_horizontal, edge_mode_vertical, space); +} + + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_subpixel(const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context, + float x_scale, float y_scale, + float x_offset, float y_offset) +{ + float transform[4]; + transform[0] = x_scale; + transform[1] = y_scale; + transform[2] = x_offset; + transform[3] = y_offset; + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,transform,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, datatype, filter_horizontal, filter_vertical, + edge_mode_horizontal, edge_mode_vertical, space); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_region( const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context, + float s0, float t0, float s1, float t1) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + s0,t0,s1,t1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, datatype, filter_horizontal, filter_vertical, + edge_mode_horizontal, edge_mode_vertical, space); +} + +#endif // STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/include/textures.h b/include/textures.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97072d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/textures.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#ifndef _VITASTUDIO_TEXTURES_H_ +#define _VITASTUDIO_TEXTURES_H_ + +#include +#include + +typedef struct { + GLuint id = 0; + int width = 0; + int height = 0; +} Tex; + +extern Tex folder_texture, file_texture, image_texture; + +namespace Textures { + bool LoadImageFile(const std::string &path, Tex *texture); + bool LoadImageBMP(const std::string &path, Tex *texture); + bool LoadImageGIF(const std::string &path, Tex *texture, unsigned int *frames); + bool LoadImageICO(const std::string &path, Tex *texture); + bool LoadImagePCX(const std::string &path, Tex *texture); + bool LoadImageTIFF(const std::string &path, Tex *texture); + bool LoadImageWEBP(const std::string &path, Tex *texture); + void Free(Tex *texture); + void Init(void); + void Exit(void); +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/utils.h b/include/utils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4fcd9a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/utils.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#ifndef _VITASTUDIO_UTILS_H_ +#define _VITASTUDIO_UTILS_H_ + +#include + +/// Checks whether a result code indicates success. +#define R_SUCCEEDED(res) ((res)>=0) +/// Checks whether a result code indicates failure. +#define R_FAILED(res) ((res)<0) +/// Returns the level of a result code. + +extern int SCE_CTRL_ENTER, SCE_CTRL_CANCEL; +extern unsigned int pressed; + +namespace Utils { + int InitAppUtil(void); + int EndAppUtil(void); + void ReadControls(void); + int GetEnterButton(void); + int GetCancelButton(void); + void GetSizeString(char *string, double size); +} + +#endif diff --git a/libs/imgui/LICENSE.txt b/libs/imgui/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d876399 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +The MIT License (MIT) + +Copyright (c) 2014-2020 Omar Cornut + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. diff --git a/libs/imgui/imconfig.h b/libs/imgui/imconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6817de --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI +// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. +// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/branch with your modifications to imconfig.h) +// B) or add configuration directives in your own file and compile with #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" +// If you do so you need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include +// the imgui*.cpp files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. +// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. +// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#pragma once + +//---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert(). +// If your macro uses multiple statements, make sure is enclosed in a 'do { .. } while (0)' block so it can be used as a single statement. +//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) MyAssert(_EXPR) +//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts + +//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows +// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) + +//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows. +// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. Not recommended. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW // Disable debug/metrics window: ShowMetricsWindow() will be empty. + +//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). + +//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience +//#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H + +//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) +//#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR + +//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support full unicode code points. +//#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 + +//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version +// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of imgui cpp files. +//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" +//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION + +//---- Unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined, use the much faster STB sprintf library implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from the default C library. +// Note that stb_sprintf.h is meant to be provided by the user and available in the include path at compile time. Also, the compatibility checks of the arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf. +// #define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + +//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. +// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. +/* +#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ + ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; } \ + operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); } + +#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \ + ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; } \ + operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } +*/ + +//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. +// Your renderer back-end will need to support it (most example renderer back-ends support both 16/32-bit indices). +// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer. +// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details. +//#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int + +//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer back-ends accordingly) +//struct ImDrawList; +//struct ImDrawCmd; +//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); +//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback + +//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger +// (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.) +//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) +//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() + +//---- Debug Tools: Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable(), +// (which comes earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one.) +// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default. +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX + +//---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID + +//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. +/* +namespace ImGui +{ + void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); +} +*/ diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b5983a --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,10625 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.77 +// (main code and documentation) + +// Help: +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. + +// Resources: +// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki +// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues + +// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. +// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). +// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance. +// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.org". +// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page. + +// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. +// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without +// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't +// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you +// to a better solution or official support for them. + +/* + +Index of this file: + +DOCUMENTATION + +- MISSION STATEMENT +- END-USER GUIDE +- PROGRAMMER GUIDE + - READ FIRST + - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI + - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE + - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE + - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE + - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS +- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) +- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) + - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) + +CODE +(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them) + +// [SECTION] INCLUDES +// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS +// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) +// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper +// [SECTION] STYLING +// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +// [SECTION] LAYOUT +// [SECTION] SCROLLING +// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS +// [SECTION] POPUPS +// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION +// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP +// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING +// [SECTION] SETTINGS +// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW + +*/ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DOCUMENTATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + + MISSION STATEMENT + ================= + + - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools. + - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools. + - Easy to hack and improve. + - Minimize screen real-estate usage. + - Minimize setup and maintenance. + - Minimize state storage on user side. + - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). + - Efficient runtime and memory consumption (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content e.g. creating a window,. + opening a tree node for the first time, etc. but a typical frame should not allocate anything). + + Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes: + - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. + - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. + + + END-USER GUIDE + ============== + + - Double-click on title bar to collapse window. + - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). + - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). + - Click and drag on any empty space to move window. + - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields. + - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text. + - Use mouse wheel to scroll. + - Text editor: + - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text. + - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump. + - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words. + - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all. + - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/ + - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo. + - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. + - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!) + - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. + - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. + - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW + + + PROGRAMMER GUIDE + ================ + + READ FIRST + ---------- + - Remember to read the FAQ (https://www.dearimgui.org/faq) + - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction + or destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, less bugs. + - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. + - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. + - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). + You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in the FAQ. + - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances. + For every application frame your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's own implementation of an IMGUI, + where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. + - Our origin are on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. + - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. + - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). + If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. + - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace. + - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. + See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. + However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase. + - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!). + + + HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI + ---------------------------------------------- + - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have made modification to your copy of imconfig.h) + - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified. + - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes. + If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed + from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will + likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! + - Try to keep your copy of dear imgui reasonably up to date. + + + GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE + --------------------------------------------------------------- + - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. + - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified back-ends files available in the examples/ folder. + - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected back-end source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. + It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as shared library (DLL). + - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types. + - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them. + - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide. + Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" + phases of your own application. All rendering information are stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render(). + - Refer to the bindings and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. + - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder. + + + HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE + -------------------------------------- + EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BINDINGS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the examples/ folder). + The sub-folders in examples/ contains examples applications following this structure. + + // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts + ImGui::CreateContext(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls. + // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. + // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. + + // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer bindings (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp) + ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd); + ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext); + + // Application main loop + while (true) + { + // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame + ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); + ImGui::NewFrame(); + + // Any application code here + ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); + + // Render dear imgui into screen + ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0); + } + + // Shutdown + ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); + ImGui::DestroyContext(); + + EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BINDING / CUSTOM ENGINE + + // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts + ImGui::CreateContext(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls. + // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. + // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. + + // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer) + int width, height; + unsigned char* pixels = NULL; + io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); + + // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that your your graphic system: + // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. + // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID. + MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32) + io.Fonts->TexID = (void*)texture; + + // Application main loop + while (true) + { + // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc. + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform bindings) + io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds) + io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width + io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here + io.MousePos = my_mouse_pos; // set the mouse position + io.MouseDown[0] = my_mouse_buttons[0]; // set the mouse button states + io.MouseDown[1] = my_mouse_buttons[1]; + + // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime + // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your mainloop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere) + ImGui::NewFrame(); + + // Most of your application code here + ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); + MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End(); + MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well! + + // Render dear imgui, swap buffers + // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code) + ImGui::EndFrame(); + ImGui::Render(); + ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData(); + MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data); + SwapBuffers(); + } + + // Shutdown + ImGui::DestroyContext(); + + To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest your application, + you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! + Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this! + + + HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE + --------------------------------------------- + The bindings in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contains many working implementations of a rendering function. + + void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) + { + // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled + // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize + // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize + // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color. + for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) + { + const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; + const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui + const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui + for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) + { + const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); + } + else + { + // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->TextureId. + // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. + MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->TextureId); + + // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should supports it. + // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches + // (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works! + // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space (from draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize) + // In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos will always be (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize will always be == io.DisplaySize. + // However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future (see 'viewport' branch on github), + // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. + // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min) + ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos; + MyEngineScissor((int)(pcmd->ClipRect.x - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.y - pos.y), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pos.y)); + + // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles. + // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices. + MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer, vtx_buffer); + } + idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount; + } + } + } + + + USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS + ------------------------------------------ + - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. + - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse! + - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787 + - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. + - Keyboard: + - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. + NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. + - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag + will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: + - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. + - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). + - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. + Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + - Gamepad: + - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. + - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). + Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). + - See 'enum ImGuiNavInput_' in imgui.h for a description of inputs. For each entry of io.NavInputs[], set the following values: + 0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks. + - We uses a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone. + Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. + - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo + to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + - Mouse: + - PS4 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. + - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. + - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. + Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. + When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. + When that happens your back-end NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the binding in examples/ do that. + (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse as moving back and forth!) + (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want + to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) + + + API BREAKING CHANGES + ==================== + + Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix. + Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code. + When you are not sure about a old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. + You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + + - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems. + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017. + - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(). + - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more. + - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead. + - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value. + - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017): + - ShowTestWindow() -> use ShowDemoWindow() + - IsRootWindowFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow) + - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows) + - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w) -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f) + - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() + - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg + - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap + - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS + - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was the vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API. + - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it). + - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert. + - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency. + - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency. + - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017): + - Begin() [old 5 args version] -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed + - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows) + - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() -> use AlignTextToFramePadding() + - SetNextWindowPosCenter() -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f) + - ImFont::Glyph -> use ImFontGlyph + - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function. + if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix. + The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay). + If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you. + - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71. + - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have + overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering. + This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows. + Please reach out if you are affected. + - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c). + - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now. + - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with a dummy small value! + - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already). + - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead! + - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects. + - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags. + - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files. + - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h. + If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths. + - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427) + - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp. + NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED. + Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions. + - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent). + - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete). + - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly). + - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature. + - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency. + - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time. + - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). + - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_xxx files have been split to separate platform (Win32, Glfw, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.). + old bindings will still work as is, however prefer using the separated bindings as they will be updated to support multi-viewports. + when adopting new bindings follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call. + in particular, note that old bindings called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function. + - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set. + - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. + - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more. + If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format. + To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code. + If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them. + - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format", + consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete). + - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value. + - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some binding ahead of merging the Nav branch). + - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now. + - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically. + - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums. + - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment. + - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display. + - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit, + - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END. + - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose. + - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance. + - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts. + - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts. + - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths. + - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData. + - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side. + - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags + - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame. + - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set. + - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). + - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed. + - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up. + Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions. + - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency. + - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg. + - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding. + - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); + - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency. + - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it. + - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details. + removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting. + IsItemHoveredRect() --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly) + IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + IsMouseHoveringWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior] + - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead! + - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your binding if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". + - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)! + - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency. + - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix. + - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type. + - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely. + - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton(). + - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu. + - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options. + - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))' + - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse + - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. + - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity. + - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetId() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild(). + - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it. + - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc. + - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully breakage should be minimal. + - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore. + If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar. + This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color: + ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); } + If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color. + - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext(). + - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection. + - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen). + - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer. + - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref github issue #337). + - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337) + - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert. + - 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you. + - 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis. + - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete. + - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position. + GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side. + GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out! + - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize + - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project. + - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason + - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure. + you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text. + - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost. + this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :( + - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. + - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed! + old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count) + new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data). + parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount' + ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new. + ImDrawCmd: 'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'. + - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer. + - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering! + - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade! + - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float. + - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount. + - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence + - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely be used. Sorry! + - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons. + - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened. + - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same). + - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. + - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API + - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive. + - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead. + - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. + - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. + - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing) + - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. + - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once. + - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now. + - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior + - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() + - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused) + - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels. + - old: const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; + - new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->TexId = YourTexIdentifier; + you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix) + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets + - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver) + - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph) + - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility + - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered() + - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly) + - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity) + - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale() + - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn + - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically) + - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite + - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes + + + FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) + ================================ + + Read all answers online: + https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) + Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer): + docs/FAQ.md + Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code. + + Q&A: Basics + =========== + + Q: Where is the documentation? + A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects of the user to be acquainted with C/C++. + - Run the examples/ and explore them. + - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. + - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. + - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. + - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the + examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application. + - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links. + - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful. + - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments + associated to it. + + Q: What is this library called? + Q: Which version should I get? + >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :) + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details. + + Q&A: Integration + ================ + + Q: How to get started? + A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. + + Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or to my application? + A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. + + Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? + Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text.. + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around.. + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries.. + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Usage + ---------- + + Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label? + Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? + Q: Why are multiple widgets reacting when I interact with one? + Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? + Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? + Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Fonts, Text + ================ + + Q: How should I handle DPI in my application? + Q: How can I load a different font than the default? + Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? + Q: How can I load multiple fonts? + Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md + + Q&A: Concerns + ============= + + Q: Who uses Dear ImGui? + Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui? + Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui? + Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)? + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Community + ============== + + Q: How can I help? + A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.org" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! + We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts. + This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding we can hire more people working on this project. + - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README. + - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt + and see how you want to help and can help! + - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. + You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. + But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui help the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. + - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on github or privately). + +*/ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] INCLUDES +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +// System includes +#include // toupper +#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#ifndef NOMINMAX +#define NOMINMAX +#endif +#ifndef __MINGW32__ +#include // _wfopen, OpenClipboard +#else +#include +#endif +#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#endif + +// [Apple] OS specific includes +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association. +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*' +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow" // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +// Debug options +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS 0 // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower) + +// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. +static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in +static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear + +// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by back-end) +static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside and inside windows. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). +static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. +static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 2.00f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void FindHoveredWindow(); +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); +static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges); + +static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); +static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); + +static ImRect GetViewportRect(); + +// Settings +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); +static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); + +// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); +static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y); + +namespace ImGui +{ +// Navigation +static void NavUpdate(); +static void NavUpdateWindowing(); +static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); +static void NavUpdateMoveResult(); +static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); +static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +static void NavEndFrame(); +static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand); +static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, ImGuiID id); +static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); +static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); +static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); +static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); + +// Error Checking +static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); +static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); +static void ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write); + +// Misc +static void UpdateSettings(); +static void UpdateMouseInputs(); +static void UpdateMouseWheel(); +static void UpdateTabFocus(); +static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); +static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); +static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); +static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); + +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. +// ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext(). +// 1) Important: globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! If you use DLLs or any form of hot-reloading: you will need to call +// SetCurrentContext() (with the pointer you got from CreateContext) from each unique static/DLL boundary, and after each hot-reloading. +// In your debugger, add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on which location you are currently stepping into. +// 2) Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. +// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can: +// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in imconfig.h: +// struct ImGuiContext; +// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS; +// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS +// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp file. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword. +// - Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 +// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from different namespace. +#ifndef GImGui +ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL; +#endif + +// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them. +// If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetAllocatorFunctions() after reloading code from this file. +// Otherwise, you probably don't want to modify them mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS +static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); } +static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); } +#else +static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; } +static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); } +#endif + +static void* (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = MallocWrapper; +static void (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = FreeWrapper; +static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() +{ + Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui + WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window + WindowRounding = 7.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size + WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text + WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. + ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows + ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows + PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets) + FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets). + FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines + ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) + TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! + IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). + ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). + ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar + ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar + GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar + GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. + TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. + TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. + ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. + SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. + MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. + AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU. + AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.) + CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. + CircleSegmentMaxError = 1.60f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + + // Default theme + ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); +} + +// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you. +// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times. +void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) +{ + WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor); + WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor); + WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); + ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor); + PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor); + FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor); + FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); + ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); + ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); + TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); + IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); + ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); + ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); + ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); + GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); + GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); + TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); + if (TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton != FLT_MAX) + TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton = ImFloor(TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton * scale_factor); + DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); + MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); +} + +ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() +{ + // Most fields are initialized with zero + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); // Our pre-C++11 IM_STATIC_ASSERT() macros triggers warning on modern compilers so we don't use it here. + + // Settings + ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; + BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None; + DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); + DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; + IniSavingRate = 5.0f; + IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; + LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; + MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; + MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) + KeyMap[i] = -1; + KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; + KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; + UserData = NULL; + + Fonts = NULL; + FontGlobalScale = 1.0f; + FontDefault = NULL; + FontAllowUserScaling = false; + DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); + + // Miscellaneous options + MouseDrawCursor = false; +#ifdef __APPLE__ + ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag +#else + ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; +#endif + ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; + ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; + ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; + ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; + + // Platform Functions + BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; + BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; + GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations + SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; + ClipboardUserData = NULL; + ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl; + ImeWindowHandle = NULL; + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + RenderDrawListsFn = NULL; +#endif + + // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) + MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++) KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f; +} + +// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input. +// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback() +// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message +void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) +{ + if (c != 0) + InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); +} + +// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so +// we should save the high surrogate. +void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) +{ + if (c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) + return; + + if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save + { + if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) + InputQueueCharacters.push_back(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + InputQueueSurrogate = c; + return; + } + + ImWchar cp = c; + if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) + { + if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate + InputQueueCharacters.push_back(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + else if (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == (0xFFFF)) // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar (extra parenthesis around 0xFFFF somehow fixes -Wunreachable-code with Clang) + cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; + else + cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000); + InputQueueSurrogate = 0; + } + InputQueueCharacters.push_back(cp); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) +{ + while (*utf8_chars != 0) + { + unsigned int c = 0; + utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); + if (c != 0) + InputQueueCharacters.push_back((ImWchar)c); + } +} + +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +{ + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments) +{ + IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau() + ImVec2 p_last = p1; + ImVec2 p_closest; + float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; + float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; + for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) + { + ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step); + ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); + float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line); + if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2) + { + p_closest = p_line; + p_closest_dist2 = dist2; + } + p_last = p_current; + } + return p_closest; +} + +// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp +static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +{ + float dx = x4 - x1; + float dy = y4 - y1; + float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx); + float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); + d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; + d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; + if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy)) + { + ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4); + ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); + float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line); + if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2) + { + p_closest = p_line; + p_closest_dist2 = dist2; + } + p_last = p_current; + } + else if (level < 10) + { + float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f; + float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f; + float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f; + float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f; + float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f; + BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); + } +} + +// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol +// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically. +ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol) +{ + IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f); + ImVec2 p_last = p1; + ImVec2 p_closest; + float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; + BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0); + return p_closest; +} + +ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p) +{ + ImVec2 ap = p - a; + ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a; + float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y; + if (dot < 0.0f) + return a; + float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y; + if (dot > ab_len_sqr) + return b; + return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr; +} + +bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p) +{ + bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f; + bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f; + bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f; + return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3)); +} + +void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w) +{ + ImVec2 v0 = b - a; + ImVec2 v1 = c - a; + ImVec2 v2 = p - a; + const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y; + out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom; + out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom; + out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w; +} + +ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p) +{ + ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p); + ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p); + ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p); + float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab); + float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc); + float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca); + float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca)); + if (m == dist2_ab) + return proj_ab; + if (m == dist2_bc) + return proj_bc; + return proj_ca; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more. +int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) +{ + int d; + while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } + return d; +} + +int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count) +{ + int d = 0; + while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } + return d; +} + +void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count) +{ + if (count < 1) + return; + if (count > 1) + strncpy(dst, src, count - 1); + dst[count - 1] = 0; +} + +char* ImStrdup(const char* str) +{ + size_t len = strlen(str); + void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1); + return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1); +} + +char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src) +{ + size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1; + size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1; + if (dst_buf_size < src_size) + { + IM_FREE(dst); + dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size); + if (p_dst_size) + *p_dst_size = src_size; + } + return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size); +} + +const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c) +{ + const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str); + return p; +} + +int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str) +{ + //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit + int n = 0; + while (*str++) n++; + return n; +} + +// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end. +const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str); + return p ? p : str_end; +} + +const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line +{ + while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n') + buf_mid_line--; + return buf_mid_line; +} + +const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end) +{ + if (!needle_end) + needle_end = needle + strlen(needle); + + const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle); + while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end)) + { + if (toupper(*haystack) == un0) + { + const char* b = needle + 1; + for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++) + if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b)) + break; + if (b == needle_end) + return haystack; + } + haystack++; + } + return NULL; +} + +// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible. +void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf) +{ + char* p = buf; + while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t') // Leading blanks + p++; + char* p_start = p; + while (*p != 0) // Find end of string + p++; + while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) // Trailing blanks + p--; + if (p_start != buf) // Copy memory if we had leading blanks + memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start); + buf[p - p_start] = 0; // Zero terminate +} + +const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) +{ + while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t') + str++; + return str; +} + +// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size). +// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm. +// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS + +// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h) +// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are +// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#include "stb_sprintf.h" +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) +#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf +#endif + +int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args); +#else + int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args); +#endif + va_end(args); + if (buf == NULL) + return w; + if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size) + w = (int)buf_size - 1; + buf[w] = 0; + return w; +} + +int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args); +#else + int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args); +#endif + if (buf == NULL) + return w; + if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size) + w = (int)buf_size - 1; + buf[w] = 0; + return w; +} +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS + +// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) +// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily: +// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe. +static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = +{ + 0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91, + 0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5, + 0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59, + 0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D, + 0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01, + 0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65, + 0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9, + 0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD, + 0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1, + 0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5, + 0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79, + 0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D, + 0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21, + 0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45, + 0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9, + 0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D, +}; + +// Known size hash +// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. +// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. +ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +{ + ImU32 crc = ~seed; + const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; + const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable; + while (data_size-- != 0) + crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++]; + return ~crc; +} + +// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value +// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed. +// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case. +// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. +// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) +// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. +ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +{ + seed = ~seed; + ImU32 crc = seed; + const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; + const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable; + if (data_size != 0) + { + while (data_size-- != 0) + { + unsigned char c = *data++; + if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#') + crc = seed; + crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c]; + } + } + else + { + while (unsigned char c = *data++) + { + if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#') + crc = seed; + crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c]; + } + } + return ~crc; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Default file functions +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS + +ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) +{ +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__) + // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. + // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32! + const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0); + const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0); + ImVector buf; + buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize); + return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); +#else + return fopen(filename, mode); +#endif +} + +// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way. +bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f) { return fclose(f) == 0; } +ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f) { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; } +ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); } +ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); } +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS + +// Helper: Load file content into memory +// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() +// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size. +void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes) +{ + IM_ASSERT(filename && mode); + if (out_file_size) + *out_file_size = 0; + + ImFileHandle f; + if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL) + return NULL; + + size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f); + if (file_size == (size_t)-1) + { + ImFileClose(f); + return NULL; + } + + void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes); + if (file_data == NULL) + { + ImFileClose(f); + return NULL; + } + if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size) + { + ImFileClose(f); + IM_FREE(file_data); + return NULL; + } + if (padding_bytes > 0) + memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes); + + ImFileClose(f); + if (out_file_size) + *out_file_size = file_size; + + return file_data; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. +// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ +// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. +int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1; + const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text; + if (!(*str & 0x80)) + { + c = (unsigned int)(*str++); + *out_char = c; + return 1; + } + if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0) + { + *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string + if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1; + if (*str < 0xc2) return 2; + c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6); + if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2; + c += (*str++ & 0x3f); + *out_char = c; + return 2; + } + if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0) + { + *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string + if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1; + if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3; + if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below + c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12); + if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; + c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); + if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; + c += (*str++ & 0x3f); + *out_char = c; + return 3; + } + if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0) + { + *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string + if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1; + if (*str > 0xf4) return 4; + if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4; + if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below + c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18); + if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; + c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12); + if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; + c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); + if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; + c += (*str++ & 0x3f); + // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid + if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4; + // If codepoint does not fit in ImWchar, use replacement character U+FFFD instead + if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) c = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; + *out_char = c; + return 4; + } + *out_char = 0; + return 0; +} + +int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining) +{ + ImWchar* buf_out = buf; + ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size; + while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + { + unsigned int c; + in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); + if (c == 0) + break; + *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c; + } + *buf_out = 0; + if (in_text_remaining) + *in_text_remaining = in_text; + return (int)(buf_out - buf); +} + +int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + int char_count = 0; + while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + { + unsigned int c; + in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); + if (c == 0) + break; + char_count++; + } + return char_count; +} + +// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ +static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) +{ + if (c < 0x80) + { + buf[0] = (char)c; + return 1; + } + if (c < 0x800) + { + if (buf_size < 2) return 0; + buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6)); + buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f)); + return 2; + } + if (c < 0x10000) + { + if (buf_size < 3) return 0; + buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12)); + buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c>> 6) & 0x3f)); + buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); + return 3; + } + if (c <= 0x10FFFF) + { + if (buf_size < 4) return 0; + buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18)); + buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f)); + buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)); + buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); + return 4; + } + // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF + return 0; +} + +// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function. +int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + unsigned int dummy = 0; + return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&dummy, in_text, in_text_end); +} + +static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c) +{ + if (c < 0x80) return 1; + if (c < 0x800) return 2; + if (c < 0x10000) return 3; + if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4; + return 3; +} + +int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) +{ + char* buf_out = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size; + while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + { + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++); + if (c < 0x80) + *buf_out++ = (char)c; + else + buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end-buf_out-1), c); + } + *buf_out = 0; + return (int)(buf_out - buf); +} + +int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) +{ + int bytes_count = 0; + while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + { + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++); + if (c < 0x80) + bytes_count++; + else + bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c); + } + return bytes_count; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) +// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b) +{ + float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f; + int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF); +} + +ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in) +{ + float s = 1.0f/255.0f; + return ImVec4( + ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, + ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, + ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, + ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s); +} + +ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in) +{ + ImU32 out; + out = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT; + out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT; + out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT; + out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; + return out; +} + +// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592 +// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv +void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v) +{ + float K = 0.f; + if (g < b) + { + ImSwap(g, b); + K = -1.f; + } + if (r < g) + { + ImSwap(r, g); + K = -2.f / 6.f - K; + } + + const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b); + out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f)); + out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f); + out_v = r; +} + +// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593 +// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV +void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b) +{ + if (s == 0.0f) + { + // gray + out_r = out_g = out_b = v; + return; + } + + h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f/360.0f); + int i = (int)h; + float f = h - (float)i; + float p = v * (1.0f - s); + float q = v * (1.0f - s * f); + float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f)); + + switch (i) + { + case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break; + case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break; + case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break; + case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break; + case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break; + case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break; + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage +// Helper: Key->value storage +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit +static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImGuiID key) +{ + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data; + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size; + size_t count = (size_t)(last - first); + while (count > 0) + { + size_t count2 = count >> 1; + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2; + if (mid->key < key) + { + first = ++mid; + count -= count2 + 1; + } + else + { + count = count2; + } + } + return first; +} + +// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. +void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() +{ + struct StaticFunc + { + static int IMGUI_CDECL PairCompareByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that. + if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1; + if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1; + return 0; + } + }; + if (Data.Size > 1) + ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID); +} + +int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + return default_val; + return it->val_i; +} + +bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const +{ + return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0; +} + +float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + return default_val; + return it->val_f; +} + +void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + return NULL; + return it->val_p; +} + +// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer. +int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); + return &it->val_i; +} + +bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) +{ + return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val ? 1 : 0); +} + +float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); + return &it->val_f; +} + +void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); + return &it->val_p; +} + +// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame) +void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + { + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); + return; + } + it->val_i = val; +} + +void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) +{ + SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0); +} + +void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + { + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); + return; + } + it->val_f = val; +} + +void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + { + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); + return; + } + it->val_p = val; +} + +void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++) + Data[i].val_i = v; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" +ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) +{ + if (default_filter) + { + ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); + Build(); + } + else + { + InputBuf[0] = 0; + CountGrep = 0; + } +} + +bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width) +{ + if (width != 0.0f) + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width); + bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); + if (value_changed) + Build(); + return value_changed; +} + +void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector* out) const +{ + out->resize(0); + const char* wb = b; + const char* we = wb; + while (we < e) + { + if (*we == separator) + { + out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we)); + wb = we + 1; + } + we++; + } + if (wb != we) + out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we)); +} + +void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() +{ + Filters.resize(0); + ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf)); + input_range.split(',', &Filters); + + CountGrep = 0; + for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; + while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) + f.b++; + while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) + f.e--; + if (f.empty()) + continue; + if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') + CountGrep += 1; + } +} + +bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const +{ + if (Filters.empty()) + return true; + + if (text == NULL) + text = ""; + + for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + { + const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; + if (f.empty()) + continue; + if (f.b[0] == '-') + { + // Subtract + if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL) + return false; + } + else + { + // Grep + if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL) + return true; + } + } + + // Implicit * grep + if (CountGrep == 0) + return true; + + return false; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it. +// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it. +#ifndef va_copy +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src) +#else +#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src) +#endif +#endif + +char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 }; + +void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str); + + // Add zero-terminator the first time + const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1; + const int needed_sz = write_off + len; + if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity) + { + int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; + Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity); + } + + Buf.resize(needed_sz); + memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len); + Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0; +} + +void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + appendfv(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text +void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + va_list args_copy; + va_copy(args_copy, args); + + int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass. + if (len <= 0) + { + va_end(args_copy); + return; + } + + // Add zero-terminator the first time + const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1; + const int needed_sz = write_off + len; + if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity) + { + int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; + Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity); + } + + Buf.resize(needed_sz); + ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy); + va_end(args_copy); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper +// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed +// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. +// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern. +// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX +void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.LogEnabled) + { + // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping + *out_items_display_start = 0; + *out_items_display_end = items_count; + return; + } + if (window->SkipItems) + { + *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; + return; + } + + // We create the union of the ClipRect and the NavScoringRect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect + ImRect unclipped_rect = window->ClipRect; + if (g.NavMoveRequest) + unclipped_rect.Add(g.NavScoringRect); + if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId) + unclipped_rect.Add(ImRect(window->Pos + window->NavRectRel[0].Min, window->Pos + window->NavRectRel[0].Max)); + + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + int start = (int)((unclipped_rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); + int end = (int)((unclipped_rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); + + // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) + start--; + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) + end++; + + start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); + end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count); + *out_items_display_start = start; + *out_items_display_end = end; +} + +static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) +{ + // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor. + // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue. + // The clipper should probably have a 4th step to display the last item in a regular manner. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. + if (ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) + columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly +} + +// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1 +// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0 +// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style. +void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + ItemsHeight = items_height; + ItemsCount = count; + StepNo = 0; + DisplayEnd = DisplayStart = -1; + if (ItemsHeight > 0.0f) + { + ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display + if (DisplayStart > 0) + SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor + StepNo = 2; + } +} + +void ImGuiListClipper::End() +{ + if (ItemsCount < 0) + return; + // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) + SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + ItemsCount * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor + ItemsCount = -1; + StepNo = 3; +} + +bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (ItemsCount == 0 || window->SkipItems) + { + ItemsCount = -1; + return false; + } + if (StepNo == 0) // Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height. + { + DisplayStart = 0; + DisplayEnd = 1; + StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + StepNo = 1; + return true; + } + if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. + { + if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; } + float items_height = window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY; + IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f); // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically + Begin(ItemsCount - 1, items_height); + DisplayStart++; + DisplayEnd++; + StepNo = 3; + return true; + } + if (StepNo == 2) // Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user still call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3. + { + IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart >= 0 && DisplayEnd >= 0); + StepNo = 3; + return true; + } + if (StepNo == 3) // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. + End(); + return false; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] STYLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + return GImGui->Style; +} + +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx]; + c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul; + return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); +} + +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + ImVec4 c = col; + c.w *= style.Alpha; + return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); +} + +const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + return style.Colors[idx]; +} + +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f) + return col; + ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; + a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. + return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); +} + +// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32 +void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiColorMod backup; + backup.Col = idx; + backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; + g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); + g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiColorMod backup; + backup.Col = idx; + backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; + g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); + g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; +} + +void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + while (count > 0) + { + ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back(); + g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue; + g.ColorModifiers.pop_back(); + count--; + } +} + +struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo +{ + ImGuiDataType Type; + ImU32 Count; + ImU32 Offset; + void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); } +}; + +static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = +{ + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign +}; + +static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) +{ + IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + return &GStyleVarInfo[idx]; +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) +{ + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + *pvar = val; + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!"); +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) +{ + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + *pvar = val; + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!"); +} + +void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + while (count > 0) + { + // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. + ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back(); + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); + void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } + else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } + g.StyleModifiers.pop_back(); + count--; + } +} + +const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) +{ + // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1"; + switch (idx) + { + case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text"; + case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled"; + case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg"; + case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg"; + case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border"; + case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow"; + case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg"; + case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive"; + case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive"; + case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed"; + case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab"; + case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive"; + case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark"; + case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab"; + case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button"; + case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header"; + case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator"; + case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive"; + case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip"; + case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab"; + case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive"; + case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused"; + case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive"; + case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines"; + case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram"; + case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; + case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; + case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; + case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight"; + case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg"; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return "Unknown"; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change, +// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context. +// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + const char* text_display_end = text; + if (!text_end) + text_end = (const char*)-1; + + while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#')) + text_display_end++; + return text_display_end; +} + +// Internal ImGui functions to render text +// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText() +void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Hide anything after a '##' string + const char* text_display_end; + if (hide_text_after_hash) + { + text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + } + else + { + if (!text_end) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + text_display_end = text_end; + } + + if (text != text_display_end) + { + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (!text_end) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + + if (text != text_end) + { + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end); + } +} + +// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max) +// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges) +void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) +{ + // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state + ImVec2 pos = pos_min; + const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f); + + const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min; + const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max; + bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y); + if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min + need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y); + + // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment. + if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x); + if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y); + + // Render + if (need_clipping) + { + ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y); + draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect); + } + else + { + draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) +{ + // Hide anything after a '##' string + const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text); + if (text_len == 0) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end); +} + + +// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper. +// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display. +// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move. +void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (text_end_full == NULL) + text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text); + const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f); + + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels. + if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x) + { + // Hello wo... + // | | | + // min max ellipsis_max + // <-> this is generally some padding value + + const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font; + const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize; + const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL; + + ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar; + int ellipsis_char_count = 1; + if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) + { + ellipsis_char = (ImWchar)'.'; + ellipsis_char_count = 3; + } + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); + + float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1; // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side + float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width; // Full width of entire ellipsis + + if (ellipsis_char_count > 1) + { + // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it. + const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize); + ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots; + ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots; + } + + // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x + const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); + float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x; + if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full) + { + // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis + text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full); + text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x; + } + while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1])) + { + // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text) + text_end_ellipsis--; + text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte + } + + // Render text, render ellipsis + RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x; + if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x) + for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++) + { + font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char); + ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width; + } + } + else + { + RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + } + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full); +} + +// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders +void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding); + const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; + if (border && border_size > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; + if (border_size > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (id != g.NavId) + return; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw)) + return; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame) + return; + + float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding; + ImRect display_rect = bb; + display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); + if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault) + { + const float THICKNESS = 2.0f; + const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f; + display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE,DISTANCE)); + bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect); + if (!fully_visible) + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS*0.5f,THICKNESS*0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS*0.5f,THICKNESS*0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, THICKNESS); + if (!fully_visible) + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + } + if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ~0, 1.0f); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) + : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData) +{ + Name = ImStrdup(name); + ID = ImHashStr(name); + IDStack.push_back(ID); + Flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + ContentSize = ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + WindowRounding = 0.0f; + WindowBorderSize = 0.0f; + NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; + MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); + ChildId = 0; + Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false; + Active = WasActive = false; + WriteAccessed = false; + Collapsed = false; + WantCollapseToggle = false; + SkipItems = false; + Appearing = false; + Hidden = false; + IsFallbackWindow = false; + HasCloseButton = false; + ResizeBorderHeld = -1; + BeginCount = 0; + BeginOrderWithinParent = -1; + BeginOrderWithinContext = -1; + PopupId = 0; + AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; + AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00; + AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; + HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 0; + SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; + SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + InnerRect = ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); // Clear so the InnerRect.GetSize() code in Begin() doesn't lead to overflow even if the result isn't used. + + LastFrameActive = -1; + LastTimeActive = -1.0f; + ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f; + FontWindowScale = 1.0f; + SettingsOffset = -1; + + DrawList = &DrawListInst; + DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; + ParentWindow = NULL; + RootWindow = NULL; + RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = NULL; + RootWindowForNav = NULL; + + NavLastIds[0] = NavLastIds[1] = 0; + NavRectRel[0] = NavRectRel[1] = ImRect(); + NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; + + MemoryCompacted = false; + MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; +} + +ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() +{ + IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); + IM_DELETE(Name); + for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++) + ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumns(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (intptr_t)n); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (intptr_t)n); +#endif + return id; +} + +// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) }; + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); + return id; +} + +static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow = window; + if (window) + g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); +} + +// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused. +// This is currently unused by the library, but you may call this yourself for easy GC. +// Not freed: +// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name +// - StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) +// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost. +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->MemoryCompacted = true; + window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity; + window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity; + window->IDStack.clear(); + window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory(); + window->DC.ChildWindows.clear(); + window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear(); + window->DC.GroupStack.clear(); +} + +void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening. + // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster. + window->MemoryCompacted = false; + window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity); + window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity); + window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + if (id != 0) + { + g.LastActiveId = id; + g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + } + } + g.ActiveId = id; + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.ActiveIdWindow = window; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + if (id) + { + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + } + + // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget + // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; +} + +void ImGui::ClearActiveID() +{ + SetActiveID(0, NULL); +} + +void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.HoveredId = id; + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) + g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; +} + +void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; +} + +void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) +{ + // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). + // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); + IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. + //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; + g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; +} + +static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) + // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow) + if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow) + if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) + { + // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" + // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return false; + if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() +// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() +// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId +bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight) + return IsItemFocused(); + + // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() + if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + + // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) + // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. + // Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was the test that has been running for a long while. + //if (g.HoveredWindow != window) + // return false; + if (g.HoveredRootWindow != window->RootWindow && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped)) + return false; + + // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) + return false; + + // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. + // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) + return false; + + // Test if the item is disabled + if ((window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) + return false; + + // Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. + // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. + if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + return false; + return true; +} + +// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). +bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.HoveredWindow != window) + return false; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + return false; + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover || !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) + return false; + if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + return false; + + // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level + // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two. + if (id != 0) + { + SetHoveredID(id); + + // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! + // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making + // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered + // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. + // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd(). + if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + } + + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) + if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled) + return true; + return false; +} + +// Process TAB/Shift+TAB. Be mindful that this function may _clear_ the ActiveID when tabbing out. +bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Increment counters + const bool is_tab_stop = (window->DC.ItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; + window->DC.FocusCounterRegular++; + if (is_tab_stop) + window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop++; + + // Process TAB/Shift-TAB to tab *OUT* of the currently focused item. + // (Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in) + if (g.ActiveId == id && g.FocusTabPressed && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && g.FocusRequestNextWindow == NULL) + { + g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window; + g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. + } + + // Handle focus requests + if (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window) + { + if (window->DC.FocusCounterRegular == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular) + return true; + if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop) + { + g.NavJustTabbedId = id; + return true; + } + + // If another item is about to be focused, we clear our own active id + if (g.ActiveId == id) + ClearActiveID(); + } + + return false; +} + +void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->DC.FocusCounterRegular--; + window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop--; +} + +float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) +{ + if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f) + return 0.0f; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f) + { + // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows, + // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function? + //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + // wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x); + //else + wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + } + else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) + { + wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space + } + + return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); +} + +// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() +void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) +{ + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; + return GImAllocatorAllocFunc(size, GImAllocatorUserData); +} + +// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() +void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) +{ + if (ptr) + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; + return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); +} + +const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; +} + +void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn) + g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text); +} + +const char* ImGui::GetVersion() +{ + return IMGUI_VERSION; +} + +// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself +// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module +ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() +{ + return GImGui; +} + +void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC + IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. +#else + GImGui = ctx; +#endif +} + +void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data) +{ + GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; + GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; + GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; +} + +ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) +{ + ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); + if (GImGui == NULL) + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Initialize(ctx); + return ctx; +} + +void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ + if (ctx == NULL) + ctx = GImGui; + Shutdown(ctx); + if (GImGui == ctx) + SetCurrentContext(NULL); + IM_DELETE(ctx); +} + +ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + return GImGui->IO; +} + +// Same value as passed to the old io.RenderDrawListsFn function. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() +ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DrawData.Valid ? &g.DrawData : NULL; +} + +double ImGui::GetTime() +{ + return GImGui->Time; +} + +int ImGui::GetFrameCount() +{ + return GImGui->FrameCount; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() +{ + return &GImGui->BackgroundDrawList; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() +{ + return &GImGui->ForegroundDrawList; +} + +ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() +{ + return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData; +} + +void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows. + // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward. + // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + FocusWindow(window); + SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window); + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos; + + bool can_move_window = true; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + can_move_window = false; + if (can_move_window) + g.MovingWindow = window; +} + +// Handle mouse moving window +// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing() +// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId. +// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs, +// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other. +void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window). + // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency. + KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); + IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + { + ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; + if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) + { + MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); + SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); + } + FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); + } + else + { + ClearActiveID(); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + } + else + { + // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others. + if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId) + { + KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + ClearActiveID(); + } + } +} + +// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar. +// Handle left-click and right-click focus. +void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0) + return; + + // Unless we just made a window/popup appear + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing) + return; + + // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets) + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) + { + // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space. + // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more. + ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredRootWindow; + const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel); + + if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup) + { + StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0])) + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + else if (root_window != NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + { + // Clicking on void disable focus + FocusWindow(NULL); + } + } + + // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed + // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup. + // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger) + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) + { + // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window. + // This is where we can trim the popup stack. + ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + bool hovered_window_above_modal = false; + if (modal == NULL) + hovered_window_above_modal = true; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window == modal) + break; + if (window == g.HoveredWindow) + hovered_window_above_modal = true; + } + ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true); + } +} + +static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); +} + +static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + g.IO.MousePos = g.LastValidMousePos = ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos); + + // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) + g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev; + else + g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + + g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + { + g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; + g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; + g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i]; + g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false; + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) + { + if ((float)(g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime) + { + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) + g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true; + g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime * 2.0f; // Mark as "old enough" so the third click isn't turned into a double-click + } + else + { + g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; + } + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos; + g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i]; + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; + } + else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) + { + // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); + } + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[i] && !g.IO.MouseReleased[i]) + g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = false; + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + } +} + +static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.WheelingWindow == window) + return; + g.WheelingWindow = window; + g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; + g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER; +} + +void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses + if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) + { + g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) + g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f) + { + g.WheelingWindow = NULL; + g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + } + } + + if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f) + return; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; + if (!window || window->Collapsed) + return; + + // Zoom / Scale window + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. + if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); + const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; + window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; + SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); + window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); + } + return; + } + + // Mouse wheel scrolling + // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent + + // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling + const float wheel_y = (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; + if (wheel_y != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) + window = window->ParentWindow; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + { + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step); + } + } + + // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held + const float wheel_x = (g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; + if (wheel_x != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) + window = window->ParentWindow; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + { + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step); + } + } +} + +void ImGui::UpdateTabFocus() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Pressing TAB activate widget focus + g.FocusTabPressed = (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)); + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.FocusTabPressed) + { + // Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() sets the Next fields mid-frame. To be consistent we also + // manipulate the Next fields even, even though they will be turned into Curr fields by the code below. + g.FocusRequestNextWindow = g.NavWindow; + g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = INT_MAX; + if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX) + g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1); + else + g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; + } + + // Turn queued focus request into current one + g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = NULL; + g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + if (g.FocusRequestNextWindow != NULL) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.FocusRequestNextWindow; + g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = window; + if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterRegular != -1) + g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular, window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1); + if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop != -1) + g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop, window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + 1); + g.FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; + g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + } + + g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; +} + +// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) +void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Find the window hovered by mouse: + // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. + // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. + // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. + FindHoveredWindow(); + + // Modal windows prevents cursor from hovering behind them. + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + if (modal_window) + if (g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window)) + g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL; + + // Disabled mouse? + if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; + + // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. + int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; + bool mouse_any_down = false; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + { + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) + g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); + mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i]; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) + if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down]) + mouse_earliest_button_down = i; + } + const bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down]; + + // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. + // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) + const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; + if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; + + // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui + app) + if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) + g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); + else + g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); + + // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + app) + if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); + else + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); + if (g.IO.NavActive && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + + // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible + g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; +} + +ImGuiKeyModFlags ImGui::GetMergedKeyModFlags() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl; } + if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift; } + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt; } + if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super; } + return key_mod_flags; +} + +void ImGui::NewFrame() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(&g); +#endif + + // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes + ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); + + // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay) + UpdateSettings(); + + g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.WithinFrameScope = true; + g.FrameCount += 1; + g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + g.WindowsActiveCount = 0; + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0); + + // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature + g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx]; + g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); + g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame))) : FLT_MAX; + + // Setup current font and draw list shared data + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true; + SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); + IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); + g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); + g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; + g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleSegmentMaxError(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError); + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; + if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; + + g.BackgroundDrawList._ResetForNewFrame(); + g.BackgroundDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); + g.BackgroundDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); + + g.ForegroundDrawList._ResetForNewFrame(); + g.ForegroundDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); + g.ForegroundDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); + + // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. + g.DrawData.Clear(); + + // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); + + // Update HoveredId data + if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) + g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; + if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId)) + g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.HoveredId) + g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) + g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; + g.HoveredId = 0; + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + + // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) + if (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) + ClearActiveID(); + if (g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; + if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId) + g.TempInputId = 0; + if (g.ActiveId == 0) + { + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; + } + + // Drag and drop + g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; + g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + + // Update keyboard input state + // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools + g.IO.KeyMods = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++) + g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + + // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation + NavUpdate(); + + // Update mouse input state + UpdateMouseInputs(); + + // Find hovered window + // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame) + UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + + // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering) + UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); + + // Background darkening/whitening + if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f)) + g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f); + else + g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; + g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default + + // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale + UpdateMouseWheel(); + + // Update legacy TAB focus + UpdateTabFocus(); + + // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size == g.Windows.Size); + const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ? (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer : FLT_MAX; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + window->WasActive = window->Active; + window->BeginCount = 0; + window->Active = false; + window->WriteAccessed = false; + + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows + if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); + } + + // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order + if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); + + // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. + // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. + g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); + g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false); + + // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. + UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); + + // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. + // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. + // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing. + g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true; + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + Begin("Debug##Default"); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true); + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(&g); +#endif +} + +// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + if (g.DebugItemPickerActive) + { + const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && hovered_id) + { + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id; + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + } + ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.60f); + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); + ImGui::Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); + ImGui::TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click to break in debugger!"); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } +} + +void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *context; + IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); + + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + } + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + g.Initialized = true; +} + +// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. +void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) +{ + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) + ImGuiContext& g = *context; + if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) + { + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); + } + g.IO.Fonts = NULL; + + // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. + if (!g.Initialized) + return; + + // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) + if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + { + ImGuiContext* backup_context = GImGui; + SetCurrentContext(context); + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + SetCurrentContext(backup_context); + } + + // Clear everything else + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]); + g.Windows.clear(); + g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear(); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); + g.WindowsById.Clear(); + g.NavWindow = NULL; + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; + g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + g.ColorModifiers.clear(); + g.StyleModifiers.clear(); + g.FontStack.clear(); + g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); + g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + g.DrawDataBuilder.ClearFreeMemory(); + g.BackgroundDrawList._ClearFreeMemory(); + g.ForegroundDrawList._ClearFreeMemory(); + + g.TabBars.Clear(); + g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); + + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); + g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); + + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); + g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); + + if (g.LogFile) + { +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + if (g.LogFile != stdout) +#endif + ImFileClose(g.LogFile); + g.LogFile = NULL; + } + g.LogBuffer.clear(); + + g.Initialized = false; +} + +// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. +static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs; + const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs; + if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + return d; + if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) + return d; + return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent); +} + +static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + out_sorted_windows->push_back(window); + if (window->Active) + { + int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; + if (count > 1) + ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); + for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (child->Active) + AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child); + } + } +} + +static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + // Remove trailing command if unused. + // Technically we could return directly instead of popping, but this make things looks neat in Metrics window as well. + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + + // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. + // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + + // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) + // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: + // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. + // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents. + // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer back-end, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example back-ends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 back-ends won't. + // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer back-end, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example back-ends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); + // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. + // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. + // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching + // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); + + out_list->push_back(draw_list); +} + +static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector* out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; + AddDrawListToDrawData(out_render_list, window->DrawList); + for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // clipped children may have been marked not active + AddWindowToDrawData(out_render_list, child); + } +} + +// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu) +static void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int layer = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0; + AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window); +} + +void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() +{ + int n = Layers[0].Size; + int size = n; + for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) + size += Layers[i].Size; + Layers[0].resize(size); + for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) + { + ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; + if (layer.empty()) + continue; + memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); + n += layer.Size; + layer.resize(0); + } +} + +static void SetupDrawData(ImVector* draw_lists, ImDrawData* draw_data) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + draw_data->Valid = true; + draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; + draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; + draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; + draw_data->DisplayPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + draw_data->DisplaySize = io.DisplaySize; + draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; + for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) + { + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->IdxBuffer.Size; + } +} + +// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering. +// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, +// so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. +// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect(): +// some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the +// more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds. +void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect); + window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); +} + +void ImGui::PopClipRect() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); +} + +// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal. +void ImGui::EndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + + // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times. + if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) + return; + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?"); + + ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); + + // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) + if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && (g.PlatformImeLastPos.x == FLT_MAX || ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f)) + { + g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y); + g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos; + } + + // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used + g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false; + if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed) + g.CurrentWindow->Active = false; + End(); + + // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests + NavEndFrame(); + + // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted) + if (g.DragDropActive) + { + bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery; + bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); + if (is_delivered || is_elapsed) + ClearDragDrop(); + } + + // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + g.DragDropWithinSource = true; + SetTooltip("..."); + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; + } + + // End frame + g.WithinFrameScope = false; + g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount; + + // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus + UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); + + // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent + // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0); + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it + continue; + AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window); + } + + // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong. + IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size); + g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer); + g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount; + + // Unlock font atlas + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + + // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; + g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); +} + +void ImGui::Render() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + + if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) + EndFrame(); + g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + g.DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); + + // Add background ImDrawList + if (!g.BackgroundDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.BackgroundDrawList); + + // Add ImDrawList to render + ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; + windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; + windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL); + for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) + AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); + } + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++) + if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window + AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); + g.DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + + // Draw software mouse cursor if requested + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor) + RenderMouseCursor(&g.ForegroundDrawList, g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); + + // Add foreground ImDrawList + if (!g.ForegroundDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.ForegroundDrawList); + + // Setup ImDrawData structure for end-user + SetupDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.DrawData); + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.DrawData.TotalVtxCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.DrawData.TotalIdxCount; + + // (Legacy) Call the Render callback function. The current prefer way is to let the user retrieve GetDrawData() and call the render function themselves. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (g.DrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL) + g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.DrawData); +#endif +} + +// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker. +// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize) +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + const char* text_display_end; + if (hide_text_after_double_hash) + text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string + else + text_display_end = text_end; + + ImFont* font = g.Font; + const float font_size = g.FontSize; + if (text == text_display_end) + return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size); + ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL); + + // Round + text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.95f); + + return text_size; +} + +// Find window given position, search front-to-back +// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically +// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is +// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. +static void FindHoveredWindow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL; + if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; + + ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding; + ImVec2 padding_for_resize_from_edges = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS)) : padding_regular; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (!window->Active || window->Hidden) + continue; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) + continue; + + // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) + ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped); + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + bb.Expand(padding_regular); + else + bb.Expand(padding_for_resize_from_edges); + if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + continue; + + // Those seemingly unnecessary extra tests are because the code here is a little different in viewport/docking branches. + if (hovered_window == NULL) + hovered_window = window; + if (hovered_window) + break; + } + + g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; + g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; + +} + +// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle +// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting +// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) +bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Clip + ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); + if (clip) + rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); + + // Expand for touch input + const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); + if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + return false; + return true; +} + +int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key) +{ + IM_ASSERT(imgui_key >= 0 && imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.KeyMap[imgui_key]; +} + +// Note that dear imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]! +// Use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]! +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index) +{ + if (user_key_index < 0) + return false; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); + return g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; +} + +// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) +// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) +// An event is triggered at: +// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N +int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + if (t1 == 0.0f) + return 1; + if (t0 >= t1) + return 0; + if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) + return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); + const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; + return count; +} + +int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (key_index < 0) + return 0; + IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); + const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index]; + return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (user_key_index < 0) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); + const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index]; + if (t == 0.0f) + return true; + if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) + return GetKeyPressedAmount(user_key_index, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (user_key_index < 0) return false; + IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); + return g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[user_key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button]; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; + if (t == 0.0f) + return true; + + if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) + { + // FIXME: 2019/05/03: Our old repeat code was wrong here and led to doubling the repeat rate, which made it an ok rate for repeat on mouse hold. + int amount = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.50f); + if (amount > 0) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button]; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button]; +} + +// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) + return false; + return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) + return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size-1].OpenMousePos; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. +bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) +{ + // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. + // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); + const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; + ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; + return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) + if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) + return true; + return false; +} + +// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. +// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. +// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). Back-ends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) + if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) + return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; + return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); +} + +void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; +} + +ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() +{ + return GImGui->MouseCursor; +} + +void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) +{ + GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type; +} + +void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture) +{ + GImGui->WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; +} + +void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture) +{ + GImGui->WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemActivated() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != window->DC.LastItemId) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated) + return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0; + return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore)); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (g.NavId == 0 || g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) +{ + return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.ActiveId != 0; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; +} + +// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. +void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; + if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize(); +} + +static ImRect GetViewportRect() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag + + // Size + const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); + const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); + if (size.x <= 0.0f) + size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) + if (size.y <= 0.0f) + size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); + SetNextWindowSize(size); + + // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. + char title[256]; + if (name) + ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); + else + ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + + const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; + if (!border) + g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; + bool ret = Begin(title, NULL, flags); + g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; + + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; + child_window->ChildId = id; + child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises; + + // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually. + // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do. + if (child_window->BeginCount == 1) + parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; + + // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) + { + FocusWindow(child_window); + NavInitWindow(child_window, false); + SetActiveID(id+1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with a dummy id so that key-press won't activate child item + g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + } + return ret; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags); +} + +void ImGui::EndChild() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls + + g.WithinEndChild = true; + if (window->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + } + else + { + ImVec2 sz = window->Size; + if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f + sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x); + if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) + sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y); + End(); + + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); + ItemSize(sz); + if ((window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + { + ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); + + // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child + if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) + RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2,2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2,2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); + } + else + { + // Not navigable into + ItemAdd(bb, 0); + } + } + g.WithinEndChild = false; +} + +// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. +bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); + bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags); + PopStyleVar(3); + PopStyleColor(); + return ret; +} + +void ImGui::EndChildFrame() +{ + EndChild(); +} + +static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) +{ + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); + window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ~flags); + window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name); + return FindWindowByID(id); +} + +static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) +{ + window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y)); + if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); + window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; +} + +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); + + // Create window the first time + ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); + window->Flags = flags; + g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); + + // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. + window->Pos = ImVec2(60, 60); + + // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) + { + // Retrieve settings from .ini file + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + } + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcContentSize() doesn't return crazy values + + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + { + window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + } + else + { + if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; + if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); + } + + g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) + g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once + else + g.Windows.push_back(window); + return window; +} + +static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) + { + // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. + ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect; + new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x; + new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y; + if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback) + { + ImGuiSizeCallbackData data; + data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData; + data.Pos = window->Pos; + data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull; + data.DesiredSize = new_size; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data); + new_size = data.DesiredSize; + } + new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x); + new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y); + } + + // Minimum size + if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) + { + ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window; + new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); + new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows + } + return new_size; +} + +static ImVec2 CalcWindowContentSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (window->Collapsed) + if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + return window->ContentSize; + if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) + return window->ContentSize; + + ImVec2 sz; + sz.x = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + sz.y = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + return sz; +} + +static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImVec2 size_decorations = ImVec2(0.0f, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight()); + ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; + ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + size_decorations; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + { + // Tooltip always resize + return size_desired; + } + else + { + // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size + const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0; + const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0; + ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; + if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) + size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, g.IO.DisplaySize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + + // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), + // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. + ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - size_decorations.x < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - size_decorations.y < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); + if (will_have_scrollbar_x) + size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; + if (will_have_scrollbar_y) + size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize; + return size_auto_fit; + } +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImVec2 size_contents = CalcWindowContentSize(window); + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents); + ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + return size_final; +} + +static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + return ImGuiCol_PopupBg; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + return ImGuiCol_ChildBg; + return ImGuiCol_WindowBg; +} + +static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size) +{ + ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm); // Expected window upper-left + ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right + ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min; + ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected); + *out_pos = pos_min; + if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f) + out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x); + if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f) + out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y); + *out_size = size_constrained; +} + +struct ImGuiResizeGripDef +{ + ImVec2 CornerPosN; + ImVec2 InnerDir; + int AngleMin12, AngleMax12; +}; + +static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = +{ + { ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(-1,-1), 0, 3 }, // Lower-right + { ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(+1,-1), 3, 6 }, // Lower-left + { ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(+1,+1), 6, 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused) + { ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(-1,+1), 9,12 }, // Upper-right (Unused) +}; + +struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef +{ + ImVec2 InnerDir; + ImVec2 CornerPosN1, CornerPosN2; + float OuterAngle; +}; + +static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = +{ + { ImVec2(0,+1), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,0), IM_PI*1.50f }, // Top + { ImVec2(-1,0), ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(1,1), IM_PI*0.00f }, // Right + { ImVec2(0,-1), ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(0,1), IM_PI*0.50f }, // Bottom + { ImVec2(+1,0), ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(0,0), IM_PI*1.00f } // Left +}; + +static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness) +{ + ImRect rect = window->Rect(); + if (thickness == 0.0f) rect.Max -= ImVec2(1,1); + if (border_n == 0) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); } // Top + if (border_n == 1) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); } // Right + if (border_n == 2) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness); } // Bottom + if (border_n == 3) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); } // Left + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); +} + +// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused) +// 4..7: borders (Top, Right, Bottom, Left) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n) +{ + IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n <= 7); + ImGuiID id = window->ID; + id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id); + id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id); + return id; +} + +// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad +// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip) +static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + return false; + if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. + return false; + + bool ret_auto_fit = false; + const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0; + const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); + const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS : 0.0f; + + ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1 + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); + + // Manual resize grips + PushID("#RESIZE"); + for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) + { + const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; + const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); + + // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window + ImRect resize_rect(corner - grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size); + if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x); + if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y); + bool hovered, held; + ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, window->GetID(resize_grip_n), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (hovered || held) + g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; + + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0) + { + // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + ret_auto_fit = true; + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (held) + { + // Resize from any of the four corners + // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position + ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, grip.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, grip.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip + ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(grip.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, grip.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(grip.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, grip.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); + } + if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) + resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); + } + for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) + { + bool hovered, held; + ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); + ButtonBehavior(border_rect, window->GetID(border_n + 4), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren); + //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + { + g.MouseCursor = (border_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; + if (held) + *border_held = border_n; + } + if (held) + { + ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; + ImVec2 border_posn; + if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Top + if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Right + if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Bottom + if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Left + ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(border_n == 1 ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == 2 ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(border_n == 3 ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == 0 ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, border_posn, &pos_target, &size_target); + } + } + PopID(); + + // Restore nav layer + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + + // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window) + { + ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) + nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f) + { + const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; + nav_resize_delta *= ImFloor(NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); + nav_resize_delta = ImMax(nav_resize_delta, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); + // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta); + } + } + + // Apply back modified position/size to window + if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX) + { + window->SizeFull = size_target; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX) + { + window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target); + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + + window->Size = window->SizeFull; + return ret_auto_fit; +} + +static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size; + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight(); + window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max); +} + +static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float rounding = window->WindowRounding; + float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) + window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + + int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; + if (border_held != -1) + { + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held]; + ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI*0.25f, def.OuterAngle); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI*0.25f); + window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), false, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual + } + if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + { + float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + } +} + +// Draw background and borders +// Draw and handle scrollbars +void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems + window->SkipItems = false; + + // Draw window + handle manual resize + // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. + const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; + const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + if (window->Collapsed) + { + // Title bar only + float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; + g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize; + ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed); + RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding); + g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size; + } + else + { + // Window background + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) + { + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags)); + bool override_alpha = false; + float alpha = 1.0f; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha) + { + alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal; + override_alpha = true; + } + if (override_alpha) + bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot); + } + + // Title bar + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + { + ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); + } + + // Menu bar + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) + { + ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); + menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them. + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); + if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); + } + + // Scrollbars + if (window->ScrollbarX) + Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X); + if (window->ScrollbarY) + Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y); + + // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency) + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize)) + { + for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) + { + const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; + const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); + window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size))); + window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size))); + window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12); + window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]); + } + } + + // Borders + RenderWindowOuterBorders(window); + } +} + +// Render title text, collapse button, close button +void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL); + const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None); + + // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer) + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; + window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); + + // Layout buttons + // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code. + float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x; + float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x; + float button_sz = g.FontSize; + ImVec2 close_button_pos; + ImVec2 collapse_button_pos; + if (has_close_button) + { + pad_r += button_sz; + close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + } + if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) + { + pad_r += button_sz; + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + } + if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) + { + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + pad_l += button_sz; + } + + // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback) + if (has_collapse_button) + if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos)) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function + + // Close button + if (has_close_button) + if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos)) + *p_open = false; + + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; + + // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker) + // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code.. + const char* UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER = "*"; + const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? CalcTextSize(UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, false).x : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f); + + // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button, + // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correct. + if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x) + pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x) + pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f) + { + float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center + float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x); + pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness); + pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness); + } + + ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y); + ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, layout_r.Max.y); + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) + { + ImVec2 marker_pos = ImVec2(ImMax(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x) + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.y) + ImVec2(2 - marker_size_x, 0.0f); + ImVec2 off = ImVec2(0.0f, IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); + RenderTextClipped(marker_pos + off, layout_r.Max + off, UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0, style.WindowTitleAlign.y), &clip_r); + } +} + +void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) +{ + window->ParentWindow = parent_window; + window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; + if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) + window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; + if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) + window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; + while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL); + window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow; + } +} + +// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to. +// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair. +// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content. +// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file). +// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file. +// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned. +// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed. +bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0'); // Window name required + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() + IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet + + // Find or create + ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); + const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL); + if (window_just_created) + window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags); + + // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); + + const int current_frame = g.FrameCount; + const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame); + window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow); + + // Update the Appearing flag + bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on + const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed + window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window); + } + window->Appearing = (window_just_activated_by_user || window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize); + if (window->Appearing) + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); + + // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; + window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; + window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; + window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; + window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++); + } + else + { + flags = window->Flags; + } + + // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack + ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); + + // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed. + if (window->IDStack.Size == 0) + window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID); + + // Add to stack + // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() + g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, true); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + popup_ref.Window = window; + g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; + } + + if (window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + window->NavLastIds[0] = 0; + + // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); + + // Process SetNextWindow***() calls + // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components + bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; + bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) + { + window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0; + if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f) + { + // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size + // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency. + window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal; + window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal; + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + } + else + { + SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond); + } + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) + { + window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f); + window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); + SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) + { + if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f) + { + window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + } + if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f) + { + window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + } + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize) + window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal; + else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed) + SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond); + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus) + FocusWindow(window); + if (window->Appearing) + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false); + + // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + // Initialize + const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) + window->Active = true; + window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL); + window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX); + window->IDStack.resize(1); + window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame(); + + // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid + if (window->MemoryCompacted) + GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window); + + // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged). + // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere. + bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false; + if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB + window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; + if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0) + { + size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen; + window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name); + window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len; + } + + // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS + + // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size) + window->ContentSize = CalcWindowContentSize(window); + if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--; + if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--; + + // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size + if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api)) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + + // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows) + // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size. + if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0) + { + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + { + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) + window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f; + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) + window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f; + window->ContentSize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); + } + } + + // SELECT VIEWPORT + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style) + SetCurrentWindow(window); + + // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize; + else + window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; + window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) + window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f); + + // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar + // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) + { + // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. + ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; + if (window->WantCollapseToggle) + { + window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + } + else + { + window->Collapsed = false; + } + window->WantCollapseToggle = false; + + // SIZE + + // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize + const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSize); + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed) + { + // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc. + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) + { + window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + } + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) + { + window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + } + else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + { + // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames + // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed. + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) + { + window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + } + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + { + window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + if (!window->Collapsed) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + + // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size + window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull); + window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull; + + // Decoration size + const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + + // POSITION + + // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame + if (window_just_activated_by_user) + { + window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos() + window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos; + } + + // Position child window + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active); + window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; + parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window); + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip) + window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos; + } + + const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0); + if (window_pos_with_pivot) + SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + + // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding) + // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect. + ImRect viewport_rect(GetViewportRect()); + ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); + ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_rect.Max - visibility_padding); + + // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor + // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. + if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f) + ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect); + window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); + + // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) + // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding; + + // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts. + //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + // window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + + // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front) + bool want_focus = false; + if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)) + { + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + want_focus = true; + else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0) + want_focus = true; + } + + // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad + int border_held = -1; + ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; + const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. + const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + if (!window->Collapsed) + if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held; + + // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY + + // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size). + if (!window->Collapsed) + { + // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied. + // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again. + ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height); + ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes; + ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; + float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x; + float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y; + //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons? + window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)); + window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)); + if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) + window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); + } + + // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) + // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function. + // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame. + + // Outer rectangle + // Not affected by window border size. Used by: + // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled) + // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders. + // - Begin() clipping whole child + const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect; + const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); + const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); + window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect; + window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect); + + // Inner rectangle + // Not affected by window border size. Used by: + // - InnerClipRect + // - ScrollToBringRectIntoView() + // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() + // - Scrollbar() + window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x; + window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height; + window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y; + + // Inner clipping rectangle. + // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region. + // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space. + // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. + // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior. + // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by: + // - Begin() initial clip rect + float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize); + window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect); + + // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes + if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f); + else + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f); + + // SCROLLING + + // Lock down maximum scrolling + // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate + // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar. + window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()); + window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + + // Apply scrolling + window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, true); + window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + // DRAWING + + // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle + IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0); + window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); + PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false); + + // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them, all viewports) + const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetTopMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0; + const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && (window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->RootWindow); + if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list) + { + const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, dim_bg_col); + } + + // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle background + if (dim_bg_for_window_list && window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim) + { + ImRect bb = window->Rect(); + bb.Expand(g.FontSize); + if (!bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // Avoid drawing if the window covers all the viewport anyway + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha * 0.25f), g.Style.WindowRounding); + } + + // Since 1.71, child window can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call. + // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order. + // We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping child. + // We also disabled this when we have dimming overlay behind this specific one child. + // FIXME: More code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected. + { + bool render_decorations_in_parent = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0) + render_decorations_in_parent = true; + if (render_decorations_in_parent) + window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList; + + // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders + const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow; + const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); + RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size); + + if (render_decorations_in_parent) + window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst; + } + + // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border + if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim == window) + { + float rounding = ImMax(window->WindowRounding, g.Style.WindowRounding); + ImRect bb = window->Rect(); + bb.Expand(g.FontSize); + if (bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward + { + bb.Expand(-g.FontSize - 1.0f); + rounding = window->WindowRounding; + } + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, ~0, 3.0f); + } + + // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) + + // Work rectangle. + // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by: + // - Columns() for right-most edge + // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge + // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge + const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); + const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; + window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y; + + // [LEGACY] Content Region + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. + // Used by: + // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x; + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height; + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + + // Setup drawing context + // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.) + window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; + window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x, decoration_up_height + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y); + window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext; + window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : 0; // -V595 + window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; + window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; + window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); + window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; + window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); + window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.FocusCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop = -1; + + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault; + window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled + window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); + window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0); + window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.ItemFlags : ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; + if (parent_window) + window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); + + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) + window->AutoFitFramesX--; + if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + window->AutoFitFramesY--; + + // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) + if (want_focus) + { + FocusWindow(window); + NavInitWindow(window, false); + } + + // Title bar + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, title_bar_rect, name, p_open); + + // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard + // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. + // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? + /* + if (g.ActiveId == move_id) + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) + LogToClipboard(); + */ + + // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin(). + // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc. + window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0; + window->DC.LastItemRect = title_bar_rect; +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->DC.LastItemRect, window->DC.LastItemId); +#endif + } + else + { + // Append + SetCurrentWindow(window); + } + + PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); + + // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + window->WriteAccessed = false; + + window->BeginCount++; + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. + // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + + // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + } + + // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) + if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + + // Update the Hidden flag + window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); + + // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) + bool skip_items = false; + if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) + if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) + skip_items = true; + window->SkipItems = skip_items; + + return !skip_items; +} + +void ImGui::End() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times! + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!"); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0); + + // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window. + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!"); + + // Close anything that is open + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + EndColumns(); + PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle + + // Stop logging + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging + LogFinish(); + + // Pop from window stack + g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); + ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, false); + SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back()); +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window) + return; + for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window + if (g.WindowsFocusOrder[i] == window) + { + memmove(&g.WindowsFocusOrder[i], &g.WindowsFocusOrder[i + 1], (size_t)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); + g.WindowsFocusOrder[g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1] = window; + break; + } +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back(); + if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) + return; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window + if (g.Windows[i] == window) + { + memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); + g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window; + break; + } +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.Windows[0] == window) + return; + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + if (g.Windows[i] == window) + { + memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); + g.Windows[0] = window; + break; + } +} + +// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) +void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (g.NavWindow != window) + { + g.NavWindow = window; + if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover) + g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId + g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL); + } + + // Close popups if any + ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); + + // Move the root window to the top of the pile + IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL); + ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop + ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; + + // Steal focus on active widgets + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window) + ClearActiveID(); + + // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus + if (!window) + return; + + // Bring to front + BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window); + if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0) + BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window); +} + +void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; + if (under_this_window != NULL) + { + int under_this_window_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window); + if (under_this_window_idx != -1) + start_idx = under_this_window_idx - 1; + } + for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--) + { + // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; + if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); + FocusWindow(focus_window); + return; + } + } + FocusWindow(NULL); +} + +void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ? + IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f); + g.Font = font; + g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale); + g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f; + + ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; + g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; + g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; + g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; +} + +void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!font) + font = GetDefaultFont(); + SetCurrentFont(font); + g.FontStack.push_back(font); + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); +} + +void ImGui::PopFont() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID(); + g.FontStack.pop_back(); + SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back()); +} + +void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (enabled) + window->DC.ItemFlags |= option; + else + window->DC.ItemFlags &= ~option; + window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); +} + +void ImGui::PopItemFlag() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + window->DC.ItemFlags = window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.empty() ? ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ : window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.back(); +} + +// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. +void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) +{ + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus); +} + +void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus() +{ + PopItemFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) +{ + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); +} + +void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() +{ + PopItemFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x); +} + +void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); + window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) +{ + if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent) + return true; + while (window != NULL) + { + if (window == potential_parent) + return true; + window = window->ParentWindow; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + { + if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) + return false; + } + else + { + switch (flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) + { + case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: + if (g.HoveredRootWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) + return false; + break; + case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow: + if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) + return false; + break; + case ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: + if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, g.CurrentWindow)) + return false; + break; + default: + if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow) + return false; + break; + } + } + + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredWindow, flags)) + return false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredWindow->MoveId) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) + return g.NavWindow != NULL; + + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow); // Not inside a Begin()/End() + switch (flags & (ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows)) + { + case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: + return g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow; + case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow: + return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow; + case ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: + return g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, g.CurrentWindow); + default: + return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow; + } +} + +// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext) +// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically. +// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag. +bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return window->Active && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); +} + +float ImGui::GetWindowWidth() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Size.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetWindowHeight() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Size.y; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + return window->Pos; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time + if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0) + return; + + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + // Set + const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; + window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); + ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; + window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor + window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected. + window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) + SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->Size; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time + if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0) + return; + + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + + // Set + if (size.x > 0.0f) + { + window->AutoFitFramesX = 0; + window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); + } + else + { + window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + } + if (size.y > 0.0f) + { + window->AutoFitFramesY = 0; + window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); + } + else + { + window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + } +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) + SetWindowSize(window, size, cond); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time + if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0) + return; + window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + + // Set + window->Collapsed = collapsed; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond); +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->Collapsed; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->Appearing; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) + SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowFocus() +{ + FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name) +{ + if (name) + { + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) + FocusWindow(window); + } + else + { + FocusWindow(NULL); + } +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos; + g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos; + g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot; + g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize; + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max); + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data; +} + +// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding. +// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item. +void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; + g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = size; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll; + g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed; + g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed; + g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha; + g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + return window->DrawList; +} + +ImFont* ImGui::GetFont() +{ + return GImGui->Font; +} + +float ImGui::GetFontSize() +{ + return GImGui->FontSize; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel() +{ + return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) +{ + IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->FontWindowScale = scale; + g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); +} + +void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavNextActivateId = id; +} + +// Note: this is storing in same stack as IDStack, so Push/Pop mismatch will be reported there. +void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->IDStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id; +} + +void ImGui::PopFocusScope() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = window->IDStack.back(); + window->IDStack.pop_back(); +} + +void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) +{ + IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window; + g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1 + offset; + g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; +} + +void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!window->Appearing) + return; + if (g.NavWindow == window->RootWindowForNav && (g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0) && g.NavLayer == g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + { + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitResultId = g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemId; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemRect.Min - g.NavWindow->Pos, g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemRect.Max - g.NavWindow->Pos); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + if (!IsItemVisible()) + SetScrollHereY(); + } +} + +void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage; +} + +ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->DC.StateStorage; +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(int_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed. +void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PopID() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + window->IDStack.pop_back(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(str_id); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(ptr_id); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. +// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit +// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. your user code +// may see different structures than what imgui.cpp sees, which is problematic. +// We usually require settings to be in imconfig.h to make sure that they are accessible to all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui. +bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) +{ + bool error = false; + if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); } + if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + return !error; +} + +static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Check user IM_ASSERT macro + // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means you assert macro is incorrectly defined! + // If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block. + // This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.) + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) SomeCode(EXPR); SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong! + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { SomeCode(EXPR); SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! + if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0); + + // Check user data + // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!"); + IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)"); + + // Perform simple check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only recently added in 1.60 WIP) + if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); + + // Perform simple check: the beta io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires back-end to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) + g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false; +} + +static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame() + // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your back-ends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). + const ImGuiKeyModFlags expected_key_mod_flags = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMods == expected_key_mod_flags && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); + IM_UNUSED(expected_key_mod_flags); + + // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you + // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API). + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1) + { + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?"); + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) + End(); + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?"); + } + } +} + +// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors +// Begin() calls this with write=true +// End() calls this with write=false +static void ImGui::ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + short* p = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0]; + + // Window stacks + // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) + { int n = window->IDStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopID()/TreePop() + { int n = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many EndGroup() + + // Global stacks + // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. + { int n = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch!"); p++; }// Too few or too many EndMenu()/EndPopup() + { int n = g.ColorModifiers.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleColor() + { int n = g.StyleModifiers.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleVar() + { int n = g.FontStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopFont() + IM_ASSERT(p == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup)); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] LAYOUT +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ItemSize() +// - ItemAdd() +// - SameLine() +// - GetCursorScreenPos() +// - SetCursorScreenPos() +// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY() +// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY() +// - GetCursorStartPos() +// - Indent() +// - Unindent() +// - SetNextItemWidth() +// - PushItemWidth() +// - PushMultiItemsWidths() +// - PopItemWidth() +// - CalcItemWidth() +// - CalcItemSize() +// - GetTextLineHeight() +// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() +// - GetFrameHeight() +// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() +// - GetContentRegionMax() +// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal] +// - GetContentRegionAvail(), +// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() +// - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() +// - BeginGroup() +// - EndGroup() +// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, columns. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Advance cursor given item size for layout. +// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation. +// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different. +void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset. + // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, + // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. + const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; + const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); + + // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] + + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height; + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + // Horizontal layout mode + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + SameLine(); +} + +void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y) +{ + ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); +} + +// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. +// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface +// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. +bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (id != 0) + { + // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out + // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget + // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests + // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of + // thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame. + // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able + // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). + // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. + // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. + window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; + if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); + + // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd() +#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX + if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId) + { + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + } +#endif + } + + window->DC.LastItemId = id; + window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (id != 0) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); +#endif + + // Clipping test + const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false); + if (is_clipped) + return false; + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + + // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + return true; +} + +// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout +// offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item +// offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) +// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 +// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount +void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f) + { + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; + } + else + { + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; + } + window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize; + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos; +} + +void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos = pos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); +} + +// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient. +// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll; +} + +float ImGui::GetCursorPosX() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetCursorPosY() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y; +} + +void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); +} + +void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); +} + +void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos; +} + +void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; +} + +void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; +} + +// Affect large frame+labels widgets only. +void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; + g.NextItemData.Width = item_width; +} + +void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); + g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; +} + +void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); + for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++) + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); + g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; +} + +void ImGui::PopItemWidth() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); +} + +// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth(). +// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags() +float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float w; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) + w = g.NextItemData.Width; + else + w = window->DC.ItemWidth; + if (w < 0.0f) + { + float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; + w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w); + } + w = IM_FLOOR(w); + return w; +} + +// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth(). +// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical. +// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed. +// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + + ImVec2 region_max; + if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) + region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + + if (size.x == 0.0f) + size.x = default_w; + else if (size.x < 0.0f) + size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x); + + if (size.y == 0.0f) + size.y = default_h; + else if (size.y < 0.0f) + size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y); + + return size; +} + +float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize; +} + +float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; +} + +float ImGui::GetFrameHeight() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; +} + +float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; +} + +// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience! + +// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!). +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; + return mx; +} + +// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + return mx; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos; +} + +// In window space (not screen space!) +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; +} + +float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ContentRegionRect.GetWidth(); +} + +// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) +void ImGui::BeginGroup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); + group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; + group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset; + group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize; + group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; + group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; + group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + group_data.EmitItem = true; + + window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return +} + +void ImGui::EndGroup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls + + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); + + ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); + + window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; + window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + if (g.LogEnabled) + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return + + if (!group_data.EmitItem) + { + window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); + return; + } + + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. + ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); + ItemAdd(group_bb, 0); + + // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. + // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. + // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. + // (The tests not symmetrical because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) + const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId; + const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = !group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + if (group_contains_curr_active_id) + window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + else if (group_contains_prev_active_id) + window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb; + + // Forward Edited flag + if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; + + // Forward Deactivated flag + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated; + if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; + + window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); + //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] SCROLLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll; + if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX) + { + float cr_x = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; + float target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x; + if (snap_on_edges && cr_x <= 0.0f && target_x <= window->WindowPadding.x) + target_x = 0.0f; + else if (snap_on_edges && cr_x >= 1.0f && target_x >= window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x) + target_x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f; + scroll.x = target_x - cr_x * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x); + } + if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX) + { + // 'snap_on_edges' allows for a discontinuity at the edge of scrolling limits to take account of WindowPadding so that scrolling to make the last item visible scroll far enough to see the padding. + float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + float cr_y = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; + float target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y; + if (snap_on_edges && cr_y <= 0.0f && target_y <= window->WindowPadding.y) + target_y = 0.0f; + if (snap_on_edges && cr_y >= 1.0f && target_y >= window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) + target_y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; + scroll.y = target_y - cr_y * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - decoration_up_height); + } + scroll.x = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.x, 0.0f)); + scroll.y = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.y, 0.0f)); + if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) + { + scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x); + scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y); + } + return scroll; +} + +// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view +ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] + + ImVec2 delta_scroll; + if (!window_rect.Contains(item_rect)) + { + if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f); + else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 1.0f); + if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f); + else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 1.0f); + + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, false); + delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll; + } + + // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + delta_scroll += ScrollToBringRectIntoView(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll)); + + return delta_scroll; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollX() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Scroll.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollY() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Scroll.y; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ScrollMax.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ScrollMax.y; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x) +{ + window->ScrollTarget.x = new_scroll_x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y) +{ + window->ScrollTarget.y = new_scroll_y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; +} + + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) +{ + // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size + IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) +{ + // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size + IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); + const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + local_y -= decoration_up_height; + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio); +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio); +} + +// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item. +void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float target_x = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - window->Pos.x; // Left of last item, in window space + float last_item_width = window->DC.LastItemRect.GetWidth(); + target_x += (last_item_width * center_x_ratio) + (g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * (center_x_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim before, in the middle or after the last item. + SetScrollFromPosX(target_x, center_x_ratio); +} + +// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item. +void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - window->Pos.y; // Top of last item, in window space + target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineSize.y * center_y_ratio) + (g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line. + SetScrollFromPosY(target_y, center_y_ratio); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::BeginTooltip() +{ + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags_None, ImGuiTooltipFlags_None); +} + +void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget) + { + // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) + // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. + // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. + //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); + SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); + //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( + tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip; + } + + char window_name[16]; + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); + if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) + if (window->Active) + { + // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. + window->Hidden = true; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); + } + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; + Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags); +} + +void ImGui::EndTooltip() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls + End(); +} + +void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip); + TextV(fmt, args); + EndTooltip(); +} + +void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] POPUPS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) + { + // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack + // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level. + IM_ASSERT(id == 0); + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0; + else + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + } + else + { + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) + { + // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack + for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id) + return true; + return false; + } + else + { + // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query) + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; + } + } +} + +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0) + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally + return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) + if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return popup; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), popup_flags); +} + +// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state). +// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. +// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). +// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL) +void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup) + if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) + return; + + ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. + popup_ref.PopupId = id; + popup_ref.Window = NULL; + popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow; + popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); + popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos; + + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", g.FrameCount, id); + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) + { + g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + } + else + { + // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui + // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing + // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand. + if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) + { + g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount; + } + else + { + // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen + ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false); + g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + } + + // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow(). + // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does. + //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) + // FocusWindow(parent_window); + } +} + +void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0) + return; + + // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. + // Don't close our own child popup windows. + int popup_count_to_keep = 0; + if (ref_window) + { + // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow) + for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep]; + if (!popup.Window) + continue; + IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); + if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + continue; + + // Trim the stack when popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow) + bool popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window = false; + for (int m = popup_count_to_keep; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window; m++) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window) + if (popup_window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow) + popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window = true; + if (!popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window) + break; + } + } + if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below + { + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClosePopupsOverWindow(%s) -> ClosePopupToLevel(%d)\n", ref_window->Name, popup_count_to_keep); + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + } +} + +void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); + + // Trim open popup stack + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow; + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; + g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); + + if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) + { + if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) + { + // Fallback + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL); + } + else + { + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window) + focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); + FocusWindow(focus_window); + } + } +} + +// Close the popup we have begin-ed into. +void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1; + if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId) + return; + + // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal) + while (popup_idx > 0) + { + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window; + ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window; + bool close_parent = false; + if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + if (parent_popup_window == NULL || !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + close_parent = true; + if (!close_parent) + break; + popup_idx--; + } + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true); + + // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window. + // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window. + // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic. + if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow) + window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; +} + +// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()! +bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + char name[20]; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + else + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup; + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags); + if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + EndPopup(); + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags); +} + +// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. +// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here. +bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name); + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility + // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves) + // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) + SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; + const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags); + if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + { + EndPopup(); + if (is_open) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); + return false; + } + return is_open; +} + +void ImGui::EndPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls + IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0); + + // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy. + if (g.NavWindow == window) + NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); + + // Child-popups don't need to be laid out + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + g.WithinEndChild = true; + End(); + g.WithinEndChild = false; +} + +bool ImGui::OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + { + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. +// - You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item. +// - You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). +// - This is essentially the same as calling OpenPopupContextItem() + BeginPopup() but written to avoid +// computing the ID twice because BeginPopupContextXXX functions are called very frequently. +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + if (!str_id) + str_id = "window_context"; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered()) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + if (!str_id) + str_id = "void_context"; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)) + if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) +// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it. +ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy) +{ + ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); + + // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge) + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox) + { + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + ImVec2 pos; + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default) + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left + if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) + continue; + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } + } + + // Default popup policy + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); + float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); + if (avail_w < size.x || avail_h < size.y) + continue; + ImVec2 pos; + pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; + pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } + + // Fallback, try to keep within display + *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; + ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; + pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); + pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); + return pos; +} + +ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + IM_UNUSED(window); + ImVec2 padding = GImGui->Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; + ImRect r_screen = GetViewportRect(); + r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f)); + return r_screen; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + { + // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds. + // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2]; + float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x). + ImRect r_avoid; + if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending) + r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field + else + r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + { + // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) + float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; + ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + ImRect r_avoid; + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); + else + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. + ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == ImGuiDir_None) + pos = ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. + return pos; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return window->Pos; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetNavIDWithRectRel vs SetFocusID is incredibly messy and confusing, +// and needs some explanation or serious refactoring. +void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow); + IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1); + g.NavId = id; + g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; +} + +void ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetNavID(id, nav_layer, focus_scope_id); + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; + g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; +} + +void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + + // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid. + // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text) + const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + if (g.NavWindow != window) + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavWindow = window; + g.NavId = id; + g.NavLayer = nav_layer; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; + if (window->DC.LastItemId == id) + window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); + + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + else + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; +} + +ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) +{ + if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) + return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; + return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; +} + +static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) +{ + if (a1 < b0) + return a1 - b0; + if (b1 < a0) + return a0 - b1; + return 0.0f; +} + +static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + { + r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); + r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); + } + else + { + r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); + r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); + } +} + +// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 +static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return false; + + const ImRect& curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) + g.NavScoringCount++; + + // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring + if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand)) + return false; + cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window + } + + // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) + // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. + NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); + + // Compute distance between boxes + // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. + float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); + float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items + if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f) + dbx = (dbx/1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f); + float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby); + + // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter) + float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x); + float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y); + float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee) + + // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance + ImGuiDir quadrant; + float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f; + if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) + { + // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes + dax = dbx; + day = dby; + dist_axial = dist_box; + quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby); + } + else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f) + { + // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers + dax = dcx; + day = dcy; + dist_axial = dist_center; + quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy); + } + else + { + // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter) + quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; + } + +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + char buf[128]; + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); + draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4,4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4,4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); + draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + } + else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. + { + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) { g.NavMoveDirLast = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirLast + 1) & 3); g.IO.KeysDownDuration[g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C]] = 0.01f; } + if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + } + } + #endif + + // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to? + bool new_best = false; + if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + { + // Does it beat the current best candidate? + if (dist_box < result->DistBox) + { + result->DistBox = dist_box; + result->DistCenter = dist_center; + return true; + } + if (dist_box == result->DistBox) + { + // Try using distance between center points to break ties + if (dist_center < result->DistCenter) + { + result->DistCenter = dist_center; + new_best = true; + } + else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter) + { + // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items + // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index), + // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis. + if (((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance + new_best = true; + } + } + } + + // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches + // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness) + // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too. + // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward. + // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option? + if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + if ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) + { + result->DistAxial = dist_axial; + new_best = true; + } + + return new_best; +} + +// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) +static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //if (!g.IO.NavActive) // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag. + // return; + + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; + const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos); + + // Process Init Request + if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + { + // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + { + g.NavInitResultId = id; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel; + } + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus)) + { + g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + } + + // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) + // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) + if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled|ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))) + { + ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + // [DEBUG] Score all items in NavWindow at all times + if (!g.NavMoveRequest) + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirLast; + bool new_best = NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb) && g.NavMoveRequest; +#else + bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb); +#endif + if (new_best) + { + result->Window = window; + result->ID = id; + result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; + } + + // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. + const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; + if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) + if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) + if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb)) + { + result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; + result->Window = window; + result->ID = id; + result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; + } + } + + // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item + if (g.NavId == id) + { + g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window. + g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavIdIsAlive = true; + g.NavIdTabCounter = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop; + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel; // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + } +} + +bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveRequest = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; + g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = move_flags; + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire + // popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final. + g.NavWrapRequestWindow = window; + g.NavWrapRequestFlags = move_flags; +} + +// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). +// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way? +static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window) +{ + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = nav_window; + while (parent_window && (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (parent_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + parent_window = parent_window->ParentWindow; + if (parent_window && parent_window != nav_window) + parent_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window; +} + +// Restore the last focused child. +// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow() +static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow : window; +} + +static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavLayer = layer; + if (layer == 0) + g.NavWindow = ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if (layer == 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] != 0) + ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[0], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[0]); + else + ImGui::NavInitWindow(window, true); +} + +static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveRequest || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); + if (g.NavAnyRequest) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); +} + +// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin) +void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow); + bool init_for_nav = false; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) + init_for_nav = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitWindow() init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); + if (init_for_nav) + { + SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0); + g.NavInitRequest = true; + g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + else + { + g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; + g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } +} + +static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow) + { + // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + return g.IO.MousePos; + return g.LastValidMousePos; + } + else + { + // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item. + const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); + ImRect visible_rect = GetViewportRect(); + return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. + } +} + +float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down) + return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) + + const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; + if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. + return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + if (t < 0.0f) + return 0.0f; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. + return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat) + return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) + return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast) + return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); + return 0.0f; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) +{ + ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode)); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode)); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode)); + if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + delta *= slow_factor; + if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) + delta *= fast_factor; + return delta; +} + +static void ImGui::NavUpdate() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.IO.WantSetMousePos = false; + g.NavWrapRequestWindow = NULL; + g.NavWrapRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; +#if 0 + if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); +#endif + + // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) + // (do it before we map Keyboard input!) + bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + if (nav_gamepad_active) + if (g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; + + // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping + if (nav_keyboard_active) + { + #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) do { if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; } } while (0) + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) + g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; + if (g.IO.KeyShift) + g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; + if (g.IO.KeyAlt && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) // AltGR is Alt+Ctrl, also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu. + g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; + #undef NAV_MAP_KEY + } + memcpy(g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.NavInputs); i++) + g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (g.IO.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + + // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) + // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) + if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove) && g.NavWindow) + { + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] Apply NavInitRequest result: 0x%08X Layer %d in \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) + SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + else + SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0); + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = g.NavInitResultRectRel; + } + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + + // Process navigation move request + if (g.NavMoveRequest) + NavUpdateMoveResult(); + + // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame + if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequest); + if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; + } + + // Apply application mouse position movement, after we had a chance to process move request result. + if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) + { + // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame + if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) + { + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) + { + g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; + } + } + g.NavMousePosDirty = false; + } + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + g.NavJustTabbedId = 0; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == 0 || g.NavLayer == 1); + + // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 + if (g.NavWindow) + NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow); + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; + + // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.) + NavUpdateWindowing(); + + // Set output flags for user application + g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); + g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + + // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) + if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + { + if (g.ActiveId != 0) + { + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + { + // Exit child window + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); + FocusWindow(parent_window); + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0, 0); + // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here. + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; // -V1048 + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) + g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + } + else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) + { + // Close open popup/menu + if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + } + else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + // Leave the "menu" layer + NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + } + else + { + // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were + if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; + g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } + } + + // Process manual activation request + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = 0; + if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); + bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) + g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) + g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) + g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + g.NavInputId = g.NavId; + } + if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + if (g.NavActivateId != 0) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); + g.NavMoveRequest = false; + + // Process programmatic activation request + if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavNextActivateId = 0; + + // Initiate directional inputs request + if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + { + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + const ImGuiInputReadMode read_mode = ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat; + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } + } + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; + } + else + { + // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window) + // (Preserve g.NavMoveRequestFlags, g.NavMoveClipDir which were set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued); + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive; + } + + // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll + // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? + float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (nav_keyboard_active) + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); + + // If we initiate a movement request and have no current NavId, we initiate a InitDefautRequest that will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match + if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) + { + g.NavMoveRequest = true; + g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveDirLast = g.NavMoveDir; + } + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0) + { + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitRequest from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer); + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; + // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here. + g.NavInitResultId = 0; // -V1048 + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + } + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + + // Scrolling + if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget) + { + // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. + if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest) + { + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + } + + // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys + // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. + ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f); + if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) + { + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); + g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; + } + if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) + { + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); + g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; + } + } + + // Reset search results + g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); + + // When we have manually scrolled (without using navigation) and NavId becomes out of bounds, we project its bounding box to the visible area to restart navigation within visible items + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1,1), window->InnerRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1,1)); + if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) + { + float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f; + window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWith(window_rect_rel); + g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } + g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; + } + + // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) + ImRect nav_rect_rel = (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted()) ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0,0,0,0); + g.NavScoringRect = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : GetViewportRect(); + g.NavScoringRect.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y); + g.NavScoringRect.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRect.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRect.Max.x); + g.NavScoringRect.Max.x = g.NavScoringRect.Min.x; + IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] + g.NavScoringCount = 0; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS + if (g.NavWindow) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); + if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) draw_list->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG] + if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } + } +#endif +} + +// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request +static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) + { + // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + if (g.NavId != 0) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + } + return; + } + + // Select which result to use + ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; + + // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page. + if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) + if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != g.NavId) + result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; + + // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules. + if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) + if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter)) + result = &g.NavMoveResultOther; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window); + + // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + ImVec2 delta_scroll; + if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge) + { + float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; + delta_scroll.y = result->Window->Scroll.y - scroll_target; + SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); + } + else + { + ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos); + delta_scroll = ScrollToBringRectIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs); + } + + // Offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate() + result->RectRel.TranslateX(-delta_scroll.x); + result->RectRel.TranslateY(-delta_scroll.y); + } + + ClearActiveID(); + g.NavWindow = result->Window; + if (g.NavId != result->ID) + { + // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; + g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods; + } + SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); + g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; +} + +// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys +static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None || g.NavWindow == NULL) + return 0.0f; + if ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + return 0.0f; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); + if (page_up_held != page_down_held || home_pressed != end_pressed) // If either (not both) are pressed + { + if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + { + // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item + if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (home_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); + else if (end_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y); + } + else + { + ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); + float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + else if (home_pressed) + { + // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y + // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result. + // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any. + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; + } + else if (end_pressed) + { + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - window->Scroll.y; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; + } + return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; + } + } + return 0.0f; +} + +static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Show CTRL+TAB list window + if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) + NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); + + // Perform wrap-around in menus + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWrapRequestWindow; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavWrapRequestFlags; + if (window != NULL && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + IM_ASSERT(move_flags != 0); // No points calling this with no wrapping + ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[0]; + + ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = + ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) + { + bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; + } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) + { + bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; + } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = + ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) + { + bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; + } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) + { + bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; + } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + } +} + +static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) // FIXME-OPT O(N) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size-1; i >= 0; i--) + if (g.WindowsFocusOrder[i] == window) + return i; + return -1; +} + +static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir) + if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i])) + return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; + return NULL; +} + +static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget); + if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return; + + const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget); + ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir); + if (!window_target) + window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); + if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; +} + +// Windowing management mode +// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer) +// Gamepad: Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer) +static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL; + bool apply_toggle_layer = false; + + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + if (modal_window != NULL) + { + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + return; + } + + // Fade out + if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL) + { + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) + g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL; + } + + // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection + bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) + { + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; // FIXME-DOCK: Will need to use RootWindowDockStop + g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true; + g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard : ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; + } + + // Gamepad update + g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + { + // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); + + // Select window to focus + const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow); + if (focus_change_dir != 0) + { + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f; + } + + // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most) + if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu)) + { + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. + if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + } + } + + // Keyboard: Focus + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard) + { + // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); + if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl) + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; + } + + // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer + // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of back-end clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB + if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released)) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + + // Move window + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + { + ImVec2 move_delta; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) + move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) + { + const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; + const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't code variable framerate very well + SetWindowPos(g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow, g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.NavWindowingTarget); + } + } + + // Apply final focus + if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) + { + ClearActiveID(); + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); + if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) + NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + + // If the window only has a menu layer, select it directly + if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) + g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + } + if (apply_focus_window) + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + + // Apply menu/layer toggle + if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow) + { + // Move to parent menu if necessary + ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow + && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0 + && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 + && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow; + if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow) + { + ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + FocusWindow(new_nav_window); + new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window; + } + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + + // When entering a regular menu bar with the Alt key, we always reinitialize the navigation ID. + const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); + } +} + +// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable() +static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + return "(Popup)"; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0) + return "(Main menu bar)"; + return "(Untitled)"; +} + +// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame(). +void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + + if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY) + return; + + if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL) + g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList"); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x * 0.20f, g.IO.DisplaySize.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); + Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]; + if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window)) + continue; + const char* label = window->Name; + if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label)) + label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window); + Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window); + } + End(); + PopStyleVar(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DragDropActive = false; + g.DragDropPayload.Clear(); + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; + g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + + g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear(); + memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); +} + +// Call when current ID is active. +// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() +bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + bool source_drag_active = false; + ImGuiID source_id = 0; + ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; + ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) + { + source_id = window->DC.LastItemId; + if (source_id != 0 && g.ActiveId != source_id) // Early out for most common case + return false; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) + return false; + + if (source_id == 0) + { + // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to: + // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag, C) Swallow your programmer pride. + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID)) + { + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; + } + + // Early out + if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) + return false; + + // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() + // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window. + // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. + // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive. + source_id = window->DC.LastItemId = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect); + bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, source_id); + if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) + { + SetActiveID(source_id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker. + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered; + } + else + { + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + } + if (g.ActiveId != source_id) + return false; + source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back(); + source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button); + + // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0; + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = ~(ImU32)0; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = ~(ImU64)0; + } + else + { + window = NULL; + source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern"); + source_drag_active = true; + } + + if (source_drag_active) + { + if (!g.DragDropActive) + { + IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0); + ClearDragDrop(); + ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; + payload.SourceId = source_id; + payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id; + g.DragDropActive = true; + g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; + g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; + } + g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + g.DragDropWithinSource = true; + + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) + // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. + BeginTooltip(); + if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; + tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; + tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + } + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + + return true; + } + return false; +} + +void ImGui::EndDragDropSource() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?"); + + if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + EndTooltip(); + + // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload() + if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1) + ClearDragDrop(); + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; +} + +// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame +bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; + if (cond == 0) + cond = ImGuiCond_Always; + + IM_ASSERT(type != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long"); + IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0)); + IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once); + IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() + + if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1) + { + // Copy payload + ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType)); + g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0); + if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)) + { + // Store in heap + g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size); + payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data; + memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size); + } + else if (data_size > 0) + { + // Store locally + memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal; + memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size); + } + else + { + payload.Data = NULL; + } + payload.DataSize = (int)data_size; + } + payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + + return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.DragDropActive) + return false; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId)) + return false; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; + g.DragDropTargetId = id; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; + return true; +} + +// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: +// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that pushes a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. +// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. +// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) +bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.DragDropActive) + return false; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + return false; + if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow) + return false; + + const ImRect& display_rect = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect : window->DC.LastItemRect; + ImGuiID id = window->DC.LastItemId; + if (id == 0) + id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect); + if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect; + g.DragDropTargetId = id; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0; +} + +const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ? + IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ? + if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type)) + return NULL; + + // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints. + // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function! + const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); + ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; + float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); + if (r_surface < g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) + { + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; + } + + // Render default drop visuals + payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; + flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame) + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) + { + // FIXME-DRAG: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. + r.Expand(3.5f); + bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r); + if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min-ImVec2(1,1), r.Max+ImVec2(1,1)); + window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, ~0, 2.0f); + if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + } + + g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() + if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery)) + return NULL; + + return &payload; +} + +const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; +} + +// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. +void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget); + g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. +// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) +void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + if (g.LogFile) + { + g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0); + g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); + ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile); + } + else + { + g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); + } + va_end(args); +} + +// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. +// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding +void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (!text_end) + text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + + const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + 1); + if (ref_pos) + g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; + if (log_new_line) + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + + const char* text_remaining = text; + if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth + g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; + const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef); + for (;;) + { + // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. + // We don't add a trailing \n to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured. + const char* line_start = text_remaining; + const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end); + const bool is_first_line = (line_start == text); + const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end); + if (!is_last_line || (line_start != line_end)) + { + const int char_count = (int)(line_end - line_start); + if (log_new_line || !is_first_line) + LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start); + else if (g.LogLineFirstItem) + LogText("%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start); + else + LogText(" %.*s", char_count, line_start); + g.LogLineFirstItem = false; + } + else if (log_new_line) + { + // An empty "" string at a different Y position should output a carriage return. + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + break; + } + + if (is_last_line) + break; + text_remaining = line_end + 1; + } +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output +void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false); + IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); + IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty()); + g.LogEnabled = true; + g.LogType = type; + g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; + g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault); + g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; +} + +void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth); + g.LogFile = stdout; +#endif +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output to given file +void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + + // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still + // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE. + // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere. + if (!filename) + filename = g.IO.LogFilename; + if (!filename || !filename[0]) + return; + ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab"); + if (!f) + { + IM_ASSERT(0); + return; + } + + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth); + g.LogFile = f; +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard +void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth); +} + +void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth); +} + +void ImGui::LogFinish() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + switch (g.LogType) + { + case ImGuiLogType_TTY: +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + fflush(g.LogFile); +#endif + break; + case ImGuiLogType_File: + ImFileClose(g.LogFile); + break; + case ImGuiLogType_Buffer: + break; + case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard: + if (!g.LogBuffer.empty()) + SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin()); + break; + case ImGuiLogType_None: + IM_ASSERT(0); + break; + } + + g.LogEnabled = false; + g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + g.LogFile = NULL; + g.LogBuffer.clear(); +} + +// Helper to display logging buttons +// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!) +void ImGui::LogButtons() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + PushID("LogButtons"); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine(); +#else + const bool log_to_tty = false; +#endif + const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); + const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); + PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + SetNextItemWidth(80.0f); + SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL); + PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + PopID(); + + // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log + if (log_to_tty) + LogToTTY(); + if (log_to_file) + LogToFile(); + if (log_to_clipboard) + LogToClipboard(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] SETTINGS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - UpdateSettings() [Internal] +// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal] +// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal] +// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal] +// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk() +// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory() +// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk() +// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory() +// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Called by NewFrame() +void ImGui::UpdateSettings() +{ + // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.SettingsLoaded) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty()); + if (g.IO.IniFilename) + LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + g.SettingsLoaded = true; + } + + // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) + { + g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + { + if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + else + g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves. + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + } + } +} + +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; +} + +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + +#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS + // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() + // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. + if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) + name = p; +#endif + const size_t name_len = strlen(name); + + // Allocate chunk + const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); + settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); + memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator + + return settings; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) + return settings; + return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); +} + +ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) + return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsIniData.clear(); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); +} + +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + size_t file_data_size = 0; + char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); + if (!file_data) + return; + LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); + IM_FREE(file_data); +} + +// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()"); + //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0); + + // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter). + // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy.. + if (ini_size == 0) + ini_size = strlen(ini_data); + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1); + char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data; + char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size; + memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); + buf_end[0] = 0; + + // Call pre-read handlers + // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window) + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + + void* entry_data = NULL; + ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; + + char* line_end = NULL; + for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1) + { + // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line + while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r') + line++; + line_end = line; + while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r') + line_end++; + line_end[0] = 0; + if (line[0] == ';') + continue; + if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']') + { + // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code. + line_end[-1] = 0; + const char* name_end = line_end - 1; + const char* type_start = line + 1; + char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']'); + const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL; + if (!type_end || !name_start) + continue; + *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']' + name_start++; // Skip second '[' + entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start); + entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL; + } + else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL) + { + // Let type handler parse the line + entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line); + } + } + g.SettingsLoaded = true; + + // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary) + memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); + + // Call post-read handlers + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); +} + +void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + if (!ini_filename) + return; + + size_t ini_data_size = 0; + const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size); + ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); + if (!f) + return; + ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f); + ImFileClose(f); +} + +// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer +const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); + } + if (out_size) + *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); + return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1; + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); +} + +static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) +{ + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name); + ImGuiID id = settings->ID; + *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + settings->ID = id; + settings->WantApply = true; + return (void*)settings; +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) +{ + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry; + int x, y; + int i; + if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); + else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); + else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); +} + +// Apply to existing windows (if any) +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->WantApply) + { + if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID)) + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + settings->WantApply = false; + } +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) +{ + // Gather data from windows that were active during this session + // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + continue; + + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); + if (!settings) + { + settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name); + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID); + settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)window->Pos.x, (short)window->Pos.y); + settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)window->SizeFull.x, (short)window->SizeFull.y); + settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; + } + + // Write to text buffer + buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + { + const char* settings_name = settings->GetName(); + buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name); + buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); + buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); + buf->append("\n"); + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch) + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DOCKING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch) + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma comment(lib, "user32") +#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32") +#endif + +// Win32 clipboard implementation +// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown() +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) + return NULL; + HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT); + if (wbuf_handle == NULL) + { + ::CloseClipboard(); + return NULL; + } + if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle)) + { + int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len); + ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL); + } + ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); + ::CloseClipboard(); + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data; +} + +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +{ + if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) + return; + const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0); + HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR)); + if (wbuf_handle == NULL) + { + ::CloseClipboard(); + return; + } + WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length); + ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); + ::EmptyClipboard(); + if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL) + ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle); + ::CloseClipboard(); +} + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) + +#include // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file +static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0; + +// OSX clipboard implementation +// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line! +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +{ + if (!main_clipboard) + PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); + PasteboardClear(main_clipboard); + CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text)); + if (cf_data) + { + PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0); + CFRelease(cf_data); + } +} + +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +{ + if (!main_clipboard) + PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); + PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard); + + ItemCount item_count = 0; + PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count); + for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++) + { + PasteboardItemID item_id = 0; + PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id); + CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0; + PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array); + for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++) + { + CFDataRef cf_data; + if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1); + CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data); + g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0; + CFRelease(cf_data); + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data; + } + } + } + return NULL; +} + +#else + +// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers. +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin(); +} + +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + const char* text_end = text + strlen(text); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); + memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text)); + g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; +} + +#endif + +// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) + +#include +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma comment(lib, "imm32") +#endif + +static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y) +{ + // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)io.ImeWindowHandle) + if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd)) + { + COMPOSITIONFORM cf; + cf.ptCurrentPos.x = x; + cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y; + cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION; + ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf); + ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc); + } +} + +#else + +static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {} + +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. +static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) +{ + ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } +} + +void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics", p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Debugging enums + enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type + const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentRegionRect" }; + enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentRowsFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentRowsUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type + const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentRowsFrozen", "ColumnsContentRowsUnfrozen" }; + + // State + static bool show_windows_rects = false; + static int show_windows_rect_type = WRT_WorkRect; + static bool show_windows_begin_order = false; + static bool show_tables_rects = false; + static int show_tables_rect_type = TRT_WorkRect; + static bool show_drawcmd_mesh = true; + static bool show_drawcmd_aabb = true; + + // Basic info + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); + ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); + ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); + ImGui::Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows); + ImGui::Text("%d active allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Helper functions to display common structures: + // - NodeDrawList() + // - NodeColumns() + // - NodeWindow() + // - NodeWindows() + // - NodeTabBar() + // - NodeStorage() + struct Funcs + { + static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type) + { + if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect) { return window->Rect(); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped) { return window->OuterRectClipped; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); + } + + static void NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, int elem_offset, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb) + { + IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb); + ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list + ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + + // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles + ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect; + ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; + fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + draw_cmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3) + { + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + { + ImVec2 p = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos; + triangle[n] = p; + vtxs_rect.Add(p); + } + if (show_mesh) + fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), true, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles + } + // Draw bounding boxes + if (show_aabb) + { + fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU + fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles + } + fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; + } + + static void NodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) + { + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size); + if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.4f,0.4f,1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) + if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop(); + return; + } + + ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list + if (window && IsItemHovered()) + fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!node_open) + return; + + if (window && !window->WasActive) + ImGui::TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!"); + + unsigned int elem_offset = 0; + for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++) + { + if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0) + continue; + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); + continue; + } + + ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + char buf[300]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d triangles, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", + pcmd->ElemCount/3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, + pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && (show_drawcmd_mesh || show_drawcmd_aabb) && fg_draw_list) + NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(window, draw_list, pcmd, elem_offset, show_drawcmd_mesh, show_drawcmd_aabb); + if (!pcmd_node_open) + continue; + + // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count) + // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output. + float total_area = 0.0f; + for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + pcmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3) + { + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + triangle[n] = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos; + total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]); + } + + // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area); + ImGui::Selectable(buf); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) + NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(window, draw_list, pcmd, elem_offset, true, false); + + // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. + ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) + { + char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++) + { + ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i]; + triangle[n] = v.pos; + buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", + (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); + } + + ImGui::Selectable(buf, false); + if (fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; + fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f); + fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + static void NodeColumns(const ImGuiColumns* columns) + { + if (!ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) + return; + ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) + ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + static void NodeWindows(ImVector& windows, const char* label) + { + if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size)) + return; + for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGui::PushID(windows[i]); + Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window"); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) + { + if (window == NULL) + { + ImGui::BulletText("%s: NULL", label); + return; + } + bool open = ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, (window->Active || window->WasActive), window); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && window->WasActive) + ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + + if (!window->WasActive) + ImGui::TextDisabled("Note: window is not currently visible."); + if (window->MemoryCompacted) + ImGui::TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); + + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + NodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); + ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y); + ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); + ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); + ImGui::BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); + ImGui::BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask); + ImGui::BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted()) + ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: (%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", window->NavRectRel[0].Min.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Min.y, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.y); + else + ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: "); + if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); + if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) NodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); + if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); + if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + NodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + NodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + static void NodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) + { + ImGui::Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", + settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); + } + + static void NodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) + { + // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings. + char buf[256]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "TabBar (%d tabs)%s", tab_bar->Tabs.Size, (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible < ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2) ? " *Inactive*" : ""); + IM_UNUSED(p); + if (ImGui::TreeNode(tab_bar, "%s", buf)) + { + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + ImGui::PushID(tab); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } ImGui::SameLine(0, 2); + if (ImGui::SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s'", tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : ""); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + + static void NodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) + { + if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) + return; + for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; + ImGui::BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + }; + + // Tools + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tools")) + { + // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. + if (ImGui::Button("Item Picker..")) + ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); + + ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &show_windows_begin_order); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &show_windows_rects); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 12); + show_windows_rects |= ImGui::Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &show_windows_rect_type, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count); + if (show_windows_rects && g.NavWindow) + { + ImGui::BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name); + ImGui::Indent(); + for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n); + ImGui::Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]); + } + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::Checkbox("Show mesh when hovering ImDrawCmd", &show_drawcmd_mesh); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show bounding boxes when hovering ImDrawCmd", &show_drawcmd_aabb); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Contents + Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows"); + //Funcs::NodeWindows(g.WindowsFocusOrder, "WindowsFocusOrder"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawLists", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size; i++) + Funcs::NodeDrawList(NULL, g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0][i], "DrawList"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Popups + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; + ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Details for TabBars + if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetSize())) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetSize(); n++) + Funcs::NodeTabBar(g.TabBars.GetByIndex(n)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Tables + IM_UNUSED(trt_rects_names); + IM_UNUSED(show_tables_rects); + IM_UNUSED(show_tables_rect_type); +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetSize())) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetSize(); n++) + Funcs::NodeTable(g.Tables.GetByIndex(n)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + + // Details for Docking +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Docking")) + { + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + // Settings + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Settings")) + { + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) + ImGui::ClearIniSettings(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Save to disk")) + ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (g.IO.IniFilename) + ImGui::Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); + else + ImGui::TextUnformatted(""); + ImGui::Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) + { + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + Funcs::NodeWindowSettings(settings); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + if (ImGui::TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size())) + { + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + Funcs::NodeTableSettings(settings); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size())) + { + char* buf = (char*)(void*)(g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data ? g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data : ""); + ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##Ini", buf, g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Misc Details + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Internal state")) + { + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Nav", "NavKeyboard", "NavGamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); + ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not + ImGui::Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); + ImGui::Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); + ImGui::Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); + ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); + ImGui::Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); + ImGui::Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); + ImGui::Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order + if (show_windows_rects || show_windows_begin_order) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + if (!window->WasActive) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + if (show_windows_rects) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, show_windows_rect_type); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); + } + if (show_windows_begin_order && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + char buf[32]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); + float font_size = ImGui::GetFontSize(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + } + } + } + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles + if (show_tables_rects) + { + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n); + } + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + // Overlay: Display Docking info + if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl) + { + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + ImGui::End(); +} + +#else + +void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) { } + +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed. +// Prefer just including imgui_internal.h from your code rather than using this define. If a declaration is missing from imgui_internal.h add it or request it on the github. +#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL +#include "imgui_user.inl" +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui.h b/libs/imgui/imgui.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3751f2e --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui.h @@ -0,0 +1,2392 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.77 +// (headers) + +// Help: +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. + +// Resources: +// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki +// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues + +/* + +Index of this file: +// Header mess +// Forward declarations and basic types +// ImGui API (Dear ImGui end-user API) +// Flags & Enumerations +// Memory allocations macros +// ImVector<> +// ImGuiStyle +// ImGuiIO +// Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload) +// Obsolete functions +// Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// Draw List API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) + +*/ + +#pragma once + +// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to your own filename) +#ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG +#include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG +#endif +#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) +#include "imconfig.h" +#endif + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Header mess +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Includes +#include // FLT_MIN, FLT_MAX +#include // va_list, va_start, va_end +#include // ptrdiff_t, NULL +#include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp + +// Version +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens) +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.77" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 17700 +#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) + +// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) +// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default bindings files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) +// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) +#ifndef IMGUI_API +#define IMGUI_API +#endif +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API +#define IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_API +#endif + +// Helper Macros +#ifndef IM_ASSERT +#include +#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h +#endif +#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // To apply printf-style warnings to our functions. +#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0))) +#else +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) +#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) +#endif +#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! +#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. +#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 +#else +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER)) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro. +#endif + +// Warnings +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#endif +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Forward declarations and basic types +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Forward declarations +struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit() +struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback) +struct ImDrawData; // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix. +struct ImDrawList; // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder) +struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself) +struct ImDrawListSplitter; // Helper to split a draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order, then flattened back. +struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT) +struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas +struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader +struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts +struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset) +struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data +struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using) +struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h) +struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui +struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items +struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro +struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations +struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage +struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors +struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder) +struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]") + +// Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file) +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling +typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions +typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type +typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction +typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier (ImGui-side enum) +typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation +typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) +typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier +typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling +typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled() etc. +typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList +typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas +typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags +typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc. +typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags +typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo() +typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload() +typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() +typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. +typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() +typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags; // -> enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super) +typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() +typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() +typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar() +typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabItem() +typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader() +typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild() + +// Other types +#ifndef ImTextureID // ImTextureID [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define ImTextureID xxx'] +typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data for rendering back-end to identify a texture. This is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +#endif +typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // A unique ID used by widgets, typically hashed from a stack of string. +typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData *data); +typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); + +// Decoded character types +// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) +typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16] +typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; +#else +typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; +#endif + +// Basic scalar data types +typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int +typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) +typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) +#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100) +#include +typedef int64_t ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre C++11) +typedef uint64_t ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre C++11) +#else +typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (post C++11) +typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (post C++11) +#endif + +// 2D vector (often used to store positions or sizes) +struct ImVec2 +{ + float x, y; + ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; } + ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } + float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. +#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA + IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2. +#endif +}; + +// 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors) +struct ImVec4 +{ + float x, y, z, w; + ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } + ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; } +#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA + IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4. +#endif +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ImGui: Dear ImGui end-user API +// (This is a namespace. You can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace ImGui +{ + // Context creation and access + // Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between imgui contexts. + // None of those functions is reliant on the current context. + IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL); + IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context + IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext(); + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx); + + // Main + IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags) + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! + IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). + IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all! + IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can get call GetDrawData() to obtain it and run your rendering function (up to v1.60, this used to call io.RenderDrawListsFn(). Nowadays, we allow and prefer calling your render function yourself.) + IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render. + + // Demo, Debug, Information + IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! + IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. + IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug/Metrics window. display Dear ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc. + IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) + IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. + IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts. + IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). + IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23" (essentially the compiled value for IMGUI_VERSION) + + // Styles + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default) + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font + + // Windows + // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack. + // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window, + // which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked. + // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame by calling Begin()/End() pairs multiple times. + // Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin(). + // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting + // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! + // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, + // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function + // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug". + IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void End(); + + // Child Windows + // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child. + // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). + // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window. + // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value [as with Begin: this is due to legacy reason and inconsistent with most BeginXXX functions apart from the regular Begin() which behaves like BeginChild().] + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void EndChild(); + + // Windows Utilities + // - 'current window' = the window we are appending into while inside a Begin()/End() block. 'next window' = next window we will Begin() into. + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing(); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed(); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options. + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ! + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size + IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) + IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) + + // Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed(). + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus(). + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes(). + IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window position. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus. + + // Content region + // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned soon (they are confusing, incomplete and return values in local window coordinates which increases confusion) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates + IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); // + + // Windows Scrolling + IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. + IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position. + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position. + + // Parameters stacks (shared) + IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font + IMGUI_API void PopFont(); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col); + IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); + IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); + IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. + IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font + IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied + + // Parameters stacks (current window) + IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, + IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth(); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side) + IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions. + IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space + IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); + IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets + IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. + IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); + + // Cursor / Layout + // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. + // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. + // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget. + // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API: + // Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() + // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. + IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. + IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. + IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context. + IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing. + IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into. + IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 + IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 + IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position + IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // (some functions are using window-relative coordinates, such as: GetCursorPos, GetCursorStartPos, GetContentRegionMax, GetWindowContentRegion* etc. + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList:: + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // are using the main, absolute coordinate system. + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.) + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API) + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] + IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item) + IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize + IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) + IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeight(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) + + // ID stack/scopes + // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most + // likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them. + // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack. + // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. + // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID, + // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed. + IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). + IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). + IMGUI_API void PushID(const void* ptr_id); // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer). + IMGUI_API void PushID(int int_id); // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer). + IMGUI_API void PopID(); // pop from the ID stack. + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id); + + // Widgets: Text + IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text. + IMGUI_API void Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // formatted text + IMGUI_API void TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor(); + IMGUI_API void TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); + IMGUI_API void TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor(); + IMGUI_API void TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize(). + IMGUI_API void TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets + IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); + IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text() + IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + + // Widgets: Main + // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected + // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state. + IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // button + IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text + IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size); // button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) + IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding + IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); + IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; } + IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer + IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); + IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses + + // Widgets: Combo Box + // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. + // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. + IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0" + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + + // Widgets: Drags + // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. + // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x + // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. + // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision). + // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits. + // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum. + // - Use v_min > v_max to lock edits. + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound + IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); + IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + + // Widgets: Sliders + // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. + // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. Use power!=1.0 for power curve sliders + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg"); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + + // Widgets: Input with Keyboard + // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp. + // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc. + IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0, double step_fast = 0.0, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + + // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) + // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. + // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x + IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a colored square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. + IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls. + + // Widgets: Trees + // - TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents. + IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* label); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // helper variation to easily decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet(). + IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // " + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // " + IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() + IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode + IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). + IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. + + // Widgets: Selectables + // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected. + // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous. + IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height + IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. + + // Widgets: List Boxes + // - FIXME: To be consistent with all the newer API, ListBoxHeader/ListBoxFooter should in reality be called BeginListBox/EndListBox. Will rename them. + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards. + IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // " + IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region. only call ListBoxFooter() if ListBoxHeader() returned true! + + // Widgets: Data Plotting + IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); + IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + + // Widgets: Value() Helpers. + // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace) + IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, bool b); + IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, int v); + IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v); + IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL); + + // Widgets: Menus + // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar. + // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it. + // - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it. + IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window). + IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. + IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true! + IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment + IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL + + // Tooltips + // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse which do not take focus away. + IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). + IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); + IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). + IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + + // Popups, Modals + // - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them. + // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls. + // - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time. + // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered(). + // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack. + // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future. + // Popups: begin/end functions + // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. + // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interactions behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. + IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true! + // Popups: open/close functions + // - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options. + // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually. + // - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options). + // - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup(). + IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). + IMGUI_API bool OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. return true when just opened. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors) + IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into. + // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers + // - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking. + // - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future. + // - We exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter. Passing a mouse button to ImGuiPopupFlags is guaranteed to be legal. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows). + // Popups: test function + // - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. + // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. + // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open. + IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open. + + // Columns + // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns. + // - The columns API is work-in-progress and rather lacking (columns are arguably the worst part of dear imgui at the moment!) + // - There is a maximum of 64 columns. + // - Currently working on new 'Tables' api which will replace columns around Q2 2020 (see GitHub #2957). + IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); + IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished + IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index + IMGUI_API float GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1); // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column + IMGUI_API void SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width); // set column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column + IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1); // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetColumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is typically 0.0f + IMGUI_API void SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x); // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column + IMGUI_API int GetColumnsCount(); + + // Tab Bars, Tabs + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0); // create and append into a TabBar + IMGUI_API void EndTabBar(); // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);// create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. + IMGUI_API void EndTabItem(); // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true! + IMGUI_API void SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label); // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name. + + // Logging/Capture + // - All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging. + IMGUI_API void LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth = -1); // start logging to tty (stdout) + IMGUI_API void LogToFile(int auto_open_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL); // start logging to file + IMGUI_API void LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth = -1); // start logging to OS clipboard + IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.) + IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard + IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) + + // Drag and Drop + // - [BETA API] API may evolve! + // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip as replacement) + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() + IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. + IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() + IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. + IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true! + IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. + + // Clipping + IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect); + IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); + + // Focus, Activation + // - Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item" + IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window. + IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. + + // Item/Widgets Utilities + // - Most of the functions are referring to the last/previous item we submitted. + // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false) + IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation? + IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered() + IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling) + IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledOpen(); // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode(). + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); // is any item hovered? + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); // is any item active? + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused(); // is any item focused? + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item + IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. + + // Miscellaneous Utilities + IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. + IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side. + IMGUI_API double GetTime(); // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame. + IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances. + IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). + IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) + IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); + IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can. + IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame + IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window) + + // Text Utilities + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f); + + // Color Utilities + IMGUI_API ImVec4 ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in); + IMGUI_API ImU32 ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in); + IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v); + IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b); + + // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard + // - For 'int user_key_index' you can use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. + // - We don't know the meaning of those value. You can use GetKeyIndex() to map a ImGuiKey_ value into the user index. + IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key] + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? + IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate + IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call. + + // Inputs Utilities: Mouse + // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. + // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. + // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold') + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button); // is mouse button held? + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button double-clicked? a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime. + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block. + IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // is any mouse button held? + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) + IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // + IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you + IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired cursor type + IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call. + + // Clipboard Utilities + // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard. + IMGUI_API const char* GetClipboardText(); + IMGUI_API void SetClipboardText(const char* text); + + // Settings/.Ini Utilities + // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini"). + // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually. + IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename). + IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source. + IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename); // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext). + IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. + + // Debug Utilities + IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. + + // Memory Allocators + // - All those functions are not reliant on the current context. + // - If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again because we use global storage for those. + IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size); + IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr); + +} // namespace ImGui + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Flags & Enumerations +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for ImGui::Begin() +enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ +{ + ImGuiWindowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar = 1 << 0, // Disable title-bar + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically) + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground = 1 << 7, // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f). + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs = 1 << 9, // Disable catching mouse, hovering test with pass through. + ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar = 1 << 10, // Has a menu-bar + ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar = 1 << 11, // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 12, // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) + ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to cancel the closure (with a confirmation popup, etc.) without flicker. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, + + // [Internal] + ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] Allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child (only use on child that have no scrolling!) + ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild() + ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip() + ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() + ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() + ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() + + // [Obsolete] + //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f or style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around items or windows. + //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=true and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::InputText() +enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ +{ + ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/ + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). + ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*' + ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) + // [Internal] + ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() + ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 21 // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*() +enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 5, // Default node to be open + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding(). + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) + //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog +}; + +// Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. +// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument, we need to treat +// small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. +// It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. +// - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. +enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ +{ + ImGuiPopupFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 0, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranted to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranted to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranted to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = 0x1F, + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = 1, + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 6, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 7, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 8, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::Selectable() +enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ +{ + ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too + ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() +enum ImGuiComboFlags_ +{ + ImGuiComboFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft = 1 << 0, // Align the popup toward the left by default + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall = 1 << 1, // Max ~4 items visible. Tip: If you want your combo popup to be a specific size you can use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() prior to calling BeginCombo() + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular = 1 << 2, // Max ~8 items visible (default) + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge = 1 << 3, // Max ~20 items visible + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible + ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button + ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar() +enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTabBarFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 0, // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list + ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs = 1 << 1, // Automatically select new tabs when they appear + ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton = 1 << 2, // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons = 1 << 4, // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 5, // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll, + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem() +enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. Also: tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to undo it without flicker. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4 // Disable tooltip for the given tab +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() +enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ +{ + ImGuiFocusedFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any children of the window is focused + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowFocused(): Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered() +// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your app, you should use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! +// Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls. +enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ +{ + ImGuiHoveredFlags_None = 0, // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered + ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 3, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window + //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 4, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 5, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 6, // Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 7, // Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, + ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() +enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ +{ + ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0, + // BeginDragDropSource() flags + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged) + // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. +}; + +// Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. +#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F "_COL3F" // float[3]: Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type. +#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F "_COL4F" // float[4]: Standard type for colors. User code may use this type. + +// A primary data type +enum ImGuiDataType_ +{ + ImGuiDataType_S8, // signed char / char (with sensible compilers) + ImGuiDataType_U8, // unsigned char + ImGuiDataType_S16, // short + ImGuiDataType_U16, // unsigned short + ImGuiDataType_S32, // int + ImGuiDataType_U32, // unsigned int + ImGuiDataType_S64, // long long / __int64 + ImGuiDataType_U64, // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64 + ImGuiDataType_Float, // float + ImGuiDataType_Double, // double + ImGuiDataType_COUNT +}; + +// A cardinal direction +enum ImGuiDir_ +{ + ImGuiDir_None = -1, + ImGuiDir_Left = 0, + ImGuiDir_Right = 1, + ImGuiDir_Up = 2, + ImGuiDir_Down = 3, + ImGuiDir_COUNT +}; + +// User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array +enum ImGuiKey_ +{ + ImGuiKey_Tab, + ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, + ImGuiKey_RightArrow, + ImGuiKey_UpArrow, + ImGuiKey_DownArrow, + ImGuiKey_PageUp, + ImGuiKey_PageDown, + ImGuiKey_Home, + ImGuiKey_End, + ImGuiKey_Insert, + ImGuiKey_Delete, + ImGuiKey_Backspace, + ImGuiKey_Space, + ImGuiKey_Enter, + ImGuiKey_Escape, + ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter, + ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all + ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy + ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste + ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut + ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo + ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo + ImGuiKey_COUNT +}; + +// To test io.KeyMods (which is a combination of individual fields io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt set by user/back-end) +enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ +{ + ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = 1 << 0, + ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = 1 << 1, + ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = 1 << 2, + ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = 1 << 3 +}; + +// Gamepad/Keyboard navigation +// Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. +// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Back-end: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). +// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. +enum ImGuiNavInput_ +{ + // Gamepad Mapping + ImGuiNavInput_Activate, // activate / open / toggle / tweak value // e.g. Cross (PS4), A (Xbox), A (Switch), Space (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, // cancel / close / exit // e.g. Circle (PS4), B (Xbox), B (Switch), Escape (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_Input, // text input / on-screen keyboard // e.g. Triang.(PS4), Y (Xbox), X (Switch), Return (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_Menu, // tap: toggle menu / hold: focus, move, resize // e.g. Square (PS4), X (Xbox), Y (Switch), Alt (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, // move / tweak / resize window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. D-pad Left/Right/Up/Down (Gamepads), Arrow keys (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, // + ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, // + ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, // + ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, // scroll / move window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. Left Analog Stick Left/Right/Up/Down + ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, // + ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, // + ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, // + ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, // next window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) + ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, // prev window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) + ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, // slower tweaks // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) + ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, // faster tweaks // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) + + // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them. + // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from io.KeysDown[] instead of io.NavInputs[]. + ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, // toggle menu // = io.KeyAlt + ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, // move left // = Arrow keys + ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, // move right + ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, // move up + ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, // move down + ImGuiNavInput_COUNT, + ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_ = ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_ +}; + +// Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application. +enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ +{ + ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[]. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui back-end to fill io.NavInputs[]. Back-end also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your binding, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the back-end. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the back-end cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. + + // User storage (to allow your back-end/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui) + ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. + ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. +}; + +// Back-end capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom back-end. +enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ +{ + ImGuiBackendFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Back-end Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Back-end Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Back-end Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Back-end Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. +}; + +// Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor() +enum ImGuiCol_ +{ + ImGuiCol_Text, + ImGuiCol_TextDisabled, + ImGuiCol_WindowBg, // Background of normal windows + ImGuiCol_ChildBg, // Background of child windows + ImGuiCol_PopupBg, // Background of popups, menus, tooltips windows + ImGuiCol_Border, + ImGuiCol_BorderShadow, + ImGuiCol_FrameBg, // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input + ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, + ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, + ImGuiCol_TitleBg, + ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive, + ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed, + ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg, + ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg, + ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, + ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered, + ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive, + ImGuiCol_CheckMark, + ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, + ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive, + ImGuiCol_Button, + ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, + ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, + ImGuiCol_Header, // Header* colors are used for CollapsingHeader, TreeNode, Selectable, MenuItem + ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered, + ImGuiCol_HeaderActive, + ImGuiCol_Separator, + ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, + ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive, + ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, + ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered, + ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive, + ImGuiCol_Tab, + ImGuiCol_TabHovered, + ImGuiCol_TabActive, + ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, + ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive, + ImGuiCol_PlotLines, + ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered, + ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram, + ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered, + ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, + ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, + ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item + ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB + ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active + ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active + ImGuiCol_COUNT + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg // [renamed in 1.63] + //, ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered// [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors. +#endif +}; + +// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure. +// - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. +// During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. +enum ImGuiStyleVar_ +{ + // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) + ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize, // float PopupBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2 FramePadding + ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float FrameRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize, // float FrameBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize + ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize + ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ = ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT // [renamed in 1.60] +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() +enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ +{ + ImGuiColorEditFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on colored square. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable colored square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview colored square). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small colored square preview instead. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 10, // // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default) + + // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar = 1 << 16, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview = 1 << 17, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR = 1 << 19, // // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB = 1 << 20, // [Display] // ColorEdit: override _display_ type among RGB/HSV/Hex. ColorPicker: select any combination using one or more of RGB/HSV/Hex. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV = 1 << 21, // [Display] // " + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex = 1 << 22, // [Display] // " + ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 = 1 << 23, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float = 1 << 24, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar = 1 << 25, // [Picker] // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel = 1 << 26, // [Picker] // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB = 1 << 27, // [Input] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in RGB format. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV = 1 << 28, // [Input] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in HSV format. + + // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to + // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup. + ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + + // [Internal] Masks + ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, + ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, + ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] +#endif +}; + +// Identify a mouse button. +// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience. +enum ImGuiMouseButton_ +{ + ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0, + ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1, + ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2, + ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5 +}; + +// Enumeration for GetMouseCursor() +// User code may request binding to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here +enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ +{ + ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1, + ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, + ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions) + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window + ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) + ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle. + ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT // [renamed in 1.60] +#endif +}; + +// Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions +// Represent a condition. +// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. +enum ImGuiCond_ +{ + ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always + ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable) + ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed) + ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file) + ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helpers: Memory allocations macros +// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() +// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. +// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImNewDummy {}; +inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; } +inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewDummy, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new() +#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE) ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE) +#define IM_FREE(_PTR) ImGui::MemFree(_PTR) +#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewDummy(), _PTR) +#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewDummy(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE +template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper: ImVector<> +// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it. +// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase. +// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs. +// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that, +// Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +struct ImVector +{ + int Size; + int Capacity; + T* Data; + + // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves. + typedef T value_type; + typedef value_type* iterator; + typedef const value_type* const_iterator; + + // Constructors, destructor + inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } + inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); } + inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } + inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } + + inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; } + inline int size() const { return Size; } + inline int size_in_bytes() const { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; } + inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } + + inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } + inline T* begin() { return Data; } + inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } + inline T* end() { return Data + Size; } + inline const T* end() const { return Data + Size; } + inline T& front() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; } + inline const T& front() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; } + inline T& back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; } + inline const T& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; } + inline void swap(ImVector& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; } + + inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; } + inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; } + inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; } + inline void shrink(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation + inline void reserve(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; } + + // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden. + inline void push_back(const T& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; } + inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; } + inline void push_front(const T& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); } + inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data+Size-1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } + inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } + inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } + inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } + inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } + inline bool find_erase(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; } + inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; } + inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ImGuiStyle +// You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame(). +// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values, +// and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiStyle +{ + float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window. + float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). + ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered. + ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. + float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. + float ChildBorderSize; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + float PopupRounding; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding) + float PopupBorderSize; // Thickness of border around popup/tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + ImVec2 FramePadding; // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets). + float FrameRounding; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets). + float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. + ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). + ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! + float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). + float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). + float ScrollbarSize; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar. + float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar. + float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar. + float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. + float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. + float TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. + ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). + ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. + ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! + float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. + bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. + bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.) + float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. + float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; + + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); + IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ImGuiIO +// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure. +// Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiIO +{ + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Configuration (fill once) // Default value + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc. + ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by back-end (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end) to communicate features supported by the back-end. + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels. + float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. + float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. + const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory. + const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). + float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. + float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. + float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. + int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. + void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks. + + ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. + float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts + bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel. + ImFont* FontDefault; // = NULL // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0]. + ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1, 1) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale. + + // Miscellaneous options + bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations. + bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63) + bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63) + bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) + bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected. + float ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer;// = 60.0f // [BETA] Compact window memory usage when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Platform Functions + // (the imgui_impl_xxxx back-end files are setting those up for you) + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // Optional: Platform/Renderer back-end name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for back-end/wrappers to store their own stuff. + const char* BackendPlatformName; // = NULL + const char* BackendRendererName; // = NULL + void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL // User data for platform back-end + void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer back-end + void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language back-end + + // Optional: Access OS clipboard + // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) + const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data); + void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text); + void* ClipboardUserData; + + // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) + // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) + void (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y); + void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // [OBSOLETE since 1.60+] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now! + // You can obtain the ImDrawData* by calling ImGui::GetDrawData() after Render(). See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this. + void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data); +#else + // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size/layout, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h. + void* RenderDrawListsFnUnused; +#endif + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame() + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) + bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. + float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all back-ends. + bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control + bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift + bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt + bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows + bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). + float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame(). + + // Functions + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue new character input + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue new character input from an UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // Clear the text input buffer manually + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() + // (when reading from the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to dispatch your inputs, it is + // generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!) + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). + bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). + bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). + bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. + bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! + bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. + bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). + float Framerate; // Application framerate estimate, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on io.DeltaTime over 120 frames. + int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() + int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 + int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows + int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows + int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. + ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + ImGuiKeyModFlags KeyMods; // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame() + ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) + ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking + double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) + bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down + bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? + bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down + bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. + bool MouseDownWasDoubleClick[5]; // Track if button down was a double-click + float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) + float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down + ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point + float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point + float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed) + float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down + float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; + float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; + float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. + ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16 + ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform back-end). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. + + IMGUI_API ImGuiIO(); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Misc data structures +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. +// The callback function should return 0 by default. +// Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: Callback on pressing TAB +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter: Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. +struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData +{ + ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only + ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only + void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only + + // Arguments for the different callback events + // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary. + // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state. + ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0; + ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only // [Completion,History] + char* Buf; // Text buffer // Read-write // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer! + int BufTextLen; // Text length (in bytes) // Read-write // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length() + int BufSize; // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1 // Read-only // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1 + bool BufDirty; // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen! // Write // [Completion,History,Always] + int CursorPos; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] + int SelectionStart; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection) + int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] + + // Helper functions for text manipulation. + // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection. + IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData(); + IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count); + IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } +}; + +// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin(). +// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough. +struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData +{ + void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() + ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference. + ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size. + ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing. +}; + +// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload() +struct ImGuiPayload +{ + // Members + void* Data; // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui) + int DataSize; // Data size + + // [Internal] + ImGuiID SourceId; // Source item id + ImGuiID SourceParentId; // Source parent id (if available) + int DataFrameCount; // Data timestamp + char DataType[32+1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max) + bool Preview; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets) + bool Delivery; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item. + + ImGuiPayload() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; } + bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; } + bool IsPreview() const { return Preview; } + bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) +// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +namespace ImGui +{ + // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) + static inline bool OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { return OpenPopupContextItem(str_id, mb); } // Passing a mouse button to ImGuiPopupFlags is legal + static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019) + static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) + static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) + static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } + // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) + static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Sep 2018) + static inline void SetScrollHere(float center_ratio=0.5f){ SetScrollHereY(center_ratio); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (between Aug 2018 and Sept 2018) + static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (between Apr 2018 and Aug 2018) + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'! + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018) + static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } + static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } +} +typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback ImGuiTextEditCallback; // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018): made the names consistent +typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helpers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper: Unicode defines +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD // Invalid Unicode code point (standard value). +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0x10FFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. +#else +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0xFFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. +#endif + +// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. +// Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame"); +struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame +{ + ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; } + mutable int RefFrame; + operator bool() const { int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount(); if (RefFrame == current_frame) return false; RefFrame = current_frame; return true; } +}; + +// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" +struct ImGuiTextFilter +{ + IMGUI_API ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = ""); + IMGUI_API bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build + IMGUI_API bool PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const; + IMGUI_API void Build(); + void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); } + bool IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); } + + // [Internal] + struct ImGuiTextRange + { + const char* b; + const char* e; + + ImGuiTextRange() { b = e = NULL; } + ImGuiTextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; } + bool empty() const { return b == e; } + IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector* out) const; + }; + char InputBuf[256]; + ImVectorFilters; + int CountGrep; +}; + +// Helper: Growable text buffer for logging/accumulating text +// (this could be called 'ImGuiTextBuilder' / 'ImGuiStringBuilder') +struct ImGuiTextBuffer +{ + ImVector Buf; + IMGUI_API static char EmptyString[1]; + + ImGuiTextBuffer() { } + inline char operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; } + const char* begin() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; } + const char* end() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator + int size() const { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; } + bool empty() const { return Buf.Size <= 1; } + void clear() { Buf.clear(); } + void reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); } + const char* c_str() const { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; } + IMGUI_API void append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API void appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); + IMGUI_API void appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); +}; + +// Helper: Key->Value storage +// Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window. +// We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1) +// This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame) +// You can use it as custom user storage for temporary values. Declare your own storage if, for example: +// - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state). +// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code (probably not efficient, but convenient) +// Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types. +struct ImGuiStorage +{ + // [Internal] + struct ImGuiStoragePair + { + ImGuiID key; + union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; }; + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; } + }; + + ImVector Data; + + // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N) + // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing. + // - Sorted insertion is costly, paid once. A typical frame shouldn't need to insert any new pair. + void Clear() { Data.clear(); } + IMGUI_API int GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0) const; + IMGUI_API void SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val); + IMGUI_API bool GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false) const; + IMGUI_API void SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val); + IMGUI_API float GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f) const; + IMGUI_API void SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val); + IMGUI_API void* GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const; // default_val is NULL + IMGUI_API void SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val); + + // - Get***Ref() functions finds pair, insert on demand if missing, return pointer. Useful if you intend to do Get+Set. + // - References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer. + // - A typical use case where this is convenient for quick hacking (e.g. add storage during a live Edit&Continue session if you can't modify existing struct) + // float* pvar = ImGui::GetFloatRef(key); ImGui::SliderFloat("var", pvar, 0, 100.0f); some_var += *pvar; + IMGUI_API int* GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0); + IMGUI_API bool* GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false); + IMGUI_API float* GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void** GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL); + + // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes) + IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val); + + // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. + IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey(); +}; + +// Helper: Manually clip large list of items. +// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all. +// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. +// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null. +// Usage: +// ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000); // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. +// while (clipper.Step()) +// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) +// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); +// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor). +// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. +// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.) +// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. +struct ImGuiListClipper +{ + int DisplayStart, DisplayEnd; + int ItemsCount; + + // [Internal] + int StepNo; + float ItemsHeight; + float StartPosY; + + // items_count: Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step). + // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). + // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step(). + ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f) { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want). + ~ImGuiListClipper() { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); } // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false. + + IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. + IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1. + IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. +}; + +// Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR +#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16 +#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8 +#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT 0 +#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24 +#define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000 +#else +#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 0 +#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8 +#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT 16 +#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24 +#define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000 +#endif +#define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A) (((ImU32)(A)<>IM_COL32_R_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_G_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_B_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_A_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; } + ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; } + ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; } + inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } + inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } + + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers. + inline void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; } + static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Draw List API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImDrawCallback: Draw callbacks for advanced uses [configurable type: override in imconfig.h] +// NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering, +// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to: +// A) Change your GPU render state, +// B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc. +// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }' +// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering back-end accordingly. +#ifndef ImDrawCallback +typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd); +#endif + +// Special Draw callback value to request renderer back-end to reset the graphics/render state. +// The renderer back-end needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. +// This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. +// It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). +#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) + +// Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) +// - VtxOffset/IdxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, +// those fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. +// Pre-1.71 back-ends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. +// - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for). +struct ImDrawCmd +{ + ImVec4 ClipRect; // 4*4 // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates + ImTextureID TextureId; // 4-8 // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas. + unsigned int VtxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices. + unsigned int IdxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in index buffer. Always equal to sum of ElemCount drawn so far. + unsigned int ElemCount; // 4 // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. + ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // 4-8 // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. + void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // The draw callback code can access this. + + ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed +}; + +// Vertex index, default to 16-bit +// To allow large meshes with 16-bit indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer back-end (recommended). +// To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in imconfig.h. +#ifndef ImDrawIdx +typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; +#endif + +// Vertex layout +#ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT +struct ImDrawVert +{ + ImVec2 pos; + ImVec2 uv; + ImU32 col; +}; +#else +// You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h +// The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine. +// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up. +// NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM. +IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT; +#endif + +// For use by ImDrawListSplitter. +struct ImDrawChannel +{ + ImVector _CmdBuffer; + ImVector _IdxBuffer; +}; + +// Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order. +// This is used by the Columns api, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call. +struct ImDrawListSplitter +{ + int _Current; // Current channel number (0) + int _Count; // Number of active channels (1+) + ImVector _Channels; // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size) + + inline ImDrawListSplitter() { Clear(); } + inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); } + inline void Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame + IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory(); + IMGUI_API void Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int count); + IMGUI_API void Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list); + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx); +}; + +enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +{ + ImDrawCornerFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = 1 << 0, // 0x1 + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = 1 << 1, // 0x2 + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = 1 << 2, // 0x4 + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = 1 << 3, // 0x8 + ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, // 0x3 + ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xC + ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, // 0x5 + ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xA + ImDrawCornerFlags_All = 0xF // In your function calls you may use ~0 (= all bits sets) instead of ImDrawCornerFlags_All, as a convenience +}; + +enum ImDrawListFlags_ +{ + ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Lines are anti-aliased (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 1, // Filled shapes have anti-aliased edges (*2 the number of vertices) + ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 2 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. +}; + +// Draw command list +// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui:: functions are filling. At the end of the frame, +// all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering. +// Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to +// access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives. +// You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list. +// All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (top-left at (0,0), bottom-right at io.DisplaySize), but you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well) +// Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects. +struct ImDrawList +{ + // This is what you have to render + ImVector CmdBuffer; // Draw commands. Typically 1 command = 1 GPU draw call, unless the command is a callback. + ImVector IdxBuffer; // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those + ImVector VtxBuffer; // Vertex buffer. + ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive. + + // [Internal, used while building lists] + const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) + const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging + unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] Generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. + ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) + ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) + ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] + ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] + ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building + ImDrawCmd _CmdHeader; // [Internal] Template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back(). + ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!) + + // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) + ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { _Data = shared_data; Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None; _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; _VtxWritePtr = NULL; _IdxWritePtr = NULL; _OwnerName = NULL; } + + ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); } + IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) + IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen(); + IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); + IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id); + IMGUI_API void PopTextureID(); + inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMin() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.x, cr.y); } + inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); } + + // Primitives + // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners. + // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred). + // In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles. + // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides. + IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size), rounding_corners_flags: 4 bits corresponding to which corner to round + IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left); + IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12); + IMGUI_API void AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments); + IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness); + IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. + IMGUI_API void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); + + // Image primitives + // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is. + // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle. + // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture. + IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); + IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); + IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + + // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() + inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } + inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } + inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } + inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. + inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } + IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10); + IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle + IMGUI_API void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + + // Advanced + IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles. + IMGUI_API void AddDrawCmd(); // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const; // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer. + + // Advanced: Channels + // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives) + // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) + // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! + // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. + // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another. + inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); } + inline void ChannelsMerge() { _Splitter.Merge(this); } + inline void ChannelsSetCurrent(int n) { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); } + + // Advanced: Primitives allocations + // - We render triangles (three vertices) + // - All primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand. + IMGUI_API void PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count); + IMGUI_API void PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count); + IMGUI_API void PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col); // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles) + IMGUI_API void PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col); + inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; } + inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } + inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index + + // [Internal helpers] + IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); + IMGUI_API void _ClearFreeMemory(); + IMGUI_API void _PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset(); +}; + +// All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame +// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent, we currently preserve them for backward compatibility purpose, +// as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList) +struct ImDrawData +{ + bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. + ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render + int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size + int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) + ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. + + // Functions + ImDrawData() { Valid = false; Clear(); } + ~ImDrawData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! + IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImFontConfig +{ + void* FontData; // // TTF/OTF data + int FontDataSize; // // TTF/OTF data size + bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). + int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file + float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). + int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. + bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. + ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. + ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. + const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. + float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font + float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs + bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. + unsigned int RasterizerFlags; // 0x00 // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one. + float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used. + + // [Internal] + char Name[40]; // Name (strictly to ease debugging) + ImFont* DstFont; + + IMGUI_API ImFontConfig(); +}; + +// Hold rendering data for one glyph. +// (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this) +struct ImFontGlyph +{ + unsigned int Codepoint : 31; // 0x0000..0xFFFF + unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to allow early out when rendering + float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in) + float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners + float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates +}; + +// Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges(). +// This is essentially a tightly packed of vector of 64k booleans = 8KB storage. +struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder +{ + ImVector UsedChars; // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used) + + ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder() { Clear(); } + inline void Clear() { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX + 1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); } + inline bool GetBit(size_t n) const { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; } // Get bit n in the array + inline void SetBit(size_t n) { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; } // Set bit n in the array + inline void AddChar(ImWchar c) { SetBit(c); } // Add character + IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added) + IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges); // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext + IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges); // Output new ranges +}; + +// See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions. +struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect +{ + unsigned short Width, Height; // Input // Desired rectangle dimension + unsigned short X, Y; // Output // Packed position in Atlas + unsigned int GlyphID; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000) + float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph xadvance + ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph display offset + ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: target font + ImFontAtlasCustomRect() { Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphID = 0; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0, 0); Font = NULL; } + bool IsPacked() const { return X != 0xFFFF; } +}; + +enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ +{ + ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0, + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1 // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas +}; + +// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding: +// - One or more fonts. +// - Custom graphics data needed to render the shapes needed by Dear ImGui. +// - Mouse cursor shapes for software cursor rendering (unless setting 'Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors' in the font atlas). +// It is the user-code responsibility to setup/build the atlas, then upload the pixel data into a texture accessible by your graphics api. +// - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you. +// - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data. +// - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples) +// - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API. +// This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details. +// Common pitfalls: +// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the +// atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data. +// - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction. +// You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, +// - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well. +// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! +struct ImFontAtlas +{ + IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas(); + IMGUI_API ~ImFontAtlas(); + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg); + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL); + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts. + IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory. + IMGUI_API void ClearFonts(); // Clear output font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates). + IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear all input and output. + + // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data. + // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID(). + // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4) + // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into + // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste. + IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions. + IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel + IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel + bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); } + void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; } + + //------------------------------------------- + // Glyph Ranges + //------------------------------------------- + + // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list) + // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details. + // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesThai(); // Default + Thai characters + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesVietnamese(); // Default + Vietnamese characters + + //------------------------------------------- + // [BETA] Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API + //------------------------------------------- + + // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. + // After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. + // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), + // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. + // Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons. + // Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings. + IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height); + IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0)); + const ImFontAtlasCustomRect*GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const { if (index < 0) return NULL; return &CustomRects[index]; } + + // [Internal] + IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const; + IMGUI_API bool GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]); + + //------------------------------------------- + // Members + //------------------------------------------- + + bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. + ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) + ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. + int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. + int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0. + + // [Internal] + // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you. + unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight + unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4 + int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build(). + int TexHeight; // Texture height calculated during Build(). + ImVec2 TexUvScale; // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight) + ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel + ImVector Fonts; // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font. + ImVector CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas. + ImVector ConfigData; // Internal data + int CustomRectIds[1]; // Identifiers of custom texture rectangle used by ImFontAtlas/ImDrawList + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ + typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ +#endif +}; + +// Font runtime data and rendering +// ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32(). +struct ImFont +{ + // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize) + ImVector IndexAdvanceX; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI). + float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX + float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading) + + // Members: Hot ~36/48 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop) + ImVector IndexLookup; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point. + ImVector Glyphs; // 12-16 // out // // All glyphs. + const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar) + ImVec2 DisplayOffset; // 8 // in // = (0,0) // Offset font rendering by xx pixels + + // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes + ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // // What we has been loaded into + const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData + short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. + ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // in // = '?' // Replacement character if a glyph isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar() + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = -1 // Character used for ellipsis rendering. + bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // + float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() + float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] + int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs) + ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints. + + // Methods + IMGUI_API ImFont(); + IMGUI_API ~ImFont(); + IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const; + IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const; + float GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; } + bool IsLoaded() const { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; } + const char* GetDebugName() const { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : ""; } + + // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable. + // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8 + IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; + + // [Internal] Don't use! + IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable(); + IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData(); + IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size); + IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); + IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built. + IMGUI_API void SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible); + IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c); + IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last); +}; + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h) +#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H +#include "imgui_user.h" +#endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4919727 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,3647 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.77 +// (drawing and font code) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] Style functions +// [SECTION] ImDrawList +// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter +// [SECTION] ImDrawData +// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions +// [SECTION] ImFontConfig +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers +// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder +// [SECTION] ImFont +// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers +// [SECTION] Decompression code +// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf) + +*/ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf +#if !defined(alloca) +#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__NEWLIB__) +#include // alloca (glibc uses . Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here) +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include // alloca +#if !defined(alloca) +#define alloca _alloca // for clang with MS Codegen +#endif +#else +#include // alloca +#endif +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstack-protector" // warning: stack protector not protecting local variables: variable length buffer +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Compile time options: +//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE ImStb +//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" +//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION + +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE +namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE +{ +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (push) +#pragma warning (disable: 4456) // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration +#endif + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits" // warning: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits] +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from type 'const xxxx *' to type 'xxxx *' casts away qualifiers +#endif + +#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#define STBRP_STATIC +#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0) +#define STBRP_SORT ImQsort +#define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME +#else +#include "imstb_rectpack.h" +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +#define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x)) +#define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x)) +#define STBTT_assert(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0) +#define STBTT_fmod(x,y) ImFmod(x,y) +#define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x) +#define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y) +#define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x) +#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorStd(x)) +#define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x)) +#define STBTT_STATIC +#define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +#else +#define STBTT_DEF extern +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME +#else +#include "imstb_truetype.h" +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning (pop) +#endif + +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE +} // namespace ImStb +using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE; +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Style functions +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) +{ + ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle(); + ImVec4* colors = style->Colors; + + colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.06f, 0.06f, 0.94f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.50f, 0.50f); + colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 0.54f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.04f, 0.04f, 0.04f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.51f); + colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.14f, 0.14f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.02f, 0.02f, 0.02f, 0.53f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.31f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.51f, 0.51f, 0.51f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(0.24f, 0.52f, 0.88f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = colors[ImGuiCol_Border]; + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.25f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); + colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f); +} + +void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) +{ + ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle(); + ImVec4* colors = style->Colors; + + colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f); + colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.43f, 0.39f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.47f, 0.47f, 0.69f, 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.42f, 0.41f, 0.64f, 0.69f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.54f, 0.83f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.32f, 0.32f, 0.63f, 0.87f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.55f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.30f, 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.30f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.40f, 0.61f, 0.62f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.48f, 0.71f, 0.79f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.16f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); + colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); +} + +// Those light colors are better suited with a thicker font than the default one + FrameBorder +void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) +{ + ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle(); + ImVec4* colors = style->Colors; + + colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.94f, 0.94f, 0.94f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.98f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.30f); + colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.96f, 0.96f, 0.96f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.82f, 0.82f, 0.82f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.51f); + colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.86f, 0.86f, 0.86f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.98f, 0.98f, 0.53f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.69f, 0.69f, 0.69f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.78f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.56f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); + colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ImDrawList +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData() +{ + Font = NULL; + FontSize = 0.0f; + CurveTessellationTol = 0.0f; + CircleSegmentMaxError = 0.0f; + ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f); + InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; + + // Lookup tables + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++) + { + const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); + ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a)); + } + memset(CircleSegmentCounts, 0, sizeof(CircleSegmentCounts)); // This will be set by SetCircleSegmentMaxError() +} + +void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error) +{ + if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error) + return; + CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++) + { + const float radius = i + 1.0f; + const int segment_count = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError); + CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)ImMin(segment_count, 255); + } +} + +// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer. +void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() +{ + // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory. + // (those should be IM_STATIC_ASSERT() in theory but with our pre C++11 setup the whole check doesn't compile with GCC) + IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); + IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); + IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + + CmdBuffer.resize(0); + IdxBuffer.resize(0); + VtxBuffer.resize(0); + Flags = _Data->InitialFlags; + memset(&_CmdHeader, 0, sizeof(_CmdHeader)); + _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; + _VtxWritePtr = NULL; + _IdxWritePtr = NULL; + _ClipRectStack.resize(0); + _TextureIdStack.resize(0); + _Path.resize(0); + _Splitter.Clear(); + CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd()); +} + +void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory() +{ + CmdBuffer.clear(); + IdxBuffer.clear(); + VtxBuffer.clear(); + Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None; + _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; + _VtxWritePtr = NULL; + _IdxWritePtr = NULL; + _ClipRectStack.clear(); + _TextureIdStack.clear(); + _Path.clear(); + _Splitter.ClearFreeMemory(); +} + +ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const +{ + ImDrawList* dst = IM_NEW(ImDrawList(_Data)); + dst->CmdBuffer = CmdBuffer; + dst->IdxBuffer = IdxBuffer; + dst->VtxBuffer = VtxBuffer; + dst->Flags = Flags; + return dst; +} + +void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd() +{ + ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; + draw_cmd.ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; // Same as calling ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy() + draw_cmd.TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; + draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; + draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size; + + IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w); + CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); +} + +// Pop trailing draw command (used before merging or presenting to user) +// Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL +void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd() +{ + if (CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) +{ + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) + { + AddDrawCmd(); + curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + } + curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback; + curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data; + + AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below) +} + +// Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp() +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + +// Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack. +// The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only. +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() +{ + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) + { + AddDrawCmd(); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + + // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + return; + } + + curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; +} + +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID() +{ + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId) + { + AddDrawCmd(); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + + // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + return; + } + + curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; +} + +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset() +{ + // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this. + _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) + { + AddDrawCmd(); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; +} + +// Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) +void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +{ + ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y); + if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect) + { + ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; + if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x; + if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y; + if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z; + if (cr.w > current.w) cr.w = current.w; + } + cr.z = ImMax(cr.x, cr.z); + cr.w = ImMax(cr.y, cr.w); + + _ClipRectStack.push_back(cr); + _CmdHeader.ClipRect = cr; + _OnChangedClipRect(); +} + +void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen() +{ + PushClipRect(ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.x, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.y), ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.z, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.w)); +} + +void ImDrawList::PopClipRect() +{ + _ClipRectStack.pop_back(); + _CmdHeader.ClipRect = (_ClipRectStack.Size == 0) ? _Data->ClipRectFullscreen : _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size - 1]; + _OnChangedClipRect(); +} + +void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id) +{ + _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id); + _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id; + _OnChangedTextureID(); +} + +void ImDrawList::PopTextureID() +{ + _TextureIdStack.pop_back(); + _CmdHeader.TextureId = (_TextureIdStack.Size == 0) ? (ImTextureID)NULL : _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size - 1]; + _OnChangedTextureID(); +} + +// Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices. +// You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or +// submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations. +void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) +{ + // Large mesh support (when enabled) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + { + _CmdHeader.VtxOffset = VtxBuffer.Size; + _OnChangedVtxOffset(); + } + + ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + draw_cmd->ElemCount += idx_count; + + int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size; + VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_old_size + vtx_count); + _VtxWritePtr = VtxBuffer.Data + vtx_buffer_old_size; + + int idx_buffer_old_size = IdxBuffer.Size; + IdxBuffer.resize(idx_buffer_old_size + idx_count); + _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size; +} + +// Release the a number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve(). +void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) +{ + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); + + ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + draw_cmd->ElemCount -= idx_count; + VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count); + IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count); +} + +// Fully unrolled with inline call to keep our debug builds decently fast. +void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col) +{ + ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv(_Data->TexUvWhitePixel); + ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx; + _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3); + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr += 4; + _VtxCurrentIdx += 4; + _IdxWritePtr += 6; +} + +void ImDrawList::PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_c, ImU32 col) +{ + ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv_b(uv_c.x, uv_a.y), uv_d(uv_a.x, uv_c.y); + ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx; + _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3); + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv_a; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv_b; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv_c; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv_d; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr += 4; + _VtxCurrentIdx += 4; + _IdxWritePtr += 6; +} + +void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col) +{ + ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx; + _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3); + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv_a; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv_b; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv_c; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv_d; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr += 4; + _VtxCurrentIdx += 4; + _IdxWritePtr += 6; +} + +// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds. +// Those macros expects l-values. +#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = 1.0f / ImSqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } while (0) +#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 < 0.5f) d2 = 0.5f; float inv_lensq = 1.0f / d2; VX *= inv_lensq; VY *= inv_lensq; } while (0) + +// TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe. +// We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness) +{ + if (points_count < 2) + return; + + const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + int count = points_count; + if (!closed) + count = points_count-1; + + const bool thick_line = (thickness > 1.0f); + if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) + { + // Anti-aliased stroke + const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + + const int idx_count = thick_line ? count*18 : count*12; + const int vtx_count = thick_line ? points_count*4 : points_count*3; + PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); + + // Temporary buffer + ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count; + + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + { + const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; + float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x; + float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y; + IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); + temp_normals[i1].x = dy; + temp_normals[i1].y = -dx; + } + if (!closed) + temp_normals[points_count-1] = temp_normals[points_count-2]; + + if (!thick_line) + { + if (!closed) + { + temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE; + temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE; + temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE; + temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE; + } + + // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer. + unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + { + const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; + unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+3; + + // Average normals + float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f; + float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + dm_x *= AA_SIZE; + dm_y *= AA_SIZE; + + // Add temporary vertices + ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2*2]; + out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x; + out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y; + out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x; + out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y; + + // Add indexes + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); + _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); + _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); + _IdxWritePtr += 12; + + idx1 = idx2; + } + + // Add vertices + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*2+0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*2+1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr += 3; + } + } + else + { + const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f; + if (!closed) + { + const int points_last = points_count - 1; + temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 0] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 1] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 2] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 3] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + } + + // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer. + unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + { + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : (i1 + 1); // i2 is the second point of the line segment + const unsigned int idx2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + 4); // Vertex index for end of segment + + // Average normals + float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f; + float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + float dm_out_x = dm_x * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + float dm_out_y = dm_y * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness; + float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness; + + // Add temporary vertices + ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2*4]; + out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x; + out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y; + out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x; + out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y + dm_in_y; + out_vtx[2].x = points[i2].x - dm_in_x; + out_vtx[2].y = points[i2].y - dm_in_y; + out_vtx[3].x = points[i2].x - dm_out_x; + out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y; + + // Add indexes + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); + _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); + _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); + _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); + _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); + _IdxWritePtr += 18; + + idx1 = idx2; + } + + // Add vertices + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr += 4; + } + } + _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; + } + else + { + // Non Anti-aliased Stroke + const int idx_count = count*6; + const int vtx_count = count*4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges + PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); + + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + { + const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; + const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; + const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2]; + + float dx = p2.x - p1.x; + float dy = p2.y - p1.y; + IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); + dx *= (thickness * 0.5f); + dy *= (thickness * 0.5f); + + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr += 4; + + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3); + _IdxWritePtr += 6; + _VtxCurrentIdx += 4; + } + } +} + +// We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) +{ + if (points_count < 3) + return; + + const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + + if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill) + { + // Anti-aliased Fill + const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3 + points_count*6; + const int vtx_count = (points_count*2); + PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); + + // Add indexes for fill + unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx; + unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx+1; + for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++) + { + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+((i-1)<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr += 3; + } + + // Compute normals + ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + { + const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0]; + const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; + float dx = p1.x - p0.x; + float dy = p1.y - p0.y; + IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); + temp_normals[i0].x = dy; + temp_normals[i0].y = -dx; + } + + for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + { + // Average normals + const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0]; + const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1]; + float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f; + float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; + dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; + + // Add vertices + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Inner + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Outer + _VtxWritePtr += 2; + + // Add indexes for fringes + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr += 6; + } + _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; + } + else + { + // Non Anti-aliased Fill + const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3; + const int vtx_count = points_count; + PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); + for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr++; + } + for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++) + { + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i-1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i); + _IdxWritePtr += 3; + } + _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; + } +} + +void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) +{ + if (radius == 0.0f || a_min_of_12 > a_max_of_12) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + + // For legacy reason the PathArcToFast() always takes angles where 2*PI is represented by 12, + // but it is possible to set IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELATION_MULTIPLIER to a higher value. This should compile to a no-op otherwise. +#if IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER != 1 + a_min_of_12 *= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER; + a_max_of_12 *= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER; +#endif + + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_max_of_12 - a_min_of_12 + 1)); + for (int a = a_min_of_12; a <= a_max_of_12; a++) + { + const ImVec2& c = _Data->ArcFastVtx[a % IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->ArcFastVtx)]; + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + c.x * radius, center.y + c.y * radius)); + } +} + +void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +{ + if (radius == 0.0f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + + // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max. + // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points! + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1)); + for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++) + { + const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min); + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a) * radius)); + } +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u*u*u; + float w2 = 3*u*u*t; + float w3 = 3*u*t*t; + float w4 = t*t*t; + return ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y); +} + +// Closely mimics BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep() in imgui.cpp +static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +{ + float dx = x4 - x1; + float dy = y4 - y1; + float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx); + float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); + d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; + d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; + if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy)) + { + path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4)); + } + else if (level < 10) + { + float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f; + float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f; + float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f; + float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f; + float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f; + PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1,y1, x12,y12, x123,y123, x1234,y1234, tess_tol, level+1); + PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234,y1234, x234,y234, x34,y34, x4,y4, tess_tol, level+1); + } +} + +void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) +{ + ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); + if (num_segments == 0) + { + PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated + } + else + { + float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; + for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) + _Path.push_back(ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step)); + } +} + +void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +{ + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + + if (rounding <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0) + { + PathLineTo(a); + PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y)); + PathLineTo(b); + PathLineTo(ImVec2(a.x, b.y)); + } + else + { + const float rounding_tl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tr = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_br = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_bl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9); + PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12); + PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3); + PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_bl, b.y - rounding_bl), rounding_bl, 3, 6); + } +} + +void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + PathStroke(col, false, thickness); +} + +// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right +// Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly. +void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), rounding, rounding_corners); + else + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f,0.49f), rounding, rounding_corners); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes. + PathStroke(col, true, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + if (rounding > 0.0f) + { + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners); + PathFillConvex(col); + } + else + { + PrimReserve(6, 4); + PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col); + } +} + +// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right +void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left) +{ + if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + PrimReserve(6, 4); + PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); + PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3)); + PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left); + PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right); + PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right); + PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_min.x, p_max.y), uv, col_bot_left); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathLineTo(p2); + PathLineTo(p3); + PathLineTo(p4); + PathStroke(col, true, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathLineTo(p2); + PathLineTo(p3); + PathLineTo(p4); + PathFillConvex(col); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathLineTo(p2); + PathLineTo(p3); + PathStroke(col, true, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathLineTo(p2); + PathLineTo(p3); + PathFillConvex(col); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) + return; + + // Obtain segment count + if (num_segments <= 0) + { + // Automatic segment count + const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1; + if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value + else + num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); + } + else + { + // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) + num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); + } + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + if (num_segments == 12) + PathArcToFast(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, 12); + else + PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathStroke(col, true, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) + return; + + // Obtain segment count + if (num_segments <= 0) + { + // Automatic segment count + const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1; + if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value + else + num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); + } + else + { + // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) + num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); + } + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + if (num_segments == 12) + PathArcToFast(center, radius, 0, 12); + else + PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathFillConvex(col); +} + +// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments' +void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2) + return; + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathStroke(col, true, thickness); +} + +// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments' +void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2) + return; + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathFillConvex(col); +} + +// Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points +void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathBezierCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, false, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + if (text_end == NULL) + text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); + if (text_begin == text_end) + return; + + // Pull default font/size from the shared ImDrawListSharedData instance + if (font == NULL) + font = _Data->Font; + if (font_size == 0.0f) + font_size = _Data->FontSize; + + IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _CmdHeader.TextureId); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font. + + ImVec4 clip_rect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; + if (cpu_fine_clip_rect) + { + clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x); + clip_rect.y = ImMax(clip_rect.y, cpu_fine_clip_rect->y); + clip_rect.z = ImMin(clip_rect.z, cpu_fine_clip_rect->z); + clip_rect.w = ImMin(clip_rect.w, cpu_fine_clip_rect->w); + } + font->RenderText(this, font_size, pos, col, clip_rect, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width, cpu_fine_clip_rect != NULL); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end) +{ + AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, col, text_begin, text_end); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; + if (push_texture_id) + PushTextureID(user_texture_id); + + PrimReserve(6, 4); + PrimRectUV(p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); + + if (push_texture_id) + PopTextureID(); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& uv2, const ImVec2& uv3, const ImVec2& uv4, ImU32 col) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; + if (push_texture_id) + PushTextureID(user_texture_id); + + PrimReserve(6, 4); + PrimQuadUV(p1, p2, p3, p4, uv1, uv2, uv3, uv4, col); + + if (push_texture_id) + PopTextureID(); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + if (rounding <= 0.0f || (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_All) == 0) + { + AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); + return; + } + + const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + if (push_texture_id) + PushTextureID(user_texture_id); + + int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners); + PathFillConvex(col); + int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; + ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true); + + if (push_texture_id) + PopTextureID(); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ImDrawListSplitter +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap.. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++) + { + if (i == _Current) + memset(&_Channels[i], 0, sizeof(_Channels[i])); // Current channel is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again + _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.clear(); + _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.clear(); + } + _Current = 0; + _Count = 1; + _Channels.clear(); +} + +void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count) +{ + IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter."); + int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size; + if (old_channels_count < channels_count) + _Channels.resize(channels_count); + _Count = channels_count; + + // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer + // The content of Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to. + // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into Channels[0] and then Channels[1] into draw_list->CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer + memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++) + { + if (i >= old_channels_count) + { + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel(); + } + else + { + _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0); + _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0); + } + if (_Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + { + ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(&draw_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); + } + } +} + +void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + // Note that we never use or rely on _Channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use. + if (_Count <= 1) + return; + + SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0); + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + + // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command. + int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0; + int new_idx_buffer_count = 0; + ImDrawCmd* last_cmd = (_Count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 0) ? &draw_list->CmdBuffer.back() : NULL; + int idx_offset = last_cmd ? last_cmd->IdxOffset + last_cmd->ElemCount : 0; + for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++) + { + ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; + + // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() for this channel's cmdbuffer and except we don't need to test for UserCallback. + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) + ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL) + { + ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0]; + if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching. + last_cmd->ElemCount += next_cmd->ElemCount; + idx_offset += next_cmd->ElemCount; + ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges. + } + } + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0) + last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back(); + new_cmd_buffer_count += ch._CmdBuffer.Size; + new_idx_buffer_count += ch._IdxBuffer.Size; + for (int cmd_n = 0; cmd_n < ch._CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_n++) + { + ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].IdxOffset = idx_offset; + idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].ElemCount; + } + } + draw_list->CmdBuffer.resize(draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count); + draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count); + + // Write commands and indices in order (they are fairly small structures, we don't copy vertices only indices) + ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count; + ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count; + for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++) + { + ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; + if (int sz = ch._CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch._CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; } + if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; } + } + draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; + + // Ensure there's always a non-callback draw command trailing the command-buffer + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + + _Count = 1; +} + +void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) +{ + IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count); + if (_Current == idx) + return; + + // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap() + memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer)); + memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer)); + _Current = idx; + memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer)); + memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer)); + draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; + + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImDrawData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! +void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() +{ + ImVector new_vtx_buffer; + TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++) + { + ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i]; + if (cmd_list->IdxBuffer.empty()) + continue; + new_vtx_buffer.resize(cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + for (int j = 0; j < cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size; j++) + new_vtx_buffer[j] = cmd_list->VtxBuffer[cmd_list->IdxBuffer[j]]; + cmd_list->VtxBuffer.swap(new_vtx_buffer); + cmd_list->IdxBuffer.resize(0); + TotalVtxCount += cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + } +} + +// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. +// Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than draw_data->DisplaySize, +// or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. +void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++) + { + ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i]; + for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) + { + ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; + cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); + } + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Generic linear color gradient, write to RGB fields, leave A untouched. +void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1) +{ + ImVec2 gradient_extent = gradient_p1 - gradient_p0; + float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent); + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++) + { + float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent); + float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f); + int r = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int g = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int b = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK); + } +} + +// Distribute UV over (a, b) rectangle +void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp) +{ + const ImVec2 size = b - a; + const ImVec2 uv_size = uv_b - uv_a; + const ImVec2 scale = ImVec2( + size.x != 0.0f ? (uv_size.x / size.x) : 0.0f, + size.y != 0.0f ? (uv_size.y / size.y) : 0.0f); + + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + if (clamp) + { + const ImVec2 min = ImMin(uv_a, uv_b); + const ImVec2 max = ImMax(uv_a, uv_b); + for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex) + vertex->uv = ImClamp(uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale), min, max); + } + else + { + for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex) + vertex->uv = uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontConfig +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() +{ + FontData = NULL; + FontDataSize = 0; + FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; + FontNo = 0; + SizePixels = 0.0f; + OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? + OversampleV = 1; + PixelSnapH = false; + GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + GlyphRanges = NULL; + GlyphMinAdvanceX = 0.0f; + GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; + MergeMode = false; + RasterizerFlags = 0x00; + RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; + EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; + memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name)); + DstFont = NULL; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank) +// The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes. +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF = 108; +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; +static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = +{ + "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX " + "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X " + "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X " + "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X " + "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X " + "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX " + "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX " + "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX " + "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X " + "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X" + "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X" + "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X" + "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X" + "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X" + "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X" + "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X" + "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X " + "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X " + "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X " + "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X " + " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X " + " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX " + "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------" + " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " + " - X..X X..X - " + " - X.X X.X - " + " - XX XX - " +}; + +static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] = +{ + // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ...... + { ImVec2( 0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow + { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2( 7,16), ImVec2( 1, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput + { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll + { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 4,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS + { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 4) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW + { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW + { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE + { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand +}; + +ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas() +{ + Locked = false; + Flags = ImFontAtlasFlags_None; + TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL; + TexDesiredWidth = 0; + TexGlyphPadding = 1; + + TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; + TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; + TexWidth = TexHeight = 0; + TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CustomRectIds); n++) + CustomRectIds[n] = -1; +} + +ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() +{ + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + Clear(); +} + +void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() +{ + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++) + if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas) + { + IM_FREE(ConfigData[i].FontData); + ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL; + } + + // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font. + for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) + if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) + { + Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL; + Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0; + } + ConfigData.clear(); + CustomRects.clear(); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CustomRectIds); n++) + CustomRectIds[n] = -1; +} + +void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() +{ + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + if (TexPixelsAlpha8) + IM_FREE(TexPixelsAlpha8); + if (TexPixelsRGBA32) + IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32); + TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; + TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; +} + +void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts() +{ + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) + IM_DELETE(Fonts[i]); + Fonts.clear(); +} + +void ImFontAtlas::Clear() +{ + ClearInputData(); + ClearTexData(); + ClearFonts(); +} + +void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel) +{ + // Build atlas on demand + if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL) + { + if (ConfigData.empty()) + AddFontDefault(); + Build(); + } + + *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8; + if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth; + if (out_height) *out_height = TexHeight; + if (out_bytes_per_pixel) *out_bytes_per_pixel = 1; +} + +void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel) +{ + // Convert to RGBA32 format on demand + // Although it is likely to be the most commonly used format, our font rendering is 1 channel / 8 bpp + if (!TexPixelsRGBA32) + { + unsigned char* pixels = NULL; + GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL); + if (pixels) + { + TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)TexWidth * (size_t)TexHeight * 4); + const unsigned char* src = pixels; + unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32; + for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--) + *dst++ = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, (unsigned int)(*src++)); + } + } + + *out_pixels = (unsigned char*)TexPixelsRGBA32; + if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth; + if (out_height) *out_height = TexHeight; + if (out_bytes_per_pixel) *out_bytes_per_pixel = 4; +} + +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0); + IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f); + + // Create new font + if (!font_cfg->MergeMode) + Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont)); + else + IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font. + + ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg); + ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back(); + if (new_font_cfg.DstFont == NULL) + new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back(); + if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas) + { + new_font_cfg.FontData = IM_ALLOC(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize); + new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; + memcpy(new_font_cfg.FontData, font_cfg->FontData, (size_t)new_font_cfg.FontDataSize); + } + + if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) + new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar; + + // Invalidate texture + ClearTexData(); + return new_font_cfg.DstFont; +} + +// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder) +static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input); +static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *input, unsigned int length); +static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); +static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c) { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; } +static void Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst) +{ + while (*src) + { + unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85*Decode85Byte(src[4])))); + dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF); // We can't assume little-endianness. + src += 5; + dst += 4; + } +} + +// Load embedded ProggyClean.ttf at size 13, disable oversampling +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) +{ + ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); + if (!font_cfg_template) + { + font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1; + font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true; + } + if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f) + font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f * 1.0f; + if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') + ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels); + font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085; + + const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); + const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); + ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); + font->DisplayOffset.y = 1.0f; + return font; +} + +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + size_t data_size = 0; + void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0); + if (!data) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Could not load font file!"); + return NULL; + } + ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); + if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') + { + // Store a short copy of filename into into the font name for convenience + const char* p; + for (p = filename + strlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {} + ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s, %.0fpx", p, size_pixels); + } + return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, (int)data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); +} + +// NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build(). +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); + IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); + font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; + font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size; + font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels; + if (glyph_ranges) + font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges; + return AddFont(&font_cfg); +} + +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) +{ + const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data); + unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size); + stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size); + + ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); + IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); + font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; + return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(buf_decompressed_data, (int)buf_decompressed_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); +} + +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) +{ + int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4; + void* compressed_ttf = IM_ALLOC((size_t)compressed_ttf_size); + Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf); + ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges); + IM_FREE(compressed_ttf); + return font; +} + +int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height) +{ + IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF); + IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect r; + r.Width = (unsigned short)width; + r.Height = (unsigned short)height; + CustomRects.push_back(r); + return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index +} + +int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 + IM_ASSERT(id <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX); +#endif + IM_ASSERT(font != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF); + IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect r; + r.Width = (unsigned short)width; + r.Height = (unsigned short)height; + r.GlyphID = id; + r.GlyphAdvanceX = advance_x; + r.GlyphOffset = offset; + r.Font = font; + CustomRects.push_back(r); + return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index +} + +void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const +{ + IM_ASSERT(TexWidth > 0 && TexHeight > 0); // Font atlas needs to be built before we can calculate UV coordinates + IM_ASSERT(rect->IsPacked()); // Make sure the rectangle has been packed + *out_uv_min = ImVec2((float)rect->X * TexUvScale.x, (float)rect->Y * TexUvScale.y); + *out_uv_max = ImVec2((float)(rect->X + rect->Width) * TexUvScale.x, (float)(rect->Y + rect->Height) * TexUvScale.y); +} + +bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]) +{ + if (cursor_type <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || cursor_type >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT) + return false; + if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(CustomRectIds[0] != -1); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = CustomRects[CustomRectIds[0]]; + ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r.X, (float)r.Y); + ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1]; + *out_size = size; + *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2]; + out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; + out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; + pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF + 1; + out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; + out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; + return true; +} + +bool ImFontAtlas::Build() +{ + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + return ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(this); +} + +void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor) +{ + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 256; i++) + { + unsigned int value = (unsigned int)(i * in_brighten_factor); + out_table[i] = value > 255 ? 255 : (value & 0xFF); + } +} + +void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride) +{ + unsigned char* data = pixels + x + y * stride; + for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride) + for (int i = 0; i < w; i++) + data[i] = table[data[i]]; +} + +// Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) +// (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.) +struct ImFontBuildSrcData +{ + stbtt_fontinfo FontInfo; + stbtt_pack_range PackRange; // Hold the list of codepoints to pack (essentially points to Codepoints.Data) + stbrp_rect* Rects; // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position. + stbtt_packedchar* PackedChars; // Output glyphs + const ImWchar* SrcRanges; // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF) + int DstIndex; // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[] + int GlyphsHighest; // Highest requested codepoint + int GlyphsCount; // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font) + ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB) + ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsMap) +}; + +// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) +struct ImFontBuildDstData +{ + int SrcCount; // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font. + int GlyphsHighest; + int GlyphsCount; + ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font. +}; + +static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector* out) +{ + IM_ASSERT(sizeof(in->Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(int)); + const ImU32* it_begin = in->Storage.begin(); + const ImU32* it_end = in->Storage.end(); + for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++) + if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it) + for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++) + if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n)) + out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n)); +} + +bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0); + + ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas); + + // Clear atlas + atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL; + atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0; + atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + atlas->ClearTexData(); + + // Temporary storage for building + ImVector src_tmp_array; + ImVector dst_tmp_array; + src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size); + dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size); + memset(src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); + memset(dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); + + // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas)); + + // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices) + src_tmp.DstIndex = -1; + for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++) + if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) + src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i; + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? + if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1) + return false; + + // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct + const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); + IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); + if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset)) + return false; + + // Measure highest codepoints + ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; + src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); + for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]); + dst_tmp.SrcCount++; + dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest); + } + + // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs. + int total_glyphs_count = 0; + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); + if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty()) + dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); + + for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + for (unsigned int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++) + { + if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint)) // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true) + continue; + if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint)) // It is actually in the font? + continue; + + // Add to avail set/counters + src_tmp.GlyphsCount++; + dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++; + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint); + dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint); + total_glyphs_count++; + } + } + + // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another) + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList); + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear(); + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + } + for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++) + dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear(); + dst_tmp_array.clear(); + + // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0) + // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity) + ImVector buf_rects; + ImVector buf_packedchars; + buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count); + buf_packedchars.resize(total_glyphs_count); + memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes()); + memset(buf_packedchars.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_packedchars.size_in_bytes()); + + // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas. + int total_surface = 0; + int buf_rects_out_n = 0; + int buf_packedchars_out_n = 0; + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n]; + src_tmp.PackedChars = &buf_packedchars[buf_packedchars_out_n]; + buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount; + buf_packedchars_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount; + + // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels; + src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0; + src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data; + src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; + src_tmp.PackRange.chardata_for_range = src_tmp.PackedChars; + src_tmp.PackRange.h_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleH; + src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV; + + // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects) + const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels); + const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++) + { + int x0, y0, x1, y1; + const int glyph_index_in_font = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]); + IM_ASSERT(glyph_index_in_font != 0); + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(&src_tmp.FontInfo, glyph_index_in_font, scale * cfg.OversampleH, scale * cfg.OversampleV, 0, 0, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1); + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(x1 - x0 + padding + cfg.OversampleH - 1); + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(y1 - y0 + padding + cfg.OversampleV - 1); + total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h; + } + } + + // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width! + // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height. + // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface. + const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1; + atlas->TexHeight = 0; + if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0) + atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth; + else + atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096*0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048*0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024*0.7f) ? 1024 : 512; + + // 5. Start packing + // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values). + const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32; + stbtt_pack_context spc = {}; + stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL); + ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info); + + // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point. + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + + // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them. + // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?) + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) + if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed) + atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h); + } + + // 7. Allocate texture + atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight); + atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight); + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight); + memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight); + spc.pixels = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8; + spc.height = atlas->TexHeight; + + // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &src_tmp.FontInfo, &src_tmp.PackRange, 1, src_tmp.Rects); + + // Apply multiply operator + if (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f) + { + unsigned char multiply_table[256]; + ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply); + stbrp_rect* r = &src_tmp.Rects[0]; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++, r++) + if (r->was_packed) + ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, atlas->TexWidth * 1); + } + src_tmp.Rects = NULL; + } + + // End packing + stbtt_PackEnd(&spc); + buf_rects.clear(); + + // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; // We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font (when using MergeMode=true) + + const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels); + int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap; + stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap); + + const float ascent = ImFloor(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); + const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); + ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent); + const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; + const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); + + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) + { + const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]; + const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i]; + + const float char_advance_x_org = pc.xadvance; + const float char_advance_x_mod = ImClamp(char_advance_x_org, cfg.GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg.GlyphMaxAdvanceX); + float char_off_x = font_off_x; + if (char_advance_x_org != char_advance_x_mod) + char_off_x += cfg.PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f) : (char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f; + + // Register glyph + stbtt_aligned_quad q; + float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f; + stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0); + dst_font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + char_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + char_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, char_advance_x_mod); + } + } + + // Cleanup temporary (ImVector doesn't honor destructor) + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcData(); + + ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas); + return true; +} + +// Register default custom rectangles (this is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder) +void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + if (atlas->CustomRectIds[0] >= 0) + return; + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) + atlas->CustomRectIds[0] = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF*2+1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + else + atlas->CustomRectIds[0] = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(2, 2); +} + +void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent) +{ + if (!font_config->MergeMode) + { + font->ClearOutputData(); + font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels; + font->ConfigData = font_config; + font->ContainerAtlas = atlas; + font->Ascent = ascent; + font->Descent = descent; + } + font->ConfigDataCount++; +} + +void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque) +{ + stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)stbrp_context_opaque; + IM_ASSERT(pack_context != NULL); + + ImVector& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects; + IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong. + + ImVector pack_rects; + pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size); + memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)pack_rects.size_in_bytes()); + for (int i = 0; i < user_rects.Size; i++) + { + pack_rects[i].w = user_rects[i].Width; + pack_rects[i].h = user_rects[i].Height; + } + stbrp_pack_rects(pack_context, &pack_rects[0], pack_rects.Size); + for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++) + if (pack_rects[i].was_packed) + { + user_rects[i].X = pack_rects[i].x; + user_rects[i].Y = pack_rects[i].y; + IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height); + atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h); + } +} + +static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + IM_ASSERT(atlas->CustomRectIds[0] >= 0); + IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[atlas->CustomRectIds[0]]; + IM_ASSERT(r.IsPacked()); + + const int w = atlas->TexWidth; + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) + { + // Render/copy pixels + IM_ASSERT(r.Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF * 2 + 1 && r.Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + for (int y = 0, n = 0; y < FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H; y++) + for (int x = 0; x < FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF; x++, n++) + { + const int offset0 = (int)(r.X + x) + (int)(r.Y + y) * w; + const int offset1 = offset0 + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF + 1; + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset0] = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[n] == '.' ? 0xFF : 0x00; + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset1] = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[n] == 'X' ? 0xFF : 0x00; + } + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(r.Width == 2 && r.Height == 2); + const int offset = (int)(r.X) + (int)(r.Y) * w; + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF; + } + atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r.X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r.Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y); +} + +void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + // Render into our custom data block + ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas); + + // Register custom rectangle glyphs + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++) + { + const ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[i]; + if (r.Font == NULL || r.GlyphID == 0) + continue; + + IM_ASSERT(r.Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas); + ImVec2 uv0, uv1; + atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(&r, &uv0, &uv1); + r.Font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)r.GlyphID, r.GlyphOffset.x, r.GlyphOffset.y, r.GlyphOffset.x + r.Width, r.GlyphOffset.y + r.Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r.GlyphAdvanceX); + } + + // Build all fonts lookup tables + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) + atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); + + // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). + // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. + // FIXME: Also note that 0x2026 is currently seldom included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.size(); i++) + { + ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; + if (font->EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1) + continue; + const ImWchar ellipsis_variants[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; + for (int j = 0; j < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_variants); j++) + if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(ellipsis_variants[j]) != NULL) // Verify glyph exists + { + font->EllipsisChar = ellipsis_variants[j]; + break; + } + } +} + +// Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive) +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets + 0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation + 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana + 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + +static void UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(int base_codepoint, const short* accumulative_offsets, int accumulative_offsets_count, ImWchar* out_ranges) +{ + for (int n = 0; n < accumulative_offsets_count; n++, out_ranges += 2) + { + out_ranges[0] = out_ranges[1] = (ImWchar)(base_codepoint + accumulative_offsets[n]); + base_codepoint += accumulative_offsets[n]; + } + out_ranges[0] = 0; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() +{ + // Store 2500 regularly used characters for Simplified Chinese. + // Sourced from https://zh.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E9%99%84%E5%BD%95:%E7%8E%B0%E4%BB%A3%E6%B1%89%E8%AF%AD%E5%B8%B8%E7%94%A8%E5%AD%97%E8%A1%A8 + // This table covers 97.97% of all characters used during the month in July, 1987. + // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. + // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.) + static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] = + { + 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,5,2,1,2,3,3,3,2,2,4,1,1,1,2,1,5,2,3,1,2,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,2,1,4,1,1,1,1,5,10,1,2,19,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,1,2, + 1,5,1,6,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,4,8,5,1,1,4,1,1,3,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,1,1,10,1,1,5,2,4,6,1,4,2,2,2,12,2,1,1,6,1,1,1,4,1,1,4,6,5,1,4,2,2,4,10,7,1,1,4,2,4, + 2,1,4,3,6,10,12,5,7,2,14,2,9,1,1,6,7,10,4,7,13,1,5,4,8,4,1,1,2,28,5,6,1,1,5,2,5,20,2,2,9,8,11,2,9,17,1,8,6,8,27,4,6,9,20,11,27,6,68,2,2,1,1, + 1,2,1,2,2,7,6,11,3,3,1,1,3,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,8,3,4,1,5,7,2,1,4,4,8,4,2,1,2,1,1,4,5,6,3,6,2,12,3,1,3,9,2,4,3,4,1,5,3,3,1,3,7,1,5,1,1,1,1,2, + 3,4,5,2,3,2,6,1,1,2,1,7,1,7,3,4,5,15,2,2,1,5,3,22,19,2,1,1,1,1,2,5,1,1,1,6,1,1,12,8,2,9,18,22,4,1,1,5,1,16,1,2,7,10,15,1,1,6,2,4,1,2,4,1,6, + 1,1,3,2,4,1,6,4,5,1,2,1,1,2,1,10,3,1,3,2,1,9,3,2,5,7,2,19,4,3,6,1,1,1,1,1,4,3,2,1,1,1,2,5,3,1,1,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,3,1,1,1,3,7,1,4,1,1,2,1, + 1,2,1,2,4,4,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,3,5,1,3,1,3,4,6,2,2,14,4,6,6,11,9,1,15,3,1,28,5,2,5,5,3,1,3,4,5,4,6,14,3,2,3,5,21,2,7,20,10,1,2,19,2,4,28,28,2,3, + 2,1,14,4,1,26,28,42,12,40,3,52,79,5,14,17,3,2,2,11,3,4,6,3,1,8,2,23,4,5,8,10,4,2,7,3,5,1,1,6,3,1,2,2,2,5,28,1,1,7,7,20,5,3,29,3,17,26,1,8,4, + 27,3,6,11,23,5,3,4,6,13,24,16,6,5,10,25,35,7,3,2,3,3,14,3,6,2,6,1,4,2,3,8,2,1,1,3,3,3,4,1,1,13,2,2,4,5,2,1,14,14,1,2,2,1,4,5,2,3,1,14,3,12, + 3,17,2,16,5,1,2,1,8,9,3,19,4,2,2,4,17,25,21,20,28,75,1,10,29,103,4,1,2,1,1,4,2,4,1,2,3,24,2,2,2,1,1,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,1,3,1,1,1,6,1,5,3,1,1, + 1,3,4,1,1,5,2,1,5,6,13,9,16,1,1,1,1,3,2,3,2,4,5,2,5,2,2,3,7,13,7,2,2,1,1,1,1,2,3,3,2,1,6,4,9,2,1,14,2,14,2,1,18,3,4,14,4,11,41,15,23,15,23, + 176,1,3,4,1,1,1,1,5,3,1,2,3,7,3,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,6,2,4,1,9,7,1,10,5,8,16,29,1,1,2,2,3,1,3,5,2,4,5,4,1,1,2,2,3,3,7,1,6,10,1,17,1,44,4,6,2,1,1,6, + 5,4,2,10,1,6,9,2,8,1,24,1,2,13,7,8,8,2,1,4,1,3,1,3,3,5,2,5,10,9,4,9,12,2,1,6,1,10,1,1,7,7,4,10,8,3,1,13,4,3,1,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,17,16,5,2,16,6, + 1,4,2,1,3,3,6,8,5,11,11,1,3,3,2,4,6,10,9,5,7,4,7,4,7,1,1,4,2,1,3,6,8,7,1,6,11,5,5,3,24,9,4,2,7,13,5,1,8,82,16,61,1,1,1,4,2,2,16,10,3,8,1,1, + 6,4,2,1,3,1,1,1,4,3,8,4,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,6,3,5,1,1,4,6,9,2,1,1,1,2,1,7,2,1,6,1,5,4,4,3,1,8,1,3,3,1,3,2,2,2,2,3,1,6,1,2,1,2,1,3,7,1,8,2,1,2,1,5, + 2,5,3,5,10,1,2,1,1,3,2,5,11,3,9,3,5,1,1,5,9,1,2,1,5,7,9,9,8,1,3,3,3,6,8,2,3,2,1,1,32,6,1,2,15,9,3,7,13,1,3,10,13,2,14,1,13,10,2,1,3,10,4,15, + 2,15,15,10,1,3,9,6,9,32,25,26,47,7,3,2,3,1,6,3,4,3,2,8,5,4,1,9,4,2,2,19,10,6,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,2,1,9,4,4,4,6,4,8,9,2,3,1,1,1,1,3,5,5,1,3,8,4,6, + 2,1,4,12,1,5,3,7,13,2,5,8,1,6,1,2,5,14,6,1,5,2,4,8,15,5,1,23,6,62,2,10,1,1,8,1,2,2,10,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,3,2,3,1,5,3,3,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,11,3,1,1,4, + 3,7,1,14,1,2,3,12,5,2,5,1,6,7,5,7,14,11,1,3,1,8,9,12,2,1,11,8,4,4,2,6,10,9,13,1,1,3,1,5,1,3,2,4,4,1,18,2,3,14,11,4,29,4,2,7,1,3,13,9,2,2,5, + 3,5,20,7,16,8,5,72,34,6,4,22,12,12,28,45,36,9,7,39,9,191,1,1,1,4,11,8,4,9,2,3,22,1,1,1,1,4,17,1,7,7,1,11,31,10,2,4,8,2,3,2,1,4,2,16,4,32,2, + 3,19,13,4,9,1,5,2,14,8,1,1,3,6,19,6,5,1,16,6,2,10,8,5,1,2,3,1,5,5,1,11,6,6,1,3,3,2,6,3,8,1,1,4,10,7,5,7,7,5,8,9,2,1,3,4,1,1,3,1,3,3,2,6,16, + 1,4,6,3,1,10,6,1,3,15,2,9,2,10,25,13,9,16,6,2,2,10,11,4,3,9,1,2,6,6,5,4,30,40,1,10,7,12,14,33,6,3,6,7,3,1,3,1,11,14,4,9,5,12,11,49,18,51,31, + 140,31,2,2,1,5,1,8,1,10,1,4,4,3,24,1,10,1,3,6,6,16,3,4,5,2,1,4,2,57,10,6,22,2,22,3,7,22,6,10,11,36,18,16,33,36,2,5,5,1,1,1,4,10,1,4,13,2,7, + 5,2,9,3,4,1,7,43,3,7,3,9,14,7,9,1,11,1,1,3,7,4,18,13,1,14,1,3,6,10,73,2,2,30,6,1,11,18,19,13,22,3,46,42,37,89,7,3,16,34,2,2,3,9,1,7,1,1,1,2, + 2,4,10,7,3,10,3,9,5,28,9,2,6,13,7,3,1,3,10,2,7,2,11,3,6,21,54,85,2,1,4,2,2,1,39,3,21,2,2,5,1,1,1,4,1,1,3,4,15,1,3,2,4,4,2,3,8,2,20,1,8,7,13, + 4,1,26,6,2,9,34,4,21,52,10,4,4,1,5,12,2,11,1,7,2,30,12,44,2,30,1,1,3,6,16,9,17,39,82,2,2,24,7,1,7,3,16,9,14,44,2,1,2,1,2,3,5,2,4,1,6,7,5,3, + 2,6,1,11,5,11,2,1,18,19,8,1,3,24,29,2,1,3,5,2,2,1,13,6,5,1,46,11,3,5,1,1,5,8,2,10,6,12,6,3,7,11,2,4,16,13,2,5,1,1,2,2,5,2,28,5,2,23,10,8,4, + 4,22,39,95,38,8,14,9,5,1,13,5,4,3,13,12,11,1,9,1,27,37,2,5,4,4,63,211,95,2,2,2,1,3,5,2,1,1,2,2,1,1,1,3,2,4,1,2,1,1,5,2,2,1,1,2,3,1,3,1,1,1, + 3,1,4,2,1,3,6,1,1,3,7,15,5,3,2,5,3,9,11,4,2,22,1,6,3,8,7,1,4,28,4,16,3,3,25,4,4,27,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,1,3,5,2,28,8,2,14,1,8,6,16,25,3,3,3,14,3, + 3,1,1,2,1,4,6,3,8,4,1,1,1,2,3,6,10,6,2,3,18,3,2,5,5,4,3,1,5,2,5,4,23,7,6,12,6,4,17,11,9,5,1,1,10,5,12,1,1,11,26,33,7,3,6,1,17,7,1,5,12,1,11, + 2,4,1,8,14,17,23,1,2,1,7,8,16,11,9,6,5,2,6,4,16,2,8,14,1,11,8,9,1,1,1,9,25,4,11,19,7,2,15,2,12,8,52,7,5,19,2,16,4,36,8,1,16,8,24,26,4,6,2,9, + 5,4,36,3,28,12,25,15,37,27,17,12,59,38,5,32,127,1,2,9,17,14,4,1,2,1,1,8,11,50,4,14,2,19,16,4,17,5,4,5,26,12,45,2,23,45,104,30,12,8,3,10,2,2, + 3,3,1,4,20,7,2,9,6,15,2,20,1,3,16,4,11,15,6,134,2,5,59,1,2,2,2,1,9,17,3,26,137,10,211,59,1,2,4,1,4,1,1,1,2,6,2,3,1,1,2,3,2,3,1,3,4,4,2,3,3, + 1,4,3,1,7,2,2,3,1,2,1,3,3,3,2,2,3,2,1,3,14,6,1,3,2,9,6,15,27,9,34,145,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,1,2,1,1,1,2,3,5,8,3,5,2,4,1,3,2,2,2,12, + 4,1,1,1,10,4,5,1,20,4,16,1,15,9,5,12,2,9,2,5,4,2,26,19,7,1,26,4,30,12,15,42,1,6,8,172,1,1,4,2,1,1,11,2,2,4,2,1,2,1,10,8,1,2,1,4,5,1,2,5,1,8, + 4,1,3,4,2,1,6,2,1,3,4,1,2,1,1,1,1,12,5,7,2,4,3,1,1,1,3,3,6,1,2,2,3,3,3,2,1,2,12,14,11,6,6,4,12,2,8,1,7,10,1,35,7,4,13,15,4,3,23,21,28,52,5, + 26,5,6,1,7,10,2,7,53,3,2,1,1,1,2,163,532,1,10,11,1,3,3,4,8,2,8,6,2,2,23,22,4,2,2,4,2,1,3,1,3,3,5,9,8,2,1,2,8,1,10,2,12,21,20,15,105,2,3,1,1, + 3,2,3,1,1,2,5,1,4,15,11,19,1,1,1,1,5,4,5,1,1,2,5,3,5,12,1,2,5,1,11,1,1,15,9,1,4,5,3,26,8,2,1,3,1,1,15,19,2,12,1,2,5,2,7,2,19,2,20,6,26,7,5, + 2,2,7,34,21,13,70,2,128,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,3,2,2,2,15,1,4,1,3,4,42,10,6,1,49,85,8,1,2,1,1,4,4,2,3,6,1,5,7,4,3,211,4,1,2,1,2,5,1,2,4,2,2,6,5,6, + 10,3,4,48,100,6,2,16,296,5,27,387,2,2,3,7,16,8,5,38,15,39,21,9,10,3,7,59,13,27,21,47,5,21,6 + }; + static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation + 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana + 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + }; + static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 }; + if (!full_ranges[0]) + { + memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges)); + UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges)); + } + return &full_ranges[0]; +} + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() +{ + // 1946 common ideograms code points for Japanese + // Sourced from http://theinstructionlimit.com/common-kanji-character-ranges-for-xna-spritefont-rendering + // FIXME: Source a list of the revised 2136 Joyo Kanji list from 2010 and rebuild this. + // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. + // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.) + static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] = + { + 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,6,2,2,1,8,5,7,11,1,2,10,10,8,2,4,20,2,11,8,2,1,2,1,6,2,1,7,5,3,7,1,1,13,7,9,1,4,6,1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,14,1,1,9,3,18, + 5,4,2,2,10,7,1,1,1,3,2,4,3,23,2,10,12,2,14,2,4,13,1,6,10,3,1,7,13,6,4,13,5,2,3,17,2,2,5,7,6,4,1,7,14,16,6,13,9,15,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,9,2,7,15, + 2,6,5,13,25,4,14,13,11,25,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,3,10,11,3,3,1,1,4,4,2,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,12,11,15,7,16,4,5,16,2,1,1,6,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1, + 2,1,12,3,3,9,5,8,1,11,1,2,3,18,20,4,1,3,6,1,7,3,5,5,7,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,8,7,4,17,1,9,25,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,6,16,1,2,1,1,3,12, + 20,2,5,20,8,7,6,2,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,10,1,1,6,1,3,1,2,1,4,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,4,7,5,13,1,15,1,1,30,11,9,1,15,38,14,1,32,17,20,1,9,31,2,21,9, + 4,49,22,2,1,13,1,11,45,35,43,55,12,19,83,1,3,2,3,13,2,1,7,3,18,3,13,8,1,8,18,5,3,7,25,24,9,24,40,3,17,24,2,1,6,2,3,16,15,6,7,3,12,1,9,7,3,3, + 3,15,21,5,16,4,5,12,11,11,3,6,3,2,31,3,2,1,1,23,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,22,2,6,2,3,17,3,2,4,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,15,12,3,17,2,14,2,8,1,23,16,4,2,23, + 8,15,23,20,12,25,19,47,11,21,65,46,4,3,1,5,6,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,3,11,1,1,1,2,1,2,3,1,1,10,2,3,1,1,1,3,6,3,2,2,6,6,9,2,2,2,6,2,5,10,2,4,1,2,1,2,2, + 3,1,1,3,1,2,9,23,9,2,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,10,9,6,1,10,2,31,25,3,7,5,40,1,15,6,17,7,27,180,1,3,2,2,1,1,1,6,3,10,7,1,3,6,17,8,6,2,2,1,3,5,5,8,16,14, + 15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,1,3,2,7,5,6,2,5,10,1,4,2,9,1,1,11,6,1,44,1,3,7,9,5,1,3,1,1,10,7,1,10,4,2,7,21,15,7,2,5,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,6,1,4,2,1,4,10,8,1,4,5, + 1,5,10,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,29,4,7,3,5,2,3,33,5,2,19,3,1,4,2,6,31,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,12,11,12,8,3,14,8,6,11,1,4,41,3,1,2,7,13,1,5,6,2,6,12, + 12,22,5,9,4,8,9,9,34,6,24,1,1,20,9,9,3,4,1,7,2,2,2,6,2,28,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,8,8,3,2,1,5,1,2,2,3,1,11,11,7,3,6,10,8,6,16,16, + 22,7,12,6,21,5,4,6,6,3,6,1,3,2,1,2,8,29,1,10,1,6,13,6,6,19,31,1,13,4,4,22,17,26,33,10,4,15,12,25,6,67,10,2,3,1,6,10,2,6,2,9,1,9,4,4,1,2,16,2, + 5,9,2,3,8,1,8,3,9,4,8,6,4,8,11,3,2,1,1,3,26,1,7,5,1,11,1,5,3,5,2,13,6,39,5,1,5,2,11,6,10,5,1,15,5,3,6,19,21,22,2,4,1,6,1,8,1,4,8,2,4,2,2,9,2, + 1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,7,1,14,2,4,10,2,13,1,17,7,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,12,3,1,29,2,8,9,15,14,9,14,1,3,1,6,5,9,11,3,38,43,20,7,7,8,5,15,12,19,15,81,8,7, + 1,5,73,13,37,28,8,8,1,15,18,20,165,28,1,6,11,8,4,14,7,15,1,3,3,6,4,1,7,14,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,14,1,4,2,7,52,2,6,29,3,1,9,1,21,3,5,1,26,3,11,14, + 11,1,17,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,7,7,5,17,3,3,3,1,23,10,4,4,6,3,1,16,17,22,3,10,21,16,16,6,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,8,6,5,3,3,3,39,25, + 15,1,1,16,6,7,25,15,6,6,12,1,22,13,1,4,9,5,12,2,9,1,12,28,8,3,5,10,22,60,1,2,40,4,61,63,4,1,13,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,89,5,16,6,29,14,2,5,49,18,18, + 5,29,33,47,1,17,1,19,12,2,9,7,39,12,3,7,12,39,3,1,46,4,12,3,8,9,5,31,15,18,3,2,2,66,19,13,17,5,3,46,124,13,57,34,2,5,4,5,8,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,5, + 3,5,3,1,8,5,6,3,27,3,26,7,12,7,2,17,3,7,18,78,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,39,17,7,4,13,4,4,4,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,10,1,19,1,26,2,4,33,2,73,47,7,3,8,2,4,15, + 18,1,29,2,41,14,1,21,16,41,7,39,25,13,44,2,2,10,1,13,7,1,7,3,5,20,4,8,2,49,1,10,6,1,6,7,10,7,11,16,3,12,20,4,10,3,1,2,11,2,28,9,2,4,7,2,15,1, + 27,1,28,17,4,5,10,7,3,24,10,11,6,26,3,2,7,2,2,49,16,10,16,15,4,5,27,61,30,14,38,22,2,7,5,1,3,12,23,24,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,7,5,1,1,5,1,1,9,4, + 1,3,6,1,8,2,8,4,14,3,5,11,4,1,3,32,1,19,4,1,13,11,5,2,1,8,6,8,1,6,5,13,3,23,11,5,3,16,3,9,10,1,24,3,198,52,4,2,2,5,14,5,4,22,5,20,4,11,6,41, + 1,5,2,2,11,5,2,28,35,8,22,3,18,3,10,7,5,3,4,1,5,3,8,9,3,6,2,16,22,4,5,5,3,3,18,23,2,6,23,5,27,8,1,33,2,12,43,16,5,2,3,6,1,20,4,2,9,7,1,11,2, + 10,3,14,31,9,3,25,18,20,2,5,5,26,14,1,11,17,12,40,19,9,6,31,83,2,7,9,19,78,12,14,21,76,12,113,79,34,4,1,1,61,18,85,10,2,2,13,31,11,50,6,33,159, + 179,6,6,7,4,4,2,4,2,5,8,7,20,32,22,1,3,10,6,7,28,5,10,9,2,77,19,13,2,5,1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,31,17,3,26,2,6,6,5,4,1,7,11,3,4,2,1,6,2,20,4,1,9,2,6, + 3,7,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,5,13,8,4,11,23,1,10,6,2,1,3,21,2,2,4,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,192,15,4,16,7,9,51,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,2,1,3,5,3,1,3,4,1, + 3,1,3,3,9,8,1,2,2,2,4,4,18,12,92,2,10,4,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,14,4,2,21,5,126,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,20,12,1,14,12,87,3,19,1,8,2,9,9,3,3,23,2, + 3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,6,3,2,1,3,11,3,1,6,10,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,11,3,6,4,1,7,2,1,2,5,5,34,4,14,18,4,19,7,5,8,2,6,79,1,5,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,36,28,16, + 4,1,1,1,2,12,6,42,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,64,6,9,28,8,12,3,3,41,59,24,51,55,57,294,9,9,2,6,2,15,1,2,13,38,90,9,9,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,5,6,3,2, + 1,2,2,3,8,1,4,4,1,5,7,1,4,3,20,4,9,1,1,1,5,5,17,1,5,2,6,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,11,11,32,7,5,4,7,11,127,8,4,3,3,1,10,1,1,6,21,14,1,16,1,7,1,3,6,9,65, + 51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39, + }; + static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana + 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + }; + static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 }; + if (!full_ranges[0]) + { + memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges)); + UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges)); + } + return &full_ranges[0]; +} + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesCyrillic() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x0400, 0x052F, // Cyrillic + Cyrillic Supplement + 0x2DE0, 0x2DFF, // Cyrillic Extended-A + 0xA640, 0xA69F, // Cyrillic Extended-B + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesThai() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + 0x2010, 0x205E, // Punctuations + 0x0E00, 0x0E7F, // Thai + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesVietnamese() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + 0x0102, 0x0103, + 0x0110, 0x0111, + 0x0128, 0x0129, + 0x0168, 0x0169, + 0x01A0, 0x01A1, + 0x01AF, 0x01B0, + 0x1EA0, 0x1EF9, + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + while (text_end ? (text < text_end) : *text) + { + unsigned int c = 0; + int c_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, text, text_end); + text += c_len; + if (c_len == 0) + break; + AddChar((ImWchar)c); + } +} + +void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges) +{ + for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2) + for (ImWchar c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1]; c++) + AddChar(c); +} + +void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) +{ + const int max_codepoint = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; + for (int n = 0; n <= max_codepoint; n++) + if (GetBit(n)) + { + out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n); + while (n < max_codepoint && GetBit(n + 1)) + n++; + out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n); + } + out_ranges->push_back(0); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFont +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImFont::ImFont() +{ + FontSize = 0.0f; + FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; + FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?'; + EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; + DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + FallbackGlyph = NULL; + ContainerAtlas = NULL; + ConfigData = NULL; + ConfigDataCount = 0; + DirtyLookupTables = false; + Scale = 1.0f; + Ascent = Descent = 0.0f; + MetricsTotalSurface = 0; + memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)); +} + +ImFont::~ImFont() +{ + ClearOutputData(); +} + +void ImFont::ClearOutputData() +{ + FontSize = 0.0f; + FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; + Glyphs.clear(); + IndexAdvanceX.clear(); + IndexLookup.clear(); + FallbackGlyph = NULL; + ContainerAtlas = NULL; + DirtyLookupTables = true; + Ascent = Descent = 0.0f; + MetricsTotalSurface = 0; +} + +void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() +{ + int max_codepoint = 0; + for (int i = 0; i != Glyphs.Size; i++) + max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint); + + // Build lookup table + IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved + IndexAdvanceX.clear(); + IndexLookup.clear(); + DirtyLookupTables = false; + memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)); + GrowIndex(max_codepoint + 1); + for (int i = 0; i < Glyphs.Size; i++) + { + int codepoint = (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint; + IndexAdvanceX[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].AdvanceX; + IndexLookup[codepoint] = (ImWchar)i; + + // Mark 4K page as used + const int page_n = codepoint / 4096; + Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] |= 1 << (page_n & 7); + } + + // Create a glyph to handle TAB + // FIXME: Needs proper TAB handling but it needs to be contextualized (or we could arbitrary say that each string starts at "column 0" ?) + if (FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ')) + { + if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t') // So we can call this function multiple times (FIXME: Flaky) + Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1); + ImFontGlyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back(); + tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((ImWchar)' '); + tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t'; + tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE; + IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX; + IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size-1); + } + + // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons) + SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); + SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); + + // Setup fall-backs + FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); + FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX : 0.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) + if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) + IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; +} + +// API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size +// e.g. use with IsGlyphRangeUnused(0, 255) +bool ImFont::IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last) +{ + unsigned int page_begin = (c_begin / 4096); + unsigned int page_last = (c_last / 4096); + for (unsigned int page_n = page_begin; page_n <= page_last; page_n++) + if ((page_n >> 3) < sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)) + if (Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] & (1 << (page_n & 7))) + return false; + return true; +} + +void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible) +{ + if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)c)) + glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0; +} + +void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c) +{ + FallbackChar = c; + BuildLookupTable(); +} + +void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) +{ + IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size); + if (new_size <= IndexLookup.Size) + return; + IndexAdvanceX.resize(new_size, -1.0f); + IndexLookup.resize(new_size, (ImWchar)-1); +} + +// x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero. +// Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis). +void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) +{ + Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1); + ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back(); + glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint; + glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1); + glyph.X0 = x0; + glyph.Y0 = y0; + glyph.X1 = x1; + glyph.Y1 = y1; + glyph.U0 = u0; + glyph.V0 = v0; + glyph.U1 = u1; + glyph.V1 = v1; + glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x + ConfigData->GlyphExtraSpacing.x; // Bake spacing into AdvanceX + + if (ConfigData->PixelSnapH) + glyph.AdvanceX = IM_ROUND(glyph.AdvanceX); + + // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round) + DirtyLookupTables = true; + MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + 1.99f) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + 1.99f); +} + +void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst) +{ + IM_ASSERT(IndexLookup.Size > 0); // Currently this can only be called AFTER the font has been built, aka after calling ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAs*() function. + unsigned int index_size = (unsigned int)IndexLookup.Size; + + if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == (ImWchar)-1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists + return; + if (src >= index_size && dst >= index_size) // both 'dst' and 'src' don't exist -> no-op + return; + + GrowIndex(dst + 1); + IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : (ImWchar)-1; + IndexAdvanceX[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[src] : 1.0f; +} + +const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const +{ + if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size) + return FallbackGlyph; + const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c]; + if (i == (ImWchar)-1) + return FallbackGlyph; + return &Glyphs.Data[i]; +} + +const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const +{ + if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size) + return NULL; + const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c]; + if (i == (ImWchar)-1) + return NULL; + return &Glyphs.Data[i]; +} + +const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const +{ + // Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases! + // FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.) + + // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^ + // "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee fff. ggg!" + // ^ ^ ^ ^ ^__ ^ ^ + + // List of hardcoded separators: .,;!?'" + + // Skip extra blanks after a line returns (that includes not counting them in width computation) + // e.g. "Hello world" --> "Hello" "World" + + // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line. + // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish" + + float line_width = 0.0f; + float word_width = 0.0f; + float blank_width = 0.0f; + wrap_width /= scale; // We work with unscaled widths to avoid scaling every characters + + const char* word_end = text; + const char* prev_word_end = NULL; + bool inside_word = true; + + const char* s = text; + while (s < text_end) + { + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; + const char* next_s; + if (c < 0x80) + next_s = s + 1; + else + next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); + if (c == 0) + break; + + if (c < 32) + { + if (c == '\n') + { + line_width = word_width = blank_width = 0.0f; + inside_word = true; + s = next_s; + continue; + } + if (c == '\r') + { + s = next_s; + continue; + } + } + + const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX); + if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) + { + if (inside_word) + { + line_width += blank_width; + blank_width = 0.0f; + word_end = s; + } + blank_width += char_width; + inside_word = false; + } + else + { + word_width += char_width; + if (inside_word) + { + word_end = next_s; + } + else + { + prev_word_end = word_end; + line_width += word_width + blank_width; + word_width = blank_width = 0.0f; + } + + // Allow wrapping after punctuation. + inside_word = (c != '.' && c != ',' && c != ';' && c != '!' && c != '?' && c != '\"'); + } + + // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped) + if (line_width + word_width > wrap_width) + { + // Words that cannot possibly fit within an entire line will be cut anywhere. + if (word_width < wrap_width) + s = prev_word_end ? prev_word_end : word_end; + break; + } + + s = next_s; + } + + return s; +} + +ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining) const +{ + if (!text_end) + text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // FIXME-OPT: Need to avoid this. + + const float line_height = size; + const float scale = size / FontSize; + + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); + float line_width = 0.0f; + + const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); + const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; + + const char* s = text_begin; + while (s < text_end) + { + if (word_wrap_enabled) + { + // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. + if (!word_wrap_eol) + { + word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width); + if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. + word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below + } + + if (s >= word_wrap_eol) + { + if (text_size.x < line_width) + text_size.x = line_width; + text_size.y += line_height; + line_width = 0.0f; + word_wrap_eol = NULL; + + // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks + while (s < text_end) + { + const char c = *s; + if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } + } + continue; + } + } + + // Decode and advance source + const char* prev_s = s; + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; + if (c < 0x80) + { + s += 1; + } + else + { + s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); + if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8? + break; + } + + if (c < 32) + { + if (c == '\n') + { + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width); + text_size.y += line_height; + line_width = 0.0f; + continue; + } + if (c == '\r') + continue; + } + + const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale; + if (line_width + char_width >= max_width) + { + s = prev_s; + break; + } + + line_width += char_width; + } + + if (text_size.x < line_width) + text_size.x = line_width; + + if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f) + text_size.y += line_height; + + if (remaining) + *remaining = s; + + return text_size; +} + +void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const +{ + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c); + if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible) + return; + float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; + pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x); + pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y); + draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); + draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); +} + +void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const +{ + if (!text_end) + text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. + + // Align to be pixel perfect + pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x); + pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y); + float x = pos.x; + float y = pos.y; + if (y > clip_rect.w) + return; + + const float scale = size / FontSize; + const float line_height = FontSize * scale; + const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); + const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; + + // Fast-forward to first visible line + const char* s = text_begin; + if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && !word_wrap_enabled) + while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end) + { + s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); + s = s ? s + 1 : text_end; + y += line_height; + } + + // For large text, scan for the last visible line in order to avoid over-reserving in the call to PrimReserve() + // Note that very large horizontal line will still be affected by the issue (e.g. a one megabyte string buffer without a newline will likely crash atm) + if (text_end - s > 10000 && !word_wrap_enabled) + { + const char* s_end = s; + float y_end = y; + while (y_end < clip_rect.w && s_end < text_end) + { + s_end = (const char*)memchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end); + s_end = s_end ? s_end + 1 : text_end; + y_end += line_height; + } + text_end = s_end; + } + if (s == text_end) + return; + + // Reserve vertices for remaining worse case (over-reserving is useful and easily amortized) + const int vtx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 4; + const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6; + const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max; + draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max); + + ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr; + ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; + unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + + while (s < text_end) + { + if (word_wrap_enabled) + { + // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. + if (!word_wrap_eol) + { + word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - pos.x)); + if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. + word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below + } + + if (s >= word_wrap_eol) + { + x = pos.x; + y += line_height; + word_wrap_eol = NULL; + + // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks + while (s < text_end) + { + const char c = *s; + if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } + } + continue; + } + } + + // Decode and advance source + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; + if (c < 0x80) + { + s += 1; + } + else + { + s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); + if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8? + break; + } + + if (c < 32) + { + if (c == '\n') + { + x = pos.x; + y += line_height; + if (y > clip_rect.w) + break; // break out of main loop + continue; + } + if (c == '\r') + continue; + } + + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((ImWchar)c); + if (glyph == NULL) + continue; + + float char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale; + if (glyph->Visible) + { + // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w + float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale; + float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale; + float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale; + float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale; + if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x) + { + // Render a character + float u1 = glyph->U0; + float v1 = glyph->V0; + float u2 = glyph->U1; + float v2 = glyph->V1; + + // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads. + if (cpu_fine_clip) + { + if (x1 < clip_rect.x) + { + u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); + x1 = clip_rect.x; + } + if (y1 < clip_rect.y) + { + v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); + y1 = clip_rect.y; + } + if (x2 > clip_rect.z) + { + u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); + x2 = clip_rect.z; + } + if (y2 > clip_rect.w) + { + v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); + y2 = clip_rect.w; + } + if (y1 >= y2) + { + x += char_width; + continue; + } + } + + // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: + { + idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); + idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); + vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write += 4; + vtx_current_idx += 4; + idx_write += 6; + } + } + } + x += char_width; + } + + // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action. + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink() + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data); + draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size-1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write; + draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; + draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Vaguely redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state: +// - RenderArrow() +// - RenderBullet() +// - RenderCheckMark() +// - RenderMouseCursor() +// - RenderArrowPointingAt() +// - RenderRectFilledRangeH() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Function in need of a redesign (legacy mess) +// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state +void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale) +{ + const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f; + float r = h * 0.40f * scale; + ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale); + + ImVec2 a, b, c; + switch (dir) + { + case ImGuiDir_Up: + case ImGuiDir_Down: + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r; + a = ImVec2(+0.000f, +0.750f) * r; + b = ImVec2(-0.866f, -0.750f) * r; + c = ImVec2(+0.866f, -0.750f) * r; + break; + case ImGuiDir_Left: + case ImGuiDir_Right: + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r; + a = ImVec2(+0.750f, +0.000f) * r; + b = ImVec2(-0.750f, +0.866f) * r; + c = ImVec2(-0.750f, -0.866f) * r; + break; + case ImGuiDir_None: + case ImGuiDir_COUNT: + IM_ASSERT(0); + break; + } + draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col); +} + +void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col) +{ + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8); +} + +void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz) +{ + float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f); + sz -= thickness * 0.5f; + pos += ImVec2(thickness * 0.25f, thickness * 0.25f); + + float third = sz / 3.0f; + float bx = pos.x + third; + float by = pos.y + sz - third * 0.5f; + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third)); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by)); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f)); + draw_list->PathStroke(col, false, thickness); +} + +void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) +{ + if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + return; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + + ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; + ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; + if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + { + pos -= offset; + const ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; + draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*scale, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*scale + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*scale, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*scale + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + draw_list->PopTextureID(); + } +} + +// Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. +void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col) +{ + switch (direction) + { + case ImGuiDir_Left: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Up: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Down: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings + } +} + +static inline float ImAcos01(float x) +{ + if (x <= 0.0f) return IM_PI * 0.5f; + if (x >= 1.0f) return 0.0f; + return ImAcos(x); + //return (-0.69813170079773212f * x * x - 0.87266462599716477f) * x + 1.5707963267948966f; // Cheap approximation, may be enough for what we do. +} + +// FIXME: Cleanup and move code to ImDrawList. +void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding) +{ + if (x_end_norm == x_start_norm) + return; + if (x_start_norm > x_end_norm) + ImSwap(x_start_norm, x_end_norm); + + ImVec2 p0 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_start_norm), rect.Min.y); + ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_end_norm), rect.Max.y); + if (rounding == 0.0f) + { + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, col, 0.0f); + return; + } + + rounding = ImClamp(ImMin((rect.Max.x - rect.Min.x) * 0.5f, (rect.Max.y - rect.Min.y) * 0.5f) - 1.0f, 0.0f, rounding); + const float inv_rounding = 1.0f / rounding; + const float arc0_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p0.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding); + const float arc0_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p1.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding); + const float half_pi = IM_PI * 0.5f; // We will == compare to this because we know this is the exact value ImAcos01 can return. + const float x0 = ImMax(p0.x, rect.Min.x + rounding); + if (arc0_b == arc0_e) + { + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y)); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y)); + } + else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == half_pi) + { + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 3, 6); // BL + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); // TR + } + else + { + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b, 3); // BL + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e, 3); // TR + } + if (p1.x > rect.Min.x + rounding) + { + const float arc1_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p1.x) * inv_rounding); + const float arc1_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p0.x) * inv_rounding); + const float x1 = ImMin(p1.x, rect.Max.x - rounding); + if (arc1_b == arc1_e) + { + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y)); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y)); + } + else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == half_pi) + { + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); // TR + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 0, 3); // BR + } + else + { + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b, 3); // TR + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e, 3); // BR + } + } + draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); +} + +// Helper for ColorPicker4() +// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. +// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether. +// FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32 +void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags) +{ + if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) + { + ImU32 col_bg1 = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col)); + ImU32 col_bg2 = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); + + int yi = 0; + for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) + { + float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y); + if (y2 <= y1) + continue; + for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f) + { + float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); + if (x2 <= x1) + continue; + int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0; + if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; } + if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; } + rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell); + } + } + } + else + { + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Decompression code +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array and encoded as base85. +// Use the program in misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file. +// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size. +// Decompression from stb.h (public domain) by Sean Barrett https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb.h +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input) +{ + return (input[8] << 24) + (input[9] << 16) + (input[10] << 8) + input[11]; +} + +static unsigned char *stb__barrier_out_e, *stb__barrier_out_b; +static const unsigned char *stb__barrier_in_b; +static unsigned char *stb__dout; +static void stb__match(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length) +{ + // INVERSE of memmove... write each byte before copying the next... + IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e); + if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; } + if (data < stb__barrier_out_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; } + while (length--) *stb__dout++ = *data++; +} + +static void stb__lit(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length) +{ + IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e); + if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; } + if (data < stb__barrier_in_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; } + memcpy(stb__dout, data, length); + stb__dout += length; +} + +#define stb__in2(x) ((i[x] << 8) + i[(x)+1]) +#define stb__in3(x) ((i[x] << 16) + stb__in2((x)+1)) +#define stb__in4(x) ((i[x] << 24) + stb__in3((x)+1)) + +static const unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(const unsigned char *i) +{ + if (*i >= 0x20) { // use fewer if's for cases that expand small + if (*i >= 0x80) stb__match(stb__dout-i[1]-1, i[0] - 0x80 + 1), i += 2; + else if (*i >= 0x40) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in2(0) - 0x4000 + 1), i[2]+1), i += 3; + else /* *i >= 0x20 */ stb__lit(i+1, i[0] - 0x20 + 1), i += 1 + (i[0] - 0x20 + 1); + } else { // more ifs for cases that expand large, since overhead is amortized + if (*i >= 0x18) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(0) - 0x180000 + 1), i[3]+1), i += 4; + else if (*i >= 0x10) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(0) - 0x100000 + 1), stb__in2(3)+1), i += 5; + else if (*i >= 0x08) stb__lit(i+2, stb__in2(0) - 0x0800 + 1), i += 2 + (stb__in2(0) - 0x0800 + 1); + else if (*i == 0x07) stb__lit(i+3, stb__in2(1) + 1), i += 3 + (stb__in2(1) + 1); + else if (*i == 0x06) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(1)+1), i[4]+1), i += 5; + else if (*i == 0x04) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(1)+1), stb__in2(4)+1), i += 6; + } + return i; +} + +static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int buflen) +{ + const unsigned long ADLER_MOD = 65521; + unsigned long s1 = adler32 & 0xffff, s2 = adler32 >> 16; + unsigned long blocklen = buflen % 5552; + + unsigned long i; + while (buflen) { + for (i=0; i + 7 < blocklen; i += 8) { + s1 += buffer[0], s2 += s1; + s1 += buffer[1], s2 += s1; + s1 += buffer[2], s2 += s1; + s1 += buffer[3], s2 += s1; + s1 += buffer[4], s2 += s1; + s1 += buffer[5], s2 += s1; + s1 += buffer[6], s2 += s1; + s1 += buffer[7], s2 += s1; + + buffer += 8; + } + + for (; i < blocklen; ++i) + s1 += *buffer++, s2 += s1; + + s1 %= ADLER_MOD, s2 %= ADLER_MOD; + buflen -= blocklen; + blocklen = 5552; + } + return (unsigned int)(s2 << 16) + (unsigned int)s1; +} + +static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i, unsigned int /*length*/) +{ + if (stb__in4(0) != 0x57bC0000) return 0; + if (stb__in4(4) != 0) return 0; // error! stream is > 4GB + const unsigned int olen = stb_decompress_length(i); + stb__barrier_in_b = i; + stb__barrier_out_e = output + olen; + stb__barrier_out_b = output; + i += 16; + + stb__dout = output; + for (;;) { + const unsigned char *old_i = i; + i = stb_decompress_token(i); + if (i == old_i) { + if (*i == 0x05 && i[1] == 0xfa) { + IM_ASSERT(stb__dout == output + olen); + if (stb__dout != output + olen) return 0; + if (stb_adler32(1, output, olen) != (unsigned int) stb__in4(2)) + return 0; + return olen; + } else { + IM_ASSERT(0); /* NOTREACHED */ + return 0; + } + } + IM_ASSERT(stb__dout <= output + olen); + if (stb__dout > output + olen) + return 0; + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ProggyClean.ttf +// Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer +// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.upperbounds.net/download/ProggyClean.ttf.zip) +// Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes) +// Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding). +// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] = + "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/" + "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.a$FBjVQTSDgEKnIS7EM9>ZY9w0#L;>>#Mx&4Mvt//L[MkA#W@lK.N'[0#7RL_&#w+F%HtG9M#XL`N&.,GM4Pg;--VsM.M0rJfLH2eTM`*oJMHRC`N" + "kfimM2J,W-jXS:)r0wK#@Fge$U>`w'N7G#$#fB#$E^$#:9:hk+eOe--6x)F7*E%?76%^GMHePW-Z5l'&GiF#$956:rS?dA#fiK:)Yr+`�j@'DbG&#^$PG.Ll+DNa&VZ>1i%h1S9u5o@YaaW$e+bROPOpxTO7Stwi1::iB1q)C_=dV26J;2,]7op$]uQr@_V7$q^%lQwtuHY]=DX,n3L#0PHDO4f9>dC@O>HBuKPpP*E,N+b3L#lpR/MrTEH.IAQk.a>D[.e;mc." + "x]Ip.PH^'/aqUO/$1WxLoW0[iLAw=4h(9.`G" + "CRUxHPeR`5Mjol(dUWxZa(>STrPkrJiWx`5U7F#.g*jrohGg`cg:lSTvEY/EV_7H4Q9[Z%cnv;JQYZ5q.l7Zeas:HOIZOB?Ggv:[7MI2k).'2($5FNP&EQ(,)" + "U]W]+fh18.vsai00);D3@4ku5P?DP8aJt+;qUM]=+b'8@;mViBKx0DE[-auGl8:PJ&Dj+M6OC]O^((##]`0i)drT;-7X`=-H3[igUnPG-NZlo.#k@h#=Ork$m>a>$-?Tm$UV(?#P6YY#" + "'/###xe7q.73rI3*pP/$1>s9)W,JrM7SN]'/4C#v$U`0#V.[0>xQsH$fEmPMgY2u7Kh(G%siIfLSoS+MK2eTM$=5,M8p`A.;_R%#u[K#$x4AG8.kK/HSB==-'Ie/QTtG?-.*^N-4B/ZM" + "_3YlQC7(p7q)&](`6_c)$/*JL(L-^(]$wIM`dPtOdGA,U3:w2M-0+WomX2u7lqM2iEumMTcsF?-aT=Z-97UEnXglEn1K-bnEO`gu" + "Ft(c%=;Am_Qs@jLooI&NX;]0#j4#F14;gl8-GQpgwhrq8'=l_f-b49'UOqkLu7-##oDY2L(te+Mch&gLYtJ,MEtJfLh'x'M=$CS-ZZ%P]8bZ>#S?YY#%Q&q'3^Fw&?D)UDNrocM3A76/" + "/oL?#h7gl85[qW/NDOk%16ij;+:1a'iNIdb-ou8.P*w,v5#EI$TWS>Pot-R*H'-SEpA:g)f+O$%%`kA#G=8RMmG1&O`>to8bC]T&$,n.LoO>29sp3dt-52U%VM#q7'DHpg+#Z9%H[Ket`e;)f#Km8&+DC$I46>#Kr]]u-[=99tts1.qb#q72g1WJO81q+eN'03'eM>&1XxY-caEnO" + "j%2n8)),?ILR5^.Ibn<-X-Mq7[a82Lq:F&#ce+S9wsCK*x`569E8ew'He]h:sI[2LM$[guka3ZRd6:t%IG:;$%YiJ:Nq=?eAw;/:nnDq0(CYcMpG)qLN4$##&J-XTt,%OVU4)S1+R-#dg0/Nn?Ku1^0f$B*P:Rowwm-`0PKjYDDM'3]d39VZHEl4,.j']Pk-M.h^&:0FACm$maq-&sgw0t7/6(^xtk%" + "LuH88Fj-ekm>GA#_>568x6(OFRl-IZp`&b,_P'$MhLbxfc$mj`,O;&%W2m`Zh:/)Uetw:aJ%]K9h:TcF]u_-Sj9,VK3M.*'&0D[Ca]J9gp8,kAW]" + "%(?A%R$f<->Zts'^kn=-^@c4%-pY6qI%J%1IGxfLU9CP8cbPlXv);C=b),<2mOvP8up,UVf3839acAWAW-W?#ao/^#%KYo8fRULNd2.>%m]UK:n%r$'sw]J;5pAoO_#2mO3n,'=H5(et" + "Hg*`+RLgv>=4U8guD$I%D:W>-r5V*%j*W:Kvej.Lp$'?;++O'>()jLR-^u68PHm8ZFWe+ej8h:9r6L*0//c&iH&R8pRbA#Kjm%upV1g:" + "a_#Ur7FuA#(tRh#.Y5K+@?3<-8m0$PEn;J:rh6?I6uG<-`wMU'ircp0LaE_OtlMb&1#6T.#FDKu#1Lw%u%+GM+X'e?YLfjM[VO0MbuFp7;>Q&#WIo)0@F%q7c#4XAXN-U&VBpqB>0ie&jhZ[?iLR@@_AvA-iQC(=ksRZRVp7`.=+NpBC%rh&3]R:8XDmE5^V8O(x<-+k?'(^](H.aREZSi,#1:[IXaZFOm<-ui#qUq2$##Ri;u75OK#(RtaW-K-F`S+cF]uN`-KMQ%rP/Xri.LRcB##=YL3BgM/3M" + "D?@f&1'BW-)Ju#bmmWCMkk&#TR`C,5d>g)F;t,4:@_l8G/5h4vUd%&%950:VXD'QdWoY-F$BtUwmfe$YqL'8(PWX(" + "P?^@Po3$##`MSs?DWBZ/S>+4%>fX,VWv/w'KD`LP5IbH;rTV>n3cEK8U#bX]l-/V+^lj3;vlMb&[5YQ8#pekX9JP3XUC72L,,?+Ni&co7ApnO*5NK,((W-i:$,kp'UDAO(G0Sq7MVjJs" + "bIu)'Z,*[>br5fX^:FPAWr-m2KgLQ_nN6'8uTGT5g)uLv:873UpTLgH+#FgpH'_o1780Ph8KmxQJ8#H72L4@768@Tm&Q" + "h4CB/5OvmA&,Q&QbUoi$a_%3M01H)4x7I^&KQVgtFnV+;[Pc>[m4k//,]1?#`VY[Jr*3&&slRfLiVZJ:]?=K3Sw=[$=uRB?3xk48@aege0jT6'N#(q%.O=?2S]u*(m<-" + "V8J'(1)G][68hW$5'q[GC&5j`TE?m'esFGNRM)j,ffZ?-qx8;->g4t*:CIP/[Qap7/9'#(1sao7w-.qNUdkJ)tCF&#B^;xGvn2r9FEPFFFcL@.iFNkTve$m%#QvQS8U@)2Z+3K:AKM5i" + "sZ88+dKQ)W6>J%CL`.d*(B`-n8D9oK-XV1q['-5k'cAZ69e;D_?$ZPP&s^+7])$*$#@QYi9,5P r+$%CE=68>K8r0=dSC%%(@p7" + ".m7jilQ02'0-VWAgTlGW'b)Tq7VT9q^*^$$.:&N@@" + "$&)WHtPm*5_rO0&e%K&#-30j(E4#'Zb.o/(Tpm$>K'f@[PvFl,hfINTNU6u'0pao7%XUp9]5.>%h`8_=VYbxuel.NTSsJfLacFu3B'lQSu/m6-Oqem8T+oE--$0a/k]uj9EwsG>%veR*" + "hv^BFpQj:K'#SJ,sB-'#](j.Lg92rTw-*n%@/;39rrJF,l#qV%OrtBeC6/,;qB3ebNW[?,Hqj2L.1NP&GjUR=1D8QaS3Up&@*9wP?+lo7b?@%'k4`p0Z$22%K3+iCZj?XJN4Nm&+YF]u" + "@-W$U%VEQ/,,>>#)D#%8cY#YZ?=,`Wdxu/ae&#" + "w6)R89tI#6@s'(6Bf7a&?S=^ZI_kS&ai`&=tE72L_D,;^R)7[$so8lKN%5/$(vdfq7+ebA#" + "u1p]ovUKW&Y%q]'>$1@-[xfn$7ZTp7mM,G,Ko7a&Gu%G[RMxJs[0MM%wci.LFDK)(%:_i2B5CsR8&9Z&#=mPEnm0f`<&c)QL5uJ#%u%lJj+D-r;BoFDoS97h5g)E#o:&S4weDF,9^Hoe`h*L+_a*NrLW-1pG_&2UdB8" + "6e%B/:=>)N4xeW.*wft-;$'58-ESqr#U`'6AQ]m&6/`Z>#S?YY#Vc;r7U2&326d=w&H####?TZ`*4?&.MK?LP8Vxg>$[QXc%QJv92.(Db*B)gb*BM9dM*hJMAo*c&#" + "b0v=Pjer]$gG&JXDf->'StvU7505l9$AFvgYRI^&<^b68?j#q9QX4SM'RO#&sL1IM.rJfLUAj221]d##DW=m83u5;'bYx,*Sl0hL(W;;$doB&O/TQ:(Z^xBdLjLV#*8U_72Lh+2Q8Cj0i:6hp&$C/:p(HK>T8Y[gHQ4`4)'$Ab(Nof%V'8hL&#SfD07&6D@M.*J:;$-rv29'M]8qMv-tLp,'886iaC=Hb*YJoKJ,(j%K=H`K.v9HggqBIiZu'QvBT.#=)0ukruV&.)3=(^1`o*Pj4<-#MJ+gLq9-##@HuZPN0]u:h7.T..G:;$/Usj(T7`Q8tT72LnYl<-qx8;-HV7Q-&Xdx%1a,hC=0u+HlsV>nuIQL-5" + "_>@kXQtMacfD.m-VAb8;IReM3$wf0''hra*so568'Ip&vRs849'MRYSp%:t:h5qSgwpEr$B>Q,;s(C#$)`svQuF$##-D,##,g68@2[T;.XSdN9Qe)rpt._K-#5wF)sP'##p#C0c%-Gb%" + "hd+<-j'Ai*x&&HMkT]C'OSl##5RG[JXaHN;d'uA#x._U;.`PU@(Z3dt4r152@:v,'R.Sj'w#0<-;kPI)FfJ&#AYJ&#//)>-k=m=*XnK$>=)72L]0I%>.G690a:$##<,);?;72#?x9+d;" + "^V'9;jY@;)br#q^YQpx:X#Te$Z^'=-=bGhLf:D6&bNwZ9-ZD#n^9HhLMr5G;']d&6'wYmTFmLq9wI>P(9mI[>kC-ekLC/R&CH+s'B;K-M6$EB%is00:" + "+A4[7xks.LrNk0&E)wILYF@2L'0Nb$+pv<(2.768/FrY&h$^3i&@+G%JT'<-,v`3;_)I9M^AE]CN?Cl2AZg+%4iTpT3$U4O]GKx'm9)b@p7YsvK3w^YR-" + "CdQ*:Ir<($u&)#(&?L9Rg3H)4fiEp^iI9O8KnTj,]H?D*r7'M;PwZ9K0E^k&-cpI;.p/6_vwoFMV<->#%Xi.LxVnrU(4&8/P+:hLSKj$#U%]49t'I:rgMi'FL@a:0Y-uA[39',(vbma*" + "hU%<-SRF`Tt:542R_VV$p@[p8DV[A,?1839FWdFTi1O*H&#(AL8[_P%.M>v^-))qOT*F5Cq0`Ye%+$B6i:7@0IXSsDiWP,##P`%/L-" + "S(qw%sf/@%#B6;/U7K]uZbi^Oc^2n%t<)'mEVE''n`WnJra$^TKvX5B>;_aSEK',(hwa0:i4G?.Bci.(X[?b*($,=-n<.Q%`(X=?+@Am*Js0&=3bh8K]mL69=Lb,OcZV/);TTm8VI;?%OtJ<(b4mq7M6:u?KRdFl*:xP?Yb.5)%w_I?7uk5JC+FS(m#i'k.'a0i)9<7b'fs'59hq$*5Uhv##pi^8+hIEBF`nvo`;'l0.^S1<-wUK2/Coh58KKhLj" + "M=SO*rfO`+qC`W-On.=AJ56>>i2@2LH6A:&5q`?9I3@@'04&p2/LVa*T-4<-i3;M9UvZd+N7>b*eIwg:CC)c<>nO&#$(>.Z-I&J(Q0Hd5Q%7Co-b`-cP)hI;*_F]u`Rb[.j8_Q/<&>uu+VsH$sM9TA%?)(vmJ80),P7E>)tjD%2L=-t#fK[%`v=Q8WlA2);Sa" + ">gXm8YB`1d@K#n]76-a$U,mF%Ul:#/'xoFM9QX-$.QN'>" + "[%$Z$uF6pA6Ki2O5:8w*vP1<-1`[G,)-m#>0`P&#eb#.3i)rtB61(o'$?X3B2Qft^ae_5tKL9MUe9b*sLEQ95C&`=G?@Mj=wh*'3E>=-<)Gt*Iw)'QG:`@I" + "wOf7&]1i'S01B+Ev/Nac#9S;=;YQpg_6U`*kVY39xK,[/6Aj7:'1Bm-_1EYfa1+o&o4hp7KN_Q(OlIo@S%;jVdn0'1h19w,WQhLI)3S#f$2(eb,jr*b;3Vw]*7NH%$c4Vs,eD9>XW8?N]o+(*pgC%/72LV-uW%iewS8W6m2rtCpo'RS1R84=@paTKt)>=%&1[)*vp'u+x,VrwN;&]kuO9JDbg=pO$J*.jVe;u'm0dr9l,<*wMK*Oe=g8lV_KEBFkO'oU]^=[-792#ok,)" + "i]lR8qQ2oA8wcRCZ^7w/Njh;?.stX?Q1>S1q4Bn$)K1<-rGdO'$Wr.Lc.CG)$/*JL4tNR/,SVO3,aUw'DJN:)Ss;wGn9A32ijw%FL+Z0Fn.U9;reSq)bmI32U==5ALuG&#Vf1398/pVo" + "1*c-(aY168o<`JsSbk-,1N;$>0:OUas(3:8Z972LSfF8eb=c-;>SPw7.6hn3m`9^Xkn(r.qS[0;T%&Qc=+STRxX'q1BNk3&*eu2;&8q$&x>Q#Q7^Tf+6<(d%ZVmj2bDi%.3L2n+4W'$P" + "iDDG)g,r%+?,$@?uou5tSe2aN_AQU*'IAO" + "URQ##V^Fv-XFbGM7Fl(N<3DhLGF%q.1rC$#:T__&Pi68%0xi_&[qFJ(77j_&JWoF.V735&T,[R*:xFR*K5>>#`bW-?4Ne_&6Ne_&6Ne_&n`kr-#GJcM6X;uM6X;uM(.a..^2TkL%oR(#" + ";u.T%fAr%4tJ8&><1=GHZ_+m9/#H1F^R#SC#*N=BA9(D?v[UiFY>>^8p,KKF.W]L29uLkLlu/+4T" + "w$)F./^n3+rlo+DB;5sIYGNk+i1t-69Jg--0pao7Sm#K)pdHW&;LuDNH@H>#/X-TI(;P>#,Gc>#0Su>#4`1?#8lC?#xL$#B.`$#F:r$#JF.%#NR@%#R_R%#Vke%#Zww%#_-4^Rh%Sflr-k'MS.o?.5/sWel/wpEM0%3'/1)K^f1-d>G21&v(35>V`39V7A4=onx4" + "A1OY5EI0;6Ibgr6M$HS7Q<)58C5w,;WoA*#[%T*#`1g*#d=#+#hI5+#lUG+#pbY+#tnl+#x$),#&1;,#*=M,#.I`,#2Ur,#6b.-#;w[H#iQtA#m^0B#qjBB#uvTB##-hB#'9$C#+E6C#" + "/QHC#3^ZC#7jmC#;v)D#?,)4kMYD4lVu`4m`:&5niUA5@(A5BA1]PBB:xlBCC=2CDLXMCEUtiCf&0g2'tN?PGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CP" + "GT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CP-qekC`.9kEg^+F$kwViFJTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5o,^<-28ZI'O?;xp" + "O?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xp;7q-#lLYI:xvD=#"; + +static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85() +{ + return proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85; +} + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b49da6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ +// Implemented features: +// [X] User texture binding. Cast 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp. + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "imgui.h" +#include "imgui_impl_vitagl.h" +#include "imgui_vita_touch.h" + +#define lerp(value, from_max, to_max) ((((value*10) * (to_max*10))/(from_max*10))/10) + +// Data +static uint64_t g_Time = 0; +static bool g_MousePressed[3] = { false, false, false }; +static GLuint g_FontTexture = 0; +static SceCtrlData g_OldPad; +static int hires_x = 0; +static int hires_y = 0; + +static float *startVertex = nullptr; +static float *startTexCoord = nullptr; +static uint8_t *startColor = nullptr; +static float *gVertexBuffer = nullptr; +static float *gTexCoordBuffer = nullptr; +static uint8_t *gColorBuffer = nullptr; +static uint16_t *gIndexBuffer = nullptr; +static uint32_t gCounter = 0; + +static bool touch_usage = false; +static bool mousestick_usage = true; +static bool gamepad_usage = false; +static bool shaders_usage = false; + +#ifdef ENABLE_IMGUI_LOG +void LOG(const char *format, ...) { + __gnuc_va_list arg; + int done; + va_start(arg, format); + char msg[512]; + done = vsprintf(msg, format, arg); + va_end(arg); + int i; + sprintf(msg, "%s\n", msg); + FILE* log = fopen("ux0:/data/imgui.log", "a+"); + if (log != NULL) { + fwrite(msg, 1, strlen(msg), log); + fclose(log); + } +} +#endif + +// OpenGL2 Render function. +// (this used to be set in io.RenderDrawListsFn and called by ImGui::Render(), but you can now call this directly from your main loop) +// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly, in order to be able to run within any OpenGL engine that doesn't do so. +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) +{ + // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + int fb_width = (int)(io.DisplaySize.x * io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x); + int fb_height = (int)(io.DisplaySize.y * io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0) + return; + draw_data->ScaleClipRects(io.DisplayFramebufferScale); + + // We are using the OpenGL fixed pipeline to make the example code simpler to read! + // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, vertex/texcoord/color pointers, polygon fill. + GLint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); + GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode); + GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport); + GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box); + //glPushAttrib(GL_ENABLE_BIT | GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_TRANSFORM_BIT); + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); + glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE); + glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); + glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); + glEnableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY); + glEnableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY); + glEnableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY); + glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); + glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL); + //glUseProgram(0); // You may want this if using this code in an OpenGL 3+ context where shaders may be bound + + // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix + glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height); + glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION); + glPushMatrix(); + glLoadIdentity(); + glOrtho(0.0f, io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y, 0.0f, 0, 1); + glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW); + glPushMatrix(); + glLoadIdentity(); + + // Render command lists + for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) + { + const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; + const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; + const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; + + for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) + { + const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); + } + else + { + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId); + glScissor((int)pcmd->ClipRect.x, (int)(fb_height - pcmd->ClipRect.w), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pcmd->ClipRect.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pcmd->ClipRect.y)); + + float *vp = gVertexBuffer; + float *tp = gTexCoordBuffer; + uint8_t *cp = gColorBuffer; + uint8_t *indices = (uint8_t*)idx_buffer; + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2){ + for (int idx=0; idx < pcmd->ElemCount; idx++){ + uint16_t index = *((uint16_t*)(indices + sizeof(ImDrawIdx) * idx)); + float *vertices = (float*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos) + sizeof(ImDrawVert) * index); + float *texcoords = (float*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv) + sizeof(ImDrawVert) * index); + uint8_t *colors = (uint8_t*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col) + sizeof(ImDrawVert) * index); + gVertexBuffer[0] = vertices[0]; + gVertexBuffer[1] = vertices[1]; + gVertexBuffer[2] = 0.0f; + gTexCoordBuffer[0] = texcoords[0]; + gTexCoordBuffer[1] = texcoords[1]; + gColorBuffer[0] = colors[0]; + gColorBuffer[1] = colors[1]; + gColorBuffer[2] = colors[2]; + gColorBuffer[3] = colors[3]; + gVertexBuffer += 3; + gTexCoordBuffer += 2; + gColorBuffer += 4; + } + }else{ + for (int idx=0; idx < pcmd->ElemCount; idx++){ + uint16_t index = *((uint16_t*)(indices + sizeof(ImDrawIdx) * idx)); + float *vertices = (float*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos) + sizeof(ImDrawVert) * index); + float *texcoords = (float*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv) + sizeof(ImDrawVert) * index); + uint8_t *colors = (uint8_t*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col) + sizeof(ImDrawVert) * index); + gVertexBuffer[0] = vertices[0]; + gVertexBuffer[1] = vertices[1]; + gVertexBuffer[2] = 0.0f; + gTexCoordBuffer[0] = texcoords[0]; + gTexCoordBuffer[1] = texcoords[1]; + gColorBuffer[0] = colors[0]; + gColorBuffer[1] = colors[1]; + gColorBuffer[2] = colors[2]; + gColorBuffer[3] = colors[3]; + gVertexBuffer += 3; + gTexCoordBuffer += 2; + gColorBuffer += 4; + } + } + + if (shaders_usage){ + vglVertexAttribPointerMapped(0, vp); + vglVertexAttribPointerMapped(1, tp); + vglVertexAttribPointerMapped(2, cp); + }else{ + vglVertexPointerMapped(vp); + vglTexCoordPointerMapped(tp); + vglColorPointerMapped(GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, cp); + } + vglDrawObjects(GL_TRIANGLES, pcmd->ElemCount, GL_TRUE); + } + idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount; + gCounter += pcmd->ElemCount; + if (gCounter > 0x99900){ + gVertexBuffer = startVertex; + gColorBuffer = startColor; + gTexCoordBuffer = startTexCoord; + gCounter = 0; + } + } + } + + // Restore modified state + glDisableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY); + glDisableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY); + glDisableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)last_texture); + glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW); + glPopMatrix(); + glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION); + glPopMatrix(); + //glPopAttrib(); + glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]); + glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]); + glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]); +} + +// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs. +// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application. +// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application. +// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags. +bool ImGui_ImplVitaGL_ProcessEvent(SceCtrlData *pad) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + /*switch (event->type) + { + case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL: + { + if (event->wheel.x > 0) io.MouseWheelH += 1; + if (event->wheel.x < 0) io.MouseWheelH -= 1; + if (event->wheel.y > 0) io.MouseWheel += 1; + if (event->wheel.y < 0) io.MouseWheel -= 1; + return true; + } + case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN: + { + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) g_MousePressed[0] = true; + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) g_MousePressed[1] = true; + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) g_MousePressed[2] = true; + return true; + } + case SDL_TEXTINPUT: + { + io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text); + return true; + } + case SDL_KEYDOWN: + case SDL_KEYUP: + { + int key = event->key.keysym.scancode; + IM_ASSERT(key >= 0 && key < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown)); + io.KeysDown[key] = (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN); + io.KeyShift = ((SDL_GetModState() & KMOD_SHIFT) != 0); + io.KeyCtrl = ((SDL_GetModState() & KMOD_CTRL) != 0); + io.KeyAlt = ((SDL_GetModState() & KMOD_ALT) != 0); + io.KeySuper = ((SDL_GetModState() & KMOD_GUI) != 0); + return true; + } + }*/ + return false; +} + +bool ImGui_ImplVitaGL_CreateDeviceObjects() +{ + // Build texture atlas + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + unsigned char* pixels; + int width, height; + io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); + + // Upload texture to graphics system + GLint last_texture; + glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); + glGenTextures(1, &g_FontTexture); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, g_FontTexture); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + //glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0); + glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels); + + // Store our identifier + io.Fonts->TexID = (void *)(intptr_t)g_FontTexture; + + // Restore state + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); + + return true; +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_InvalidateDeviceObjects() +{ + if (g_FontTexture) + { + glDeleteTextures(1, &g_FontTexture); + ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->TexID = 0; + g_FontTexture = 0; + } +} + +bool ImGui_ImplVitaGL_Init() +{ + + sceTouchSetSamplingState(SCE_TOUCH_PORT_FRONT, SCE_TOUCH_SAMPLING_STATE_START); + sceCtrlSetSamplingMode(SCE_CTRL_MODE_ANALOG_WIDE); + + // Setup back-end capabilities flags + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.MouseDrawCursor = true; + + // Initializing buffers + startVertex = (float*)malloc(sizeof(float) * 0x100000 * 3); + startTexCoord = (float*)malloc(sizeof(float) * 0x100000 * 2); + startColor = (uint8_t*)malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * 0x100000 * 4); + gIndexBuffer = (uint16_t*)malloc(sizeof(uint16_t) * 0x5000); + + gVertexBuffer = startVertex; + gColorBuffer = startColor; + gTexCoordBuffer = startTexCoord; + + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 0x5000; i++) { + gIndexBuffer[i] = i; + } + + // Keyboard mapping. ImGui will use those indices to peek into the io.KeysDown[] array. + /*io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Tab] = SDL_SCANCODE_TAB; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_LeftArrow] = SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_RightArrow] = SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_UpArrow] = SDL_SCANCODE_UP; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_DownArrow] = SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp] = SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEUP; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown] = SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEDOWN; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home] = SDL_SCANCODE_HOME; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End] = SDL_SCANCODE_END; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Insert] = SDL_SCANCODE_INSERT; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Delete] = SDL_SCANCODE_DELETE; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Backspace] = SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSPACE; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] = SDL_SCANCODE_SPACE; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Enter] = SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Escape] = SDL_SCANCODE_ESCAPE; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = SDL_SCANCODE_A; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C] = SDL_SCANCODE_C; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_V] = SDL_SCANCODE_V; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_X] = SDL_SCANCODE_X; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Y] = SDL_SCANCODE_Y; + io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Z] = SDL_SCANCODE_Z;*/ + + io.ClipboardUserData = NULL; + + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_InitTouch(); + + return true; +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_Shutdown() +{ + // Destroy buffers + free(gVertexBuffer); + free(gTexCoordBuffer); + free(gColorBuffer); + free(gIndexBuffer); + + // Destroy OpenGL objects + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); +} + +int mx, my; + +void IN_RescaleAnalog(int *x, int *y, int dead) { + + float analogX = (float) *x; + float analogY = (float) *y; + float deadZone = (float) dead; + float maximum = 32768.0f; + float magnitude = sqrt(analogX * analogX + analogY * analogY); + if (magnitude >= deadZone) + { + float scalingFactor = maximum / magnitude * (magnitude - deadZone) / (maximum - deadZone); + *x = (int) (analogX * scalingFactor); + *y = (int) (analogY * scalingFactor); + } else { + *x = 0; + *y = 0; + } +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PollLeftStick(SceCtrlData *pad, int *x, int *y) +{ + sceCtrlPeekBufferPositive(0, pad, 1); + int lx = (pad->lx - 127) * 256; + int ly = (pad->ly - 127) * 256; + IN_RescaleAnalog(&lx, &ly, 7680); + hires_x += lx; + hires_y += ly; + if (hires_x != 0 || hires_y != 0) { + // slow down pointer, could be made user-adjustable + int slowdown = 2048; + *x += hires_x / slowdown; + *y += hires_y / slowdown; + hires_x %= slowdown; + hires_y %= slowdown; + } +} + + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_NewFrame() +{ + + if (!g_FontTexture) + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_CreateDeviceObjects(); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) + int w, h; + int display_w, display_h; + GLint viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, viewport); + w = display_w = viewport[2]; + h = display_h = viewport[3]; + io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); + io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(w > 0 ? ((float)display_w / w) : 0, h > 0 ? ((float)display_h / h) : 0); + + static uint64_t frequency = 1000000; + uint64_t current_time = sceKernelGetProcessTimeWide(); + io.DeltaTime = g_Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - g_Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); + g_Time = current_time; + + // Touch for mouse emulation + if (touch_usage){ + double scale_x = 960.0 / io.DisplaySize.x; + double scale_y = 544.0 / io.DisplaySize.y; + double offset_x = 0; + double offset_y = 0; + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PollTouch(offset_x, offset_y, scale_x, scale_y, &mx, &my, g_MousePressed); + } + + // Keypad navigation + if (gamepad_usage){ + SceCtrlData pad; + int lstick_x, lstick_y = 0; + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PollLeftStick(&pad, &lstick_x, &lstick_y); + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_CROSS) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_CIRCLE) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_TRIANGLE) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_SQUARE) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_LEFT) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_RIGHT) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_UP) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_DOWN) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + + if (io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] == 1.0f) { + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_LTRIGGER) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext] = (pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_RTRIGGER) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + if (lstick_x < 0) io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft] = (float)(-lstick_x/16); + if (lstick_x > 0) io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight] = (float)(lstick_x/16); + if (lstick_y < 0) io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp] = (float)(-lstick_y/16); + if (lstick_y > 0) io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown] = (float)(lstick_y/16); + } + } + + // Keys for mouse emulation + /*if (mousestick_usage && !(io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] == 1.0f)){ + SceCtrlData pad; + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PollLeftStick(&pad, &mx, &my); + if ((pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_LTRIGGER) != (g_OldPad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_LTRIGGER)) + g_MousePressed[0] = pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_LTRIGGER; + if ((pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_RTRIGGER) != (g_OldPad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_RTRIGGER)) + g_MousePressed[1] = pad.buttons & SCE_CTRL_RTRIGGER; + g_OldPad = pad; + } + + // Setup mouse inputs (we already got mouse wheel, keyboard keys & characters from our event handler) + //Uint32 mouse_buttons = SDL_GetMouseState(&mx, &my); + io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + io.MouseDown[0] = g_MousePressed[0]; + io.MouseDown[1] = g_MousePressed[1]; + io.MouseDown[2] = g_MousePressed[2]; + + if (mx < 0) mx = 0; + else if (mx > 960) mx = 960; + if (my < 0) my = 0; + else if (my > 544) my = 544; + io.MousePos = ImVec2((float)mx, (float)my);*/ + + // Start the frame. This call will update the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag that you can use to dispatch inputs (or not) to your application. + ImGui::NewFrame(); + + vglIndexPointerMapped(gIndexBuffer); +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_TouchUsage(bool val){ + touch_usage = val; +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_UseIndirectFrontTouch(bool val){ + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PrivateSetIndirectFrontTouch(val); +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_UseRearTouch(bool val){ + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PrivateSetRearTouch(val); +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_MouseStickUsage(bool val){ + mousestick_usage = val; +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_GamepadUsage(bool val){ + gamepad_usage = val; +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_UseCustomShader(bool val){ + shaders_usage = val; +} diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.h b/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e2eb15 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +// Implemented features: +// [X] User texture binding. Cast 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp. + +#include + +IMGUI_API bool ImGui_ImplVitaGL_Init(); +IMGUI_API void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_Shutdown(); +IMGUI_API void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_NewFrame(); +IMGUI_API void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); +IMGUI_API bool ImGui_ImplVitaGL_ProcessEvent(SceCtrlData* pad); + +// Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing ImGui state. +IMGUI_API void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); +IMGUI_API bool ImGui_ImplVitaGL_CreateDeviceObjects(); + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_TouchUsage(bool val); +// indirect front touch enabled: drag pointer with finger +// indirect front touch disabled: pointer jumps to finger +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_UseIndirectFrontTouch(bool val); +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_UseRearTouch(bool val); // turn rear panel touch on or off +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_MouseStickUsage(bool val); // Left mouse stick and trigger buttons control mouse pointer +// GamepadUsage uses the Vita buttons to navigate and interact with UI elements +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_GamepadUsage(bool val); +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_UseCustomShader(bool val); diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd61fea --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,2063 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.77 +// (internal structures/api) + +// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! +// Set: +// #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Forward declarations +// [SECTION] Context pointer +// [SECTION] STB libraries includes +// [SECTION] Macros +// [SECTION] Generic helpers +// [SECTION] ImDrawList support +// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +// [SECTION] Columns support +// [SECTION] Settings support +// [SECTION] Multi-select support +// [SECTION] Docking support +// [SECTION] Viewport support +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) +// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow +// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support +// [SECTION] Table support +// [SECTION] Internal API +// [SECTION] Test Engine Hooks (imgui_test_engine) + +*/ + +#pragma once +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Header mess +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_VERSION +#error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h +#endif + +#include // FILE*, sscanf +#include // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof +#include // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf +#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (push) +#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport) +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +// Legacy defines +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 +#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 +#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Forward declarations +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value +struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) +struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance +struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiColumnData; // Storage data for a single column +struct ImGuiColumns; // Storage data for a columns set +struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum +struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() +struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup; // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data +struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only +struct ImGuiNavMoveResult; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result +struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions +struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions +struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack +struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file +struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar +struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) +struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window +struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame) +struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) + +// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. +typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical +typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior() +typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ // Flags: BeginColumns() +typedef int ImGuiDragFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragFlags_ // Flags: for DragBehavior() +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() +typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags +typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() +typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() +typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests +typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions +typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions +typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() +typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for SliderBehavior() +typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() +typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Context pointer +// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef GImGui +extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] STB libraries includes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace ImStb +{ + +#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING +#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#include "imstb_textedit.h" + +} // namespace ImStb + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Macros +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Debug Logging +#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT,...) printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__) +#endif + +// Static Asserts +#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) +#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") +#else +#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1] +#endif + +// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much. +// We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code. +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID +#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID +#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) +#else +#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) +#endif + +// Error handling +// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults. +#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR +#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG) // Recoverable User Error +#endif + +// Misc Macros +#define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!) +#else +#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" +#endif +#define IM_TABSIZE (4) +#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose +#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 +#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds +#define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // + +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define IMGUI_CDECL +#endif + +// Debug Tools +// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. +#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK +#if defined(__clang__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() +#elif defined (_MSC_VER) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak() +#else +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! +#endif +#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Generic helpers +// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions. +// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Helpers: Hashing +// - Helpers: Sorting +// - Helpers: Bit manipulation +// - Helpers: String, Formatting +// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions +// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// - Helpers: Maths +// - Helpers: Geometry +// - Helper: ImVec1 +// - Helper: ImVec2ih +// - Helper: ImRect +// - Helper: ImBitArray +// - Helper: ImBitVector +// - Helper: ImPool<> +// - Helper: ImChunkStream<> +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helpers: Hashing +IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +static inline ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68] +#endif + +// Helpers: Sorting +#define ImQsort qsort + +// Helpers: Color Blending +IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b); + +// Helpers: Bit manipulation +static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } +static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } + +// Helpers: String, Formatting +IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); +IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); +IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); +IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line +IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line +IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); +IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); +IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size); +IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value); +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } + +// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions +IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 + +// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) +// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. +#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs, lhs.y*rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs, lhs.y/rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs.x, lhs.y/rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y, lhs.z+rhs.z, lhs.w+rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y, lhs.z-rhs.z, lhs.w-rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y, lhs.z*rhs.z, lhs.w*rhs.w); } +#endif + +// Helpers: File System +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS +typedef void* ImFileHandle; +static inline ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*) { return NULL; } +static inline bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle) { return false; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle) { return (ImU64)-1; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } +#endif +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS +typedef FILE* ImFileHandle; +IMGUI_API ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode); +IMGUI_API bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); +#else +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions +#endif +IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0); + +// Helpers: Maths +// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS +#define ImFabs(X) fabsf(X) +#define ImSqrt(X) sqrtf(X) +#define ImFmod(X, Y) fmodf((X), (Y)) +#define ImCos(X) cosf(X) +#define ImSin(X) sinf(X) +#define ImAcos(X) acosf(X) +#define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X)) +#define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR) +#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We already uses our own ImFloor() { return (float)(int)v } internally so the standard one wrapper is named differently (it's used by e.g. stb_truetype) +#define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X) +static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision +static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); } +#endif +// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double +// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types) +template static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; } +template static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; } +template static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; } +template static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t) { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); } +template static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b) { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; } +template static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; } +template static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; } +// - Misc maths helpers +static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); } +static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); } +static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); } +static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; } +static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; } +static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y + lhs.z*lhs.z + lhs.w*lhs.w; } +static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / ImSqrt(d); return fail_value; } +static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } +static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } +static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } +static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } +static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } +static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } +static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } + +// Helpers: Geometry +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t); // Cubic Bezier +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); +inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } +IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); + +// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector) +// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) +struct ImVec1 +{ + float x; + ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; } + ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; } +}; + +// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage) +struct ImVec2ih +{ + short x, y; + ImVec2ih() { x = y = 0; } + ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } + explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) { x = (short)rhs.x; y = (short)rhs.y; } +}; + +// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box) +// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here! +struct IMGUI_API ImRect +{ + ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left + ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right + + ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} + ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} + ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} + ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} + + ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); } + ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } + float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; } + float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; } + ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left + ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right + ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left + ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right + bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } + bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; } + bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } + void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; } + void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; } + void Expand(const float amount) { Min.x -= amount; Min.y -= amount; Max.x += amount; Max.y += amount; } + void Expand(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; } + void Translate(const ImVec2& d) { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; } + void TranslateX(float dx) { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; } + void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; } + void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display. + void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. + void Floor() { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); } + bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } + ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } +}; + +// Helper: ImBitArray +inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } +inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) +{ + while (n <= n2) + { + int a_mod = (n & 31); + int b_mod = ((n2 >= n + 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1; + ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1); + arr[n >> 5] |= mask; + n = (n + 32) & ~31; + } +} + +// Helper: ImBitVector +// Store 1-bit per value. +struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector +{ + ImVector Storage; + void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } + void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } +}; + +// Helper: ImPool<> +// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer, +// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. +typedef int ImPoolIdx; +template +struct IMGUI_API ImPool +{ + ImVector Buf; // Contiguous data + ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index + ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use + + ImPool() { FreeIdx = 0; } + ~ImPool() { Clear(); } + T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key) { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; } + T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; } + ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); } + T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key) { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); } + bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = 0; } + T* Add() { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); return &Buf[idx]; } + void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); } + void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx) { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); } + void Reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); } + int GetSize() const { return Buf.Size; } +}; + +// Helper: ImChunkStream<> +// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures. +// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count. +// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries (this what the '(X + 3) & ~3' statement is for) +// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. +template +struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream +{ + ImVector Buf; + + void clear() { Buf.clear(); } + bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; } + int size() const { return Buf.Size; } + T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = ((HDR_SZ + sz) + 3u) & ~3u; int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } + T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); } + T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; } + int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; } + T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } + int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } + T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImDrawList support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value. +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 12 +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512 +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp((int)((IM_PI * 2.0f) / ImAcos(((_RAD) - (_MAXERROR)) / (_RAD))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX) + +// ImDrawList: You may set this to higher values (e.g. 2 or 3) to increase tessellation of fast rounded corners path. +#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER 1 +#endif + +// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure. +struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData +{ + ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas + ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() + float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc + ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() + ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) + + // [Internal] Lookup tables + ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER]; // FIXME: Bake rounded corners fill/borders in atlas + ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius (array index + 1) before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead) + + ImDrawListSharedData(); + void SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error); +}; + +struct ImDrawDataBuilder +{ + ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip + + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } + IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin(). +// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. +enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +{ + ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false + ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false + ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window + ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) + ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = 0 +}; + +// Storage for LastItem data +enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ +{ + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected" because reporting the change allows us to handle clipping with less issues. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6 // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + , // [imgui_tests only] + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 10, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 11, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 12, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 13 // +#endif +}; + +enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ +{ + ImGuiButtonFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // hold to repeat + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 1, // return true on click (mouse down event) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 2, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 3, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 4, // return true on release (default requires click+release) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 5, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 6, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) + ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 7, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping + ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 8, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() + ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 9, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] + ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 10, // disable interactions + ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 11, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 12, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 13, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 14, // don't override navigation focus when activated + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 15, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 16, // [Default] react on left mouse button + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 17, // react on right mouse button + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 18, // react on center mouse button + + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonShift_ = 16, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold, + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease +}; + +enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0 +}; + +enum ImGuiDragFlags_ +{ + ImGuiDragFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiDragFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0 +}; + +// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ +enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ +{ + // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 21, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 23, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld= 1 << 24, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25 +}; + +// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ +enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20 +}; + +enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ +{ + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2 +}; + +enum ImGuiTextFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0 +}; + +enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0 // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) +}; + +// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. +// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 +enum ImGuiLayoutType_ +{ + ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0, + ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1 +}; + +enum ImGuiLogType +{ + ImGuiLogType_None = 0, + ImGuiLogType_TTY, + ImGuiLogType_File, + ImGuiLogType_Buffer, + ImGuiLogType_Clipboard +}; + +// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 +enum ImGuiAxis +{ + ImGuiAxis_None = -1, + ImGuiAxis_X = 0, + ImGuiAxis_Y = 1 +}; + +enum ImGuiPlotType +{ + ImGuiPlotType_Lines, + ImGuiPlotType_Histogram +}; + +enum ImGuiInputSource +{ + ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, + ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, + ImGuiInputSource_Nav, + ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard, // Only used occasionally for storage, not tested/handled by most code + ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad, // " + ImGuiInputSource_COUNT +}; + +// FIXME-NAV: Clarify/expose various repeat delay/rate +enum ImGuiInputReadMode +{ + ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, + ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed, + ImGuiInputReadMode_Released, + ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat, + ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow, + ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast +}; + +enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3 +}; + +enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 2 +}; + +enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful for provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet that only comprise elements that are already fully visible. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge = 1 << 6 +}; + +enum ImGuiNavForward +{ + ImGuiNavForward_None, + ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued, + ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive +}; + +enum ImGuiNavLayer +{ + ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer + ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt/ImGuiNavInput_Menu) + ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT +}; + +enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy +{ + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox +}; + +struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage +{ + ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT +}; + +// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo +{ + size_t Size; // Size in byte + const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type + const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type +}; + +// Extend ImGuiDataType_ +enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ +{ + ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, + ImGuiDataType_Pointer, + ImGuiDataType_ID +}; + +// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiColorMod +{ + ImGuiCol Col; + ImVec4 BackupValue; +}; + +// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. +struct ImGuiStyleMod +{ + ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx; + union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; }; + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; } + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; } + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } +}; + +// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() +struct ImGuiGroupData +{ + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec1 BackupIndent; + ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; + ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; + float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; + bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + bool EmitItem; +}; + +// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns +{ + float Spacing; + float Width, NextWidth; + float Pos[3], NextWidths[3]; + + ImGuiMenuColumns(); + void Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear); + float DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2); + float CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const; +}; + +// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState +{ + ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state + int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. + ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. + ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. + ImVector InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) + bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) + int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity + float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset + ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h + float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately + bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) + bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection + ImGuiInputTextFlags UserFlags; // Temporarily set while we call user's callback + ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; // " + void* UserCallbackData; // " + + ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } + int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } + int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } + void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation + + // Cursor & Selection + void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking + void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } + bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } + void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } + void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } +}; + +// Storage for current popup stack +struct ImGuiPopupData +{ + ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* SourceWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup + int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) + ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) + ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup + + ImGuiPopupData() { PopupId = 0; Window = SourceWindow = NULL; OpenFrameCount = -1; OpenParentId = 0; } +}; + +struct ImGuiNavMoveResult +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Best candidate window + ImGuiID ID; // Best candidate ID + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Best candidate focus scope ID + float DistBox; // Best candidate box distance to current NavId + float DistCenter; // Best candidate center distance to current NavId + float DistAxial; + ImRect RectRel; // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space + + ImGuiNavMoveResult() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; RectRel = ImRect(); } +}; + +enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize = 1 << 2, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed = 1 << 3, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7 +}; + +// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions +struct ImGuiNextWindowData +{ + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags Flags; + ImGuiCond PosCond; + ImGuiCond SizeCond; + ImGuiCond CollapsedCond; + ImVec2 PosVal; + ImVec2 PosPivotVal; + ImVec2 SizeVal; + ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; + ImVec2 ScrollVal; + bool CollapsedVal; + ImRect SizeConstraintRect; + ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback; + void* SizeCallbackUserData; + float BgAlphaVal; // Override background alpha + ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // *Always on* This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it. + + ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } +}; + +enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1 +}; + +struct ImGuiNextItemData +{ + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; + float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too early. This is mostly used for debugging) + ImGuiCond OpenCond; + bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() + + ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! +}; + +struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem +{ + int Index; + float Width; +}; + +struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex +{ + void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool. + int Index; // Usually index in a main pool. + + ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr) { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; } + ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Columns support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ +{ + // Default: 0 + ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window + ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize= 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. +}; + +struct ImGuiColumnData +{ + float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) + float OffsetNormBeforeResize; + ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; // Not exposed + ImRect ClipRect; + + ImGuiColumnData() { OffsetNorm = OffsetNormBeforeResize = 0.0f; Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; } +}; + +struct ImGuiColumns +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; + bool IsFirstFrame; + bool IsBeingResized; + int Current; + int Count; + float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x + float LineMinY, LineMaxY; + float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns() + float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns() + ImRect HostInitialClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns() + ImRect HostBackupClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground() + ImRect HostWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns() + ImVector Columns; + ImDrawListSplitter Splitter; + + ImGuiColumns() { Clear(); } + void Clear() + { + ID = 0; + Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; + IsFirstFrame = false; + IsBeingResized = false; + Current = 0; + Count = 1; + OffMinX = OffMaxX = 0.0f; + LineMinY = LineMaxY = 0.0f; + HostCursorPosY = 0.0f; + HostCursorMaxPosX = 0.0f; + Columns.clear(); + } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Multi-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Docking support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Viewport support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Settings support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file +// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily. +// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure) +struct ImGuiWindowSettings +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImVec2ih Pos; + ImVec2ih Size; + bool Collapsed; + bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + + ImGuiWindowSettings() { ID = 0; Pos = Size = ImVec2ih(0, 0); Collapsed = WantApply = false; } + char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } +}; + +struct ImGuiSettingsHandler +{ + const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']' + ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName) + void (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Clear all settings data + void (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called before reading (in registration order) + void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]" + void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry + void (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called after reading (in registration order) + void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf' + void* UserData; + + ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiContext +{ + bool Initialized; + bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. + ImGuiIO IO; + ImGuiStyle Style; + ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() + float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. + float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. + ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; + double Time; + int FrameCount; + int FrameCountEnded; + int FrameCountRendered; + bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() + bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed + bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild() + bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() + ImGuiID TestEngineHookIdInfo; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo() from GetID() + void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data + + // Windows state + ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front + ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. (FIXME: We could only store root windows here! Need to sort out the Docking equivalent which is RootWindowDockStop and is unfortunately a little more dynamic) + ImVector WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child + ImVector CurrentWindowStack; + ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* + int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame + ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into + ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs + ImGuiWindow* HoveredRootWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs (for focus/move only) + ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actually window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. + ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. + ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; + float WheelingWindowTimer; + + // Item/widgets state and tracking information + ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget + bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time + float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active + ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget + ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame) + float ActiveIdTimer; + bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame + bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always) + bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. + bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. + bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. + ImU64 ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. + ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) + ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; + ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) + int ActiveIdMouseButton; + ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore; + ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow; + ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. + float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. + + // Next window/item data + ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions + ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions + + // Shared stacks + ImVector ColorModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() + ImVector StyleModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() + ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() + ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) + ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + + // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation + ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow' + ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) + ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() + ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavInputId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavJustTabbedId; // Just tabbed to this id. + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiKeyModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. + ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. + ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->DC.NavRefRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. + int NavScoringCount; // Metrics for debugging + ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. + int NavIdTabCounter; // == NavWindow->DC.FocusIdxTabCounter at time of NavId processing + bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRefRectRel is valid + bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) + bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) + bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again. + bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest + bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item + bool NavInitRequestFromMove; + ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) + ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) + bool NavMoveFromClampedRefRect; // Set by manual scrolling, if we scroll to a point where NavId isn't visible we reset navigation from visible items + bool NavMoveRequest; // Move request for this frame + ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveRequestFlags; + ImGuiNavForward NavMoveRequestForward; // None / ForwardQueued / ForwardActive (this is used to navigate sibling parent menus from a child menu) + ImGuiKeyModFlags NavMoveRequestKeyMods; + ImGuiDir NavMoveDir, NavMoveDirLast; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down), direction of the previous move request + ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? + ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow + ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) + ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) + ImGuiWindow* NavWrapRequestWindow; // Window which requested trying nav wrap-around. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavWrapRequestFlags; // Wrap-around operation flags. + + // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents + float NavWindowingTimer; + float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; + bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; + + // Legacy Focus/Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled, misnamed. FIXME-NAV: This needs a redesign!) + ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestCurrWindow; // + ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestNextWindow; // + int FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch) + int FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index + int FocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame + int FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // " + bool FocusTabPressed; // + + // Render + ImDrawData DrawData; // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; + float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) + ImDrawList BackgroundDrawList; // First draw list to be rendered. + ImDrawList ForegroundDrawList; // Last draw list to be rendered. This is where we the render software mouse cursor (if io.MouseDrawCursor is set) and most debug overlays. + ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; + + // Drag and Drop + bool DragDropActive; + bool DragDropWithinSource; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag source. + bool DragDropWithinTarget; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag target. + ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropSourceFlags; + int DragDropSourceFrameCount; + int DragDropMouseButton; + ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; + ImRect DragDropTargetRect; // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping) + ImGuiID DragDropTargetId; + ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags; + float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface) + ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdCurr; // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload) + ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdPrev; // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets) + int DragDropAcceptFrameCount; // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source + ImGuiID DragDropHoldJustPressedId; // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press. + ImVector DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size + unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads + + // Tab bars + ImGuiTabBar* CurrentTabBar; + ImPool TabBars; + ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; + ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; + + // Widget state + ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; + ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; + ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; + ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. + ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets + float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditLastColor[3]; + ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. + bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; + float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings + float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio + float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? + int TooltipOverrideCount; + ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined + ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once + + // Platform support + ImVec2 PlatformImePos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor + ImVec2 PlatformImeLastPos; + + // Settings + bool SettingsLoaded; + float SettingsDirtyTimer; // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero + ImGuiTextBuffer SettingsIniData; // In memory .ini settings + ImVector SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers + ImChunkStream SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries + + // Capture/Logging + bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing + ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target + ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file + ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators. + float LogLinePosY; + bool LogLineFirstItem; + int LogDepthRef; + int LogDepthToExpand; + int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. + + // Debug Tools + bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) + ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this id + + // Misc + float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds. + int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; + float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; + int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture via CaptureKeyboardFromApp()/CaptureMouseFromApp() sets those flags + int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; + int WantTextInputNextFrame; + char TempBuffer[1024*3+1]; // Temporary text buffer + + ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) : BackgroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData), ForegroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData) + { + Initialized = false; + FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; + Font = NULL; + FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f; + IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); + Time = 0.0f; + FrameCount = 0; + FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; + WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; + TestEngineHookItems = false; + TestEngineHookIdInfo = 0; + TestEngine = NULL; + + WindowsActiveCount = 0; + CurrentWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindow = NULL; + HoveredRootWindow = NULL; + MovingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + + HoveredId = 0; + HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveId = 0; + ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; + ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; + ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1); + ActiveIdWindow = NULL; + ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + ActiveIdMouseButton = 0; + ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + LastActiveId = 0; + LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + + NavWindow = NULL; + NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0; + NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + NavScoringRect = ImRect(); + NavScoringCount = 0; + NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; + NavIdIsAlive = false; + NavMousePosDirty = false; + NavDisableHighlight = true; + NavDisableMouseHover = false; + NavAnyRequest = false; + NavInitRequest = false; + NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + NavInitResultId = 0; + NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; + NavMoveRequest = false; + NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; + NavMoveRequestKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirLast = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; + NavWrapRequestWindow = NULL; + NavWrapRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + + NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; + NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + + FocusRequestCurrWindow = FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; + FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + FocusTabPressed = false; + + DimBgRatio = 0.0f; + BackgroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Background"; // Give it a name for debugging + ForegroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Foreground"; // Give it a name for debugging + MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + + DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; + DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; + DragDropMouseButton = -1; + DragDropTargetId = 0; + DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; + DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; + DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + + CurrentTabBar = NULL; + + LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + TempInputId = 0; + ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault; + ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; + ColorEditLastColor[0] = ColorEditLastColor[1] = ColorEditLastColor[2] = FLT_MAX; + DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; + ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; + TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + + PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + SettingsLoaded = false; + SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + + LogEnabled = false; + LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + LogFile = NULL; + LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + LogLineFirstItem = false; + LogDepthRef = 0; + LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; + + DebugItemPickerActive = false; + DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + + memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); + FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0; + FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; + WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; + memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer)); + } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow. +// FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData +{ + // Layout + ImVec2 CursorPos; // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates. + ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine; + ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding. + ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Used to calculate window->ContentSize at the beginning of next frame + ImVec2 CurrLineSize; + ImVec2 PrevLineSize; + float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). + float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) + ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. + ImVec1 GroupOffset; + + // Last item status + ImGuiID LastItemId; // ID for last item + ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; // Status flags for last item (see ImGuiItemStatusFlags_) + ImRect LastItemRect; // Interaction rect for last item + ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; // End-user display rect for last item (only valid if LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) + + // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation + ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) + int NavLayerCurrentMask; // = (1 << NavLayerCurrent) used by ItemAdd prior to clipping. + int NavLayerActiveMask; // Which layer have been written to (result from previous frame) + int NavLayerActiveMaskNext; // Which layer have been written to (buffer for current frame) + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending + bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; + bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) + + // Miscellaneous + bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this + ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs. + ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement + int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth. + ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. + ImVector ChildWindows; + ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) + ImGuiColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set + ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; + ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() + int FocusCounterRegular; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Sequential counter, start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusableItemRegister() (FIXME-NAV: Needs redesign) + int FocusCounterTabStop; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through. + + // Local parameters stacks + // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. + ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // == ItemFlagsStack.back() [empty == ImGuiItemFlags_Default] + float ItemWidth; // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window + float TextWrapPos; // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f] + ImVectorItemFlagsStack; + ImVector ItemWidthStack; + ImVector TextWrapPosStack; + ImVectorGroupStack; + short StackSizesBackup[6]; // Store size of various stacks for asserting + + ImGuiWindowTempData() + { + CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + CurrLineSize = PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + CurrLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + Indent = ImVec1(0.0f); + ColumnsOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); + GroupOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); + + LastItemId = 0; + LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + LastItemRect = LastItemDisplayRect = ImRect(); + + NavLayerActiveMask = NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = 0; + NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; + NavHasScroll = false; + + MenuBarAppending = false; + MenuBarOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + TreeDepth = 0; + TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; + StateStorage = NULL; + CurrentColumns = NULL; + LayoutType = ParentLayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + FocusCounterRegular = FocusCounterTabStop = -1; + + ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; + ItemWidth = 0.0f; + TextWrapPos = -1.0f; + memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup)); + } +}; + +// Storage for one window +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow +{ + char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. + ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) + ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ + ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) + ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) + ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed + ImVec2 ContentSize; // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding. + ImVec2 ContentSizeExplicit; // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize(). + ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). + float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. + float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). + int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)! + ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") + ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) + ImVec2 Scroll; + ImVec2 ScrollMax; + ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) + ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered + ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar. + bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible? + bool Active; // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed + bool WasActive; + bool WriteAccessed; // Set to true when any widget access the current window + bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar + bool WantCollapseToggle; + bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) + bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) + bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0) + bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. + bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) + signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) + short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) + short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. + short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. + ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) + ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; + ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; + bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; + ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; + int HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames + int HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size + ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. + ImVec2 SetWindowPosVal; // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size) + ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right. + + ImVector IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure) + ImGuiWindowTempData DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name. + + // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics -> Tools -> Show windows rectangles' viewer. + // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect(). + ImRect OuterRectClipped; // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window. + ImRect InnerRect; // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar) + ImRect InnerClipRect; // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect. + ImRect WorkRect; // Cover the whole scrolling region, shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward). + ImRect ClipRect; // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). + ImRect ContentRegionRect; // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on. + + int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the window was Active. + float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there) + float ItemWidthDefault; + ImGuiStorage StateStorage; + ImVector ColumnsStorage; + float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale() + int SettingsOffset; // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back) + + ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer) + ImDrawList DrawListInst; + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. + + ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) + ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) + ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + + bool MemoryCompacted; // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected + int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy + int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; + +public: + ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name); + ~ImGuiWindow(); + + ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); + ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); + ImGuiID GetID(int n); + ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); + ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr); + ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n); + ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); + + // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow. + ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); } + float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } + float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } + ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } + float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } + ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } +}; + +// Backup and restore just enough data to be able to use IsItemHovered() on item A after another B in the same window has overwritten the data. +struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup +{ + ImGuiID LastItemId; + ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; + ImRect LastItemRect; + ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; + + ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup() { Backup(); } + void Backup() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; LastItemId = window->DC.LastItemId; LastItemStatusFlags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; LastItemRect = window->DC.LastItemRect; LastItemDisplayRect = window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect; } + void Restore() const { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; window->DC.LastItemId = LastItemId; window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = LastItemStatusFlags; window->DC.LastItemRect = LastItemRect; window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = LastItemDisplayRect; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_ +enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around] + ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21, + ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22 // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs +}; + +// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ +enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20 // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) +}; + +// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 26~32 bytes) +struct ImGuiTabItem +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTabItemFlags Flags; + int LastFrameVisible; + int LastFrameSelected; // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance + int NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames + float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab + float Width; // Width currently displayed + float ContentWidth; // Width of actual contents, stored during BeginTabItem() call + + ImGuiTabItem() { ID = 0; Flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_None; LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; Offset = Width = ContentWidth = 0.0f; } +}; + +// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 92~96 bytes) +struct ImGuiTabBar +{ + ImVector Tabs; + ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking + ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab/window + ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; + ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview) + int CurrFrameVisible; + int PrevFrameVisible; + ImRect BarRect; + float LastTabContentHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar + float OffsetMax; // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, locked during layout + float OffsetMaxIdeal; // Ideal offset if all tabs were visible and not clipped + float OffsetNextTab; // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, incremented with each BeginTabItem() call, not used if ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable if set. + float ScrollingAnim; + float ScrollingTarget; + float ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility; + float ScrollingSpeed; + ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; + ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; + ImS8 ReorderRequestDir; + bool WantLayout; + bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted; + short LastTabItemIdx; // For BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImVec2 FramePadding; // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar() + ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. + + ImGuiTabBar(); + int GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } + const char* GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const + { + IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size); + return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; + } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Table support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Internal API +// No guarantee of forward compatibility here! +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace ImGui +{ + // Windows + // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window) + // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either + // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal. + // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. + inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; } + inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); + IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + + // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order + IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); + + // Fonts, drawing + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); + inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } + inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return &g.ForegroundDrawList; } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. + + // Init + IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context); + IMGUI_API void Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). + + // NewFrame + IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); + IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); + + // Settings + IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); + IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + + // Scrolling + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // Use -1.0f on one axis to leave as-is + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect); + + // Basic Accessors + inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; } // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand) + inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } + inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } + IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetHoveredID(); + IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. + IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) + + // Basic Helpers for widget code + IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged); + IMGUI_API bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); // Return true if focus is requested + IMGUI_API void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); + IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); + IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); + IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); + IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); + + // Logging/Capture + IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. + IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer + + // Popups, Modals, Tooltips + IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); + IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); + + // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation + IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); + IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); + IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id); + IMGUI_API void SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); + + // Focus Scope (WIP) + // This is generally used to identify a selection set (multiple of which may be in the same window), as selection + // patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear selection) when landing on an item of the set. + IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); + inline ImGuiID GetFocusScopeID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; } + + // Inputs + // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; } + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; } + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); + inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const int key_index = g.IO.KeyMap[key]; return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; } + inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; } + inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode rm) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); } + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyModFlags GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + + // Drag and Drop + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); + IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); + + // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) + IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); + IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). + IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns + IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index); + IMGUI_API void PushColumnsBackground(); + IMGUI_API void PopColumnsBackground(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count); + IMGUI_API ImGuiColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset); + + // Tab Bars + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir); + IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button); + IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API bool TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible); + + // Render helpers + // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. + // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally) + IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); + IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ~0); + IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight + IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. + IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + + // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) + IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); + IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); + IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // [1.71: 2019/06/07: Updating prototypes of some of the internal functions. Leaving those for reference for a short while] + inline void RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale=1.0f) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), dir, scale); } + inline void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderBullet(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } +#endif + + // Widgets + IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); + IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); + IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); + IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners, 4..7: borders + IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + + // Widgets low-level behaviors + IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging + IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); + + // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. + // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). + // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); " + template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags); + template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + template IMGUI_API float SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos); + template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + + // Data type helpers + IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); + IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); + + // InputText + IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); + inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } + inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active + + // Color + IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + + // Plot + IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size); + + // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); + + // Garbage collection + IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); + + // Debug Tools + inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); } + inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } + +} // namespace ImGui + +// ImFontAtlas internals +IMGUI_API bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Test Engine Hooks (imgui_test_engine) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA) if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == id) ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA)); +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2) if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == id) ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA), (const void*)(_DATA2)); +#else +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2) do { } while (0) +#endif + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (pop) +#endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_vita.h b/libs/imgui/imgui_vita.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..661ac60 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_vita.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#ifndef _IMGUI_VITA_ + +#include "imgui.h" +#include "imgui_impl_vitagl.h" + +#endif diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_vita_touch.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui_vita_touch.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3166e1d --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_vita_touch.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +// +// Created by rsn8887 on 02/05/18. + +#include +#include +#include +#include "imgui_vita_touch.h" +#include +//#include "math.h" + +#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT 0 +#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT 1 +typedef int Uint8; + + +static int *touchmouse_x; +static int *touchmouse_y; +static bool *touchmouse_button; + +static SceTouchData touch_old[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; +static SceTouchData touch[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; + +static SceTouchPanelInfo panelinfo[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; + +static float aAWidth[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; +static float aAHeight[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; +static float dispWidth[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; +static float dispHeight[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; +static float forcerange[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; + +static bool rear_touch = false; // rear panel on or off +static bool indirect_front_touch = false; // front panel indirect mode (drag pointer) or direct mode (pointer jumps to finger) + +static float pointer_speed_factor = 1.0; // pointer speed factor for indirect touch +static double offset_x = 0.0; +static double offset_y = 0.0; +static double scale_x = 1.0; +static double scale_y = 1.0; +static int hires_dx; +static int hires_dy; + +typedef enum TouchEventType { + FINGERDOWN, + FINGERUP, + FINGERMOTION, +} TouchEventType; + +typedef struct { + TouchEventType type; + SceUInt64 timestamp; + int touchId; + int fingerId; + float x; + float y; + float dx; + float dy; +} FingerType; + +typedef struct { + TouchEventType type; + FingerType tfinger; +} TouchEvent; + +enum { + MAX_NUM_FINGERS = 3, // number of fingers to track per panel + MAX_TAP_TIME = 250, // taps longer than this will not result in mouse click events + MAX_TAP_MOTION_DISTANCE = 10, // max distance finger motion in Vita screen pixels to be considered a tap + SIMULATED_CLICK_DURATION = 50, // time in ms how long simulated mouse clicks should be +}; // track three fingers per panel + +typedef struct { + int id; // -1: no touch + int timeLastDown; + float lastDownX; + float lastDownY; +} Touch; + +static Touch _finger[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM][MAX_NUM_FINGERS]; // keep track of finger status + +typedef enum DraggingType { + DRAG_NONE = 0, + DRAG_TWO_FINGER, + DRAG_THREE_FINGER, +} DraggingType; + +static DraggingType _multiFingerDragging[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; // keep track whether we are currently drag-and-dropping + +static int _simulatedClickStartTime[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM][2]; // initiation time of last simulated left or right click (zero if no click) + +static void psp2ProcessTouchEvent(TouchEvent *event); +static void psp2ProcessFingerDown(TouchEvent *event); +static void psp2ProcessFingerUp(TouchEvent *event); +static void psp2ProcessFingerMotion(TouchEvent *event); +static void psp2ConvertTouchXYToSDLXY(float *sdl_x, float *sdl_y, int vita_x, int vita_y, int port); +static void psp2ConvertTouchXYToGameXY(float touchX, float touchY, int *gameX, int *gameY); +static void psp2FinishSimulatedMouseClicks(int port, SceUInt64 currentTime); + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_InitTouch() { + sceTouchSetSamplingState(SCE_TOUCH_PORT_FRONT, SCE_TOUCH_SAMPLING_STATE_START); + sceTouchSetSamplingState(SCE_TOUCH_PORT_BACK, SCE_TOUCH_SAMPLING_STATE_START); + sceTouchEnableTouchForce(SCE_TOUCH_PORT_FRONT); + sceTouchEnableTouchForce(SCE_TOUCH_PORT_BACK); + + SceTouchPanelInfo panelinfo[SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM]; + for(int port = 0; port < SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM; port++) { + sceTouchGetPanelInfo(port, &panelinfo[port]); + aAWidth[port] = (float)(panelinfo[port].maxAaX - panelinfo[port].minAaX); + aAHeight[port] = (float)(panelinfo[port].maxAaY - panelinfo[port].minAaY); + dispWidth[port] = (float)(panelinfo[port].maxDispX - panelinfo[port].minDispX); + dispHeight[port] = (float)(panelinfo[port].maxDispY - panelinfo[port].minDispY); + forcerange[port] = (float)(panelinfo[port].maxForce - panelinfo[port].minForce); + } + + for (int port = 0; port < SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM; port++) { + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; i++) { + _finger[port][i].id = -1; + } + _multiFingerDragging[port] = DRAG_NONE; + } + + for (int port = 0; port < SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM; port++) { + for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) { + _simulatedClickStartTime[port][i] = 0; + } + } +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PollTouch(double x0, double y0, double sx, double sy, int *mx, int *my, bool *mbuttons) { + offset_x = x0; + offset_y = y0; + scale_x = sx; + scale_y = sy; + + touchmouse_x = mx; + touchmouse_y = my; + touchmouse_button = mbuttons; + + int finger_id = 0; + memcpy(touch_old, touch, sizeof(touch_old)); + + for(int port = 0; port < SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM; port++) { + if ((port == SCE_TOUCH_PORT_FRONT) || (rear_touch && port == SCE_TOUCH_PORT_BACK)) { + sceTouchPeek(port, &touch[port], 1); + psp2FinishSimulatedMouseClicks(port, touch[port].timeStamp / 1000); + if (touch[port].reportNum > 0) { + for (int i = 0; i < touch[port].reportNum; i++) { + // adjust coordinates and forces to return normalized values + // for the front, screen area is used as a reference (for direct touch) + // e.g. touch_x = 1.0 corresponds to screen_x = 960 + // for the back panel, the active touch area is used as reference + float x = 0; + float y = 0; + psp2ConvertTouchXYToSDLXY(&x, &y, touch[port].report[i].x, touch[port].report[i].y, port); + finger_id = touch[port].report[i].id; + + // Send an initial touch if finger hasn't been down + bool hasBeenDown = false; + int j = 0; + if (touch_old[port].reportNum > 0) { + for (j = 0; j < touch_old[port].reportNum; j++) { + if (touch_old[port].report[j].id == touch[port].report[i].id ) { + hasBeenDown = true; + break; + } + } + } + if (!hasBeenDown) { + TouchEvent ev; + ev.type = FINGERDOWN; + ev.tfinger.timestamp = touch[port].timeStamp / 1000; + ev.tfinger.touchId = port; + ev.tfinger.fingerId = finger_id; + ev.tfinger.x = x; + ev.tfinger.y = y; + psp2ProcessTouchEvent(&ev); + } else { + // If finger moved, send motion event instead + if (touch_old[port].report[j].x != touch[port].report[i].x || + touch_old[port].report[j].y != touch[port].report[i].y) { + float oldx = 0; + float oldy = 0; + psp2ConvertTouchXYToSDLXY(&oldx, &oldy, touch_old[port].report[j].x, touch_old[port].report[j].y, port); + TouchEvent ev; + ev.type = FINGERMOTION; + ev.tfinger.timestamp = touch[port].timeStamp / 1000; + ev.tfinger.touchId = port; + ev.tfinger.fingerId = finger_id; + ev.tfinger.x = x; + ev.tfinger.y = y; + ev.tfinger.dx = x - oldx; + ev.tfinger.dy = y - oldy; + psp2ProcessTouchEvent(&ev); + } + } + } + } + // some fingers might have been let go + if (touch_old[port].reportNum > 0) { + for (int i = 0; i < touch_old[port].reportNum; i++) { + int finger_up = 1; + if (touch[port].reportNum > 0) { + for (int j = 0; j < touch[port].reportNum; j++) { + if (touch[port].report[j].id == touch_old[port].report[i].id ) { + finger_up = 0; + } + } + } + if (finger_up == 1) { + float x = 0; + float y = 0; + psp2ConvertTouchXYToSDLXY(&x, &y, touch_old[port].report[i].x, touch_old[port].report[i].y, port); + finger_id = touch_old[port].report[i].id; + // Finger released from screen + TouchEvent ev; + ev.type = FINGERUP; + ev.tfinger.timestamp = touch[port].timeStamp / 1000; + ev.tfinger.touchId = port; + ev.tfinger.fingerId = finger_id; + ev.tfinger.x = x; + ev.tfinger.y = y; + psp2ProcessTouchEvent(&ev); + } + } + } + } + } +} + +static void psp2ConvertTouchXYToSDLXY(float *sdl_x, float *sdl_y, int vita_x, int vita_y, int port) { + float x = 0; + float y = 0; + if (port == SCE_TOUCH_PORT_FRONT) { + x = (vita_x - panelinfo[port].minDispX) / dispWidth[port]; + y = (vita_y - panelinfo[port].minDispY) / dispHeight[port]; + } else { + x = (vita_x - panelinfo[port].minAaX) / aAWidth[port]; + y = (vita_y - panelinfo[port].minAaY) / aAHeight[port]; + } + if (x < 0.0) { + x = 0.0; + } else if (x > 1.0) { + x = 1.0; + } + if (y < 0.0) { + y = 0.0; + } else if (y > 1.0) { + y = 1.0; + } + *sdl_x = x; + *sdl_y = y; +} + +static void psp2ProcessTouchEvent(TouchEvent *event) { + // Supported touch gestures: + // left mouse click: single finger short tap + // right mouse click: second finger short tap while first finger is still down + // pointer motion: single finger drag + // drag and drop: dual finger drag + if (event->type == FINGERDOWN || event->type == FINGERUP || event->type == FINGERMOTION) { + // front (0) or back (1) panel + int port = event->tfinger.touchId; + if (port >= 0 && port < SCE_TOUCH_PORT_MAX_NUM) { + switch (event->type) { + case FINGERDOWN: + psp2ProcessFingerDown(event); + break; + case FINGERUP: + psp2ProcessFingerUp(event); + break; + case FINGERMOTION: + psp2ProcessFingerMotion(event); + break; + } + } + } +} + +static void psp2ProcessFingerDown(TouchEvent *event) { + // front (0) or back (1) panel + int port = event->tfinger.touchId; + // id (for multitouch) + int id = event->tfinger.fingerId; + + // make sure each finger is not reported down multiple times + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; i++) { + if (_finger[port][i].id == id) { + _finger[port][i].id = -1; + } + } + + // we need the timestamps to decide later if the user performed a short tap (click) + // or a long tap (drag) + // we also need the last coordinates for each finger to keep track of dragging + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; i++) { + if (_finger[port][i].id == -1) { + _finger[port][i].id = id; + _finger[port][i].timeLastDown = event->tfinger.timestamp; + _finger[port][i].lastDownX = event->tfinger.x; + _finger[port][i].lastDownY = event->tfinger.y; + break; + } + } +} + +static void psp2ProcessFingerUp(TouchEvent *event) { + // front (0) or back (1) panel + int port = event->tfinger.touchId; + // id (for multitouch) + int id = event->tfinger.fingerId; + + // find out how many fingers were down before this event + int numFingersDown = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; i++) { + if (_finger[port][i].id >= 0) { + numFingersDown++; + } + } + + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; i++) { + if (_finger[port][i].id == id) { + _finger[port][i].id = -1; + if (!_multiFingerDragging[port]) { + if ((event->tfinger.timestamp - _finger[port][i].timeLastDown) <= MAX_TAP_TIME) { + // short (tfinger.x * 960.0) - (_finger[port][i].lastDownX * 960.0)); + float yrel = ((event->tfinger.y * 544.0) - (_finger[port][i].lastDownY * 544.0)); + float maxRSquared = (float) (MAX_TAP_MOTION_DISTANCE * MAX_TAP_MOTION_DISTANCE); + if ((xrel * xrel + yrel * yrel) < maxRSquared) { + if (numFingersDown == 2 || numFingersDown == 1) { + Uint8 simulatedButton = 0; + if (numFingersDown == 2) { + simulatedButton = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT; + // need to raise the button later + _simulatedClickStartTime[port][1] = event->tfinger.timestamp; + } else if (numFingersDown == 1) { + if (port == 0 && !indirect_front_touch) { + int x, y; + psp2ConvertTouchXYToGameXY(event->tfinger.x, event->tfinger.y, &x, &y); + *touchmouse_x = x; + *touchmouse_y = y; + } + simulatedButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT; + // need to raise the button later + _simulatedClickStartTime[port][0] = event->tfinger.timestamp; + } + touchmouse_button[simulatedButton] = 1; + } + } + } + } else if (numFingersDown == 1) { + // when dragging, and the last finger is lifted, the drag is over + Uint8 simulatedButton = 0; + if (_multiFingerDragging[port] == DRAG_THREE_FINGER) { + simulatedButton = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT; + } + else { + simulatedButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT; + } + touchmouse_button[simulatedButton] = 0; + _multiFingerDragging[port] = DRAG_NONE; + } + } + } +} + +static void psp2ProcessFingerMotion(TouchEvent *event) { + // front (0) or back (1) panel + int port = event->tfinger.touchId; + // id (for multitouch) + int id = event->tfinger.fingerId; + + // find out how many fingers were down before this event + int numFingersDown = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; i++) { + if (_finger[port][i].id >= 0) { + numFingersDown++; + } + } + + if (numFingersDown >= 1) { + // If we are starting a multi-finger drag, start holding down the mouse button + if (numFingersDown >= 2) { + if (!_multiFingerDragging[port]) { + // only start a multi-finger drag if at least two fingers have been down long enough + int numFingersDownLong = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; i++) { + if (_finger[port][i].id >= 0) { + if (event->tfinger.timestamp - _finger[port][i].timeLastDown > MAX_TAP_TIME) { + numFingersDownLong++; + } + } + } + if (numFingersDownLong >= 2) { + Uint8 simulatedButton = 0; + if (numFingersDownLong == 2) { + simulatedButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT; + _multiFingerDragging[port] = DRAG_TWO_FINGER; + } else { + simulatedButton = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT; + _multiFingerDragging[port] = DRAG_THREE_FINGER; + } + + touchmouse_button[simulatedButton] = 1; + } + } + } + + //check if this is the "oldest" finger down (or the only finger down), otherwise it will not affect mouse motion + bool updatePointer = true; + if (numFingersDown > 1) { + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; i++) { + if (_finger[port][i].id == id) { + for (int j = 0; j < MAX_NUM_FINGERS; j++) { + if (_finger[port][j].id >= 0 && (i != j) ) { + if (_finger[port][j].timeLastDown < _finger[port][i].timeLastDown) { + updatePointer = false; + } + } + } + } + } + } + if (updatePointer) { + if (port == 0 && !indirect_front_touch) { + int x, y; + psp2ConvertTouchXYToGameXY(event->tfinger.x, event->tfinger.y, &x, &y); + *touchmouse_x = x; + *touchmouse_y = y; + } else { + // for relative mode, use the pointer speed setting + int dx = event->tfinger.dx * 960.0 * 256 * pointer_speed_factor / scale_x; + int dy = event->tfinger.dy * 544.0 * 256 * pointer_speed_factor / scale_y; + hires_dx += dx; + hires_dy += dy; + *touchmouse_x += hires_dx / 256; + *touchmouse_y += hires_dy / 256; + hires_dx %= 256; + hires_dy %= 256; + } + } + } +} + + +static void psp2ConvertTouchXYToGameXY(float touchX, float touchY, int *gameX, int *gameY) { + //map to display + float x = touchX * 960.0; + float y = touchY * 544.0; + *gameX = (x - offset_x) / scale_x; + *gameY = (y - offset_y) / scale_y; +} + +static void psp2FinishSimulatedMouseClicks(int port, SceUInt64 currentTime) { + for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) { + if (_simulatedClickStartTime[port][i] != 0) { + if (currentTime - _simulatedClickStartTime[port][i] >= SIMULATED_CLICK_DURATION) { + int simulatedButton; + if (i == 0) { + simulatedButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT; + } else { + simulatedButton = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT; + } + touchmouse_button[simulatedButton] = 0; + + _simulatedClickStartTime[port][i] = 0; + } + } + } +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PrivateSetIndirectFrontTouch(bool enable) { + indirect_front_touch = enable; +} + +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PrivateSetRearTouch(bool enable) { + rear_touch = enable; +} + diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_vita_touch.h b/libs/imgui/imgui_vita_touch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f5ec3b --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_vita_touch.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +// +// Created by rsn8887 on 02/05/18. + +#ifndef IMGUI_VITA_TOUCH_H +#define IMGUI_VITA_TOUCH_H + +#include + +/* Touch functions */ +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_InitTouch(void); +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PollTouch(double x0, double y0, double sx, double sy, int *mx, int *my, bool *mbuttons); +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PrivateSetIndirectFrontTouch(bool enable); +void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_PrivateSetRearTouch(bool enable); + +#endif diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..918dbf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,7853 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.77 +// (widgets code) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: Main (Button, Image, Checkbox, RadioButton, ProgressBar, Bullet, etc.) +// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers (Spacing, Dummy, NewLine, Separator, etc.) +// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox +// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers +// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline +// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox +// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram +// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers +// [SECTION] Widgets: MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. + +*/ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +#include // toupper +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them +static const signed char IM_S8_MIN = -128; +static const signed char IM_S8_MAX = 127; +static const unsigned char IM_U8_MIN = 0; +static const unsigned char IM_U8_MAX = 0xFF; +static const signed short IM_S16_MIN = -32768; +static const signed short IM_S16_MAX = 32767; +static const unsigned short IM_U16_MIN = 0; +static const unsigned short IM_U16_MAX = 0xFFFF; +static const ImS32 IM_S32_MIN = INT_MIN; // (-2147483647 - 1), (0x80000000); +static const ImS32 IM_S32_MAX = INT_MAX; // (2147483647), (0x7FFFFFFF) +static const ImU32 IM_U32_MIN = 0; +static const ImU32 IM_U32_MAX = UINT_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFF) +#ifdef LLONG_MIN +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MIN = LLONG_MIN; // (-9223372036854775807ll - 1ll); +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MAX = LLONG_MAX; // (9223372036854775807ll); +#else +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1; +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL; +#endif +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MIN = 0; +#ifdef ULLONG_MAX +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = ULLONG_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull); +#else +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For InputTextEx() +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data); +static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TextEx() [Internal] +// - TextUnformatted() +// - Text() +// - TextV() +// - TextColored() +// - TextColoredV() +// - TextDisabled() +// - TextDisabledV() +// - TextWrapped() +// - TextWrappedV() +// - LabelText() +// - LabelTextV() +// - BulletText() +// - BulletTextV() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(text != NULL); + const char* text_begin = text; + if (text_end == NULL) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + + const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; + const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f); + if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) + { + // Long text! + // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text + // - From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled. + // - We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line. + // - We use memchr(), pay attention that well optimized versions of those str/mem functions are much faster than a casually written loop. + const char* line = text; + const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight(); + ImVec2 text_size(0,0); + + // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text) + ImVec2 pos = text_pos; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + { + int lines_skippable = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height); + if (lines_skippable > 0) + { + int lines_skipped = 0; + while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable) + { + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0) + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x); + line = line_end + 1; + lines_skipped++; + } + pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; + } + } + + // Lines to render + if (line < text_end) + { + ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height)); + while (line < text_end) + { + if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false)) + break; + + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x); + RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false); + line = line_end + 1; + line_rect.Min.y += line_height; + line_rect.Max.y += line_height; + pos.y += line_height; + } + + // Count remaining lines + int lines_skipped = 0; + while (line < text_end) + { + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0) + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x); + line = line_end + 1; + lines_skipped++; + } + pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; + } + text_size.y = (pos - text_pos).y; + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); + ItemAdd(bb, 0); + } + else + { + const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) + RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); + } +} + +void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); +} + +void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + TextEx(g.TempBuffer, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); +} + +void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextColoredV(col, fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); + TextV(fmt, args); + PopStyleColor(); +} + +void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextDisabledV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + TextV(fmt, args); + PopStyleColor(); +} + +void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextWrappedV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + bool need_backup = (window->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set + if (need_backup) + PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); + TextV(fmt, args); + if (need_backup) + PopTextWrapPos(); +} + +void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + LabelTextV(label, fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets +void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); + const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; + const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f)); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); +} + +void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + BulletTextV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node. +void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; + const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); + const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y); // Empty text doesn't add padding + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ItemSize(total_size, 0.0f); + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + total_size); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, g.FontSize*0.5f), text_col); + RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), text_begin, text_end, false); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Main +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ButtonBehavior() [Internal] +// - Button() +// - SmallButton() +// - InvisibleButton() +// - ArrowButton() +// - CloseButton() [Internal] +// - CollapseButton() [Internal] +// - GetWindowScrollbarID() [Internal] +// - GetWindowScrollbarRect() [Internal] +// - Scrollbar() [Internal] +// - ScrollbarEx() [Internal] +// - Image() +// - ImageButton() +// - Checkbox() +// - CheckboxFlags() +// - RadioButton() +// - ProgressBar() +// - Bullet() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets. +// Because we handle so many cases (keyboard/gamepad navigation, drag and drop) and many specific behavior (via ImGuiButtonFlags_), +// this code is a little complex. +// By far the most common path is interacting with the Mouse using the default ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease button behavior. +// See the series of events below and the corresponding state reported by dear imgui: +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// with PressedOnClickRelease: return-value IsItemHovered() IsItemActive() IsItemActivated() IsItemDeactivated() IsItemClicked() +// Frame N+0 (mouse is outside bb) - - - - - - +// Frame N+1 (mouse moves inside bb) - true - - - - +// Frame N+2 (mouse button is down) - true true true - true +// Frame N+3 (mouse button is down) - true true - - - +// Frame N+4 (mouse moves outside bb) - - true - - - +// Frame N+5 (mouse moves inside bb) - true true - - - +// Frame N+6 (mouse button is released) true true - - true - +// Frame N+7 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +// Frame N+8 (mouse moves outside bb) - - - - - - +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// with PressedOnClick: return-value IsItemHovered() IsItemActive() IsItemActivated() IsItemDeactivated() IsItemClicked() +// Frame N+2 (mouse button is down) true true true true - true +// Frame N+3 (mouse button is down) - true true - - - +// Frame N+6 (mouse button is released) - true - - true - +// Frame N+7 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// with PressedOnRelease: return-value IsItemHovered() IsItemActive() IsItemActivated() IsItemDeactivated() IsItemClicked() +// Frame N+2 (mouse button is down) - true - - - true +// Frame N+3 (mouse button is down) - true - - - - +// Frame N+6 (mouse button is released) true true - - - - +// Frame N+7 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// with PressedOnDoubleClick: return-value IsItemHovered() IsItemActive() IsItemActivated() IsItemDeactivated() IsItemClicked() +// Frame N+0 (mouse button is down) - true - - - true +// Frame N+1 (mouse button is down) - true - - - - +// Frame N+2 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +// Frame N+3 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +// Frame N+4 (mouse button is down) true true true true - true +// Frame N+5 (mouse button is down) - true true - - - +// Frame N+6 (mouse button is released) - true - - true - +// Frame N+7 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Note that some combinations are supported, +// - PressedOnDragDropHold can generally be associated with any flag. +// - PressedOnDoubleClick can be associated by PressedOnClickRelease/PressedOnRelease, in which case the second release event won't be reported. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// The behavior of the return-value changes when ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat is set: +// Repeat+ Repeat+ Repeat+ Repeat+ +// PressedOnClickRelease PressedOnClick PressedOnRelease PressedOnDoubleClick +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Frame N+0 (mouse button is down) - true - true +// ... - - - - +// Frame N + RepeatDelay true true - true +// ... - - - - +// Frame N + RepeatDelay + RepeatRate*N true true - true +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled) + { + if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false; + if (out_held) *out_held = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID(); + return false; + } + + // Default only reacts to left mouse button + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_; + + // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_; + + ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; + const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window; + if (flatten_hovered_children) + g.HoveredWindow = window; + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (id != 0 && window->DC.LastItemId != id) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id); +#endif + + bool pressed = false; + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id); + + // Drag source doesn't report as hovered + if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) + hovered = false; + + // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button + if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) + { + const float DRAG_DROP_HOLD_TIMER = 0.70f; + hovered = true; + SetHoveredID(id); + if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, DRAG_DROP_HOLD_TIMER, 0.00f)) + { + pressed = true; + g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id; + FocusWindow(window); + } + } + + if (flatten_hovered_children) + g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window; + + // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. + if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) + hovered = false; + + // Mouse handling + if (hovered) + { + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) + { + // Poll buttons + int mouse_button_clicked = -1; + int mouse_button_released = -1; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { mouse_button_clicked = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) { mouse_button_clicked = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2]) { mouse_button_clicked = 2; } + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) { mouse_button_released = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1]) { mouse_button_released = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; } + + if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id) + { + if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere)) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[mouse_button_clicked])) + { + pressed = true; + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId) + ClearActiveID(); + else + SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; + FocusWindow(window); + } + } + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && mouse_button_released != -1) + { + // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; + if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) + pressed = true; + ClearActiveID(); + } + + // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). + // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. + if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, true)) + pressed = true; + } + + if (pressed) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + } + + // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation + // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. + if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)) + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus)) + hovered = true; + if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) + { + bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); + bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) + pressed = true; + if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id) + { + // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. + g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source + SetActiveID(id, window); + if ((nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + } + } + + bool held = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) + { + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; + + const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]) + { + held = true; + } + else + { + bool release_in = hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) != 0; + bool release_anywhere = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere) != 0; + if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive) + { + bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[mouse_button]; + bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps + if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already) + pressed = true; + } + ClearActiveID(); + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) + ClearActiveID(); + } + if (pressed) + g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true; + } + + if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered; + if (out_held) *out_held = held; + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag) + pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y; + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); + RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); + + // Automatically close popups + //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + // CloseCurrentPopup(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0); +} + +// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing. +bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y; + g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f; + bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine); + g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y; + return pressed; +} + +// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack. +// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id) +bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + // Cannot use zero-size for InvisibleButton(). Unlike Button() there is not way to fallback using the label size. + IM_ASSERT(size_arg.x != 0.0f && size_arg.y != 0.0f); + + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(size); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + ItemSize(size, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : -1.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + + // Render + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir) +{ + float sz = GetFrameHeight(); + return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), ImGuiButtonFlags_None); +} + +// Button to close a window +bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)//, float size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Validate sequence close a window. + // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + if (is_clipped) + return pressed; + + // Render + ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); + ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); + if (hovered) + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col, 12); + + float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; + ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + ItemAdd(bb, id); + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); + + // Render + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); + if (hovered || held) + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + + // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold + if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0)) + StartMouseMovingWindow(window); + + return pressed; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + return window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); +} + +// Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set. +ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); + const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect; + const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar) + IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y); + else + return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x, inner_rect.Max.y); +} + +void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis); + KeepAliveID(id); + + // Calculate scrollbar bounding box + ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis); + ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = 0; + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + { + rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; + if (!window->ScrollbarY) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; + } + else + { + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; + if (!window->ScrollbarX) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; + } + float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; + float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f; + ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &window->Scroll[axis], size_avail, size_contents, rounding_corners); +} + +// Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar +// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because: +// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab) +// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar +// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. +// Still, the code should probably be made simpler.. +bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float size_avail_v, float size_contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth(); + const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight(); + if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f) + return false; + + // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the window resize grab) + float alpha = 1.0f; + if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) + alpha = ImSaturate((bb_frame_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + if (alpha <= 0.0f) + return false; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f); + + ImRect bb = bb_frame; + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); + + // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) + const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); + + // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) + // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. + IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. + const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), 1.0f); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; + + // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). + bool held = false; + bool hovered = false; + ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + + float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); + float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space + if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) + { + float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis]; + float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; + + // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) + const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); + SetHoveredID(id); + + bool seek_absolute = false; + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab + seek_absolute = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm || clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm); + if (seek_absolute) + g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; + else + g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; + } + + // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll) + // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position + const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); + *p_scroll_v = IM_ROUND(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v)); + + // Update values for rendering + scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; + + // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated + if (seek_absolute) + g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; + } + + // Render + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg); + const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, rounding_corners); + ImRect grab_rect; + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y); + else + grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding); + + return held; +} + +void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + if (border_col.w > 0.0f) + bb.Max += ImVec2(2, 2); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + if (border_col.w > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f); + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + ImVec2(1, 1), bb.Max - ImVec2(1, 1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + } + else + { + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + } +} + +// ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) +// We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, g.Style.FrameRounding)); + if (bg_col.w > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, GetColorU32(bg_col)); + window->DrawList->AddImage(texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + + return pressed; +} + +// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) +// frame_padding = 0: no framing +// frame_padding > 0: set framing size +bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. + PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); + PopID(); + + const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : g.Style.FramePadding; + return ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, padding, bg_col, tint_col); +} + +bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + if (pressed) + { + *v = !(*v); + MarkItemEdited(id); + } + + const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz)); + RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); + RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); + if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) + { + // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) + ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f))); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); + } + else if (*v) + { + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad*2.0f); + } + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +{ + bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value); + bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v); + if (pressed) + { + if (v) + *flags |= flags_value; + else + *flags &= ~flags_value; + } + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz)); + const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + return false; + + ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter(); + center.x = IM_ROUND(center.x); + center.y = IM_ROUND(center.y); + const float radius = (square_sz - 1.0f) * 0.5f; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16); + if (active) + { + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16); + } + + if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + } + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + return pressed; +} + +// FIXME: This would work nicely if it was a public template, e.g. 'template RadioButton(const char* label, T* v, T v_button)', but I'm not sure how we would expose it.. +bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button) +{ + const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button); + if (pressed) + *v = v_button; + return pressed; +} + +// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size +void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize)); + const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y); + RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding); + + // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it + char overlay_buf[32]; + if (!overlay) + { + ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f); + overlay = overlay_buf; + } + + ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); + if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f), &bb); +} + +void ImGui::Bullet() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + { + SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); + return; + } + + // Render and stay on same line + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f), text_col); + SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Spacing() +// - Dummy() +// - NewLine() +// - AlignTextToFramePadding() +// - SeparatorEx() [Internal] +// - Separator() +// - SplitterBehavior() [Internal] +// - ShrinkWidths() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::Spacing() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); +} + +void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(size); + ItemAdd(bb, 0); +} + +void ImGui::NewLine() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. + ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); + else + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); + window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type; +} + +void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y); +} + +// Horizontal/vertical separating line +void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical))); // Check that only 1 option is selected + + float thickness_draw = 1.0f; + float thickness_layout = 0.0f; + if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) + { + // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout. + float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y; + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness_draw, y2)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness_layout, 0.0f)); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Draw + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogText(" |"); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal) + { + // Horizontal Separator + float x1 = window->Pos.x; + float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; + if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()) + x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; + + ImGuiColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; + if (columns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + + // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout)); + const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); + if (item_visible) + { + // Draw + window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------"); + } + if (columns) + { + PopColumnsBackground(); + columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + } + } +} + +void ImGui::Separator() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user + ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; + flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; + SeparatorEx(flags); +} + +// Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise. +bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; + window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); + window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; + if (!item_add) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + ImRect bb_interact = bb; + bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); + ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.ActiveId != id) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) + SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); + + ImRect bb_render = bb; + if (held) + { + ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min; + float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x; + + // Minimum pane size + float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1); + float size_2_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size2 - min_size2); + if (mouse_delta < -size_1_maximum_delta) + mouse_delta = -size_1_maximum_delta; + if (mouse_delta > size_2_maximum_delta) + mouse_delta = size_2_maximum_delta; + + // Apply resize + if (mouse_delta != 0.0f) + { + if (mouse_delta < 0.0f) + IM_ASSERT(*size1 + mouse_delta >= min_size1); + if (mouse_delta > 0.0f) + IM_ASSERT(*size2 - mouse_delta >= min_size2); + *size1 += mouse_delta; + *size2 -= mouse_delta; + bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta)); + MarkItemEdited(id); + } + } + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, 0.0f); + + return held; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* a = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)lhs; + const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* b = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)rhs; + if (int d = (int)(b->Width - a->Width)) + return d; + return (b->Index - a->Index); +} + +// Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first. +void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess) +{ + if (count == 1) + { + items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f); + return; + } + ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer); + int count_same_width = 1; + while (width_excess > 0.0f && count_same_width < count) + { + while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width) + count_same_width++; + float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f); + float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item); + for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++) + items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item; + width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width; + } + + // Round width and redistribute remainder left-to-right (could make it an option of the function?) + // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator. + width_excess = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) + { + float width_rounded = ImFloor(items[n].Width); + width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; + items[n].Width = width_rounded; + } + if (width_excess > 0.0f) + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) + if (items[n].Index < (int)(width_excess + 0.01f)) + items[n].Width += 1.0f; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginCombo() +// - EndCombo() +// - Combo() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (items_count <= 0) + return FLT_MAX; + return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags) +{ + // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool has_window_size_constraint = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) != 0; + g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const float expected_w = CalcItemWidth(); + const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : expected_w; + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const float value_x2 = ImMax(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Left); + if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) + { + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right); + if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= frame_bb.Max.x) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + } + RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); + if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open) + { + if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == 0) + window->NavLastIds[0] = id; + OpenPopupEx(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + popup_open = true; + } + + if (!popup_open) + return false; + + if (has_window_size_constraint) + { + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w); + } + else + { + if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one + int popup_max_height_in_items = -1; + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; + else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; + else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + } + + char name[16]; + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + + // Peak into expected window size so we can position it + if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name)) + if (popup_window->WasActive) + { + ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowExpectedSize(popup_window); + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) + popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; + ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(popup_window); + ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); + SetNextWindowPos(pos); + } + + // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx() + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + + // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y)); + bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); + PopStyleVar(); + if (!ret) + { + EndPopup(); + IM_ASSERT(0); // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above + return false; + } + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndCombo() +{ + EndPopup(); +} + +// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] +static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +{ + const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; + if (out_text) + *out_text = items[idx]; + return true; +} + +// Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0" +static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +{ + // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited. + const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data; + int items_count = 0; + const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; + while (*p) + { + if (idx == items_count) + break; + p += strlen(p) + 1; + items_count++; + } + if (!*p) + return false; + if (out_text) + *out_text = p; + return true; +} + +// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can. +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo() + const char* preview_value = NULL; + if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count) + items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value); + + // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. + if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + + if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None)) + return false; + + // Display items + // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed) + bool value_changed = false; + for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) + { + PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); + const char* item_text; + if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + { + value_changed = true; + *current_item = i; + } + if (item_selected) + SetItemDefaultFocus(); + PopID(); + } + + EndCombo(); + return value_changed; +} + +// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings. +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items); + return value_changed; +} + +// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0" +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items) +{ + int items_count = 0; + const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open + while (*p) + { + p += strlen(p) + 1; + items_count++; + } + bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items); + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - PatchFormatStringFloatToInt() +// - DataTypeGetInfo() +// - DataTypeFormatString() +// - DataTypeApplyOp() +// - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - DataTypeClamp() +// - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision +// - RoundScalarWithFormat<>() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = +{ + { sizeof(char), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S8 + { sizeof(unsigned char), "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(short), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S16 + { sizeof(unsigned short), "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(int), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S32 + { sizeof(unsigned int), "%u", "%u" }, +#ifdef _MSC_VER + { sizeof(ImS64), "%I64d","%I64d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "%I64u","%I64u" }, +#else + { sizeof(ImS64), "%lld", "%lld" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "%llu", "%llu" }, +#endif + { sizeof(float), "%f", "%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) + { sizeof(double), "%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double +}; +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + +// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f". +// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls. +// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?! +static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt) +{ + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case. + return "%d"; + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); // Find % (if any, and ignore %%) + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user). + if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f') + { +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) + return "%d"; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. + return g.TempBuffer; +#else + IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" +#endif + } + return fmt; +} + +const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type) +{ + IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + return &GDataTypeInfo[data_type]; +} + +int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format) +{ + // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing integer arguments + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS8*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU8*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS16*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU16*)p_data); + IM_ASSERT(0); + return 0; +} + +void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2) +{ + IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-'); + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: + if (op == '+') { *(ImS8*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1, *(const ImS8*)arg2, IM_S8_MIN, IM_S8_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImS8*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1, *(const ImS8*)arg2, IM_S8_MIN, IM_S8_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U8: + if (op == '+') { *(ImU8*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1, *(const ImU8*)arg2, IM_U8_MIN, IM_U8_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImU8*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1, *(const ImU8*)arg2, IM_U8_MIN, IM_U8_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_S16: + if (op == '+') { *(ImS16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImS16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U16: + if (op == '+') { *(ImU16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImU16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + if (op == '+') { *(ImS32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImS32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U32: + if (op == '+') { *(ImU32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImU32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_S64: + if (op == '+') { *(ImS64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImS64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U64: + if (op == '+') { *(ImU64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImU64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + if (op == '+') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2; } + if (op == '-') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2; } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_Double: + if (op == '+') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2; } + if (op == '-') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2; } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); +} + +// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. +// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. +bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +{ + while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) + buf++; + + // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value. + // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value + char op = buf[0]; + if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/') + { + buf++; + while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) + buf++; + } + else + { + op = 0; + } + if (!buf[0]) + return false; + + // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); + ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); + + if (format == NULL) + format = type_info->ScanFmt; + + // FIXME-LEGACY: The aim is to remove those operators and write a proper expression evaluator at some point.. + int arg1i = 0; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32) + { + int* v = (int*)p_data; + int arg0i = *v; + float arg1f = 0.0f; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1) + return false; + // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision + if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%d", &arg1i)) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1i); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f)) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); } // Divide + else { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; } // Assign constant + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) + { + // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in + format = "%f"; + float* v = (float*)p_data; + float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) + return false; + if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) + return false; + if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide + else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + { + format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis + double* v = (double*)p_data; + double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) + return false; + if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) + return false; + if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide + else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) + { + // All other types assign constant + // We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we will later implement a proper expression evaluator in the future. + sscanf(buf, format, p_data); + } + else + { + // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() + int v32; + sscanf(buf, format, &v32); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8) + *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX); + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8) + *(ImU8*)p_data = (ImU8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U8_MIN, (int)IM_U8_MAX); + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16) + *(ImS16*)p_data = (ImS16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S16_MIN, (int)IM_S16_MAX); + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16) + *(ImU16*)p_data = (ImU16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U16_MIN, (int)IM_U16_MAX); + else + IM_ASSERT(0); + } + + return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0; +} + +template +static bool ClampBehaviorT(T* v, T v_min, T v_max) +{ + if (*v < v_min) { *v = v_min; return true; } + if (*v > v_max) { *v = v_max; return true; } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return ClampBehaviorT((ImS8* )p_data, *(const ImS8* )p_min, *(const ImS8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return ClampBehaviorT((ImU8* )p_data, *(const ImU8* )p_min, *(const ImU8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return ClampBehaviorT((ImS16* )p_data, *(const ImS16* )p_min, *(const ImS16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return ClampBehaviorT((ImU16* )p_data, *(const ImU16* )p_min, *(const ImU16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return ClampBehaviorT((ImS32* )p_data, *(const ImS32* )p_min, *(const ImS32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return ClampBehaviorT((ImU32* )p_data, *(const ImU32* )p_min, *(const ImU32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return ClampBehaviorT((ImS64* )p_data, *(const ImS64* )p_min, *(const ImS64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return ClampBehaviorT((ImU64* )p_data, *(const ImU64* )p_min, *(const ImU64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return ClampBehaviorT((float* )p_data, *(const float* )p_min, *(const float* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return ClampBehaviorT((double*)p_data, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; +} + +static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) +{ + static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f }; + if (decimal_precision < 0) + return FLT_MIN; + return (decimal_precision < IM_ARRAYSIZE(min_steps)) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision); +} + +template +static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) +{ + int negative = 0; + if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } + if (*src == '+') { src++; } + TYPE v = 0; + while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') + v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); + *output = negative ? -v : v; + return src; +} + +template +TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) +{ + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); + if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string + return v; + char v_str[64]; + ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v); + const char* p = v_str; + while (*p == ' ') + p++; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); + else + ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v); + return v; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DragBehaviorT<>() [Internal] +// - DragBehavior() [Internal] +// - DragScalar() +// - DragScalarN() +// - DragFloat() +// - DragFloat2() +// - DragFloat3() +// - DragFloat4() +// - DragFloatRange2() +// - DragInt() +// - DragInt2() +// - DragInt3() +// - DragInt4() +// - DragIntRange2() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls) +template +bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiDragFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; + const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max); + const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f && is_decimal && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)); + const bool is_locked = (v_min > v_max); + if (is_locked) + return false; + + // Default tweak speed + if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) + v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio); + + // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings + float adjust_delta = 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[0] > 1.0f*1.0f) + { + adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) + adjust_delta *= 1.0f / 100.0f; + if (g.IO.KeyShift) + adjust_delta *= 10.0f; + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; + v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); + } + adjust_delta *= v_speed; + + // For vertical drag we currently assume that Up=higher value (like we do with vertical sliders). This may become a parameter. + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + adjust_delta = -adjust_delta; + + // Clear current value on activation + // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300. + bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; + bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_clamped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); + bool is_drag_direction_change_with_power = is_power && ((adjust_delta < 0 && g.DragCurrentAccum > 0) || (adjust_delta > 0 && g.DragCurrentAccum < 0)); + if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward || is_drag_direction_change_with_power) + { + g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + } + else if (adjust_delta != 0.0f) + { + g.DragCurrentAccum += adjust_delta; + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = true; + } + + if (!g.DragCurrentAccumDirty) + return false; + + TYPE v_cur = *v; + FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f; + + if (is_power) + { + // Offset + round to user desired precision, with a curve on the v_min..v_max range to get more precision on one side of the range + FLOATTYPE v_old_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); + FLOATTYPE v_new_norm_curved = v_old_norm_curved + (g.DragCurrentAccum / (v_max - v_min)); + v_cur = v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)ImPow(ImSaturate((float)v_new_norm_curved), power) * (v_max - v_min); + v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_norm_curved; + } + else + { + v_cur += (SIGNEDTYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum; + } + + // Round to user desired precision based on format string + v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); + + // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values. + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + if (is_power) + { + FLOATTYPE v_cur_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); + g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_cur_norm_curved - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); + } + else + { + g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_cur - (SIGNEDTYPE)*v); + } + + // Lose zero sign for float/double + if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0) + v_cur = (TYPE)0; + + // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types) + if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped) + { + if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_decimal)) + v_cur = v_min; + if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_decimal)) + v_cur = v_max; + } + + // Apply result + if (*v == v_cur) + return false; + *v = v_cur; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + ClearActiveID(); + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + ClearActiveID(); + } + if (g.ActiveId != id) + return false; + + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max : IM_S8_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max : IM_U8_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, power, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, power, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, power, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, power, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (float*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX, p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX, format, power, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX, p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX, format, power, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; +} + +// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a Drag widget, p_min and p_max are optional. +// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. +bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + if (power != 1.0f) + IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + return false; + + // Default format string when passing NULL + if (format == NULL) + format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + bool temp_input_is_active = TempInputIsActive(id); + bool temp_input_start = false; + if (!temp_input_is_active) + { + const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); + const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); + const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]); + if (focus_requested || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + if (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavInputId == id) + { + temp_input_start = true; + FocusableItemUnregister(window); + } + } + } + + // Our current specs do NOT clamp when using CTRL+Click manual input, but we should eventually add a flag for that.. + if (temp_input_is_active || temp_input_start) + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format);// , p_min, p_max); + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); + + // Drag behavior + const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiDragFlags_None); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth()); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + if (i > 0) + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, power); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_end) + { + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_end); + } + + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth()); + + bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format, power); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format, power); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + PopID(); + return value_changed; +} + +// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision +bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth()); + + bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + PopID(); + + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SliderBehaviorT<>() [Internal] +// - SliderBehavior() [Internal] +// - SliderScalar() +// - SliderScalarN() +// - SliderFloat() +// - SliderFloat2() +// - SliderFloat3() +// - SliderFloat4() +// - SliderAngle() +// - SliderInt() +// - SliderInt2() +// - SliderInt3() +// - SliderInt4() +// - VSliderScalar() +// - VSliderFloat() +// - VSliderInt() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +float ImGui::SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos) +{ + if (v_min == v_max) + return 0.0f; + + const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min); + if (is_power) + { + if (v_clamped < 0.0f) + { + const float f = 1.0f - (float)((v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin((TYPE)0, v_max) - v_min)); + return (1.0f - ImPow(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos; + } + else + { + const float f = (float)((v_clamped - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min))); + return linear_zero_pos + ImPow(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); + } + } + + // Linear slider + return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); +} + +// FIXME: Move some of the code into SliderBehavior(). Current responsibility is larger than what the equivalent DragBehaviorT<> does, we also do some rendering, etc. +template +bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; + const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && is_decimal; + + const float grab_padding = 2.0f; + const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; + float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; + SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); + if (!is_decimal && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); + const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; + const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; + const float slider_usable_pos_max = bb.Max[axis] - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f; + + // For power curve sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the curve to be symmetric around 0.0f + float linear_zero_pos; // 0.0->1.0f + if (is_power && v_min * v_max < 0.0f) + { + // Different sign + const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_min_to_0 = ImPow(v_min >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_min : -(FLOATTYPE)v_min, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); + const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_max_to_0 = ImPow(v_max >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_max : -(FLOATTYPE)v_max, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); + linear_zero_pos = (float)(linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0)); + } + else + { + // Same sign + linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + } + + // Process interacting with the slider + bool value_changed = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + bool set_new_value = false; + float clicked_t = 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) + { + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else + { + const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; + clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; + set_new_value = true; + } + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + const ImVec2 delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); + float delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? delta2.x : -delta2.y; + if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (delta != 0.0f) + { + clicked_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); + const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + if ((decimal_precision > 0) || is_power) + { + delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds + if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + delta /= 10.0f; + } + else + { + if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + delta = ((delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + else + delta /= 100.0f; + } + if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) + delta *= 10.0f; + set_new_value = true; + if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits + set_new_value = false; + else + clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta); + } + } + + if (set_new_value) + { + TYPE v_new; + if (is_power) + { + // Account for power curve scale on both sides of the zero + if (clicked_t < linear_zero_pos) + { + // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering + float a = 1.0f - (clicked_t / linear_zero_pos); + a = ImPow(a, power); + v_new = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max, (TYPE)0), v_min, a); + } + else + { + // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering + float a; + if (ImFabs(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f) + a = (clicked_t - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); + else + a = clicked_t; + a = ImPow(a, power); + v_new = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min, (TYPE)0), v_max, a); + } + } + else + { + // Linear slider + if (is_decimal) + { + v_new = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, clicked_t); + } + else + { + // For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above + // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. + FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (v_max - v_min) * clicked_t; + TYPE v_new_off_floor = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f); + TYPE v_new_off_round = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)0.5); + if (v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round) + v_new = v_min + v_new_off_round; + else + v_new = v_min + v_new_off_floor; + } + } + + // Round to user desired precision based on format string + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + + // Apply result + if (*v != v_new) + { + *v = v_new; + value_changed = true; + } + } + } + + if (slider_sz < 1.0f) + { + *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min, bb.Min); + } + else + { + // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller + float grab_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; + const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + *out_grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding); + else + *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f); + } + + return value_changed; +} + +// For 32-bit and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range. +// So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok. +// It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders. +bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min, *(const ImS8*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min, *(const ImU8*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN/2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX/2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, *(const ImS32*)p_min, *(const ImS32*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX/2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, *(const ImU32*)p_min, *(const ImU32*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN/2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX/2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, *(const ImS64*)p_min, *(const ImS64*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX/2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, *(const ImU64*)p_min, *(const ImU64*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX/2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX/2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v, *(const float*)p_min, *(const float*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: + IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX/2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX/2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; +} + +// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a slider, they are all required. +// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. +bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + return false; + + // Default format string when passing NULL + if (format == NULL) + format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + bool temp_input_is_active = TempInputIsActive(id); + bool temp_input_start = false; + if (!temp_input_is_active) + { + const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); + const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); + if (focus_requested || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + if (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavInputId == id) + { + temp_input_start = true; + FocusableItemUnregister(window); + } + } + } + + // Our current specs do NOT clamp when using CTRL+Click manual input, but we should eventually add a flag for that.. + if (temp_input_is_active || temp_input_start) + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format);// , p_min, p_max); + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + + // Slider behavior + ImRect grab_bb; + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_None, &grab_bb); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Render grab + if (grab_bb.Max.x > grab_bb.Min.x) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + return value_changed; +} + +// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components +bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth()); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + if (i > 0) + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_end) + { + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_end); + } + + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format) +{ + if (format == NULL) + format = "%.0f deg"; + float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI); + bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, 1.0f); + *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f; + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id)) + return false; + + // Default format string when passing NULL + if (format == NULL) + format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + } + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + + // Slider behavior + ImRect grab_bb; + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Render grab + if (grab_bb.Max.y > grab_bb.Min.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal] +// - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal] +// - InputScalar() +// - InputScalarN() +// - InputFloat() +// - InputFloat2() +// - InputFloat3() +// - InputFloat4() +// - InputInt() +// - InputInt2() +// - InputInt3() +// - InputInt4() +// - InputDouble() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// We don't use strchr() because our strings are usually very short and often start with '%' +const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* fmt) +{ + while (char c = fmt[0]) + { + if (c == '%' && fmt[1] != '%') + return fmt; + else if (c == '%') + fmt++; + fmt++; + } + return fmt; +} + +const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt) +{ + // Printf/scanf types modifiers: I/L/h/j/l/t/w/z. Other uppercase letters qualify as types aka end of the format. + if (fmt[0] != '%') + return fmt; + const unsigned int ignored_uppercase_mask = (1 << ('I'-'A')) | (1 << ('L'-'A')); + const unsigned int ignored_lowercase_mask = (1 << ('h'-'a')) | (1 << ('j'-'a')) | (1 << ('l'-'a')) | (1 << ('t'-'a')) | (1 << ('w'-'a')) | (1 << ('z'-'a')); + for (char c; (c = *fmt) != 0; fmt++) + { + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' && ((1 << (c - 'A')) & ignored_uppercase_mask) == 0) + return fmt + 1; + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' && ((1 << (c - 'a')) & ignored_lowercase_mask) == 0) + return fmt + 1; + } + return fmt; +} + +// Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations +// fmt = "blah blah" -> return fmt +// fmt = "%.3f" -> return fmt +// fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6 +// fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f" +const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +{ + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); + if (fmt_start[0] != '%') + return fmt; + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); + if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data. + return fmt_start; + ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_start) + 1, buf_size)); + return buf; +} + +// Parse display precision back from the display format string +// FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed. +int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) +{ + fmt = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); + if (fmt[0] != '%') + return default_precision; + fmt++; + while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9') + fmt++; + int precision = INT_MAX; + if (*fmt == '.') + { + fmt = ImAtoi(fmt + 1, &precision); + if (precision < 0 || precision > 99) + precision = default_precision; + } + if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation + precision = -1; + if ((*fmt == 'g' || *fmt == 'G') && precision == INT_MAX) + precision = -1; + return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision; +} + +// Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets) +// FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations. +bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id. + // We clear ActiveID on the first frame to allow the InputText() taking it back. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool init = (g.TempInputId != id); + if (init) + ClearActiveID(); + + g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; + bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags); + if (init) + { + // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id. + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); + g.TempInputId = g.ActiveId; + } + return value_changed; +} + +// Note that Drag/Slider functions are currently NOT forwarding the min/max values clamping values! +// This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. +// However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. +// In the future we should add flags to Slider/Drag to specify how to enforce min/max values with CTRL+Click. +// See GitHub issues #1829 and #3209 +// In the meanwhile, you can easily "wrap" those functions to enforce clamping, using wrapper functions, e.g. +// bool SliderFloatClamp(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max) +// { +// float v_backup = *v; +// if (!SliderFloat(label, v, v_min, v_max)) +// return false; +// *v = ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max); +// return v_backup != *v; +// } +bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + char fmt_buf[32]; + char data_buf[32]; + format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); + DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); + + ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; + flags |= ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + bool value_changed = false; + if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) + { + // Backup old value + size_t data_type_size = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size; + ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); + + // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp + DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, NULL); + if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max) + DataTypeClamp(data_type, p_data, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); + + // Only mark as edited if new value is different + value_changed = memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size) != 0; + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + } + return value_changed; +} + +// Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional. +// Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. +bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + if (format == NULL) + format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + + char buf[64]; + DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); + + bool value_changed = false; + if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + + if (p_step != NULL) + { + const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); + + BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive() + PushID(label); + SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); + if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view + value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + + // Step buttons + const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding; + style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y; + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups; + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags)) + { + DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step); + value_changed = true; + } + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags)) + { + DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step); + value_changed = true; + } + + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_end) + { + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_end); + } + style.FramePadding = backup_frame_padding; + + PopID(); + EndGroup(); + } + else + { + if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) + value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + } + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth()); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + if (i > 0) + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= InputScalar("", data_type, p_data, p_step, p_step_fast, format, flags); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_end) + { + SameLine(0.0f, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_end); + } + + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} + +// Prefer using "const char* format" directly, which is more flexible and consistent with other API. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + char format[16] = "%f"; + if (decimal_precision >= 0) + ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); + return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + char format[16] = "%f"; + if (decimal_precision >= 0) + ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + char format[16] = "%f"; + if (decimal_precision >= 0) + ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + char format[16] = "%f"; + if (decimal_precision >= 0) + ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} +#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. + const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d"; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline, InputTextWithHint +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - InputText() +// - InputTextWithHint() +// - InputTextMultiline() +// - InputTextEx() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); +} + +bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data); +} + +bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); +} + +static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end) +{ + int line_count = 0; + const char* s = text_begin; + while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding + if (c == '\n') + line_count++; + s--; + if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r') + line_count++; + *out_text_end = s; + return line_count; +} + +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImFont* font = g.Font; + const float line_height = g.FontSize; + const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize; + + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); + float line_width = 0.0f; + + const ImWchar* s = text_begin; + while (s < text_end) + { + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++); + if (c == '\n') + { + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width); + text_size.y += line_height; + line_width = 0.0f; + if (stop_on_new_line) + break; + continue; + } + if (c == '\r') + continue; + + const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * scale; + line_width += char_width; + } + + if (text_size.x < line_width) + text_size.x = line_width; + + if (out_offset) + *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height); // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n + + if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f) // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n + text_size.y += line_height; + + if (remaining) + *remaining = s; + + return text_size; +} + +// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar) +namespace ImStb +{ + +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx) +{ + const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; + const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; + const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); + r->x0 = 0.0f; + r->x1 = size.x; + r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; + r->ymin = 0.0f; + r->ymax = size.y; + r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); +} + +static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; } +static int is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->TextW[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->TextW[idx] ) ) : 1; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } +#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->TextW[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->TextW[idx] ) ) : 1; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +#else +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +#endif +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL + +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) +{ + ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos; + + // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats + obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); + obj->CurLenW -= n; + + // Offset remaining text (FIXME-OPT: Use memmove) + const ImWchar* src = obj->TextW.Data + pos + n; + while (ImWchar c = *src++) + *dst++ = c; + *dst = '\0'; +} + +static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) +{ + const bool is_resizable = (obj->UserFlags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; + IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); + + const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len); + if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA)) + return false; + + // Grow internal buffer if needed + if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextW.Size) + { + if (!is_resizable) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(text_len < obj->TextW.Size); + obj->TextW.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1); + } + + ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; + if (pos != text_len) + memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); + + obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; + obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; + obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; + + return true; +} + +// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols) +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT 0x200000 // keyboard input to move cursor left +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT 0x200001 // keyboard input to move cursor right +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP 0x200002 // keyboard input to move cursor up +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN 0x200003 // keyboard input to move cursor down +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART 0x200004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND 0x200005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART 0x200006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND 0x200007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE 0x200008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE 0x200009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO 0x20000A // keyboard input to perform undo +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 + +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#include "imstb_textedit.h" + +// stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling +// the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?) +static void stb_textedit_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +{ + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); + ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); + if (text_len <= 0) + return; + if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len)) + { + state->cursor = text_len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); // Failed to insert character, normally shouldn't happen because of how we currently use stb_textedit_replace() +} + +} // namespace ImStb + +void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key) +{ + stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key); + CursorFollow = true; + CursorAnimReset(); +} + +ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ImGuiInputTextCallbackData() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); +} + +// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text +// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar) +// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance. +void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) +{ + IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen); + char* dst = Buf + pos; + const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count; + while (char c = *src++) + *dst++ = c; + *dst = '\0'; + + if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos) + CursorPos -= bytes_count; + else if (CursorPos >= pos) + CursorPos = pos; + SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; + BufDirty = true; + BufTextLen -= bytes_count; +} + +void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end) +{ + const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); + if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize) + { + if (!is_resizable) + return; + + // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState; + IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID); + IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data); + int new_buf_size = BufTextLen + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1; + edit_state->TextA.reserve(new_buf_size + 1); + Buf = edit_state->TextA.Data; + BufSize = edit_state->BufCapacityA = new_buf_size; + } + + if (BufTextLen != pos) + memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos)); + memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char)); + Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0'; + + if (CursorPos >= pos) + CursorPos += new_text_len; + SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; + BufDirty = true; + BufTextLen += new_text_len; +} + +// Return false to discard a character. +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + unsigned int c = *p_char; + + // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467) + if (c < 0x20) + { + bool pass = false; + pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); + pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); + if (!pass) + return false; + } + + // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817) + if (c == 127) + return false; + + // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME) + if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) + return false; + + // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build. + if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) + return false; + + // Generic named filters + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) + { + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) + return false; + + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / e E + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) + return false; + + // Allow 0-9 a-F A-F + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')) + return false; + + // Turn a-z into A-Z + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a')); + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) + if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) + return false; + } + + // Custom callback filter + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter; + callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.UserData = user_data; + if (callback(&callback_data) != 0) + return false; + *p_char = callback_data.EventChar; + if (!callback_data.EventChar) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// Edit a string of text +// - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!". +// This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match +// Note that in std::string world, capacity() would omit 1 byte used by the zero-terminator. +// - When active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while the InputText is active has no effect. +// - If you want to use ImGui::InputText() with std::string, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h +// (FIXME: Rather confusing and messy function, among the worse part of our codebase, expecting to rewrite a V2 at some point.. Partly because we are +// doing UTF8 > U16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to easily interface with stb_textedit. Ideally should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) +bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* callback_user_data) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(buf != NULL && buf_size >= 0); + IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys) + IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key) + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false; + const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; + const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; + const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; + const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; + const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + if (is_resizable) + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! + + if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, + BeginGroup(); + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line + const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y); + + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Min + total_size); + + ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; + ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size; + if (is_multiline) + { + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + { + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + EndGroup(); + return false; + } + + // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug. + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); + bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + PopStyleVar(3); + PopStyleColor(); + if (!child_visible) + { + EndChild(); + EndGroup(); + return false; + } + draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window + draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it. + inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + } + else + { + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + return false; + } + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + if (hovered) + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; + + // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget. + ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); + + const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); + const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window && g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular == window->DC.FocusCounterRegular); + const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code; + + const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; + const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard)); + const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); + const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); + + bool clear_active_id = false; + bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline); + + const bool init_make_active = (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || user_nav_input_start); + const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); + if (init_state && g.ActiveId != id) + { + // Access state even if we don't own it yet. + state = &g.InputTextState; + state->CursorAnimReset(); + + // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar) + // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) + const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf); + state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. + memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + + // Start edition + const char* buf_end = NULL; + state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. + state->TextA.resize(0); + state->TextAIsValid = false; // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then) + state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); + state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. + + // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget + // FIXME: For non-readonly widgets we might be able to require that TextAIsValid && TextA == buf ? (untested) and discard undo stack if user buffer has changed. + const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id); + if (recycle_state) + { + // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position + // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler. + state->CursorClamp(); + } + else + { + state->ID = id; + state->ScrollX = 0.0f; + stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline); + if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) + select_all = true; + } + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode) + state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; + if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) + select_all = true; + } + + if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active) + { + IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id); + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + + // Declare our inputs + IM_ASSERT(ImGuiNavInput_COUNT < 32); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Home) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_End); + if (is_multiline) + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageUp) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageDown); // FIXME-NAV: Page up/down actually not supported yet by widget, but claim them ahead. + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Tab); + } + + // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function) + if (g.ActiveId == id && state == NULL) + ClearActiveID(); + + // Release focus when we click outside + if (g.ActiveId == id && io.MouseClicked[0] && !init_state && !init_make_active) //-V560 + clear_active_id = true; + + // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection + const bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); + bool render_selection = state && state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); + bool value_changed = false; + bool enter_pressed = false; + + // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function + // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :( + if (is_readonly && state != NULL && (render_cursor || render_selection)) + { + const char* buf_end = NULL; + state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); + state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); + state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); + state->CursorClamp(); + render_selection &= state->HasSelection(); + } + + // Select the buffer to render. + const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state && state->TextAIsValid; + const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0); + + // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph + if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) + { + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*'); + ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; + password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize; + password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale; + password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset; + password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent; + password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent; + password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; + password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph; + password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX; + IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty()); + PushFont(password_font); + } + + // Process mouse inputs and character inputs + int backup_current_text_length = 0; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA; + state->BufCapacityA = buf_size; + state->UserFlags = flags; + state->UserCallback = callback; + state->UserCallbackData = callback_user_data; + + // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. + // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; + g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; + + // Edit in progress + const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; + const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f)); + + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + { + state->SelectAll(); + state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true; + } + else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + { + // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock) + { + if (hovered) + { + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + state->CursorAnimReset(); + } + } + else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)) + { + stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + state->CursorAnimReset(); + state->CursorFollow = true; + } + if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) + state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false; + + // It is ill-defined whether the back-end needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys. + // Win32 and GLFW naturally do it but not SDL. + const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) + if (!io.InputQueueCharacters.contains('\t')) + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + + // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) + // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. + if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) + { + if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !user_nav_input_start) + for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++) + { + // Insert character if they pass filtering + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; + if (c == '\t' && io.KeyShift) + continue; + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + + // Consume characters + io.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + } + } + + // Process other shortcuts/key-presses + bool cancel_edit = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) + { + IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMods == GetMergedKeyModFlags() && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); // We rarely do this check, but if anything let's do it here. + + const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super | ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift)); + const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl + const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End + const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); + const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift); + const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); + + const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly; + const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable); + const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) + { + if (!state->HasSelection()) + { + if (is_wordmove_key_down) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); + } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter)) + { + bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; + if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) + { + enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; + } + else if (!is_readonly) + { + unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + { + clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; + } + else if (is_undo || is_redo) + { + state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); + state->ClearSelection(); + } + else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) + { + state->SelectAll(); + state->CursorFollow = true; + } + else if (is_cut || is_copy) + { + // Cut, Copy + if (io.SetClipboardTextFn) + { + const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : 0; + const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : state->CurLenW; + const int clipboard_data_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie) + 1; + char* clipboard_data = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_data_len * sizeof(char)); + ImTextStrToUtf8(clipboard_data, clipboard_data_len, state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie); + SetClipboardText(clipboard_data); + MemFree(clipboard_data); + } + if (is_cut) + { + if (!state->HasSelection()) + state->SelectAll(); + state->CursorFollow = true; + stb_textedit_cut(state, &state->Stb); + } + } + else if (is_paste) + { + if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText()) + { + // Filter pasted buffer + const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); + ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; + for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) + { + unsigned int c; + s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); + if (c == 0) + break; + if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + continue; + clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; + } + clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0; + if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation + { + stb_textedit_paste(state, &state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); + state->CursorFollow = true; + } + MemFree(clipboard_filtered); + } + } + + // Update render selection flag after events have been handled, so selection highlight can be displayed during the same frame. + render_selection |= state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); + } + + // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer. + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + const char* apply_new_text = NULL; + int apply_new_text_length = 0; + if (cancel_edit) + { + // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. + if (!is_readonly && strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) + { + // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself + apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data; + apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1; + ImVector w_text; + if (apply_new_text_length > 0) + { + w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1); + ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length); + } + stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0); + } + } + + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. + // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. + // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). + bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); + if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) + { + // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back + // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer + // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. + // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. + if (!is_readonly) + { + state->TextAIsValid = true; + state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); + ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); + } + + // User callback + if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) + { + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); + + // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. + ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; + ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; + event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + } + else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways; + + if (event_flag) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + + callback_data.EventKey = event_key; + callback_data.Buf = state->TextA.Data; + callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA; + callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA; + callback_data.BufDirty = false; + + // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) + ImWchar* text = state->TextW.Data; + const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.cursor); + const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_start); + const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_end); + + // Call user code + callback(&callback_data); + + // Read back what user may have modified + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == state->TextA.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA); + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); + if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } + if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) { state->Stb.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } + if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) { state->Stb.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } + if (callback_data.BufDirty) + { + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! + if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) + state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); + state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); + state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() + state->CursorAnimReset(); + } + } + } + + // Will copy result string if modified + if (!is_readonly && strcmp(state->TextA.Data, buf) != 0) + { + apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data; + apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA; + } + } + + // Copy result to user buffer + if (apply_new_text) + { + // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size + // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used + // without any storage on user's side. + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); + if (is_resizable) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.Buf = buf; + callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; + callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + callback(&callback_data); + buf = callback_data.Buf; + buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; + apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); + } + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); + + // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. + ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); + value_changed = true; + } + + // Clear temporary user storage + state->UserFlags = 0; + state->UserCallback = NULL; + state->UserCallbackData = NULL; + } + + // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) + if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) + ClearActiveID(); + + // Render frame + if (!is_multiline) + { + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + } + + const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + inner_size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + inner_size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size + ImVec2 draw_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding; + ImVec2 text_size(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // Set upper limit of single-line InputTextEx() at 2 million characters strings. The current pathological worst case is a long line + // without any carriage return, which would makes ImFont::RenderText() reserve too many vertices and probably crash. Avoid it altogether. + // Note that we only use this limit on single-line InputText(), so a pathologically large line on a InputTextMultiline() would still crash. + const int buf_display_max_length = 2 * 1024 * 1024; + const char* buf_display = buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf; //-V595 + const char* buf_display_end = NULL; // We have specialized paths below for setting the length + if (is_displaying_hint) + { + buf_display = hint; + buf_display_end = hint + strlen(hint); + } + + // Render text. We currently only render selection when the widget is active or while scrolling. + // FIXME: We could remove the '&& render_cursor' to keep rendering selection when inactive. + if (render_cursor || render_selection) + { + IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + if (!is_displaying_hint) + buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA; + + // Render text (with cursor and selection) + // This is going to be messy. We need to: + // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped) + // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation) + // - Measure text height (for scrollbar) + // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort) + // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8. + const ImWchar* text_begin = state->TextW.Data; + ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset; + + { + // Find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' (slot 0) and 'select_start' (slot 1) positions. + const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2] = { NULL, NULL }; + int searches_result_line_no[2] = { -1000, -1000 }; + int searches_remaining = 0; + if (render_cursor) + { + searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + state->Stb.cursor; + searches_result_line_no[0] = -1; + searches_remaining++; + } + if (render_selection) + { + searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + searches_result_line_no[1] = -1; + searches_remaining++; + } + + // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers + // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter. + searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0; + int line_count = 0; + //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++) // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit + for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++) + if (*s == '\n') + { + line_count++; + if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } + if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } + } + line_count++; + if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1) + searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; + if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1) + searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; + + // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance + cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; + cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize; + if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0) + { + select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; + select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize; + } + + // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224) + if (is_multiline) + text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, line_count * g.FontSize); + } + + // Scroll + if (render_cursor && state->CursorFollow) + { + // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width + if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll)) + { + const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f; + if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX) + state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); + else if (cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x >= state->ScrollX) + state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x + scroll_increment_x); + } + else + { + state->ScrollX = 0.0f; + } + + // Vertical scroll + if (is_multiline) + { + float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y; + if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) + scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); + else if (cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y >= scroll_y) + scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y; + draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag + draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y; + } + + state->CursorFollow = false; + } + + // Draw selection + const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->ScrollX, 0.0f); + if (render_selection) + { + const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + + ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, render_cursor ? 1.0f : 0.6f); // FIXME: current code flow mandate that render_cursor is always true here, we are leaving the transparent one for tests. + float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection. + float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f; + ImVec2 rect_pos = draw_pos + select_start_offset - draw_scroll; + for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) + { + if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize) + break; + if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y) + { + //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit + //p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end; + while (p < text_selected_end) + if (*p++ == '\n') + break; + } + else + { + ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); + if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines + ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); + rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); + if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) + draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); + } + rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x; + rect_pos.y += g.FontSize; + } + } + + // We test for 'buf_display_max_length' as a way to avoid some pathological cases (e.g. single-line 1 MB string) which would make ImDrawList crash. + if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length) + { + ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text); + draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos - draw_scroll, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); + } + + // Draw blinking cursor + if (render_cursor) + { + state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; + bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; + ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll; + ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f); + if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) + draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + + // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.) + if (!is_readonly) + g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); + } + } + else + { + // Render text only (no selection, no cursor) + if (is_multiline) + text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_display_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width + else if (!is_displaying_hint && g.ActiveId == id) + buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA; + else if (!is_displaying_hint) + buf_display_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display); + + if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length) + { + ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text); + draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); + } + } + + if (is_multiline) + { + Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line + EndChild(); + EndGroup(); + } + + if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) + PopFont(); + + // Log as text + if (g.LogEnabled && (!is_password || is_displaying_hint)) + LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end); + + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited)) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) + return enter_pressed; + else + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ColorEdit3() +// - ColorEdit4() +// - ColorPicker3() +// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() [Internal] +// - ColorPicker4() +// - ColorButton() +// - SetColorEditOptions() +// - ColorTooltip() [Internal] +// - ColorEditOptionsPopup() [Internal] +// - ColorPickerOptionsPopup() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); +} + +// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). +// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +// With typical options: Left-click on colored square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. +bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + const float w_full = CalcItemWidth(); + const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + const float w_inputs = w_full - w_button; + const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); + + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + + // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions + const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) + flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; + + // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied) + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags); + + // Read stored options + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask); + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + + const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; + const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; + const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3; + + // Convert to the formats we need + float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f }; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) + { + // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) + { + if (f[1] == 0) + f[0] = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (f[2] == 0) + f[1] = g.ColorEditLastSat; + } + } + int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) }; + + bool value_changed = false; + bool value_changed_as_float = false; + + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const float inputs_offset_x = (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) ? w_button : 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + inputs_offset_x; + + if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); + + const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); + static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; + static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] = + { + { "%3d", "%3d", "%3d", "%3d" }, // Short display + { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA + { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" } // Long display for HSVA + }; + static const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] = + { + { "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f" }, // Short display + { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA + { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" } // Long display for HSVA + }; + const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1; + + for (int n = 0; n < components; n++) + { + if (n > 0) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + SetNextItemWidth((n + 1 < components) ? w_item_one : w_item_last); + + // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0. + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) + { + value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); + value_changed_as_float |= value_changed; + } + else + { + value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + } + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + // RGB Hexadecimal Input + char buf[64]; + if (alpha) + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255), ImClamp(i[3],0,255)); + else + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255)); + SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs); + if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) + { + value_changed = true; + char* p = buf; + while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p)) + p++; + i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0; + if (alpha) + sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) + else + sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + } + + ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview)) + { + const float button_offset_x = ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) || (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)) ? 0.0f : w_inputs + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + button_offset_x, pos.y); + + const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f); + if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags)) + { + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker)) + { + // Store current color and open a picker + g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4; + OpenPopup("picker"); + SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1,style.ItemSpacing.y)); + } + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + + if (BeginPopup("picker")) + { + picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (label != label_display_end) + { + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + Spacing(); + } + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? + value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); + EndPopup(); + } + } + + if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + { + const float text_offset_x = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + text_offset_x, pos.y + style.FramePadding.y); + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + } + + // Convert back + if (value_changed && picker_active_window == NULL) + { + if (!value_changed_as_float) + for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) + f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)) + { + g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0]; + g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1]; + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, f, sizeof(float) * 3); + } + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + + col[0] = f[0]; + col[1] = f[1]; + col[2] = f[2]; + if (alpha) + col[3] = f[3]; + } + + PopID(); + EndGroup(); + + // Drag and Drop Target + // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. + if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + bool accepted_drag_drop = false; + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) + { + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 + value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true; + } + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) + { + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components); + value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true; + } + + // Drag-drop payloads are always RGB + if (accepted_drag_drop && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[0], col[1], col[2]); + EndDragDropTarget(); + } + + // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4(). + if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) + window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f }; + if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)) + return false; + col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2]; + return true; +} + +// Helper for ColorPicker4() +static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w, float alpha) +{ + ImU32 alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8)); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8)); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8)); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8)); +} + +// Note: ColorPicker4() only accesses 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +// (In C++ the 'float col[4]' notation for a function argument is equivalent to 'float* col', we only specify a size to facilitate understanding of the code.) +// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..) +// FIXME: this is trying to be aware of style.Alpha but not fully correct. Also, the color wheel will have overlapping glitches with (style.Alpha < 1.0) +bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + const float width = CalcItemWidth(); + g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); + + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview; + + // Context menu: display and store options. + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags); + + // Read stored options + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + + // Setup + int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4; + bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars + float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box + float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_FLOOR(bars_width * 0.20f); + + float backup_initial_col[4]; + memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); + + float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f; + float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f; + float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness; + ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size*0.5f); + + // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic. + float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f); + ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point. + ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point. + ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point. + + float H = col[0], S = col[1], V = col[2]; + float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2]; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) + { + // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); + if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) + { + if (S == 0) + H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (V == 0) + S = g.ColorEditLastSat; + } + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + { + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B); + } + + bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false; + + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, true); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) + { + // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic + InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; + ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; + float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off); + if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner-1)*(wheel_r_inner-1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer+1)*(wheel_r_outer+1)) + { + // Interactive with Hue wheel + H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI*0.5f; + if (H < 0.0f) + H += 1.0f; + value_changed = value_changed_h = true; + } + float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle))) + { + // Interacting with SV triangle + ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated)) + current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated); + float uu, vv, ww; + ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww); + V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f); + S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f); + value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; + } + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) + { + // SV rectangle logic + InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + + // Hue bar logic + SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); + InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + value_changed = value_changed_h = true; + } + } + + // Alpha bar logic + if (alpha_bar) + { + SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); + InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + value_changed = true; + } + } + PopItemFlag(); // ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + { + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + BeginGroup(); + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + { + const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_display_end) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + } + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + { + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + Text("Current"); + + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; + ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)); + if (ref_col != NULL) + { + Text("Original"); + ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]); + if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2))) + { + memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float)); + value_changed = true; + } + } + PopItemFlag(); + EndGroup(); + } + + // Convert back color to RGB + if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) + { + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + g.ColorEditLastHue = H; + g.ColorEditLastSat = S; + memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + { + col[0] = H; + col[1] = S; + col[2] = V; + } + } + + // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor + bool value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) + { + // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget. + // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050) + value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap); + value_changed = true; + } + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex); + PopItemWidth(); + } + + // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit4 call), if any + if (value_changed_fix_hue_wrap && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)) + { + float new_H, new_S, new_V; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V); + if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0) + { + if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + else if (new_S <= 0) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + } + } + + if (value_changed) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) + { + R = col[0]; + G = col[1]; + B = col[2]; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); + if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately. + { + if (S == 0) + H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (V == 0) + S = g.ColorEditLastSat; + } + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + { + H = col[0]; + S = col[1]; + V = col[2]; + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B); + } + } + + const int style_alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(style.Alpha); + const ImU32 col_black = IM_COL32(0,0,0,style_alpha8); + const ImU32 col_white = IM_COL32(255,255,255,style_alpha8); + const ImU32 col_midgrey = IM_COL32(128,128,128,style_alpha8); + const ImU32 col_hues[6 + 1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8) }; + + ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, style.Alpha); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z); + ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f); + ImU32 user_col32_striped_of_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(R, G, B, style.Alpha)); // Important: this is still including the main rendering/style alpha!! + + ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos; + + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) + { + // Render Hue Wheel + const float aeps = 0.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out). + const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12); + for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++) + { + const float a0 = (n) /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps; + const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps; + const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc); + draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, false, wheel_thickness); + const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + + // Paint colors over existing vertices + ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner); + ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner); + ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n+1]); + } + + // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel + float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f); + float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; + int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments); + + // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue) + ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); + draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6); + draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white); + draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, 0); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, 0); + draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f); + sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V)); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) + { + // Render SV Square + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), col_white, hue_color32, hue_color32, col_white); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0, 0, col_black, col_black); + RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0.0f); + sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S) * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much + sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2); + + // Render Hue Bar + for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i) + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), col_hues[i], col_hues[i], col_hues[i + 1], col_hues[i + 1]); + float bar0_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size); + RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f); + RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha); + } + + // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) + float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, col_midgrey, 12); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12); + + // Render alpha bar + if (alpha_bar) + { + float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]); + ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(draw_list, bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0, bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK); + float bar1_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size); + RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f); + RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha); + } + + EndGroup(); + + if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0) + value_changed = false; + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + + PopID(); + + return value_changed; +} + +// A little colored square. Return true when clicked. +// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. +// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. +// Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set. +bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); + float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + if (size.x == 0.0f) + size.x = default_size; + if (size.y == 0.0f) + size.y = default_size; + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf); + + ImVec4 col_rgb = col; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z); + + ImVec4 col_rgb_without_alpha(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, 1.0f); + float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f; + float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f); + ImRect bb_inner = bb; + float off = 0.0f; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0) + { + off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts. + bb_inner.Expand(off); + } + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f) + { + float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); + } + else + { + // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha + ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col_rgb : col_rgb_without_alpha; + if (col_source.w < 1.0f) + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); + else + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0) + { + if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) + RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding); + else + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border + } + + // Drag and Drop Source + // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test. + if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource()) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once); + else + SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once); + ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags); + SameLine(); + TextEx("Color"); + EndDragDropSource(); + } + + // Tooltip + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) + ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); + + return pressed; +} + +// Initialize/override default color options +void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + g.ColorEditOptions = flags; +} + +// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip); + const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; + if (text_end > text) + { + TextEx(text, text_end); + Separator(); + } + + ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); + ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); + int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); + ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); + SameLine(); + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + else + Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2]); + else + Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f, A: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]); + } + EndTooltip(); +} + +void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); + bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; + if (allow_opt_inputs) + { + if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; + if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; + if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; + } + if (allow_opt_datatype) + { + if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator(); + if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; + if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; + } + + if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype) + Separator(); + if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1,0))) + OpenPopup("Copy"); + if (BeginPopup("Copy")) + { + int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); + char buf[64]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + } + EndPopup(); + } + + g.ColorEditOptions = opts; + EndPopup(); +} + +void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (allow_opt_picker) + { + ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function + PushItemWidth(picker_size.x); + for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++) + { + // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection) + if (picker_type > 0) Separator(); + PushID(picker_type); + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview|(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; + if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; + ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos(); + if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup + g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos); + ImVec4 dummy_ref_col; + memcpy(&dummy_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4)); + ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags); + PopID(); + } + PopItemWidth(); + } + if (allow_opt_alpha_bar) + { + if (allow_opt_picker) Separator(); + CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", (unsigned int*)&g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + } + EndPopup(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TreeNode() +// - TreeNodeV() +// - TreeNodeEx() +// - TreeNodeExV() +// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal] +// - TreePush() +// - TreePop() +// - GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() +// - SetNextItemOpen() +// - CollapsingHeader() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) + return true; + + // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage; + + bool is_open; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen) + { + if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) + { + is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; + storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + } + else + { + // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently. + const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1); + if (stored_value == -1) + { + is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; + storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + } + else + { + is_open = stored_value != 0; + } + } + } + else + { + is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; + } + + // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior). + // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged. + if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef) < g.LogDepthToExpand) + is_open = true; + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0; + const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, style.FramePadding.y)); + + if (!label_end) + label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); + + // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. + const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2); + ImRect frame_bb; + frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; + frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + frame_bb.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height; + if (display_frame) + { + // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect + // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f) + frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f); + frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + } + + const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing + const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it + const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y); + ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y); + + // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing + ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb; + if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth)) == 0) + interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f; + + // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child. + // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). + // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. + const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; + bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); + if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + + bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; + window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb; + + if (!item_add) + { + if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + TreePushOverrideID(id); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + return is_open; + } + + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; + if (!is_leaf) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; + + // We allow clicking on the arrow section with keyboard modifiers held, in order to easily + // allow browsing a tree while preserving selection with code implementing multi-selection patterns. + // When clicking on the rest of the tree node we always disallow keyboard modifiers. + const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x; + const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x; + const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2); + if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; + + // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags. + // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support. + // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default) + // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseUp (when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=1) + // - Double-click on label = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1) + // - Double-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1 and _OpenOnArrow=0) + // This makes _OpenOnArrow have a subtle effect on _OpenOnDoubleClick: arrow click reacts on Down rather than Up. + // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up and we'd be tempted to make it the default + // (by removing the _OpenOnArrow test below), however this would have a perhaps surprising effect on CollapsingHeader()? + // So right now we are making this optional. May evolve later. + // We set ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease on OpenOnDoubleClick because we want the item to be active on the initial MouseDown in order for drag and drop to work. + if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; + else if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; + else + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + + bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0; + const bool was_selected = selected; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + bool toggled = false; + if (!is_leaf) + { + if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id) + { + if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id)) + toggled = true; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) + toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + toggled = true; + } + else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id) + { + IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold); + if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. + toggled = true; + } + + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) + { + toggled = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? + { + toggled = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + + if (toggled) + { + is_open = !is_open; + window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; + } + } + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. + if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + + // Render + const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin; + if (display_frame) + { + // Framed type + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); + else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text + text_pos.x -= text_offset_x; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) + frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; + if (g.LogEnabled) + { + // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here. + const char log_prefix[] = "\n##"; + const char log_suffix[] = "##"; + LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3); + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix, log_suffix+2); + } + else + { + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + } + } + else + { + // Unframed typed for tree nodes + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + } + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">"); + RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); + } + + if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + TreePushOverrideID(id); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + return is_open; +} + +void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush"); +} + +void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush"); +} + +void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::TreePop() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + Unindent(); + + window->DC.TreeDepth--; + ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + + // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) + { + SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; + + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. + PopID(); +} + +// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet() +float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); +} + +// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. +void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems) + return; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen; + g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open; + g.NextItemData.OpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag). +// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode(). +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); +} + +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + if (p_open && !*p_open) + return false; + + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; + if (p_open) + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; + bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); + if (p_open != NULL) + { + // Create a small overlapping close button + // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. + // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; + float button_size = g.FontSize; + float button_x = ImMax(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); + float button_y = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y; + if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)), ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) + *p_open = false; + last_item_backup.Restore(); + } + + return is_open; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Selectable() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. +// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id. +// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap are also frequently used flags. +// FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported. +bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped. + PushColumnsBackground(); + + // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle. + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + + // Fill horizontal space + const float min_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x : pos.x; + const float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x : GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; + if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth)) + size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x); + + // Text stays at the submission position, but bounding box may be extended on both sides + const ImVec2 text_min = pos; + const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); + + // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. + ImRect bb_enlarged(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); + const float spacing_x = style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; + const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + bb_enlarged.Min.x -= spacing_L; + bb_enlarged.Min.y -= spacing_U; + bb_enlarged.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); + bb_enlarged.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb_align.Min, bb_align.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); } + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb_enlarged.Min, bb_enlarged.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } + + bool item_add; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) + { + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; + window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + item_add = ItemAdd(bb_enlarged, id); + window->DC.ItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + } + else + { + item_add = ItemAdd(bb_enlarged, id); + } + if (!item_add) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PopColumnsBackground(); + return false; + } + + // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } + + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) + selected = false; + + const bool was_selected = selected; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_enlarged, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + + // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard + if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) + { + if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); + } + } + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. + if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + + // Render + if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld)) + hovered = true; + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(bb_enlarged.Min, bb_enlarged.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + RenderNavHighlight(bb_enlarged, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + } + + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PopColumnsBackground(); + + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb_enlarged); + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); + + // Automatically close popups + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + CloseCurrentPopup(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg)) + { + *p_selected = !*p_selected; + return true; + } + return false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ListBox() +// - ListBoxHeader() +// - ListBoxFooter() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: This is an old API. We should redesign some of it, rename ListBoxHeader->BeginListBox, ListBoxFooter->EndListBox +// and promote using them over existing ListBox() functions, similarly to change with combo boxes. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME: In principle this function should be called BeginListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. +// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right. +// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" +bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y); + ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); + ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); + ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy. + g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); + + if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + { + ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); + ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb); + return false; + } + + BeginGroup(); + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); + return true; +} + +// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. +bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. + // We add +25% worth of item height to allow the user to see at a glance if there are more items up/down, without looking at the scrollbar. + // We don't add this extra bit if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size. + // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution. + if (height_in_items < 0) + height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); + const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); + float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < items_count) ? (height_in_items + 0.25f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f); + + // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild(). + ImVec2 size; + size.x = 0.0f; + size.y = ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + return ListBoxHeader(label, size); +} + +// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. +void ImGui::ListBoxFooter() +{ + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow; + const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect; + const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); + + EndChildFrame(); + + // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect) + // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data + SameLine(); + parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; + ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); + EndGroup(); +} + +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items) +{ + const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items)) + return false; + + // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + { + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); + const char* item_text; + if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + + PushID(i); + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + { + *current_item = i; + value_changed = true; + } + if (item_selected) + SetItemDefaultFocus(); + PopID(); + } + ListBoxFooter(); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - PlotEx() [Internal] +// - PlotLines() +// - PlotHistogram() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return -1; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + if (frame_size.x == 0.0f) + frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth(); + if (frame_size.y == 0.0f) + frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2); + + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); + const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb)) + return -1; + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + + // Determine scale from values if not specified + if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX) + { + float v_min = FLT_MAX; + float v_max = -FLT_MAX; + for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++) + { + const float v = values_getter(data, i); + if (v != v) // Ignore NaN values + continue; + v_min = ImMin(v_min, v); + v_max = ImMax(v_max, v); + } + if (scale_min == FLT_MAX) + scale_min = v_min; + if (scale_max == FLT_MAX) + scale_max = v_max; + } + + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + + const int values_count_min = (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? 2 : 1; + int idx_hovered = -1; + if (values_count >= values_count_min) + { + int res_w = ImMin((int)frame_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); + int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); + + // Tooltip on hover + if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + { + const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f); + const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count); + IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count); + + const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count); + const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count); + if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) + SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1); + else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) + SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0); + idx_hovered = v_idx; + } + + const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w; + const float inv_scale = (scale_min == scale_max) ? 0.0f : (1.0f / (scale_max - scale_min)); + + float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count); + float t0 = 0.0f; + ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle + float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands + + const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram); + const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered); + + for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++) + { + const float t1 = t0 + t_step; + const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f); + IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count); + const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count); + const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); + + // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU. + ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0); + ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t)); + if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) + { + window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); + } + else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) + { + if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f) + pos1.x -= 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); + } + + t0 = t1; + tp0 = tp1; + } + } + + // Text overlay + if (overlay_text) + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); + + // Return hovered index or -1 if none are hovered. + // This is currently not exposed in the public API because we need a larger redesign of the whole thing, but in the short-term we are making it available in PlotEx(). + return idx_hovered; +} + +struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData +{ + const float* Values; + int Stride; + + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; } +}; + +static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data; + const float v = *(const float*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride); + return v; +} + +void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) +{ + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) +{ + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers +// Those is not very useful, legacy API. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Value() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b) +{ + Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false")); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v) +{ + Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v) +{ + Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) +{ + if (float_format) + { + char fmt[64]; + ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format); + Text(fmt, prefix, v); + } + else + { + Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImGuiMenuColumns [Internal] +// - BeginMenuBar() +// - EndMenuBar() +// - BeginMainMenuBar() +// - EndMainMenuBar() +// - BeginMenu() +// - EndMenu() +// - MenuItem() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helpers for internal use +ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns() +{ + Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; + memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos)); + memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); +} + +void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) +{ + IM_ASSERT(count == IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); + IM_UNUSED(count); + Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; + Spacing = spacing; + if (clear) + memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) + { + if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) + Width += Spacing; + Pos[i] = IM_FLOOR(Width); + Width += NextWidths[i]; + NextWidths[i] = 0.0f; + } +} + +float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double +{ + NextWidth = 0.0f; + NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0); + NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1); + NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) + NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f); + return ImMax(Width, NextWidth); +} + +float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const +{ + return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width); +} + +// FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere.. +// Currently the main responsibility of this function being to setup clip-rect + horizontal layout + menu navigation layer. +// Ideally we also want this to be responsible for claiming space out of the main window scrolling rectangle, in which case ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar will become unnecessary. +// Then later the same system could be used for multiple menu-bars, scrollbars, side-bars. +bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending); + BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore + PushID("##menubar"); + + // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect. + // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy. + ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); + ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y)); + clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped); + PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); + + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; + AlignTextToFramePadding(); + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings. + if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + { + ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow; + while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow; + if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + { + // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame. + // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost) + const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check + FocusWindow(window); + SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); + g.NavLayer = layer; + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending); + PopClipRect(); + PopID(); + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. + window->DC.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; + EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; +} + +// For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. +bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f)); + SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y + g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar(); + PopStyleVar(2); + g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (!is_open) + { + End(); + return false; + } + return true; //-V1020 +} + +void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() +{ + EndMenuBar(); + + // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window + // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL); + + End(); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + + // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + + // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin(). + // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame. + // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. a ImGuiStorager mapping key to last frame used. + if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id)) + { + if (menu_is_open) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + else + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return menu_is_open; + } + + // Tag menu as used. Next time BeginMenu() with same ID is called it will append to existing menu + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id); + + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + bool pressed; + bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()); + ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + if (menuset_is_open) + g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent) + + // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu, + // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup(). + // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering. + ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + { + // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar + // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. + // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin() + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + float w = label_size.x; + pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + PopStyleVar(); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + } + else + { + // Menu inside a menu + // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. + // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame + float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); + pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), text_col, ImGuiDir_Right); + } + + const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id); + if (menuset_is_open) + g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; + + bool want_open = false; + bool want_close = false; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + { + // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu + // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. + bool moving_toward_other_child_menu = false; + + ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + // FIXME-DPI: Values should be derived from a master "scale" factor. + ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); + ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta; + ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); + ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); + float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack. + ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f); + moving_toward_other_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] + } + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) + want_close = true; + + if (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed) // Click to open + want_open = true; + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) // Hover to open + want_open = true; + + if (g.NavActivateId == id) + { + want_close = menu_is_open; + want_open = !menu_is_open; + } + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open + { + want_open = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + else + { + // Menu bar + if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it + { + want_close = true; + want_open = menu_is_open = false; + } + else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others + { + want_open = true; + } + else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open + { + want_open = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + + if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }' + want_close = true; + if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + + if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) + { + // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. + OpenPopup(label); + return false; + } + + menu_is_open |= want_open; + if (want_open) + OpenPopup(label); + + if (menu_is_open) + { + SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + } + else + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + } + + return menu_is_open; +} + +void ImGui::EndMenu() +{ + // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close ourselves (the _parent_ menu). + // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs. + // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) + { + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + + EndPopup(); +} + +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73), + // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only. + ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled); + bool pressed; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + { + // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful + // Note that in this situation we render neither the shortcut neither the selected tick mark + float w = label_size.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + PopStyleVar(); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + } + else + { + // Menu item inside a vertical menu + // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. + // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. + float shortcut_w = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_w, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame + float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); + pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); + PopStyleColor(); + } + if (selected) + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f); + } + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled) +{ + if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) + { + if (p_selected) + *p_selected = !*p_selected; + return true; + } + return false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginTabBar() +// - BeginTabBarEx() [Internal] +// - EndTabBar() +// - TabBarLayout() [Internal] +// - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal] +// - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal] +// - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal] +// - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarScrollClamp()v +// - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal] +// - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal] +// - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace ImGui +{ + static void TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + static ImU32 TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); + static float TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); + static float TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling); + static void TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); +} + +ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar() +{ + ID = 0; + SelectedTabId = NextSelectedTabId = VisibleTabId = 0; + CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1; + LastTabContentHeight = 0.0f; + OffsetMax = OffsetMaxIdeal = OffsetNextTab = 0.0f; + ScrollingAnim = ScrollingTarget = ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; + Flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; + ReorderRequestTabId = 0; + ReorderRequestDir = 0; + WantLayout = VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; + LastTabItemIdx = -1; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; + const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; + return (int)(a->Offset - b->Offset); +} + +static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return ref.Ptr ? (ImGuiTabBar*)ref.Ptr : g.TabBars.GetByIndex(ref.Index); +} + +static ImGuiPtrOrIndex GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.TabBars.Contains(tab_bar)) + return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(g.TabBars.GetIndex(tab_bar)); + return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(tab_bar); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id); + ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); + tab_bar->ID = id; + return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags | ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) + PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID); + + // Add to stack + g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar)); + g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar; + + if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount) + { + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("BeginTabBarEx already called this frame\n", g.FrameCount); + IM_ASSERT(0); + return true; + } + + // When toggling back from ordered to manually-reorderable, shuffle tabs to enforce the last visible order. + // Otherwise, the most recently inserted tabs would move at the end of visible list which can be a little too confusing or magic for the user. + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1 && tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible != -1) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset); + + // Flags + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; + + tab_bar->Flags = flags; + tab_bar->BarRect = tab_bar_bb; + tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab() + tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible; + tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; + tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding; + + // Layout + ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x; + + // Draw separator + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive); + const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y - 1.0f; + { + const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f); + } + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndTabBar() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!"); + return; + } + if (tab_bar->WantLayout) + TabBarLayout(tab_bar); + + // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed(). + const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing) + tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, 0.0f); + else + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight; + + if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) + PopID(); + + g.CurrentTabBarStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back()); +} + +// This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab() +// The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions. +static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + tab_bar->WantLayout = false; + + // Garbage collect + int tab_dst_n = 0; + for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; + if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible) + { + if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; + continue; + } + if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n) + tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; + tab_dst_n++; + } + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n) + tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n); + + // Setup next selected tab + ImGuiID scroll_track_selected_tab_id = 0; + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId) + { + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; + } + + // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot). + if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0) + { + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId)) + { + //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools + int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir; + if (tab2_order >= 0 && tab2_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order]; + ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1; + *tab1 = *tab2; + *tab2 = item_tmp; + if (tab2->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) + scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab2->ID; + tab1 = tab2 = NULL; + } + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); + } + tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0; + } + + // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!) + const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0; + if (tab_list_popup_button) + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x! + scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + + // Compute ideal widths + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size); + float width_total_contents = 0.0f; + ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL; + bool found_selected_tab_id = false; + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible); + + if (most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) + most_recently_selected_tab = tab; + if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) + found_selected_tab_id = true; + + // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar. + // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, + // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. + const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true; + tab->ContentWidth = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; + + width_total_contents += (tab_n > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f) + tab->ContentWidth; + + // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index = tab_n; + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width = tab->ContentWidth; + } + + // Compute width + const float initial_offset_x = 0.0f; // g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + const float width_avail = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - initial_offset_x, 0.0f); + float width_excess = (width_avail < width_total_contents) ? (width_total_contents - width_avail) : 0.0f; + if (width_excess > 0.0f && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + { + // If we don't have enough room, resize down the largest tabs first + ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data, g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Size, width_excess); + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index].Width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); + } + else + { + const float tab_max_width = TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + tab->Width = ImMin(tab->ContentWidth, tab_max_width); + IM_ASSERT(tab->Width > 0.0f); + } + } + + // Layout all active tabs + float offset_x = initial_offset_x; + float offset_x_ideal = offset_x; + tab_bar->OffsetNextTab = offset_x; // This is used by non-reorderable tab bar where the submission order is always honored. + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + tab->Offset = offset_x; + if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID) + scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab->ID; + offset_x += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + offset_x_ideal += tab->ContentWidth + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + } + tab_bar->OffsetMax = ImMax(offset_x - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f); + tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal = ImMax(offset_x_ideal - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f); + + // Horizontal scrolling buttons + const bool scrolling_buttons = (tab_bar->OffsetMax > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + if (scrolling_buttons) + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x! + scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + + // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one + if (found_selected_tab_id == false) + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL) + scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID; + + // Lock in visible tab + tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; + tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; + + // Update scrolling + if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id) + if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_track_selected_tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab_id)) + TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab); + tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget); + if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget) + { + // Scrolling speed adjust itself so we can always reach our target in 1/3 seconds. + // Teleport if we are aiming far off the visible line + tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, 70.0f * g.FontSize); + tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, ImFabs(tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim) / 0.3f); + const bool teleport = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount) || (tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility > 10.0f * g.FontSize); + tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = teleport ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : ImLinearSweep(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget, g.IO.DeltaTime * tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed); + } + else + { + tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; + } + + // Clear name buffers + if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) + tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0); +} + +// Dockables uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack. +static ImU32 ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) +{ + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) + { + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(label); + KeepAliveID(id); + return id; + } + else + { + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(label); + } +} + +static float ImGui::TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize * 20.0f; +} + +ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) +{ + if (tab_id != 0) + for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++) + if (tab_bar->Tabs[n].ID == tab_id) + return &tab_bar->Tabs[n]; + return NULL; +} + +// The *TabId fields be already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless. +void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) +{ + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id)) + tab_bar->Tabs.erase(tab); + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; } +} + +// Called on manual closure attempt +void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + { + // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. + // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure + tab->LastFrameVisible = -1; + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + } + else if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) && (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + { + // Actually select before expecting closure + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; + } +} + +static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling) +{ + scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->OffsetMax - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()); + return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f); +} + +static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar) + int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab); + float tab_x1 = tab->Offset + (order > 0 ? -margin : 0.0f); + float tab_x2 = tab->Offset + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size ? margin : 1.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f; + if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth())) + { + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1; + } + else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) + { + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); + } +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir) +{ + IM_ASSERT(dir == -1 || dir == +1); + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); + tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = tab->ID; + tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir = (ImS8)dir; +} + +static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const ImVec2 arrow_button_size(g.FontSize - 2.0f, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + const float scrolling_buttons_width = arrow_button_size.x * 2.0f; + + const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); + + const ImRect avail_bar_rect = tab_bar->BarRect; + bool want_clip_rect = !avail_bar_rect.Contains(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(scrolling_buttons_width, 0.0f))); + if (want_clip_rect) + PushClipRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max + ImVec2(g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f), true); + + ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL; + + int select_dir = 0; + ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]; + arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; + + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + const float backup_repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; + const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate; + g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f; + g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + select_dir = -1; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + select_dir = +1; + PopStyleColor(2); + g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate; + g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay; + + if (want_clip_rect) + PopClipRect(); + + if (select_dir != 0) + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) + { + int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item); + int target_order = selected_order + select_dir; + tab_to_select = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible + } + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos; + tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f; + + return tab_to_select; +} + +static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // We use g.Style.FramePadding.y to match the square ArrowButton size + const float tab_list_popup_button_width = g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y; + const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - g.Style.FramePadding.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x += tab_list_popup_button_width; + + ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]; + arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview); + PopStyleColor(2); + + ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL; + if (open) + { + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID)) + tab_to_select = tab; + } + EndCombo(); + } + + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos; + return tab_to_select; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginTabItem() +// - EndTabItem() +// - TabItemEx() [Internal] +// - SetTabItemClosed() +// - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal] +// - TabItemBackground() [Internal] +// - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "BeginTabItem() Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + return false; + } + bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags); + if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; + PushOverrideID(tab->ID); // We already hashed 'label' so push into the ID stack directly instead of doing another hash through PushID(label) + } + return ret; +} + +void ImGui::EndTabItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar != NULL && "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0); + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; + if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) + window->IDStack.pop_back(); +} + +bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) +{ + // Layout whole tab bar if not already done + if (tab_bar->WantLayout) + TabBarLayout(tab_bar); + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label); + + // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render. We make a dummy call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID. + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + if (p_open && !*p_open) + { + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); + PopItemFlag(); + return false; + } + + // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented) + if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) + p_open = NULL; + else if (p_open == NULL) + flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton; + + // Calculate tab contents size + ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); + + // Acquire tab data + ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id); + bool tab_is_new = false; + if (tab == NULL) + { + tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem()); + tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back(); + tab->ID = id; + tab->Width = size.x; + tab_is_new = true; + } + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (short)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); + tab->ContentWidth = size.x; + + const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0; + const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; + tab->Flags = flags; + + // Append name with zero-terminator + tab->NameOffset = tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); + tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); + + // If we are not reorderable, always reset offset based on submission order. + // (We already handled layout and sizing using the previous known order, but sizing is not affected by order!) + if (!tab_appearing && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)) + { + tab->Offset = tab_bar->OffsetNextTab; + tab_bar->OffsetNextTab += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + } + + // Update selected tab + if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) + if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated + if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + + // Lock visibility + // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!) + bool tab_contents_visible = (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == id); + if (tab_contents_visible) + tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = true; + + // On the very first frame of a tab bar we let first tab contents be visible to minimize appearing glitches + if (!tab_contents_visible && tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar_appearing) + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1 && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs)) + tab_contents_visible = true; + + // Note that tab_is_new is not necessarily the same as tab_appearing! When a tab bar stops being submitted + // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'. + if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new)) + { + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); + PopItemFlag(); + return tab_contents_visible; + } + + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == id) + tab->LastFrameSelected = g.FrameCount; + + // Backup current layout position + const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + + // Layout + size.x = tab->Width; + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + + // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation) + bool want_clip_rect = (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x) || (bb.Max.x > tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x); + if (want_clip_rect) + PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, bb.Max.y), true); + + ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = backup_cursor_max_pos; + + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + { + if (want_clip_rect) + PopClipRect(); + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos; + return tab_contents_visible; + } + + // Click to Select a tab + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.DragDropActive) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + if (pressed) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + hovered |= (g.HoveredId == id); + + // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) + if (!held) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + // Drag and drop: re-order tabs + if (held && !tab_appearing && IsMouseDragging(0)) + { + if (!g.DragDropActive && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)) + { + // While moving a tab it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x) + { + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) + TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); + } + else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x) + { + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) + TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); + } + } + } + +#if 0 + if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) + { + // Enlarge tab display when hovering + bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); + display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive)); + } +#endif + + // Render tab shape + ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList; + const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused)); + TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + + // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget. + const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); + if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1))) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) + flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; + + // Render tab label, process close button + const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)) : 0; + bool just_closed = TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible); + if (just_closed && p_open != NULL) + { + *p_open = false; + TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab); + } + + // Restore main window position so user can draw there + if (want_clip_rect) + PopClipRect(); + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos; + + // Tooltip (FIXME: Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer) + // We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar (which g.HoveredId ignores) + if (g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && IsItemHovered()) + if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + + return tab_contents_visible; +} + +// [Public] This is call is 100% optional but it allows to remove some one-frame glitches when a tab has been unexpectedly removed. +// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() after BeginTabBar() and before any call to BeginTabItem(). +// Tabs closed by the close button will automatically be flagged to avoid this issue. +// FIXME: We should aim to support calling SetTabItemClosed() after the tab submission (for next frame) +void ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool is_within_manual_tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar && !(g.CurrentTabBar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode); + if (is_within_manual_tab_bar) + { + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->WantLayout); // Needs to be called AFTER BeginTabBar() and BEFORE the first call to BeginTabItem() + ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label); + TabBarRemoveTab(tab_bar, tab_id); + } +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + if (has_close_button) + size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle. + else + size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f; + return ImVec2(ImMin(size.x, TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()), size.y); +} + +void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col) +{ + // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const float width = bb.GetWidth(); + IM_UNUSED(flags); + IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f); + const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin(g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); + const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; + const float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f; + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2)); + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2)); + draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); + if (g.Style.TabBorderSize > 0.0f) + { + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + 0.5f, y2)); + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9); + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2)); + draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), false, g.Style.TabBorderSize); + } +} + +// Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic +// We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter. +bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f) + return false; + + // In Style V2 we'll have full override of all colors per state (e.g. focused, selected) + // But right now if you want to alter text color of tabs this is what you need to do. +#if 0 + const float backup_alpha = g.Style.Alpha; + if (!is_contents_visible) + g.Style.Alpha *= 0.7f; +#endif + + // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker + const char* TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER = "*"; + ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y); + if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) + { + text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= CalcTextSize(TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, false).x; + ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); + RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - frame_padding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL); + } + ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb; + + // Close Button + // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() + // 'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button + // 'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button + // 'g.ActiveId==close_button_id' will be true when we are holding on the close button, in which case both hovered booleans are false + bool close_button_pressed = false; + bool close_button_visible = false; + if (close_button_id != 0) + if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= g.Style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton) + if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) + close_button_visible = true; + if (close_button_visible) + { + ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; + const float close_button_sz = g.FontSize; + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y))) + close_button_pressed = true; + PopStyleVar(); + last_item_backup.Restore(); + + // Close with middle mouse button + if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2)) + close_button_pressed = true; + + text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_sz; + } + + float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f; + RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size); + +#if 0 + if (!is_contents_visible) + g.Style.Alpha = backup_alpha; +#endif + + return close_button_pressed; +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. +// In the current version, Columns are very weak. Needs to be replaced with a more full-featured system. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal] +// - GetColumnIndex() +// - GetColumnCount() +// - GetColumnOffset() +// - GetColumnWidth() +// - SetColumnOffset() +// - SetColumnWidth() +// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] +// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] +// - GetColumnsID() [Internal] +// - BeginColumns() +// - NextColumn() +// - EndColumns() +// - Columns() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences, +// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd. +// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let +// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once. +void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4(); + window->ClipRect = clip_rect; + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4; + window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm) +{ + return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset) +{ + return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; + +static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index) +{ + // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing + // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); + + float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; + x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) + x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + + return x; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return 0.0f; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); + return x_offset; +} + +static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) +{ + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + float offset_norm; + if (before_resize) + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; + else + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return GetContentRegionAvail().x; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count-1); + const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; + + if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) + offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); + columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); + + if (preserve_width) + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); +} + +void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; + PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) +void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0); +} + +void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); +} + +ImGuiColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +{ + // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) + return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; + + window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiColumns()); + ImGuiColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); + columns->ID = id; + return columns; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. + // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. + PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); + PopID(); + + return id; +} + +void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported + + // Acquire storage for the columns set + ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); + ImGuiColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); + IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); + columns->Current = 0; + columns->Count = columns_count; + columns->Flags = flags; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + + columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect; + columns->HostWorkRect = window->WorkRect; + + // Set state for first column + // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); + const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; + columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + + // Clear data if columns count changed + if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) + columns->Columns.resize(0); + + // Initialize default widths + columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); + if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) + { + columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiColumnData column; + column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; + columns->Columns.push_back(column); + } + } + + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + // Compute clipping rectangle + ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); + float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); + column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); + column->ClipRect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); + } + + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); + PushColumnClipRect(0); + } + + // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::NextColumn() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + + if (columns->Count == 1) + { + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); + return; + } + + // Next column + if (++columns->Current == columns->Count) + columns->Current = 0; + + PopItemWidth(); + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them), + ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current]; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); + + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (columns->Current > 0) + { + // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; + } + else + { + // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; + } + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::EndColumns() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + PopItemWidth(); + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + PopClipRect(); + columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList); + } + + const ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = columns->Flags; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent + + // Draw columns borders and handle resize + // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy + bool is_being_resized = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) + { + // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. + const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); + const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); + int dragging_column = -1; + for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) + { + ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); + const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); + const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; + const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); + KeepAliveID(column_id); + if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id, false)) + continue; + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) + { + ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); + if (hovered || held) + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; + if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) + dragging_column = n; + } + + // Draw column + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); + const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); + } + + // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. + if (dragging_column != -1) + { + if (!columns->IsBeingResized) + for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) + columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; + float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); + SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); + } + } + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; + + window->WorkRect = columns->HostWorkRect; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); +} + +// [2018-03: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing] +void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + + ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder); + //flags |= ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior + ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) + return; + + if (columns != NULL) + EndColumns(); + + if (columns_count != 1) + BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/libs/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h b/libs/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff2a85d --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h @@ -0,0 +1,639 @@ +// [DEAR IMGUI] +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.00. +// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: +// - Added STBRP__CDECL +// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. + +// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.00 - public domain - rectangle packing +// Sean Barrett 2014 +// +// Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas. +// Does not do rotation. +// +// Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than +// the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what +// this is meant to replace). +// +// Has only had a few tests run, may have issues. +// +// More docs to come. +// +// No memory allocations; uses qsort() and assert() from stdlib. +// Can override those by defining STBRP_SORT and STBRP_ASSERT. +// +// This library currently uses the Skyline Bottom-Left algorithm. +// +// Please note: better rectangle packers are welcome! Please +// implement them to the same API, but with a different init +// function. +// +// Credits +// +// Library +// Sean Barrett +// Minor features +// Martins Mozeiko +// github:IntellectualKitty +// +// Bugfixes / warning fixes +// Jeremy Jaussaud +// Fabian Giesen +// +// Version history: +// +// 1.00 (2019-02-25) avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles +// 0.99 (2019-02-07) warning fixes +// 0.11 (2017-03-03) return packing success/fail result +// 0.10 (2016-10-25) remove cast-away-const to avoid warnings +// 0.09 (2016-08-27) fix compiler warnings +// 0.08 (2015-09-13) really fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0) +// 0.07 (2015-09-13) fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0) +// 0.06 (2015-04-15) added STBRP_SORT to allow replacing qsort +// 0.05: added STBRP_ASSERT to allow replacing assert +// 0.04: fixed minor bug in STBRP_LARGE_RECTS support +// 0.01: initial release +// +// LICENSE +// +// See end of file for license information. + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// INCLUDE SECTION +// + +#ifndef STB_INCLUDE_STB_RECT_PACK_H +#define STB_INCLUDE_STB_RECT_PACK_H + +#define STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION 1 + +#ifdef STBRP_STATIC +#define STBRP_DEF static +#else +#define STBRP_DEF extern +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context; +typedef struct stbrp_node stbrp_node; +typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; + +#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS +typedef int stbrp_coord; +#else +typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord; +#endif + +STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); +// Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type +// 'stbrp_rect' defined below, stored in the array 'rects', and there +// are 'num_rects' many of them. +// +// Rectangles which are successfully packed have the 'was_packed' flag +// set to a non-zero value and 'x' and 'y' store the minimum location +// on each axis (i.e. bottom-left in cartesian coordinates, top-left +// if you imagine y increasing downwards). Rectangles which do not fit +// have the 'was_packed' flag set to 0. +// +// You should not try to access the 'rects' array from another thread +// while this function is running, as the function temporarily reorders +// the array while it executes. +// +// To pack into another rectangle, you need to call stbrp_init_target +// again. To continue packing into the same rectangle, you can call +// this function again. Calling this multiple times with multiple rect +// arrays will probably produce worse packing results than calling it +// a single time with the full rectangle array, but the option is +// available. +// +// The function returns 1 if all of the rectangles were successfully +// packed and 0 otherwise. + +struct stbrp_rect +{ + // reserved for your use: + int id; + + // input: + stbrp_coord w, h; + + // output: + stbrp_coord x, y; + int was_packed; // non-zero if valid packing + +}; // 16 bytes, nominally + + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target (stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes); +// Initialize a rectangle packer to: +// pack a rectangle that is 'width' by 'height' in dimensions +// using temporary storage provided by the array 'nodes', which is 'num_nodes' long +// +// You must call this function every time you start packing into a new target. +// +// There is no "shutdown" function. The 'nodes' memory must stay valid for +// the following stbrp_pack_rects() call (or calls), but can be freed after +// the call (or calls) finish. +// +// Note: to guarantee best results, either: +// 1. make sure 'num_nodes' >= 'width' +// or 2. call stbrp_allow_out_of_mem() defined below with 'allow_out_of_mem = 1' +// +// If you don't do either of the above things, widths will be quantized to multiples +// of small integers to guarantee the algorithm doesn't run out of temporary storage. +// +// If you do #2, then the non-quantized algorithm will be used, but the algorithm +// may run out of temporary storage and be unable to pack some rectangles. + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem (stbrp_context *context, int allow_out_of_mem); +// Optionally call this function after init but before doing any packing to +// change the handling of the out-of-temp-memory scenario, described above. +// If you call init again, this will be reset to the default (false). + + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_heuristic (stbrp_context *context, int heuristic); +// Optionally select which packing heuristic the library should use. Different +// heuristics will produce better/worse results for different data sets. +// If you call init again, this will be reset to the default. + +enum +{ + STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default=0, + STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight = STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default, + STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight +}; + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// the details of the following structures don't matter to you, but they must +// be visible so you can handle the memory allocations for them + +struct stbrp_node +{ + stbrp_coord x,y; + stbrp_node *next; +}; + +struct stbrp_context +{ + int width; + int height; + int align; + int init_mode; + int heuristic; + int num_nodes; + stbrp_node *active_head; + stbrp_node *free_head; + stbrp_node extra[2]; // we allocate two extra nodes so optimal user-node-count is 'width' not 'width+2' +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// IMPLEMENTATION SECTION +// + +#ifdef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef STBRP_SORT +#include +#define STBRP_SORT qsort +#endif + +#ifndef STBRP_ASSERT +#include +#define STBRP_ASSERT assert +#endif + +// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#define STBRP__CDECL +#endif + +enum +{ + STBRP__INIT_skyline = 1 +}; + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_heuristic(stbrp_context *context, int heuristic) +{ + switch (context->init_mode) { + case STBRP__INIT_skyline: + STBRP_ASSERT(heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight || heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight); + context->heuristic = heuristic; + break; + default: + STBRP_ASSERT(0); + } +} + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_out_of_mem) +{ + if (allow_out_of_mem) + // if it's ok to run out of memory, then don't bother aligning them; + // this gives better packing, but may fail due to OOM (even though + // the rectangles easily fit). @TODO a smarter approach would be to only + // quantize once we've hit OOM, then we could get rid of this parameter. + context->align = 1; + else { + // if it's not ok to run out of memory, then quantize the widths + // so that num_nodes is always enough nodes. + // + // I.e. num_nodes * align >= width + // align >= width / num_nodes + // align = ceil(width/num_nodes) + + context->align = (context->width + context->num_nodes-1) / context->num_nodes; + } +} + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) +{ + int i; +#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS + STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff); +#endif + + for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i) + nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1]; + nodes[i].next = NULL; + context->init_mode = STBRP__INIT_skyline; + context->heuristic = STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default; + context->free_head = &nodes[0]; + context->active_head = &context->extra[0]; + context->width = width; + context->height = height; + context->num_nodes = num_nodes; + stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(context, 0); + + // node 0 is the full width, node 1 is the sentinel (lets us not store width explicitly) + context->extra[0].x = 0; + context->extra[0].y = 0; + context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1]; + context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width; +#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS + context->extra[1].y = (1<<30); +#else + context->extra[1].y = 65535; +#endif + context->extra[1].next = NULL; +} + +// find minimum y position if it starts at x1 +static int stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(stbrp_context *c, stbrp_node *first, int x0, int width, int *pwaste) +{ + stbrp_node *node = first; + int x1 = x0 + width; + int min_y, visited_width, waste_area; + + STBRP__NOTUSED(c); + + STBRP_ASSERT(first->x <= x0); + + #if 0 + // skip in case we're past the node + while (node->next->x <= x0) + ++node; + #else + STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > x0); // we ended up handling this in the caller for efficiency + #endif + + STBRP_ASSERT(node->x <= x0); + + min_y = 0; + waste_area = 0; + visited_width = 0; + while (node->x < x1) { + if (node->y > min_y) { + // raise min_y higher. + // we've accounted for all waste up to min_y, + // but we'll now add more waste for everything we've visted + waste_area += visited_width * (node->y - min_y); + min_y = node->y; + // the first time through, visited_width might be reduced + if (node->x < x0) + visited_width += node->next->x - x0; + else + visited_width += node->next->x - node->x; + } else { + // add waste area + int under_width = node->next->x - node->x; + if (under_width + visited_width > width) + under_width = width - visited_width; + waste_area += under_width * (min_y - node->y); + visited_width += under_width; + } + node = node->next; + } + + *pwaste = waste_area; + return min_y; +} + +typedef struct +{ + int x,y; + stbrp_node **prev_link; +} stbrp__findresult; + +static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int width, int height) +{ + int best_waste = (1<<30), best_x, best_y = (1 << 30); + stbrp__findresult fr; + stbrp_node **prev, *node, *tail, **best = NULL; + + // align to multiple of c->align + width = (width + c->align - 1); + width -= width % c->align; + STBRP_ASSERT(width % c->align == 0); + + // if it can't possibly fit, bail immediately + if (width > c->width || height > c->height) { + fr.prev_link = NULL; + fr.x = fr.y = 0; + return fr; + } + + node = c->active_head; + prev = &c->active_head; + while (node->x + width <= c->width) { + int y,waste; + y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, node->x, width, &waste); + if (c->heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight) { // actually just want to test BL + // bottom left + if (y < best_y) { + best_y = y; + best = prev; + } + } else { + // best-fit + if (y + height <= c->height) { + // can only use it if it first vertically + if (y < best_y || (y == best_y && waste < best_waste)) { + best_y = y; + best_waste = waste; + best = prev; + } + } + } + prev = &node->next; + node = node->next; + } + + best_x = (best == NULL) ? 0 : (*best)->x; + + // if doing best-fit (BF), we also have to try aligning right edge to each node position + // + // e.g, if fitting + // + // ____________________ + // |____________________| + // + // into + // + // | | + // | ____________| + // |____________| + // + // then right-aligned reduces waste, but bottom-left BL is always chooses left-aligned + // + // This makes BF take about 2x the time + + if (c->heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight) { + tail = c->active_head; + node = c->active_head; + prev = &c->active_head; + // find first node that's admissible + while (tail->x < width) + tail = tail->next; + while (tail) { + int xpos = tail->x - width; + int y,waste; + STBRP_ASSERT(xpos >= 0); + // find the left position that matches this + while (node->next->x <= xpos) { + prev = &node->next; + node = node->next; + } + STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > xpos && node->x <= xpos); + y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, xpos, width, &waste); + if (y + height <= c->height) { + if (y <= best_y) { + if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) { + best_x = xpos; + STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); + best_y = y; + best_waste = waste; + best = prev; + } + } + } + tail = tail->next; + } + } + + fr.prev_link = best; + fr.x = best_x; + fr.y = best_y; + return fr; +} + +static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height) +{ + // find best position according to heuristic + stbrp__findresult res = stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(context, width, height); + stbrp_node *node, *cur; + + // bail if: + // 1. it failed + // 2. the best node doesn't fit (we don't always check this) + // 3. we're out of memory + if (res.prev_link == NULL || res.y + height > context->height || context->free_head == NULL) { + res.prev_link = NULL; + return res; + } + + // on success, create new node + node = context->free_head; + node->x = (stbrp_coord) res.x; + node->y = (stbrp_coord) (res.y + height); + + context->free_head = node->next; + + // insert the new node into the right starting point, and + // let 'cur' point to the remaining nodes needing to be + // stiched back in + + cur = *res.prev_link; + if (cur->x < res.x) { + // preserve the existing one, so start testing with the next one + stbrp_node *next = cur->next; + cur->next = node; + cur = next; + } else { + *res.prev_link = node; + } + + // from here, traverse cur and free the nodes, until we get to one + // that shouldn't be freed + while (cur->next && cur->next->x <= res.x + width) { + stbrp_node *next = cur->next; + // move the current node to the free list + cur->next = context->free_head; + context->free_head = cur; + cur = next; + } + + // stitch the list back in + node->next = cur; + + if (cur->x < res.x + width) + cur->x = (stbrp_coord) (res.x + width); + +#ifdef _DEBUG + cur = context->active_head; + while (cur->x < context->width) { + STBRP_ASSERT(cur->x < cur->next->x); + cur = cur->next; + } + STBRP_ASSERT(cur->next == NULL); + + { + int count=0; + cur = context->active_head; + while (cur) { + cur = cur->next; + ++count; + } + cur = context->free_head; + while (cur) { + cur = cur->next; + ++count; + } + STBRP_ASSERT(count == context->num_nodes+2); + } +#endif + + return res; +} + +// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL +static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; + const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; + if (p->h > q->h) + return -1; + if (p->h < q->h) + return 1; + return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w); +} + +// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL +static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; + const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; + return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed); +} + +#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffffffff +#else +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff +#endif + +STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) +{ + int i, all_rects_packed = 1; + + // we use the 'was_packed' field internally to allow sorting/unsorting + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { + rects[i].was_packed = i; + } + + // sort according to heuristic + STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_height_compare); + + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { + if (rects[i].w == 0 || rects[i].h == 0) { + rects[i].x = rects[i].y = 0; // empty rect needs no space + } else { + stbrp__findresult fr = stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(context, rects[i].w, rects[i].h); + if (fr.prev_link) { + rects[i].x = (stbrp_coord) fr.x; + rects[i].y = (stbrp_coord) fr.y; + } else { + rects[i].x = rects[i].y = STBRP__MAXVAL; + } + } + } + + // unsort + STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_original_order); + + // set was_packed flags and all_rects_packed status + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { + rects[i].was_packed = !(rects[i].x == STBRP__MAXVAL && rects[i].y == STBRP__MAXVAL); + if (!rects[i].was_packed) + all_rects_packed = 0; + } + + // return the all_rects_packed status + return all_rects_packed; +} +#endif + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/libs/imgui/imstb_textedit.h b/libs/imgui/imstb_textedit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2077d02 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -0,0 +1,1417 @@ +// [DEAR IMGUI] +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. +// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: +// - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) +// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. + +// stb_textedit.h - v1.13 - public domain - Sean Barrett +// Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools +// +// This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing +// widget; you implement display, word-wrapping, and low-level string +// insertion/deletion, and stb_textedit will map user inputs into +// insertions & deletions, plus updates to the cursor position, +// selection state, and undo state. +// +// It is intended for use in games and other systems that need to build +// their own custom widgets and which do not have heavy text-editing +// requirements (this library is not recommended for use for editing large +// texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo). +// +// Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls. +// +// +// LICENSE +// +// See end of file for license information. +// +// +// DEPENDENCIES +// +// Uses the C runtime function 'memmove', which you can override +// by defining STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation. +// Uses no other functions. Performs no runtime allocations. +// +// +// VERSION HISTORY +// +// 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management +// 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash +// 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield +// 1.10 (2016-10-25) supress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual +// 1.9 (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word +// 1.8 (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down +// 1.7 (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0 +// 1.6 (2015-04-15) allow STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +// 1.5 (2014-09-10) add support for secondary keys for OS X +// 1.4 (2014-08-17) fix signed/unsigned warnings +// 1.3 (2014-06-19) fix mouse clicking to round to nearest char boundary +// 1.2 (2014-05-27) fix some RAD types that had crept into the new code +// 1.1 (2013-12-15) move-by-word (requires STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE ) +// 1.0 (2012-07-26) improve documentation, initial public release +// 0.3 (2012-02-24) bugfixes, single-line mode; insert mode +// 0.2 (2011-11-28) fixes to undo/redo +// 0.1 (2010-07-08) initial version +// +// ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTORS +// +// Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1 +// Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5 +// Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove in 1.6 +// +// Bugfixes: +// Scott Graham +// Daniel Keller +// Omar Cornut +// Dan Thompson +// +// USAGE +// +// This file behaves differently depending on what symbols you define +// before including it. +// +// +// Header-file mode: +// +// If you do not define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION before including this, +// it will operate in "header file" mode. In this mode, it declares a +// single public symbol, STB_TexteditState, which encapsulates the current +// state of a text widget (except for the string, which you will store +// separately). +// +// To compile in this mode, you must define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE to a +// primitive type that defines a single character (e.g. char, wchar_t, etc). +// +// To save space or increase undo-ability, you can optionally define the +// following things that are used by the undo system: +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE small int type encoding a valid cursor position +// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT the number of undo states to allow +// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT the number of characters to store in the undo buffer +// +// If you don't define these, they are set to permissive types and +// moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so +// it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes): +// +// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT +// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT +// +// +// Implementation mode: +// +// If you define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION before including this, it +// will compile the implementation of the text edit widget, depending +// on a large number of symbols which must be defined before the include. +// +// The implementation is defined only as static functions. You will then +// need to provide your own APIs in the same file which will access the +// static functions. +// +// The basic concept is that you provide a "string" object which +// behaves like an array of characters. stb_textedit uses indices to +// refer to positions in the string, implicitly representing positions +// in the displayed textedit. This is true for both plain text and +// rich text; even with rich text stb_truetype interacts with your +// code as if there was an array of all the displayed characters. +// +// Symbols that must be the same in header-file and implementation mode: +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE the character type +// STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE small type that is a valid cursor position +// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT the number of undo states to allow +// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT the number of characters to store in the undo buffer +// +// Symbols you must define for implementation mode: +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING the type of object representing a string being edited, +// typically this is a wrapper object with other data you need +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(obj) the length of the string (ideally O(1)) +// STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r,obj,n) returns the results of laying out a line of characters +// starting from character #n (see discussion below) +// STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(obj,n,i) returns the pixel delta from the xpos of the i'th character +// to the xpos of the i+1'th char for a line of characters +// starting at character #n (i.e. accounts for kerning +// with previous char) +// STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(k) maps a keyboard input to an insertable character +// (return type is int, -1 means not valid to insert) +// STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(obj,i) returns the i'th character of obj, 0-based +// STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE the character returned by _GETCHAR() we recognize +// as manually wordwrapping for end-of-line positioning +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(obj,i,n) delete n characters starting at i +// STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(obj,i,c*,n) insert n characters at i (pointed to by STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE*) +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT a power of two that is or'd in to a keyboard input to represent the shift key +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT keyboard input to move cursor left +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP keyboard input to move cursor up +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN keyboard input to move cursor down +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of line // e.g. HOME +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of line // e.g. END +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // e.g. ctrl-HOME +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of text // e.g. ctrl-END +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO keyboard input to perform undo +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO keyboard input to perform redo +// +// Optional: +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT keyboard input to toggle insert mode +// STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE(ch) true if character is whitespace (e.g. 'isspace'), +// required for default WORDLEFT/WORDRIGHT handlers +// STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(obj,i) custom handler for WORDLEFT, returns index to move cursor to +// STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(obj,i) custom handler for WORDRIGHT, returns index to move cursor to +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT keyboard input to move cursor left one word // e.g. ctrl-LEFT +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right one word // e.g. ctrl-RIGHT +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of line +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of line +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of text +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of text +// +// Todo: +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page +// +// Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code +// and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must +// be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection, +// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. +// +// You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and +// then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example, +// my Windows implementations add an additional CONTROL bit, and an additional KEYDOWN +// bit. Then all of the STB_TEXTEDIT_K_ values bitwise-or in the KEYDOWN bit, +// and I pass both WM_KEYDOWN and WM_CHAR events to the "key" function in the +// API below. The control keys will only match WM_KEYDOWN events because of the +// keydown bit I add, and STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT only tests for the KEYDOWN +// bit so it only decodes WM_CHAR events. +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW returns information about the shape of one displayed +// row of characters assuming they start on the i'th character--the width and +// the height and the number of characters consumed. This allows this library +// to traverse the entire layout incrementally. You need to compute word-wrapping +// here. +// +// Each textfield keeps its own insert mode state, which is not how normal +// applications work. To keep an app-wide insert mode, update/copy the +// "insert_mode" field of STB_TexteditState before/after calling API functions. +// +// API +// +// void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line) +// +// void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +// void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +// int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +// int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) +// void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXEDIT_KEYTYPE key) +// +// Each of these functions potentially updates the string and updates the +// state. +// +// initialize_state: +// set the textedit state to a known good default state when initially +// constructing the textedit. +// +// click: +// call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor +// and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must +// be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left. +// +// drag: +// call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the +// cursor and the selection end point +// +// cut: +// call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was +// one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer. +// (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.) +// +// paste: +// call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current +// selection if there is one. +// +// key: +// call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it +// for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to +// do both (as in Win32), or distinguish Unicode characters from control +// inputs, set a high bit to distinguish the two; then you can define the +// various definitions like STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT have the is-key-event bit +// set, and make STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOCHAR check that the is-key-event bit is +// clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to +// anything other type you wante before including. +// +// +// When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from +// the STB_TexteditState. +// +// +// Notes: +// +// This is designed to be usable in IMGUI, so it allows for the possibility of +// running in an IMGUI that has NOT cached the multi-line layout. For this +// reason, it provides an interface that is compatible with computing the +// layout incrementally--we try to make sure we make as few passes through +// as possible. (For example, to locate the mouse pointer in the text, we +// could define functions that return the X and Y positions of characters +// and binary search Y and then X, but if we're doing dynamic layout this +// will run the layout algorithm many times, so instead we manually search +// forward in one pass. Similar logic applies to e.g. up-arrow and +// down-arrow movement.) +// +// If it's run in a widget that *has* cached the layout, then this is less +// efficient, but it's not horrible on modern computers. But you wouldn't +// want to edit million-line files with it. + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// Header-file mode +//// +//// + +#ifndef INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H +#define INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// STB_TexteditState +// +// Definition of STB_TexteditState which you should store +// per-textfield; it includes cursor position, selection state, +// and undo state. +// + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#endif +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#endif +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int +#endif +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int +#endif + +typedef struct +{ + // private data + STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; + STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE insert_length; + STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE delete_length; + int char_storage; +} StbUndoRecord; + +typedef struct +{ + // private data + StbUndoRecord undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; + short undo_point, redo_point; + int undo_char_point, redo_char_point; +} StbUndoState; + +typedef struct +{ + ///////////////////// + // + // public data + // + + int cursor; + // position of the text cursor within the string + + int select_start; // selection start point + int select_end; + // selection start and end point in characters; if equal, no selection. + // note that start may be less than or greater than end (e.g. when + // dragging the mouse, start is where the initial click was, and you + // can drag in either direction) + + unsigned char insert_mode; + // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide + // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state + + ///////////////////// + // + // private data + // + unsigned char cursor_at_end_of_line; // not implemented yet + unsigned char initialized; + unsigned char has_preferred_x; + unsigned char single_line; + unsigned char padding1, padding2, padding3; + float preferred_x; // this determines where the cursor up/down tries to seek to along x + StbUndoState undostate; +} STB_TexteditState; + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// StbTexteditRow +// +// Result of layout query, used by stb_textedit to determine where +// the text in each row is. + +// result of layout query +typedef struct +{ + float x0,x1; // starting x location, end x location (allows for align=right, etc) + float baseline_y_delta; // position of baseline relative to previous row's baseline + float ymin,ymax; // height of row above and below baseline + int num_chars; +} StbTexteditRow; +#endif //INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// Implementation mode +//// +//// + + +// implementation isn't include-guarded, since it might have indirectly +// included just the "header" portion +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +#include +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove +#endif + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Mouse input handling +// + +// traverse the layout to locate the nearest character to a display position +static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) +{ + StbTexteditRow r; + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + float base_y = 0, prev_x; + int i=0, k; + + r.x0 = r.x1 = 0; + r.ymin = r.ymax = 0; + r.num_chars = 0; + + // search rows to find one that straddles 'y' + while (i < n) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); + if (r.num_chars <= 0) + return n; + + if (i==0 && y < base_y + r.ymin) + return 0; + + if (y < base_y + r.ymax) + break; + + i += r.num_chars; + base_y += r.baseline_y_delta; + } + + // below all text, return 'after' last character + if (i >= n) + return n; + + // check if it's before the beginning of the line + if (x < r.x0) + return i; + + // check if it's before the end of the line + if (x < r.x1) { + // search characters in row for one that straddles 'x' + prev_x = r.x0; + for (k=0; k < r.num_chars; ++k) { + float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, i, k); + if (x < prev_x+w) { + if (x < prev_x+w/2) + return k+i; + else + return k+i+1; + } + prev_x += w; + } + // shouldn't happen, but if it does, fall through to end-of-line case + } + + // if the last character is a newline, return that. otherwise return 'after' the last character + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, i+r.num_chars-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + return i+r.num_chars-1; + else + return i+r.num_chars; +} + +// API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection +static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +{ + // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse + // goes off the top or bottom of the text + if( state->single_line ) + { + StbTexteditRow r; + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); + y = r.ymin; + } + + state->cursor = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y); + state->select_start = state->cursor; + state->select_end = state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; +} + +// API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location +static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +{ + int p = 0; + + // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse + // goes off the top or bottom of the text + if( state->single_line ) + { + StbTexteditRow r; + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); + y = r.ymin; + } + + if (state->select_start == state->select_end) + state->select_start = state->cursor; + + p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y); + state->cursor = state->select_end = p; +} + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Keyboard input handling +// + +// forward declarations +static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); +static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length); + +typedef struct +{ + float x,y; // position of n'th character + float height; // height of line + int first_char, length; // first char of row, and length + int prev_first; // first char of previous row +} StbFindState; + +// find the x/y location of a character, and remember info about the previous row in +// case we get a move-up event (for page up, we'll have to rescan) +static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line) +{ + StbTexteditRow r; + int prev_start = 0; + int z = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + int i=0, first; + + if (n == z) { + // if it's at the end, then find the last line -- simpler than trying to + // explicitly handle this case in the regular code + if (single_line) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); + find->y = 0; + find->first_char = 0; + find->length = z; + find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin; + find->x = r.x1; + } else { + find->y = 0; + find->x = 0; + find->height = 1; + while (i < z) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); + prev_start = i; + i += r.num_chars; + } + find->first_char = i; + find->length = 0; + find->prev_first = prev_start; + } + return; + } + + // search rows to find the one that straddles character n + find->y = 0; + + for(;;) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); + if (n < i + r.num_chars) + break; + prev_start = i; + i += r.num_chars; + find->y += r.baseline_y_delta; + } + + find->first_char = first = i; + find->length = r.num_chars; + find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin; + find->prev_first = prev_start; + + // now scan to find xpos + find->x = r.x0; + for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i) + find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i); +} + +#define STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(s) ((s)->select_start != (s)->select_end) + +// make the selection/cursor state valid if client altered the string +static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + if (state->select_start > n) state->select_start = n; + if (state->select_end > n) state->select_end = n; + // if clamping forced them to be equal, move the cursor to match + if (state->select_start == state->select_end) + state->cursor = state->select_start; + } + if (state->cursor > n) state->cursor = n; +} + +// delete characters while updating undo +static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len) +{ + stb_text_makeundo_delete(str, state, where, len); + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, where, len); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; +} + +// delete the section +static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + if (state->select_start < state->select_end) { + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->select_start, state->select_end - state->select_start); + state->select_end = state->cursor = state->select_start; + } else { + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->select_end, state->select_start - state->select_end); + state->select_start = state->cursor = state->select_end; + } + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } +} + +// canoncialize the selection so start <= end +static void stb_textedit_sortselection(STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (state->select_end < state->select_start) { + int temp = state->select_end; + state->select_end = state->select_start; + state->select_start = temp; + } +} + +// move cursor to first character of selection +static void stb_textedit_move_to_first(STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + stb_textedit_sortselection(state); + state->cursor = state->select_start; + state->select_end = state->select_start; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } +} + +// move cursor to last character of selection +static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + stb_textedit_sortselection(state); + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + state->cursor = state->select_end; + state->select_start = state->select_end; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } +} + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE +static int is_word_boundary( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx ) +{ + return idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str,idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, idx) ) ) : 1; +} + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +{ + --c; // always move at least one character + while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) ) + --c; + + if( c < 0 ) + c = 0; + + return c; +} +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous +#endif + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +{ + const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + ++c; // always move at least one character + while( c < len && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) ) + ++c; + + if( c > len ) + c = len; + + return c; +} +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT stb_textedit_move_to_word_next +#endif + +#endif + +// update selection and cursor to match each other +static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + state->select_start = state->select_end = state->cursor; + else + state->cursor = state->select_end; +} + +// API cut: delete selection +static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +// API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text +static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) +{ + // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); + // try to insert the characters + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, text, len)) { + stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, len); + state->cursor += len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + return 1; + } + // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters + if (state->undostate.undo_point) + --state->undostate.undo_point; + return 0; +} + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE int +#endif + +// API key: process a keyboard input +static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key) +{ +retry: + switch (key) { + default: { + int c = STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(key); + if (c > 0) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c; + + // can't add newline in single-line mode + if (c == '\n' && state->single_line) + break; + + if (state->insert_mode && !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state) && state->cursor < STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str)) { + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, state->cursor, 1, 1); + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, state->cursor, 1); + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { + ++state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } + } else { + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { + stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1); + ++state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } + } + } + break; + } + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT: + state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode; + break; +#endif + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO: + stb_text_undo(str, state); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO: + stb_text_redo(str, state); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT: + // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + else + if (state->cursor > 0) + --state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT: + // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to end of selection + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); + else + ++state->cursor; + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + // move selection left + if (state->select_end > 0) + --state->select_end; + state->cursor = state->select_end; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT: + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + else { + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor); + stb_textedit_clamp( str, state ); + } + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) ) + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor); + state->select_end = state->cursor; + + stb_textedit_clamp( str, state ); + break; +#endif + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT: + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); + else { + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor); + stb_textedit_clamp( str, state ); + } + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) ) + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor); + state->select_end = state->cursor; + + stb_textedit_clamp( str, state ); + break; +#endif + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + // move selection right + ++state->select_end; + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + state->cursor = state->select_end; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + StbFindState find; + StbTexteditRow row; + int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + + if (state->single_line) { + // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right + key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + goto retry; + } + + if (sel) + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state); + + // compute current position of cursor point + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); + + // now find character position down a row + if (find.length) { + float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; + float x; + int start = find.first_char + find.length; + state->cursor = start; + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); + x = row.x0; + for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { + float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, start, i); + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + break; + #endif + x += dx; + if (x > goal_x) + break; + ++state->cursor; + } + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + + state->has_preferred_x = 1; + state->preferred_x = goal_x; + + if (sel) + state->select_end = state->cursor; + } + break; + } + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + StbFindState find; + StbTexteditRow row; + int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + + if (state->single_line) { + // on windows, up&down become left&right + key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + goto retry; + } + + if (sel) + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + + // compute current position of cursor point + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); + + // can only go up if there's a previous row + if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) { + // now find character position up a row + float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; + float x; + state->cursor = find.prev_first; + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); + x = row.x0; + for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { + float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, find.prev_first, i); + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + break; + #endif + x += dx; + if (x > goal_x) + break; + ++state->cursor; + } + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + + state->has_preferred_x = 1; + state->preferred_x = goal_x; + + if (sel) + state->select_end = state->cursor; + } + break; + } + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str, state); + else { + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + if (state->cursor < n) + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor, 1); + } + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str, state); + else { + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + if (state->cursor > 0) { + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor-1, 1); + --state->cursor; + } + } + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART: + state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND: + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + state->cursor = state->select_end = 0; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + state->cursor = state->select_end = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART: + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + if (state->single_line) + state->cursor = 0; + else while (state->cursor > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + --state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND: { + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + if (state->single_line) + state->cursor = n; + else while (state->cursor < n && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + ++state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + } + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + if (state->single_line) + state->cursor = 0; + else while (state->cursor > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + --state->cursor; + state->select_end = state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + if (state->single_line) + state->cursor = n; + else while (state->cursor < n && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + ++state->cursor; + state->select_end = state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + } + +// @TODO: +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP - move cursor up a page +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN - move cursor down a page + } +} + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Undo processing +// +// @OPTIMIZE: the undo/redo buffer should be circular + +static void stb_textedit_flush_redo(StbUndoState *state) +{ + state->redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; +} + +// discard the oldest entry in the undo list +static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) +{ + if (state->undo_point > 0) { + // if the 0th undo state has characters, clean those up + if (state->undo_rec[0].char_storage >= 0) { + int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i; + // delete n characters from all other records + state->undo_char_point -= n; + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i) + if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) + state->undo_rec[i].char_storage -= n; // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it + } + --state->undo_point; + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); + } +} + +// discard the oldest entry in the redo list--it's bad if this +// ever happens, but because undo & redo have to store the actual +// characters in different cases, the redo character buffer can +// fill up even though the undo buffer didn't +static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) +{ + int k = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1; + + if (state->redo_point <= k) { + // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up + if (state->undo_rec[k].char_storage >= 0) { + int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i; + // move the remaining redo character data to the end of the buffer + state->redo_char_point += n; + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + // adjust the position of all the other records to account for above memmove + for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i) + if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) + state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n; + } + // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point' + // {DEAR IMGUI] + size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); + const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin; + const char* buf_end = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end; + IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin); + IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end); + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size); + + // now move redo_point to point to the new one + ++state->redo_point; + } +} + +static StbUndoRecord *stb_text_create_undo_record(StbUndoState *state, int numchars) +{ + // any time we create a new undo record, we discard redo + stb_textedit_flush_redo(state); + + // if we have no free records, we have to make room, by sliding the + // existing records down + if (state->undo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); + + // if the characters to store won't possibly fit in the buffer, we can't undo + if (numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + state->undo_point = 0; + state->undo_char_point = 0; + return NULL; + } + + // if we don't have enough free characters in the buffer, we have to make room + while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) + stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); + + return &state->undo_rec[state->undo_point++]; +} + +static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len) +{ + StbUndoRecord *r = stb_text_create_undo_record(state, insert_len); + if (r == NULL) + return NULL; + + r->where = pos; + r->insert_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len; + r->delete_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len; + + if (insert_len == 0) { + r->char_storage = -1; + return NULL; + } else { + r->char_storage = state->undo_char_point; + state->undo_char_point += insert_len; + return &state->undo_char[r->char_storage]; + } +} + +static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; + StbUndoRecord u, *r; + if (s->undo_point == 0) + return; + + // we need to do two things: apply the undo record, and create a redo record + u = s->undo_rec[s->undo_point-1]; + r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1]; + r->char_storage = -1; + + r->insert_length = u.delete_length; + r->delete_length = u.insert_length; + r->where = u.where; + + if (u.delete_length) { + // if the undo record says to delete characters, then the redo record will + // need to re-insert the characters that get deleted, so we need to store + // them. + + // there are three cases: + // there's enough room to store the characters + // characters stored for *redoing* don't leave room for redo + // characters stored for *undoing* don't leave room for redo + // if the last is true, we have to bail + + if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + // the undo records take up too much character space; there's no space to store the redo characters + r->insert_length = 0; + } else { + int i; + + // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually + while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) { + // should never happen: + if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + return; + // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record + stb_textedit_discard_redo(s); + } + r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1]; + + r->char_storage = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length; + s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length; + + // now save the characters + for (i=0; i < u.delete_length; ++i) + s->undo_char[r->char_storage + i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, u.where + i); + } + + // now we can carry out the deletion + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, u.where, u.delete_length); + } + + // check type of recorded action: + if (u.insert_length) { + // easy case: was a deletion, so we need to insert n characters + STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, u.where, &s->undo_char[u.char_storage], u.insert_length); + s->undo_char_point -= u.insert_length; + } + + state->cursor = u.where + u.insert_length; + + s->undo_point--; + s->redo_point--; +} + +static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; + StbUndoRecord *u, r; + if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + return; + + // we need to do two things: apply the redo record, and create an undo record + u = &s->undo_rec[s->undo_point]; + r = s->undo_rec[s->redo_point]; + + // we KNOW there must be room for the undo record, because the redo record + // was derived from an undo record + + u->delete_length = r.insert_length; + u->insert_length = r.delete_length; + u->where = r.where; + u->char_storage = -1; + + if (r.delete_length) { + // the redo record requires us to delete characters, so the undo record + // needs to store the characters + + if (s->undo_char_point + u->insert_length > s->redo_char_point) { + u->insert_length = 0; + u->delete_length = 0; + } else { + int i; + u->char_storage = s->undo_char_point; + s->undo_char_point = s->undo_char_point + u->insert_length; + + // now save the characters + for (i=0; i < u->insert_length; ++i) + s->undo_char[u->char_storage + i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, u->where + i); + } + + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, r.where, r.delete_length); + } + + if (r.insert_length) { + // easy case: need to insert n characters + STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, r.where, &s->undo_char[r.char_storage], r.insert_length); + s->redo_char_point += r.insert_length; + } + + state->cursor = r.where + r.insert_length; + + s->undo_point++; + s->redo_point++; +} + +static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) +{ + stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, 0, length); +} + +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) +{ + int i; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0); + if (p) { + for (i=0; i < length; ++i) + p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); + } +} + +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length) +{ + int i; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length); + if (p) { + for (i=0; i < old_length; ++i) + p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); + } +} + +// reset the state to default +static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line) +{ + state->undostate.undo_point = 0; + state->undostate.undo_char_point = 0; + state->undostate.redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->undostate.redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; + state->select_end = state->select_start = 0; + state->cursor = 0; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + state->preferred_x = 0; + state->cursor_at_end_of_line = 0; + state->initialized = 1; + state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line; + state->insert_mode = 0; +} + +// API initialize +static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line) +{ + stb_textedit_clear_state(state, is_single_line); +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" +#endif + +static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) +{ + return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len); +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +#endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/libs/imgui/imstb_truetype.h b/libs/imgui/imstb_truetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4bdbd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imstb_truetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,4903 @@ +// [DEAR IMGUI] +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20. +// Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings. +// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. + +// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain +// authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// +// This library processes TrueType files: +// parse files +// extract glyph metrics +// extract glyph shapes +// render glyphs to one-channel bitmaps with antialiasing (box filter) +// render glyphs to one-channel SDF bitmaps (signed-distance field/function) +// +// Todo: +// non-MS cmaps +// crashproof on bad data +// hinting? (no longer patented) +// cleartype-style AA? +// optimize: use simple memory allocator for intermediates +// optimize: build edge-list directly from curves +// optimize: rasterize directly from curves? +// +// ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTORS +// +// Mikko Mononen: compound shape support, more cmap formats +// Tor Andersson: kerning, subpixel rendering +// Dougall Johnson: OpenType / Type 2 font handling +// Daniel Ribeiro Maciel: basic GPOS-based kerning +// +// Misc other: +// Ryan Gordon +// Simon Glass +// github:IntellectualKitty +// Imanol Celaya +// Daniel Ribeiro Maciel +// +// Bug/warning reports/fixes: +// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen +// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko +// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat +// Brian Hook Omar Cornut +// Walter van Niftrik github:aloucks +// David Gow Peter LaValle +// David Given Sergey Popov +// Ivan-Assen Ivanov Giumo X. Clanjor +// Anthony Pesch Higor Euripedes +// Johan Duparc Thomas Fields +// Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard +// Rob Loach Cort Stratton +// Kenney Phillis Jr. github:oyvindjam +// Brian Costabile github:vassvik +// +// VERSION HISTORY +// +// 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() +// 1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod +// 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function +// 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix +// 1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support +// 1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const +// 1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function +// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts +// 1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual +// 1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning +// 1.10 (2016-04-02) user-defined fabs(); rare memory leak; remove duplicate typedef +// 1.09 (2016-01-16) warning fix; avoid crash on outofmem; use allocation userdata properly +// 1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges +// 1.07 (2015-08-01) allow PackFontRanges to accept arrays of sparse codepoints; +// variant PackFontRanges to pack and render in separate phases; +// fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?); +// fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer +// replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer +// +// Full history can be found at the end of this file. +// +// LICENSE +// +// See end of file for license information. +// +// USAGE +// +// Include this file in whatever places need to refer to it. In ONE C/C++ +// file, write: +// #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +// before the #include of this file. This expands out the actual +// implementation into that C/C++ file. +// +// To make the implementation private to the file that generates the implementation, +// #define STBTT_STATIC +// +// Simple 3D API (don't ship this, but it's fine for tools and quick start) +// stbtt_BakeFontBitmap() -- bake a font to a bitmap for use as texture +// stbtt_GetBakedQuad() -- compute quad to draw for a given char +// +// Improved 3D API (more shippable): +// #include "stb_rect_pack.h" -- optional, but you really want it +// stbtt_PackBegin() +// stbtt_PackSetOversampling() -- for improved quality on small fonts +// stbtt_PackFontRanges() -- pack and renders +// stbtt_PackEnd() +// stbtt_GetPackedQuad() +// +// "Load" a font file from a memory buffer (you have to keep the buffer loaded) +// stbtt_InitFont() +// stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex() -- indexing for TTC font collections +// stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts() -- number of fonts for TTC font collections +// +// Render a unicode codepoint to a bitmap +// stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap() -- allocates and returns a bitmap +// stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap() -- renders into bitmap you provide +// stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox() -- how big the bitmap must be +// +// Character advance/positioning +// stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics() +// stbtt_GetFontVMetrics() +// stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2() +// stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance() +// +// Starting with version 1.06, the rasterizer was replaced with a new, +// faster and generally-more-precise rasterizer. The new rasterizer more +// accurately measures pixel coverage for anti-aliasing, except in the case +// where multiple shapes overlap, in which case it overestimates the AA pixel +// coverage. Thus, anti-aliasing of intersecting shapes may look wrong. If +// this turns out to be a problem, you can re-enable the old rasterizer with +// #define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 1 +// which will incur about a 15% speed hit. +// +// ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION +// +// Immediately after this block comment are a series of sample programs. +// +// After the sample programs is the "header file" section. This section +// includes documentation for each API function. +// +// Some important concepts to understand to use this library: +// +// Codepoint +// Characters are defined by unicode codepoints, e.g. 65 is +// uppercase A, 231 is lowercase c with a cedilla, 0x7e30 is +// the hiragana for "ma". +// +// Glyph +// A visual character shape (every codepoint is rendered as +// some glyph) +// +// Glyph index +// A font-specific integer ID representing a glyph +// +// Baseline +// Glyph shapes are defined relative to a baseline, which is the +// bottom of uppercase characters. Characters extend both above +// and below the baseline. +// +// Current Point +// As you draw text to the screen, you keep track of a "current point" +// which is the origin of each character. The current point's vertical +// position is the baseline. Even "baked fonts" use this model. +// +// Vertical Font Metrics +// The vertical qualities of the font, used to vertically position +// and space the characters. See docs for stbtt_GetFontVMetrics. +// +// Font Size in Pixels or Points +// The preferred interface for specifying font sizes in stb_truetype +// is to specify how tall the font's vertical extent should be in pixels. +// If that sounds good enough, skip the next paragraph. +// +// Most font APIs instead use "points", which are a common typographic +// measurement for describing font size, defined as 72 points per inch. +// stb_truetype provides a point API for compatibility. However, true +// "per inch" conventions don't make much sense on computer displays +// since different monitors have different number of pixels per +// inch. For example, Windows traditionally uses a convention that +// there are 96 pixels per inch, thus making 'inch' measurements have +// nothing to do with inches, and thus effectively defining a point to +// be 1.333 pixels. Additionally, the TrueType font data provides +// an explicit scale factor to scale a given font's glyphs to points, +// but the author has observed that this scale factor is often wrong +// for non-commercial fonts, thus making fonts scaled in points +// according to the TrueType spec incoherently sized in practice. +// +// DETAILED USAGE: +// +// Scale: +// Select how high you want the font to be, in points or pixels. +// Call ScaleForPixelHeight or ScaleForMappingEmToPixels to compute +// a scale factor SF that will be used by all other functions. +// +// Baseline: +// You need to select a y-coordinate that is the baseline of where +// your text will appear. Call GetFontBoundingBox to get the baseline-relative +// bounding box for all characters. SF*-y0 will be the distance in pixels +// that the worst-case character could extend above the baseline, so if +// you want the top edge of characters to appear at the top of the +// screen where y=0, then you would set the baseline to SF*-y0. +// +// Current point: +// Set the current point where the first character will appear. The +// first character could extend left of the current point; this is font +// dependent. You can either choose a current point that is the leftmost +// point and hope, or add some padding, or check the bounding box or +// left-side-bearing of the first character to be displayed and set +// the current point based on that. +// +// Displaying a character: +// Compute the bounding box of the character. It will contain signed values +// relative to . I.e. if it returns x0,y0,x1,y1, +// then the character should be displayed in the rectangle from +// to = 32 && *text < 128) { + stbtt_aligned_quad q; + stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9 + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); + } + ++text; + } + glEnd(); +} +#endif +// +// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Complete program (this compiles): get a single bitmap, print as ASCII art +// +#if 0 +#include +#define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // force following include to generate implementation +#include "stb_truetype.h" + +char ttf_buffer[1<<25]; + +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + stbtt_fontinfo font; + unsigned char *bitmap; + int w,h,i,j,c = (argc > 1 ? atoi(argv[1]) : 'a'), s = (argc > 2 ? atoi(argv[2]) : 20); + + fread(ttf_buffer, 1, 1<<25, fopen(argc > 3 ? argv[3] : "c:/windows/fonts/arialbd.ttf", "rb")); + + stbtt_InitFont(&font, ttf_buffer, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(ttf_buffer,0)); + bitmap = stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(&font, 0,stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&font, s), c, &w, &h, 0,0); + + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) + putchar(" .:ioVM@"[bitmap[j*w+i]>>5]); + putchar('\n'); + } + return 0; +} +#endif +// +// Output: +// +// .ii. +// @@@@@@. +// V@Mio@@o +// :i. V@V +// :oM@@M +// :@@@MM@M +// @@o o@M +// :@@. M@M +// @@@o@@@@ +// :M@@V:@@. +// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs +// +#if 0 +char buffer[24<<20]; +unsigned char screen[20][79]; + +int main(int arg, char **argv) +{ + stbtt_fontinfo font; + int i,j,ascent,baseline,ch=0; + float scale, xpos=2; // leave a little padding in case the character extends left + char *text = "Heljo World!"; // intentionally misspelled to show 'lj' brokenness + + fread(buffer, 1, 1000000, fopen("c:/windows/fonts/arialbd.ttf", "rb")); + stbtt_InitFont(&font, buffer, 0); + + scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&font, 15); + stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&font, &ascent,0,0); + baseline = (int) (ascent*scale); + + while (text[ch]) { + int advance,lsb,x0,y0,x1,y1; + float x_shift = xpos - (float) floor(xpos); + stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(&font, text[ch], &advance, &lsb); + stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(&font, text[ch], scale,scale,x_shift,0, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(&font, &screen[baseline + y0][(int) xpos + x0], x1-x0,y1-y0, 79, scale,scale,x_shift,0, text[ch]); + // note that this stomps the old data, so where character boxes overlap (e.g. 'lj') it's wrong + // because this API is really for baking character bitmaps into textures. if you want to render + // a sequence of characters, you really need to render each bitmap to a temp buffer, then + // "alpha blend" that into the working buffer + xpos += (advance * scale); + if (text[ch+1]) + xpos += scale*stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(&font, text[ch],text[ch+1]); + ++ch; + } + + for (j=0; j < 20; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < 78; ++i) + putchar(" .:ioVM@"[screen[j][i]>>5]); + putchar('\n'); + } + + return 0; +} +#endif + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// INTEGRATION WITH YOUR CODEBASE +//// +//// The following sections allow you to supply alternate definitions +//// of C library functions used by stb_truetype, e.g. if you don't +//// link with the C runtime library. + +#ifdef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION + // #define your own (u)stbtt_int8/16/32 before including to override this + #ifndef stbtt_uint8 + typedef unsigned char stbtt_uint8; + typedef signed char stbtt_int8; + typedef unsigned short stbtt_uint16; + typedef signed short stbtt_int16; + typedef unsigned int stbtt_uint32; + typedef signed int stbtt_int32; + #endif + + typedef char stbtt__check_size32[sizeof(stbtt_int32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; + typedef char stbtt__check_size16[sizeof(stbtt_int16)==2 ? 1 : -1]; + + // e.g. #define your own STBTT_ifloor/STBTT_iceil() to avoid math.h + #ifndef STBTT_ifloor + #include + #define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int) floor(x)) + #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int) ceil(x)) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_sqrt + #include + #define STBTT_sqrt(x) sqrt(x) + #define STBTT_pow(x,y) pow(x,y) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_fmod + #include + #define STBTT_fmod(x,y) fmod(x,y) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_cos + #include + #define STBTT_cos(x) cos(x) + #define STBTT_acos(x) acos(x) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_fabs + #include + #define STBTT_fabs(x) fabs(x) + #endif + + // #define your own functions "STBTT_malloc" / "STBTT_free" to avoid malloc.h + #ifndef STBTT_malloc + #include + #define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u),malloc(x)) + #define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u),free(x)) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_assert + #include + #define STBTT_assert(x) assert(x) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_strlen + #include + #define STBTT_strlen(x) strlen(x) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_memcpy + #include + #define STBTT_memcpy memcpy + #define STBTT_memset memset + #endif +#endif + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// INTERFACE +//// +//// + +#ifndef __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ +#define __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ + +#ifdef STBTT_STATIC +#define STBTT_DEF static +#else +#define STBTT_DEF extern +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// private structure +typedef struct +{ + unsigned char *data; + int cursor; + int size; +} stbtt__buf; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// TEXTURE BAKING API +// +// If you use this API, you only have to call two functions ever. +// + +typedef struct +{ + unsigned short x0,y0,x1,y1; // coordinates of bbox in bitmap + float xoff,yoff,xadvance; +} stbtt_bakedchar; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf) + float pixel_height, // height of font in pixels + unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, // bitmap to be filled in + int first_char, int num_chars, // characters to bake + stbtt_bakedchar *chardata); // you allocate this, it's num_chars long +// if return is positive, the first unused row of the bitmap +// if return is negative, returns the negative of the number of characters that fit +// if return is 0, no characters fit and no rows were used +// This uses a very crappy packing. + +typedef struct +{ + float x0,y0,s0,t0; // top-left + float x1,y1,s1,t1; // bottom-right +} stbtt_aligned_quad; + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above + int char_index, // character to display + float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space + stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw + int opengl_fillrule); // true if opengl fill rule; false if DX9 or earlier +// Call GetBakedQuad with char_index = 'character - first_char', and it +// creates the quad you need to draw and advances the current position. +// +// The coordinate system used assumes y increases downwards. +// +// Characters will extend both above and below the current position; +// see discussion of "BASELINE" above. +// +// It's inefficient; you might want to c&p it and optimize it. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap); +// Query the font vertical metrics without having to create a font first. + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// NEW TEXTURE BAKING API +// +// This provides options for packing multiple fonts into one atlas, not +// perfectly but better than nothing. + +typedef struct +{ + unsigned short x0,y0,x1,y1; // coordinates of bbox in bitmap + float xoff,yoff,xadvance; + float xoff2,yoff2; +} stbtt_packedchar; + +typedef struct stbtt_pack_context stbtt_pack_context; +typedef struct stbtt_fontinfo stbtt_fontinfo; +#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION +typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; +#endif + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int width, int height, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context); +// Initializes a packing context stored in the passed-in stbtt_pack_context. +// Future calls using this context will pack characters into the bitmap passed +// in here: a 1-channel bitmap that is width * height. stride_in_bytes is +// the distance from one row to the next (or 0 to mean they are packed tightly +// together). "padding" is the amount of padding to leave between each +// character (normally you want '1' for bitmaps you'll use as textures with +// bilinear filtering). +// +// Returns 0 on failure, 1 on success. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd (stbtt_pack_context *spc); +// Cleans up the packing context and frees all memory. + +#define STBTT_POINT_SIZE(x) (-(x)) + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, + int first_unicode_char_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range); +// Creates character bitmaps from the font_index'th font found in fontdata (use +// font_index=0 if you don't know what that is). It creates num_chars_in_range +// bitmaps for characters with unicode values starting at first_unicode_char_in_range +// and increasing. Data for how to render them is stored in chardata_for_range; +// pass these to stbtt_GetPackedQuad to get back renderable quads. +// +// font_size is the full height of the character from ascender to descender, +// as computed by stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight. To use a point size as computed +// by stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels, wrap the point size in STBTT_POINT_SIZE() +// and pass that result as 'font_size': +// ..., 20 , ... // font max minus min y is 20 pixels tall +// ..., STBTT_POINT_SIZE(20), ... // 'M' is 20 pixels tall + +typedef struct +{ + float font_size; + int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range; // if non-zero, then the chars are continuous, and this is the first codepoint + int *array_of_unicode_codepoints; // if non-zero, then this is an array of unicode codepoints + int num_chars; + stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range; // output + unsigned char h_oversample, v_oversample; // don't set these, they're used internally +} stbtt_pack_range; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges); +// Creates character bitmaps from multiple ranges of characters stored in +// ranges. This will usually create a better-packed bitmap than multiple +// calls to stbtt_PackFontRange. Note that you can call this multiple +// times within a single PackBegin/PackEnd. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h_oversample, unsigned int v_oversample); +// Oversampling a font increases the quality by allowing higher-quality subpixel +// positioning, and is especially valuable at smaller text sizes. +// +// This function sets the amount of oversampling for all following calls to +// stbtt_PackFontRange(s) or stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects for a given +// pack context. The default (no oversampling) is achieved by h_oversample=1 +// and v_oversample=1. The total number of pixels required is +// h_oversample*v_oversample larger than the default; for example, 2x2 +// oversampling requires 4x the storage of 1x1. For best results, render +// oversampled textures with bilinear filtering. Look at the readme in +// stb/tests/oversample for information about oversampled fonts +// +// To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls +// call to PackFontRangesGatherRects. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip); +// If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which +// there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then +// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph, +// typically an empty box by convention. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above + int char_index, // character to display + float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space + stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw + int align_to_integer); + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects); +// Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling +// stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple +// fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look +// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version +// using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times, +// building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once, +// then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a +// better packing than calling PackFontRanges multiple times +// (or it may not). + +// this is an opaque structure that you shouldn't mess with which holds +// all the context needed from PackBegin to PackEnd. +struct stbtt_pack_context { + void *user_allocator_context; + void *pack_info; + int width; + int height; + int stride_in_bytes; + int padding; + int skip_missing; + unsigned int h_oversample, v_oversample; + unsigned char *pixels; + void *nodes; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// FONT LOADING +// +// + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data); +// This function will determine the number of fonts in a font file. TrueType +// collection (.ttc) files may contain multiple fonts, while TrueType font +// (.ttf) files only contain one font. The number of fonts can be used for +// indexing with the previous function where the index is between zero and one +// less than the total fonts. If an error occurs, -1 is returned. + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index); +// Each .ttf/.ttc file may have more than one font. Each font has a sequential +// index number starting from 0. Call this function to get the font offset for +// a given index; it returns -1 if the index is out of range. A regular .ttf +// file will only define one font and it always be at offset 0, so it will +// return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices. + +// The following structure is defined publicly so you can declare one on +// the stack or as a global or etc, but you should treat it as opaque. +struct stbtt_fontinfo +{ + void * userdata; + unsigned char * data; // pointer to .ttf file + int fontstart; // offset of start of font + + int numGlyphs; // number of glyphs, needed for range checking + + int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf + int index_map; // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding + int indexToLocFormat; // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph + + stbtt__buf cff; // cff font data + stbtt__buf charstrings; // the charstring index + stbtt__buf gsubrs; // global charstring subroutines index + stbtt__buf subrs; // private charstring subroutines index + stbtt__buf fontdicts; // array of font dicts + stbtt__buf fdselect; // map from glyph to fontdict +}; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset); +// Given an offset into the file that defines a font, this function builds +// the necessary cached info for the rest of the system. You must allocate +// the stbtt_fontinfo yourself, and stbtt_InitFont will fill it out. You don't +// need to do anything special to free it, because the contents are pure +// value data with no additional data structures. Returns 0 on failure. + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// CHARACTER TO GLYPH-INDEX CONVERSIOn + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint); +// If you're going to perform multiple operations on the same character +// and you want a speed-up, call this function with the character you're +// going to process, then use glyph-based functions instead of the +// codepoint-based functions. +// Returns 0 if the character codepoint is not defined in the font. + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// CHARACTER PROPERTIES +// + +STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels); +// computes a scale factor to produce a font whose "height" is 'pixels' tall. +// Height is measured as the distance from the highest ascender to the lowest +// descender; in other words, it's equivalent to calling stbtt_GetFontVMetrics +// and computing: +// scale = pixels / (ascent - descent) +// so if you prefer to measure height by the ascent only, use a similar calculation. + +STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels); +// computes a scale factor to produce a font whose EM size is mapped to +// 'pixels' tall. This is probably what traditional APIs compute, but +// I'm not positive. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineGap); +// ascent is the coordinate above the baseline the font extends; descent +// is the coordinate below the baseline the font extends (i.e. it is typically negative) +// lineGap is the spacing between one row's descent and the next row's ascent... +// so you should advance the vertical position by "*ascent - *descent + *lineGap" +// these are expressed in unscaled coordinates, so you must multiply by +// the scale factor for a given size + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap); +// analogous to GetFontVMetrics, but returns the "typographic" values from the OS/2 +// table (specific to MS/Windows TTF files). +// +// Returns 1 on success (table present), 0 on failure. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); +// the bounding box around all possible characters + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing); +// leftSideBearing is the offset from the current horizontal position to the left edge of the character +// advanceWidth is the offset from the current horizontal position to the next horizontal position +// these are expressed in unscaled coordinates + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2); +// an additional amount to add to the 'advance' value between ch1 and ch2 + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); +// Gets the bounding box of the visible part of the glyph, in unscaled coordinates + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); +// as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// GLYPH SHAPES (you probably don't need these, but they have to go before +// the bitmaps for C declaration-order reasons) +// + +#ifndef STBTT_vmove // you can predefine these to use different values (but why?) + enum { + STBTT_vmove=1, + STBTT_vline, + STBTT_vcurve, + STBTT_vcubic + }; +#endif + +#ifndef stbtt_vertex // you can predefine this to use different values + // (we share this with other code at RAD) + #define stbtt_vertex_type short // can't use stbtt_int16 because that's not visible in the header file + typedef struct + { + stbtt_vertex_type x,y,cx,cy,cx1,cy1; + unsigned char type,padding; + } stbtt_vertex; +#endif + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index); +// returns non-zero if nothing is drawn for this glyph + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, stbtt_vertex **vertices); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **vertices); +// returns # of vertices and fills *vertices with the pointer to them +// these are expressed in "unscaled" coordinates +// +// The shape is a series of contours. Each one starts with +// a STBTT_moveto, then consists of a series of mixed +// STBTT_lineto and STBTT_curveto segments. A lineto +// draws a line from previous endpoint to its x,y; a curveto +// draws a quadratic bezier from previous endpoint to +// its x,y, using cx,cy as the bezier control point. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices); +// frees the data allocated above + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// BITMAP RENDERING +// + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeBitmap(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata); +// frees the bitmap allocated below + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +// allocates a large-enough single-channel 8bpp bitmap and renders the +// specified character/glyph at the specified scale into it, with +// antialiasing. 0 is no coverage (transparent), 255 is fully covered (opaque). +// *width & *height are filled out with the width & height of the bitmap, +// which is stored left-to-right, top-to-bottom. +// +// xoff/yoff are the offset it pixel space from the glyph origin to the top-left of the bitmap + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +// the same as stbtt_GetCodepoitnBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel +// shift for the character + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint); +// the same as stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap, but you pass in storage for the bitmap +// in the form of 'output', with row spacing of 'out_stride' bytes. the bitmap +// is clipped to out_w/out_h bytes. Call stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox to get the +// width and height and positioning info for it first. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint); +// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel +// shift for the character + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint); +// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel, but prefiltering +// is performed (see stbtt_PackSetOversampling) + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); +// get the bbox of the bitmap centered around the glyph origin; so the +// bitmap width is ix1-ix0, height is iy1-iy0, and location to place +// the bitmap top left is (leftSideBearing*scale,iy0). +// (Note that the bitmap uses y-increases-down, but the shape uses +// y-increases-up, so CodepointBitmapBox and CodepointBox are inverted.) + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); +// same as stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox, but you can specify a subpixel +// shift for the character + +// the following functions are equivalent to the above functions, but operate +// on glyph indices instead of Unicode codepoints (for efficiency) +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); + + +// @TODO: don't expose this structure +typedef struct +{ + int w,h,stride; + unsigned char *pixels; +} stbtt__bitmap; + +// rasterize a shape with quadratic beziers into a bitmap +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, // 1-channel bitmap to draw into + float flatness_in_pixels, // allowable error of curve in pixels + stbtt_vertex *vertices, // array of vertices defining shape + int num_verts, // number of vertices in above array + float scale_x, float scale_y, // scale applied to input vertices + float shift_x, float shift_y, // translation applied to input vertices + int x_off, int y_off, // another translation applied to input + int invert, // if non-zero, vertically flip shape + void *userdata); // context for to STBTT_MALLOC + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Signed Distance Function (or Field) rendering + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata); +// frees the SDF bitmap allocated below + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +// These functions compute a discretized SDF field for a single character, suitable for storing +// in a single-channel texture, sampling with bilinear filtering, and testing against +// larger than some threshold to produce scalable fonts. +// info -- the font +// scale -- controls the size of the resulting SDF bitmap, same as it would be creating a regular bitmap +// glyph/codepoint -- the character to generate the SDF for +// padding -- extra "pixels" around the character which are filled with the distance to the character (not 0), +// which allows effects like bit outlines +// onedge_value -- value 0-255 to test the SDF against to reconstruct the character (i.e. the isocontour of the character) +// pixel_dist_scale -- what value the SDF should increase by when moving one SDF "pixel" away from the edge (on the 0..255 scale) +// if positive, > onedge_value is inside; if negative, < onedge_value is inside +// width,height -- output height & width of the SDF bitmap (including padding) +// xoff,yoff -- output origin of the character +// return value -- a 2D array of bytes 0..255, width*height in size +// +// pixel_dist_scale & onedge_value are a scale & bias that allows you to make +// optimal use of the limited 0..255 for your application, trading off precision +// and special effects. SDF values outside the range 0..255 are clamped to 0..255. +// +// Example: +// scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(22) +// padding = 5 +// onedge_value = 180 +// pixel_dist_scale = 180/5.0 = 36.0 +// +// This will create an SDF bitmap in which the character is about 22 pixels +// high but the whole bitmap is about 22+5+5=32 pixels high. To produce a filled +// shape, sample the SDF at each pixel and fill the pixel if the SDF value +// is greater than or equal to 180/255. (You'll actually want to antialias, +// which is beyond the scope of this example.) Additionally, you can compute +// offset outlines (e.g. to stroke the character border inside & outside, +// or only outside). For example, to fill outside the character up to 3 SDF +// pixels, you would compare against (180-36.0*3)/255 = 72/255. The above +// choice of variables maps a range from 5 pixels outside the shape to +// 2 pixels inside the shape to 0..255; this is intended primarily for apply +// outside effects only (the interior range is needed to allow proper +// antialiasing of the font at *smaller* sizes) +// +// The function computes the SDF analytically at each SDF pixel, not by e.g. +// building a higher-res bitmap and approximating it. In theory the quality +// should be as high as possible for an SDF of this size & representation, but +// unclear if this is true in practice (perhaps building a higher-res bitmap +// and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention). +// +// The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow +// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. + + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Finding the right font... +// +// You should really just solve this offline, keep your own tables +// of what font is what, and don't try to get it out of the .ttf file. +// That's because getting it out of the .ttf file is really hard, because +// the names in the file can appear in many possible encodings, in many +// possible languages, and e.g. if you need a case-insensitive comparison, +// the details of that depend on the encoding & language in a complex way +// (actually underspecified in truetype, but also gigantic). +// +// But you can use the provided functions in two possible ways: +// stbtt_FindMatchingFont() will use *case-sensitive* comparisons on +// unicode-encoded names to try to find the font you want; +// you can run this before calling stbtt_InitFont() +// +// stbtt_GetFontNameString() lets you get any of the various strings +// from the file yourself and do your own comparisons on them. +// You have to have called stbtt_InitFont() first. + + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *fontdata, const char *name, int flags); +// returns the offset (not index) of the font that matches, or -1 if none +// if you use STBTT_MACSTYLE_DONTCARE, use a font name like "Arial Bold". +// if you use any other flag, use a font name like "Arial"; this checks +// the 'macStyle' header field; i don't know if fonts set this consistently +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_DONTCARE 0 +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_BOLD 1 +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_ITALIC 2 +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_UNDERSCORE 4 +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_NONE 8 // <= not same as 0, this makes us check the bitfield is 0 + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2); +// returns 1/0 whether the first string interpreted as utf8 is identical to +// the second string interpreted as big-endian utf16... useful for strings from next func + +STBTT_DEF const char *stbtt_GetFontNameString(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int *length, int platformID, int encodingID, int languageID, int nameID); +// returns the string (which may be big-endian double byte, e.g. for unicode) +// and puts the length in bytes in *length. +// +// some of the values for the IDs are below; for more see the truetype spec: +// http://developer.apple.com/textfonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html +// http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/name.htm + +enum { // platformID + STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE =0, + STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC =1, + STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_ISO =2, + STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT =3 +}; + +enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_1_0 =0, + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_1_1 =1, + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_ISO_10646 =2, + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_2_0_BMP=3, + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_2_0_FULL=4 +}; + +enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT + STBTT_MS_EID_SYMBOL =0, + STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_BMP =1, + STBTT_MS_EID_SHIFTJIS =2, + STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_FULL =10 +}; + +enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC; same as Script Manager codes + STBTT_MAC_EID_ROMAN =0, STBTT_MAC_EID_ARABIC =4, + STBTT_MAC_EID_JAPANESE =1, STBTT_MAC_EID_HEBREW =5, + STBTT_MAC_EID_CHINESE_TRAD =2, STBTT_MAC_EID_GREEK =6, + STBTT_MAC_EID_KOREAN =3, STBTT_MAC_EID_RUSSIAN =7 +}; + +enum { // languageID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT; same as LCID... + // problematic because there are e.g. 16 english LCIDs and 16 arabic LCIDs + STBTT_MS_LANG_ENGLISH =0x0409, STBTT_MS_LANG_ITALIAN =0x0410, + STBTT_MS_LANG_CHINESE =0x0804, STBTT_MS_LANG_JAPANESE =0x0411, + STBTT_MS_LANG_DUTCH =0x0413, STBTT_MS_LANG_KOREAN =0x0412, + STBTT_MS_LANG_FRENCH =0x040c, STBTT_MS_LANG_RUSSIAN =0x0419, + STBTT_MS_LANG_GERMAN =0x0407, STBTT_MS_LANG_SPANISH =0x0409, + STBTT_MS_LANG_HEBREW =0x040d, STBTT_MS_LANG_SWEDISH =0x041D +}; + +enum { // languageID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC + STBTT_MAC_LANG_ENGLISH =0 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_JAPANESE =11, + STBTT_MAC_LANG_ARABIC =12, STBTT_MAC_LANG_KOREAN =23, + STBTT_MAC_LANG_DUTCH =4 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_RUSSIAN =32, + STBTT_MAC_LANG_FRENCH =1 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_SPANISH =6 , + STBTT_MAC_LANG_GERMAN =2 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_SWEDISH =5 , + STBTT_MAC_LANG_HEBREW =10, STBTT_MAC_LANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED =33, + STBTT_MAC_LANG_ITALIAN =3 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_CHINESE_TRAD =19 +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// IMPLEMENTATION +//// +//// + +#ifdef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION + +#ifndef STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE +#define STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE 8 +#endif + +#if STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE > 255 +#error "STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE cannot be > 255" +#endif + +typedef int stbtt__test_oversample_pow2[(STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE & (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1)) == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +#ifndef STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION +#define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 2 +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// stbtt__buf helpers to parse data from file +// + +static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_get8(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + if (b->cursor >= b->size) + return 0; + return b->data[b->cursor++]; +} + +static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_peek8(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + if (b->cursor >= b->size) + return 0; + return b->data[b->cursor]; +} + +static void stbtt__buf_seek(stbtt__buf *b, int o) +{ + STBTT_assert(!(o > b->size || o < 0)); + b->cursor = (o > b->size || o < 0) ? b->size : o; +} + +static void stbtt__buf_skip(stbtt__buf *b, int o) +{ + stbtt__buf_seek(b, b->cursor + o); +} + +static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__buf_get(stbtt__buf *b, int n) +{ + stbtt_uint32 v = 0; + int i; + STBTT_assert(n >= 1 && n <= 4); + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + v = (v << 8) | stbtt__buf_get8(b); + return v; +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__new_buf(const void *p, size_t size) +{ + stbtt__buf r; + STBTT_assert(size < 0x40000000); + r.data = (stbtt_uint8*) p; + r.size = (int) size; + r.cursor = 0; + return r; +} + +#define stbtt__buf_get16(b) stbtt__buf_get((b), 2) +#define stbtt__buf_get32(b) stbtt__buf_get((b), 4) + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__buf_range(const stbtt__buf *b, int o, int s) +{ + stbtt__buf r = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + if (o < 0 || s < 0 || o > b->size || s > b->size - o) return r; + r.data = b->data + o; + r.size = s; + return r; +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_get_index(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + int count, start, offsize; + start = b->cursor; + count = stbtt__buf_get16(b); + if (count) { + offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(b); + STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4); + stbtt__buf_skip(b, offsize * count); + stbtt__buf_skip(b, stbtt__buf_get(b, offsize) - 1); + } + return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, b->cursor - start); +} + +static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__cff_int(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + int b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(b); + if (b0 >= 32 && b0 <= 246) return b0 - 139; + else if (b0 >= 247 && b0 <= 250) return (b0 - 247)*256 + stbtt__buf_get8(b) + 108; + else if (b0 >= 251 && b0 <= 254) return -(b0 - 251)*256 - stbtt__buf_get8(b) - 108; + else if (b0 == 28) return stbtt__buf_get16(b); + else if (b0 == 29) return stbtt__buf_get32(b); + STBTT_assert(0); + return 0; +} + +static void stbtt__cff_skip_operand(stbtt__buf *b) { + int v, b0 = stbtt__buf_peek8(b); + STBTT_assert(b0 >= 28); + if (b0 == 30) { + stbtt__buf_skip(b, 1); + while (b->cursor < b->size) { + v = stbtt__buf_get8(b); + if ((v & 0xF) == 0xF || (v >> 4) == 0xF) + break; + } + } else { + stbtt__cff_int(b); + } +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__dict_get(stbtt__buf *b, int key) +{ + stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0); + while (b->cursor < b->size) { + int start = b->cursor, end, op; + while (stbtt__buf_peek8(b) >= 28) + stbtt__cff_skip_operand(b); + end = b->cursor; + op = stbtt__buf_get8(b); + if (op == 12) op = stbtt__buf_get8(b) | 0x100; + if (op == key) return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, end-start); + } + return stbtt__buf_range(b, 0, 0); +} + +static void stbtt__dict_get_ints(stbtt__buf *b, int key, int outcount, stbtt_uint32 *out) +{ + int i; + stbtt__buf operands = stbtt__dict_get(b, key); + for (i = 0; i < outcount && operands.cursor < operands.size; i++) + out[i] = stbtt__cff_int(&operands); +} + +static int stbtt__cff_index_count(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0); + return stbtt__buf_get16(b); +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_index_get(stbtt__buf b, int i) +{ + int count, offsize, start, end; + stbtt__buf_seek(&b, 0); + count = stbtt__buf_get16(&b); + offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); + STBTT_assert(i >= 0 && i < count); + STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4); + stbtt__buf_skip(&b, i*offsize); + start = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize); + end = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize); + return stbtt__buf_range(&b, 2+(count+1)*offsize+start, end - start); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// accessors to parse data from file +// + +// on platforms that don't allow misaligned reads, if we want to allow +// truetype fonts that aren't padded to alignment, define ALLOW_UNALIGNED_TRUETYPE + +#define ttBYTE(p) (* (stbtt_uint8 *) (p)) +#define ttCHAR(p) (* (stbtt_int8 *) (p)) +#define ttFixed(p) ttLONG(p) + +static stbtt_uint16 ttUSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; } +static stbtt_int16 ttSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; } +static stbtt_uint32 ttULONG(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; } +static stbtt_int32 ttLONG(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; } + +#define stbtt_tag4(p,c0,c1,c2,c3) ((p)[0] == (c0) && (p)[1] == (c1) && (p)[2] == (c2) && (p)[3] == (c3)) +#define stbtt_tag(p,str) stbtt_tag4(p,str[0],str[1],str[2],str[3]) + +static int stbtt__isfont(stbtt_uint8 *font) +{ + // check the version number + if (stbtt_tag4(font, '1',0,0,0)) return 1; // TrueType 1 + if (stbtt_tag(font, "typ1")) return 1; // TrueType with type 1 font -- we don't support this! + if (stbtt_tag(font, "OTTO")) return 1; // OpenType with CFF + if (stbtt_tag4(font, 0,1,0,0)) return 1; // OpenType 1.0 + if (stbtt_tag(font, "true")) return 1; // Apple specification for TrueType fonts + return 0; +} + +// @OPTIMIZE: binary search +static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__find_table(stbtt_uint8 *data, stbtt_uint32 fontstart, const char *tag) +{ + stbtt_int32 num_tables = ttUSHORT(data+fontstart+4); + stbtt_uint32 tabledir = fontstart + 12; + stbtt_int32 i; + for (i=0; i < num_tables; ++i) { + stbtt_uint32 loc = tabledir + 16*i; + if (stbtt_tag(data+loc+0, tag)) + return ttULONG(data+loc+8); + } + return 0; +} + +static int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, int index) +{ + // if it's just a font, there's only one valid index + if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection)) + return index == 0 ? 0 : -1; + + // check if it's a TTC + if (stbtt_tag(font_collection, "ttcf")) { + // version 1? + if (ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00010000 || ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00020000) { + stbtt_int32 n = ttLONG(font_collection+8); + if (index >= n) + return -1; + return ttULONG(font_collection+12+index*4); + } + } + return -1; +} + +static int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal(unsigned char *font_collection) +{ + // if it's just a font, there's only one valid font + if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection)) + return 1; + + // check if it's a TTC + if (stbtt_tag(font_collection, "ttcf")) { + // version 1? + if (ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00010000 || ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00020000) { + return ttLONG(font_collection+8); + } + } + return 0; +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subrs(stbtt__buf cff, stbtt__buf fontdict) +{ + stbtt_uint32 subrsoff = 0, private_loc[2] = { 0, 0 }; + stbtt__buf pdict; + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&fontdict, 18, 2, private_loc); + if (!private_loc[1] || !private_loc[0]) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + pdict = stbtt__buf_range(&cff, private_loc[1], private_loc[0]); + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&pdict, 19, 1, &subrsoff); + if (!subrsoff) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + stbtt__buf_seek(&cff, private_loc[1]+subrsoff); + return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff); +} + +static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart) +{ + stbtt_uint32 cmap, t; + stbtt_int32 i,numTables; + + info->data = data; + info->fontstart = fontstart; + info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + + cmap = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "cmap"); // required + info->loca = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "loca"); // required + info->head = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "head"); // required + info->glyf = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "glyf"); // required + info->hhea = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hhea"); // required + info->hmtx = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hmtx"); // required + info->kern = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "kern"); // not required + info->gpos = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "GPOS"); // not required + + if (!cmap || !info->head || !info->hhea || !info->hmtx) + return 0; + if (info->glyf) { + // required for truetype + if (!info->loca) return 0; + } else { + // initialization for CFF / Type2 fonts (OTF) + stbtt__buf b, topdict, topdictidx; + stbtt_uint32 cstype = 2, charstrings = 0, fdarrayoff = 0, fdselectoff = 0; + stbtt_uint32 cff; + + cff = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "CFF "); + if (!cff) return 0; + + info->fontdicts = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + info->fdselect = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + + // @TODO this should use size from table (not 512MB) + info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(data+cff, 512*1024*1024); + b = info->cff; + + // read the header + stbtt__buf_skip(&b, 2); + stbtt__buf_seek(&b, stbtt__buf_get8(&b)); // hdrsize + + // @TODO the name INDEX could list multiple fonts, + // but we just use the first one. + stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); // name INDEX + topdictidx = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); + topdict = stbtt__cff_index_get(topdictidx, 0); + stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); // string INDEX + info->gsubrs = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); + + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 17, 1, &charstrings); + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 6, 1, &cstype); + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 36, 1, &fdarrayoff); + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 37, 1, &fdselectoff); + info->subrs = stbtt__get_subrs(b, topdict); + + // we only support Type 2 charstrings + if (cstype != 2) return 0; + if (charstrings == 0) return 0; + + if (fdarrayoff) { + // looks like a CID font + if (!fdselectoff) return 0; + stbtt__buf_seek(&b, fdarrayoff); + info->fontdicts = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); + info->fdselect = stbtt__buf_range(&b, fdselectoff, b.size-fdselectoff); + } + + stbtt__buf_seek(&b, charstrings); + info->charstrings = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); + } + + t = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "maxp"); + if (t) + info->numGlyphs = ttUSHORT(data+t+4); + else + info->numGlyphs = 0xffff; + + // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching + // later. (todo: could make this installable) + // the same regardless of glyph. + numTables = ttUSHORT(data + cmap + 2); + info->index_map = 0; + for (i=0; i < numTables; ++i) { + stbtt_uint32 encoding_record = cmap + 4 + 8 * i; + // find an encoding we understand: + switch(ttUSHORT(data+encoding_record)) { + case STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT: + switch (ttUSHORT(data+encoding_record+2)) { + case STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_BMP: + case STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_FULL: + // MS/Unicode + info->index_map = cmap + ttULONG(data+encoding_record+4); + break; + } + break; + case STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE: + // Mac/iOS has these + // all the encodingIDs are unicode, so we don't bother to check it + info->index_map = cmap + ttULONG(data+encoding_record+4); + break; + } + } + if (info->index_map == 0) + return 0; + + info->indexToLocFormat = ttUSHORT(data+info->head + 50); + return 1; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint32 index_map = info->index_map; + + stbtt_uint16 format = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 0); + if (format == 0) { // apple byte encoding + stbtt_int32 bytes = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 2); + if (unicode_codepoint < bytes-6) + return ttBYTE(data + index_map + 6 + unicode_codepoint); + return 0; + } else if (format == 6) { + stbtt_uint32 first = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 6); + stbtt_uint32 count = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 8); + if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint >= first && (stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint < first+count) + return ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 10 + (unicode_codepoint - first)*2); + return 0; + } else if (format == 2) { + STBTT_assert(0); // @TODO: high-byte mapping for japanese/chinese/korean + return 0; + } else if (format == 4) { // standard mapping for windows fonts: binary search collection of ranges + stbtt_uint16 segcount = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+6) >> 1; + stbtt_uint16 searchRange = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+8) >> 1; + stbtt_uint16 entrySelector = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+10); + stbtt_uint16 rangeShift = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+12) >> 1; + + // do a binary search of the segments + stbtt_uint32 endCount = index_map + 14; + stbtt_uint32 search = endCount; + + if (unicode_codepoint > 0xffff) + return 0; + + // they lie from endCount .. endCount + segCount + // but searchRange is the nearest power of two, so... + if (unicode_codepoint >= ttUSHORT(data + search + rangeShift*2)) + search += rangeShift*2; + + // now decrement to bias correctly to find smallest + search -= 2; + while (entrySelector) { + stbtt_uint16 end; + searchRange >>= 1; + end = ttUSHORT(data + search + searchRange*2); + if (unicode_codepoint > end) + search += searchRange*2; + --entrySelector; + } + search += 2; + + { + stbtt_uint16 offset, start; + stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1); + + STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item)); + start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item); + if (unicode_codepoint < start) + return 0; + + offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); + if (offset == 0) + return (stbtt_uint16) (unicode_codepoint + ttSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*4 + 2 + 2*item)); + + return ttUSHORT(data + offset + (unicode_codepoint-start)*2 + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); + } + } else if (format == 12 || format == 13) { + stbtt_uint32 ngroups = ttULONG(data+index_map+12); + stbtt_int32 low,high; + low = 0; high = (stbtt_int32)ngroups; + // Binary search the right group. + while (low < high) { + stbtt_int32 mid = low + ((high-low) >> 1); // rounds down, so low <= mid < high + stbtt_uint32 start_char = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12); + stbtt_uint32 end_char = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12+4); + if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint < start_char) + high = mid; + else if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint > end_char) + low = mid+1; + else { + stbtt_uint32 start_glyph = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12+8); + if (format == 12) + return start_glyph + unicode_codepoint-start_char; + else // format == 13 + return start_glyph; + } + } + return 0; // not found + } + // @TODO + STBTT_assert(0); + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, stbtt_vertex **vertices) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), vertices); +} + +static void stbtt_setvertex(stbtt_vertex *v, stbtt_uint8 type, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy) +{ + v->type = type; + v->x = (stbtt_int16) x; + v->y = (stbtt_int16) y; + v->cx = (stbtt_int16) cx; + v->cy = (stbtt_int16) cy; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) +{ + int g1,g2; + + STBTT_assert(!info->cff.size); + + if (glyph_index >= info->numGlyphs) return -1; // glyph index out of range + if (info->indexToLocFormat >= 2) return -1; // unknown index->glyph map format + + if (info->indexToLocFormat == 0) { + g1 = info->glyf + ttUSHORT(info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 2) * 2; + g2 = info->glyf + ttUSHORT(info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 2 + 2) * 2; + } else { + g1 = info->glyf + ttULONG (info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 4); + g2 = info->glyf + ttULONG (info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 4 + 4); + } + + return g1==g2 ? -1 : g1; // if length is 0, return -1 +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) +{ + if (info->cff.size) { + stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, x0, y0, x1, y1); + } else { + int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); + if (g < 0) return 0; + + if (x0) *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 2); + if (y0) *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 4); + if (x1) *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 6); + if (y1) *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 8); + } + return 1; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphBox(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), x0,y0,x1,y1); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) +{ + stbtt_int16 numberOfContours; + int g; + if (info->cff.size) + return stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0; + g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); + if (g < 0) return 1; + numberOfContours = ttSHORT(info->data + g); + return numberOfContours == 0; +} + +static int stbtt__close_shape(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_vertices, int was_off, int start_off, + stbtt_int32 sx, stbtt_int32 sy, stbtt_int32 scx, stbtt_int32 scy, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy) +{ + if (start_off) { + if (was_off) + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, (cx+scx)>>1, (cy+scy)>>1, cx,cy); + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, sx,sy,scx,scy); + } else { + if (was_off) + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve,sx,sy,cx,cy); + else + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vline,sx,sy,0,0); + } + return num_vertices; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) +{ + stbtt_int16 numberOfContours; + stbtt_uint8 *endPtsOfContours; + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_vertex *vertices=0; + int num_vertices=0; + int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); + + *pvertices = NULL; + + if (g < 0) return 0; + + numberOfContours = ttSHORT(data + g); + + if (numberOfContours > 0) { + stbtt_uint8 flags=0,flagcount; + stbtt_int32 ins, i,j=0,m,n, next_move, was_off=0, off, start_off=0; + stbtt_int32 x,y,cx,cy,sx,sy, scx,scy; + stbtt_uint8 *points; + endPtsOfContours = (data + g + 10); + ins = ttUSHORT(data + g + 10 + numberOfContours * 2); + points = data + g + 10 + numberOfContours * 2 + 2 + ins; + + n = 1+ttUSHORT(endPtsOfContours + numberOfContours*2-2); + + m = n + 2*numberOfContours; // a loose bound on how many vertices we might need + vertices = (stbtt_vertex *) STBTT_malloc(m * sizeof(vertices[0]), info->userdata); + if (vertices == 0) + return 0; + + next_move = 0; + flagcount=0; + + // in first pass, we load uninterpreted data into the allocated array + // above, shifted to the end of the array so we won't overwrite it when + // we create our final data starting from the front + + off = m - n; // starting offset for uninterpreted data, regardless of how m ends up being calculated + + // first load flags + + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { + if (flagcount == 0) { + flags = *points++; + if (flags & 8) + flagcount = *points++; + } else + --flagcount; + vertices[off+i].type = flags; + } + + // now load x coordinates + x=0; + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { + flags = vertices[off+i].type; + if (flags & 2) { + stbtt_int16 dx = *points++; + x += (flags & 16) ? dx : -dx; // ??? + } else { + if (!(flags & 16)) { + x = x + (stbtt_int16) (points[0]*256 + points[1]); + points += 2; + } + } + vertices[off+i].x = (stbtt_int16) x; + } + + // now load y coordinates + y=0; + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { + flags = vertices[off+i].type; + if (flags & 4) { + stbtt_int16 dy = *points++; + y += (flags & 32) ? dy : -dy; // ??? + } else { + if (!(flags & 32)) { + y = y + (stbtt_int16) (points[0]*256 + points[1]); + points += 2; + } + } + vertices[off+i].y = (stbtt_int16) y; + } + + // now convert them to our format + num_vertices=0; + sx = sy = cx = cy = scx = scy = 0; + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { + flags = vertices[off+i].type; + x = (stbtt_int16) vertices[off+i].x; + y = (stbtt_int16) vertices[off+i].y; + + if (next_move == i) { + if (i != 0) + num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); + + // now start the new one + start_off = !(flags & 1); + if (start_off) { + // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve + // where we can start, and we need to save some state for when we wraparound. + scx = x; + scy = y; + if (!(vertices[off+i+1].type & 1)) { + // next point is also a curve point, so interpolate an on-point curve + sx = (x + (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].x) >> 1; + sy = (y + (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].y) >> 1; + } else { + // otherwise just use the next point as our start point + sx = (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].x; + sy = (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].y; + ++i; // we're using point i+1 as the starting point, so skip it + } + } else { + sx = x; + sy = y; + } + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vmove,sx,sy,0,0); + was_off = 0; + next_move = 1 + ttUSHORT(endPtsOfContours+j*2); + ++j; + } else { + if (!(flags & 1)) { // if it's a curve + if (was_off) // two off-curve control points in a row means interpolate an on-curve midpoint + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, (cx+x)>>1, (cy+y)>>1, cx, cy); + cx = x; + cy = y; + was_off = 1; + } else { + if (was_off) + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, x,y, cx, cy); + else + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vline, x,y,0,0); + was_off = 0; + } + } + } + num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); + } else if (numberOfContours == -1) { + // Compound shapes. + int more = 1; + stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10; + num_vertices = 0; + vertices = 0; + while (more) { + stbtt_uint16 flags, gidx; + int comp_num_verts = 0, i; + stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0; + float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n; + + flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; + gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; + + if (flags & 2) { // XY values + if (flags & 1) { // shorts + mtx[4] = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; + mtx[5] = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; + } else { + mtx[4] = ttCHAR(comp); comp+=1; + mtx[5] = ttCHAR(comp); comp+=1; + } + } + else { + // @TODO handle matching point + STBTT_assert(0); + } + if (flags & (1<<3)) { // WE_HAVE_A_SCALE + mtx[0] = mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[1] = mtx[2] = 0; + } else if (flags & (1<<6)) { // WE_HAVE_AN_X_AND_YSCALE + mtx[0] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[1] = mtx[2] = 0; + mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + } else if (flags & (1<<7)) { // WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO + mtx[0] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[1] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + } + + // Find transformation scales. + m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]); + n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]); + + // Get indexed glyph. + comp_num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, gidx, &comp_verts); + if (comp_num_verts > 0) { + // Transform vertices. + for (i = 0; i < comp_num_verts; ++i) { + stbtt_vertex* v = &comp_verts[i]; + stbtt_vertex_type x,y; + x=v->x; y=v->y; + v->x = (stbtt_vertex_type)(m * (mtx[0]*x + mtx[2]*y + mtx[4])); + v->y = (stbtt_vertex_type)(n * (mtx[1]*x + mtx[3]*y + mtx[5])); + x=v->cx; y=v->cy; + v->cx = (stbtt_vertex_type)(m * (mtx[0]*x + mtx[2]*y + mtx[4])); + v->cy = (stbtt_vertex_type)(n * (mtx[1]*x + mtx[3]*y + mtx[5])); + } + // Append vertices. + tmp = (stbtt_vertex*)STBTT_malloc((num_vertices+comp_num_verts)*sizeof(stbtt_vertex), info->userdata); + if (!tmp) { + if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); + if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); + return 0; + } + if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595 + STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); + if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); + vertices = tmp; + STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); + num_vertices += comp_num_verts; + } + // More components ? + more = flags & (1<<5); + } + } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { + // @TODO other compound variations? + STBTT_assert(0); + } else { + // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing + } + + *pvertices = vertices; + return num_vertices; +} + +typedef struct +{ + int bounds; + int started; + float first_x, first_y; + float x, y; + stbtt_int32 min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y; + + stbtt_vertex *pvertices; + int num_vertices; +} stbtt__csctx; + +#define STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(bounds) {bounds,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,0,0, NULL, 0} + +static void stbtt__track_vertex(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y) +{ + if (x > c->max_x || !c->started) c->max_x = x; + if (y > c->max_y || !c->started) c->max_y = y; + if (x < c->min_x || !c->started) c->min_x = x; + if (y < c->min_y || !c->started) c->min_y = y; + c->started = 1; +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_v(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_uint8 type, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy, stbtt_int32 cx1, stbtt_int32 cy1) +{ + if (c->bounds) { + stbtt__track_vertex(c, x, y); + if (type == STBTT_vcubic) { + stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx, cy); + stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx1, cy1); + } + } else { + stbtt_setvertex(&c->pvertices[c->num_vertices], type, x, y, cx, cy); + c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cx1 = (stbtt_int16) cx1; + c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cy1 = (stbtt_int16) cy1; + } + c->num_vertices++; +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_close_shape(stbtt__csctx *ctx) +{ + if (ctx->first_x != ctx->x || ctx->first_y != ctx->y) + stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->first_x, (int)ctx->first_y, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy) +{ + stbtt__csctx_close_shape(ctx); + ctx->first_x = ctx->x = ctx->x + dx; + ctx->first_y = ctx->y = ctx->y + dy; + stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vmove, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_rline_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy) +{ + ctx->x += dx; + ctx->y += dy; + stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx1, float dy1, float dx2, float dy2, float dx3, float dy3) +{ + float cx1 = ctx->x + dx1; + float cy1 = ctx->y + dy1; + float cx2 = cx1 + dx2; + float cy2 = cy1 + dy2; + ctx->x = cx2 + dx3; + ctx->y = cy2 + dy3; + stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vcubic, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, (int)cx1, (int)cy1, (int)cx2, (int)cy2); +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subr(stbtt__buf idx, int n) +{ + int count = stbtt__cff_index_count(&idx); + int bias = 107; + if (count >= 33900) + bias = 32768; + else if (count >= 1240) + bias = 1131; + n += bias; + if (n < 0 || n >= count) + return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + return stbtt__cff_index_get(idx, n); +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) +{ + stbtt__buf fdselect = info->fdselect; + int nranges, start, end, v, fmt, fdselector = -1, i; + + stbtt__buf_seek(&fdselect, 0); + fmt = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); + if (fmt == 0) { + // untested + stbtt__buf_skip(&fdselect, glyph_index); + fdselector = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); + } else if (fmt == 3) { + nranges = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); + start = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); + for (i = 0; i < nranges; i++) { + v = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); + end = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); + if (glyph_index >= start && glyph_index < end) { + fdselector = v; + break; + } + start = end; + } + } + if (fdselector == -1) stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + return stbtt__get_subrs(info->cff, stbtt__cff_index_get(info->fontdicts, fdselector)); +} + +static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt__csctx *c) +{ + int in_header = 1, maskbits = 0, subr_stack_height = 0, sp = 0, v, i, b0; + int has_subrs = 0, clear_stack; + float s[48]; + stbtt__buf subr_stack[10], subrs = info->subrs, b; + float f; + +#define STBTT__CSERR(s) (0) + + // this currently ignores the initial width value, which isn't needed if we have hmtx + b = stbtt__cff_index_get(info->charstrings, glyph_index); + while (b.cursor < b.size) { + i = 0; + clear_stack = 1; + b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); + switch (b0) { + // @TODO implement hinting + case 0x13: // hintmask + case 0x14: // cntrmask + if (in_header) + maskbits += (sp / 2); // implicit "vstem" + in_header = 0; + stbtt__buf_skip(&b, (maskbits + 7) / 8); + break; + + case 0x01: // hstem + case 0x03: // vstem + case 0x12: // hstemhm + case 0x17: // vstemhm + maskbits += (sp / 2); + break; + + case 0x15: // rmoveto + in_header = 0; + if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rmoveto stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-2], s[sp-1]); + break; + case 0x04: // vmoveto + in_header = 0; + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vmoveto stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, 0, s[sp-1]); + break; + case 0x16: // hmoveto + in_header = 0; + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hmoveto stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-1], 0); + break; + + case 0x05: // rlineto + if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rlineto stack"); + for (; i + 1 < sp; i += 2) + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); + break; + + // hlineto/vlineto and vhcurveto/hvcurveto alternate horizontal and vertical + // starting from a different place. + + case 0x07: // vlineto + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vlineto stack"); + goto vlineto; + case 0x06: // hlineto + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hlineto stack"); + for (;;) { + if (i >= sp) break; + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], 0); + i++; + vlineto: + if (i >= sp) break; + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, 0, s[i]); + i++; + } + break; + + case 0x1F: // hvcurveto + if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("hvcurveto stack"); + goto hvcurveto; + case 0x1E: // vhcurveto + if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("vhcurveto stack"); + for (;;) { + if (i + 3 >= sp) break; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, 0, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i + 4] : 0.0f); + i += 4; + hvcurveto: + if (i + 3 >= sp) break; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], 0, s[i+1], s[i+2], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i+4] : 0.0f, s[i+3]); + i += 4; + } + break; + + case 0x08: // rrcurveto + if (sp < 6) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); + for (; i + 5 < sp; i += 6) + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); + break; + + case 0x18: // rcurveline + if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); + for (; i + 5 < sp - 2; i += 6) + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); + if (i + 1 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); + break; + + case 0x19: // rlinecurve + if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack"); + for (; i + 1 < sp - 6; i += 2) + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); + if (i + 5 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); + break; + + case 0x1A: // vvcurveto + case 0x1B: // hhcurveto + if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("(vv|hh)curveto stack"); + f = 0.0; + if (sp & 1) { f = s[i]; i++; } + for (; i + 3 < sp; i += 4) { + if (b0 == 0x1B) + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], f, s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], 0.0); + else + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, f, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], 0.0, s[i+3]); + f = 0.0; + } + break; + + case 0x0A: // callsubr + if (!has_subrs) { + if (info->fdselect.size) + subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index); + has_subrs = 1; + } + // fallthrough + case 0x1D: // callgsubr + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack"); + v = (int) s[--sp]; + if (subr_stack_height >= 10) return STBTT__CSERR("recursion limit"); + subr_stack[subr_stack_height++] = b; + b = stbtt__get_subr(b0 == 0x0A ? subrs : info->gsubrs, v); + if (b.size == 0) return STBTT__CSERR("subr not found"); + b.cursor = 0; + clear_stack = 0; + break; + + case 0x0B: // return + if (subr_stack_height <= 0) return STBTT__CSERR("return outside subr"); + b = subr_stack[--subr_stack_height]; + clear_stack = 0; + break; + + case 0x0E: // endchar + stbtt__csctx_close_shape(c); + return 1; + + case 0x0C: { // two-byte escape + float dx1, dx2, dx3, dx4, dx5, dx6, dy1, dy2, dy3, dy4, dy5, dy6; + float dx, dy; + int b1 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); + switch (b1) { + // @TODO These "flex" implementations ignore the flex-depth and resolution, + // and always draw beziers. + case 0x22: // hflex + if (sp < 7) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex stack"); + dx1 = s[0]; + dx2 = s[1]; + dy2 = s[2]; + dx3 = s[3]; + dx4 = s[4]; + dx5 = s[5]; + dx6 = s[6]; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, 0, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, -dy2, dx6, 0); + break; + + case 0x23: // flex + if (sp < 13) return STBTT__CSERR("flex stack"); + dx1 = s[0]; + dy1 = s[1]; + dx2 = s[2]; + dy2 = s[3]; + dx3 = s[4]; + dy3 = s[5]; + dx4 = s[6]; + dy4 = s[7]; + dx5 = s[8]; + dy5 = s[9]; + dx6 = s[10]; + dy6 = s[11]; + //fd is s[12] + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6); + break; + + case 0x24: // hflex1 + if (sp < 9) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex1 stack"); + dx1 = s[0]; + dy1 = s[1]; + dx2 = s[2]; + dy2 = s[3]; + dx3 = s[4]; + dx4 = s[5]; + dx5 = s[6]; + dy5 = s[7]; + dx6 = s[8]; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, dy5, dx6, -(dy1+dy2+dy5)); + break; + + case 0x25: // flex1 + if (sp < 11) return STBTT__CSERR("flex1 stack"); + dx1 = s[0]; + dy1 = s[1]; + dx2 = s[2]; + dy2 = s[3]; + dx3 = s[4]; + dy3 = s[5]; + dx4 = s[6]; + dy4 = s[7]; + dx5 = s[8]; + dy5 = s[9]; + dx6 = dy6 = s[10]; + dx = dx1+dx2+dx3+dx4+dx5; + dy = dy1+dy2+dy3+dy4+dy5; + if (STBTT_fabs(dx) > STBTT_fabs(dy)) + dy6 = -dy; + else + dx6 = -dx; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6); + break; + + default: + return STBTT__CSERR("unimplemented"); + } + } break; + + default: + if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560 + return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); + + // push immediate + if (b0 == 255) { + f = (float)(stbtt_int32)stbtt__buf_get32(&b) / 0x10000; + } else { + stbtt__buf_skip(&b, -1); + f = (float)(stbtt_int16)stbtt__cff_int(&b); + } + if (sp >= 48) return STBTT__CSERR("push stack overflow"); + s[sp++] = f; + clear_stack = 0; + break; + } + if (clear_stack) sp = 0; + } + return STBTT__CSERR("no endchar"); + +#undef STBTT__CSERR +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) +{ + // runs the charstring twice, once to count and once to output (to avoid realloc) + stbtt__csctx count_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1); + stbtt__csctx output_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(0); + if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &count_ctx)) { + *pvertices = (stbtt_vertex*)STBTT_malloc(count_ctx.num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex), info->userdata); + output_ctx.pvertices = *pvertices; + if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &output_ctx)) { + STBTT_assert(output_ctx.num_vertices == count_ctx.num_vertices); + return output_ctx.num_vertices; + } + } + *pvertices = NULL; + return 0; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) +{ + stbtt__csctx c = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1); + int r = stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &c); + if (x0) *x0 = r ? c.min_x : 0; + if (y0) *y0 = r ? c.min_y : 0; + if (x1) *x1 = r ? c.max_x : 0; + if (y1) *y1 = r ? c.max_y : 0; + return r ? c.num_vertices : 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) +{ + if (!info->cff.size) + return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(info, glyph_index, pvertices); + else + return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(info, glyph_index, pvertices); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing) +{ + stbtt_uint16 numOfLongHorMetrics = ttUSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 34); + if (glyph_index < numOfLongHorMetrics) { + if (advanceWidth) *advanceWidth = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*glyph_index); + if (leftSideBearing) *leftSideBearing = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*glyph_index + 2); + } else { + if (advanceWidth) *advanceWidth = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*(numOfLongHorMetrics-1)); + if (leftSideBearing) *leftSideBearing = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*numOfLongHorMetrics + 2*(glyph_index - numOfLongHorMetrics)); + } +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; + int l, r, m; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + l = 0; + r = ttUSHORT(data+10) - 1; + needle = glyph1 << 16 | glyph2; + while (l <= r) { + m = (l + r) >> 1; + straw = ttULONG(data+18+(m*6)); // note: unaligned read + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else + return ttSHORT(data+22+(m*6)); + } + return 0; +} + +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); + switch(coverageFormat) { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; + int straw, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; + stbtt_uint16 glyphID; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); + straw = glyphID; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + return m; + } + } + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); + return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; + } + } + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + } break; + } + + return -1; +} + +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); + switch(classDefFormat) + { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); + stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; + + if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + + // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning + //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); + } + + // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning + //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + } break; + } + + return -1; +} + +// Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. +#define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) + +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +{ + stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; + stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; + stbtt_uint8 *data; + stbtt_int32 i; + + if (!info->gpos) return 0; + + data = info->data + info->gpos; + + if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 + + lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); + lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; + lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); + + for (i=0; i> 1; + pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; + secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); + straw = secondGlyph; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); + return xAdvance; + } + } + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + + stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); + stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); + int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); + int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); + + stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); + stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); + STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); + STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); + + // TODO: Support more formats. + STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); + if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; + STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); + if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; + + if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { + stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; + stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); + return xAdvance; + } + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + break; + } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; + } + } + break; + } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; + + default: + // TODO: Implement other stuff. + break; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) +{ + int xAdvance = 0; + + if (info->gpos) + xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); + + if (info->kern) + xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); + + return xAdvance; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2) +{ + if (!info->kern && !info->gpos) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs + return 0; + return stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch1), stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch2)); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing) +{ + stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), advanceWidth, leftSideBearing); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineGap) +{ + if (ascent ) *ascent = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 4); + if (descent) *descent = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 6); + if (lineGap) *lineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 8); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap) +{ + int tab = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "OS/2"); + if (!tab) + return 0; + if (typoAscent ) *typoAscent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 68); + if (typoDescent) *typoDescent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 70); + if (typoLineGap) *typoLineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 72); + return 1; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) +{ + *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 36); + *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 38); + *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 40); + *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 42); +} + +STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float height) +{ + int fheight = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hhea + 4) - ttSHORT(info->data + info->hhea + 6); + return (float) height / fheight; +} + +STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels) +{ + int unitsPerEm = ttUSHORT(info->data + info->head + 18); + return pixels / unitsPerEm; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *v) +{ + STBTT_free(v, info->userdata); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// antialiasing software rasterizer +// + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) +{ + int x0=0,y0=0,x1,y1; // =0 suppresses compiler warning + if (!stbtt_GetGlyphBox(font, glyph, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1)) { + // e.g. space character + if (ix0) *ix0 = 0; + if (iy0) *iy0 = 0; + if (ix1) *ix1 = 0; + if (iy1) *iy1 = 0; + } else { + // move to integral bboxes (treating pixels as little squares, what pixels get touched)? + if (ix0) *ix0 = STBTT_ifloor( x0 * scale_x + shift_x); + if (iy0) *iy0 = STBTT_ifloor(-y1 * scale_y + shift_y); + if (ix1) *ix1 = STBTT_iceil ( x1 * scale_x + shift_x); + if (iy1) *iy1 = STBTT_iceil (-y0 * scale_y + shift_y); + } +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) +{ + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, glyph, scale_x, scale_y,0.0f,0.0f, ix0, iy0, ix1, iy1); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) +{ + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(font,codepoint), scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) +{ + stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, codepoint, scale_x, scale_y,0.0f,0.0f, ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Rasterizer + +typedef struct stbtt__hheap_chunk +{ + struct stbtt__hheap_chunk *next; +} stbtt__hheap_chunk; + +typedef struct stbtt__hheap +{ + struct stbtt__hheap_chunk *head; + void *first_free; + int num_remaining_in_head_chunk; +} stbtt__hheap; + +static void *stbtt__hheap_alloc(stbtt__hheap *hh, size_t size, void *userdata) +{ + if (hh->first_free) { + void *p = hh->first_free; + hh->first_free = * (void **) p; + return p; + } else { + if (hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk == 0) { + int count = (size < 32 ? 2000 : size < 128 ? 800 : 100); + stbtt__hheap_chunk *c = (stbtt__hheap_chunk *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * count, userdata); + if (c == NULL) + return NULL; + c->next = hh->head; + hh->head = c; + hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk = count; + } + --hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; + return (char *) (hh->head) + sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; + } +} + +static void stbtt__hheap_free(stbtt__hheap *hh, void *p) +{ + *(void **) p = hh->first_free; + hh->first_free = p; +} + +static void stbtt__hheap_cleanup(stbtt__hheap *hh, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__hheap_chunk *c = hh->head; + while (c) { + stbtt__hheap_chunk *n = c->next; + STBTT_free(c, userdata); + c = n; + } +} + +typedef struct stbtt__edge { + float x0,y0, x1,y1; + int invert; +} stbtt__edge; + + +typedef struct stbtt__active_edge +{ + struct stbtt__active_edge *next; + #if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION==1 + int x,dx; + float ey; + int direction; + #elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION==2 + float fx,fdx,fdy; + float direction; + float sy; + float ey; + #else + #error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" + #endif +} stbtt__active_edge; + +#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 +#define STBTT_FIXSHIFT 10 +#define STBTT_FIX (1 << STBTT_FIXSHIFT) +#define STBTT_FIXMASK (STBTT_FIX-1) + +static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) stbtt__hheap_alloc(hh, sizeof(*z), userdata); + float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); + STBTT_assert(z != NULL); + if (!z) return z; + + // round dx down to avoid overshooting + if (dxdy < 0) + z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy); + else + z->dx = STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * dxdy); + + z->x = STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * e->x0 + z->dx * (start_point - e->y0)); // use z->dx so when we offset later it's by the same amount + z->x -= off_x * STBTT_FIX; + + z->ey = e->y1; + z->next = 0; + z->direction = e->invert ? 1 : -1; + return z; +} +#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 +static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) stbtt__hheap_alloc(hh, sizeof(*z), userdata); + float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); + STBTT_assert(z != NULL); + //STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point); + if (!z) return z; + z->fdx = dxdy; + z->fdy = dxdy != 0.0f ? (1.0f/dxdy) : 0.0f; + z->fx = e->x0 + dxdy * (start_point - e->y0); + z->fx -= off_x; + z->direction = e->invert ? 1.0f : -1.0f; + z->sy = e->y0; + z->ey = e->y1; + z->next = 0; + return z; +} +#else +#error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" +#endif + +#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 +// note: this routine clips fills that extend off the edges... ideally this +// wouldn't happen, but it could happen if the truetype glyph bounding boxes +// are wrong, or if the user supplies a too-small bitmap +static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, int max_weight) +{ + // non-zero winding fill + int x0=0, w=0; + + while (e) { + if (w == 0) { + // if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point + x0 = e->x; w += e->direction; + } else { + int x1 = e->x; w += e->direction; + // if we went to zero, we need to draw + if (w == 0) { + int i = x0 >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT; + int j = x1 >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT; + + if (i < len && j >= 0) { + if (i == j) { + // x0,x1 are the same pixel, so compute combined coverage + scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) ((x1 - x0) * max_weight >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); + } else { + if (i >= 0) // add antialiasing for x0 + scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) (((STBTT_FIX - (x0 & STBTT_FIXMASK)) * max_weight) >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); + else + i = -1; // clip + + if (j < len) // add antialiasing for x1 + scanline[j] = scanline[j] + (stbtt_uint8) (((x1 & STBTT_FIXMASK) * max_weight) >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); + else + j = len; // clip + + for (++i; i < j; ++i) // fill pixels between x0 and x1 + scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) max_weight; + } + } + } + } + + e = e->next; + } +} + +static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 }; + stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL; + int y,j=0; + int max_weight = (255 / vsubsample); // weight per vertical scanline + int s; // vertical subsample index + unsigned char scanline_data[512], *scanline; + + if (result->w > 512) + scanline = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(result->w, userdata); + else + scanline = scanline_data; + + y = off_y * vsubsample; + e[n].y0 = (off_y + result->h) * (float) vsubsample + 1; + + while (j < result->h) { + STBTT_memset(scanline, 0, result->w); + for (s=0; s < vsubsample; ++s) { + // find center of pixel for this scanline + float scan_y = y + 0.5f; + stbtt__active_edge **step = &active; + + // update all active edges; + // remove all active edges that terminate before the center of this scanline + while (*step) { + stbtt__active_edge * z = *step; + if (z->ey <= scan_y) { + *step = z->next; // delete from list + STBTT_assert(z->direction); + z->direction = 0; + stbtt__hheap_free(&hh, z); + } else { + z->x += z->dx; // advance to position for current scanline + step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list + } + } + + // resort the list if needed + for(;;) { + int changed=0; + step = &active; + while (*step && (*step)->next) { + if ((*step)->x > (*step)->next->x) { + stbtt__active_edge *t = *step; + stbtt__active_edge *q = t->next; + + t->next = q->next; + q->next = t; + *step = q; + changed = 1; + } + step = &(*step)->next; + } + if (!changed) break; + } + + // insert all edges that start before the center of this scanline -- omit ones that also end on this scanline + while (e->y0 <= scan_y) { + if (e->y1 > scan_y) { + stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y, userdata); + if (z != NULL) { + // find insertion point + if (active == NULL) + active = z; + else if (z->x < active->x) { + // insert at front + z->next = active; + active = z; + } else { + // find thing to insert AFTER + stbtt__active_edge *p = active; + while (p->next && p->next->x < z->x) + p = p->next; + // at this point, p->next->x is NOT < z->x + z->next = p->next; + p->next = z; + } + } + } + ++e; + } + + // now process all active edges in XOR fashion + if (active) + stbtt__fill_active_edges(scanline, result->w, active, max_weight); + + ++y; + } + STBTT_memcpy(result->pixels + j * result->stride, scanline, result->w); + ++j; + } + + stbtt__hheap_cleanup(&hh, userdata); + + if (scanline != scanline_data) + STBTT_free(scanline, userdata); +} + +#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 + +// the edge passed in here does not cross the vertical line at x or the vertical line at x+1 +// (i.e. it has already been clipped to those) +static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edge *e, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1) +{ + if (y0 == y1) return; + STBTT_assert(y0 < y1); + STBTT_assert(e->sy <= e->ey); + if (y0 > e->ey) return; + if (y1 < e->sy) return; + if (y0 < e->sy) { + x0 += (x1-x0) * (e->sy - y0) / (y1-y0); + y0 = e->sy; + } + if (y1 > e->ey) { + x1 += (x1-x0) * (e->ey - y1) / (y1-y0); + y1 = e->ey; + } + + if (x0 == x) + STBTT_assert(x1 <= x+1); + else if (x0 == x+1) + STBTT_assert(x1 >= x); + else if (x0 <= x) + STBTT_assert(x1 <= x); + else if (x0 >= x+1) + STBTT_assert(x1 >= x+1); + else + STBTT_assert(x1 >= x && x1 <= x+1); + + if (x0 <= x && x1 <= x) + scanline[x] += e->direction * (y1-y0); + else if (x0 >= x+1 && x1 >= x+1) + ; + else { + STBTT_assert(x0 >= x && x0 <= x+1 && x1 >= x && x1 <= x+1); + scanline[x] += e->direction * (y1-y0) * (1-((x0-x)+(x1-x))/2); // coverage = 1 - average x position + } +} + +static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top) +{ + float y_bottom = y_top+1; + + while (e) { + // brute force every pixel + + // compute intersection points with top & bottom + STBTT_assert(e->ey >= y_top); + + if (e->fdx == 0) { + float x0 = e->fx; + if (x0 < len) { + if (x0 >= 0) { + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,(int) x0,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline_fill-1,(int) x0+1,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); + } else { + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline_fill-1,0,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); + } + } + } else { + float x0 = e->fx; + float dx = e->fdx; + float xb = x0 + dx; + float x_top, x_bottom; + float sy0,sy1; + float dy = e->fdy; + STBTT_assert(e->sy <= y_bottom && e->ey >= y_top); + + // compute endpoints of line segment clipped to this scanline (if the + // line segment starts on this scanline. x0 is the intersection of the + // line with y_top, but that may be off the line segment. + if (e->sy > y_top) { + x_top = x0 + dx * (e->sy - y_top); + sy0 = e->sy; + } else { + x_top = x0; + sy0 = y_top; + } + if (e->ey < y_bottom) { + x_bottom = x0 + dx * (e->ey - y_top); + sy1 = e->ey; + } else { + x_bottom = xb; + sy1 = y_bottom; + } + + if (x_top >= 0 && x_bottom >= 0 && x_top < len && x_bottom < len) { + // from here on, we don't have to range check x values + + if ((int) x_top == (int) x_bottom) { + float height; + // simple case, only spans one pixel + int x = (int) x_top; + height = sy1 - sy0; + STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len); + scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height; + scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled + } else { + int x,x1,x2; + float y_crossing, step, sign, area; + // covers 2+ pixels + if (x_top > x_bottom) { + // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same + float t; + sy0 = y_bottom - (sy0 - y_top); + sy1 = y_bottom - (sy1 - y_top); + t = sy0, sy0 = sy1, sy1 = t; + t = x_bottom, x_bottom = x_top, x_top = t; + dx = -dx; + dy = -dy; + t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; + // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning + (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning] + } + + x1 = (int) x_top; + x2 = (int) x_bottom; + // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1 + y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top; + + sign = e->direction; + // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing + area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); + // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing) + scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2); + + step = sign * dy; + for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) { + scanline[x] += area + step/2; + area += step; + } + y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1)); + + STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); + + scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing); + + scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0); + } + } else { + // if edge goes outside of box we're drawing, we require + // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use + // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute + // force implementation + int x; + for (x=0; x < len; ++x) { + // cases: + // + // there can be up to two intersections with the pixel. any intersection + // with left or right edges can be handled by splitting into two (or three) + // regions. intersections with top & bottom do not necessitate case-wise logic. + // + // the old way of doing this found the intersections with the left & right edges, + // then used some simple logic to produce up to three segments in sorted order + // from top-to-bottom. however, this had a problem: if an x edge was epsilon + // across the x border, then the corresponding y position might not be distinct + // from the other y segment, and it might ignored as an empty segment. to avoid + // that, we need to explicitly produce segments based on x positions. + + // rename variables to clearly-defined pairs + float y0 = y_top; + float x1 = (float) (x); + float x2 = (float) (x+1); + float x3 = xb; + float y3 = y_bottom; + + // x = e->x + e->dx * (y-y_top) + // (y-y_top) = (x - e->x) / e->dx + // y = (x - e->x) / e->dx + y_top + float y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top; + float y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top; + + if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x2) { // three segments descending down-right + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x2,y2); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); + } else if (x3 < x1 && x0 > x2) { // three segments descending down-left + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x1,y1); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); + } else if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x1) { // two segments across x, down-right + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); + } else if (x3 < x1 && x0 > x1) { // two segments across x, down-left + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); + } else if (x0 < x2 && x3 > x2) { // two segments across x+1, down-right + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); + } else if (x3 < x2 && x0 > x2) { // two segments across x+1, down-left + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); + } else { // one segment + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x3,y3); + } + } + } + } + e = e->next; + } +} + +// directly AA rasterize edges w/o supersampling +static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 }; + stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL; + int y,j=0, i; + float scanline_data[129], *scanline, *scanline2; + + STBTT__NOTUSED(vsubsample); + + if (result->w > 64) + scanline = (float *) STBTT_malloc((result->w*2+1) * sizeof(float), userdata); + else + scanline = scanline_data; + + scanline2 = scanline + result->w; + + y = off_y; + e[n].y0 = (float) (off_y + result->h) + 1; + + while (j < result->h) { + // find center of pixel for this scanline + float scan_y_top = y + 0.0f; + float scan_y_bottom = y + 1.0f; + stbtt__active_edge **step = &active; + + STBTT_memset(scanline , 0, result->w*sizeof(scanline[0])); + STBTT_memset(scanline2, 0, (result->w+1)*sizeof(scanline[0])); + + // update all active edges; + // remove all active edges that terminate before the top of this scanline + while (*step) { + stbtt__active_edge * z = *step; + if (z->ey <= scan_y_top) { + *step = z->next; // delete from list + STBTT_assert(z->direction); + z->direction = 0; + stbtt__hheap_free(&hh, z); + } else { + step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list + } + } + + // insert all edges that start before the bottom of this scanline + while (e->y0 <= scan_y_bottom) { + if (e->y0 != e->y1) { + stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata); + if (z != NULL) { + if (j == 0 && off_y != 0) { + if (z->ey < scan_y_top) { + // this can happen due to subpixel positioning and some kind of fp rounding error i think + z->ey = scan_y_top; + } + } + STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); // if we get really unlucky a tiny bit of an edge can be out of bounds + // insert at front + z->next = active; + active = z; + } + } + ++e; + } + + // now process all active edges + if (active) + stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(scanline, scanline2+1, result->w, active, scan_y_top); + + { + float sum = 0; + for (i=0; i < result->w; ++i) { + float k; + int m; + sum += scanline2[i]; + k = scanline[i] + sum; + k = (float) STBTT_fabs(k)*255 + 0.5f; + m = (int) k; + if (m > 255) m = 255; + result->pixels[j*result->stride + i] = (unsigned char) m; + } + } + // advance all the edges + step = &active; + while (*step) { + stbtt__active_edge *z = *step; + z->fx += z->fdx; // advance to position for current scanline + step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list + } + + ++y; + ++j; + } + + stbtt__hheap_cleanup(&hh, userdata); + + if (scanline != scanline_data) + STBTT_free(scanline, userdata); +} +#else +#error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" +#endif + +#define STBTT__COMPARE(a,b) ((a)->y0 < (b)->y0) + +static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n) +{ + int i,j; + for (i=1; i < n; ++i) { + stbtt__edge t = p[i], *a = &t; + j = i; + while (j > 0) { + stbtt__edge *b = &p[j-1]; + int c = STBTT__COMPARE(a,b); + if (!c) break; + p[j] = p[j-1]; + --j; + } + if (i != j) + p[j] = t; + } +} + +static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n) +{ + /* threshold for transitioning to insertion sort */ + while (n > 12) { + stbtt__edge t; + int c01,c12,c,m,i,j; + + /* compute median of three */ + m = n >> 1; + c01 = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0],&p[m]); + c12 = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[m],&p[n-1]); + /* if 0 >= mid >= end, or 0 < mid < end, then use mid */ + if (c01 != c12) { + /* otherwise, we'll need to swap something else to middle */ + int z; + c = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0],&p[n-1]); + /* 0>mid && midn => n; 0 0 */ + /* 0n: 0>n => 0; 0 n */ + z = (c == c12) ? 0 : n-1; + t = p[z]; + p[z] = p[m]; + p[m] = t; + } + /* now p[m] is the median-of-three */ + /* swap it to the beginning so it won't move around */ + t = p[0]; + p[0] = p[m]; + p[m] = t; + + /* partition loop */ + i=1; + j=n-1; + for(;;) { + /* handling of equality is crucial here */ + /* for sentinels & efficiency with duplicates */ + for (;;++i) { + if (!STBTT__COMPARE(&p[i], &p[0])) break; + } + for (;;--j) { + if (!STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0], &p[j])) break; + } + /* make sure we haven't crossed */ + if (i >= j) break; + t = p[i]; + p[i] = p[j]; + p[j] = t; + + ++i; + --j; + } + /* recurse on smaller side, iterate on larger */ + if (j < (n-i)) { + stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p,j); + p = p+i; + n = n-i; + } else { + stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p+i, n-i); + n = j; + } + } +} + +static void stbtt__sort_edges(stbtt__edge *p, int n) +{ + stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p, n); + stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(p, n); +} + +typedef struct +{ + float x,y; +} stbtt__point; + +static void stbtt__rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__point *pts, int *wcount, int windings, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int off_x, int off_y, int invert, void *userdata) +{ + float y_scale_inv = invert ? -scale_y : scale_y; + stbtt__edge *e; + int n,i,j,k,m; +#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 + int vsubsample = result->h < 8 ? 15 : 5; +#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 + int vsubsample = 1; +#else + #error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" +#endif + // vsubsample should divide 255 evenly; otherwise we won't reach full opacity + + // now we have to blow out the windings into explicit edge lists + n = 0; + for (i=0; i < windings; ++i) + n += wcount[i]; + + e = (stbtt__edge *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*e) * (n+1), userdata); // add an extra one as a sentinel + if (e == 0) return; + n = 0; + + m=0; + for (i=0; i < windings; ++i) { + stbtt__point *p = pts + m; + m += wcount[i]; + j = wcount[i]-1; + for (k=0; k < wcount[i]; j=k++) { + int a=k,b=j; + // skip the edge if horizontal + if (p[j].y == p[k].y) + continue; + // add edge from j to k to the list + e[n].invert = 0; + if (invert ? p[j].y > p[k].y : p[j].y < p[k].y) { + e[n].invert = 1; + a=j,b=k; + } + e[n].x0 = p[a].x * scale_x + shift_x; + e[n].y0 = (p[a].y * y_scale_inv + shift_y) * vsubsample; + e[n].x1 = p[b].x * scale_x + shift_x; + e[n].y1 = (p[b].y * y_scale_inv + shift_y) * vsubsample; + ++n; + } + } + + // now sort the edges by their highest point (should snap to integer, and then by x) + //STBTT_sort(e, n, sizeof(e[0]), stbtt__edge_compare); + stbtt__sort_edges(e, n); + + // now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use xor winding rule + stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(result, e, n, vsubsample, off_x, off_y, userdata); + + STBTT_free(e, userdata); +} + +static void stbtt__add_point(stbtt__point *points, int n, float x, float y) +{ + if (!points) return; // during first pass, it's unallocated + points[n].x = x; + points[n].y = y; +} + +// tessellate until threshold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching +static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n) +{ + // midpoint + float mx = (x0 + 2*x1 + x2)/4; + float my = (y0 + 2*y1 + y2)/4; + // versus directly drawn line + float dx = (x0+x2)/2 - mx; + float dy = (y0+y2)/2 - my; + if (n > 16) // 65536 segments on one curve better be enough! + return 1; + if (dx*dx+dy*dy > objspace_flatness_squared) { // half-pixel error allowed... need to be smaller if AA + stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, num_points, x0,y0, (x0+x1)/2.0f,(y0+y1)/2.0f, mx,my, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); + stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, num_points, mx,my, (x1+x2)/2.0f,(y1+y2)/2.0f, x2,y2, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); + } else { + stbtt__add_point(points, *num_points,x2,y2); + *num_points = *num_points+1; + } + return 1; +} + +static void stbtt__tesselate_cubic(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n) +{ + // @TODO this "flatness" calculation is just made-up nonsense that seems to work well enough + float dx0 = x1-x0; + float dy0 = y1-y0; + float dx1 = x2-x1; + float dy1 = y2-y1; + float dx2 = x3-x2; + float dy2 = y3-y2; + float dx = x3-x0; + float dy = y3-y0; + float longlen = (float) (STBTT_sqrt(dx0*dx0+dy0*dy0)+STBTT_sqrt(dx1*dx1+dy1*dy1)+STBTT_sqrt(dx2*dx2+dy2*dy2)); + float shortlen = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy); + float flatness_squared = longlen*longlen-shortlen*shortlen; + + if (n > 16) // 65536 segments on one curve better be enough! + return; + + if (flatness_squared > objspace_flatness_squared) { + float x01 = (x0+x1)/2; + float y01 = (y0+y1)/2; + float x12 = (x1+x2)/2; + float y12 = (y1+y2)/2; + float x23 = (x2+x3)/2; + float y23 = (y2+y3)/2; + + float xa = (x01+x12)/2; + float ya = (y01+y12)/2; + float xb = (x12+x23)/2; + float yb = (y12+y23)/2; + + float mx = (xa+xb)/2; + float my = (ya+yb)/2; + + stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, x0,y0, x01,y01, xa,ya, mx,my, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); + stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, mx,my, xb,yb, x23,y23, x3,y3, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); + } else { + stbtt__add_point(points, *num_points,x3,y3); + *num_points = *num_points+1; + } +} + +// returns number of contours +static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float objspace_flatness, int **contour_lengths, int *num_contours, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__point *points=0; + int num_points=0; + + float objspace_flatness_squared = objspace_flatness * objspace_flatness; + int i,n=0,start=0, pass; + + // count how many "moves" there are to get the contour count + for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) + if (vertices[i].type == STBTT_vmove) + ++n; + + *num_contours = n; + if (n == 0) return 0; + + *contour_lengths = (int *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(**contour_lengths) * n, userdata); + + if (*contour_lengths == 0) { + *num_contours = 0; + return 0; + } + + // make two passes through the points so we don't need to realloc + for (pass=0; pass < 2; ++pass) { + float x=0,y=0; + if (pass == 1) { + points = (stbtt__point *) STBTT_malloc(num_points * sizeof(points[0]), userdata); + if (points == NULL) goto error; + } + num_points = 0; + n= -1; + for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { + switch (vertices[i].type) { + case STBTT_vmove: + // start the next contour + if (n >= 0) + (*contour_lengths)[n] = num_points - start; + ++n; + start = num_points; + + x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; + stbtt__add_point(points, num_points++, x,y); + break; + case STBTT_vline: + x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; + stbtt__add_point(points, num_points++, x, y); + break; + case STBTT_vcurve: + stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, &num_points, x,y, + vertices[i].cx, vertices[i].cy, + vertices[i].x, vertices[i].y, + objspace_flatness_squared, 0); + x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; + break; + case STBTT_vcubic: + stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, &num_points, x,y, + vertices[i].cx, vertices[i].cy, + vertices[i].cx1, vertices[i].cy1, + vertices[i].x, vertices[i].y, + objspace_flatness_squared, 0); + x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; + break; + } + } + (*contour_lengths)[n] = num_points - start; + } + + return points; +error: + STBTT_free(points, userdata); + STBTT_free(*contour_lengths, userdata); + *contour_lengths = 0; + *num_contours = 0; + return NULL; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, float flatness_in_pixels, stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int x_off, int y_off, int invert, void *userdata) +{ + float scale = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x; + int winding_count = 0; + int *winding_lengths = NULL; + stbtt__point *windings = stbtt_FlattenCurves(vertices, num_verts, flatness_in_pixels / scale, &winding_lengths, &winding_count, userdata); + if (windings) { + stbtt__rasterize(result, windings, winding_lengths, winding_count, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, x_off, y_off, invert, userdata); + STBTT_free(winding_lengths, userdata); + STBTT_free(windings, userdata); + } +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeBitmap(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) +{ + STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata); +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; + stbtt__bitmap gbm; + stbtt_vertex *vertices; + int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); + + if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; + if (scale_y == 0) { + if (scale_x == 0) { + STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); + return NULL; + } + scale_y = scale_x; + } + + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); + + // now we get the size + gbm.w = (ix1 - ix0); + gbm.h = (iy1 - iy0); + gbm.pixels = NULL; // in case we error + + if (width ) *width = gbm.w; + if (height) *height = gbm.h; + if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; + if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; + + if (gbm.w && gbm.h) { + gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata); + if (gbm.pixels) { + gbm.stride = gbm.w; + + stbtt_Rasterize(&gbm, 0.35f, vertices, num_verts, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, ix0, iy0, 1, info->userdata); + } + } + STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); + return gbm.pixels; +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f, 0.0f, glyph, width, height, xoff, yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph) +{ + int ix0,iy0; + stbtt_vertex *vertices; + int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); + stbtt__bitmap gbm; + + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0); + gbm.pixels = output; + gbm.w = out_w; + gbm.h = out_h; + gbm.stride = out_stride; + + if (gbm.w && gbm.h) + stbtt_Rasterize(&gbm, 0.35f, vertices, num_verts, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, ix0,iy0, 1, info->userdata); + + STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, glyph); +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, oversample_x, oversample_y, sub_x, sub_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint)); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint)); +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint) +{ + stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// bitmap baking +// +// This is SUPER-CRAPPY packing to keep source code small + +static int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal(unsigned char *data, int offset, // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf) + float pixel_height, // height of font in pixels + unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, // bitmap to be filled in + int first_char, int num_chars, // characters to bake + stbtt_bakedchar *chardata) +{ + float scale; + int x,y,bottom_y, i; + stbtt_fontinfo f; + f.userdata = NULL; + if (!stbtt_InitFont(&f, data, offset)) + return -1; + STBTT_memset(pixels, 0, pw*ph); // background of 0 around pixels + x=y=1; + bottom_y = 1; + + scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&f, pixel_height); + + for (i=0; i < num_chars; ++i) { + int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1,gw,gh; + int g = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&f, first_char + i); + stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(&f, g, &advance, &lsb); + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(&f, g, scale,scale, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + gw = x1-x0; + gh = y1-y0; + if (x + gw + 1 >= pw) + y = bottom_y, x = 1; // advance to next row + if (y + gh + 1 >= ph) // check if it fits vertically AFTER potentially moving to next row + return -i; + STBTT_assert(x+gw < pw); + STBTT_assert(y+gh < ph); + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(&f, pixels+x+y*pw, gw,gh,pw, scale,scale, g); + chardata[i].x0 = (stbtt_int16) x; + chardata[i].y0 = (stbtt_int16) y; + chardata[i].x1 = (stbtt_int16) (x + gw); + chardata[i].y1 = (stbtt_int16) (y + gh); + chardata[i].xadvance = scale * advance; + chardata[i].xoff = (float) x0; + chardata[i].yoff = (float) y0; + x = x + gw + 1; + if (y+gh+1 > bottom_y) + bottom_y = y+gh+1; + } + return bottom_y; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule) +{ + float d3d_bias = opengl_fillrule ? 0 : -0.5f; + float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph; + const stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index; + int round_x = STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f); + int round_y = STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f); + + q->x0 = round_x + d3d_bias; + q->y0 = round_y + d3d_bias; + q->x1 = round_x + b->x1 - b->x0 + d3d_bias; + q->y1 = round_y + b->y1 - b->y0 + d3d_bias; + + q->s0 = b->x0 * ipw; + q->t0 = b->y0 * iph; + q->s1 = b->x1 * ipw; + q->t1 = b->y1 * iph; + + *xpos += b->xadvance; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// rectangle packing replacement routines if you don't have stb_rect_pack.h +// + +#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION + +typedef int stbrp_coord; + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// // +// // +// COMPILER WARNING ?!?!? // +// // +// // +// if you get a compile warning due to these symbols being defined more than // +// once, move #include "stb_rect_pack.h" before #include "stb_truetype.h" // +// // +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +typedef struct +{ + int width,height; + int x,y,bottom_y; +} stbrp_context; + +typedef struct +{ + unsigned char x; +} stbrp_node; + +struct stbrp_rect +{ + stbrp_coord x,y; + int id,w,h,was_packed; +}; + +static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) +{ + con->width = pw; + con->height = ph; + con->x = 0; + con->y = 0; + con->bottom_y = 0; + STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes); + STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); +} + +static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { + if (con->x + rects[i].w > con->width) { + con->x = 0; + con->y = con->bottom_y; + } + if (con->y + rects[i].h > con->height) + break; + rects[i].x = con->x; + rects[i].y = con->y; + rects[i].was_packed = 1; + con->x += rects[i].w; + if (con->y + rects[i].h > con->bottom_y) + con->bottom_y = con->y + rects[i].h; + } + for ( ; i < num_rects; ++i) + rects[i].was_packed = 0; +} +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// bitmap baking +// +// This is SUPER-AWESOME (tm Ryan Gordon) packing using stb_rect_pack.h. If +// stb_rect_pack.h isn't available, it uses the BakeFontBitmap strategy. + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context) +{ + stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*context) ,alloc_context); + int num_nodes = pw - padding; + stbrp_node *nodes = (stbrp_node *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*nodes ) * num_nodes,alloc_context); + + if (context == NULL || nodes == NULL) { + if (context != NULL) STBTT_free(context, alloc_context); + if (nodes != NULL) STBTT_free(nodes , alloc_context); + return 0; + } + + spc->user_allocator_context = alloc_context; + spc->width = pw; + spc->height = ph; + spc->pixels = pixels; + spc->pack_info = context; + spc->nodes = nodes; + spc->padding = padding; + spc->stride_in_bytes = stride_in_bytes != 0 ? stride_in_bytes : pw; + spc->h_oversample = 1; + spc->v_oversample = 1; + spc->skip_missing = 0; + + stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes); + + if (pixels) + STBTT_memset(pixels, 0, pw*ph); // background of 0 around pixels + + return 1; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd (stbtt_pack_context *spc) +{ + STBTT_free(spc->nodes , spc->user_allocator_context); + STBTT_free(spc->pack_info, spc->user_allocator_context); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h_oversample, unsigned int v_oversample) +{ + STBTT_assert(h_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); + STBTT_assert(v_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); + if (h_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE) + spc->h_oversample = h_oversample; + if (v_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE) + spc->v_oversample = v_oversample; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip) +{ + spc->skip_missing = skip; +} + +#define STBTT__OVER_MASK (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1) + +static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width) +{ + unsigned char buffer[STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE]; + int safe_w = w - kernel_width; + int j; + STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); // suppress bogus warning from VS2013 -analyze + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + int i; + unsigned int total; + STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, kernel_width); + + total = 0; + + // make kernel_width a constant in common cases so compiler can optimize out the divide + switch (kernel_width) { + case 2: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 2); + } + break; + case 3: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 3); + } + break; + case 4: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 4); + } + break; + case 5: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 5); + } + break; + default: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); + } + break; + } + + for (; i < w; ++i) { + STBTT_assert(pixels[i] == 0); + total -= buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); + } + + pixels += stride_in_bytes; + } +} + +static void stbtt__v_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width) +{ + unsigned char buffer[STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE]; + int safe_h = h - kernel_width; + int j; + STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); // suppress bogus warning from VS2013 -analyze + for (j=0; j < w; ++j) { + int i; + unsigned int total; + STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, kernel_width); + + total = 0; + + // make kernel_width a constant in common cases so compiler can optimize out the divide + switch (kernel_width) { + case 2: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 2); + } + break; + case 3: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 3); + } + break; + case 4: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 4); + } + break; + case 5: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 5); + } + break; + default: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); + } + break; + } + + for (; i < h; ++i) { + STBTT_assert(pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] == 0); + total -= buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); + } + + pixels += 1; + } +} + +static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample) +{ + if (!oversample) + return 0.0f; + + // The prefilter is a box filter of width "oversample", + // which shifts phase by (oversample - 1)/2 pixels in + // oversampled space. We want to shift in the opposite + // direction to counter this. + return (float)-(oversample - 1) / (2.0f * (float)oversample); +} + +// rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) +{ + int i,j,k; + + k=0; + for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { + float fh = ranges[i].font_size; + float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(info, -fh); + ranges[i].h_oversample = (unsigned char) spc->h_oversample; + ranges[i].v_oversample = (unsigned char) spc->v_oversample; + for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) { + int x0,y0,x1,y1; + int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; + int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); + if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) { + rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0; + } else { + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, + scale * spc->h_oversample, + scale * spc->v_oversample, + 0,0, + &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); + rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); + } + ++k; + } + } + + return k; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int prefilter_x, int prefilter_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, + output, + out_w - (prefilter_x - 1), + out_h - (prefilter_y - 1), + out_stride, + scale_x, + scale_y, + shift_x, + shift_y, + glyph); + + if (prefilter_x > 1) + stbtt__h_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_x); + + if (prefilter_y > 1) + stbtt__v_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_y); + + *sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_x); + *sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_y); +} + +// rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) +{ + int i,j,k, return_value = 1; + + // save current values + int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample; + int old_v_over = spc->v_oversample; + + k = 0; + for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { + float fh = ranges[i].font_size; + float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(info, -fh); + float recip_h,recip_v,sub_x,sub_y; + spc->h_oversample = ranges[i].h_oversample; + spc->v_oversample = ranges[i].v_oversample; + recip_h = 1.0f / spc->h_oversample; + recip_v = 1.0f / spc->v_oversample; + sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->h_oversample); + sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample); + for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) { + stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k]; + if (r->was_packed && r->w != 0 && r->h != 0) { + stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j]; + int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1; + int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; + int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); + stbrp_coord pad = (stbrp_coord) spc->padding; + + // pad on left and top + r->x += pad; + r->y += pad; + r->w -= pad; + r->h -= pad; + stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(info, glyph, &advance, &lsb); + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(info, glyph, + scale * spc->h_oversample, + scale * spc->v_oversample, + &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, + spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, + r->w - spc->h_oversample+1, + r->h - spc->v_oversample+1, + spc->stride_in_bytes, + scale * spc->h_oversample, + scale * spc->v_oversample, + 0,0, + glyph); + + if (spc->h_oversample > 1) + stbtt__h_prefilter(spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, + r->w, r->h, spc->stride_in_bytes, + spc->h_oversample); + + if (spc->v_oversample > 1) + stbtt__v_prefilter(spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, + r->w, r->h, spc->stride_in_bytes, + spc->v_oversample); + + bc->x0 = (stbtt_int16) r->x; + bc->y0 = (stbtt_int16) r->y; + bc->x1 = (stbtt_int16) (r->x + r->w); + bc->y1 = (stbtt_int16) (r->y + r->h); + bc->xadvance = scale * advance; + bc->xoff = (float) x0 * recip_h + sub_x; + bc->yoff = (float) y0 * recip_v + sub_y; + bc->xoff2 = (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x; + bc->yoff2 = (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y; + } else { + return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure + } + + ++k; + } + } + + // restore original values + spc->h_oversample = old_h_over; + spc->v_oversample = old_v_over; + + return return_value; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) +{ + stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info, rects, num_rects); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) +{ + stbtt_fontinfo info; + int i,j,n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1 + //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info; + stbrp_rect *rects; + + // flag all characters as NOT packed + for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) + for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x0 = + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y0 = + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x1 = + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y1 = 0; + + n = 0; + for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) + n += ranges[i].num_chars; + + rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context); + if (rects == NULL) + return 0; + + info.userdata = spc->user_allocator_context; + stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata,font_index)); + + n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); + + stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n); + + return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); + + STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context); + return return_value; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, + int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range) +{ + stbtt_pack_range range; + range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = first_unicode_codepoint_in_range; + range.array_of_unicode_codepoints = NULL; + range.num_chars = num_chars_in_range; + range.chardata_for_range = chardata_for_range; + range.font_size = font_size; + return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap) +{ + int i_ascent, i_descent, i_lineGap; + float scale; + stbtt_fontinfo info; + stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata, index)); + scale = size > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, size) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -size); + stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&info, &i_ascent, &i_descent, &i_lineGap); + *ascent = (float) i_ascent * scale; + *descent = (float) i_descent * scale; + *lineGap = (float) i_lineGap * scale; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer) +{ + float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph; + const stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index; + + if (align_to_integer) { + float x = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f); + float y = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f); + q->x0 = x; + q->y0 = y; + q->x1 = x + b->xoff2 - b->xoff; + q->y1 = y + b->yoff2 - b->yoff; + } else { + q->x0 = *xpos + b->xoff; + q->y0 = *ypos + b->yoff; + q->x1 = *xpos + b->xoff2; + q->y1 = *ypos + b->yoff2; + } + + q->s0 = b->x0 * ipw; + q->t0 = b->y0 * iph; + q->s1 = b->x1 * ipw; + q->t1 = b->y1 * iph; + + *xpos += b->xadvance; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// sdf computation +// + +#define STBTT_min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define STBTT_max(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) + +static int stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(float orig[2], float ray[2], float q0[2], float q1[2], float q2[2], float hits[2][2]) +{ + float q0perp = q0[1]*ray[0] - q0[0]*ray[1]; + float q1perp = q1[1]*ray[0] - q1[0]*ray[1]; + float q2perp = q2[1]*ray[0] - q2[0]*ray[1]; + float roperp = orig[1]*ray[0] - orig[0]*ray[1]; + + float a = q0perp - 2*q1perp + q2perp; + float b = q1perp - q0perp; + float c = q0perp - roperp; + + float s0 = 0., s1 = 0.; + int num_s = 0; + + if (a != 0.0) { + float discr = b*b - a*c; + if (discr > 0.0) { + float rcpna = -1 / a; + float d = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discr); + s0 = (b+d) * rcpna; + s1 = (b-d) * rcpna; + if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0) + num_s = 1; + if (d > 0.0 && s1 >= 0.0 && s1 <= 1.0) { + if (num_s == 0) s0 = s1; + ++num_s; + } + } + } else { + // 2*b*s + c = 0 + // s = -c / (2*b) + s0 = c / (-2 * b); + if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0) + num_s = 1; + } + + if (num_s == 0) + return 0; + else { + float rcp_len2 = 1 / (ray[0]*ray[0] + ray[1]*ray[1]); + float rayn_x = ray[0] * rcp_len2, rayn_y = ray[1] * rcp_len2; + + float q0d = q0[0]*rayn_x + q0[1]*rayn_y; + float q1d = q1[0]*rayn_x + q1[1]*rayn_y; + float q2d = q2[0]*rayn_x + q2[1]*rayn_y; + float rod = orig[0]*rayn_x + orig[1]*rayn_y; + + float q10d = q1d - q0d; + float q20d = q2d - q0d; + float q0rd = q0d - rod; + + hits[0][0] = q0rd + s0*(2.0f - 2.0f*s0)*q10d + s0*s0*q20d; + hits[0][1] = a*s0+b; + + if (num_s > 1) { + hits[1][0] = q0rd + s1*(2.0f - 2.0f*s1)*q10d + s1*s1*q20d; + hits[1][1] = a*s1+b; + return 2; + } else { + return 1; + } + } +} + +static int equal(float *a, float *b) +{ + return (a[0] == b[0] && a[1] == b[1]); +} + +static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex *verts) +{ + int i; + float orig[2], ray[2] = { 1, 0 }; + float y_frac; + int winding = 0; + + orig[0] = x; + //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commmented double assignment + + // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape + y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); + if (y_frac < 0.01f) + y += 0.01f; + else if (y_frac > 0.99f) + y -= 0.01f; + orig[1] = y; + + // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) + for (i=0; i < nverts; ++i) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x, y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y; + int x1 = (int) verts[i ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i ].y; + if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { + float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; + if (x_inter < x) + winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x , y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y ; + int x1 = (int) verts[i ].cx, y1 = (int) verts[i ].cy; + int x2 = (int) verts[i ].x , y2 = (int) verts[i ].y ; + int ax = STBTT_min(x0,STBTT_min(x1,x2)), ay = STBTT_min(y0,STBTT_min(y1,y2)); + int by = STBTT_max(y0,STBTT_max(y1,y2)); + if (y > ay && y < by && x > ax) { + float q0[2],q1[2],q2[2]; + float hits[2][2]; + q0[0] = (float)x0; + q0[1] = (float)y0; + q1[0] = (float)x1; + q1[1] = (float)y1; + q2[0] = (float)x2; + q2[1] = (float)y2; + if (equal(q0,q1) || equal(q1,q2)) { + x0 = (int)verts[i-1].x; + y0 = (int)verts[i-1].y; + x1 = (int)verts[i ].x; + y1 = (int)verts[i ].y; + if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { + float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; + if (x_inter < x) + winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; + } + } else { + int num_hits = stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(orig, ray, q0, q1, q2, hits); + if (num_hits >= 1) + if (hits[0][0] < 0) + winding += (hits[0][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); + if (num_hits >= 2) + if (hits[1][0] < 0) + winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); + } + } + } + } + return winding; +} + +static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x ) +{ + if (x<0) + return -(float) STBTT_pow(-x,1.0f/3.0f); + else + return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); +} + +// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 +static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) +{ + float s = -a / 3; + float p = b - a*a / 3; + float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; + float p3 = p*p*p; + float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; + if (d >= 0) { + float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); + float u = (-q + z) / 2; + float v = (-q - z) / 2; + u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); + v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); + r[0] = s + u + v; + return 1; + } else { + float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); + float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative + float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); + float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; + r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; + r[1] = s - u * (m + n); + r[2] = s - u * (m - n); + + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); + return 3; + } +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + float scale_x = scale, scale_y = scale; + int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; + int w,h; + unsigned char *data; + + // if one scale is 0, use same scale for both + if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; + if (scale_y == 0) { + if (scale_x == 0) return NULL; // if both scales are 0, return NULL + scale_y = scale_x; + } + + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); + + // if empty, return NULL + if (ix0 == ix1 || iy0 == iy1) + return NULL; + + ix0 -= padding; + iy0 -= padding; + ix1 += padding; + iy1 += padding; + + w = (ix1 - ix0); + h = (iy1 - iy0); + + if (width ) *width = w; + if (height) *height = h; + if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; + if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; + + // invert for y-downwards bitmaps + scale_y = -scale_y; + + { + int x,y,i,j; + float *precompute; + stbtt_vertex *verts; + int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &verts); + data = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(w * h, info->userdata); + precompute = (float *) STBTT_malloc(num_verts * sizeof(float), info->userdata); + + for (i=0,j=num_verts-1; i < num_verts; j=i++) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; + float x1 = verts[j].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[j].y*scale_y; + float dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt((x1-x0)*(x1-x0) + (y1-y0)*(y1-y0)); + precompute[i] = (dist == 0) ? 0.0f : 1.0f / dist; + } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + float x2 = verts[j].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[j].y *scale_y; + float x1 = verts[i].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i].cy*scale_y; + float x0 = verts[i].x *scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y *scale_y; + float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; + float len2 = bx*bx + by*by; + if (len2 != 0.0f) + precompute[i] = 1.0f / (bx*bx + by*by); + else + precompute[i] = 0.0f; + } else + precompute[i] = 0.0f; + } + + for (y=iy0; y < iy1; ++y) { + for (x=ix0; x < ix1; ++x) { + float val; + float min_dist = 999999.0f; + float sx = (float) x + 0.5f; + float sy = (float) y + 0.5f; + float x_gspace = (sx / scale_x); + float y_gspace = (sy / scale_y); + + int winding = stbtt__compute_crossings_x(x_gspace, y_gspace, num_verts, verts); // @OPTIMIZE: this could just be a rasterization, but needs to be line vs. non-tesselated curves so a new path + + for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { + float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; + + // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve + float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; + + // coarse culling against bbox + //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && + // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) + float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; + STBTT_assert(i != 0); + if (dist < min_dist) { + // check position along line + // x' = x0 + t*(x1-x0), y' = y0 + t*(y1-y0) + // minimize (x'-sx)*(x'-sx)+(y'-sy)*(y'-sy) + float dx = x1-x0, dy = y1-y0; + float px = x0-sx, py = y0-sy; + // minimize (px+t*dx)^2 + (py+t*dy)^2 = px*px + 2*px*dx*t + t^2*dx*dx + py*py + 2*py*dy*t + t^2*dy*dy + // derivative: 2*px*dx + 2*py*dy + (2*dx*dx+2*dy*dy)*t, set to 0 and solve + float t = -(px*dx + py*dy) / (dx*dx + dy*dy); + if (t >= 0.0f && t <= 1.0f) + min_dist = dist; + } + } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + float x2 = verts[i-1].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[i-1].y *scale_y; + float x1 = verts[i ].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i ].cy*scale_y; + float box_x0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(x0,x1),x2); + float box_y0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(y0,y1),y2); + float box_x1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(x0,x1),x2); + float box_y1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(y0,y1),y2); + // coarse culling against bbox to avoid computing cubic unnecessarily + if (sx > box_x0-min_dist && sx < box_x1+min_dist && sy > box_y0-min_dist && sy < box_y1+min_dist) { + int num=0; + float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; + float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; + float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; + float res[3],px,py,t,it; + float a_inv = precompute[i]; + if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula + float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); + float b = 2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by); + float c = mx*ax+my*ay; + if (a == 0.0) { // if a is 0, it's linear + if (b != 0.0) { + res[num++] = -c/b; + } + } else { + float discriminant = b*b - 4*a*c; + if (discriminant < 0) + num = 0; + else { + float root = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discriminant); + res[0] = (-b - root)/(2*a); + res[1] = (-b + root)/(2*a); + num = 2; // don't bother distinguishing 1-solution case, as code below will still work + } + } + } else { + float b = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by) * a_inv; // could precompute this as it doesn't depend on sample point + float c = (2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by)) * a_inv; + float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; + num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); + } + if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + if (num >= 2 && res[1] >= 0.0f && res[1] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[1], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + if (num >= 3 && res[2] >= 0.0f && res[2] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[2], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + } + } + } + if (winding == 0) + min_dist = -min_dist; // if outside the shape, value is negative + val = onedge_value + pixel_dist_scale * min_dist; + if (val < 0) + val = 0; + else if (val > 255) + val = 255; + data[(y-iy0)*w+(x-ix0)] = (unsigned char) val; + } + } + STBTT_free(precompute, info->userdata); + STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata); + } + return data; +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(info, scale, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint), padding, onedge_value, pixel_dist_scale, width, height, xoff, yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) +{ + STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// font name matching -- recommended not to use this +// + +// check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) +{ + stbtt_int32 i=0; + + // convert utf16 to utf8 and compare the results while converting + while (len2) { + stbtt_uint16 ch = s2[0]*256 + s2[1]; + if (ch < 0x80) { + if (i >= len1) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != ch) return -1; + } else if (ch < 0x800) { + if (i+1 >= len1) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0xc0 + (ch >> 6)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + (ch & 0x3f)) return -1; + } else if (ch >= 0xd800 && ch < 0xdc00) { + stbtt_uint32 c; + stbtt_uint16 ch2 = s2[2]*256 + s2[3]; + if (i+3 >= len1) return -1; + c = ((ch - 0xd800) << 10) + (ch2 - 0xdc00) + 0x10000; + if (s1[i++] != 0xf0 + (c >> 18)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)) return -1; + s2 += 2; // plus another 2 below + len2 -= 2; + } else if (ch >= 0xdc00 && ch < 0xe000) { + return -1; + } else { + if (i+2 >= len1) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0xe0 + (ch >> 12)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((ch >> 6) & 0x3f)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((ch ) & 0x3f)) return -1; + } + s2 += 2; + len2 -= 2; + } + return i; +} + +static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) +{ + return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2); +} + +// returns results in whatever encoding you request... but note that 2-byte encodings +// will be BIG-ENDIAN... use stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian() to compare +STBTT_DEF const char *stbtt_GetFontNameString(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int *length, int platformID, int encodingID, int languageID, int nameID) +{ + stbtt_int32 i,count,stringOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *fc = font->data; + stbtt_uint32 offset = font->fontstart; + stbtt_uint32 nm = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "name"); + if (!nm) return NULL; + + count = ttUSHORT(fc+nm+2); + stringOffset = nm + ttUSHORT(fc+nm+4); + for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { + stbtt_uint32 loc = nm + 6 + 12 * i; + if (platformID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+0) && encodingID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+2) + && languageID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+4) && nameID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+6)) { + *length = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+8); + return (const char *) (fc+stringOffset+ttUSHORT(fc+loc+10)); + } + } + return NULL; +} + +static int stbtt__matchpair(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 nm, stbtt_uint8 *name, stbtt_int32 nlen, stbtt_int32 target_id, stbtt_int32 next_id) +{ + stbtt_int32 i; + stbtt_int32 count = ttUSHORT(fc+nm+2); + stbtt_int32 stringOffset = nm + ttUSHORT(fc+nm+4); + + for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { + stbtt_uint32 loc = nm + 6 + 12 * i; + stbtt_int32 id = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+6); + if (id == target_id) { + // find the encoding + stbtt_int32 platform = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+0), encoding = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+2), language = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+4); + + // is this a Unicode encoding? + if (platform == 0 || (platform == 3 && encoding == 1) || (platform == 3 && encoding == 10)) { + stbtt_int32 slen = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+8); + stbtt_int32 off = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+10); + + // check if there's a prefix match + stbtt_int32 matchlen = stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(name, nlen, fc+stringOffset+off,slen); + if (matchlen >= 0) { + // check for target_id+1 immediately following, with same encoding & language + if (i+1 < count && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+6) == next_id && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12) == platform && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+2) == encoding && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+4) == language) { + slen = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+8); + off = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+10); + if (slen == 0) { + if (matchlen == nlen) + return 1; + } else if (matchlen < nlen && name[matchlen] == ' ') { + ++matchlen; + if (stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char*) (name+matchlen), nlen-matchlen, (char*)(fc+stringOffset+off),slen)) + return 1; + } + } else { + // if nothing immediately following + if (matchlen == nlen) + return 1; + } + } + } + + // @TODO handle other encodings + } + } + return 0; +} + +static int stbtt__matches(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 offset, stbtt_uint8 *name, stbtt_int32 flags) +{ + stbtt_int32 nlen = (stbtt_int32) STBTT_strlen((char *) name); + stbtt_uint32 nm,hd; + if (!stbtt__isfont(fc+offset)) return 0; + + // check italics/bold/underline flags in macStyle... + if (flags) { + hd = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "head"); + if ((ttUSHORT(fc+hd+44) & 7) != (flags & 7)) return 0; + } + + nm = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "name"); + if (!nm) return 0; + + if (flags) { + // if we checked the macStyle flags, then just check the family and ignore the subfamily + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 16, -1)) return 1; + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 1, -1)) return 1; + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 3, -1)) return 1; + } else { + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 16, 17)) return 1; + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 1, 2)) return 1; + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 3, -1)) return 1; + } + + return 0; +} + +static int stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, char *name_utf8, stbtt_int32 flags) +{ + stbtt_int32 i; + for (i=0;;++i) { + stbtt_int32 off = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(font_collection, i); + if (off < 0) return off; + if (stbtt__matches((stbtt_uint8 *) font_collection, off, (stbtt_uint8*) name_utf8, flags)) + return off; + } +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" +#endif + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, + float pixel_height, unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, + int first_char, int num_chars, stbtt_bakedchar *chardata) +{ + return stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal((unsigned char *) data, offset, pixel_height, pixels, pw, ph, first_char, num_chars, chardata); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index) +{ + return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data) +{ + return stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal((unsigned char *) data); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset) +{ + return stbtt_InitFont_internal(info, (unsigned char *) data, offset); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *fontdata, const char *name, int flags) +{ + return stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal((unsigned char *) fontdata, (char *) name, flags); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2) +{ + return stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char *) s1, len1, (char *) s2, len2); +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +#endif // STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +// FULL VERSION HISTORY +// +// 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod +// 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function +// 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix +// 1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support +// 1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const +// 1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function +// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts +// 1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual +// 1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning +// 1.10 (2016-04-02) allow user-defined fabs() replacement +// fix memory leak if fontsize=0.0 +// fix warning from duplicate typedef +// 1.09 (2016-01-16) warning fix; avoid crash on outofmem; use alloc userdata for PackFontRanges +// 1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges +// 1.07 (2015-08-01) allow PackFontRanges to accept arrays of sparse codepoints; +// allow PackFontRanges to pack and render in separate phases; +// fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?); +// fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer +// replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer +// 1.06 (2015-07-14) performance improvements (~35% faster on x86 and x64 on test machine) +// also more precise AA rasterizer, except if shapes overlap +// remove need for STBTT_sort +// 1.05 (2015-04-15) fix misplaced definitions for STBTT_STATIC +// 1.04 (2015-04-15) typo in example +// 1.03 (2015-04-12) STBTT_STATIC, fix memory leak in new packing, various fixes +// 1.02 (2014-12-10) fix various warnings & compile issues w/ stb_rect_pack, C++ +// 1.01 (2014-12-08) fix subpixel position when oversampling to exactly match +// non-oversampled; STBTT_POINT_SIZE for packed case only +// 1.00 (2014-12-06) add new PackBegin etc. API, w/ support for oversampling +// 0.99 (2014-09-18) fix multiple bugs with subpixel rendering (ryg) +// 0.9 (2014-08-07) support certain mac/iOS fonts without an MS platformID +// 0.8b (2014-07-07) fix a warning +// 0.8 (2014-05-25) fix a few more warnings +// 0.7 (2013-09-25) bugfix: subpixel glyph bug fixed in 0.5 had come back +// 0.6c (2012-07-24) improve documentation +// 0.6b (2012-07-20) fix a few more warnings +// 0.6 (2012-07-17) fix warnings; added stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels, +// stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox, stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty +// 0.5 (2011-12-09) bugfixes: +// subpixel glyph renderer computed wrong bounding box +// first vertex of shape can be off-curve (FreeSans) +// 0.4b (2011-12-03) fixed an error in the font baking example +// 0.4 (2011-12-01) kerning, subpixel rendering (tor) +// bugfixes for: +// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=12 +// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=4 +// stbtt_GetBakedQuad with non-square texture (Zer) +// updated Hello World! sample to use kerning and subpixel +// fixed some warnings +// 0.3 (2009-06-24) cmap fmt=12, compound shapes (MM) +// userdata, malloc-from-userdata, non-zero fill (stb) +// 0.2 (2009-03-11) Fix unsigned/signed char warnings +// 0.1 (2009-03-09) First public release +// + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/libs/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h b/libs/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b07dcc --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h @@ -0,0 +1,623 @@ +// stb_rect_pack.h - v0.11 - public domain - rectangle packing +// Sean Barrett 2014 +// +// Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas. +// Does not do rotation. +// +// Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than +// the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what +// this is meant to replace). +// +// Has only had a few tests run, may have issues. +// +// More docs to come. +// +// No memory allocations; uses qsort() and assert() from stdlib. +// Can override those by defining STBRP_SORT and STBRP_ASSERT. +// +// This library currently uses the Skyline Bottom-Left algorithm. +// +// Please note: better rectangle packers are welcome! Please +// implement them to the same API, but with a different init +// function. +// +// Credits +// +// Library +// Sean Barrett +// Minor features +// Martins Mozeiko +// github:IntellectualKitty +// +// Bugfixes / warning fixes +// Jeremy Jaussaud +// +// Version history: +// +// 0.11 (2017-03-03) return packing success/fail result +// 0.10 (2016-10-25) remove cast-away-const to avoid warnings +// 0.09 (2016-08-27) fix compiler warnings +// 0.08 (2015-09-13) really fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0) +// 0.07 (2015-09-13) fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0) +// 0.06 (2015-04-15) added STBRP_SORT to allow replacing qsort +// 0.05: added STBRP_ASSERT to allow replacing assert +// 0.04: fixed minor bug in STBRP_LARGE_RECTS support +// 0.01: initial release +// +// LICENSE +// +// See end of file for license information. + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// INCLUDE SECTION +// + +#ifndef STB_INCLUDE_STB_RECT_PACK_H +#define STB_INCLUDE_STB_RECT_PACK_H + +#define STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION 1 + +#ifdef STBRP_STATIC +#define STBRP_DEF static +#else +#define STBRP_DEF extern +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context; +typedef struct stbrp_node stbrp_node; +typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; + +#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS +typedef int stbrp_coord; +#else +typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord; +#endif + +STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); +// Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type +// 'stbrp_rect' defined below, stored in the array 'rects', and there +// are 'num_rects' many of them. +// +// Rectangles which are successfully packed have the 'was_packed' flag +// set to a non-zero value and 'x' and 'y' store the minimum location +// on each axis (i.e. bottom-left in cartesian coordinates, top-left +// if you imagine y increasing downwards). Rectangles which do not fit +// have the 'was_packed' flag set to 0. +// +// You should not try to access the 'rects' array from another thread +// while this function is running, as the function temporarily reorders +// the array while it executes. +// +// To pack into another rectangle, you need to call stbrp_init_target +// again. To continue packing into the same rectangle, you can call +// this function again. Calling this multiple times with multiple rect +// arrays will probably produce worse packing results than calling it +// a single time with the full rectangle array, but the option is +// available. +// +// The function returns 1 if all of the rectangles were successfully +// packed and 0 otherwise. + +struct stbrp_rect +{ + // reserved for your use: + int id; + + // input: + stbrp_coord w, h; + + // output: + stbrp_coord x, y; + int was_packed; // non-zero if valid packing + +}; // 16 bytes, nominally + + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target (stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes); +// Initialize a rectangle packer to: +// pack a rectangle that is 'width' by 'height' in dimensions +// using temporary storage provided by the array 'nodes', which is 'num_nodes' long +// +// You must call this function every time you start packing into a new target. +// +// There is no "shutdown" function. The 'nodes' memory must stay valid for +// the following stbrp_pack_rects() call (or calls), but can be freed after +// the call (or calls) finish. +// +// Note: to guarantee best results, either: +// 1. make sure 'num_nodes' >= 'width' +// or 2. call stbrp_allow_out_of_mem() defined below with 'allow_out_of_mem = 1' +// +// If you don't do either of the above things, widths will be quantized to multiples +// of small integers to guarantee the algorithm doesn't run out of temporary storage. +// +// If you do #2, then the non-quantized algorithm will be used, but the algorithm +// may run out of temporary storage and be unable to pack some rectangles. + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem (stbrp_context *context, int allow_out_of_mem); +// Optionally call this function after init but before doing any packing to +// change the handling of the out-of-temp-memory scenario, described above. +// If you call init again, this will be reset to the default (false). + + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_heuristic (stbrp_context *context, int heuristic); +// Optionally select which packing heuristic the library should use. Different +// heuristics will produce better/worse results for different data sets. +// If you call init again, this will be reset to the default. + +enum +{ + STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default=0, + STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight = STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default, + STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight +}; + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// the details of the following structures don't matter to you, but they must +// be visible so you can handle the memory allocations for them + +struct stbrp_node +{ + stbrp_coord x,y; + stbrp_node *next; +}; + +struct stbrp_context +{ + int width; + int height; + int align; + int init_mode; + int heuristic; + int num_nodes; + stbrp_node *active_head; + stbrp_node *free_head; + stbrp_node extra[2]; // we allocate two extra nodes so optimal user-node-count is 'width' not 'width+2' +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// IMPLEMENTATION SECTION +// + +#ifdef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef STBRP_SORT +#include +#define STBRP_SORT qsort +#endif + +#ifndef STBRP_ASSERT +#include +#define STBRP_ASSERT assert +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#define STBRP__CDECL +#endif + +enum +{ + STBRP__INIT_skyline = 1 +}; + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_heuristic(stbrp_context *context, int heuristic) +{ + switch (context->init_mode) { + case STBRP__INIT_skyline: + STBRP_ASSERT(heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight || heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight); + context->heuristic = heuristic; + break; + default: + STBRP_ASSERT(0); + } +} + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_out_of_mem) +{ + if (allow_out_of_mem) + // if it's ok to run out of memory, then don't bother aligning them; + // this gives better packing, but may fail due to OOM (even though + // the rectangles easily fit). @TODO a smarter approach would be to only + // quantize once we've hit OOM, then we could get rid of this parameter. + context->align = 1; + else { + // if it's not ok to run out of memory, then quantize the widths + // so that num_nodes is always enough nodes. + // + // I.e. num_nodes * align >= width + // align >= width / num_nodes + // align = ceil(width/num_nodes) + + context->align = (context->width + context->num_nodes-1) / context->num_nodes; + } +} + +STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) +{ + int i; +#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS + STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff); +#endif + + for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i) + nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1]; + nodes[i].next = NULL; + context->init_mode = STBRP__INIT_skyline; + context->heuristic = STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default; + context->free_head = &nodes[0]; + context->active_head = &context->extra[0]; + context->width = width; + context->height = height; + context->num_nodes = num_nodes; + stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(context, 0); + + // node 0 is the full width, node 1 is the sentinel (lets us not store width explicitly) + context->extra[0].x = 0; + context->extra[0].y = 0; + context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1]; + context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width; +#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS + context->extra[1].y = (1<<30); +#else + context->extra[1].y = 65535; +#endif + context->extra[1].next = NULL; +} + +// find minimum y position if it starts at x1 +static int stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(stbrp_context *c, stbrp_node *first, int x0, int width, int *pwaste) +{ + stbrp_node *node = first; + int x1 = x0 + width; + int min_y, visited_width, waste_area; + + STBRP__NOTUSED(c); + + STBRP_ASSERT(first->x <= x0); + + #if 0 + // skip in case we're past the node + while (node->next->x <= x0) + ++node; + #else + STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > x0); // we ended up handling this in the caller for efficiency + #endif + + STBRP_ASSERT(node->x <= x0); + + min_y = 0; + waste_area = 0; + visited_width = 0; + while (node->x < x1) { + if (node->y > min_y) { + // raise min_y higher. + // we've accounted for all waste up to min_y, + // but we'll now add more waste for everything we've visted + waste_area += visited_width * (node->y - min_y); + min_y = node->y; + // the first time through, visited_width might be reduced + if (node->x < x0) + visited_width += node->next->x - x0; + else + visited_width += node->next->x - node->x; + } else { + // add waste area + int under_width = node->next->x - node->x; + if (under_width + visited_width > width) + under_width = width - visited_width; + waste_area += under_width * (min_y - node->y); + visited_width += under_width; + } + node = node->next; + } + + *pwaste = waste_area; + return min_y; +} + +typedef struct +{ + int x,y; + stbrp_node **prev_link; +} stbrp__findresult; + +static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int width, int height) +{ + int best_waste = (1<<30), best_x, best_y = (1 << 30); + stbrp__findresult fr; + stbrp_node **prev, *node, *tail, **best = NULL; + + // align to multiple of c->align + width = (width + c->align - 1); + width -= width % c->align; + STBRP_ASSERT(width % c->align == 0); + + node = c->active_head; + prev = &c->active_head; + while (node->x + width <= c->width) { + int y,waste; + y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, node->x, width, &waste); + if (c->heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight) { // actually just want to test BL + // bottom left + if (y < best_y) { + best_y = y; + best = prev; + } + } else { + // best-fit + if (y + height <= c->height) { + // can only use it if it first vertically + if (y < best_y || (y == best_y && waste < best_waste)) { + best_y = y; + best_waste = waste; + best = prev; + } + } + } + prev = &node->next; + node = node->next; + } + + best_x = (best == NULL) ? 0 : (*best)->x; + + // if doing best-fit (BF), we also have to try aligning right edge to each node position + // + // e.g, if fitting + // + // ____________________ + // |____________________| + // + // into + // + // | | + // | ____________| + // |____________| + // + // then right-aligned reduces waste, but bottom-left BL is always chooses left-aligned + // + // This makes BF take about 2x the time + + if (c->heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight) { + tail = c->active_head; + node = c->active_head; + prev = &c->active_head; + // find first node that's admissible + while (tail->x < width) + tail = tail->next; + while (tail) { + int xpos = tail->x - width; + int y,waste; + STBRP_ASSERT(xpos >= 0); + // find the left position that matches this + while (node->next->x <= xpos) { + prev = &node->next; + node = node->next; + } + STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > xpos && node->x <= xpos); + y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, xpos, width, &waste); + if (y + height < c->height) { + if (y <= best_y) { + if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) { + best_x = xpos; + STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); + best_y = y; + best_waste = waste; + best = prev; + } + } + } + tail = tail->next; + } + } + + fr.prev_link = best; + fr.x = best_x; + fr.y = best_y; + return fr; +} + +static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height) +{ + // find best position according to heuristic + stbrp__findresult res = stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(context, width, height); + stbrp_node *node, *cur; + + // bail if: + // 1. it failed + // 2. the best node doesn't fit (we don't always check this) + // 3. we're out of memory + if (res.prev_link == NULL || res.y + height > context->height || context->free_head == NULL) { + res.prev_link = NULL; + return res; + } + + // on success, create new node + node = context->free_head; + node->x = (stbrp_coord) res.x; + node->y = (stbrp_coord) (res.y + height); + + context->free_head = node->next; + + // insert the new node into the right starting point, and + // let 'cur' point to the remaining nodes needing to be + // stiched back in + + cur = *res.prev_link; + if (cur->x < res.x) { + // preserve the existing one, so start testing with the next one + stbrp_node *next = cur->next; + cur->next = node; + cur = next; + } else { + *res.prev_link = node; + } + + // from here, traverse cur and free the nodes, until we get to one + // that shouldn't be freed + while (cur->next && cur->next->x <= res.x + width) { + stbrp_node *next = cur->next; + // move the current node to the free list + cur->next = context->free_head; + context->free_head = cur; + cur = next; + } + + // stitch the list back in + node->next = cur; + + if (cur->x < res.x + width) + cur->x = (stbrp_coord) (res.x + width); + +#ifdef _DEBUG + cur = context->active_head; + while (cur->x < context->width) { + STBRP_ASSERT(cur->x < cur->next->x); + cur = cur->next; + } + STBRP_ASSERT(cur->next == NULL); + + { + int count=0; + cur = context->active_head; + while (cur) { + cur = cur->next; + ++count; + } + cur = context->free_head; + while (cur) { + cur = cur->next; + ++count; + } + STBRP_ASSERT(count == context->num_nodes+2); + } +#endif + + return res; +} + +static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; + const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; + if (p->h > q->h) + return -1; + if (p->h < q->h) + return 1; + return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w); +} + +static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; + const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; + return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed); +} + +#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffffffff +#else +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff +#endif + +STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) +{ + int i, all_rects_packed = 1; + + // we use the 'was_packed' field internally to allow sorting/unsorting + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { + rects[i].was_packed = i; + #ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS + STBRP_ASSERT(rects[i].w <= 0xffff && rects[i].h <= 0xffff); + #endif + } + + // sort according to heuristic + STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_height_compare); + + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { + if (rects[i].w == 0 || rects[i].h == 0) { + rects[i].x = rects[i].y = 0; // empty rect needs no space + } else { + stbrp__findresult fr = stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(context, rects[i].w, rects[i].h); + if (fr.prev_link) { + rects[i].x = (stbrp_coord) fr.x; + rects[i].y = (stbrp_coord) fr.y; + } else { + rects[i].x = rects[i].y = STBRP__MAXVAL; + } + } + } + + // unsort + STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_original_order); + + // set was_packed flags and all_rects_packed status + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { + rects[i].was_packed = !(rects[i].x == STBRP__MAXVAL && rects[i].y == STBRP__MAXVAL); + if (!rects[i].was_packed) + all_rects_packed = 0; + } + + // return the all_rects_packed status + return all_rects_packed; +} +#endif + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/libs/imgui/stb_textedit.h b/libs/imgui/stb_textedit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7324fb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/stb_textedit.h @@ -0,0 +1,1321 @@ +// [ImGui] this is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.9. Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/sb +// [ImGui] - fixed linestart handler when over last character of multi-line buffer + simplified existing code (#588, #815) +// [ImGui] - fixed a state corruption/crash bug in stb_text_redo and stb_textedit_discard_redo (#715) +// [ImGui] - fixed a crash bug in stb_textedit_discard_redo (#681) +// [ImGui] - fixed some minor warnings + +// stb_textedit.h - v1.9 - public domain - Sean Barrett +// Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools +// +// This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing +// widget; you implement display, word-wrapping, and low-level string +// insertion/deletion, and stb_textedit will map user inputs into +// insertions & deletions, plus updates to the cursor position, +// selection state, and undo state. +// +// It is intended for use in games and other systems that need to build +// their own custom widgets and which do not have heavy text-editing +// requirements (this library is not recommended for use for editing large +// texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo). +// +// Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls. +// +// +// LICENSE +// +// This software is dual-licensed to the public domain and under the following +// license: you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, modify, +// publish, and distribute this file as you see fit. +// +// +// DEPENDENCIES +// +// Uses the C runtime function 'memmove', which you can override +// by defining STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation. +// Uses no other functions. Performs no runtime allocations. +// +// +// VERSION HISTORY +// +// 1.9 (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word +// 1.8 (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down +// 1.7 (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0 +// 1.6 (2015-04-15) allow STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +// 1.5 (2014-09-10) add support for secondary keys for OS X +// 1.4 (2014-08-17) fix signed/unsigned warnings +// 1.3 (2014-06-19) fix mouse clicking to round to nearest char boundary +// 1.2 (2014-05-27) fix some RAD types that had crept into the new code +// 1.1 (2013-12-15) move-by-word (requires STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE ) +// 1.0 (2012-07-26) improve documentation, initial public release +// 0.3 (2012-02-24) bugfixes, single-line mode; insert mode +// 0.2 (2011-11-28) fixes to undo/redo +// 0.1 (2010-07-08) initial version +// +// ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTORS +// +// Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1 +// Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5 +// Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +// +// Bugfixes: +// Scott Graham +// Daniel Keller +// Omar Cornut +// +// USAGE +// +// This file behaves differently depending on what symbols you define +// before including it. +// +// +// Header-file mode: +// +// If you do not define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION before including this, +// it will operate in "header file" mode. In this mode, it declares a +// single public symbol, STB_TexteditState, which encapsulates the current +// state of a text widget (except for the string, which you will store +// separately). +// +// To compile in this mode, you must define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE to a +// primitive type that defines a single character (e.g. char, wchar_t, etc). +// +// To save space or increase undo-ability, you can optionally define the +// following things that are used by the undo system: +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE small int type encoding a valid cursor position +// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT the number of undo states to allow +// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT the number of characters to store in the undo buffer +// +// If you don't define these, they are set to permissive types and +// moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so +// it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes): +// +// [4 + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT +// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT +// +// +// Implementation mode: +// +// If you define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION before including this, it +// will compile the implementation of the text edit widget, depending +// on a large number of symbols which must be defined before the include. +// +// The implementation is defined only as static functions. You will then +// need to provide your own APIs in the same file which will access the +// static functions. +// +// The basic concept is that you provide a "string" object which +// behaves like an array of characters. stb_textedit uses indices to +// refer to positions in the string, implicitly representing positions +// in the displayed textedit. This is true for both plain text and +// rich text; even with rich text stb_truetype interacts with your +// code as if there was an array of all the displayed characters. +// +// Symbols that must be the same in header-file and implementation mode: +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE the character type +// STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE small type that a valid cursor position +// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT the number of undo states to allow +// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT the number of characters to store in the undo buffer +// +// Symbols you must define for implementation mode: +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING the type of object representing a string being edited, +// typically this is a wrapper object with other data you need +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(obj) the length of the string (ideally O(1)) +// STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r,obj,n) returns the results of laying out a line of characters +// starting from character #n (see discussion below) +// STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(obj,n,i) returns the pixel delta from the xpos of the i'th character +// to the xpos of the i+1'th char for a line of characters +// starting at character #n (i.e. accounts for kerning +// with previous char) +// STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(k) maps a keyboard input to an insertable character +// (return type is int, -1 means not valid to insert) +// STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(obj,i) returns the i'th character of obj, 0-based +// STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE the character returned by _GETCHAR() we recognize +// as manually wordwrapping for end-of-line positioning +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(obj,i,n) delete n characters starting at i +// STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(obj,i,c*,n) insert n characters at i (pointed to by STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE*) +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT a power of two that is or'd in to a keyboard input to represent the shift key +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT keyboard input to move cursor left +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP keyboard input to move cursor up +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN keyboard input to move cursor down +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of line // e.g. HOME +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of line // e.g. END +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // e.g. ctrl-HOME +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of text // e.g. ctrl-END +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO keyboard input to perform undo +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO keyboard input to perform redo +// +// Optional: +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT keyboard input to toggle insert mode +// STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE(ch) true if character is whitespace (e.g. 'isspace'), +// required for default WORDLEFT/WORDRIGHT handlers +// STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(obj,i) custom handler for WORDLEFT, returns index to move cursor to +// STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(obj,i) custom handler for WORDRIGHT, returns index to move cursor to +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT keyboard input to move cursor left one word // e.g. ctrl-LEFT +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right one word // e.g. ctrl-RIGHT +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of line +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of line +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of text +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of text +// +// Todo: +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page +// +// Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code +// and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must +// be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection, +// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. +// +// You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and +// then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example, +// my Windows implementations add an additional CONTROL bit, and an additional KEYDOWN +// bit. Then all of the STB_TEXTEDIT_K_ values bitwise-or in the KEYDOWN bit, +// and I pass both WM_KEYDOWN and WM_CHAR events to the "key" function in the +// API below. The control keys will only match WM_KEYDOWN events because of the +// keydown bit I add, and STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT only tests for the KEYDOWN +// bit so it only decodes WM_CHAR events. +// +// STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW returns information about the shape of one displayed +// row of characters assuming they start on the i'th character--the width and +// the height and the number of characters consumed. This allows this library +// to traverse the entire layout incrementally. You need to compute word-wrapping +// here. +// +// Each textfield keeps its own insert mode state, which is not how normal +// applications work. To keep an app-wide insert mode, update/copy the +// "insert_mode" field of STB_TexteditState before/after calling API functions. +// +// API +// +// void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line) +// +// void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +// void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +// int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +// int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) +// void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key) +// +// Each of these functions potentially updates the string and updates the +// state. +// +// initialize_state: +// set the textedit state to a known good default state when initially +// constructing the textedit. +// +// click: +// call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor +// and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must +// be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left. +// +// drag: +// call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the +// cursor and the selection end point +// +// cut: +// call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was +// one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer. +// (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.) +// +// paste: +// call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current +// selection if there is one. +// +// key: +// call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it +// for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to +// do both (as in Win32), or distinguish Unicode characters from control +// inputs, set a high bit to distinguish the two; then you can define the +// various definitions like STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT have the is-key-event bit +// set, and make STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOCHAR check that the is-key-event bit is +// clear. +// +// When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from +// the STB_TexteditState. +// +// +// Notes: +// +// This is designed to be usable in IMGUI, so it allows for the possibility of +// running in an IMGUI that has NOT cached the multi-line layout. For this +// reason, it provides an interface that is compatible with computing the +// layout incrementally--we try to make sure we make as few passes through +// as possible. (For example, to locate the mouse pointer in the text, we +// could define functions that return the X and Y positions of characters +// and binary search Y and then X, but if we're doing dynamic layout this +// will run the layout algorithm many times, so instead we manually search +// forward in one pass. Similar logic applies to e.g. up-arrow and +// down-arrow movement.) +// +// If it's run in a widget that *has* cached the layout, then this is less +// efficient, but it's not horrible on modern computers. But you wouldn't +// want to edit million-line files with it. + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// Header-file mode +//// +//// + +#ifndef INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H +#define INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// STB_TexteditState +// +// Definition of STB_TexteditState which you should store +// per-textfield; it includes cursor position, selection state, +// and undo state. +// + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#endif +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#endif +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int +#endif +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int +#endif + +typedef struct +{ + // private data + STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; + short insert_length; + short delete_length; + short char_storage; +} StbUndoRecord; + +typedef struct +{ + // private data + StbUndoRecord undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; + short undo_point, redo_point; + short undo_char_point, redo_char_point; +} StbUndoState; + +typedef struct +{ + ///////////////////// + // + // public data + // + + int cursor; + // position of the text cursor within the string + + int select_start; // selection start point + int select_end; + // selection start and end point in characters; if equal, no selection. + // note that start may be less than or greater than end (e.g. when + // dragging the mouse, start is where the initial click was, and you + // can drag in either direction) + + unsigned char insert_mode; + // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide + // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state + + ///////////////////// + // + // private data + // + unsigned char cursor_at_end_of_line; // not implemented yet + unsigned char initialized; + unsigned char has_preferred_x; + unsigned char single_line; + unsigned char padding1, padding2, padding3; + float preferred_x; // this determines where the cursor up/down tries to seek to along x + StbUndoState undostate; +} STB_TexteditState; + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// StbTexteditRow +// +// Result of layout query, used by stb_textedit to determine where +// the text in each row is. + +// result of layout query +typedef struct +{ + float x0,x1; // starting x location, end x location (allows for align=right, etc) + float baseline_y_delta; // position of baseline relative to previous row's baseline + float ymin,ymax; // height of row above and below baseline + int num_chars; +} StbTexteditRow; +#endif //INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// Implementation mode +//// +//// + + +// implementation isn't include-guarded, since it might have indirectly +// included just the "header" portion +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +#include +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove +#endif + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Mouse input handling +// + +// traverse the layout to locate the nearest character to a display position +static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) +{ + StbTexteditRow r; + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + float base_y = 0, prev_x; + int i=0, k; + + r.x0 = r.x1 = 0; + r.ymin = r.ymax = 0; + r.num_chars = 0; + + // search rows to find one that straddles 'y' + while (i < n) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); + if (r.num_chars <= 0) + return n; + + if (i==0 && y < base_y + r.ymin) + return 0; + + if (y < base_y + r.ymax) + break; + + i += r.num_chars; + base_y += r.baseline_y_delta; + } + + // below all text, return 'after' last character + if (i >= n) + return n; + + // check if it's before the beginning of the line + if (x < r.x0) + return i; + + // check if it's before the end of the line + if (x < r.x1) { + // search characters in row for one that straddles 'x' + prev_x = r.x0; + for (k=0; k < r.num_chars; ++k) { + float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, i, k); + if (x < prev_x+w) { + if (x < prev_x+w/2) + return k+i; + else + return k+i+1; + } + prev_x += w; + } + // shouldn't happen, but if it does, fall through to end-of-line case + } + + // if the last character is a newline, return that. otherwise return 'after' the last character + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, i+r.num_chars-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + return i+r.num_chars-1; + else + return i+r.num_chars; +} + +// API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection +static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +{ + state->cursor = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y); + state->select_start = state->cursor; + state->select_end = state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; +} + +// API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location +static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +{ + int p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y); + if (state->select_start == state->select_end) + state->select_start = state->cursor; + state->cursor = state->select_end = p; +} + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Keyboard input handling +// + +// forward declarations +static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); +static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length); + +typedef struct +{ + float x,y; // position of n'th character + float height; // height of line + int first_char, length; // first char of row, and length + int prev_first; // first char of previous row +} StbFindState; + +// find the x/y location of a character, and remember info about the previous row in +// case we get a move-up event (for page up, we'll have to rescan) +static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line) +{ + StbTexteditRow r; + int prev_start = 0; + int z = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + int i=0, first; + + if (n == z) { + // if it's at the end, then find the last line -- simpler than trying to + // explicitly handle this case in the regular code + if (single_line) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); + find->y = 0; + find->first_char = 0; + find->length = z; + find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin; + find->x = r.x1; + } else { + find->y = 0; + find->x = 0; + find->height = 1; + while (i < z) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); + prev_start = i; + i += r.num_chars; + } + find->first_char = i; + find->length = 0; + find->prev_first = prev_start; + } + return; + } + + // search rows to find the one that straddles character n + find->y = 0; + + for(;;) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); + if (n < i + r.num_chars) + break; + prev_start = i; + i += r.num_chars; + find->y += r.baseline_y_delta; + } + + find->first_char = first = i; + find->length = r.num_chars; + find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin; + find->prev_first = prev_start; + + // now scan to find xpos + find->x = r.x0; + i = 0; + for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i) + find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i); +} + +#define STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(s) ((s)->select_start != (s)->select_end) + +// make the selection/cursor state valid if client altered the string +static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + if (state->select_start > n) state->select_start = n; + if (state->select_end > n) state->select_end = n; + // if clamping forced them to be equal, move the cursor to match + if (state->select_start == state->select_end) + state->cursor = state->select_start; + } + if (state->cursor > n) state->cursor = n; +} + +// delete characters while updating undo +static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len) +{ + stb_text_makeundo_delete(str, state, where, len); + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, where, len); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; +} + +// delete the section +static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + if (state->select_start < state->select_end) { + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->select_start, state->select_end - state->select_start); + state->select_end = state->cursor = state->select_start; + } else { + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->select_end, state->select_start - state->select_end); + state->select_start = state->cursor = state->select_end; + } + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } +} + +// canoncialize the selection so start <= end +static void stb_textedit_sortselection(STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (state->select_end < state->select_start) { + int temp = state->select_end; + state->select_end = state->select_start; + state->select_start = temp; + } +} + +// move cursor to first character of selection +static void stb_textedit_move_to_first(STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + stb_textedit_sortselection(state); + state->cursor = state->select_start; + state->select_end = state->select_start; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } +} + +// move cursor to last character of selection +static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + stb_textedit_sortselection(state); + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + state->cursor = state->select_end; + state->select_start = state->select_end; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } +} + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE +static int is_word_boundary( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx ) +{ + return idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str,idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, idx) ) ) : 1; +} + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +{ + --c; // always move at least one character + while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) ) + --c; + + if( c < 0 ) + c = 0; + + return c; +} +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous +#endif + +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +{ + const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + ++c; // always move at least one character + while( c < len && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) ) + ++c; + + if( c > len ) + c = len; + + return c; +} +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT stb_textedit_move_to_word_next +#endif + +#endif + +// update selection and cursor to match each other +static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + state->select_start = state->select_end = state->cursor; + else + state->cursor = state->select_end; +} + +// API cut: delete selection +static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +// API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text +static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *text, int len) +{ + // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); + // try to insert the characters + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, text, len)) { + stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, len); + state->cursor += len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + return 1; + } + // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters + if (state->undostate.undo_point) + --state->undostate.undo_point; + return 0; +} + +// API key: process a keyboard input +static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key) +{ +retry: + switch (key) { + default: { + int c = STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(key); + if (c > 0) { + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c; + + // can't add newline in single-line mode + if (c == '\n' && state->single_line) + break; + + if (state->insert_mode && !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state) && state->cursor < STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str)) { + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, state->cursor, 1, 1); + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, state->cursor, 1); + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { + ++state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } + } else { + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { + stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1); + ++state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } + } + } + break; + } + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT: + state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode; + break; +#endif + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO: + stb_text_undo(str, state); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO: + stb_text_redo(str, state); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT: + // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + else + if (state->cursor > 0) + --state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT: + // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to end of selection + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); + else + ++state->cursor; + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + // move selection left + if (state->select_end > 0) + --state->select_end; + state->cursor = state->select_end; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT: + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + else { + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor); + stb_textedit_clamp( str, state ); + } + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) ) + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT(str, state->cursor); + state->select_end = state->cursor; + + stb_textedit_clamp( str, state ); + break; +#endif + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT: + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); + else { + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor); + stb_textedit_clamp( str, state ); + } + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) ) + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor); + state->select_end = state->cursor; + + stb_textedit_clamp( str, state ); + break; +#endif + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + // move selection right + ++state->select_end; + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + state->cursor = state->select_end; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + StbFindState find; + StbTexteditRow row; + int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + + if (state->single_line) { + // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right + key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + goto retry; + } + + if (sel) + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state); + + // compute current position of cursor point + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); + + // now find character position down a row + if (find.length) { + float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; + float x; + int start = find.first_char + find.length; + state->cursor = start; + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); + x = row.x0; + for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { + float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, start, i); + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + break; + #endif + x += dx; + if (x > goal_x) + break; + ++state->cursor; + } + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + + state->has_preferred_x = 1; + state->preferred_x = goal_x; + + if (sel) + state->select_end = state->cursor; + } + break; + } + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + StbFindState find; + StbTexteditRow row; + int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + + if (state->single_line) { + // on windows, up&down become left&right + key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + goto retry; + } + + if (sel) + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + + // compute current position of cursor point + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); + + // can only go up if there's a previous row + if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) { + // now find character position up a row + float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; + float x; + state->cursor = find.prev_first; + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); + x = row.x0; + for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { + float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, find.prev_first, i); + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + break; + #endif + x += dx; + if (x > goal_x) + break; + ++state->cursor; + } + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + + state->has_preferred_x = 1; + state->preferred_x = goal_x; + + if (sel) + state->select_end = state->cursor; + } + break; + } + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str, state); + else { + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + if (state->cursor < n) + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor, 1); + } + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str, state); + else { + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + if (state->cursor > 0) { + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor-1, 1); + --state->cursor; + } + } + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART: + state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND: + state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + state->cursor = state->select_end = 0; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + state->cursor = state->select_end = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART: + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + if (state->single_line) + state->cursor = 0; + else while (state->cursor > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + --state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND: { + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); + if (state->single_line) + state->cursor = n; + else while (state->cursor < n && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + ++state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + } + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + if (state->single_line) + state->cursor = 0; + else while (state->cursor > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + --state->cursor; + state->select_end = state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: +#endif + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); + stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); + stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); + if (state->single_line) + state->cursor = n; + else while (state->cursor < n && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + ++state->cursor; + state->select_end = state->cursor; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + break; + } + +// @TODO: +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP - move cursor up a page +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN - move cursor down a page + } +} + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Undo processing +// +// @OPTIMIZE: the undo/redo buffer should be circular + +static void stb_textedit_flush_redo(StbUndoState *state) +{ + state->redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; +} + +// discard the oldest entry in the undo list +static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) +{ + if (state->undo_point > 0) { + // if the 0th undo state has characters, clean those up + if (state->undo_rec[0].char_storage >= 0) { + int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i; + // delete n characters from all other records + state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point - (short) n; // vsnet05 + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i) + if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) + state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage - (short) n; // vsnet05 // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it + } + --state->undo_point; + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); + } +} + +// discard the oldest entry in the redo list--it's bad if this +// ever happens, but because undo & redo have to store the actual +// characters in different cases, the redo character buffer can +// fill up even though the undo buffer didn't +static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) +{ + int k = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1; + + if (state->redo_point <= k) { + // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up + if (state->undo_rec[k].char_storage >= 0) { + int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i; + // delete n characters from all other records + state->redo_char_point = state->redo_char_point + (short) n; // vsnet05 + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i) + if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) + state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage + (short) n; // vsnet05 + } + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point-1, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point)*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); + ++state->redo_point; + } +} + +static StbUndoRecord *stb_text_create_undo_record(StbUndoState *state, int numchars) +{ + // any time we create a new undo record, we discard redo + stb_textedit_flush_redo(state); + + // if we have no free records, we have to make room, by sliding the + // existing records down + if (state->undo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); + + // if the characters to store won't possibly fit in the buffer, we can't undo + if (numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + state->undo_point = 0; + state->undo_char_point = 0; + return NULL; + } + + // if we don't have enough free characters in the buffer, we have to make room + while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) + stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); + + return &state->undo_rec[state->undo_point++]; +} + +static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len) +{ + StbUndoRecord *r = stb_text_create_undo_record(state, insert_len); + if (r == NULL) + return NULL; + + r->where = pos; + r->insert_length = (short) insert_len; + r->delete_length = (short) delete_len; + + if (insert_len == 0) { + r->char_storage = -1; + return NULL; + } else { + r->char_storage = state->undo_char_point; + state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point + (short) insert_len; + return &state->undo_char[r->char_storage]; + } +} + +static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; + StbUndoRecord u, *r; + if (s->undo_point == 0) + return; + + // we need to do two things: apply the undo record, and create a redo record + u = s->undo_rec[s->undo_point-1]; + r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1]; + r->char_storage = -1; + + r->insert_length = u.delete_length; + r->delete_length = u.insert_length; + r->where = u.where; + + if (u.delete_length) { + // if the undo record says to delete characters, then the redo record will + // need to re-insert the characters that get deleted, so we need to store + // them. + + // there are three cases: + // there's enough room to store the characters + // characters stored for *redoing* don't leave room for redo + // characters stored for *undoing* don't leave room for redo + // if the last is true, we have to bail + + if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + // the undo records take up too much character space; there's no space to store the redo characters + r->insert_length = 0; + } else { + int i; + + // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually + while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) { + // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record + stb_textedit_discard_redo(s); + // should never happen: + if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + return; + } + r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1]; + + r->char_storage = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length; + s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - (short) u.delete_length; + + // now save the characters + for (i=0; i < u.delete_length; ++i) + s->undo_char[r->char_storage + i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, u.where + i); + } + + // now we can carry out the deletion + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, u.where, u.delete_length); + } + + // check type of recorded action: + if (u.insert_length) { + // easy case: was a deletion, so we need to insert n characters + STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, u.where, &s->undo_char[u.char_storage], u.insert_length); + s->undo_char_point -= u.insert_length; + } + + state->cursor = u.where + u.insert_length; + + s->undo_point--; + s->redo_point--; +} + +static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +{ + StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; + StbUndoRecord *u, r; + if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + return; + + // we need to do two things: apply the redo record, and create an undo record + u = &s->undo_rec[s->undo_point]; + r = s->undo_rec[s->redo_point]; + + // we KNOW there must be room for the undo record, because the redo record + // was derived from an undo record + + u->delete_length = r.insert_length; + u->insert_length = r.delete_length; + u->where = r.where; + u->char_storage = -1; + + if (r.delete_length) { + // the redo record requires us to delete characters, so the undo record + // needs to store the characters + + if (s->undo_char_point + u->insert_length > s->redo_char_point) { + u->insert_length = 0; + u->delete_length = 0; + } else { + int i; + u->char_storage = s->undo_char_point; + s->undo_char_point = s->undo_char_point + u->insert_length; + + // now save the characters + for (i=0; i < u->insert_length; ++i) + s->undo_char[u->char_storage + i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, u->where + i); + } + + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, r.where, r.delete_length); + } + + if (r.insert_length) { + // easy case: need to insert n characters + STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, r.where, &s->undo_char[r.char_storage], r.insert_length); + s->redo_char_point += r.insert_length; + } + + state->cursor = r.where + r.insert_length; + + s->undo_point++; + s->redo_point++; +} + +static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) +{ + stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, 0, length); +} + +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) +{ + int i; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0); + if (p) { + for (i=0; i < length; ++i) + p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); + } +} + +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length) +{ + int i; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length); + if (p) { + for (i=0; i < old_length; ++i) + p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); + } +} + +// reset the state to default +static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line) +{ + state->undostate.undo_point = 0; + state->undostate.undo_char_point = 0; + state->undostate.redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->undostate.redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; + state->select_end = state->select_start = 0; + state->cursor = 0; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + state->preferred_x = 0; + state->cursor_at_end_of_line = 0; + state->initialized = 1; + state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line; + state->insert_mode = 0; +} + +// API initialize +static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line) +{ + stb_textedit_clear_state(state, is_single_line); +} +#endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION diff --git a/libs/imgui/stb_truetype.h b/libs/imgui/stb_truetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f65deb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/stb_truetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,4854 @@ +// stb_truetype.h - v1.19 - public domain +// authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// +// This library processes TrueType files: +// parse files +// extract glyph metrics +// extract glyph shapes +// render glyphs to one-channel bitmaps with antialiasing (box filter) +// render glyphs to one-channel SDF bitmaps (signed-distance field/function) +// +// Todo: +// non-MS cmaps +// crashproof on bad data +// hinting? (no longer patented) +// cleartype-style AA? +// optimize: use simple memory allocator for intermediates +// optimize: build edge-list directly from curves +// optimize: rasterize directly from curves? +// +// ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTORS +// +// Mikko Mononen: compound shape support, more cmap formats +// Tor Andersson: kerning, subpixel rendering +// Dougall Johnson: OpenType / Type 2 font handling +// Daniel Ribeiro Maciel: basic GPOS-based kerning +// +// Misc other: +// Ryan Gordon +// Simon Glass +// github:IntellectualKitty +// Imanol Celaya +// Daniel Ribeiro Maciel +// +// Bug/warning reports/fixes: +// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen +// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko +// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat +// Brian Hook Omar Cornut +// Walter van Niftrik github:aloucks +// David Gow Peter LaValle +// David Given Sergey Popov +// Ivan-Assen Ivanov Giumo X. Clanjor +// Anthony Pesch Higor Euripedes +// Johan Duparc Thomas Fields +// Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard +// Rob Loach Cort Stratton +// Kenney Phillis Jr. github:oyvindjam +// Brian Costabile github:vassvik +// +// VERSION HISTORY +// +// 1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod +// 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function +// 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix +// 1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support +// 1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const +// 1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function +// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts +// 1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual +// 1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning +// 1.10 (2016-04-02) user-defined fabs(); rare memory leak; remove duplicate typedef +// 1.09 (2016-01-16) warning fix; avoid crash on outofmem; use allocation userdata properly +// 1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges +// 1.07 (2015-08-01) allow PackFontRanges to accept arrays of sparse codepoints; +// variant PackFontRanges to pack and render in separate phases; +// fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?); +// fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer +// replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer +// +// Full history can be found at the end of this file. +// +// LICENSE +// +// See end of file for license information. +// +// USAGE +// +// Include this file in whatever places neeed to refer to it. In ONE C/C++ +// file, write: +// #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +// before the #include of this file. This expands out the actual +// implementation into that C/C++ file. +// +// To make the implementation private to the file that generates the implementation, +// #define STBTT_STATIC +// +// Simple 3D API (don't ship this, but it's fine for tools and quick start) +// stbtt_BakeFontBitmap() -- bake a font to a bitmap for use as texture +// stbtt_GetBakedQuad() -- compute quad to draw for a given char +// +// Improved 3D API (more shippable): +// #include "stb_rect_pack.h" -- optional, but you really want it +// stbtt_PackBegin() +// stbtt_PackSetOversampling() -- for improved quality on small fonts +// stbtt_PackFontRanges() -- pack and renders +// stbtt_PackEnd() +// stbtt_GetPackedQuad() +// +// "Load" a font file from a memory buffer (you have to keep the buffer loaded) +// stbtt_InitFont() +// stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex() -- indexing for TTC font collections +// stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts() -- number of fonts for TTC font collections +// +// Render a unicode codepoint to a bitmap +// stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap() -- allocates and returns a bitmap +// stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap() -- renders into bitmap you provide +// stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox() -- how big the bitmap must be +// +// Character advance/positioning +// stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics() +// stbtt_GetFontVMetrics() +// stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2() +// stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance() +// +// Starting with version 1.06, the rasterizer was replaced with a new, +// faster and generally-more-precise rasterizer. The new rasterizer more +// accurately measures pixel coverage for anti-aliasing, except in the case +// where multiple shapes overlap, in which case it overestimates the AA pixel +// coverage. Thus, anti-aliasing of intersecting shapes may look wrong. If +// this turns out to be a problem, you can re-enable the old rasterizer with +// #define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 1 +// which will incur about a 15% speed hit. +// +// ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION +// +// Immediately after this block comment are a series of sample programs. +// +// After the sample programs is the "header file" section. This section +// includes documentation for each API function. +// +// Some important concepts to understand to use this library: +// +// Codepoint +// Characters are defined by unicode codepoints, e.g. 65 is +// uppercase A, 231 is lowercase c with a cedilla, 0x7e30 is +// the hiragana for "ma". +// +// Glyph +// A visual character shape (every codepoint is rendered as +// some glyph) +// +// Glyph index +// A font-specific integer ID representing a glyph +// +// Baseline +// Glyph shapes are defined relative to a baseline, which is the +// bottom of uppercase characters. Characters extend both above +// and below the baseline. +// +// Current Point +// As you draw text to the screen, you keep track of a "current point" +// which is the origin of each character. The current point's vertical +// position is the baseline. Even "baked fonts" use this model. +// +// Vertical Font Metrics +// The vertical qualities of the font, used to vertically position +// and space the characters. See docs for stbtt_GetFontVMetrics. +// +// Font Size in Pixels or Points +// The preferred interface for specifying font sizes in stb_truetype +// is to specify how tall the font's vertical extent should be in pixels. +// If that sounds good enough, skip the next paragraph. +// +// Most font APIs instead use "points", which are a common typographic +// measurement for describing font size, defined as 72 points per inch. +// stb_truetype provides a point API for compatibility. However, true +// "per inch" conventions don't make much sense on computer displays +// since different monitors have different number of pixels per +// inch. For example, Windows traditionally uses a convention that +// there are 96 pixels per inch, thus making 'inch' measurements have +// nothing to do with inches, and thus effectively defining a point to +// be 1.333 pixels. Additionally, the TrueType font data provides +// an explicit scale factor to scale a given font's glyphs to points, +// but the author has observed that this scale factor is often wrong +// for non-commercial fonts, thus making fonts scaled in points +// according to the TrueType spec incoherently sized in practice. +// +// DETAILED USAGE: +// +// Scale: +// Select how high you want the font to be, in points or pixels. +// Call ScaleForPixelHeight or ScaleForMappingEmToPixels to compute +// a scale factor SF that will be used by all other functions. +// +// Baseline: +// You need to select a y-coordinate that is the baseline of where +// your text will appear. Call GetFontBoundingBox to get the baseline-relative +// bounding box for all characters. SF*-y0 will be the distance in pixels +// that the worst-case character could extend above the baseline, so if +// you want the top edge of characters to appear at the top of the +// screen where y=0, then you would set the baseline to SF*-y0. +// +// Current point: +// Set the current point where the first character will appear. The +// first character could extend left of the current point; this is font +// dependent. You can either choose a current point that is the leftmost +// point and hope, or add some padding, or check the bounding box or +// left-side-bearing of the first character to be displayed and set +// the current point based on that. +// +// Displaying a character: +// Compute the bounding box of the character. It will contain signed values +// relative to . I.e. if it returns x0,y0,x1,y1, +// then the character should be displayed in the rectangle from +// to = 32 && *text < 128) { + stbtt_aligned_quad q; + stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9 + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); + } + ++text; + } + glEnd(); +} +#endif +// +// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Complete program (this compiles): get a single bitmap, print as ASCII art +// +#if 0 +#include +#define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // force following include to generate implementation +#include "stb_truetype.h" + +char ttf_buffer[1<<25]; + +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + stbtt_fontinfo font; + unsigned char *bitmap; + int w,h,i,j,c = (argc > 1 ? atoi(argv[1]) : 'a'), s = (argc > 2 ? atoi(argv[2]) : 20); + + fread(ttf_buffer, 1, 1<<25, fopen(argc > 3 ? argv[3] : "c:/windows/fonts/arialbd.ttf", "rb")); + + stbtt_InitFont(&font, ttf_buffer, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(ttf_buffer,0)); + bitmap = stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(&font, 0,stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&font, s), c, &w, &h, 0,0); + + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) + putchar(" .:ioVM@"[bitmap[j*w+i]>>5]); + putchar('\n'); + } + return 0; +} +#endif +// +// Output: +// +// .ii. +// @@@@@@. +// V@Mio@@o +// :i. V@V +// :oM@@M +// :@@@MM@M +// @@o o@M +// :@@. M@M +// @@@o@@@@ +// :M@@V:@@. +// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs +// +#if 0 +char buffer[24<<20]; +unsigned char screen[20][79]; + +int main(int arg, char **argv) +{ + stbtt_fontinfo font; + int i,j,ascent,baseline,ch=0; + float scale, xpos=2; // leave a little padding in case the character extends left + char *text = "Heljo World!"; // intentionally misspelled to show 'lj' brokenness + + fread(buffer, 1, 1000000, fopen("c:/windows/fonts/arialbd.ttf", "rb")); + stbtt_InitFont(&font, buffer, 0); + + scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&font, 15); + stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&font, &ascent,0,0); + baseline = (int) (ascent*scale); + + while (text[ch]) { + int advance,lsb,x0,y0,x1,y1; + float x_shift = xpos - (float) floor(xpos); + stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(&font, text[ch], &advance, &lsb); + stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(&font, text[ch], scale,scale,x_shift,0, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(&font, &screen[baseline + y0][(int) xpos + x0], x1-x0,y1-y0, 79, scale,scale,x_shift,0, text[ch]); + // note that this stomps the old data, so where character boxes overlap (e.g. 'lj') it's wrong + // because this API is really for baking character bitmaps into textures. if you want to render + // a sequence of characters, you really need to render each bitmap to a temp buffer, then + // "alpha blend" that into the working buffer + xpos += (advance * scale); + if (text[ch+1]) + xpos += scale*stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(&font, text[ch],text[ch+1]); + ++ch; + } + + for (j=0; j < 20; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < 78; ++i) + putchar(" .:ioVM@"[screen[j][i]>>5]); + putchar('\n'); + } + + return 0; +} +#endif + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// INTEGRATION WITH YOUR CODEBASE +//// +//// The following sections allow you to supply alternate definitions +//// of C library functions used by stb_truetype, e.g. if you don't +//// link with the C runtime library. + +#ifdef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION + // #define your own (u)stbtt_int8/16/32 before including to override this + #ifndef stbtt_uint8 + typedef unsigned char stbtt_uint8; + typedef signed char stbtt_int8; + typedef unsigned short stbtt_uint16; + typedef signed short stbtt_int16; + typedef unsigned int stbtt_uint32; + typedef signed int stbtt_int32; + #endif + + typedef char stbtt__check_size32[sizeof(stbtt_int32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; + typedef char stbtt__check_size16[sizeof(stbtt_int16)==2 ? 1 : -1]; + + // e.g. #define your own STBTT_ifloor/STBTT_iceil() to avoid math.h + #ifndef STBTT_ifloor + #include + #define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int) floor(x)) + #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int) ceil(x)) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_sqrt + #include + #define STBTT_sqrt(x) sqrt(x) + #define STBTT_pow(x,y) pow(x,y) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_fmod + #include + #define STBTT_fmod(x,y) fmod(x,y) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_cos + #include + #define STBTT_cos(x) cos(x) + #define STBTT_acos(x) acos(x) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_fabs + #include + #define STBTT_fabs(x) fabs(x) + #endif + + // #define your own functions "STBTT_malloc" / "STBTT_free" to avoid malloc.h + #ifndef STBTT_malloc + #include + #define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u),malloc(x)) + #define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u),free(x)) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_assert + #include + #define STBTT_assert(x) assert(x) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_strlen + #include + #define STBTT_strlen(x) strlen(x) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_memcpy + #include + #define STBTT_memcpy memcpy + #define STBTT_memset memset + #endif +#endif + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// INTERFACE +//// +//// + +#ifndef __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ +#define __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ + +#ifdef STBTT_STATIC +#define STBTT_DEF static +#else +#define STBTT_DEF extern +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// private structure +typedef struct +{ + unsigned char *data; + int cursor; + int size; +} stbtt__buf; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// TEXTURE BAKING API +// +// If you use this API, you only have to call two functions ever. +// + +typedef struct +{ + unsigned short x0,y0,x1,y1; // coordinates of bbox in bitmap + float xoff,yoff,xadvance; +} stbtt_bakedchar; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf) + float pixel_height, // height of font in pixels + unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, // bitmap to be filled in + int first_char, int num_chars, // characters to bake + stbtt_bakedchar *chardata); // you allocate this, it's num_chars long +// if return is positive, the first unused row of the bitmap +// if return is negative, returns the negative of the number of characters that fit +// if return is 0, no characters fit and no rows were used +// This uses a very crappy packing. + +typedef struct +{ + float x0,y0,s0,t0; // top-left + float x1,y1,s1,t1; // bottom-right +} stbtt_aligned_quad; + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above + int char_index, // character to display + float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space + stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw + int opengl_fillrule); // true if opengl fill rule; false if DX9 or earlier +// Call GetBakedQuad with char_index = 'character - first_char', and it +// creates the quad you need to draw and advances the current position. +// +// The coordinate system used assumes y increases downwards. +// +// Characters will extend both above and below the current position; +// see discussion of "BASELINE" above. +// +// It's inefficient; you might want to c&p it and optimize it. + + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// NEW TEXTURE BAKING API +// +// This provides options for packing multiple fonts into one atlas, not +// perfectly but better than nothing. + +typedef struct +{ + unsigned short x0,y0,x1,y1; // coordinates of bbox in bitmap + float xoff,yoff,xadvance; + float xoff2,yoff2; +} stbtt_packedchar; + +typedef struct stbtt_pack_context stbtt_pack_context; +typedef struct stbtt_fontinfo stbtt_fontinfo; +#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION +typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; +#endif + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int width, int height, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context); +// Initializes a packing context stored in the passed-in stbtt_pack_context. +// Future calls using this context will pack characters into the bitmap passed +// in here: a 1-channel bitmap that is width * height. stride_in_bytes is +// the distance from one row to the next (or 0 to mean they are packed tightly +// together). "padding" is the amount of padding to leave between each +// character (normally you want '1' for bitmaps you'll use as textures with +// bilinear filtering). +// +// Returns 0 on failure, 1 on success. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd (stbtt_pack_context *spc); +// Cleans up the packing context and frees all memory. + +#define STBTT_POINT_SIZE(x) (-(x)) + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, + int first_unicode_char_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range); +// Creates character bitmaps from the font_index'th font found in fontdata (use +// font_index=0 if you don't know what that is). It creates num_chars_in_range +// bitmaps for characters with unicode values starting at first_unicode_char_in_range +// and increasing. Data for how to render them is stored in chardata_for_range; +// pass these to stbtt_GetPackedQuad to get back renderable quads. +// +// font_size is the full height of the character from ascender to descender, +// as computed by stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight. To use a point size as computed +// by stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels, wrap the point size in STBTT_POINT_SIZE() +// and pass that result as 'font_size': +// ..., 20 , ... // font max minus min y is 20 pixels tall +// ..., STBTT_POINT_SIZE(20), ... // 'M' is 20 pixels tall + +typedef struct +{ + float font_size; + int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range; // if non-zero, then the chars are continuous, and this is the first codepoint + int *array_of_unicode_codepoints; // if non-zero, then this is an array of unicode codepoints + int num_chars; + stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range; // output + unsigned char h_oversample, v_oversample; // don't set these, they're used internally +} stbtt_pack_range; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges); +// Creates character bitmaps from multiple ranges of characters stored in +// ranges. This will usually create a better-packed bitmap than multiple +// calls to stbtt_PackFontRange. Note that you can call this multiple +// times within a single PackBegin/PackEnd. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h_oversample, unsigned int v_oversample); +// Oversampling a font increases the quality by allowing higher-quality subpixel +// positioning, and is especially valuable at smaller text sizes. +// +// This function sets the amount of oversampling for all following calls to +// stbtt_PackFontRange(s) or stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects for a given +// pack context. The default (no oversampling) is achieved by h_oversample=1 +// and v_oversample=1. The total number of pixels required is +// h_oversample*v_oversample larger than the default; for example, 2x2 +// oversampling requires 4x the storage of 1x1. For best results, render +// oversampled textures with bilinear filtering. Look at the readme in +// stb/tests/oversample for information about oversampled fonts +// +// To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls +// call to PackFontRangesGatherRects. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above + int char_index, // character to display + float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space + stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw + int align_to_integer); + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects); +// Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling +// stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple +// fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look +// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version +// using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times, +// building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once, +// then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a +// better packing than calling PackFontRanges multiple times +// (or it may not). + +// this is an opaque structure that you shouldn't mess with which holds +// all the context needed from PackBegin to PackEnd. +struct stbtt_pack_context { + void *user_allocator_context; + void *pack_info; + int width; + int height; + int stride_in_bytes; + int padding; + unsigned int h_oversample, v_oversample; + unsigned char *pixels; + void *nodes; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// FONT LOADING +// +// + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data); +// This function will determine the number of fonts in a font file. TrueType +// collection (.ttc) files may contain multiple fonts, while TrueType font +// (.ttf) files only contain one font. The number of fonts can be used for +// indexing with the previous function where the index is between zero and one +// less than the total fonts. If an error occurs, -1 is returned. + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index); +// Each .ttf/.ttc file may have more than one font. Each font has a sequential +// index number starting from 0. Call this function to get the font offset for +// a given index; it returns -1 if the index is out of range. A regular .ttf +// file will only define one font and it always be at offset 0, so it will +// return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices. + +// The following structure is defined publically so you can declare one on +// the stack or as a global or etc, but you should treat it as opaque. +struct stbtt_fontinfo +{ + void * userdata; + unsigned char * data; // pointer to .ttf file + int fontstart; // offset of start of font + + int numGlyphs; // number of glyphs, needed for range checking + + int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf + int index_map; // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding + int indexToLocFormat; // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph + + stbtt__buf cff; // cff font data + stbtt__buf charstrings; // the charstring index + stbtt__buf gsubrs; // global charstring subroutines index + stbtt__buf subrs; // private charstring subroutines index + stbtt__buf fontdicts; // array of font dicts + stbtt__buf fdselect; // map from glyph to fontdict +}; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset); +// Given an offset into the file that defines a font, this function builds +// the necessary cached info for the rest of the system. You must allocate +// the stbtt_fontinfo yourself, and stbtt_InitFont will fill it out. You don't +// need to do anything special to free it, because the contents are pure +// value data with no additional data structures. Returns 0 on failure. + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// CHARACTER TO GLYPH-INDEX CONVERSIOn + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint); +// If you're going to perform multiple operations on the same character +// and you want a speed-up, call this function with the character you're +// going to process, then use glyph-based functions instead of the +// codepoint-based functions. + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// CHARACTER PROPERTIES +// + +STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels); +// computes a scale factor to produce a font whose "height" is 'pixels' tall. +// Height is measured as the distance from the highest ascender to the lowest +// descender; in other words, it's equivalent to calling stbtt_GetFontVMetrics +// and computing: +// scale = pixels / (ascent - descent) +// so if you prefer to measure height by the ascent only, use a similar calculation. + +STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels); +// computes a scale factor to produce a font whose EM size is mapped to +// 'pixels' tall. This is probably what traditional APIs compute, but +// I'm not positive. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineGap); +// ascent is the coordinate above the baseline the font extends; descent +// is the coordinate below the baseline the font extends (i.e. it is typically negative) +// lineGap is the spacing between one row's descent and the next row's ascent... +// so you should advance the vertical position by "*ascent - *descent + *lineGap" +// these are expressed in unscaled coordinates, so you must multiply by +// the scale factor for a given size + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap); +// analogous to GetFontVMetrics, but returns the "typographic" values from the OS/2 +// table (specific to MS/Windows TTF files). +// +// Returns 1 on success (table present), 0 on failure. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); +// the bounding box around all possible characters + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing); +// leftSideBearing is the offset from the current horizontal position to the left edge of the character +// advanceWidth is the offset from the current horizontal position to the next horizontal position +// these are expressed in unscaled coordinates + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2); +// an additional amount to add to the 'advance' value between ch1 and ch2 + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); +// Gets the bounding box of the visible part of the glyph, in unscaled coordinates + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); +// as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// GLYPH SHAPES (you probably don't need these, but they have to go before +// the bitmaps for C declaration-order reasons) +// + +#ifndef STBTT_vmove // you can predefine these to use different values (but why?) + enum { + STBTT_vmove=1, + STBTT_vline, + STBTT_vcurve, + STBTT_vcubic + }; +#endif + +#ifndef stbtt_vertex // you can predefine this to use different values + // (we share this with other code at RAD) + #define stbtt_vertex_type short // can't use stbtt_int16 because that's not visible in the header file + typedef struct + { + stbtt_vertex_type x,y,cx,cy,cx1,cy1; + unsigned char type,padding; + } stbtt_vertex; +#endif + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index); +// returns non-zero if nothing is drawn for this glyph + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, stbtt_vertex **vertices); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **vertices); +// returns # of vertices and fills *vertices with the pointer to them +// these are expressed in "unscaled" coordinates +// +// The shape is a series of countours. Each one starts with +// a STBTT_moveto, then consists of a series of mixed +// STBTT_lineto and STBTT_curveto segments. A lineto +// draws a line from previous endpoint to its x,y; a curveto +// draws a quadratic bezier from previous endpoint to +// its x,y, using cx,cy as the bezier control point. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices); +// frees the data allocated above + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// BITMAP RENDERING +// + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeBitmap(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata); +// frees the bitmap allocated below + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +// allocates a large-enough single-channel 8bpp bitmap and renders the +// specified character/glyph at the specified scale into it, with +// antialiasing. 0 is no coverage (transparent), 255 is fully covered (opaque). +// *width & *height are filled out with the width & height of the bitmap, +// which is stored left-to-right, top-to-bottom. +// +// xoff/yoff are the offset it pixel space from the glyph origin to the top-left of the bitmap + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +// the same as stbtt_GetCodepoitnBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel +// shift for the character + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint); +// the same as stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap, but you pass in storage for the bitmap +// in the form of 'output', with row spacing of 'out_stride' bytes. the bitmap +// is clipped to out_w/out_h bytes. Call stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox to get the +// width and height and positioning info for it first. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint); +// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel +// shift for the character + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint); +// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel, but prefiltering +// is performed (see stbtt_PackSetOversampling) + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); +// get the bbox of the bitmap centered around the glyph origin; so the +// bitmap width is ix1-ix0, height is iy1-iy0, and location to place +// the bitmap top left is (leftSideBearing*scale,iy0). +// (Note that the bitmap uses y-increases-down, but the shape uses +// y-increases-up, so CodepointBitmapBox and CodepointBox are inverted.) + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); +// same as stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox, but you can specify a subpixel +// shift for the character + +// the following functions are equivalent to the above functions, but operate +// on glyph indices instead of Unicode codepoints (for efficiency) +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); + + +// @TODO: don't expose this structure +typedef struct +{ + int w,h,stride; + unsigned char *pixels; +} stbtt__bitmap; + +// rasterize a shape with quadratic beziers into a bitmap +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, // 1-channel bitmap to draw into + float flatness_in_pixels, // allowable error of curve in pixels + stbtt_vertex *vertices, // array of vertices defining shape + int num_verts, // number of vertices in above array + float scale_x, float scale_y, // scale applied to input vertices + float shift_x, float shift_y, // translation applied to input vertices + int x_off, int y_off, // another translation applied to input + int invert, // if non-zero, vertically flip shape + void *userdata); // context for to STBTT_MALLOC + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Signed Distance Function (or Field) rendering + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata); +// frees the SDF bitmap allocated below + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +// These functions compute a discretized SDF field for a single character, suitable for storing +// in a single-channel texture, sampling with bilinear filtering, and testing against +// larger than some threshhold to produce scalable fonts. +// info -- the font +// scale -- controls the size of the resulting SDF bitmap, same as it would be creating a regular bitmap +// glyph/codepoint -- the character to generate the SDF for +// padding -- extra "pixels" around the character which are filled with the distance to the character (not 0), +// which allows effects like bit outlines +// onedge_value -- value 0-255 to test the SDF against to reconstruct the character (i.e. the isocontour of the character) +// pixel_dist_scale -- what value the SDF should increase by when moving one SDF "pixel" away from the edge (on the 0..255 scale) +// if positive, > onedge_value is inside; if negative, < onedge_value is inside +// width,height -- output height & width of the SDF bitmap (including padding) +// xoff,yoff -- output origin of the character +// return value -- a 2D array of bytes 0..255, width*height in size +// +// pixel_dist_scale & onedge_value are a scale & bias that allows you to make +// optimal use of the limited 0..255 for your application, trading off precision +// and special effects. SDF values outside the range 0..255 are clamped to 0..255. +// +// Example: +// scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(22) +// padding = 5 +// onedge_value = 180 +// pixel_dist_scale = 180/5.0 = 36.0 +// +// This will create an SDF bitmap in which the character is about 22 pixels +// high but the whole bitmap is about 22+5+5=32 pixels high. To produce a filled +// shape, sample the SDF at each pixel and fill the pixel if the SDF value +// is greater than or equal to 180/255. (You'll actually want to antialias, +// which is beyond the scope of this example.) Additionally, you can compute +// offset outlines (e.g. to stroke the character border inside & outside, +// or only outside). For example, to fill outside the character up to 3 SDF +// pixels, you would compare against (180-36.0*3)/255 = 72/255. The above +// choice of variables maps a range from 5 pixels outside the shape to +// 2 pixels inside the shape to 0..255; this is intended primarily for apply +// outside effects only (the interior range is needed to allow proper +// antialiasing of the font at *smaller* sizes) +// +// The function computes the SDF analytically at each SDF pixel, not by e.g. +// building a higher-res bitmap and approximating it. In theory the quality +// should be as high as possible for an SDF of this size & representation, but +// unclear if this is true in practice (perhaps building a higher-res bitmap +// and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention). +// +// The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow +// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. + + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Finding the right font... +// +// You should really just solve this offline, keep your own tables +// of what font is what, and don't try to get it out of the .ttf file. +// That's because getting it out of the .ttf file is really hard, because +// the names in the file can appear in many possible encodings, in many +// possible languages, and e.g. if you need a case-insensitive comparison, +// the details of that depend on the encoding & language in a complex way +// (actually underspecified in truetype, but also gigantic). +// +// But you can use the provided functions in two possible ways: +// stbtt_FindMatchingFont() will use *case-sensitive* comparisons on +// unicode-encoded names to try to find the font you want; +// you can run this before calling stbtt_InitFont() +// +// stbtt_GetFontNameString() lets you get any of the various strings +// from the file yourself and do your own comparisons on them. +// You have to have called stbtt_InitFont() first. + + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *fontdata, const char *name, int flags); +// returns the offset (not index) of the font that matches, or -1 if none +// if you use STBTT_MACSTYLE_DONTCARE, use a font name like "Arial Bold". +// if you use any other flag, use a font name like "Arial"; this checks +// the 'macStyle' header field; i don't know if fonts set this consistently +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_DONTCARE 0 +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_BOLD 1 +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_ITALIC 2 +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_UNDERSCORE 4 +#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_NONE 8 // <= not same as 0, this makes us check the bitfield is 0 + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2); +// returns 1/0 whether the first string interpreted as utf8 is identical to +// the second string interpreted as big-endian utf16... useful for strings from next func + +STBTT_DEF const char *stbtt_GetFontNameString(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int *length, int platformID, int encodingID, int languageID, int nameID); +// returns the string (which may be big-endian double byte, e.g. for unicode) +// and puts the length in bytes in *length. +// +// some of the values for the IDs are below; for more see the truetype spec: +// http://developer.apple.com/textfonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html +// http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/name.htm + +enum { // platformID + STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE =0, + STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC =1, + STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_ISO =2, + STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT =3 +}; + +enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_1_0 =0, + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_1_1 =1, + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_ISO_10646 =2, + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_2_0_BMP=3, + STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_2_0_FULL=4 +}; + +enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT + STBTT_MS_EID_SYMBOL =0, + STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_BMP =1, + STBTT_MS_EID_SHIFTJIS =2, + STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_FULL =10 +}; + +enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC; same as Script Manager codes + STBTT_MAC_EID_ROMAN =0, STBTT_MAC_EID_ARABIC =4, + STBTT_MAC_EID_JAPANESE =1, STBTT_MAC_EID_HEBREW =5, + STBTT_MAC_EID_CHINESE_TRAD =2, STBTT_MAC_EID_GREEK =6, + STBTT_MAC_EID_KOREAN =3, STBTT_MAC_EID_RUSSIAN =7 +}; + +enum { // languageID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT; same as LCID... + // problematic because there are e.g. 16 english LCIDs and 16 arabic LCIDs + STBTT_MS_LANG_ENGLISH =0x0409, STBTT_MS_LANG_ITALIAN =0x0410, + STBTT_MS_LANG_CHINESE =0x0804, STBTT_MS_LANG_JAPANESE =0x0411, + STBTT_MS_LANG_DUTCH =0x0413, STBTT_MS_LANG_KOREAN =0x0412, + STBTT_MS_LANG_FRENCH =0x040c, STBTT_MS_LANG_RUSSIAN =0x0419, + STBTT_MS_LANG_GERMAN =0x0407, STBTT_MS_LANG_SPANISH =0x0409, + STBTT_MS_LANG_HEBREW =0x040d, STBTT_MS_LANG_SWEDISH =0x041D +}; + +enum { // languageID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC + STBTT_MAC_LANG_ENGLISH =0 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_JAPANESE =11, + STBTT_MAC_LANG_ARABIC =12, STBTT_MAC_LANG_KOREAN =23, + STBTT_MAC_LANG_DUTCH =4 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_RUSSIAN =32, + STBTT_MAC_LANG_FRENCH =1 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_SPANISH =6 , + STBTT_MAC_LANG_GERMAN =2 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_SWEDISH =5 , + STBTT_MAC_LANG_HEBREW =10, STBTT_MAC_LANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED =33, + STBTT_MAC_LANG_ITALIAN =3 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_CHINESE_TRAD =19 +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// IMPLEMENTATION +//// +//// + +#ifdef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION + +#ifndef STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE +#define STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE 8 +#endif + +#if STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE > 255 +#error "STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE cannot be > 255" +#endif + +typedef int stbtt__test_oversample_pow2[(STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE & (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1)) == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +#ifndef STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION +#define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 2 +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// stbtt__buf helpers to parse data from file +// + +static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_get8(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + if (b->cursor >= b->size) + return 0; + return b->data[b->cursor++]; +} + +static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_peek8(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + if (b->cursor >= b->size) + return 0; + return b->data[b->cursor]; +} + +static void stbtt__buf_seek(stbtt__buf *b, int o) +{ + STBTT_assert(!(o > b->size || o < 0)); + b->cursor = (o > b->size || o < 0) ? b->size : o; +} + +static void stbtt__buf_skip(stbtt__buf *b, int o) +{ + stbtt__buf_seek(b, b->cursor + o); +} + +static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__buf_get(stbtt__buf *b, int n) +{ + stbtt_uint32 v = 0; + int i; + STBTT_assert(n >= 1 && n <= 4); + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + v = (v << 8) | stbtt__buf_get8(b); + return v; +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__new_buf(const void *p, size_t size) +{ + stbtt__buf r; + STBTT_assert(size < 0x40000000); + r.data = (stbtt_uint8*) p; + r.size = (int) size; + r.cursor = 0; + return r; +} + +#define stbtt__buf_get16(b) stbtt__buf_get((b), 2) +#define stbtt__buf_get32(b) stbtt__buf_get((b), 4) + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__buf_range(const stbtt__buf *b, int o, int s) +{ + stbtt__buf r = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + if (o < 0 || s < 0 || o > b->size || s > b->size - o) return r; + r.data = b->data + o; + r.size = s; + return r; +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_get_index(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + int count, start, offsize; + start = b->cursor; + count = stbtt__buf_get16(b); + if (count) { + offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(b); + STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4); + stbtt__buf_skip(b, offsize * count); + stbtt__buf_skip(b, stbtt__buf_get(b, offsize) - 1); + } + return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, b->cursor - start); +} + +static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__cff_int(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + int b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(b); + if (b0 >= 32 && b0 <= 246) return b0 - 139; + else if (b0 >= 247 && b0 <= 250) return (b0 - 247)*256 + stbtt__buf_get8(b) + 108; + else if (b0 >= 251 && b0 <= 254) return -(b0 - 251)*256 - stbtt__buf_get8(b) - 108; + else if (b0 == 28) return stbtt__buf_get16(b); + else if (b0 == 29) return stbtt__buf_get32(b); + STBTT_assert(0); + return 0; +} + +static void stbtt__cff_skip_operand(stbtt__buf *b) { + int v, b0 = stbtt__buf_peek8(b); + STBTT_assert(b0 >= 28); + if (b0 == 30) { + stbtt__buf_skip(b, 1); + while (b->cursor < b->size) { + v = stbtt__buf_get8(b); + if ((v & 0xF) == 0xF || (v >> 4) == 0xF) + break; + } + } else { + stbtt__cff_int(b); + } +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__dict_get(stbtt__buf *b, int key) +{ + stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0); + while (b->cursor < b->size) { + int start = b->cursor, end, op; + while (stbtt__buf_peek8(b) >= 28) + stbtt__cff_skip_operand(b); + end = b->cursor; + op = stbtt__buf_get8(b); + if (op == 12) op = stbtt__buf_get8(b) | 0x100; + if (op == key) return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, end-start); + } + return stbtt__buf_range(b, 0, 0); +} + +static void stbtt__dict_get_ints(stbtt__buf *b, int key, int outcount, stbtt_uint32 *out) +{ + int i; + stbtt__buf operands = stbtt__dict_get(b, key); + for (i = 0; i < outcount && operands.cursor < operands.size; i++) + out[i] = stbtt__cff_int(&operands); +} + +static int stbtt__cff_index_count(stbtt__buf *b) +{ + stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0); + return stbtt__buf_get16(b); +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_index_get(stbtt__buf b, int i) +{ + int count, offsize, start, end; + stbtt__buf_seek(&b, 0); + count = stbtt__buf_get16(&b); + offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); + STBTT_assert(i >= 0 && i < count); + STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4); + stbtt__buf_skip(&b, i*offsize); + start = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize); + end = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize); + return stbtt__buf_range(&b, 2+(count+1)*offsize+start, end - start); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// accessors to parse data from file +// + +// on platforms that don't allow misaligned reads, if we want to allow +// truetype fonts that aren't padded to alignment, define ALLOW_UNALIGNED_TRUETYPE + +#define ttBYTE(p) (* (stbtt_uint8 *) (p)) +#define ttCHAR(p) (* (stbtt_int8 *) (p)) +#define ttFixed(p) ttLONG(p) + +static stbtt_uint16 ttUSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; } +static stbtt_int16 ttSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; } +static stbtt_uint32 ttULONG(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; } +static stbtt_int32 ttLONG(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; } + +#define stbtt_tag4(p,c0,c1,c2,c3) ((p)[0] == (c0) && (p)[1] == (c1) && (p)[2] == (c2) && (p)[3] == (c3)) +#define stbtt_tag(p,str) stbtt_tag4(p,str[0],str[1],str[2],str[3]) + +static int stbtt__isfont(stbtt_uint8 *font) +{ + // check the version number + if (stbtt_tag4(font, '1',0,0,0)) return 1; // TrueType 1 + if (stbtt_tag(font, "typ1")) return 1; // TrueType with type 1 font -- we don't support this! + if (stbtt_tag(font, "OTTO")) return 1; // OpenType with CFF + if (stbtt_tag4(font, 0,1,0,0)) return 1; // OpenType 1.0 + if (stbtt_tag(font, "true")) return 1; // Apple specification for TrueType fonts + return 0; +} + +// @OPTIMIZE: binary search +static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__find_table(stbtt_uint8 *data, stbtt_uint32 fontstart, const char *tag) +{ + stbtt_int32 num_tables = ttUSHORT(data+fontstart+4); + stbtt_uint32 tabledir = fontstart + 12; + stbtt_int32 i; + for (i=0; i < num_tables; ++i) { + stbtt_uint32 loc = tabledir + 16*i; + if (stbtt_tag(data+loc+0, tag)) + return ttULONG(data+loc+8); + } + return 0; +} + +static int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, int index) +{ + // if it's just a font, there's only one valid index + if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection)) + return index == 0 ? 0 : -1; + + // check if it's a TTC + if (stbtt_tag(font_collection, "ttcf")) { + // version 1? + if (ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00010000 || ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00020000) { + stbtt_int32 n = ttLONG(font_collection+8); + if (index >= n) + return -1; + return ttULONG(font_collection+12+index*4); + } + } + return -1; +} + +static int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal(unsigned char *font_collection) +{ + // if it's just a font, there's only one valid font + if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection)) + return 1; + + // check if it's a TTC + if (stbtt_tag(font_collection, "ttcf")) { + // version 1? + if (ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00010000 || ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00020000) { + return ttLONG(font_collection+8); + } + } + return 0; +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subrs(stbtt__buf cff, stbtt__buf fontdict) +{ + stbtt_uint32 subrsoff = 0, private_loc[2] = { 0, 0 }; + stbtt__buf pdict; + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&fontdict, 18, 2, private_loc); + if (!private_loc[1] || !private_loc[0]) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + pdict = stbtt__buf_range(&cff, private_loc[1], private_loc[0]); + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&pdict, 19, 1, &subrsoff); + if (!subrsoff) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + stbtt__buf_seek(&cff, private_loc[1]+subrsoff); + return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff); +} + +static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart) +{ + stbtt_uint32 cmap, t; + stbtt_int32 i,numTables; + + info->data = data; + info->fontstart = fontstart; + info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + + cmap = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "cmap"); // required + info->loca = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "loca"); // required + info->head = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "head"); // required + info->glyf = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "glyf"); // required + info->hhea = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hhea"); // required + info->hmtx = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hmtx"); // required + info->kern = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "kern"); // not required + info->gpos = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "GPOS"); // not required + + if (!cmap || !info->head || !info->hhea || !info->hmtx) + return 0; + if (info->glyf) { + // required for truetype + if (!info->loca) return 0; + } else { + // initialization for CFF / Type2 fonts (OTF) + stbtt__buf b, topdict, topdictidx; + stbtt_uint32 cstype = 2, charstrings = 0, fdarrayoff = 0, fdselectoff = 0; + stbtt_uint32 cff; + + cff = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "CFF "); + if (!cff) return 0; + + info->fontdicts = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + info->fdselect = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + + // @TODO this should use size from table (not 512MB) + info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(data+cff, 512*1024*1024); + b = info->cff; + + // read the header + stbtt__buf_skip(&b, 2); + stbtt__buf_seek(&b, stbtt__buf_get8(&b)); // hdrsize + + // @TODO the name INDEX could list multiple fonts, + // but we just use the first one. + stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); // name INDEX + topdictidx = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); + topdict = stbtt__cff_index_get(topdictidx, 0); + stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); // string INDEX + info->gsubrs = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); + + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 17, 1, &charstrings); + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 6, 1, &cstype); + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 36, 1, &fdarrayoff); + stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 37, 1, &fdselectoff); + info->subrs = stbtt__get_subrs(b, topdict); + + // we only support Type 2 charstrings + if (cstype != 2) return 0; + if (charstrings == 0) return 0; + + if (fdarrayoff) { + // looks like a CID font + if (!fdselectoff) return 0; + stbtt__buf_seek(&b, fdarrayoff); + info->fontdicts = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); + info->fdselect = stbtt__buf_range(&b, fdselectoff, b.size-fdselectoff); + } + + stbtt__buf_seek(&b, charstrings); + info->charstrings = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); + } + + t = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "maxp"); + if (t) + info->numGlyphs = ttUSHORT(data+t+4); + else + info->numGlyphs = 0xffff; + + // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching + // later. (todo: could make this installable) + // the same regardless of glyph. + numTables = ttUSHORT(data + cmap + 2); + info->index_map = 0; + for (i=0; i < numTables; ++i) { + stbtt_uint32 encoding_record = cmap + 4 + 8 * i; + // find an encoding we understand: + switch(ttUSHORT(data+encoding_record)) { + case STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT: + switch (ttUSHORT(data+encoding_record+2)) { + case STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_BMP: + case STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_FULL: + // MS/Unicode + info->index_map = cmap + ttULONG(data+encoding_record+4); + break; + } + break; + case STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE: + // Mac/iOS has these + // all the encodingIDs are unicode, so we don't bother to check it + info->index_map = cmap + ttULONG(data+encoding_record+4); + break; + } + } + if (info->index_map == 0) + return 0; + + info->indexToLocFormat = ttUSHORT(data+info->head + 50); + return 1; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint32 index_map = info->index_map; + + stbtt_uint16 format = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 0); + if (format == 0) { // apple byte encoding + stbtt_int32 bytes = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 2); + if (unicode_codepoint < bytes-6) + return ttBYTE(data + index_map + 6 + unicode_codepoint); + return 0; + } else if (format == 6) { + stbtt_uint32 first = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 6); + stbtt_uint32 count = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 8); + if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint >= first && (stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint < first+count) + return ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 10 + (unicode_codepoint - first)*2); + return 0; + } else if (format == 2) { + STBTT_assert(0); // @TODO: high-byte mapping for japanese/chinese/korean + return 0; + } else if (format == 4) { // standard mapping for windows fonts: binary search collection of ranges + stbtt_uint16 segcount = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+6) >> 1; + stbtt_uint16 searchRange = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+8) >> 1; + stbtt_uint16 entrySelector = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+10); + stbtt_uint16 rangeShift = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+12) >> 1; + + // do a binary search of the segments + stbtt_uint32 endCount = index_map + 14; + stbtt_uint32 search = endCount; + + if (unicode_codepoint > 0xffff) + return 0; + + // they lie from endCount .. endCount + segCount + // but searchRange is the nearest power of two, so... + if (unicode_codepoint >= ttUSHORT(data + search + rangeShift*2)) + search += rangeShift*2; + + // now decrement to bias correctly to find smallest + search -= 2; + while (entrySelector) { + stbtt_uint16 end; + searchRange >>= 1; + end = ttUSHORT(data + search + searchRange*2); + if (unicode_codepoint > end) + search += searchRange*2; + --entrySelector; + } + search += 2; + + { + stbtt_uint16 offset, start; + stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1); + + STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item)); + start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item); + if (unicode_codepoint < start) + return 0; + + offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); + if (offset == 0) + return (stbtt_uint16) (unicode_codepoint + ttSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*4 + 2 + 2*item)); + + return ttUSHORT(data + offset + (unicode_codepoint-start)*2 + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); + } + } else if (format == 12 || format == 13) { + stbtt_uint32 ngroups = ttULONG(data+index_map+12); + stbtt_int32 low,high; + low = 0; high = (stbtt_int32)ngroups; + // Binary search the right group. + while (low < high) { + stbtt_int32 mid = low + ((high-low) >> 1); // rounds down, so low <= mid < high + stbtt_uint32 start_char = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12); + stbtt_uint32 end_char = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12+4); + if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint < start_char) + high = mid; + else if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint > end_char) + low = mid+1; + else { + stbtt_uint32 start_glyph = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12+8); + if (format == 12) + return start_glyph + unicode_codepoint-start_char; + else // format == 13 + return start_glyph; + } + } + return 0; // not found + } + // @TODO + STBTT_assert(0); + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, stbtt_vertex **vertices) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), vertices); +} + +static void stbtt_setvertex(stbtt_vertex *v, stbtt_uint8 type, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy) +{ + v->type = type; + v->x = (stbtt_int16) x; + v->y = (stbtt_int16) y; + v->cx = (stbtt_int16) cx; + v->cy = (stbtt_int16) cy; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) +{ + int g1,g2; + + STBTT_assert(!info->cff.size); + + if (glyph_index >= info->numGlyphs) return -1; // glyph index out of range + if (info->indexToLocFormat >= 2) return -1; // unknown index->glyph map format + + if (info->indexToLocFormat == 0) { + g1 = info->glyf + ttUSHORT(info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 2) * 2; + g2 = info->glyf + ttUSHORT(info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 2 + 2) * 2; + } else { + g1 = info->glyf + ttULONG (info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 4); + g2 = info->glyf + ttULONG (info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 4 + 4); + } + + return g1==g2 ? -1 : g1; // if length is 0, return -1 +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) +{ + if (info->cff.size) { + stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, x0, y0, x1, y1); + } else { + int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); + if (g < 0) return 0; + + if (x0) *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 2); + if (y0) *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 4); + if (x1) *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 6); + if (y1) *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 8); + } + return 1; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphBox(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), x0,y0,x1,y1); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) +{ + stbtt_int16 numberOfContours; + int g; + if (info->cff.size) + return stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0; + g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); + if (g < 0) return 1; + numberOfContours = ttSHORT(info->data + g); + return numberOfContours == 0; +} + +static int stbtt__close_shape(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_vertices, int was_off, int start_off, + stbtt_int32 sx, stbtt_int32 sy, stbtt_int32 scx, stbtt_int32 scy, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy) +{ + if (start_off) { + if (was_off) + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, (cx+scx)>>1, (cy+scy)>>1, cx,cy); + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, sx,sy,scx,scy); + } else { + if (was_off) + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve,sx,sy,cx,cy); + else + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vline,sx,sy,0,0); + } + return num_vertices; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) +{ + stbtt_int16 numberOfContours; + stbtt_uint8 *endPtsOfContours; + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_vertex *vertices=0; + int num_vertices=0; + int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); + + *pvertices = NULL; + + if (g < 0) return 0; + + numberOfContours = ttSHORT(data + g); + + if (numberOfContours > 0) { + stbtt_uint8 flags=0,flagcount; + stbtt_int32 ins, i,j=0,m,n, next_move, was_off=0, off, start_off=0; + stbtt_int32 x,y,cx,cy,sx,sy, scx,scy; + stbtt_uint8 *points; + endPtsOfContours = (data + g + 10); + ins = ttUSHORT(data + g + 10 + numberOfContours * 2); + points = data + g + 10 + numberOfContours * 2 + 2 + ins; + + n = 1+ttUSHORT(endPtsOfContours + numberOfContours*2-2); + + m = n + 2*numberOfContours; // a loose bound on how many vertices we might need + vertices = (stbtt_vertex *) STBTT_malloc(m * sizeof(vertices[0]), info->userdata); + if (vertices == 0) + return 0; + + next_move = 0; + flagcount=0; + + // in first pass, we load uninterpreted data into the allocated array + // above, shifted to the end of the array so we won't overwrite it when + // we create our final data starting from the front + + off = m - n; // starting offset for uninterpreted data, regardless of how m ends up being calculated + + // first load flags + + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { + if (flagcount == 0) { + flags = *points++; + if (flags & 8) + flagcount = *points++; + } else + --flagcount; + vertices[off+i].type = flags; + } + + // now load x coordinates + x=0; + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { + flags = vertices[off+i].type; + if (flags & 2) { + stbtt_int16 dx = *points++; + x += (flags & 16) ? dx : -dx; // ??? + } else { + if (!(flags & 16)) { + x = x + (stbtt_int16) (points[0]*256 + points[1]); + points += 2; + } + } + vertices[off+i].x = (stbtt_int16) x; + } + + // now load y coordinates + y=0; + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { + flags = vertices[off+i].type; + if (flags & 4) { + stbtt_int16 dy = *points++; + y += (flags & 32) ? dy : -dy; // ??? + } else { + if (!(flags & 32)) { + y = y + (stbtt_int16) (points[0]*256 + points[1]); + points += 2; + } + } + vertices[off+i].y = (stbtt_int16) y; + } + + // now convert them to our format + num_vertices=0; + sx = sy = cx = cy = scx = scy = 0; + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { + flags = vertices[off+i].type; + x = (stbtt_int16) vertices[off+i].x; + y = (stbtt_int16) vertices[off+i].y; + + if (next_move == i) { + if (i != 0) + num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); + + // now start the new one + start_off = !(flags & 1); + if (start_off) { + // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve + // where we can start, and we need to save some state for when we wraparound. + scx = x; + scy = y; + if (!(vertices[off+i+1].type & 1)) { + // next point is also a curve point, so interpolate an on-point curve + sx = (x + (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].x) >> 1; + sy = (y + (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].y) >> 1; + } else { + // otherwise just use the next point as our start point + sx = (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].x; + sy = (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].y; + ++i; // we're using point i+1 as the starting point, so skip it + } + } else { + sx = x; + sy = y; + } + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vmove,sx,sy,0,0); + was_off = 0; + next_move = 1 + ttUSHORT(endPtsOfContours+j*2); + ++j; + } else { + if (!(flags & 1)) { // if it's a curve + if (was_off) // two off-curve control points in a row means interpolate an on-curve midpoint + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, (cx+x)>>1, (cy+y)>>1, cx, cy); + cx = x; + cy = y; + was_off = 1; + } else { + if (was_off) + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, x,y, cx, cy); + else + stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vline, x,y,0,0); + was_off = 0; + } + } + } + num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); + } else if (numberOfContours == -1) { + // Compound shapes. + int more = 1; + stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10; + num_vertices = 0; + vertices = 0; + while (more) { + stbtt_uint16 flags, gidx; + int comp_num_verts = 0, i; + stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0; + float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n; + + flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; + gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; + + if (flags & 2) { // XY values + if (flags & 1) { // shorts + mtx[4] = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; + mtx[5] = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; + } else { + mtx[4] = ttCHAR(comp); comp+=1; + mtx[5] = ttCHAR(comp); comp+=1; + } + } + else { + // @TODO handle matching point + STBTT_assert(0); + } + if (flags & (1<<3)) { // WE_HAVE_A_SCALE + mtx[0] = mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[1] = mtx[2] = 0; + } else if (flags & (1<<6)) { // WE_HAVE_AN_X_AND_YSCALE + mtx[0] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[1] = mtx[2] = 0; + mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + } else if (flags & (1<<7)) { // WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO + mtx[0] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[1] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; + } + + // Find transformation scales. + m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]); + n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]); + + // Get indexed glyph. + comp_num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, gidx, &comp_verts); + if (comp_num_verts > 0) { + // Transform vertices. + for (i = 0; i < comp_num_verts; ++i) { + stbtt_vertex* v = &comp_verts[i]; + stbtt_vertex_type x,y; + x=v->x; y=v->y; + v->x = (stbtt_vertex_type)(m * (mtx[0]*x + mtx[2]*y + mtx[4])); + v->y = (stbtt_vertex_type)(n * (mtx[1]*x + mtx[3]*y + mtx[5])); + x=v->cx; y=v->cy; + v->cx = (stbtt_vertex_type)(m * (mtx[0]*x + mtx[2]*y + mtx[4])); + v->cy = (stbtt_vertex_type)(n * (mtx[1]*x + mtx[3]*y + mtx[5])); + } + // Append vertices. + tmp = (stbtt_vertex*)STBTT_malloc((num_vertices+comp_num_verts)*sizeof(stbtt_vertex), info->userdata); + if (!tmp) { + if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); + if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); + return 0; + } + if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); + STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); + if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); + vertices = tmp; + STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); + num_vertices += comp_num_verts; + } + // More components ? + more = flags & (1<<5); + } + } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { + // @TODO other compound variations? + STBTT_assert(0); + } else { + // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing + } + + *pvertices = vertices; + return num_vertices; +} + +typedef struct +{ + int bounds; + int started; + float first_x, first_y; + float x, y; + stbtt_int32 min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y; + + stbtt_vertex *pvertices; + int num_vertices; +} stbtt__csctx; + +#define STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(bounds) {bounds,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,0,0, NULL, 0} + +static void stbtt__track_vertex(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y) +{ + if (x > c->max_x || !c->started) c->max_x = x; + if (y > c->max_y || !c->started) c->max_y = y; + if (x < c->min_x || !c->started) c->min_x = x; + if (y < c->min_y || !c->started) c->min_y = y; + c->started = 1; +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_v(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_uint8 type, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy, stbtt_int32 cx1, stbtt_int32 cy1) +{ + if (c->bounds) { + stbtt__track_vertex(c, x, y); + if (type == STBTT_vcubic) { + stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx, cy); + stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx1, cy1); + } + } else { + stbtt_setvertex(&c->pvertices[c->num_vertices], type, x, y, cx, cy); + c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cx1 = (stbtt_int16) cx1; + c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cy1 = (stbtt_int16) cy1; + } + c->num_vertices++; +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_close_shape(stbtt__csctx *ctx) +{ + if (ctx->first_x != ctx->x || ctx->first_y != ctx->y) + stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->first_x, (int)ctx->first_y, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy) +{ + stbtt__csctx_close_shape(ctx); + ctx->first_x = ctx->x = ctx->x + dx; + ctx->first_y = ctx->y = ctx->y + dy; + stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vmove, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_rline_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy) +{ + ctx->x += dx; + ctx->y += dy; + stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +static void stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx1, float dy1, float dx2, float dy2, float dx3, float dy3) +{ + float cx1 = ctx->x + dx1; + float cy1 = ctx->y + dy1; + float cx2 = cx1 + dx2; + float cy2 = cy1 + dy2; + ctx->x = cx2 + dx3; + ctx->y = cy2 + dy3; + stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vcubic, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, (int)cx1, (int)cy1, (int)cx2, (int)cy2); +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subr(stbtt__buf idx, int n) +{ + int count = stbtt__cff_index_count(&idx); + int bias = 107; + if (count >= 33900) + bias = 32768; + else if (count >= 1240) + bias = 1131; + n += bias; + if (n < 0 || n >= count) + return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + return stbtt__cff_index_get(idx, n); +} + +static stbtt__buf stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) +{ + stbtt__buf fdselect = info->fdselect; + int nranges, start, end, v, fmt, fdselector = -1, i; + + stbtt__buf_seek(&fdselect, 0); + fmt = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); + if (fmt == 0) { + // untested + stbtt__buf_skip(&fdselect, glyph_index); + fdselector = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); + } else if (fmt == 3) { + nranges = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); + start = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); + for (i = 0; i < nranges; i++) { + v = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); + end = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); + if (glyph_index >= start && glyph_index < end) { + fdselector = v; + break; + } + start = end; + } + } + if (fdselector == -1) stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + return stbtt__get_subrs(info->cff, stbtt__cff_index_get(info->fontdicts, fdselector)); +} + +static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt__csctx *c) +{ + int in_header = 1, maskbits = 0, subr_stack_height = 0, sp = 0, v, i, b0; + int has_subrs = 0, clear_stack; + float s[48]; + stbtt__buf subr_stack[10], subrs = info->subrs, b; + float f; + +#define STBTT__CSERR(s) (0) + + // this currently ignores the initial width value, which isn't needed if we have hmtx + b = stbtt__cff_index_get(info->charstrings, glyph_index); + while (b.cursor < b.size) { + i = 0; + clear_stack = 1; + b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); + switch (b0) { + // @TODO implement hinting + case 0x13: // hintmask + case 0x14: // cntrmask + if (in_header) + maskbits += (sp / 2); // implicit "vstem" + in_header = 0; + stbtt__buf_skip(&b, (maskbits + 7) / 8); + break; + + case 0x01: // hstem + case 0x03: // vstem + case 0x12: // hstemhm + case 0x17: // vstemhm + maskbits += (sp / 2); + break; + + case 0x15: // rmoveto + in_header = 0; + if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rmoveto stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-2], s[sp-1]); + break; + case 0x04: // vmoveto + in_header = 0; + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vmoveto stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, 0, s[sp-1]); + break; + case 0x16: // hmoveto + in_header = 0; + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hmoveto stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-1], 0); + break; + + case 0x05: // rlineto + if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rlineto stack"); + for (; i + 1 < sp; i += 2) + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); + break; + + // hlineto/vlineto and vhcurveto/hvcurveto alternate horizontal and vertical + // starting from a different place. + + case 0x07: // vlineto + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vlineto stack"); + goto vlineto; + case 0x06: // hlineto + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hlineto stack"); + for (;;) { + if (i >= sp) break; + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], 0); + i++; + vlineto: + if (i >= sp) break; + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, 0, s[i]); + i++; + } + break; + + case 0x1F: // hvcurveto + if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("hvcurveto stack"); + goto hvcurveto; + case 0x1E: // vhcurveto + if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("vhcurveto stack"); + for (;;) { + if (i + 3 >= sp) break; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, 0, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i + 4] : 0.0f); + i += 4; + hvcurveto: + if (i + 3 >= sp) break; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], 0, s[i+1], s[i+2], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i+4] : 0.0f, s[i+3]); + i += 4; + } + break; + + case 0x08: // rrcurveto + if (sp < 6) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); + for (; i + 5 < sp; i += 6) + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); + break; + + case 0x18: // rcurveline + if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); + for (; i + 5 < sp - 2; i += 6) + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); + if (i + 1 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); + break; + + case 0x19: // rlinecurve + if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack"); + for (; i + 1 < sp - 6; i += 2) + stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); + if (i + 5 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack"); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); + break; + + case 0x1A: // vvcurveto + case 0x1B: // hhcurveto + if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("(vv|hh)curveto stack"); + f = 0.0; + if (sp & 1) { f = s[i]; i++; } + for (; i + 3 < sp; i += 4) { + if (b0 == 0x1B) + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], f, s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], 0.0); + else + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, f, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], 0.0, s[i+3]); + f = 0.0; + } + break; + + case 0x0A: // callsubr + if (!has_subrs) { + if (info->fdselect.size) + subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index); + has_subrs = 1; + } + // fallthrough + case 0x1D: // callgsubr + if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack"); + v = (int) s[--sp]; + if (subr_stack_height >= 10) return STBTT__CSERR("recursion limit"); + subr_stack[subr_stack_height++] = b; + b = stbtt__get_subr(b0 == 0x0A ? subrs : info->gsubrs, v); + if (b.size == 0) return STBTT__CSERR("subr not found"); + b.cursor = 0; + clear_stack = 0; + break; + + case 0x0B: // return + if (subr_stack_height <= 0) return STBTT__CSERR("return outside subr"); + b = subr_stack[--subr_stack_height]; + clear_stack = 0; + break; + + case 0x0E: // endchar + stbtt__csctx_close_shape(c); + return 1; + + case 0x0C: { // two-byte escape + float dx1, dx2, dx3, dx4, dx5, dx6, dy1, dy2, dy3, dy4, dy5, dy6; + float dx, dy; + int b1 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); + switch (b1) { + // @TODO These "flex" implementations ignore the flex-depth and resolution, + // and always draw beziers. + case 0x22: // hflex + if (sp < 7) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex stack"); + dx1 = s[0]; + dx2 = s[1]; + dy2 = s[2]; + dx3 = s[3]; + dx4 = s[4]; + dx5 = s[5]; + dx6 = s[6]; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, 0, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, -dy2, dx6, 0); + break; + + case 0x23: // flex + if (sp < 13) return STBTT__CSERR("flex stack"); + dx1 = s[0]; + dy1 = s[1]; + dx2 = s[2]; + dy2 = s[3]; + dx3 = s[4]; + dy3 = s[5]; + dx4 = s[6]; + dy4 = s[7]; + dx5 = s[8]; + dy5 = s[9]; + dx6 = s[10]; + dy6 = s[11]; + //fd is s[12] + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6); + break; + + case 0x24: // hflex1 + if (sp < 9) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex1 stack"); + dx1 = s[0]; + dy1 = s[1]; + dx2 = s[2]; + dy2 = s[3]; + dx3 = s[4]; + dx4 = s[5]; + dx5 = s[6]; + dy5 = s[7]; + dx6 = s[8]; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, dy5, dx6, -(dy1+dy2+dy5)); + break; + + case 0x25: // flex1 + if (sp < 11) return STBTT__CSERR("flex1 stack"); + dx1 = s[0]; + dy1 = s[1]; + dx2 = s[2]; + dy2 = s[3]; + dx3 = s[4]; + dy3 = s[5]; + dx4 = s[6]; + dy4 = s[7]; + dx5 = s[8]; + dy5 = s[9]; + dx6 = dy6 = s[10]; + dx = dx1+dx2+dx3+dx4+dx5; + dy = dy1+dy2+dy3+dy4+dy5; + if (STBTT_fabs(dx) > STBTT_fabs(dy)) + dy6 = -dy; + else + dx6 = -dx; + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3); + stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6); + break; + + default: + return STBTT__CSERR("unimplemented"); + } + } break; + + default: + if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) + return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); + + // push immediate + if (b0 == 255) { + f = (float)(stbtt_int32)stbtt__buf_get32(&b) / 0x10000; + } else { + stbtt__buf_skip(&b, -1); + f = (float)(stbtt_int16)stbtt__cff_int(&b); + } + if (sp >= 48) return STBTT__CSERR("push stack overflow"); + s[sp++] = f; + clear_stack = 0; + break; + } + if (clear_stack) sp = 0; + } + return STBTT__CSERR("no endchar"); + +#undef STBTT__CSERR +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) +{ + // runs the charstring twice, once to count and once to output (to avoid realloc) + stbtt__csctx count_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1); + stbtt__csctx output_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(0); + if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &count_ctx)) { + *pvertices = (stbtt_vertex*)STBTT_malloc(count_ctx.num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex), info->userdata); + output_ctx.pvertices = *pvertices; + if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &output_ctx)) { + STBTT_assert(output_ctx.num_vertices == count_ctx.num_vertices); + return output_ctx.num_vertices; + } + } + *pvertices = NULL; + return 0; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) +{ + stbtt__csctx c = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1); + int r = stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &c); + if (x0) *x0 = r ? c.min_x : 0; + if (y0) *y0 = r ? c.min_y : 0; + if (x1) *x1 = r ? c.max_x : 0; + if (y1) *y1 = r ? c.max_y : 0; + return r ? c.num_vertices : 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) +{ + if (!info->cff.size) + return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(info, glyph_index, pvertices); + else + return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(info, glyph_index, pvertices); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing) +{ + stbtt_uint16 numOfLongHorMetrics = ttUSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 34); + if (glyph_index < numOfLongHorMetrics) { + if (advanceWidth) *advanceWidth = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*glyph_index); + if (leftSideBearing) *leftSideBearing = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*glyph_index + 2); + } else { + if (advanceWidth) *advanceWidth = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*(numOfLongHorMetrics-1)); + if (leftSideBearing) *leftSideBearing = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*numOfLongHorMetrics + 2*(glyph_index - numOfLongHorMetrics)); + } +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; + int l, r, m; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + l = 0; + r = ttUSHORT(data+10) - 1; + needle = glyph1 << 16 | glyph2; + while (l <= r) { + m = (l + r) >> 1; + straw = ttULONG(data+18+(m*6)); // note: unaligned read + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else + return ttSHORT(data+22+(m*6)); + } + return 0; +} + +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); + switch(coverageFormat) { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; + int straw, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; + stbtt_uint16 glyphID; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); + straw = glyphID; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + return m; + } + } + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); + return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; + } + } + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + } break; + } + + return -1; +} + +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); + switch(classDefFormat) + { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); + stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; + + if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + + classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); + } + + classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + } break; + } + + return -1; +} + +// Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. +#define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) + +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +{ + stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; + stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; + stbtt_uint8 *data; + stbtt_int32 i; + + if (!info->gpos) return 0; + + data = info->data + info->gpos; + + if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 + + lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); + lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; + lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); + + for (i=0; i> 1; + pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; + secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); + straw = secondGlyph; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); + return xAdvance; + } + } + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + + stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); + stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); + int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); + int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); + + stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); + stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); + STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); + STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); + + // TODO: Support more formats. + STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); + if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; + STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); + if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; + + if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { + stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; + stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); + return xAdvance; + } + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + break; + }; + } + } + break; + }; + + default: + // TODO: Implement other stuff. + break; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) +{ + int xAdvance = 0; + + if (info->gpos) + xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); + + if (info->kern) + xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); + + return xAdvance; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2) +{ + if (!info->kern && !info->gpos) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs + return 0; + return stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch1), stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch2)); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing) +{ + stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), advanceWidth, leftSideBearing); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineGap) +{ + if (ascent ) *ascent = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 4); + if (descent) *descent = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 6); + if (lineGap) *lineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 8); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap) +{ + int tab = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "OS/2"); + if (!tab) + return 0; + if (typoAscent ) *typoAscent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 68); + if (typoDescent) *typoDescent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 70); + if (typoLineGap) *typoLineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 72); + return 1; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) +{ + *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 36); + *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 38); + *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 40); + *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 42); +} + +STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float height) +{ + int fheight = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hhea + 4) - ttSHORT(info->data + info->hhea + 6); + return (float) height / fheight; +} + +STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels) +{ + int unitsPerEm = ttUSHORT(info->data + info->head + 18); + return pixels / unitsPerEm; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *v) +{ + STBTT_free(v, info->userdata); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// antialiasing software rasterizer +// + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) +{ + int x0=0,y0=0,x1,y1; // =0 suppresses compiler warning + if (!stbtt_GetGlyphBox(font, glyph, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1)) { + // e.g. space character + if (ix0) *ix0 = 0; + if (iy0) *iy0 = 0; + if (ix1) *ix1 = 0; + if (iy1) *iy1 = 0; + } else { + // move to integral bboxes (treating pixels as little squares, what pixels get touched)? + if (ix0) *ix0 = STBTT_ifloor( x0 * scale_x + shift_x); + if (iy0) *iy0 = STBTT_ifloor(-y1 * scale_y + shift_y); + if (ix1) *ix1 = STBTT_iceil ( x1 * scale_x + shift_x); + if (iy1) *iy1 = STBTT_iceil (-y0 * scale_y + shift_y); + } +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) +{ + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, glyph, scale_x, scale_y,0.0f,0.0f, ix0, iy0, ix1, iy1); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) +{ + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(font,codepoint), scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) +{ + stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, codepoint, scale_x, scale_y,0.0f,0.0f, ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Rasterizer + +typedef struct stbtt__hheap_chunk +{ + struct stbtt__hheap_chunk *next; +} stbtt__hheap_chunk; + +typedef struct stbtt__hheap +{ + struct stbtt__hheap_chunk *head; + void *first_free; + int num_remaining_in_head_chunk; +} stbtt__hheap; + +static void *stbtt__hheap_alloc(stbtt__hheap *hh, size_t size, void *userdata) +{ + if (hh->first_free) { + void *p = hh->first_free; + hh->first_free = * (void **) p; + return p; + } else { + if (hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk == 0) { + int count = (size < 32 ? 2000 : size < 128 ? 800 : 100); + stbtt__hheap_chunk *c = (stbtt__hheap_chunk *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * count, userdata); + if (c == NULL) + return NULL; + c->next = hh->head; + hh->head = c; + hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk = count; + } + --hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; + return (char *) (hh->head) + sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; + } +} + +static void stbtt__hheap_free(stbtt__hheap *hh, void *p) +{ + *(void **) p = hh->first_free; + hh->first_free = p; +} + +static void stbtt__hheap_cleanup(stbtt__hheap *hh, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__hheap_chunk *c = hh->head; + while (c) { + stbtt__hheap_chunk *n = c->next; + STBTT_free(c, userdata); + c = n; + } +} + +typedef struct stbtt__edge { + float x0,y0, x1,y1; + int invert; +} stbtt__edge; + + +typedef struct stbtt__active_edge +{ + struct stbtt__active_edge *next; + #if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION==1 + int x,dx; + float ey; + int direction; + #elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION==2 + float fx,fdx,fdy; + float direction; + float sy; + float ey; + #else + #error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" + #endif +} stbtt__active_edge; + +#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 +#define STBTT_FIXSHIFT 10 +#define STBTT_FIX (1 << STBTT_FIXSHIFT) +#define STBTT_FIXMASK (STBTT_FIX-1) + +static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) stbtt__hheap_alloc(hh, sizeof(*z), userdata); + float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); + STBTT_assert(z != NULL); + if (!z) return z; + + // round dx down to avoid overshooting + if (dxdy < 0) + z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy); + else + z->dx = STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * dxdy); + + z->x = STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * e->x0 + z->dx * (start_point - e->y0)); // use z->dx so when we offset later it's by the same amount + z->x -= off_x * STBTT_FIX; + + z->ey = e->y1; + z->next = 0; + z->direction = e->invert ? 1 : -1; + return z; +} +#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 +static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) stbtt__hheap_alloc(hh, sizeof(*z), userdata); + float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); + STBTT_assert(z != NULL); + //STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point); + if (!z) return z; + z->fdx = dxdy; + z->fdy = dxdy != 0.0f ? (1.0f/dxdy) : 0.0f; + z->fx = e->x0 + dxdy * (start_point - e->y0); + z->fx -= off_x; + z->direction = e->invert ? 1.0f : -1.0f; + z->sy = e->y0; + z->ey = e->y1; + z->next = 0; + return z; +} +#else +#error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" +#endif + +#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 +// note: this routine clips fills that extend off the edges... ideally this +// wouldn't happen, but it could happen if the truetype glyph bounding boxes +// are wrong, or if the user supplies a too-small bitmap +static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, int max_weight) +{ + // non-zero winding fill + int x0=0, w=0; + + while (e) { + if (w == 0) { + // if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point + x0 = e->x; w += e->direction; + } else { + int x1 = e->x; w += e->direction; + // if we went to zero, we need to draw + if (w == 0) { + int i = x0 >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT; + int j = x1 >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT; + + if (i < len && j >= 0) { + if (i == j) { + // x0,x1 are the same pixel, so compute combined coverage + scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) ((x1 - x0) * max_weight >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); + } else { + if (i >= 0) // add antialiasing for x0 + scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) (((STBTT_FIX - (x0 & STBTT_FIXMASK)) * max_weight) >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); + else + i = -1; // clip + + if (j < len) // add antialiasing for x1 + scanline[j] = scanline[j] + (stbtt_uint8) (((x1 & STBTT_FIXMASK) * max_weight) >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); + else + j = len; // clip + + for (++i; i < j; ++i) // fill pixels between x0 and x1 + scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) max_weight; + } + } + } + } + + e = e->next; + } +} + +static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 }; + stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL; + int y,j=0; + int max_weight = (255 / vsubsample); // weight per vertical scanline + int s; // vertical subsample index + unsigned char scanline_data[512], *scanline; + + if (result->w > 512) + scanline = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(result->w, userdata); + else + scanline = scanline_data; + + y = off_y * vsubsample; + e[n].y0 = (off_y + result->h) * (float) vsubsample + 1; + + while (j < result->h) { + STBTT_memset(scanline, 0, result->w); + for (s=0; s < vsubsample; ++s) { + // find center of pixel for this scanline + float scan_y = y + 0.5f; + stbtt__active_edge **step = &active; + + // update all active edges; + // remove all active edges that terminate before the center of this scanline + while (*step) { + stbtt__active_edge * z = *step; + if (z->ey <= scan_y) { + *step = z->next; // delete from list + STBTT_assert(z->direction); + z->direction = 0; + stbtt__hheap_free(&hh, z); + } else { + z->x += z->dx; // advance to position for current scanline + step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list + } + } + + // resort the list if needed + for(;;) { + int changed=0; + step = &active; + while (*step && (*step)->next) { + if ((*step)->x > (*step)->next->x) { + stbtt__active_edge *t = *step; + stbtt__active_edge *q = t->next; + + t->next = q->next; + q->next = t; + *step = q; + changed = 1; + } + step = &(*step)->next; + } + if (!changed) break; + } + + // insert all edges that start before the center of this scanline -- omit ones that also end on this scanline + while (e->y0 <= scan_y) { + if (e->y1 > scan_y) { + stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y, userdata); + if (z != NULL) { + // find insertion point + if (active == NULL) + active = z; + else if (z->x < active->x) { + // insert at front + z->next = active; + active = z; + } else { + // find thing to insert AFTER + stbtt__active_edge *p = active; + while (p->next && p->next->x < z->x) + p = p->next; + // at this point, p->next->x is NOT < z->x + z->next = p->next; + p->next = z; + } + } + } + ++e; + } + + // now process all active edges in XOR fashion + if (active) + stbtt__fill_active_edges(scanline, result->w, active, max_weight); + + ++y; + } + STBTT_memcpy(result->pixels + j * result->stride, scanline, result->w); + ++j; + } + + stbtt__hheap_cleanup(&hh, userdata); + + if (scanline != scanline_data) + STBTT_free(scanline, userdata); +} + +#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 + +// the edge passed in here does not cross the vertical line at x or the vertical line at x+1 +// (i.e. it has already been clipped to those) +static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edge *e, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1) +{ + if (y0 == y1) return; + STBTT_assert(y0 < y1); + STBTT_assert(e->sy <= e->ey); + if (y0 > e->ey) return; + if (y1 < e->sy) return; + if (y0 < e->sy) { + x0 += (x1-x0) * (e->sy - y0) / (y1-y0); + y0 = e->sy; + } + if (y1 > e->ey) { + x1 += (x1-x0) * (e->ey - y1) / (y1-y0); + y1 = e->ey; + } + + if (x0 == x) + STBTT_assert(x1 <= x+1); + else if (x0 == x+1) + STBTT_assert(x1 >= x); + else if (x0 <= x) + STBTT_assert(x1 <= x); + else if (x0 >= x+1) + STBTT_assert(x1 >= x+1); + else + STBTT_assert(x1 >= x && x1 <= x+1); + + if (x0 <= x && x1 <= x) + scanline[x] += e->direction * (y1-y0); + else if (x0 >= x+1 && x1 >= x+1) + ; + else { + STBTT_assert(x0 >= x && x0 <= x+1 && x1 >= x && x1 <= x+1); + scanline[x] += e->direction * (y1-y0) * (1-((x0-x)+(x1-x))/2); // coverage = 1 - average x position + } +} + +static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top) +{ + float y_bottom = y_top+1; + + while (e) { + // brute force every pixel + + // compute intersection points with top & bottom + STBTT_assert(e->ey >= y_top); + + if (e->fdx == 0) { + float x0 = e->fx; + if (x0 < len) { + if (x0 >= 0) { + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,(int) x0,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline_fill-1,(int) x0+1,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); + } else { + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline_fill-1,0,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); + } + } + } else { + float x0 = e->fx; + float dx = e->fdx; + float xb = x0 + dx; + float x_top, x_bottom; + float sy0,sy1; + float dy = e->fdy; + STBTT_assert(e->sy <= y_bottom && e->ey >= y_top); + + // compute endpoints of line segment clipped to this scanline (if the + // line segment starts on this scanline. x0 is the intersection of the + // line with y_top, but that may be off the line segment. + if (e->sy > y_top) { + x_top = x0 + dx * (e->sy - y_top); + sy0 = e->sy; + } else { + x_top = x0; + sy0 = y_top; + } + if (e->ey < y_bottom) { + x_bottom = x0 + dx * (e->ey - y_top); + sy1 = e->ey; + } else { + x_bottom = xb; + sy1 = y_bottom; + } + + if (x_top >= 0 && x_bottom >= 0 && x_top < len && x_bottom < len) { + // from here on, we don't have to range check x values + + if ((int) x_top == (int) x_bottom) { + float height; + // simple case, only spans one pixel + int x = (int) x_top; + height = sy1 - sy0; + STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len); + scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height; + scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled + } else { + int x,x1,x2; + float y_crossing, step, sign, area; + // covers 2+ pixels + if (x_top > x_bottom) { + // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same + float t; + sy0 = y_bottom - (sy0 - y_top); + sy1 = y_bottom - (sy1 - y_top); + t = sy0, sy0 = sy1, sy1 = t; + t = x_bottom, x_bottom = x_top, x_top = t; + dx = -dx; + dy = -dy; + t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; + } + + x1 = (int) x_top; + x2 = (int) x_bottom; + // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1 + y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top; + + sign = e->direction; + // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing + area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); + // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing) + scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2); + + step = sign * dy; + for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) { + scanline[x] += area + step/2; + area += step; + } + y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1)); + + STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); + + scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing); + + scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0); + } + } else { + // if edge goes outside of box we're drawing, we require + // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use + // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute + // force implementation + int x; + for (x=0; x < len; ++x) { + // cases: + // + // there can be up to two intersections with the pixel. any intersection + // with left or right edges can be handled by splitting into two (or three) + // regions. intersections with top & bottom do not necessitate case-wise logic. + // + // the old way of doing this found the intersections with the left & right edges, + // then used some simple logic to produce up to three segments in sorted order + // from top-to-bottom. however, this had a problem: if an x edge was epsilon + // across the x border, then the corresponding y position might not be distinct + // from the other y segment, and it might ignored as an empty segment. to avoid + // that, we need to explicitly produce segments based on x positions. + + // rename variables to clearly-defined pairs + float y0 = y_top; + float x1 = (float) (x); + float x2 = (float) (x+1); + float x3 = xb; + float y3 = y_bottom; + + // x = e->x + e->dx * (y-y_top) + // (y-y_top) = (x - e->x) / e->dx + // y = (x - e->x) / e->dx + y_top + float y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top; + float y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top; + + if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x2) { // three segments descending down-right + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x2,y2); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); + } else if (x3 < x1 && x0 > x2) { // three segments descending down-left + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x1,y1); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); + } else if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x1) { // two segments across x, down-right + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); + } else if (x3 < x1 && x0 > x1) { // two segments across x, down-left + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); + } else if (x0 < x2 && x3 > x2) { // two segments across x+1, down-right + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); + } else if (x3 < x2 && x0 > x2) { // two segments across x+1, down-left + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); + } else { // one segment + stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x3,y3); + } + } + } + } + e = e->next; + } +} + +// directly AA rasterize edges w/o supersampling +static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 }; + stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL; + int y,j=0, i; + float scanline_data[129], *scanline, *scanline2; + + STBTT__NOTUSED(vsubsample); + + if (result->w > 64) + scanline = (float *) STBTT_malloc((result->w*2+1) * sizeof(float), userdata); + else + scanline = scanline_data; + + scanline2 = scanline + result->w; + + y = off_y; + e[n].y0 = (float) (off_y + result->h) + 1; + + while (j < result->h) { + // find center of pixel for this scanline + float scan_y_top = y + 0.0f; + float scan_y_bottom = y + 1.0f; + stbtt__active_edge **step = &active; + + STBTT_memset(scanline , 0, result->w*sizeof(scanline[0])); + STBTT_memset(scanline2, 0, (result->w+1)*sizeof(scanline[0])); + + // update all active edges; + // remove all active edges that terminate before the top of this scanline + while (*step) { + stbtt__active_edge * z = *step; + if (z->ey <= scan_y_top) { + *step = z->next; // delete from list + STBTT_assert(z->direction); + z->direction = 0; + stbtt__hheap_free(&hh, z); + } else { + step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list + } + } + + // insert all edges that start before the bottom of this scanline + while (e->y0 <= scan_y_bottom) { + if (e->y0 != e->y1) { + stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata); + if (z != NULL) { + STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); + // insert at front + z->next = active; + active = z; + } + } + ++e; + } + + // now process all active edges + if (active) + stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(scanline, scanline2+1, result->w, active, scan_y_top); + + { + float sum = 0; + for (i=0; i < result->w; ++i) { + float k; + int m; + sum += scanline2[i]; + k = scanline[i] + sum; + k = (float) STBTT_fabs(k)*255 + 0.5f; + m = (int) k; + if (m > 255) m = 255; + result->pixels[j*result->stride + i] = (unsigned char) m; + } + } + // advance all the edges + step = &active; + while (*step) { + stbtt__active_edge *z = *step; + z->fx += z->fdx; // advance to position for current scanline + step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list + } + + ++y; + ++j; + } + + stbtt__hheap_cleanup(&hh, userdata); + + if (scanline != scanline_data) + STBTT_free(scanline, userdata); +} +#else +#error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" +#endif + +#define STBTT__COMPARE(a,b) ((a)->y0 < (b)->y0) + +static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n) +{ + int i,j; + for (i=1; i < n; ++i) { + stbtt__edge t = p[i], *a = &t; + j = i; + while (j > 0) { + stbtt__edge *b = &p[j-1]; + int c = STBTT__COMPARE(a,b); + if (!c) break; + p[j] = p[j-1]; + --j; + } + if (i != j) + p[j] = t; + } +} + +static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n) +{ + /* threshhold for transitioning to insertion sort */ + while (n > 12) { + stbtt__edge t; + int c01,c12,c,m,i,j; + + /* compute median of three */ + m = n >> 1; + c01 = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0],&p[m]); + c12 = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[m],&p[n-1]); + /* if 0 >= mid >= end, or 0 < mid < end, then use mid */ + if (c01 != c12) { + /* otherwise, we'll need to swap something else to middle */ + int z; + c = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0],&p[n-1]); + /* 0>mid && midn => n; 0 0 */ + /* 0n: 0>n => 0; 0 n */ + z = (c == c12) ? 0 : n-1; + t = p[z]; + p[z] = p[m]; + p[m] = t; + } + /* now p[m] is the median-of-three */ + /* swap it to the beginning so it won't move around */ + t = p[0]; + p[0] = p[m]; + p[m] = t; + + /* partition loop */ + i=1; + j=n-1; + for(;;) { + /* handling of equality is crucial here */ + /* for sentinels & efficiency with duplicates */ + for (;;++i) { + if (!STBTT__COMPARE(&p[i], &p[0])) break; + } + for (;;--j) { + if (!STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0], &p[j])) break; + } + /* make sure we haven't crossed */ + if (i >= j) break; + t = p[i]; + p[i] = p[j]; + p[j] = t; + + ++i; + --j; + } + /* recurse on smaller side, iterate on larger */ + if (j < (n-i)) { + stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p,j); + p = p+i; + n = n-i; + } else { + stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p+i, n-i); + n = j; + } + } +} + +static void stbtt__sort_edges(stbtt__edge *p, int n) +{ + stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p, n); + stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(p, n); +} + +typedef struct +{ + float x,y; +} stbtt__point; + +static void stbtt__rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__point *pts, int *wcount, int windings, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int off_x, int off_y, int invert, void *userdata) +{ + float y_scale_inv = invert ? -scale_y : scale_y; + stbtt__edge *e; + int n,i,j,k,m; +#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 + int vsubsample = result->h < 8 ? 15 : 5; +#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 + int vsubsample = 1; +#else + #error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" +#endif + // vsubsample should divide 255 evenly; otherwise we won't reach full opacity + + // now we have to blow out the windings into explicit edge lists + n = 0; + for (i=0; i < windings; ++i) + n += wcount[i]; + + e = (stbtt__edge *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*e) * (n+1), userdata); // add an extra one as a sentinel + if (e == 0) return; + n = 0; + + m=0; + for (i=0; i < windings; ++i) { + stbtt__point *p = pts + m; + m += wcount[i]; + j = wcount[i]-1; + for (k=0; k < wcount[i]; j=k++) { + int a=k,b=j; + // skip the edge if horizontal + if (p[j].y == p[k].y) + continue; + // add edge from j to k to the list + e[n].invert = 0; + if (invert ? p[j].y > p[k].y : p[j].y < p[k].y) { + e[n].invert = 1; + a=j,b=k; + } + e[n].x0 = p[a].x * scale_x + shift_x; + e[n].y0 = (p[a].y * y_scale_inv + shift_y) * vsubsample; + e[n].x1 = p[b].x * scale_x + shift_x; + e[n].y1 = (p[b].y * y_scale_inv + shift_y) * vsubsample; + ++n; + } + } + + // now sort the edges by their highest point (should snap to integer, and then by x) + //STBTT_sort(e, n, sizeof(e[0]), stbtt__edge_compare); + stbtt__sort_edges(e, n); + + // now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use xor winding rule + stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(result, e, n, vsubsample, off_x, off_y, userdata); + + STBTT_free(e, userdata); +} + +static void stbtt__add_point(stbtt__point *points, int n, float x, float y) +{ + if (!points) return; // during first pass, it's unallocated + points[n].x = x; + points[n].y = y; +} + +// tesselate until threshhold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching +static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n) +{ + // midpoint + float mx = (x0 + 2*x1 + x2)/4; + float my = (y0 + 2*y1 + y2)/4; + // versus directly drawn line + float dx = (x0+x2)/2 - mx; + float dy = (y0+y2)/2 - my; + if (n > 16) // 65536 segments on one curve better be enough! + return 1; + if (dx*dx+dy*dy > objspace_flatness_squared) { // half-pixel error allowed... need to be smaller if AA + stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, num_points, x0,y0, (x0+x1)/2.0f,(y0+y1)/2.0f, mx,my, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); + stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, num_points, mx,my, (x1+x2)/2.0f,(y1+y2)/2.0f, x2,y2, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); + } else { + stbtt__add_point(points, *num_points,x2,y2); + *num_points = *num_points+1; + } + return 1; +} + +static void stbtt__tesselate_cubic(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n) +{ + // @TODO this "flatness" calculation is just made-up nonsense that seems to work well enough + float dx0 = x1-x0; + float dy0 = y1-y0; + float dx1 = x2-x1; + float dy1 = y2-y1; + float dx2 = x3-x2; + float dy2 = y3-y2; + float dx = x3-x0; + float dy = y3-y0; + float longlen = (float) (STBTT_sqrt(dx0*dx0+dy0*dy0)+STBTT_sqrt(dx1*dx1+dy1*dy1)+STBTT_sqrt(dx2*dx2+dy2*dy2)); + float shortlen = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy); + float flatness_squared = longlen*longlen-shortlen*shortlen; + + if (n > 16) // 65536 segments on one curve better be enough! + return; + + if (flatness_squared > objspace_flatness_squared) { + float x01 = (x0+x1)/2; + float y01 = (y0+y1)/2; + float x12 = (x1+x2)/2; + float y12 = (y1+y2)/2; + float x23 = (x2+x3)/2; + float y23 = (y2+y3)/2; + + float xa = (x01+x12)/2; + float ya = (y01+y12)/2; + float xb = (x12+x23)/2; + float yb = (y12+y23)/2; + + float mx = (xa+xb)/2; + float my = (ya+yb)/2; + + stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, x0,y0, x01,y01, xa,ya, mx,my, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); + stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, mx,my, xb,yb, x23,y23, x3,y3, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); + } else { + stbtt__add_point(points, *num_points,x3,y3); + *num_points = *num_points+1; + } +} + +// returns number of contours +static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float objspace_flatness, int **contour_lengths, int *num_contours, void *userdata) +{ + stbtt__point *points=0; + int num_points=0; + + float objspace_flatness_squared = objspace_flatness * objspace_flatness; + int i,n=0,start=0, pass; + + // count how many "moves" there are to get the contour count + for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) + if (vertices[i].type == STBTT_vmove) + ++n; + + *num_contours = n; + if (n == 0) return 0; + + *contour_lengths = (int *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(**contour_lengths) * n, userdata); + + if (*contour_lengths == 0) { + *num_contours = 0; + return 0; + } + + // make two passes through the points so we don't need to realloc + for (pass=0; pass < 2; ++pass) { + float x=0,y=0; + if (pass == 1) { + points = (stbtt__point *) STBTT_malloc(num_points * sizeof(points[0]), userdata); + if (points == NULL) goto error; + } + num_points = 0; + n= -1; + for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { + switch (vertices[i].type) { + case STBTT_vmove: + // start the next contour + if (n >= 0) + (*contour_lengths)[n] = num_points - start; + ++n; + start = num_points; + + x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; + stbtt__add_point(points, num_points++, x,y); + break; + case STBTT_vline: + x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; + stbtt__add_point(points, num_points++, x, y); + break; + case STBTT_vcurve: + stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, &num_points, x,y, + vertices[i].cx, vertices[i].cy, + vertices[i].x, vertices[i].y, + objspace_flatness_squared, 0); + x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; + break; + case STBTT_vcubic: + stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, &num_points, x,y, + vertices[i].cx, vertices[i].cy, + vertices[i].cx1, vertices[i].cy1, + vertices[i].x, vertices[i].y, + objspace_flatness_squared, 0); + x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; + break; + } + } + (*contour_lengths)[n] = num_points - start; + } + + return points; +error: + STBTT_free(points, userdata); + STBTT_free(*contour_lengths, userdata); + *contour_lengths = 0; + *num_contours = 0; + return NULL; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, float flatness_in_pixels, stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int x_off, int y_off, int invert, void *userdata) +{ + float scale = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x; + int winding_count = 0; + int *winding_lengths = NULL; + stbtt__point *windings = stbtt_FlattenCurves(vertices, num_verts, flatness_in_pixels / scale, &winding_lengths, &winding_count, userdata); + if (windings) { + stbtt__rasterize(result, windings, winding_lengths, winding_count, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, x_off, y_off, invert, userdata); + STBTT_free(winding_lengths, userdata); + STBTT_free(windings, userdata); + } +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeBitmap(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) +{ + STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata); +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; + stbtt__bitmap gbm; + stbtt_vertex *vertices; + int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); + + if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; + if (scale_y == 0) { + if (scale_x == 0) { + STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); + return NULL; + } + scale_y = scale_x; + } + + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); + + // now we get the size + gbm.w = (ix1 - ix0); + gbm.h = (iy1 - iy0); + gbm.pixels = NULL; // in case we error + + if (width ) *width = gbm.w; + if (height) *height = gbm.h; + if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; + if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; + + if (gbm.w && gbm.h) { + gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata); + if (gbm.pixels) { + gbm.stride = gbm.w; + + stbtt_Rasterize(&gbm, 0.35f, vertices, num_verts, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, ix0, iy0, 1, info->userdata); + } + } + STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); + return gbm.pixels; +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f, 0.0f, glyph, width, height, xoff, yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph) +{ + int ix0,iy0; + stbtt_vertex *vertices; + int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); + stbtt__bitmap gbm; + + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0); + gbm.pixels = output; + gbm.w = out_w; + gbm.h = out_h; + gbm.stride = out_stride; + + if (gbm.w && gbm.h) + stbtt_Rasterize(&gbm, 0.35f, vertices, num_verts, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, ix0,iy0, 1, info->userdata); + + STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, glyph); +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, oversample_x, oversample_y, sub_x, sub_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint)); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint)); +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint) +{ + stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// bitmap baking +// +// This is SUPER-CRAPPY packing to keep source code small + +static int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal(unsigned char *data, int offset, // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf) + float pixel_height, // height of font in pixels + unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, // bitmap to be filled in + int first_char, int num_chars, // characters to bake + stbtt_bakedchar *chardata) +{ + float scale; + int x,y,bottom_y, i; + stbtt_fontinfo f; + f.userdata = NULL; + if (!stbtt_InitFont(&f, data, offset)) + return -1; + STBTT_memset(pixels, 0, pw*ph); // background of 0 around pixels + x=y=1; + bottom_y = 1; + + scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&f, pixel_height); + + for (i=0; i < num_chars; ++i) { + int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1,gw,gh; + int g = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&f, first_char + i); + stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(&f, g, &advance, &lsb); + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(&f, g, scale,scale, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + gw = x1-x0; + gh = y1-y0; + if (x + gw + 1 >= pw) + y = bottom_y, x = 1; // advance to next row + if (y + gh + 1 >= ph) // check if it fits vertically AFTER potentially moving to next row + return -i; + STBTT_assert(x+gw < pw); + STBTT_assert(y+gh < ph); + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(&f, pixels+x+y*pw, gw,gh,pw, scale,scale, g); + chardata[i].x0 = (stbtt_int16) x; + chardata[i].y0 = (stbtt_int16) y; + chardata[i].x1 = (stbtt_int16) (x + gw); + chardata[i].y1 = (stbtt_int16) (y + gh); + chardata[i].xadvance = scale * advance; + chardata[i].xoff = (float) x0; + chardata[i].yoff = (float) y0; + x = x + gw + 1; + if (y+gh+1 > bottom_y) + bottom_y = y+gh+1; + } + return bottom_y; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule) +{ + float d3d_bias = opengl_fillrule ? 0 : -0.5f; + float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph; + const stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index; + int round_x = STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f); + int round_y = STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f); + + q->x0 = round_x + d3d_bias; + q->y0 = round_y + d3d_bias; + q->x1 = round_x + b->x1 - b->x0 + d3d_bias; + q->y1 = round_y + b->y1 - b->y0 + d3d_bias; + + q->s0 = b->x0 * ipw; + q->t0 = b->y0 * iph; + q->s1 = b->x1 * ipw; + q->t1 = b->y1 * iph; + + *xpos += b->xadvance; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// rectangle packing replacement routines if you don't have stb_rect_pack.h +// + +#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION + +typedef int stbrp_coord; + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// // +// // +// COMPILER WARNING ?!?!? // +// // +// // +// if you get a compile warning due to these symbols being defined more than // +// once, move #include "stb_rect_pack.h" before #include "stb_truetype.h" // +// // +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +typedef struct +{ + int width,height; + int x,y,bottom_y; +} stbrp_context; + +typedef struct +{ + unsigned char x; +} stbrp_node; + +struct stbrp_rect +{ + stbrp_coord x,y; + int id,w,h,was_packed; +}; + +static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) +{ + con->width = pw; + con->height = ph; + con->x = 0; + con->y = 0; + con->bottom_y = 0; + STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes); + STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); +} + +static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { + if (con->x + rects[i].w > con->width) { + con->x = 0; + con->y = con->bottom_y; + } + if (con->y + rects[i].h > con->height) + break; + rects[i].x = con->x; + rects[i].y = con->y; + rects[i].was_packed = 1; + con->x += rects[i].w; + if (con->y + rects[i].h > con->bottom_y) + con->bottom_y = con->y + rects[i].h; + } + for ( ; i < num_rects; ++i) + rects[i].was_packed = 0; +} +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// bitmap baking +// +// This is SUPER-AWESOME (tm Ryan Gordon) packing using stb_rect_pack.h. If +// stb_rect_pack.h isn't available, it uses the BakeFontBitmap strategy. + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context) +{ + stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*context) ,alloc_context); + int num_nodes = pw - padding; + stbrp_node *nodes = (stbrp_node *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*nodes ) * num_nodes,alloc_context); + + if (context == NULL || nodes == NULL) { + if (context != NULL) STBTT_free(context, alloc_context); + if (nodes != NULL) STBTT_free(nodes , alloc_context); + return 0; + } + + spc->user_allocator_context = alloc_context; + spc->width = pw; + spc->height = ph; + spc->pixels = pixels; + spc->pack_info = context; + spc->nodes = nodes; + spc->padding = padding; + spc->stride_in_bytes = stride_in_bytes != 0 ? stride_in_bytes : pw; + spc->h_oversample = 1; + spc->v_oversample = 1; + + stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes); + + if (pixels) + STBTT_memset(pixels, 0, pw*ph); // background of 0 around pixels + + return 1; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd (stbtt_pack_context *spc) +{ + STBTT_free(spc->nodes , spc->user_allocator_context); + STBTT_free(spc->pack_info, spc->user_allocator_context); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h_oversample, unsigned int v_oversample) +{ + STBTT_assert(h_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); + STBTT_assert(v_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); + if (h_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE) + spc->h_oversample = h_oversample; + if (v_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE) + spc->v_oversample = v_oversample; +} + +#define STBTT__OVER_MASK (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1) + +static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width) +{ + unsigned char buffer[STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE]; + int safe_w = w - kernel_width; + int j; + STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); // suppress bogus warning from VS2013 -analyze + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + int i; + unsigned int total; + STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, kernel_width); + + total = 0; + + // make kernel_width a constant in common cases so compiler can optimize out the divide + switch (kernel_width) { + case 2: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 2); + } + break; + case 3: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 3); + } + break; + case 4: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 4); + } + break; + case 5: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 5); + } + break; + default: + for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { + total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); + } + break; + } + + for (; i < w; ++i) { + STBTT_assert(pixels[i] == 0); + total -= buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); + } + + pixels += stride_in_bytes; + } +} + +static void stbtt__v_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width) +{ + unsigned char buffer[STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE]; + int safe_h = h - kernel_width; + int j; + STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); // suppress bogus warning from VS2013 -analyze + for (j=0; j < w; ++j) { + int i; + unsigned int total; + STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, kernel_width); + + total = 0; + + // make kernel_width a constant in common cases so compiler can optimize out the divide + switch (kernel_width) { + case 2: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 2); + } + break; + case 3: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 3); + } + break; + case 4: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 4); + } + break; + case 5: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 5); + } + break; + default: + for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { + total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); + } + break; + } + + for (; i < h; ++i) { + STBTT_assert(pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] == 0); + total -= buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; + pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); + } + + pixels += 1; + } +} + +static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample) +{ + if (!oversample) + return 0.0f; + + // The prefilter is a box filter of width "oversample", + // which shifts phase by (oversample - 1)/2 pixels in + // oversampled space. We want to shift in the opposite + // direction to counter this. + return (float)-(oversample - 1) / (2.0f * (float)oversample); +} + +// rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) +{ + int i,j,k; + + k=0; + for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { + float fh = ranges[i].font_size; + float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(info, -fh); + ranges[i].h_oversample = (unsigned char) spc->h_oversample; + ranges[i].v_oversample = (unsigned char) spc->v_oversample; + for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) { + int x0,y0,x1,y1; + int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; + int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, + scale * spc->h_oversample, + scale * spc->v_oversample, + 0,0, + &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); + rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); + ++k; + } + } + + return k; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int prefilter_x, int prefilter_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, + output, + out_w - (prefilter_x - 1), + out_h - (prefilter_y - 1), + out_stride, + scale_x, + scale_y, + shift_x, + shift_y, + glyph); + + if (prefilter_x > 1) + stbtt__h_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_x); + + if (prefilter_y > 1) + stbtt__v_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_y); + + *sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_x); + *sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_y); +} + +// rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) +{ + int i,j,k, return_value = 1; + + // save current values + int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample; + int old_v_over = spc->v_oversample; + + k = 0; + for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { + float fh = ranges[i].font_size; + float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(info, -fh); + float recip_h,recip_v,sub_x,sub_y; + spc->h_oversample = ranges[i].h_oversample; + spc->v_oversample = ranges[i].v_oversample; + recip_h = 1.0f / spc->h_oversample; + recip_v = 1.0f / spc->v_oversample; + sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->h_oversample); + sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample); + for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) { + stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k]; + if (r->was_packed) { + stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j]; + int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1; + int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; + int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); + stbrp_coord pad = (stbrp_coord) spc->padding; + + // pad on left and top + r->x += pad; + r->y += pad; + r->w -= pad; + r->h -= pad; + stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(info, glyph, &advance, &lsb); + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(info, glyph, + scale * spc->h_oversample, + scale * spc->v_oversample, + &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, + spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, + r->w - spc->h_oversample+1, + r->h - spc->v_oversample+1, + spc->stride_in_bytes, + scale * spc->h_oversample, + scale * spc->v_oversample, + 0,0, + glyph); + + if (spc->h_oversample > 1) + stbtt__h_prefilter(spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, + r->w, r->h, spc->stride_in_bytes, + spc->h_oversample); + + if (spc->v_oversample > 1) + stbtt__v_prefilter(spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, + r->w, r->h, spc->stride_in_bytes, + spc->v_oversample); + + bc->x0 = (stbtt_int16) r->x; + bc->y0 = (stbtt_int16) r->y; + bc->x1 = (stbtt_int16) (r->x + r->w); + bc->y1 = (stbtt_int16) (r->y + r->h); + bc->xadvance = scale * advance; + bc->xoff = (float) x0 * recip_h + sub_x; + bc->yoff = (float) y0 * recip_v + sub_y; + bc->xoff2 = (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x; + bc->yoff2 = (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y; + } else { + return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure + } + + ++k; + } + } + + // restore original values + spc->h_oversample = old_h_over; + spc->v_oversample = old_v_over; + + return return_value; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) +{ + stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info, rects, num_rects); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) +{ + stbtt_fontinfo info; + int i,j,n, return_value = 1; + //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info; + stbrp_rect *rects; + + // flag all characters as NOT packed + for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) + for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x0 = + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y0 = + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x1 = + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y1 = 0; + + n = 0; + for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) + n += ranges[i].num_chars; + + rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context); + if (rects == NULL) + return 0; + + info.userdata = spc->user_allocator_context; + stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata,font_index)); + + n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); + + stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n); + + return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); + + STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context); + return return_value; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, + int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range) +{ + stbtt_pack_range range; + range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = first_unicode_codepoint_in_range; + range.array_of_unicode_codepoints = NULL; + range.num_chars = num_chars_in_range; + range.chardata_for_range = chardata_for_range; + range.font_size = font_size; + return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer) +{ + float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph; + const stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index; + + if (align_to_integer) { + float x = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f); + float y = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f); + q->x0 = x; + q->y0 = y; + q->x1 = x + b->xoff2 - b->xoff; + q->y1 = y + b->yoff2 - b->yoff; + } else { + q->x0 = *xpos + b->xoff; + q->y0 = *ypos + b->yoff; + q->x1 = *xpos + b->xoff2; + q->y1 = *ypos + b->yoff2; + } + + q->s0 = b->x0 * ipw; + q->t0 = b->y0 * iph; + q->s1 = b->x1 * ipw; + q->t1 = b->y1 * iph; + + *xpos += b->xadvance; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// sdf computation +// + +#define STBTT_min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define STBTT_max(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) + +static int stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(float orig[2], float ray[2], float q0[2], float q1[2], float q2[2], float hits[2][2]) +{ + float q0perp = q0[1]*ray[0] - q0[0]*ray[1]; + float q1perp = q1[1]*ray[0] - q1[0]*ray[1]; + float q2perp = q2[1]*ray[0] - q2[0]*ray[1]; + float roperp = orig[1]*ray[0] - orig[0]*ray[1]; + + float a = q0perp - 2*q1perp + q2perp; + float b = q1perp - q0perp; + float c = q0perp - roperp; + + float s0 = 0., s1 = 0.; + int num_s = 0; + + if (a != 0.0) { + float discr = b*b - a*c; + if (discr > 0.0) { + float rcpna = -1 / a; + float d = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discr); + s0 = (b+d) * rcpna; + s1 = (b-d) * rcpna; + if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0) + num_s = 1; + if (d > 0.0 && s1 >= 0.0 && s1 <= 1.0) { + if (num_s == 0) s0 = s1; + ++num_s; + } + } + } else { + // 2*b*s + c = 0 + // s = -c / (2*b) + s0 = c / (-2 * b); + if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0) + num_s = 1; + } + + if (num_s == 0) + return 0; + else { + float rcp_len2 = 1 / (ray[0]*ray[0] + ray[1]*ray[1]); + float rayn_x = ray[0] * rcp_len2, rayn_y = ray[1] * rcp_len2; + + float q0d = q0[0]*rayn_x + q0[1]*rayn_y; + float q1d = q1[0]*rayn_x + q1[1]*rayn_y; + float q2d = q2[0]*rayn_x + q2[1]*rayn_y; + float rod = orig[0]*rayn_x + orig[1]*rayn_y; + + float q10d = q1d - q0d; + float q20d = q2d - q0d; + float q0rd = q0d - rod; + + hits[0][0] = q0rd + s0*(2.0f - 2.0f*s0)*q10d + s0*s0*q20d; + hits[0][1] = a*s0+b; + + if (num_s > 1) { + hits[1][0] = q0rd + s1*(2.0f - 2.0f*s1)*q10d + s1*s1*q20d; + hits[1][1] = a*s1+b; + return 2; + } else { + return 1; + } + } +} + +static int equal(float *a, float *b) +{ + return (a[0] == b[0] && a[1] == b[1]); +} + +static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex *verts) +{ + int i; + float orig[2], ray[2] = { 1, 0 }; + float y_frac; + int winding = 0; + + orig[0] = x; + orig[1] = y; + + // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape + y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); + if (y_frac < 0.01f) + y += 0.01f; + else if (y_frac > 0.99f) + y -= 0.01f; + orig[1] = y; + + // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) + for (i=0; i < nverts; ++i) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x, y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y; + int x1 = (int) verts[i ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i ].y; + if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { + float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; + if (x_inter < x) + winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x , y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y ; + int x1 = (int) verts[i ].cx, y1 = (int) verts[i ].cy; + int x2 = (int) verts[i ].x , y2 = (int) verts[i ].y ; + int ax = STBTT_min(x0,STBTT_min(x1,x2)), ay = STBTT_min(y0,STBTT_min(y1,y2)); + int by = STBTT_max(y0,STBTT_max(y1,y2)); + if (y > ay && y < by && x > ax) { + float q0[2],q1[2],q2[2]; + float hits[2][2]; + q0[0] = (float)x0; + q0[1] = (float)y0; + q1[0] = (float)x1; + q1[1] = (float)y1; + q2[0] = (float)x2; + q2[1] = (float)y2; + if (equal(q0,q1) || equal(q1,q2)) { + x0 = (int)verts[i-1].x; + y0 = (int)verts[i-1].y; + x1 = (int)verts[i ].x; + y1 = (int)verts[i ].y; + if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { + float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; + if (x_inter < x) + winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; + } + } else { + int num_hits = stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(orig, ray, q0, q1, q2, hits); + if (num_hits >= 1) + if (hits[0][0] < 0) + winding += (hits[0][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); + if (num_hits >= 2) + if (hits[1][0] < 0) + winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); + } + } + } + } + return winding; +} + +static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x ) +{ + if (x<0) + return -(float) STBTT_pow(-x,1.0f/3.0f); + else + return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); +} + +// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 +static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) +{ + float s = -a / 3; + float p = b - a*a / 3; + float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; + float p3 = p*p*p; + float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; + if (d >= 0) { + float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); + float u = (-q + z) / 2; + float v = (-q - z) / 2; + u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); + v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); + r[0] = s + u + v; + return 1; + } else { + float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); + float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative + float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); + float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; + r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; + r[1] = s - u * (m + n); + r[2] = s - u * (m - n); + + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); + return 3; + } +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + float scale_x = scale, scale_y = scale; + int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; + int w,h; + unsigned char *data; + + // if one scale is 0, use same scale for both + if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; + if (scale_y == 0) { + if (scale_x == 0) return NULL; // if both scales are 0, return NULL + scale_y = scale_x; + } + + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); + + // if empty, return NULL + if (ix0 == ix1 || iy0 == iy1) + return NULL; + + ix0 -= padding; + iy0 -= padding; + ix1 += padding; + iy1 += padding; + + w = (ix1 - ix0); + h = (iy1 - iy0); + + if (width ) *width = w; + if (height) *height = h; + if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; + if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; + + // invert for y-downwards bitmaps + scale_y = -scale_y; + + { + int x,y,i,j; + float *precompute; + stbtt_vertex *verts; + int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &verts); + data = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(w * h, info->userdata); + precompute = (float *) STBTT_malloc(num_verts * sizeof(float), info->userdata); + + for (i=0,j=num_verts-1; i < num_verts; j=i++) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; + float x1 = verts[j].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[j].y*scale_y; + float dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt((x1-x0)*(x1-x0) + (y1-y0)*(y1-y0)); + precompute[i] = (dist == 0) ? 0.0f : 1.0f / dist; + } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + float x2 = verts[j].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[j].y *scale_y; + float x1 = verts[i].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i].cy*scale_y; + float x0 = verts[i].x *scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y *scale_y; + float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; + float len2 = bx*bx + by*by; + if (len2 != 0.0f) + precompute[i] = 1.0f / (bx*bx + by*by); + else + precompute[i] = 0.0f; + } else + precompute[i] = 0.0f; + } + + for (y=iy0; y < iy1; ++y) { + for (x=ix0; x < ix1; ++x) { + float val; + float min_dist = 999999.0f; + float sx = (float) x + 0.5f; + float sy = (float) y + 0.5f; + float x_gspace = (sx / scale_x); + float y_gspace = (sy / scale_y); + + int winding = stbtt__compute_crossings_x(x_gspace, y_gspace, num_verts, verts); // @OPTIMIZE: this could just be a rasterization, but needs to be line vs. non-tesselated curves so a new path + + for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { + float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; + + // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve + float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; + + // coarse culling against bbox + //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && + // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) + float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; + STBTT_assert(i != 0); + if (dist < min_dist) { + // check position along line + // x' = x0 + t*(x1-x0), y' = y0 + t*(y1-y0) + // minimize (x'-sx)*(x'-sx)+(y'-sy)*(y'-sy) + float dx = x1-x0, dy = y1-y0; + float px = x0-sx, py = y0-sy; + // minimize (px+t*dx)^2 + (py+t*dy)^2 = px*px + 2*px*dx*t + t^2*dx*dx + py*py + 2*py*dy*t + t^2*dy*dy + // derivative: 2*px*dx + 2*py*dy + (2*dx*dx+2*dy*dy)*t, set to 0 and solve + float t = -(px*dx + py*dy) / (dx*dx + dy*dy); + if (t >= 0.0f && t <= 1.0f) + min_dist = dist; + } + } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + float x2 = verts[i-1].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[i-1].y *scale_y; + float x1 = verts[i ].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i ].cy*scale_y; + float box_x0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(x0,x1),x2); + float box_y0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(y0,y1),y2); + float box_x1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(x0,x1),x2); + float box_y1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(y0,y1),y2); + // coarse culling against bbox to avoid computing cubic unnecessarily + if (sx > box_x0-min_dist && sx < box_x1+min_dist && sy > box_y0-min_dist && sy < box_y1+min_dist) { + int num=0; + float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; + float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; + float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; + float res[3],px,py,t,it; + float a_inv = precompute[i]; + if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula + float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); + float b = 2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by); + float c = mx*ax+my*ay; + if (a == 0.0) { // if a is 0, it's linear + if (b != 0.0) { + res[num++] = -c/b; + } + } else { + float discriminant = b*b - 4*a*c; + if (discriminant < 0) + num = 0; + else { + float root = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discriminant); + res[0] = (-b - root)/(2*a); + res[1] = (-b + root)/(2*a); + num = 2; // don't bother distinguishing 1-solution case, as code below will still work + } + } + } else { + float b = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by) * a_inv; // could precompute this as it doesn't depend on sample point + float c = (2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by)) * a_inv; + float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; + num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); + } + if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + if (num >= 2 && res[1] >= 0.0f && res[1] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[1], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + if (num >= 3 && res[2] >= 0.0f && res[2] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[2], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + } + } + } + if (winding == 0) + min_dist = -min_dist; // if outside the shape, value is negative + val = onedge_value + pixel_dist_scale * min_dist; + if (val < 0) + val = 0; + else if (val > 255) + val = 255; + data[(y-iy0)*w+(x-ix0)] = (unsigned char) val; + } + } + STBTT_free(precompute, info->userdata); + STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata); + } + return data; +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(info, scale, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint), padding, onedge_value, pixel_dist_scale, width, height, xoff, yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) +{ + STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// font name matching -- recommended not to use this +// + +// check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) +{ + stbtt_int32 i=0; + + // convert utf16 to utf8 and compare the results while converting + while (len2) { + stbtt_uint16 ch = s2[0]*256 + s2[1]; + if (ch < 0x80) { + if (i >= len1) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != ch) return -1; + } else if (ch < 0x800) { + if (i+1 >= len1) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0xc0 + (ch >> 6)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + (ch & 0x3f)) return -1; + } else if (ch >= 0xd800 && ch < 0xdc00) { + stbtt_uint32 c; + stbtt_uint16 ch2 = s2[2]*256 + s2[3]; + if (i+3 >= len1) return -1; + c = ((ch - 0xd800) << 10) + (ch2 - 0xdc00) + 0x10000; + if (s1[i++] != 0xf0 + (c >> 18)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)) return -1; + s2 += 2; // plus another 2 below + len2 -= 2; + } else if (ch >= 0xdc00 && ch < 0xe000) { + return -1; + } else { + if (i+2 >= len1) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0xe0 + (ch >> 12)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((ch >> 6) & 0x3f)) return -1; + if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((ch ) & 0x3f)) return -1; + } + s2 += 2; + len2 -= 2; + } + return i; +} + +static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) +{ + return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2); +} + +// returns results in whatever encoding you request... but note that 2-byte encodings +// will be BIG-ENDIAN... use stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian() to compare +STBTT_DEF const char *stbtt_GetFontNameString(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int *length, int platformID, int encodingID, int languageID, int nameID) +{ + stbtt_int32 i,count,stringOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *fc = font->data; + stbtt_uint32 offset = font->fontstart; + stbtt_uint32 nm = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "name"); + if (!nm) return NULL; + + count = ttUSHORT(fc+nm+2); + stringOffset = nm + ttUSHORT(fc+nm+4); + for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { + stbtt_uint32 loc = nm + 6 + 12 * i; + if (platformID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+0) && encodingID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+2) + && languageID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+4) && nameID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+6)) { + *length = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+8); + return (const char *) (fc+stringOffset+ttUSHORT(fc+loc+10)); + } + } + return NULL; +} + +static int stbtt__matchpair(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 nm, stbtt_uint8 *name, stbtt_int32 nlen, stbtt_int32 target_id, stbtt_int32 next_id) +{ + stbtt_int32 i; + stbtt_int32 count = ttUSHORT(fc+nm+2); + stbtt_int32 stringOffset = nm + ttUSHORT(fc+nm+4); + + for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { + stbtt_uint32 loc = nm + 6 + 12 * i; + stbtt_int32 id = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+6); + if (id == target_id) { + // find the encoding + stbtt_int32 platform = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+0), encoding = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+2), language = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+4); + + // is this a Unicode encoding? + if (platform == 0 || (platform == 3 && encoding == 1) || (platform == 3 && encoding == 10)) { + stbtt_int32 slen = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+8); + stbtt_int32 off = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+10); + + // check if there's a prefix match + stbtt_int32 matchlen = stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(name, nlen, fc+stringOffset+off,slen); + if (matchlen >= 0) { + // check for target_id+1 immediately following, with same encoding & language + if (i+1 < count && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+6) == next_id && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12) == platform && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+2) == encoding && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+4) == language) { + slen = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+8); + off = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+10); + if (slen == 0) { + if (matchlen == nlen) + return 1; + } else if (matchlen < nlen && name[matchlen] == ' ') { + ++matchlen; + if (stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char*) (name+matchlen), nlen-matchlen, (char*)(fc+stringOffset+off),slen)) + return 1; + } + } else { + // if nothing immediately following + if (matchlen == nlen) + return 1; + } + } + } + + // @TODO handle other encodings + } + } + return 0; +} + +static int stbtt__matches(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 offset, stbtt_uint8 *name, stbtt_int32 flags) +{ + stbtt_int32 nlen = (stbtt_int32) STBTT_strlen((char *) name); + stbtt_uint32 nm,hd; + if (!stbtt__isfont(fc+offset)) return 0; + + // check italics/bold/underline flags in macStyle... + if (flags) { + hd = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "head"); + if ((ttUSHORT(fc+hd+44) & 7) != (flags & 7)) return 0; + } + + nm = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "name"); + if (!nm) return 0; + + if (flags) { + // if we checked the macStyle flags, then just check the family and ignore the subfamily + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 16, -1)) return 1; + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 1, -1)) return 1; + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 3, -1)) return 1; + } else { + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 16, 17)) return 1; + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 1, 2)) return 1; + if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 3, -1)) return 1; + } + + return 0; +} + +static int stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, char *name_utf8, stbtt_int32 flags) +{ + stbtt_int32 i; + for (i=0;;++i) { + stbtt_int32 off = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(font_collection, i); + if (off < 0) return off; + if (stbtt__matches((stbtt_uint8 *) font_collection, off, (stbtt_uint8*) name_utf8, flags)) + return off; + } +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" +#endif + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, + float pixel_height, unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, + int first_char, int num_chars, stbtt_bakedchar *chardata) +{ + return stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal((unsigned char *) data, offset, pixel_height, pixels, pw, ph, first_char, num_chars, chardata); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index) +{ + return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data) +{ + return stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal((unsigned char *) data); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset) +{ + return stbtt_InitFont_internal(info, (unsigned char *) data, offset); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *fontdata, const char *name, int flags) +{ + return stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal((unsigned char *) fontdata, (char *) name, flags); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2) +{ + return stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char *) s1, len1, (char *) s2, len2); +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +#endif // STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +// FULL VERSION HISTORY +// +// 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod +// 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function +// 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix +// 1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support +// 1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const +// 1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function +// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts +// 1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual +// 1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning +// 1.10 (2016-04-02) allow user-defined fabs() replacement +// fix memory leak if fontsize=0.0 +// fix warning from duplicate typedef +// 1.09 (2016-01-16) warning fix; avoid crash on outofmem; use alloc userdata for PackFontRanges +// 1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges +// 1.07 (2015-08-01) allow PackFontRanges to accept arrays of sparse codepoints; +// allow PackFontRanges to pack and render in separate phases; +// fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?); +// fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer +// replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer +// 1.06 (2015-07-14) performance improvements (~35% faster on x86 and x64 on test machine) +// also more precise AA rasterizer, except if shapes overlap +// remove need for STBTT_sort +// 1.05 (2015-04-15) fix misplaced definitions for STBTT_STATIC +// 1.04 (2015-04-15) typo in example +// 1.03 (2015-04-12) STBTT_STATIC, fix memory leak in new packing, various fixes +// 1.02 (2014-12-10) fix various warnings & compile issues w/ stb_rect_pack, C++ +// 1.01 (2014-12-08) fix subpixel position when oversampling to exactly match +// non-oversampled; STBTT_POINT_SIZE for packed case only +// 1.00 (2014-12-06) add new PackBegin etc. API, w/ support for oversampling +// 0.99 (2014-09-18) fix multiple bugs with subpixel rendering (ryg) +// 0.9 (2014-08-07) support certain mac/iOS fonts without an MS platformID +// 0.8b (2014-07-07) fix a warning +// 0.8 (2014-05-25) fix a few more warnings +// 0.7 (2013-09-25) bugfix: subpixel glyph bug fixed in 0.5 had come back +// 0.6c (2012-07-24) improve documentation +// 0.6b (2012-07-20) fix a few more warnings +// 0.6 (2012-07-17) fix warnings; added stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels, +// stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox, stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty +// 0.5 (2011-12-09) bugfixes: +// subpixel glyph renderer computed wrong bounding box +// first vertex of shape can be off-curve (FreeSans) +// 0.4b (2011-12-03) fixed an error in the font baking example +// 0.4 (2011-12-01) kerning, subpixel rendering (tor) +// bugfixes for: +// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=12 +// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=4 +// stbtt_GetBakedQuad with non-square texture (Zer) +// updated Hello World! sample to use kerning and subpixel +// fixed some warnings +// 0.3 (2009-06-24) cmap fmt=12, compound shapes (MM) +// userdata, malloc-from-userdata, non-zero fill (stb) +// 0.2 (2009-03-11) Fix unsigned/signed char warnings +// 0.1 (2009-03-09) First public release +// + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/libs/lib/libtiff.a b/libs/lib/libtiff.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee93929 Binary files /dev/null and b/libs/lib/libtiff.a differ diff --git a/libs/lib/libwebp.a b/libs/lib/libwebp.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8809dbc Binary files /dev/null and b/libs/lib/libwebp.a differ diff --git a/libs/libnsbmp/COPYING b/libs/libnsbmp/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e3d030 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsbmp/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Copyright (C) 2006 Richard Wilson +Copyright (C) 2008 Sean Fox + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/libs/libnsbmp/libnsbmp.c b/libs/libnsbmp/libnsbmp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6ebd6c --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsbmp/libnsbmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,1388 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2006 Richard Wilson + * Copyright 2008 Sean Fox + * + * This file is part of NetSurf's libnsbmp, http://www.netsurf-browser.org/ + * Licenced under the MIT License, + * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php + */ + +/** + * \file + * BMP decoding implementation + * + * This library decode windows bitmaps and icons from their disc images. + * + * The image format is described in several documents: + * https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd183391(v=vs.85).aspx + * http://www.fileformat.info/format/bmp/egff.htm + * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BMP_file_format + * + * Despite the format being clearly defined many bitmaps found on the web are + * not compliant and this implementation attempts to cope with as many issues + * as possible rather than simply failing. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "utils/log.h" + +/* squashes unused variable compiler warnings */ +#define UNUSED(x) ((x)=(x)) + +/* BMP entry sizes */ +#define BMP_FILE_HEADER_SIZE 14 +#define ICO_FILE_HEADER_SIZE 6 +#define ICO_DIR_ENTRY_SIZE 16 + +/* the bitmap information header types (encoded as lengths) */ +#define BITMAPCOREHEADER 12 + +#ifdef WE_NEED_INT8_READING_NOW +static inline int8_t read_int8(uint8_t *data, unsigned int o) { + return (int8_t) data[o]; +} +#endif + +static inline uint8_t read_uint8(uint8_t *data, unsigned int o) { + return (uint8_t) data[o]; +} + +static inline int16_t read_int16(uint8_t *data, unsigned int o) { + return (int16_t) (data[o] | (data[o+1] << 8)); +} + +static inline uint16_t read_uint16(uint8_t *data, unsigned int o) { + return (uint16_t) (data[o] | (data[o+1] << 8)); +} + +static inline int32_t read_int32(uint8_t *data, unsigned int o) { + return (int32_t) ((unsigned)data[o] | + ((unsigned)data[o+1] << 8) | + ((unsigned)data[o+2] << 16) | + ((unsigned)data[o+3] << 24)); +} + +static inline uint32_t read_uint32(uint8_t *data, unsigned int o) { + return (uint32_t) ((unsigned)data[o] | + ((unsigned)data[o+1] << 8) | + ((unsigned)data[o+2] << 16) | + ((unsigned)data[o+3] << 24)); +} + + +/** + * Parse the bitmap info header + */ +static bmp_result bmp_info_header_parse(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t *data) +{ + uint32_t header_size; + uint32_t i; + uint8_t j; + int32_t width, height; + uint8_t palette_size; + unsigned int flags = 0; + + /* must be at least enough data for a core header */ + if (bmp->buffer_size < (BMP_FILE_HEADER_SIZE + BITMAPCOREHEADER)) { + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + + header_size = read_uint32(data, 0); + + /* ensure there is enough data for the declared header size*/ + if ((bmp->buffer_size - BMP_FILE_HEADER_SIZE) < header_size) { + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + + /* a variety of different bitmap headers can follow, depending + * on the BMP variant. The header length field determines the type. + */ + if (header_size == BITMAPCOREHEADER) { + /* the following header is for os/2 and windows 2.x and consists of: + * + * +0 UINT32 size of this header (in bytes) + * +4 INT16 image width (in pixels) + * +6 INT16 image height (in pixels) + * +8 UINT16 number of colour planes (always 1) + * +10 UINT16 number of bits per pixel + */ + width = read_int16(data, 4); + height = read_int16(data, 6); + if ((width <= 0) || (height == 0)) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + if (height < 0) { + bmp->reversed = true; + height = -height; + } + /* ICOs only support 256*256 resolutions + * In the case of the ICO header, the height is actually the added + * height of XOR-Bitmap and AND-Bitmap (double the visible height) + * Technically we could remove this check and ICOs with bitmaps + * of any size could be processed; this is to conform to the spec. + */ + if (bmp->ico) { + if ((width > 256) || (height > 512)) { + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + } else { + bmp->width = width; + bmp->height = height / 2; + } + } else { + bmp->width = width; + bmp->height = height; + } + if (read_uint16(data, 8) != 1) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + bmp->bpp = read_uint16(data, 10); + /** + * The bpp value should be in the range 1-32, but the only + * values considered legal are: + * RGB ENCODING: 1, 4, 8, 16, 24 and 32 + */ + if ((bmp->bpp != 1) && (bmp->bpp != 4) && + (bmp->bpp != 8) && + (bmp->bpp != 16) && + (bmp->bpp != 24) && + (bmp->bpp != 32)) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + if (bmp->bpp < 16) + bmp->colours = (1 << bmp->bpp); + palette_size = 3; + } else if (header_size < 40) { + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + } else { + /* the following header is for windows 3.x and onwards. it is a + * minimum of 40 bytes and (as of Windows 95) a maximum of 108 bytes. + * + * +0 UINT32 size of this header (in bytes) + * +4 INT32 image width (in pixels) + * +8 INT32 image height (in pixels) + * +12 UINT16 number of colour planes (always 1) + * +14 UINT16 number of bits per pixel + * +16 UINT32 compression methods used + * +20 UINT32 size of bitmap (in bytes) + * +24 UINT32 horizontal resolution (in pixels per meter) + * +28 UINT32 vertical resolution (in pixels per meter) + * +32 UINT32 number of colours in the image + * +36 UINT32 number of important colours + * +40 UINT32 mask identifying bits of red component + * +44 UINT32 mask identifying bits of green component + * +48 UINT32 mask identifying bits of blue component + * +52 UINT32 mask identifying bits of alpha component + * +56 UINT32 color space type + * +60 UINT32 x coordinate of red endpoint + * +64 UINT32 y coordinate of red endpoint + * +68 UINT32 z coordinate of red endpoint + * +72 UINT32 x coordinate of green endpoint + * +76 UINT32 y coordinate of green endpoint + * +80 UINT32 z coordinate of green endpoint + * +84 UINT32 x coordinate of blue endpoint + * +88 UINT32 y coordinate of blue endpoint + * +92 UINT32 z coordinate of blue endpoint + * +96 UINT32 gamma red coordinate scale value + * +100 UINT32 gamma green coordinate scale value + * +104 UINT32 gamma blue coordinate scale value + */ + width = read_int32(data, 4); + height = read_int32(data, 8); + if ((width <= 0) || (height == 0)) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + if (height < 0) { + bmp->reversed = true; + if (height <= -INT32_MAX) { + height = INT32_MAX; + } else { + height = -height; + } + } + /* ICOs only support 256*256 resolutions + * In the case of the ICO header, the height is actually the added + * height of XOR-Bitmap and AND-Bitmap (double the visible height) + * Technically we could remove this check and ICOs with bitmaps + * of any size could be processed; this is to conform to the spec. + */ + if (bmp->ico) { + if ((width > 256) || (height > 512)) { + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + } else { + bmp->width = width; + bmp->height = height / 2; + } + } else { + bmp->width = width; + bmp->height = height; + } + if (read_uint16(data, 12) != 1) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + bmp->bpp = read_uint16(data, 14); + if (bmp->bpp == 0) + bmp->bpp = 8; + bmp->encoding = read_uint32(data, 16); + /** + * The bpp value should be in the range 1-32, but the only + * values considered legal are: + * RGB ENCODING: 1, 4, 8, 16, 24 and 32 + * RLE4 ENCODING: 4 + * RLE8 ENCODING: 8 + * BITFIELD ENCODING: 16 and 32 + */ + switch (bmp->encoding) { + case BMP_ENCODING_RGB: + if ((bmp->bpp != 1) && (bmp->bpp != 4) && + (bmp->bpp != 8) && + (bmp->bpp != 16) && + (bmp->bpp != 24) && + (bmp->bpp != 32)) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + break; + case BMP_ENCODING_RLE8: + if (bmp->bpp != 8) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + break; + case BMP_ENCODING_RLE4: + if (bmp->bpp != 4) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + break; + case BMP_ENCODING_BITFIELDS: + if ((bmp->bpp != 16) && (bmp->bpp != 32)) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + break; + /* invalid encoding */ + default: + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + break; + } + /* Bitfield encoding means we have red, green, blue, and alpha masks. + * Here we acquire the masks and determine the required bit shift to + * align them in our 24-bit color 8-bit alpha format. + */ + if (bmp->encoding == BMP_ENCODING_BITFIELDS) { + if (header_size == 40) { + header_size += 12; + if (bmp->buffer_size < (14 + header_size)) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + bmp->mask[i] = read_uint32(data, 40 + (i << 2)); + } else { + if (header_size < 56) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + bmp->mask[i] = read_uint32(data, 40 + (i << 2)); + } + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { + if (bmp->mask[i] == 0) + break; + for (j = 31; j > 0; j--) + if (bmp->mask[i] & ((unsigned)1 << j)) { + if ((j - 7) > 0) + bmp->mask[i] &= (unsigned)0xff << (j - 7); + else + bmp->mask[i] &= 0xff >> (-(j - 7)); + bmp->shift[i] = (i << 3) - (j - 7); + break; + } + } + } + bmp->colours = read_uint32(data, 32); + if (bmp->colours == 0 && bmp->bpp < 16) + bmp->colours = (1 << bmp->bpp); + palette_size = 4; + } + data += header_size; + + /* if there's no alpha mask, flag the bmp opaque */ + if ((!bmp->ico) && (bmp->mask[3] == 0)) { + flags |= BMP_OPAQUE; + bmp->opaque = true; + } + + /* we only have a palette for <16bpp */ + if (bmp->bpp < 16) { + /* we now have a series of palette entries of the format: + * + * +0 BYTE blue + * +1 BYTE green + * +2 BYTE red + * + * if the palette is from an OS/2 or Win2.x file then the entries + * are padded with an extra byte. + */ + + /* boundary checking */ + if (bmp->buffer_size < (14 + header_size + ((uint64_t)4 * bmp->colours))) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + + /* create the colour table */ + bmp->colour_table = (uint32_t *)malloc(bmp->colours * 4); + if (!bmp->colour_table) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + for (i = 0; i < bmp->colours; i++) { + uint32_t colour = data[2] | (data[1] << 8) | (data[0] << 16); + if (bmp->opaque) + colour |= ((uint32_t)0xff << 24); + data += palette_size; + bmp->colour_table[i] = read_uint32((uint8_t *)&colour,0); + } + + /* some bitmaps have a bad offset if there is a pallete, work + * round this by fixing up the data offset to after the palette + * but only if there is data following the palette as some + * bitmaps encode data in the palette! + */ + if ((bmp->bitmap_offset < (uint32_t)(data - bmp->bmp_data)) && + ((bmp->buffer_size - (data - bmp->bmp_data)) > 0)) { + bmp->bitmap_offset = data - bmp->bmp_data; + } + } + + /* create our bitmap */ + flags |= BMP_NEW | BMP_CLEAR_MEMORY; + bmp->bitmap = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_create(bmp->width, bmp->height, flags); + if (!bmp->bitmap) { + if (bmp->colour_table) + free(bmp->colour_table); + bmp->colour_table = NULL; + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + /* BMPs within ICOs don't have BMP file headers, so the image data should + * always be right after the colour table. + */ + if (bmp->ico) + bmp->bitmap_offset = (intptr_t)data - (intptr_t)bmp->bmp_data; + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Parse the bitmap file header + * + * \param bmp The bitmap. + * \param data The data for the file header + * \return BMP_OK on success or error code on faliure + */ +static bmp_result bmp_file_header_parse(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t *data) +{ + /* standard 14-byte BMP file header is: + * + * +0 UINT16 File Type ('BM') + * +2 UINT32 Size of File (in bytes) + * +6 INT16 Reserved Field (1) + * +8 INT16 Reserved Field (2) + * +10 UINT32 Starting Position of Image Data (offset in bytes) + */ + if (bmp->buffer_size < BMP_FILE_HEADER_SIZE) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + + if ((data[0] != (uint8_t)'B') || (data[1] != (uint8_t)'M')) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + + bmp->bitmap_offset = read_uint32(data, 10); + + /* check the offset to data lies within the file */ + if (bmp->bitmap_offset >= bmp->buffer_size) { + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Allocates memory for the next BMP in an ICO collection + * + * Sets proper structure values + * + * \param ico the ICO collection to add the image to + * \param image a pointer to the ICO image to be initialised + */ +static bmp_result next_ico_image(ico_collection *ico, ico_image *image) { + bmp_create(&image->bmp, &ico->bitmap_callbacks); + image->next = ico->first; + ico->first = image; + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Parse the icon file header + * + * \param ico The icon collection. + * \param data The header data to parse. + * \return BMP_OK on successful parse else error code + */ +static bmp_result ico_header_parse(ico_collection *ico, uint8_t *data) +{ + uint16_t count, i; + bmp_result result; + int area, max_area = 0; + + /* 6-byte ICO file header is: + * + * +0 INT16 Reserved (should be 0) + * +2 UINT16 Type (1 for ICO, 2 for CUR) + * +4 UINT16 Number of BMPs to follow + */ + if (ico->buffer_size < ICO_FILE_HEADER_SIZE) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + // if (read_int16(data, 2) != 0x0000) + // return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + if (read_uint16(data, 2) != 0x0001) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + count = read_uint16(data, 4); + if (count == 0) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + data += ICO_FILE_HEADER_SIZE; + + /* check if we have enough data for the directory */ + if (ico->buffer_size < (uint32_t)(ICO_FILE_HEADER_SIZE + (ICO_DIR_ENTRY_SIZE * count))) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + + /* Decode the BMP files. + * + * 16-byte ICO directory entry is: + * + * +0 UINT8 Width (0 for 256 pixels) + * +1 UINT8 Height (0 for 256 pixels) + * +2 UINT8 Colour count (0 if more than 256 colours) + * +3 INT8 Reserved (should be 0, but may not be) + * +4 UINT16 Colour Planes (should be 0 or 1) + * +6 UINT16 Bits Per Pixel + * +8 UINT32 Size of BMP info header + bitmap data in bytes + * +12 UINT32 Offset (points to the BMP info header, not the bitmap data) + */ + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { + ico_image *image; + image = calloc(1, sizeof(ico_image)); + if (!image) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + result = next_ico_image(ico, image); + if (result != BMP_OK) + return result; + image->bmp.width = read_uint8(data, 0); + if (image->bmp.width == 0) + image->bmp.width = 256; + image->bmp.height = read_uint8(data, 1); + if (image->bmp.height == 0) + image->bmp.height = 256; + image->bmp.buffer_size = read_uint32(data, 8); + image->bmp.bmp_data = ico->ico_data + read_uint32(data, 12); + if (image->bmp.bmp_data + image->bmp.buffer_size > + ico->ico_data + ico->buffer_size) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + image->bmp.ico = true; + data += ICO_DIR_ENTRY_SIZE; + + /* Ensure that the bitmap data resides in the buffer */ + if (image->bmp.bmp_data - ico->ico_data >= 0 && + (uint32_t)(image->bmp.bmp_data - + ico->ico_data) >= ico->buffer_size) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + + /* Ensure that we have sufficient data to read the bitmap */ + if (image->bmp.buffer_size - ICO_DIR_ENTRY_SIZE >= + ico->buffer_size - (ico->ico_data - data)) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + + result = bmp_info_header_parse(&image->bmp, + image->bmp.bmp_data); + if (result != BMP_OK) + return result; + + /* adjust the size based on the images available */ + area = image->bmp.width * image->bmp.height; + if (area > max_area) { + ico->width = image->bmp.width; + ico->height = image->bmp.height; + max_area = area; + } + } + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Decode BMP data stored in 32bpp colour. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \param start the data to decode, updated to last byte read on success + * \param bytes the number of bytes of data available + * \return BMP_OK on success + * BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA if the bitmap data ends unexpectedly; + * in this case, the image may be partially viewable + */ +static bmp_result bmp_decode_rgb32(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t **start, int bytes) +{ + uint8_t *top, *bottom, *end, *data; + uint32_t *scanline; + uint32_t x, y; + uint32_t swidth; + uint8_t i; + uint32_t word; + + assert(bmp->bpp == 32); + + data = *start; + swidth = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_bpp(bmp->bitmap) * bmp->width; + top = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(bmp->bitmap); + if (!top) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + bottom = top + (uint64_t)swidth * (bmp->height - 1); + end = data + bytes; + bmp->decoded = true; + + /* Determine transparent index */ + if (bmp->limited_trans) { + if ((data + 4) > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + if (bmp->encoding == BMP_ENCODING_BITFIELDS) + bmp->transparent_index = read_uint32(data, 0); + else + bmp->transparent_index = data[2] | (data[1] << 8) | (data[0] << 16); + } + + for (y = 0; y < bmp->height; y++) { + if ((data + (4 * bmp->width)) > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + if (bmp->reversed) + scanline = (void *)(top + (y * swidth)); + else + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + if (bmp->encoding == BMP_ENCODING_BITFIELDS) { + for (x = 0; x < bmp->width; x++) { + word = read_uint32(data, 0); + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + if (bmp->shift[i] > 0) + scanline[x] |= ((word & bmp->mask[i]) << bmp->shift[i]); + else + scanline[x] |= ((word & bmp->mask[i]) >> (-bmp->shift[i])); + /* 32-bit BMPs have alpha masks, but sometimes they're not utilized */ + if (bmp->opaque) + scanline[x] |= ((unsigned)0xff << 24); + data += 4; + scanline[x] = read_uint32((uint8_t *)&scanline[x],0); + } + } else { + for (x = 0; x < bmp->width; x++) { + scanline[x] = data[2] | (data[1] << 8) | (data[0] << 16); + if ((bmp->limited_trans) && (scanline[x] == bmp->transparent_index)) { + scanline[x] = bmp->trans_colour; + } + if (bmp->opaque) { + scanline[x] |= ((unsigned)0xff << 24); + } else { + scanline[x] |= (unsigned)data[3] << 24; + } + data += 4; + scanline[x] = read_uint32((uint8_t *)&scanline[x],0); + } + } + } + *start = data; + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Decode BMP data stored in 24bpp colour. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \param start the data to decode, updated to last byte read on success + * \param bytes the number of bytes of data available + * \return BMP_OK on success + * BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA if the bitmap data ends unexpectedly; + * in this case, the image may be partially viewable + */ +static bmp_result bmp_decode_rgb24(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t **start, int bytes) +{ + uint8_t *top, *bottom, *end, *data; + uint32_t *scanline; + uint32_t x, y; + uint32_t swidth; + intptr_t addr; + + assert(bmp->encoding == BMP_ENCODING_RGB); + assert(bmp->bpp == 24); + + data = *start; + swidth = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_bpp(bmp->bitmap) * bmp->width; + top = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(bmp->bitmap); + if (!top) { + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + + bottom = top + (uint64_t)swidth * (bmp->height - 1); + end = data + bytes; + addr = ((intptr_t)data) & 3; + bmp->decoded = true; + + /* Determine transparent index */ + if (bmp->limited_trans) { + if ((data + 3) > end) { + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + + bmp->transparent_index = data[2] | (data[1] << 8) | (data[0] << 16); + } + + for (y = 0; y < bmp->height; y++) { + if ((data + (3 * bmp->width)) > end) { + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + + if (bmp->reversed) { + scanline = (void *)(top + (y * swidth)); + } else { + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + } + + for (x = 0; x < bmp->width; x++) { + scanline[x] = data[2] | (data[1] << 8) | (data[0] << 16); + if ((bmp->limited_trans) && (scanline[x] == bmp->transparent_index)) { + scanline[x] = bmp->trans_colour; + } else { + scanline[x] |= ((uint32_t)0xff << 24); + } + data += 3; + scanline[x] = read_uint32((uint8_t *)&scanline[x],0); + } + + while (addr != (((intptr_t)data) & 3)) { + data++; + } + } + *start = data; + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Decode BMP data stored in 16bpp colour. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \param start the data to decode, updated to last byte read on success + * \param bytes the number of bytes of data available + * \return BMP_OK on success + * BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA if the bitmap data ends unexpectedly; + * in this case, the image may be partially viewable + */ +static bmp_result bmp_decode_rgb16(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t **start, int bytes) +{ + uint8_t *top, *bottom, *end, *data; + uint32_t *scanline; + uint32_t x, y, swidth; + intptr_t addr; + uint8_t i; + uint16_t word; + + data = *start; + swidth = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_bpp(bmp->bitmap) * bmp->width; + top = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(bmp->bitmap); + if (!top) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + bottom = top + (uint64_t)swidth * (bmp->height - 1); + end = data + bytes; + addr = ((intptr_t)data) & 3; + bmp->decoded = true; + + /* Determine transparent index */ + if (bmp->limited_trans) { + if ((data + 2) > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + bmp->transparent_index = read_uint16(data, 0); + } + + for (y = 0; y < bmp->height; y++) { + if ((data + (2 * bmp->width)) > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + if (bmp->reversed) + scanline = (void *)(top + (y * swidth)); + else + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + if (bmp->encoding == BMP_ENCODING_BITFIELDS) { + for (x = 0; x < bmp->width; x++) { + word = read_uint16(data, 0); + if ((bmp->limited_trans) && (word == bmp->transparent_index)) + scanline[x] = bmp->trans_colour; + else { + scanline[x] = 0; + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + if (bmp->shift[i] > 0) + scanline[x] |= ((word & bmp->mask[i]) << bmp->shift[i]); + else + scanline[x] |= ((word & bmp->mask[i]) >> (-bmp->shift[i])); + if (bmp->opaque) + scanline[x] |= ((unsigned)0xff << 24); + } + data += 2; + scanline[x] = read_uint32((uint8_t *)&scanline[x],0); + } + } else { + for (x = 0; x < bmp->width; x++) { + word = read_uint16(data, 0); + if ((bmp->limited_trans) && (word == bmp->transparent_index)) + scanline[x] = bmp->trans_colour; + else { + /* 16-bit RGB defaults to RGB555 */ + scanline[x] = ((word & (31 << 0)) << 19) | + ((word & (31 << 5)) << 6) | + ((word & (31 << 10)) >> 7); + } + if (bmp->opaque) + scanline[x] |= ((unsigned)0xff << 24); + data += 2; + scanline[x] = read_uint32((uint8_t *)&scanline[x],0); + } + } + while (addr != (((intptr_t)data) & 3)) + data += 2; + } + *start = data; + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Decode BMP data stored with a palette and in 8bpp colour or less. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \param start the data to decode, updated to last byte read on success + * \param bytes the number of bytes of data available + * \return BMP_OK on success + * BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA if the bitmap data ends unexpectedly; + * in this case, the image may be partially viewable + */ +static bmp_result bmp_decode_rgb(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t **start, int bytes) +{ + uint8_t *top, *bottom, *end, *data; + uint32_t *scanline; + intptr_t addr; + uint32_t x, y, swidth; + uint8_t bit_shifts[8]; + uint8_t ppb = 8 / bmp->bpp; + uint8_t bit_mask = (1 << bmp->bpp) - 1; + uint8_t cur_byte = 0, bit, i; + + /* Belt and braces, we shouldn't get here unless this holds */ + assert(ppb >= 1); + + for (i = 0; i < ppb; i++) + bit_shifts[i] = 8 - ((i + 1) * bmp->bpp); + + data = *start; + swidth = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_bpp(bmp->bitmap) * bmp->width; + top = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(bmp->bitmap); + if (!top) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + bottom = top + (uint64_t)swidth * (bmp->height - 1); + end = data + bytes; + addr = ((intptr_t)data) & 3; + bmp->decoded = true; + + /* Determine transparent index */ + if (bmp->limited_trans) { + uint32_t idx = (*data >> bit_shifts[0]) & bit_mask; + if (idx >= bmp->colours) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + bmp->transparent_index = bmp->colour_table[idx]; + } + + for (y = 0; y < bmp->height; y++) { + bit = 8; + if ((data + ((bmp->width + ppb - 1) / ppb)) > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + if (bmp->reversed) + scanline = (void *)(top + (y * swidth)); + else + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + for (x = 0; x < bmp->width; x++) { + uint32_t idx; + if (bit >= ppb) { + bit = 0; + cur_byte = *data++; + } + idx = (cur_byte >> bit_shifts[bit++]) & bit_mask; + if (idx < bmp->colours) { + /* ensure colour table index is in bounds */ + scanline[x] = bmp->colour_table[idx]; + if ((bmp->limited_trans) && + (scanline[x] == bmp->transparent_index)) { + scanline[x] = bmp->trans_colour; + } + } + } + while (addr != (((intptr_t)data) & 3)) + data++; + } + *start = data; + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Decode a 1bpp mask for an ICO + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \param data the data to decode + * \param bytes the number of bytes of data available + * \return BMP_OK on success + */ +static bmp_result bmp_decode_mask(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t *data, int bytes) +{ + uint8_t *top, *bottom, *end; + uint32_t *scanline; + intptr_t addr; + uint32_t x, y, swidth; + uint32_t cur_byte = 0; + + swidth = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_bpp(bmp->bitmap) * bmp->width; + top = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(bmp->bitmap); + if (!top) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + bottom = top + (uint64_t)swidth * (bmp->height - 1); + end = data + bytes; + + addr = ((intptr_t)data) & 3; + + for (y = 0; y < bmp->height; y++) { + if ((data + (bmp->width >> 3)) > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + for (x = 0; x < bmp->width; x++) { + if ((x & 7) == 0) + cur_byte = *data++; + scanline[x] = read_uint32((uint8_t *)&scanline[x], 0); + if ((cur_byte & 128) == 0) { + scanline[x] |= ((unsigned)0xff << 24); + } else { + scanline[x] &= 0xffffff; + } + scanline[x] = read_uint32((uint8_t *)&scanline[x], 0); + cur_byte = cur_byte << 1; + } + while (addr != (((intptr_t)data) & 3)) + data++; + } + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Decode BMP data stored encoded in RLE8. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \param data the data to decode + * \param bytes the number of bytes of data available + * \return BMP_OK on success + * BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA if the bitmap data ends unexpectedly; + * in this case, the image may be partially viewable + */ +static bmp_result +bmp_decode_rle8(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t *data, int bytes) +{ + uint8_t *top, *bottom, *end; + uint32_t *scanline; + uint32_t swidth; + uint32_t i, length, pixels_left; + uint32_t x = 0, y = 0, last_y = 0; + uint32_t pixel = 0; + + if (bmp->ico) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + + swidth = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_bpp(bmp->bitmap) * bmp->width; + top = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(bmp->bitmap); + if (!top) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + bottom = top + (uint64_t)swidth * (bmp->height - 1); + end = data + bytes; + bmp->decoded = true; + + do { + if (data + 2 > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + length = *data++; + if (length == 0) { + length = *data++; + switch (length) { + case 0: + /* 00 - 00 means end of scanline */ + x = 0; + if (last_y == y) { + y++; + if (y >= bmp->height) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + } + last_y = y; + break; + + case 1: + /* 00 - 01 means end of RLE data */ + return BMP_OK; + + case 2: + /* 00 - 02 - XX - YY means move cursor */ + if (data + 2 > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + x += *data++; + if (x >= bmp->width) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + y += *data++; + if (y >= bmp->height) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + break; + + default: + /* 00 - NN means escape NN pixels */ + if (bmp->reversed) { + pixels_left = (bmp->height - y) * bmp->width - x; + scanline = (void *)(top + (y * swidth)); + } else { + pixels_left = (y + 1) * bmp->width - x; + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + } + if (length > pixels_left) + length = pixels_left; + if (data + length > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + + /* the following code could be easily optimised + * by simply checking the bounds on entry and + * using some simple copying routines if so + */ + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) { + uint32_t idx = (uint32_t) *data++; + if (x >= bmp->width) { + x = 0; + y++; + if (y >= bmp->height) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + if (bmp->reversed) { + scanline += bmp->width; + } else { + scanline -= bmp->width; + } + } + if (idx >= bmp->colours) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + scanline[x++] = bmp->colour_table[idx]; + } + + if ((length & 1) && (*data++ != 0x00)) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + + break; + } + } else { + uint32_t idx; + + /* NN means perform RLE for NN pixels */ + if (bmp->reversed) { + pixels_left = (bmp->height - y) * bmp->width - x; + scanline = (void *)(top + (y * swidth)); + } else { + pixels_left = (y + 1) * bmp->width - x; + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + } + if (length > pixels_left) + length = pixels_left; + + /* boundary checking */ + if (data + 1 > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + + /* the following code could be easily optimised by + * simply checking the bounds on entry and using some + * simply copying routines if so + */ + idx = (uint32_t) *data++; + if (idx >= bmp->colours) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + + pixel = bmp->colour_table[idx]; + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) { + if (x >= bmp->width) { + x = 0; + y++; + if (y >= bmp->height) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + if (bmp->reversed) { + scanline += bmp->width; + } else { + scanline -= bmp->width; + } + } + scanline[x++] = pixel; + } + } + } while (data < end); + + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/** + * Decode BMP data stored encoded in RLE4. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \param data the data to decode + * \param bytes the number of bytes of data available + * \return BMP_OK on success + * BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA if the bitmap data ends unexpectedly; + * in this case, the image may be partially viewable + */ +static bmp_result +bmp_decode_rle4(bmp_image *bmp, uint8_t *data, int bytes) +{ + uint8_t *top, *bottom, *end; + uint32_t *scanline; + uint32_t swidth; + uint32_t i, length, pixels_left; + uint32_t x = 0, y = 0, last_y = 0; + uint32_t pixel = 0, pixel2; + + if (bmp->ico) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + + swidth = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_bpp(bmp->bitmap) * bmp->width; + top = bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(bmp->bitmap); + if (!top) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + bottom = top + (uint64_t)swidth * (bmp->height - 1); + end = data + bytes; + bmp->decoded = true; + + do { + if (data + 2 > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + length = *data++; + if (length == 0) { + length = *data++; + switch (length) { + case 0: + /* 00 - 00 means end of scanline */ + x = 0; + if (last_y == y) { + y++; + if (y >= bmp->height) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + } + last_y = y; + break; + + case 1: + /* 00 - 01 means end of RLE data */ + return BMP_OK; + + case 2: + /* 00 - 02 - XX - YY means move cursor */ + if (data + 2 > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + x += *data++; + if (x >= bmp->width) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + y += *data++; + if (y >= bmp->height) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + break; + + default: + /* 00 - NN means escape NN pixels */ + if (bmp->reversed) { + pixels_left = (bmp->height - y) * bmp->width - x; + scanline = (void *)(top + (y * swidth)); + } else { + pixels_left = (y + 1) * bmp->width - x; + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + } + if (length > pixels_left) + length = pixels_left; + if (data + ((length + 1) / 2) > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + + /* the following code could be easily optimised + * by simply checking the bounds on entry and + * using some simple copying routines + */ + + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) { + if (x >= bmp->width) { + x = 0; + y++; + if (y >= bmp->height) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + if (bmp->reversed) { + scanline += bmp->width; + } else { + scanline -= bmp->width; + } + + } + if ((i & 1) == 0) { + pixel = *data++; + if ((pixel >> 4) >= bmp->colours) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + scanline[x++] = bmp->colour_table + [pixel >> 4]; + } else { + if ((pixel & 0xf) >= bmp->colours) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + scanline[x++] = bmp->colour_table + [pixel & 0xf]; + } + } + length = (length + 1) >> 1; + + if ((length & 1) && (*data++ != 0x00)) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + + break; + } + } else { + /* NN means perform RLE for NN pixels */ + if (bmp->reversed) { + pixels_left = (bmp->height - y) * bmp->width - x; + scanline = (void *)(top + (y * swidth)); + } else { + pixels_left = (y + 1) * bmp->width - x; + scanline = (void *)(bottom - (y * swidth)); + } + if (length > pixels_left) + length = pixels_left; + + /* boundary checking */ + if (data + 1 > end) + return BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + + /* the following code could be easily optimised by + * simply checking the bounds on entry and using some + * simple copying routines + */ + + pixel2 = *data++; + if ((pixel2 >> 4) >= bmp->colours || + (pixel2 & 0xf) >= bmp->colours) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + pixel = bmp->colour_table[pixel2 >> 4]; + pixel2 = bmp->colour_table[pixel2 & 0xf]; + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) { + if (x >= bmp->width) { + x = 0; + y++; + if (y >= bmp->height) + return BMP_DATA_ERROR; + if (bmp->reversed) { + scanline += bmp->width; + } else { + scanline -= bmp->width; + } + } + if ((i & 1) == 0) + scanline[x++] = pixel; + else + scanline[x++] = pixel2; + } + + } + } while (data < end); + + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +bmp_result +bmp_create(bmp_image *bmp, + bmp_bitmap_callback_vt *bitmap_callbacks) +{ + memset(bmp, 0, sizeof(bmp_image)); + bmp->bitmap_callbacks = *bitmap_callbacks; + + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +bmp_result +ico_collection_create(ico_collection *ico, + bmp_bitmap_callback_vt *bitmap_callbacks) +{ + + memset(ico, 0, sizeof(ico_collection)); + ico->bitmap_callbacks = *bitmap_callbacks; + + return BMP_OK; +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +bmp_result bmp_analyse(bmp_image *bmp, size_t size, uint8_t *data) +{ + bmp_result res; + + /* ensure we aren't already initialised */ + if (bmp->bitmap) { + return BMP_OK; + } + + /* initialize source data values */ + bmp->buffer_size = size; + bmp->bmp_data = data; + + res = bmp_file_header_parse(bmp, data); + if (res == BMP_OK) { + res = bmp_info_header_parse(bmp, data + BMP_FILE_HEADER_SIZE); + } + return res; +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +bmp_result ico_analyse(ico_collection *ico, size_t size, uint8_t *data) +{ + /* ensure we aren't already initialised */ + if (ico->first) + return BMP_OK; + + /* initialize values */ + ico->buffer_size = size; + ico->ico_data = data; + + return ico_header_parse(ico, data); +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +bmp_result bmp_decode(bmp_image *bmp) +{ + uint8_t *data; + uint32_t bytes; + bmp_result result = BMP_OK; + + assert(bmp->bitmap); + + data = bmp->bmp_data + bmp->bitmap_offset; + bytes = bmp->buffer_size - bmp->bitmap_offset; + + switch (bmp->encoding) { + case BMP_ENCODING_RGB: + switch (bmp->bpp) { + case 32: + result = bmp_decode_rgb32(bmp, &data, bytes); + break; + + case 24: + result = bmp_decode_rgb24(bmp, &data, bytes); + break; + + case 16: + result = bmp_decode_rgb16(bmp, &data, bytes); + break; + + default: + result = bmp_decode_rgb(bmp, &data, bytes); + break; + } + break; + + case BMP_ENCODING_RLE8: + result = bmp_decode_rle8(bmp, data, bytes); + break; + + case BMP_ENCODING_RLE4: + result = bmp_decode_rle4(bmp, data, bytes); + break; + + case BMP_ENCODING_BITFIELDS: + switch (bmp->bpp) { + case 32: + result = bmp_decode_rgb32(bmp, &data, bytes); + break; + + case 16: + result = bmp_decode_rgb16(bmp, &data, bytes); + break; + + default: + result = BMP_DATA_ERROR; + break; + } + break; + } + + /* icons with less than 32bpp have a 1bpp alpha mask */ + if ((result == BMP_OK) && (bmp->ico) && (bmp->bpp != 32)) { + bytes = (uintptr_t)bmp->bmp_data + bmp->buffer_size - (uintptr_t)data; + result = bmp_decode_mask(bmp, data, bytes); + } + return result; +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +bmp_result bmp_decode_trans(bmp_image *bmp, uint32_t colour) +{ + bmp->limited_trans = true; + bmp->trans_colour = colour; + return bmp_decode(bmp); +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +bmp_image *ico_find(ico_collection *ico, uint16_t width, uint16_t height) +{ + bmp_image *bmp = NULL; + ico_image *image; + int x, y, cur, distance = (1 << 24); + + if (width == 0) + width = ico->width; + if (height == 0) + height = ico->height; + for (image = ico->first; image; image = image->next) { + if ((image->bmp.width == width) && (image->bmp.height == height)) + return &image->bmp; + x = image->bmp.width - width; + y = image->bmp.height - height; + cur = (x * x) + (y * y); + if (cur < distance) { + distance = cur; + bmp = &image->bmp; + } + } + return bmp; +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +void bmp_finalise(bmp_image *bmp) +{ + if (bmp->bitmap) + bmp->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_destroy(bmp->bitmap); + bmp->bitmap = NULL; + if (bmp->colour_table) + free(bmp->colour_table); + bmp->colour_table = NULL; +} + + +/* exported interface documented in libnsbmp.h */ +void ico_finalise(ico_collection *ico) +{ + ico_image *image; + + for (image = ico->first; image; image = image->next) + bmp_finalise(&image->bmp); + while (ico->first) { + image = ico->first; + ico->first = image->next; + free(image); + } +} diff --git a/libs/libnsbmp/libnsbmp.h b/libs/libnsbmp/libnsbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71e7909 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsbmp/libnsbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2006 Richard Wilson + * Copyright 2008 Sean Fox + * + * This file is part of NetSurf's libnsbmp, http://www.netsurf-browser.org/ + * Licenced under the MIT License, + * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php + */ + +/** + * \file + * Bitmap file decoding interface. + */ + +#ifndef libnsbmp_h_ +#define libnsbmp_h_ + +#if defined (__cplusplus) +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/* bmp flags */ +#define BMP_NEW 0 +/** image is opaque (as opposed to having an alpha mask) */ +#define BMP_OPAQUE (1 << 0) +/** memory should be wiped */ +#define BMP_CLEAR_MEMORY (1 << 1) + +/** + * error return values + */ +typedef enum { + BMP_OK = 0, + BMP_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY = 1, + BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA = 2, + BMP_DATA_ERROR = 3 +} bmp_result; + +/** + * encoding types + */ +typedef enum { + BMP_ENCODING_RGB = 0, + BMP_ENCODING_RLE8 = 1, + BMP_ENCODING_RLE4 = 2, + BMP_ENCODING_BITFIELDS = 3 +} bmp_encoding; + +/* API for Bitmap callbacks */ +typedef void* (*bmp_bitmap_cb_create)(int width, int height, unsigned int state); +typedef void (*bmp_bitmap_cb_destroy)(void *bitmap); +typedef unsigned char* (*bmp_bitmap_cb_get_buffer)(void *bitmap); +typedef size_t (*bmp_bitmap_cb_get_bpp)(void *bitmap); + +/** + * The Bitmap callbacks function table + */ +typedef struct bmp_bitmap_callback_vt_s { + /** Callback to allocate bitmap storage. */ + bmp_bitmap_cb_create bitmap_create; + /** Called to free bitmap storage. */ + bmp_bitmap_cb_destroy bitmap_destroy; + /** Return a pointer to the pixel data in a bitmap. */ + bmp_bitmap_cb_get_buffer bitmap_get_buffer; + /** Find the width of a pixel row in bytes. */ + bmp_bitmap_cb_get_bpp bitmap_get_bpp; +} bmp_bitmap_callback_vt; + +/** + * bitmap image + */ +typedef struct bmp_image { + /** callbacks for bitmap functions */ + bmp_bitmap_callback_vt bitmap_callbacks; + /** pointer to BMP data */ + uint8_t *bmp_data; + /** width of BMP (valid after _analyse) */ + uint32_t width; + /** heigth of BMP (valid after _analyse) */ + uint32_t height; + /** whether the image has been decoded */ + bool decoded; + /** decoded image */ + void *bitmap; + + /* Internal members are listed below */ + /** total number of bytes of BMP data available */ + uint32_t buffer_size; + /** pixel encoding type */ + bmp_encoding encoding; + /** offset of bitmap data */ + uint32_t bitmap_offset; + /** bits per pixel */ + uint16_t bpp; + /** number of colours */ + uint32_t colours; + /** colour table */ + uint32_t *colour_table; + /** whether to use bmp's limited transparency */ + bool limited_trans; + /** colour to display for "transparent" pixels when using limited + * transparency + */ + uint32_t trans_colour; + /** scanlines are top to bottom */ + bool reversed; + /** image is part of an ICO, mask follows */ + bool ico; + /** true if the bitmap does not contain an alpha channel */ + bool opaque; + /** four bitwise mask */ + uint32_t mask[4]; + /** four bitwise shifts */ + int32_t shift[4]; + /** colour representing "transparency" in the bitmap */ + uint32_t transparent_index; +} bmp_image; + +typedef struct ico_image { + bmp_image bmp; + struct ico_image *next; +} ico_image; + +/** + * icon image collection + */ +typedef struct ico_collection { + /** callbacks for bitmap functions */ + bmp_bitmap_callback_vt bitmap_callbacks; + /** width of largest BMP */ + uint16_t width; + /** heigth of largest BMP */ + uint16_t height; + + /* Internal members are listed below */ + /** pointer to ICO data */ + uint8_t *ico_data; + /** total number of bytes of ICO data available */ + uint32_t buffer_size; + /** root of linked list of images */ + ico_image *first; +} ico_collection; + +/** + * Initialises bitmap ready for analysing the bitmap. + * + * \param bmp The Bitmap to initialise + * \param callbacks The callbacks the library will call on operations. + * \return BMP_OK on success or appropriate error code. + */ +bmp_result bmp_create(bmp_image *bmp, bmp_bitmap_callback_vt *callbacks); + +/** + * Initialises icon ready for analysing the icon + * + * \param bmp The Bitmap to initialise + * \param callbacks The callbacks the library will call on operations. + * \return BMP_OK on success or appropriate error code. + */ +bmp_result ico_collection_create(ico_collection *ico, + bmp_bitmap_callback_vt *callbacks); + +/** + * Analyse a BMP prior to decoding. + * + * This will scan the data provided and perform checks to ensure the data is a + * valid BMP and prepare the bitmap image structure ready for decode. + * + * This function must be called and resturn BMP_OK before bmp_decode() as it + * prepares the bmp internal state for the decode process. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to analyse. + * \param size The size of data in cdata. + * \param data The bitmap source data. + * \return BMP_OK on success or error code on faliure. + */ +bmp_result bmp_analyse(bmp_image *bmp, size_t size, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Analyse an ICO prior to decoding. + * + * This function will scan the data provided and perform checks to ensure the + * data is a valid ICO. + * + * This function must be called before ico_find(). + * + * \param ico the ICO image to analyse + * \param size The size of data in cdata. + * \param data The bitmap source data. + * \return BMP_OK on success + */ +bmp_result ico_analyse(ico_collection *ico, size_t size, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Decode a BMP + * + * This function decodes the BMP data such that bmp->bitmap is a valid + * image. The state of bmp->decoded is set to TRUE on exit such that it + * can easily be identified which BMPs are in a fully decoded state. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \return BMP_OK on success + */ +bmp_result bmp_decode(bmp_image *bmp); + +/** + * Decode a BMP using "limited transparency" + * + * Bitmaps do not have native transparency support. However, there is a + * "trick" that is used in some instances in which the first pixel of the + * bitmap becomes the "transparency index". The decoding application can + * replace this index with whatever background colour it chooses to + * create the illusion of transparency. + * + * When to use transparency is at the discretion of the decoding + * application. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to decode + * \param colour the colour to use as "transparent" + * \return BMP_OK on success + */ +bmp_result bmp_decode_trans(bmp_image *bmp, uint32_t transparent_colour); + +/** + * Finds the closest BMP within an ICO collection + * + * This function finds the BMP with dimensions as close to a specified set + * as possible from the images in the collection. + * + * \param ico the ICO collection to examine + * \param width the preferred width (0 to use ICO header width) + * \param height the preferred height (0 to use ICO header height) + */ +bmp_image *ico_find(ico_collection *ico, uint16_t width, uint16_t height); + +/** + * Finalise a BMP prior to destruction. + * + * \param bmp the BMP image to finalise. + */ +void bmp_finalise(bmp_image *bmp); + +/** + * Finalise an ICO prior to destruction. + * + * \param ico the ICO image to finalise, + */ +void ico_finalise(ico_collection *ico); + +#if defined (__cplusplus) +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libs/libnsbmp/utils/log.h b/libs/libnsbmp/utils/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b63f084 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsbmp/utils/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2003 James Bursa + * Copyright 2004 John Tytgat + * + * This file is part of NetSurf, http://www.netsurf-browser.org/ + * Licenced under the MIT License, + * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php + */ + +#include + +#ifndef _LIBNSBMP_LOG_H_ +#define _LIBNSBMP_LOG_H_ + +#ifdef NDEBUG +# define LOG(x) ((void) 0) +#else +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define LOG(x) do { printf x, fputc('\n', stdout)); } while (0) +# elif defined(__CC_NORCROFT) +# define LOG(x) do { printf x, fputc('\n', stdout)); } while (0) +# else +# define LOG(x) do { printf x, fputc('\n', stdout)); } while (0) +# endif +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libs/libnsgif/COPYING b/libs/libnsgif/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6e1688 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsgif/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Copyright (C) 2004 Richard Wilson +Copyright (C) 2008 Sean Fox + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/libs/libnsgif/libnsgif.c b/libs/libnsgif/libnsgif.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bf9956 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsgif/libnsgif.c @@ -0,0 +1,1169 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2004 Richard Wilson + * Copyright 2008 Sean Fox + * + * This file is part of NetSurf's libnsgif, http://www.netsurf-browser.org/ + * Licenced under the MIT License, + * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "libnsgif.h" +#include "utils/log.h" + +#include "lzw.h" + +/** + * + * \file + * \brief GIF image decoder + * + * The GIF format is thoroughly documented; a full description can be found at + * http://www.w3.org/Graphics/GIF/spec-gif89a.txt + * + * \todo Plain text and comment extensions should be implemented. + */ + + +/** Maximum colour table size */ +#define GIF_MAX_COLOURS 256 + +/** Internal flag that the colour table needs to be processed */ +#define GIF_PROCESS_COLOURS 0xaa000000 + +/** Internal flag that a frame is invalid/unprocessed */ +#define GIF_INVALID_FRAME -1 + +/** Transparent colour */ +#define GIF_TRANSPARENT_COLOUR 0x00 + +/* GIF Flags */ +#define GIF_FRAME_COMBINE 1 +#define GIF_FRAME_CLEAR 2 +#define GIF_FRAME_RESTORE 3 +#define GIF_FRAME_QUIRKS_RESTORE 4 + +#define GIF_IMAGE_SEPARATOR 0x2c +#define GIF_INTERLACE_MASK 0x40 +#define GIF_COLOUR_TABLE_MASK 0x80 +#define GIF_COLOUR_TABLE_SIZE_MASK 0x07 +#define GIF_EXTENSION_INTRODUCER 0x21 +#define GIF_EXTENSION_GRAPHIC_CONTROL 0xf9 +#define GIF_DISPOSAL_MASK 0x1c +#define GIF_TRANSPARENCY_MASK 0x01 +#define GIF_EXTENSION_COMMENT 0xfe +#define GIF_EXTENSION_PLAIN_TEXT 0x01 +#define GIF_EXTENSION_APPLICATION 0xff +#define GIF_BLOCK_TERMINATOR 0x00 +#define GIF_TRAILER 0x3b + +/** standard GIF header size */ +#define GIF_STANDARD_HEADER_SIZE 13 + + +/** + * Updates the sprite memory size + * + * \param gif The animation context + * \param width The width of the sprite + * \param height The height of the sprite + * \return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY for a memory error GIF_OK for success + */ +static gif_result +gif_initialise_sprite(gif_animation *gif, + unsigned int width, + unsigned int height) +{ + unsigned int max_width; + unsigned int max_height; + struct bitmap *buffer; + + /* Check if we've changed */ + if ((width <= gif->width) && (height <= gif->height)) { + return GIF_OK; + } + + /* Get our maximum values */ + max_width = (width > gif->width) ? width : gif->width; + max_height = (height > gif->height) ? height : gif->height; + + /* Allocate some more memory */ + assert(gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_create); + buffer = gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_create(max_width, max_height); + if (buffer == NULL) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + + assert(gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_destroy); + gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_destroy(gif->frame_image); + gif->frame_image = buffer; + gif->width = max_width; + gif->height = max_height; + + /* Invalidate our currently decoded image */ + gif->decoded_frame = GIF_INVALID_FRAME; + return GIF_OK; +} + + +/** + * Attempts to initialise the frame's extensions + * + * \param gif The animation context + * \param frame The frame number + * @return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA for insufficient data to complete the + * frame GIF_OK for successful initialisation. + */ +static gif_result +gif_initialise_frame_extensions(gif_animation *gif, const int frame) +{ + unsigned char *gif_data, *gif_end; + int gif_bytes; + unsigned int block_size; + + /* Get our buffer position etc. */ + gif_data = (unsigned char *)(gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_position); + gif_end = (unsigned char *)(gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_size); + + /* Initialise the extensions */ + while (gif_data < gif_end && gif_data[0] == GIF_EXTENSION_INTRODUCER) { + ++gif_data; + if ((gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data)) < 1) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + + /* Switch on extension label */ + switch (gif_data[0]) { + case GIF_EXTENSION_GRAPHIC_CONTROL: + /* 6-byte Graphic Control Extension is: + * + * +0 CHAR Graphic Control Label + * +1 CHAR Block Size + * +2 CHAR __Packed Fields__ + * 3BITS Reserved + * 3BITS Disposal Method + * 1BIT User Input Flag + * 1BIT Transparent Color Flag + * +3 SHORT Delay Time + * +5 CHAR Transparent Color Index + */ + if (gif_bytes < 6) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + + gif->frames[frame].frame_delay = gif_data[3] | (gif_data[4] << 8); + if (gif_data[2] & GIF_TRANSPARENCY_MASK) { + gif->frames[frame].transparency = true; + gif->frames[frame].transparency_index = gif_data[5]; + } + gif->frames[frame].disposal_method = ((gif_data[2] & GIF_DISPOSAL_MASK) >> 2); + /* I have encountered documentation and GIFs in the + * wild that use 0x04 to restore the previous frame, + * rather than the officially documented 0x03. I + * believe some (older?) software may even actually + * export this way. We handle this as a type of + * "quirks" mode. + */ + if (gif->frames[frame].disposal_method == GIF_FRAME_QUIRKS_RESTORE) { + gif->frames[frame].disposal_method = GIF_FRAME_RESTORE; + } + gif_data += (2 + gif_data[1]); + break; + + case GIF_EXTENSION_APPLICATION: + /* 14-byte+ Application Extension is: + * + * +0 CHAR Application Extension Label + * +1 CHAR Block Size + * +2 8CHARS Application Identifier + * +10 3CHARS Appl. Authentication Code + * +13 1-256 Application Data (Data sub-blocks) + */ + if (gif_bytes < 17) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + if ((gif_data[1] == 0x0b) && + (strncmp((const char *) gif_data + 2, + "NETSCAPE2.0", 11) == 0) && + (gif_data[13] == 0x03) && + (gif_data[14] == 0x01)) { + gif->loop_count = gif_data[15] | (gif_data[16] << 8); + } + gif_data += (2 + gif_data[1]); + break; + + case GIF_EXTENSION_COMMENT: + /* Move the pointer to the first data sub-block Skip 1 + * byte for the extension label + */ + ++gif_data; + break; + + default: + /* Move the pointer to the first data sub-block Skip 2 + * bytes for the extension label and size fields Skip + * the extension size itself + */ + if (gif_bytes < 2) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + gif_data += (2 + gif_data[1]); + } + + /* Repeatedly skip blocks until we get a zero block or run out + * of data This data is ignored by this gif decoder + */ + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + block_size = 0; + while (gif_data < gif_end && gif_data[0] != GIF_BLOCK_TERMINATOR) { + block_size = gif_data[0] + 1; + if ((gif_bytes -= block_size) < 0) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + gif_data += block_size; + } + ++gif_data; + } + + /* Set buffer position and return */ + gif->buffer_position = (gif_data - gif->gif_data); + return GIF_OK; +} + + +/** + * Attempts to initialise the next frame + * + * \param gif The animation context + * \return error code + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA for insufficient data to do anything + * - GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR for GIF frame data error + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY for insufficient memory to process + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA for insufficient data to complete the frame + * - GIF_DATA_ERROR for GIF error (invalid frame header) + * - GIF_OK for successful decoding + * - GIF_WORKING for successful decoding if more frames are expected +*/ +static gif_result gif_initialise_frame(gif_animation *gif) +{ + int frame; + gif_frame *temp_buf; + + unsigned char *gif_data, *gif_end; + int gif_bytes; + unsigned int flags = 0; + unsigned int width, height, offset_x, offset_y; + unsigned int block_size, colour_table_size; + bool first_image = true; + gif_result return_value; + + /* Get the frame to decode and our data position */ + frame = gif->frame_count; + + /* Get our buffer position etc. */ + gif_data = (unsigned char *)(gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_position); + gif_end = (unsigned char *)(gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_size); + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + + /* Check if we've finished */ + if ((gif_bytes > 0) && (gif_data[0] == GIF_TRAILER)) { + return GIF_OK; + } + + /* Check if there is enough data remaining. The shortest block of data + * is a 4-byte comment extension + 1-byte block terminator + 1-byte gif + * trailer + */ + if (gif_bytes < 6) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + + /* We could theoretically get some junk data that gives us millions of + * frames, so we ensure that we don't have a silly number + */ + if (frame > 4096) { + return GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR; + } + + /* Get some memory to store our pointers in etc. */ + if ((int)gif->frame_holders <= frame) { + /* Allocate more memory */ + temp_buf = (gif_frame *)realloc(gif->frames, (frame + 1) * sizeof(gif_frame)); + if (temp_buf == NULL) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + gif->frames = temp_buf; + gif->frame_holders = frame + 1; + } + + /* Store our frame pointer. We would do it when allocating except we + * start off with one frame allocated so we can always use realloc. + */ + gif->frames[frame].frame_pointer = gif->buffer_position; + gif->frames[frame].display = false; + gif->frames[frame].virgin = true; + gif->frames[frame].disposal_method = 0; + gif->frames[frame].transparency = false; + gif->frames[frame].frame_delay = 100; + gif->frames[frame].redraw_required = false; + + /* Invalidate any previous decoding we have of this frame */ + if (gif->decoded_frame == frame) { + gif->decoded_frame = GIF_INVALID_FRAME; + } + + /* We pretend to initialise the frames, but really we just skip over + * all the data contained within. This is all basically a cut down + * version of gif_decode_frame that doesn't have any of the LZW bits in + * it. + */ + + /* Initialise any extensions */ + gif->buffer_position = gif_data - gif->gif_data; + return_value = gif_initialise_frame_extensions(gif, frame); + if (return_value != GIF_OK) { + return return_value; + } + gif_data = (gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_position); + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + + /* Check if we've finished */ + if ((gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data)) < 1) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + + if (gif_data[0] == GIF_TRAILER) { + gif->buffer_position = (gif_data - gif->gif_data); + gif->frame_count = frame + 1; + return GIF_OK; + } + + /* If we're not done, there should be an image descriptor */ + if (gif_data[0] != GIF_IMAGE_SEPARATOR) { + return GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR; + } + + /* Do some simple boundary checking */ + if (gif_bytes < 10) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + offset_x = gif_data[1] | (gif_data[2] << 8); + offset_y = gif_data[3] | (gif_data[4] << 8); + width = gif_data[5] | (gif_data[6] << 8); + height = gif_data[7] | (gif_data[8] << 8); + + /* Set up the redraw characteristics. We have to check for extending + * the area due to multi-image frames. + */ + if (!first_image) { + if (gif->frames[frame].redraw_x > offset_x) { + gif->frames[frame].redraw_width += (gif->frames[frame].redraw_x - offset_x); + gif->frames[frame].redraw_x = offset_x; + } + + if (gif->frames[frame].redraw_y > offset_y) { + gif->frames[frame].redraw_height += (gif->frames[frame].redraw_y - offset_y); + gif->frames[frame].redraw_y = offset_y; + } + + if ((offset_x + width) > (gif->frames[frame].redraw_x + gif->frames[frame].redraw_width)) { + gif->frames[frame].redraw_width = (offset_x + width) - gif->frames[frame].redraw_x; + } + + if ((offset_y + height) > (gif->frames[frame].redraw_y + gif->frames[frame].redraw_height)) { + gif->frames[frame].redraw_height = (offset_y + height) - gif->frames[frame].redraw_y; + } + } else { + first_image = false; + gif->frames[frame].redraw_x = offset_x; + gif->frames[frame].redraw_y = offset_y; + gif->frames[frame].redraw_width = width; + gif->frames[frame].redraw_height = height; + } + + /* if we are clearing the background then we need to redraw enough to + * cover the previous frame too + */ + gif->frames[frame].redraw_required = ((gif->frames[frame].disposal_method == GIF_FRAME_CLEAR) || + (gif->frames[frame].disposal_method == GIF_FRAME_RESTORE)); + + /* Boundary checking - shouldn't ever happen except with junk data */ + if (gif_initialise_sprite(gif, (offset_x + width), (offset_y + height))) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + + /* Decode the flags */ + flags = gif_data[9]; + colour_table_size = 2 << (flags & GIF_COLOUR_TABLE_SIZE_MASK); + + /* Move our data onwards and remember we've got a bit of this frame */ + gif_data += 10; + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + gif->frame_count_partial = frame + 1; + + /* Skip the local colour table */ + if (flags & GIF_COLOUR_TABLE_MASK) { + gif_data += 3 * colour_table_size; + if ((gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data)) < 0) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + } + + /* Ensure we have a correct code size */ + if (gif_bytes < 1) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + if (gif_data[0] > LZW_CODE_MAX) { + return GIF_DATA_ERROR; + } + + /* Move our pointer to the actual image data */ + gif_data++; + --gif_bytes; + + /* Repeatedly skip blocks until we get a zero block or run out of data + * These blocks of image data are processed later by gif_decode_frame() + */ + block_size = 0; + while (block_size != 1) { + if (gif_bytes < 1) return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + block_size = gif_data[0] + 1; + /* Check if the frame data runs off the end of the file */ + if ((int)(gif_bytes - block_size) < 0) { + /* Try to recover by signaling the end of the gif. + * Once we get garbage data, there is no logical way to + * determine where the next frame is. It's probably + * better to partially load the gif than not at all. + */ + if (gif_bytes >= 2) { + gif_data[0] = 0; + gif_data[1] = GIF_TRAILER; + gif_bytes = 1; + ++gif_data; + break; + } else { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + } else { + gif_bytes -= block_size; + gif_data += block_size; + } + } + + /* Add the frame and set the display flag */ + gif->buffer_position = gif_data - gif->gif_data; + gif->frame_count = frame + 1; + gif->frames[frame].display = true; + + /* Check if we've finished */ + if (gif_bytes < 1) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } else { + if (gif_data[0] == GIF_TRAILER) { + return GIF_OK; + } + } + return GIF_WORKING; +} + + + + +/** + * Skips the frame's extensions (which have been previously initialised) + * + * \param gif The animation context + * \return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA for insufficient data to complete the + * frame GIF_OK for successful decoding + */ +static gif_result gif_skip_frame_extensions(gif_animation *gif) +{ + unsigned char *gif_data, *gif_end; + int gif_bytes; + unsigned int block_size; + + /* Get our buffer position etc. */ + gif_data = (unsigned char *)(gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_position); + gif_end = (unsigned char *)(gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_size); + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + + /* Skip the extensions */ + while (gif_data < gif_end && gif_data[0] == GIF_EXTENSION_INTRODUCER) { + ++gif_data; + if (gif_data >= gif_end) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + + /* Switch on extension label */ + switch(gif_data[0]) { + case GIF_EXTENSION_COMMENT: + /* Move the pointer to the first data sub-block + * 1 byte for the extension label + */ + ++gif_data; + break; + + default: + /* Move the pointer to the first data sub-block 2 bytes + * for the extension label and size fields Skip the + * extension size itself + */ + if (gif_data + 1 >= gif_end) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + gif_data += (2 + gif_data[1]); + } + + /* Repeatedly skip blocks until we get a zero block or run out + * of data This data is ignored by this gif decoder + */ + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + block_size = 0; + while (gif_data < gif_end && gif_data[0] != GIF_BLOCK_TERMINATOR) { + block_size = gif_data[0] + 1; + if ((gif_bytes -= block_size) < 0) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + gif_data += block_size; + } + ++gif_data; + } + + /* Set buffer position and return */ + gif->buffer_position = (gif_data - gif->gif_data); + return GIF_OK; +} + +static unsigned int gif_interlaced_line(int height, int y) { + if ((y << 3) < height) { + return (y << 3); + } + y -= ((height + 7) >> 3); + if ((y << 3) < (height - 4)) { + return (y << 3) + 4; + } + y -= ((height + 3) >> 3); + if ((y << 2) < (height - 2)) { + return (y << 2) + 2; + } + y -= ((height + 1) >> 2); + return (y << 1) + 1; +} + + +static gif_result gif_error_from_lzw(lzw_result l_res) +{ + static const gif_result g_res[] = { + [LZW_OK] = GIF_OK, + [LZW_OK_EOD] = GIF_END_OF_FRAME, + [LZW_NO_MEM] = GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY, + [LZW_NO_DATA] = GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA, + [LZW_EOI_CODE] = GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR, + [LZW_BAD_ICODE] = GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR, + [LZW_BAD_CODE] = GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR, + }; + return g_res[l_res]; +} + + +/** + * decode a gif frame + * + * \param gif gif animation context. + * \param frame The frame number to decode. + * \param clear_image flag for image data being cleared instead of plotted. + */ +static gif_result +gif_internal_decode_frame(gif_animation *gif, + unsigned int frame, + bool clear_image) +{ + unsigned int index = 0; + unsigned char *gif_data, *gif_end; + int gif_bytes; + unsigned int width, height, offset_x, offset_y; + unsigned int flags, colour_table_size, interlace; + unsigned int *colour_table; + unsigned int *frame_data = 0; // Set to 0 for no warnings + unsigned int *frame_scanline; + unsigned int save_buffer_position; + unsigned int return_value = 0; + unsigned int x, y, decode_y, burst_bytes; + register unsigned char colour; + + /* Ensure this frame is supposed to be decoded */ + if (gif->frames[frame].display == false) { + return GIF_OK; + } + + /* Ensure the frame is in range to decode */ + if (frame > gif->frame_count_partial) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + + /* done if frame is already decoded */ + if ((!clear_image) && + ((int)frame == gif->decoded_frame)) { + return GIF_OK; + } + + /* Get the start of our frame data and the end of the GIF data */ + gif_data = gif->gif_data + gif->frames[frame].frame_pointer; + gif_end = gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_size; + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + + /* + * Ensure there is a minimal amount of data to proceed. The shortest + * block of data is a 10-byte image descriptor + 1-byte gif trailer + */ + if (gif_bytes < 12) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + + /* Save the buffer position */ + save_buffer_position = gif->buffer_position; + gif->buffer_position = gif_data - gif->gif_data; + + /* Skip any extensions because they have allready been processed */ + if ((return_value = gif_skip_frame_extensions(gif)) != GIF_OK) { + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + gif_data = (gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_position); + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + + /* Ensure we have enough data for the 10-byte image descriptor + 1-byte + * gif trailer + */ + if (gif_bytes < 12) { + return_value = GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + + /* 10-byte Image Descriptor is: + * + * +0 CHAR Image Separator (0x2c) + * +1 SHORT Image Left Position + * +3 SHORT Image Top Position + * +5 SHORT Width + * +7 SHORT Height + * +9 CHAR __Packed Fields__ + * 1BIT Local Colour Table Flag + * 1BIT Interlace Flag + * 1BIT Sort Flag + * 2BITS Reserved + * 3BITS Size of Local Colour Table + */ + if (gif_data[0] != GIF_IMAGE_SEPARATOR) { + return_value = GIF_DATA_ERROR; + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + offset_x = gif_data[1] | (gif_data[2] << 8); + offset_y = gif_data[3] | (gif_data[4] << 8); + width = gif_data[5] | (gif_data[6] << 8); + height = gif_data[7] | (gif_data[8] << 8); + + /* Boundary checking - shouldn't ever happen except unless the data has + * been modified since initialisation. + */ + if ((offset_x + width > gif->width) || + (offset_y + height > gif->height)) { + return_value = GIF_DATA_ERROR; + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + + /* Decode the flags */ + flags = gif_data[9]; + colour_table_size = 2 << (flags & GIF_COLOUR_TABLE_SIZE_MASK); + interlace = flags & GIF_INTERLACE_MASK; + + /* Advance data pointer to next block either colour table or image + * data. + */ + gif_data += 10; + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + + /* Set up the colour table */ + if (flags & GIF_COLOUR_TABLE_MASK) { + if (gif_bytes < (int)(3 * colour_table_size)) { + return_value = GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + colour_table = gif->local_colour_table; + if (!clear_image) { + for (index = 0; index < colour_table_size; index++) { + /* Gif colour map contents are r,g,b. + * + * We want to pack them bytewise into the + * colour table, such that the red component + * is in byte 0 and the alpha component is in + * byte 3. + */ + unsigned char *entry = + (unsigned char *) &colour_table[index]; + + entry[0] = gif_data[0]; /* r */ + entry[1] = gif_data[1]; /* g */ + entry[2] = gif_data[2]; /* b */ + entry[3] = 0xff; /* a */ + + gif_data += 3; + } + } else { + gif_data += 3 * colour_table_size; + } + gif_bytes = (gif_end - gif_data); + } else { + colour_table = gif->global_colour_table; + } + + /* Ensure sufficient data remains */ + if (gif_bytes < 1) { + return_value = GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + + /* check for an end marker */ + if (gif_data[0] == GIF_TRAILER) { + return_value = GIF_OK; + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + + /* Get the frame data */ + assert(gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer); + frame_data = (void *)gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(gif->frame_image); + if (!frame_data) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + + /* If we are clearing the image we just clear, if not decode */ + if (!clear_image) { + lzw_result res; + const uint8_t *stack_base; + const uint8_t *stack_pos; + + /* Ensure we have enough data for a 1-byte LZW code size + + * 1-byte gif trailer + */ + if (gif_bytes < 2) { + return_value = GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + + /* If we only have a 1-byte LZW code size + 1-byte gif trailer, + * we're finished + */ + if ((gif_bytes == 2) && (gif_data[1] == GIF_TRAILER)) { + return_value = GIF_OK; + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + + /* If the previous frame's disposal method requires we restore + * the background colour or this is the first frame, clear + * the frame data + */ + if ((frame == 0) || (gif->decoded_frame == GIF_INVALID_FRAME)) { + memset((char*)frame_data, + GIF_TRANSPARENT_COLOUR, + gif->width * gif->height * sizeof(int)); + gif->decoded_frame = frame; + /* The line below would fill the image with its + * background color, but because GIFs support + * transparency we likely wouldn't want to do that. */ + /* memset((char*)frame_data, colour_table[gif->background_index], gif->width * gif->height * sizeof(int)); */ + } else if ((frame != 0) && + (gif->frames[frame - 1].disposal_method == GIF_FRAME_CLEAR)) { + return_value = gif_internal_decode_frame(gif, + (frame - 1), + true); + if (return_value != GIF_OK) { + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + + } else if ((frame != 0) && + (gif->frames[frame - 1].disposal_method == GIF_FRAME_RESTORE)) { + /* + * If the previous frame's disposal method requires we + * restore the previous image, find the last image set + * to "do not dispose" and get that frame data + */ + int last_undisposed_frame = frame - 2; + while ((last_undisposed_frame >= 0) && + (gif->frames[last_undisposed_frame].disposal_method == GIF_FRAME_RESTORE)) { + last_undisposed_frame--; + } + + /* If we don't find one, clear the frame data */ + if (last_undisposed_frame == -1) { + /* see notes above on transparency + * vs. background color + */ + memset((char*)frame_data, + GIF_TRANSPARENT_COLOUR, + gif->width * gif->height * sizeof(int)); + } else { + return_value = gif_internal_decode_frame(gif, last_undisposed_frame, false); + if (return_value != GIF_OK) { + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + /* Get this frame's data */ + assert(gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer); + frame_data = (void *)gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_get_buffer(gif->frame_image); + if (!frame_data) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + } + } + gif->decoded_frame = frame; + gif->buffer_position = (gif_data - gif->gif_data) + 1; + + /* Initialise the LZW decoding */ + res = lzw_decode_init(gif->lzw_ctx, gif->gif_data, + gif->buffer_size, gif->buffer_position, + gif_data[0], &stack_base, &stack_pos); + if (res != LZW_OK) { + return gif_error_from_lzw(res); + } + + /* Decompress the data */ + for (y = 0; y < height; y++) { + if (interlace) { + decode_y = gif_interlaced_line(height, y) + offset_y; + } else { + decode_y = y + offset_y; + } + frame_scanline = frame_data + offset_x + (decode_y * gif->width); + + /* Rather than decoding pixel by pixel, we try to burst + * out streams of data to remove the need for end-of + * data checks every pixel. + */ + x = width; + while (x > 0) { + burst_bytes = (stack_pos - stack_base); + if (burst_bytes > 0) { + if (burst_bytes > x) { + burst_bytes = x; + } + x -= burst_bytes; + while (burst_bytes-- > 0) { + colour = *--stack_pos; + if (((gif->frames[frame].transparency) && + (colour != gif->frames[frame].transparency_index)) || + (!gif->frames[frame].transparency)) { + *frame_scanline = colour_table[colour]; + } + frame_scanline++; + } + } else { + res = lzw_decode(gif->lzw_ctx, &stack_pos); + if (res != LZW_OK) { + /* Unexpected end of frame, try to recover */ + if (res == LZW_OK_EOD) { + return_value = GIF_OK; + } else { + return_value = gif_error_from_lzw(res); + } + goto gif_decode_frame_exit; + } + } + } + } + } else { + /* Clear our frame */ + if (gif->frames[frame].disposal_method == GIF_FRAME_CLEAR) { + for (y = 0; y < height; y++) { + frame_scanline = frame_data + offset_x + ((offset_y + y) * gif->width); + if (gif->frames[frame].transparency) { + memset(frame_scanline, + GIF_TRANSPARENT_COLOUR, + width * 4); + } else { + memset(frame_scanline, + colour_table[gif->background_index], + width * 4); + } + } + } + } +gif_decode_frame_exit: + + /* Check if we should test for optimisation */ + if (gif->frames[frame].virgin) { + if (gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_test_opaque) { + gif->frames[frame].opaque = gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_test_opaque(gif->frame_image); + } else { + gif->frames[frame].opaque = false; + } + gif->frames[frame].virgin = false; + } + + if (gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_set_opaque) { + gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_set_opaque(gif->frame_image, gif->frames[frame].opaque); + } + + if (gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_modified) { + gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_modified(gif->frame_image); + } + + /* Restore the buffer position */ + gif->buffer_position = save_buffer_position; + + return return_value; +} + + +/* exported function documented in libnsgif.h */ +void gif_create(gif_animation *gif, gif_bitmap_callback_vt *bitmap_callbacks) +{ + memset(gif, 0, sizeof(gif_animation)); + gif->bitmap_callbacks = *bitmap_callbacks; + gif->decoded_frame = GIF_INVALID_FRAME; +} + + +/* exported function documented in libnsgif.h */ +gif_result gif_initialise(gif_animation *gif, size_t size, unsigned char *data) +{ + unsigned char *gif_data; + unsigned int index; + gif_result return_value; + + /* Initialize values */ + gif->buffer_size = size; + gif->gif_data = data; + + if (gif->lzw_ctx == NULL) { + lzw_result res = lzw_context_create( + (struct lzw_ctx **)&gif->lzw_ctx); + if (res != LZW_OK) { + return gif_error_from_lzw(res); + } + } + + /* Check for sufficient data to be a GIF (6-byte header + 7-byte + * logical screen descriptor) + */ + if (gif->buffer_size < GIF_STANDARD_HEADER_SIZE) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + + /* Get our current processing position */ + gif_data = gif->gif_data + gif->buffer_position; + + /* See if we should initialise the GIF */ + if (gif->buffer_position == 0) { + /* We want everything to be NULL before we start so we've no + * chance of freeing bad pointers (paranoia) + */ + gif->frame_image = NULL; + gif->frames = NULL; + gif->local_colour_table = NULL; + gif->global_colour_table = NULL; + + /* The caller may have been lazy and not reset any values */ + gif->frame_count = 0; + gif->frame_count_partial = 0; + gif->decoded_frame = GIF_INVALID_FRAME; + + /* 6-byte GIF file header is: + * + * +0 3CHARS Signature ('GIF') + * +3 3CHARS Version ('87a' or '89a') + */ + if (strncmp((const char *) gif_data, "GIF", 3) != 0) { + return GIF_DATA_ERROR; + } + gif_data += 3; + + /* Ensure GIF reports version 87a or 89a */ + /* + if ((strncmp(gif_data, "87a", 3) != 0) && + (strncmp(gif_data, "89a", 3) != 0)) + LOG(("Unknown GIF format - proceeding anyway")); + */ + gif_data += 3; + + /* 7-byte Logical Screen Descriptor is: + * + * +0 SHORT Logical Screen Width + * +2 SHORT Logical Screen Height + * +4 CHAR __Packed Fields__ + * 1BIT Global Colour Table Flag + * 3BITS Colour Resolution + * 1BIT Sort Flag + * 3BITS Size of Global Colour Table + * +5 CHAR Background Colour Index + * +6 CHAR Pixel Aspect Ratio + */ + gif->width = gif_data[0] | (gif_data[1] << 8); + gif->height = gif_data[2] | (gif_data[3] << 8); + gif->global_colours = (gif_data[4] & GIF_COLOUR_TABLE_MASK); + gif->colour_table_size = (2 << (gif_data[4] & GIF_COLOUR_TABLE_SIZE_MASK)); + gif->background_index = gif_data[5]; + gif->aspect_ratio = gif_data[6]; + gif->loop_count = 1; + gif_data += 7; + + /* Some broken GIFs report the size as the screen size they + * were created in. As such, we detect for the common cases and + * set the sizes as 0 if they are found which results in the + * GIF being the maximum size of the frames. + */ + if (((gif->width == 640) && (gif->height == 480)) || + ((gif->width == 640) && (gif->height == 512)) || + ((gif->width == 800) && (gif->height == 600)) || + ((gif->width == 1024) && (gif->height == 768)) || + ((gif->width == 1280) && (gif->height == 1024)) || + ((gif->width == 1600) && (gif->height == 1200)) || + ((gif->width == 0) || (gif->height == 0)) || + ((gif->width > 2048) || (gif->height > 2048))) { + gif->width = 1; + gif->height = 1; + } + + /* Allocate some data irrespective of whether we've got any + * colour tables. We always get the maximum size in case a GIF + * is lying to us. It's far better to give the wrong colours + * than to trample over some memory somewhere. + */ + gif->global_colour_table = calloc(GIF_MAX_COLOURS, sizeof(unsigned int)); + gif->local_colour_table = calloc(GIF_MAX_COLOURS, sizeof(unsigned int)); + if ((gif->global_colour_table == NULL) || + (gif->local_colour_table == NULL)) { + gif_finalise(gif); + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + + /* Set the first colour to a value that will never occur in + * reality so we know if we've processed it + */ + gif->global_colour_table[0] = GIF_PROCESS_COLOURS; + + /* Check if the GIF has no frame data (13-byte header + 1-byte + * termination block) Although generally useless, the GIF + * specification does not expressly prohibit this + */ + if (gif->buffer_size == (GIF_STANDARD_HEADER_SIZE + 1)) { + if (gif_data[0] == GIF_TRAILER) { + return GIF_OK; + } else { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + } + + /* Initialise enough workspace for a frame */ + if ((gif->frames = (gif_frame *)malloc(sizeof(gif_frame))) == NULL) { + gif_finalise(gif); + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + gif->frame_holders = 1; + + /* Initialise the bitmap header */ + assert(gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_create); + gif->frame_image = gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_create(gif->width, gif->height); + if (gif->frame_image == NULL) { + gif_finalise(gif); + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY; + } + + /* Remember we've done this now */ + gif->buffer_position = gif_data - gif->gif_data; + } + + /* Do the colour map if we haven't already. As the top byte is always + * 0xff or 0x00 depending on the transparency we know if it's been + * filled in. + */ + if (gif->global_colour_table[0] == GIF_PROCESS_COLOURS) { + /* Check for a global colour map signified by bit 7 */ + if (gif->global_colours) { + if (gif->buffer_size < (gif->colour_table_size * 3 + GIF_STANDARD_HEADER_SIZE)) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA; + } + for (index = 0; index < gif->colour_table_size; index++) { + /* Gif colour map contents are r,g,b. + * + * We want to pack them bytewise into the + * colour table, such that the red component + * is in byte 0 and the alpha component is in + * byte 3. + */ + unsigned char *entry = (unsigned char *) &gif-> + global_colour_table[index]; + + entry[0] = gif_data[0]; /* r */ + entry[1] = gif_data[1]; /* g */ + entry[2] = gif_data[2]; /* b */ + entry[3] = 0xff; /* a */ + + gif_data += 3; + } + gif->buffer_position = (gif_data - gif->gif_data); + } else { + /* Create a default colour table with the first two + * colours as black and white + */ + unsigned int *entry = gif->global_colour_table; + + entry[0] = 0x00000000; + /* Force Alpha channel to opaque */ + ((unsigned char *) entry)[3] = 0xff; + + entry[1] = 0xffffffff; + } + } + + /* Repeatedly try to initialise frames */ + while ((return_value = gif_initialise_frame(gif)) == GIF_WORKING); + + /* If there was a memory error tell the caller */ + if ((return_value == GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY) || + (return_value == GIF_DATA_ERROR)) { + return return_value; + } + + /* If we didn't have some frames then a GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA becomes a + * GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA + */ + if ((return_value == GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA) && + (gif->frame_count_partial > 0)) { + return GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA; + } + + /* Return how many we got */ + return return_value; +} + + +/* exported function documented in libnsgif.h */ +gif_result gif_decode_frame(gif_animation *gif, unsigned int frame) +{ + return gif_internal_decode_frame(gif, frame, false); +} + + +/* exported function documented in libnsgif.h */ +void gif_finalise(gif_animation *gif) +{ + /* Release all our memory blocks */ + if (gif->frame_image) { + assert(gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_destroy); + gif->bitmap_callbacks.bitmap_destroy(gif->frame_image); + } + + gif->frame_image = NULL; + free(gif->frames); + gif->frames = NULL; + free(gif->local_colour_table); + gif->local_colour_table = NULL; + free(gif->global_colour_table); + gif->global_colour_table = NULL; + + lzw_context_destroy(gif->lzw_ctx); + gif->lzw_ctx = NULL; +} diff --git a/libs/libnsgif/libnsgif.h b/libs/libnsgif/libnsgif.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94221bd --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsgif/libnsgif.h @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2004 Richard Wilson + * Copyright 2008 Sean Fox + * + * This file is part of NetSurf's libnsgif, http://www.netsurf-browser.org/ + * Licenced under the MIT License, + * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php + */ + +/** + * \file + * Interface to progressive animated GIF file decoding. + */ + +#ifndef _LIBNSGIF_H_ +#define _LIBNSGIF_H_ + +#if defined (__cplusplus) +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +/* Error return values */ +typedef enum { + GIF_WORKING = 1, + GIF_OK = 0, + GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA = -1, + GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR = -2, + GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA = -3, + GIF_DATA_ERROR = -4, + GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY = -5, + GIF_FRAME_NO_DISPLAY = -6, + GIF_END_OF_FRAME = -7 +} gif_result; + +/** GIF frame data */ +typedef struct gif_frame { + /** whether the frame should be displayed/animated */ + bool display; + /** delay (in cs) before animating the frame */ + unsigned int frame_delay; + + /* Internal members are listed below */ + + /** offset (in bytes) to the GIF frame data */ + unsigned int frame_pointer; + /** whether the frame has previously been used */ + bool virgin; + /** whether the frame is totally opaque */ + bool opaque; + /** whether a forcable screen redraw is required */ + bool redraw_required; + /** how the previous frame should be disposed; affects plotting */ + unsigned char disposal_method; + /** whether we acknoledge transparency */ + bool transparency; + /** the index designating a transparent pixel */ + unsigned char transparency_index; + /** x co-ordinate of redraw rectangle */ + unsigned int redraw_x; + /** y co-ordinate of redraw rectangle */ + unsigned int redraw_y; + /** width of redraw rectangle */ + unsigned int redraw_width; + /** height of redraw rectangle */ + unsigned int redraw_height; +} gif_frame; + +/* API for Bitmap callbacks */ +typedef void* (*gif_bitmap_cb_create)(int width, int height); +typedef void (*gif_bitmap_cb_destroy)(void *bitmap); +typedef unsigned char* (*gif_bitmap_cb_get_buffer)(void *bitmap); +typedef void (*gif_bitmap_cb_set_opaque)(void *bitmap, bool opaque); +typedef bool (*gif_bitmap_cb_test_opaque)(void *bitmap); +typedef void (*gif_bitmap_cb_modified)(void *bitmap); + +/** Bitmap callbacks function table */ +typedef struct gif_bitmap_callback_vt { + /** Create a bitmap. */ + gif_bitmap_cb_create bitmap_create; + /** Free a bitmap. */ + gif_bitmap_cb_destroy bitmap_destroy; + /** Return a pointer to the pixel data in a bitmap. */ + gif_bitmap_cb_get_buffer bitmap_get_buffer; + + /* Members below are optional */ + + /** Sets whether a bitmap should be plotted opaque. */ + gif_bitmap_cb_set_opaque bitmap_set_opaque; + /** Tests whether a bitmap has an opaque alpha channel. */ + gif_bitmap_cb_test_opaque bitmap_test_opaque; + /** The bitmap image has changed, so flush any persistant cache. */ + gif_bitmap_cb_modified bitmap_modified; +} gif_bitmap_callback_vt; + +/** GIF animation data */ +typedef struct gif_animation { + /** LZW decode context */ + void *lzw_ctx; + /** callbacks for bitmap functions */ + gif_bitmap_callback_vt bitmap_callbacks; + /** pointer to GIF data */ + unsigned char *gif_data; + /** width of GIF (may increase during decoding) */ + unsigned int width; + /** heigth of GIF (may increase during decoding) */ + unsigned int height; + /** number of frames decoded */ + unsigned int frame_count; + /** number of frames partially decoded */ + unsigned int frame_count_partial; + /** decoded frames */ + gif_frame *frames; + /** current frame decoded to bitmap */ + int decoded_frame; + /** currently decoded image; stored as bitmap from bitmap_create callback */ + void *frame_image; + /** number of times to loop animation */ + int loop_count; + + /* Internal members are listed below */ + + /** current index into GIF data */ + unsigned int buffer_position; + /** total number of bytes of GIF data available */ + unsigned int buffer_size; + /** current number of frame holders */ + unsigned int frame_holders; + /** index in the colour table for the background colour */ + unsigned int background_index; + /** image aspect ratio (ignored) */ + unsigned int aspect_ratio; + /** size of colour table (in entries) */ + unsigned int colour_table_size; + /** whether the GIF has a global colour table */ + bool global_colours; + /** global colour table */ + unsigned int *global_colour_table; + /** local colour table */ + unsigned int *local_colour_table; +} gif_animation; + +/** + * Initialises necessary gif_animation members. + */ +void gif_create(gif_animation *gif, gif_bitmap_callback_vt *bitmap_callbacks); + +/** + * Initialises any workspace held by the animation and attempts to decode + * any information that hasn't already been decoded. + * If an error occurs, all previously decoded frames are retained. + * + * @return Error return value. + * - GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR for GIF frame data error + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA for insufficient data to process + * any more frames + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY for memory error + * - GIF_DATA_ERROR for GIF error + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA for insufficient data to do anything + * - GIF_OK for successful decoding + * - GIF_WORKING for successful decoding if more frames are expected + */ +gif_result gif_initialise(gif_animation *gif, size_t size, unsigned char *data); + +/** + * Decodes a GIF frame. + * + * @return Error return value. If a frame does not contain any image data, + * GIF_OK is returned and gif->current_error is set to + * GIF_FRAME_NO_DISPLAY + * - GIF_FRAME_DATA_ERROR for GIF frame data error + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_FRAME_DATA for insufficient data to complete the frame + * - GIF_DATA_ERROR for GIF error (invalid frame header) + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_DATA for insufficient data to do anything + * - GIF_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY for insufficient memory to process + * - GIF_OK for successful decoding + */ +gif_result gif_decode_frame(gif_animation *gif, unsigned int frame); + +/** + * Releases any workspace held by a gif + */ +void gif_finalise(gif_animation *gif); + +#if defined (__cplusplus) +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libs/libnsgif/lzw.c b/libs/libnsgif/lzw.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31cf7d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsgif/lzw.c @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +/* + * This file is part of NetSurf's LibNSGIF, http://www.netsurf-browser.org/ + * Licensed under the MIT License, + * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php + * + * Copyright 2017 Michael Drake + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "lzw.h" + +/** + * \file + * \brief LZW decompression (implementation) + * + * Decoder for GIF LZW data. + */ + + +/** + * Context for reading LZW data. + * + * LZW data is split over multiple sub-blocks. Each sub-block has a + * byte at the start, which says the sub-block size, and then the data. + * Zero-size sub-blocks have no data, and the biggest sub-block size is + * 255, which means there are 255 bytes of data following the sub-block + * size entry. + * + * Note that an individual LZW code can be split over up to three sub-blocks. + */ +struct lzw_read_ctx { + const uint8_t *data; /**< Pointer to start of input data */ + uint32_t data_len; /**< Input data length */ + uint32_t data_sb_next; /**< Offset to sub-block size */ + + const uint8_t *sb_data; /**< Pointer to current sub-block in data */ + uint32_t sb_bit; /**< Current bit offset in sub-block */ + uint32_t sb_bit_count; /**< Bit count in sub-block */ +}; + +/** + * LZW dictionary entry. + * + * Records in the dictionary are composed of 1 or more entries. + * Entries point to previous entries which can be followed to compose + * the complete record. To compose the record in reverse order, take + * the `last_value` from each entry, and move to the previous entry. + * If the previous_entry's index is < the current clear_code, then it + * is the last entry in the record. + */ +struct lzw_dictionary_entry { + uint8_t last_value; /**< Last value for record ending at entry. */ + uint8_t first_value; /**< First value for entry's record. */ + uint16_t previous_entry; /**< Offset in dictionary to previous entry. */ +}; + +/** + * LZW decompression context. + */ +struct lzw_ctx { + /** Input reading context */ + struct lzw_read_ctx input; + + uint32_t previous_code; /**< Code read from input previously. */ + uint32_t previous_code_first; /**< First value of previous code. */ + + uint32_t initial_code_size; /**< Starting LZW code size. */ + uint32_t current_code_size; /**< Current LZW code size. */ + uint32_t current_code_size_max; /**< Max code value for current size. */ + + uint32_t clear_code; /**< Special Clear code value */ + uint32_t eoi_code; /**< Special End of Information code value */ + + uint32_t current_entry; /**< Next position in table to fill. */ + + /** Output value stack. */ + uint8_t stack_base[1 << LZW_CODE_MAX]; + + /** LZW decode dictionary. Generated during decode. */ + struct lzw_dictionary_entry table[1 << LZW_CODE_MAX]; +}; + + +/* Exported function, documented in lzw.h */ +lzw_result lzw_context_create(struct lzw_ctx **ctx) +{ + struct lzw_ctx *c = malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if (c == NULL) { + return LZW_NO_MEM; + } + + *ctx = c; + return LZW_OK; +} + + +/* Exported function, documented in lzw.h */ +void lzw_context_destroy(struct lzw_ctx *ctx) +{ + free(ctx); +} + + +/** + * Advance the context to the next sub-block in the input data. + * + * \param[in] ctx LZW reading context, updated on success. + * \return LZW_OK or LZW_OK_EOD on success, appropriate error otherwise. + */ +static lzw_result lzw__block_advance(struct lzw_read_ctx *ctx) +{ + uint32_t block_size; + uint32_t next_block_pos = ctx->data_sb_next; + const uint8_t *data_next = ctx->data + next_block_pos; + + if (next_block_pos >= ctx->data_len) { + return LZW_NO_DATA; + } + + block_size = *data_next; + + if ((next_block_pos + block_size) >= ctx->data_len) { + return LZW_NO_DATA; + } + + ctx->sb_bit = 0; + ctx->sb_bit_count = block_size * 8; + + if (block_size == 0) { + ctx->data_sb_next += 1; + return LZW_OK_EOD; + } + + ctx->sb_data = data_next + 1; + ctx->data_sb_next += block_size + 1; + + return LZW_OK; +} + + +/** + * Get the next LZW code of given size from the raw input data. + * + * Reads codes from the input data stream coping with GIF data sub-blocks. + * + * \param[in] ctx LZW reading context, updated. + * \param[in] code_size Size of LZW code to get from data. + * \param[out] code_out Returns an LZW code on success. + * \return LZW_OK or LZW_OK_EOD on success, appropriate error otherwise. + */ +static inline lzw_result lzw__next_code( + struct lzw_read_ctx *ctx, + uint8_t code_size, + uint32_t *code_out) +{ + uint32_t code = 0; + uint8_t current_bit = ctx->sb_bit & 0x7; + uint8_t byte_advance = (current_bit + code_size) >> 3; + + assert(byte_advance <= 2); + + if (ctx->sb_bit + code_size <= ctx->sb_bit_count) { + /* Fast path: code fully inside this sub-block */ + const uint8_t *data = ctx->sb_data + (ctx->sb_bit >> 3); + switch (byte_advance) { + case 2: code |= data[2] << 16; /* Fall through */ + case 1: code |= data[1] << 8; /* Fall through */ + case 0: code |= data[0] << 0; + } + ctx->sb_bit += code_size; + } else { + /* Slow path: code spans sub-blocks */ + uint8_t byte = 0; + uint8_t bits_remaining_0 = (code_size < (8 - current_bit)) ? + code_size : (8 - current_bit); + uint8_t bits_remaining_1 = code_size - bits_remaining_0; + uint8_t bits_used[3] = { + [0] = bits_remaining_0, + [1] = bits_remaining_1 < 8 ? bits_remaining_1 : 8, + [2] = bits_remaining_1 - 8, + }; + + while (true) { + const uint8_t *data = ctx->sb_data; + lzw_result res; + + /* Get any data from end of this sub-block */ + while (byte <= byte_advance && + ctx->sb_bit < ctx->sb_bit_count) { + code |= data[ctx->sb_bit >> 3] << (byte << 3); + ctx->sb_bit += bits_used[byte]; + byte++; + } + + /* Check if we have all we need */ + if (byte > byte_advance) { + break; + } + + /* Move to next sub-block */ + res = lzw__block_advance(ctx); + if (res != LZW_OK) { + return res; + } + } + } + + *code_out = (code >> current_bit) & ((1 << code_size) - 1); + return LZW_OK; +} + + +/** + * Clear LZW code dictionary. + * + * \param[in] ctx LZW reading context, updated. + * \param[out] stack_pos_out Returns current stack position. + * \return LZW_OK or error code. + */ +static lzw_result lzw__clear_codes( + struct lzw_ctx *ctx, + const uint8_t ** const stack_pos_out) +{ + uint32_t code; + uint8_t *stack_pos; + + /* Reset dictionary building context */ + ctx->current_code_size = ctx->initial_code_size + 1; + ctx->current_code_size_max = (1 << ctx->current_code_size) - 1;; + ctx->current_entry = (1 << ctx->initial_code_size) + 2; + + /* There might be a sequence of clear codes, so process them all */ + do { + lzw_result res = lzw__next_code(&ctx->input, + ctx->current_code_size, &code); + if (res != LZW_OK) { + return res; + } + } while (code == ctx->clear_code); + + /* The initial code must be from the initial dictionary. */ + if (code > ctx->clear_code) { + return LZW_BAD_ICODE; + } + + /* Record this initial code as "previous" code, needed during decode. */ + ctx->previous_code = code; + ctx->previous_code_first = code; + + /* Reset the stack, and add first non-clear code added as first item. */ + stack_pos = ctx->stack_base; + *stack_pos++ = code; + + *stack_pos_out = stack_pos; + return LZW_OK; +} + + +/* Exported function, documented in lzw.h */ +lzw_result lzw_decode_init( + struct lzw_ctx *ctx, + const uint8_t *compressed_data, + uint32_t compressed_data_len, + uint32_t compressed_data_pos, + uint8_t code_size, + const uint8_t ** const stack_base_out, + const uint8_t ** const stack_pos_out) +{ + struct lzw_dictionary_entry *table = ctx->table; + + /* Initialise the input reading context */ + ctx->input.data = compressed_data; + ctx->input.data_len = compressed_data_len; + ctx->input.data_sb_next = compressed_data_pos; + + ctx->input.sb_bit = 0; + ctx->input.sb_bit_count = 0; + + /* Initialise the dictionary building context */ + ctx->initial_code_size = code_size; + + ctx->clear_code = (1 << code_size) + 0; + ctx->eoi_code = (1 << code_size) + 1; + + /* Initialise the standard dictionary entries */ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < ctx->clear_code; ++i) { + table[i].first_value = i; + table[i].last_value = i; + } + + *stack_base_out = ctx->stack_base; + return lzw__clear_codes(ctx, stack_pos_out); +} + + +/* Exported function, documented in lzw.h */ +lzw_result lzw_decode(struct lzw_ctx *ctx, + const uint8_t ** const stack_pos_out) +{ + lzw_result res; + uint32_t code_new; + uint32_t code_out; + uint8_t last_value; + uint8_t *stack_pos = ctx->stack_base; + uint32_t clear_code = ctx->clear_code; + uint32_t current_entry = ctx->current_entry; + struct lzw_dictionary_entry * const table = ctx->table; + + /* Get a new code from the input */ + res = lzw__next_code(&ctx->input, ctx->current_code_size, &code_new); + if (res != LZW_OK) { + return res; + } + + /* Handle the new code */ + if (code_new == clear_code) { + /* Got Clear code */ + return lzw__clear_codes(ctx, stack_pos_out); + + } else if (code_new == ctx->eoi_code) { + /* Got End of Information code */ + return LZW_EOI_CODE; + + } else if (code_new > current_entry) { + /* Code is invalid */ + return LZW_BAD_CODE; + + } else if (code_new < current_entry) { + /* Code is in table */ + code_out = code_new; + last_value = table[code_new].first_value; + } else { + /* Code not in table */ + *stack_pos++ = ctx->previous_code_first; + code_out = ctx->previous_code; + last_value = ctx->previous_code_first; + } + + /* Add to the dictionary, only if there's space */ + if (current_entry < (1 << LZW_CODE_MAX)) { + struct lzw_dictionary_entry *entry = table + current_entry; + entry->last_value = last_value; + entry->first_value = ctx->previous_code_first; + entry->previous_entry = ctx->previous_code; + ctx->current_entry++; + } + + /* Ensure code size is increased, if needed. */ + if (current_entry == ctx->current_code_size_max) { + if (ctx->current_code_size < LZW_CODE_MAX) { + ctx->current_code_size++; + ctx->current_code_size_max = + (1 << ctx->current_code_size) - 1; + } + } + + /* Store details of this code as "previous code" to the context. */ + ctx->previous_code_first = table[code_new].first_value; + ctx->previous_code = code_new; + + /* Put rest of data for this code on output stack. + * Note, in the case of "code not in table", the last entry of the + * current code has already been placed on the stack above. */ + while (code_out > clear_code) { + struct lzw_dictionary_entry *entry = table + code_out; + *stack_pos++ = entry->last_value; + code_out = entry->previous_entry; + } + *stack_pos++ = table[code_out].last_value; + + *stack_pos_out = stack_pos; + return LZW_OK; +} diff --git a/libs/libnsgif/lzw.h b/libs/libnsgif/lzw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..385b425 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsgif/lzw.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/* + * This file is part of NetSurf's LibNSGIF, http://www.netsurf-browser.org/ + * Licensed under the MIT License, + * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php + * + * Copyright 2017 Michael Drake + */ + +#ifndef LZW_H_ +#define LZW_H_ + +/** + * \file + * \brief LZW decompression (interface) + * + * Decoder for GIF LZW data. + */ + + +/** Maximum LZW code size in bits */ +#define LZW_CODE_MAX 12 + + +/* Declare lzw internal context structure */ +struct lzw_ctx; + + +/** LZW decoding response codes */ +typedef enum lzw_result { + LZW_OK, /**< Success */ + LZW_OK_EOD, /**< Success; reached zero-length sub-block */ + LZW_NO_MEM, /**< Error: Out of memory */ + LZW_NO_DATA, /**< Error: Out of data */ + LZW_EOI_CODE, /**< Error: End of Information code */ + LZW_BAD_ICODE, /**< Error: Bad initial LZW code */ + LZW_BAD_CODE, /**< Error: Bad LZW code */ +} lzw_result; + + +/** + * Create an LZW decompression context. + * + * \param[out] ctx Returns an LZW decompression context. Caller owned, + * free with lzw_context_destroy(). + * \return LZW_OK on success, or appropriate error code otherwise. + */ +lzw_result lzw_context_create( + struct lzw_ctx **ctx); + +/** + * Destroy an LZW decompression context. + * + * \param[in] ctx The LZW decompression context to destroy. + */ +void lzw_context_destroy( + struct lzw_ctx *ctx); + +/** + * Initialise an LZW decompression context for decoding. + * + * Caller owns neither `stack_base_out` or `stack_pos_out`. + * + * \param[in] ctx The LZW decompression context to initialise. + * \param[in] compressed_data The compressed data. + * \param[in] compressed_data_len Byte length of compressed data. + * \param[in] compressed_data_pos Start position in data. Must be position + * of a size byte at sub-block start. + * \param[in] code_size The initial LZW code size to use. + * \param[out] stack_base_out Returns base of decompressed data stack. + * \param[out] stack_pos_out Returns current stack position. + * There are `stack_pos_out - stack_base_out` + * current stack entries. + * \return LZW_OK on success, or appropriate error code otherwise. + */ +lzw_result lzw_decode_init( + struct lzw_ctx *ctx, + const uint8_t *compressed_data, + uint32_t compressed_data_len, + uint32_t compressed_data_pos, + uint8_t code_size, + const uint8_t ** const stack_base_out, + const uint8_t ** const stack_pos_out); + +/** + * Fill the LZW stack with decompressed data + * + * Ensure anything on the stack is used before calling this, as anything + * on the stack before this call will be trampled. + * + * Caller does not own `stack_pos_out`. + * + * \param[in] ctx LZW reading context, updated. + * \param[out] stack_pos_out Returns current stack position. + * Use with `stack_base_out` value from previous + * lzw_decode_init() call. + * There are `stack_pos_out - stack_base_out` + * current stack entries. + * \return LZW_OK on success, or appropriate error code otherwise. + */ +lzw_result lzw_decode( + struct lzw_ctx *ctx, + const uint8_t ** const stack_pos_out); + + +#endif diff --git a/libs/libnsgif/utils/log.h b/libs/libnsgif/utils/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1413374 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libnsgif/utils/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2003 James Bursa + * Copyright 2004 John Tytgat + * + * This file is part of NetSurf, http://www.netsurf-browser.org/ + * Licenced under the MIT License, + * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php + */ + +#include + +#ifndef _LIBNSGIF_LOG_H_ +#define _LIBNSGIF_LOG_H_ + +#ifdef NDEBUG +# define LOG(x) ((void) 0) +#else +# define LOG(x) do { fprintf(stderr, x), fputc('\n', stderr); } while (0) +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#endif /* _LIBNSGIF_LOG_H_ */ diff --git a/libs/libtiff/COPYRIGHT b/libs/libtiff/COPYRIGHT new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8282186 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libtiff/COPYRIGHT @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler +Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and +its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided +that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in +all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of +Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or +publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written +permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY +WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, +OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF +LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE +OF THIS SOFTWARE. diff --git a/libs/libtiff/tiff.h b/libs/libtiff/tiff.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b0a0c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libtiff/tiff.h @@ -0,0 +1,695 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler + * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided + * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in + * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of + * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or + * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written + * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY + * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, + * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, + * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF + * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef _TIFF_ +#define _TIFF_ + +#include "tiffconf.h" + +/* + * Tag Image File Format (TIFF) + * + * Based on Rev 6.0 from: + * Developer's Desk + * Aldus Corporation + * 411 First Ave. South + * Suite 200 + * Seattle, WA 98104 + * 206-622-5500 + * + * (http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/PDFS/TN/TIFF6.pdf) + * + * For BigTIFF design notes see the following links + * http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/bigtiffdesign.html + * http://www.awaresystems.be/imaging/tiff/bigtiff.html + */ + +#define TIFF_VERSION_CLASSIC 42 +#define TIFF_VERSION_BIG 43 + +#define TIFF_BIGENDIAN 0x4d4d +#define TIFF_LITTLEENDIAN 0x4949 +#define MDI_LITTLEENDIAN 0x5045 +#define MDI_BIGENDIAN 0x4550 + +/* + * Intrinsic data types required by the file format: + * + * 8-bit quantities int8/uint8 + * 16-bit quantities int16/uint16 + * 32-bit quantities int32/uint32 + * 64-bit quantities int64/uint64 + * strings unsigned char* + */ + +typedef TIFF_INT8_T int8; +typedef TIFF_UINT8_T uint8; + +typedef TIFF_INT16_T int16; +typedef TIFF_UINT16_T uint16; + +typedef TIFF_INT32_T int32; +typedef TIFF_UINT32_T uint32; + +typedef TIFF_INT64_T int64; +typedef TIFF_UINT64_T uint64; + +/* + * Some types as promoted in a variable argument list + * We use uint16_vap rather then directly using int, because this way + * we document the type we actually want to pass through, conceptually, + * rather then confusing the issue by merely stating the type it gets + * promoted to + */ + +typedef int uint16_vap; + +/* + * TIFF header. + */ +typedef struct { + uint16 tiff_magic; /* magic number (defines byte order) */ + uint16 tiff_version; /* TIFF version number */ +} TIFFHeaderCommon; +typedef struct { + uint16 tiff_magic; /* magic number (defines byte order) */ + uint16 tiff_version; /* TIFF version number */ + uint32 tiff_diroff; /* byte offset to first directory */ +} TIFFHeaderClassic; +typedef struct { + uint16 tiff_magic; /* magic number (defines byte order) */ + uint16 tiff_version; /* TIFF version number */ + uint16 tiff_offsetsize; /* size of offsets, should be 8 */ + uint16 tiff_unused; /* unused word, should be 0 */ + uint64 tiff_diroff; /* byte offset to first directory */ +} TIFFHeaderBig; + + +/* + * NB: In the comments below, + * - items marked with a + are obsoleted by revision 5.0, + * - items marked with a ! are introduced in revision 6.0. + * - items marked with a % are introduced post revision 6.0. + * - items marked with a $ are obsoleted by revision 6.0. + * - items marked with a & are introduced by Adobe DNG specification. + */ + +/* + * Tag data type information. + * + * Note: RATIONALs are the ratio of two 32-bit integer values. + */ +typedef enum { + TIFF_NOTYPE = 0, /* placeholder */ + TIFF_BYTE = 1, /* 8-bit unsigned integer */ + TIFF_ASCII = 2, /* 8-bit bytes w/ last byte null */ + TIFF_SHORT = 3, /* 16-bit unsigned integer */ + TIFF_LONG = 4, /* 32-bit unsigned integer */ + TIFF_RATIONAL = 5, /* 64-bit unsigned fraction */ + TIFF_SBYTE = 6, /* !8-bit signed integer */ + TIFF_UNDEFINED = 7, /* !8-bit untyped data */ + TIFF_SSHORT = 8, /* !16-bit signed integer */ + TIFF_SLONG = 9, /* !32-bit signed integer */ + TIFF_SRATIONAL = 10, /* !64-bit signed fraction */ + TIFF_FLOAT = 11, /* !32-bit IEEE floating point */ + TIFF_DOUBLE = 12, /* !64-bit IEEE floating point */ + TIFF_IFD = 13, /* %32-bit unsigned integer (offset) */ + TIFF_LONG8 = 16, /* BigTIFF 64-bit unsigned integer */ + TIFF_SLONG8 = 17, /* BigTIFF 64-bit signed integer */ + TIFF_IFD8 = 18 /* BigTIFF 64-bit unsigned integer (offset) */ +} TIFFDataType; + +/* + * TIFF Tag Definitions. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_SUBFILETYPE 254 /* subfile data descriptor */ +#define FILETYPE_REDUCEDIMAGE 0x1 /* reduced resolution version */ +#define FILETYPE_PAGE 0x2 /* one page of many */ +#define FILETYPE_MASK 0x4 /* transparency mask */ +#define TIFFTAG_OSUBFILETYPE 255 /* +kind of data in subfile */ +#define OFILETYPE_IMAGE 1 /* full resolution image data */ +#define OFILETYPE_REDUCEDIMAGE 2 /* reduced size image data */ +#define OFILETYPE_PAGE 3 /* one page of many */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGEWIDTH 256 /* image width in pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGELENGTH 257 /* image height in pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_BITSPERSAMPLE 258 /* bits per channel (sample) */ +#define TIFFTAG_COMPRESSION 259 /* data compression technique */ +#define COMPRESSION_NONE 1 /* dump mode */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITTRLE 2 /* CCITT modified Huffman RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITTFAX3 3 /* CCITT Group 3 fax encoding */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITT_T4 3 /* CCITT T.4 (TIFF 6 name) */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITTFAX4 4 /* CCITT Group 4 fax encoding */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITT_T6 4 /* CCITT T.6 (TIFF 6 name) */ +#define COMPRESSION_LZW 5 /* Lempel-Ziv & Welch */ +#define COMPRESSION_OJPEG 6 /* !6.0 JPEG */ +#define COMPRESSION_JPEG 7 /* %JPEG DCT compression */ +#define COMPRESSION_T85 9 /* !TIFF/FX T.85 JBIG compression */ +#define COMPRESSION_T43 10 /* !TIFF/FX T.43 colour by layered JBIG compression */ +#define COMPRESSION_NEXT 32766 /* NeXT 2-bit RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITTRLEW 32771 /* #1 w/ word alignment */ +#define COMPRESSION_PACKBITS 32773 /* Macintosh RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_THUNDERSCAN 32809 /* ThunderScan RLE */ +/* codes 32895-32898 are reserved for ANSI IT8 TIFF/IT */ +#define COMPRESSION_DCS 32947 /* Kodak DCS encoding */ +#define COMPRESSION_JBIG 34661 /* ISO JBIG */ +#define COMPRESSION_SGILOG 34676 /* SGI Log Luminance RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_SGILOG24 34677 /* SGI Log 24-bit packed */ +#define COMPRESSION_JP2000 34712 /* Leadtools JPEG2000 */ +#define COMPRESSION_LERC 34887 /* ESRI Lerc codec: https://github.com/Esri/lerc */ +/* compression codes 34887-34889 are reserved for ESRI */ +#define COMPRESSION_LZMA 34925 /* LZMA2 */ +#define COMPRESSION_ZSTD 50000 /* ZSTD: WARNING not registered in Adobe-maintained registry */ +#define COMPRESSION_WEBP 50001 /* WEBP: WARNING not registered in Adobe-maintained registry */ +#define TIFFTAG_PHOTOMETRIC 262 /* photometric interpretation */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_MINISWHITE 0 /* min value is white */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_MINISBLACK 1 /* min value is black */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_RGB 2 /* RGB color model */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_PALETTE 3 /* color map indexed */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_MASK 4 /* $holdout mask */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_SEPARATED 5 /* !color separations */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_YCBCR 6 /* !CCIR 601 */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_CIELAB 8 /* !1976 CIE L*a*b* */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_ICCLAB 9 /* ICC L*a*b* [Adobe TIFF Technote 4] */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_ITULAB 10 /* ITU L*a*b* */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_CFA 32803 /* color filter array */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_LOGL 32844 /* CIE Log2(L) */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_LOGLUV 32845 /* CIE Log2(L) (u',v') */ +#define TIFFTAG_THRESHHOLDING 263 /* +thresholding used on data */ +#define THRESHHOLD_BILEVEL 1 /* b&w art scan */ +#define THRESHHOLD_HALFTONE 2 /* or dithered scan */ +#define THRESHHOLD_ERRORDIFFUSE 3 /* usually floyd-steinberg */ +#define TIFFTAG_CELLWIDTH 264 /* +dithering matrix width */ +#define TIFFTAG_CELLLENGTH 265 /* +dithering matrix height */ +#define TIFFTAG_FILLORDER 266 /* data order within a byte */ +#define FILLORDER_MSB2LSB 1 /* most significant -> least */ +#define FILLORDER_LSB2MSB 2 /* least significant -> most */ +#define TIFFTAG_DOCUMENTNAME 269 /* name of doc. image is from */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGEDESCRIPTION 270 /* info about image */ +#define TIFFTAG_MAKE 271 /* scanner manufacturer name */ +#define TIFFTAG_MODEL 272 /* scanner model name/number */ +#define TIFFTAG_STRIPOFFSETS 273 /* offsets to data strips */ +#define TIFFTAG_ORIENTATION 274 /* +image orientation */ +#define ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT 1 /* row 0 top, col 0 lhs */ +#define ORIENTATION_TOPRIGHT 2 /* row 0 top, col 0 rhs */ +#define ORIENTATION_BOTRIGHT 3 /* row 0 bottom, col 0 rhs */ +#define ORIENTATION_BOTLEFT 4 /* row 0 bottom, col 0 lhs */ +#define ORIENTATION_LEFTTOP 5 /* row 0 lhs, col 0 top */ +#define ORIENTATION_RIGHTTOP 6 /* row 0 rhs, col 0 top */ +#define ORIENTATION_RIGHTBOT 7 /* row 0 rhs, col 0 bottom */ +#define ORIENTATION_LEFTBOT 8 /* row 0 lhs, col 0 bottom */ +#define TIFFTAG_SAMPLESPERPIXEL 277 /* samples per pixel */ +#define TIFFTAG_ROWSPERSTRIP 278 /* rows per strip of data */ +#define TIFFTAG_STRIPBYTECOUNTS 279 /* bytes counts for strips */ +#define TIFFTAG_MINSAMPLEVALUE 280 /* +minimum sample value */ +#define TIFFTAG_MAXSAMPLEVALUE 281 /* +maximum sample value */ +#define TIFFTAG_XRESOLUTION 282 /* pixels/resolution in x */ +#define TIFFTAG_YRESOLUTION 283 /* pixels/resolution in y */ +#define TIFFTAG_PLANARCONFIG 284 /* storage organization */ +#define PLANARCONFIG_CONTIG 1 /* single image plane */ +#define PLANARCONFIG_SEPARATE 2 /* separate planes of data */ +#define TIFFTAG_PAGENAME 285 /* page name image is from */ +#define TIFFTAG_XPOSITION 286 /* x page offset of image lhs */ +#define TIFFTAG_YPOSITION 287 /* y page offset of image lhs */ +#define TIFFTAG_FREEOFFSETS 288 /* +byte offset to free block */ +#define TIFFTAG_FREEBYTECOUNTS 289 /* +sizes of free blocks */ +#define TIFFTAG_GRAYRESPONSEUNIT 290 /* $gray scale curve accuracy */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_10S 1 /* tenths of a unit */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_100S 2 /* hundredths of a unit */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_1000S 3 /* thousandths of a unit */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_10000S 4 /* ten-thousandths of a unit */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_100000S 5 /* hundred-thousandths */ +#define TIFFTAG_GRAYRESPONSECURVE 291 /* $gray scale response curve */ +#define TIFFTAG_GROUP3OPTIONS 292 /* 32 flag bits */ +#define TIFFTAG_T4OPTIONS 292 /* TIFF 6.0 proper name alias */ +#define GROUP3OPT_2DENCODING 0x1 /* 2-dimensional coding */ +#define GROUP3OPT_UNCOMPRESSED 0x2 /* data not compressed */ +#define GROUP3OPT_FILLBITS 0x4 /* fill to byte boundary */ +#define TIFFTAG_GROUP4OPTIONS 293 /* 32 flag bits */ +#define TIFFTAG_T6OPTIONS 293 /* TIFF 6.0 proper name */ +#define GROUP4OPT_UNCOMPRESSED 0x2 /* data not compressed */ +#define TIFFTAG_RESOLUTIONUNIT 296 /* units of resolutions */ +#define RESUNIT_NONE 1 /* no meaningful units */ +#define RESUNIT_INCH 2 /* english */ +#define RESUNIT_CENTIMETER 3 /* metric */ +#define TIFFTAG_PAGENUMBER 297 /* page numbers of multi-page */ +#define TIFFTAG_COLORRESPONSEUNIT 300 /* $color curve accuracy */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_10S 1 /* tenths of a unit */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_100S 2 /* hundredths of a unit */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_1000S 3 /* thousandths of a unit */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_10000S 4 /* ten-thousandths of a unit */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_100000S 5 /* hundred-thousandths */ +#define TIFFTAG_TRANSFERFUNCTION 301 /* !colorimetry info */ +#define TIFFTAG_SOFTWARE 305 /* name & release */ +#define TIFFTAG_DATETIME 306 /* creation date and time */ +#define TIFFTAG_ARTIST 315 /* creator of image */ +#define TIFFTAG_HOSTCOMPUTER 316 /* machine where created */ +#define TIFFTAG_PREDICTOR 317 /* prediction scheme w/ LZW */ +#define PREDICTOR_NONE 1 /* no prediction scheme used */ +#define PREDICTOR_HORIZONTAL 2 /* horizontal differencing */ +#define PREDICTOR_FLOATINGPOINT 3 /* floating point predictor */ +#define TIFFTAG_WHITEPOINT 318 /* image white point */ +#define TIFFTAG_PRIMARYCHROMATICITIES 319 /* !primary chromaticities */ +#define TIFFTAG_COLORMAP 320 /* RGB map for palette image */ +#define TIFFTAG_HALFTONEHINTS 321 /* !highlight+shadow info */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILEWIDTH 322 /* !tile width in pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILELENGTH 323 /* !tile height in pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILEOFFSETS 324 /* !offsets to data tiles */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILEBYTECOUNTS 325 /* !byte counts for tiles */ +#define TIFFTAG_BADFAXLINES 326 /* lines w/ wrong pixel count */ +#define TIFFTAG_CLEANFAXDATA 327 /* regenerated line info */ +#define CLEANFAXDATA_CLEAN 0 /* no errors detected */ +#define CLEANFAXDATA_REGENERATED 1 /* receiver regenerated lines */ +#define CLEANFAXDATA_UNCLEAN 2 /* uncorrected errors exist */ +#define TIFFTAG_CONSECUTIVEBADFAXLINES 328 /* max consecutive bad lines */ +#define TIFFTAG_SUBIFD 330 /* subimage descriptors */ +#define TIFFTAG_INKSET 332 /* !inks in separated image */ +#define INKSET_CMYK 1 /* !cyan-magenta-yellow-black color */ +#define INKSET_MULTIINK 2 /* !multi-ink or hi-fi color */ +#define TIFFTAG_INKNAMES 333 /* !ascii names of inks */ +#define TIFFTAG_NUMBEROFINKS 334 /* !number of inks */ +#define TIFFTAG_DOTRANGE 336 /* !0% and 100% dot codes */ +#define TIFFTAG_TARGETPRINTER 337 /* !separation target */ +#define TIFFTAG_EXTRASAMPLES 338 /* !info about extra samples */ +#define EXTRASAMPLE_UNSPECIFIED 0 /* !unspecified data */ +#define EXTRASAMPLE_ASSOCALPHA 1 /* !associated alpha data */ +#define EXTRASAMPLE_UNASSALPHA 2 /* !unassociated alpha data */ +#define TIFFTAG_SAMPLEFORMAT 339 /* !data sample format */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_UINT 1 /* !unsigned integer data */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_INT 2 /* !signed integer data */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_IEEEFP 3 /* !IEEE floating point data */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_VOID 4 /* !untyped data */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_COMPLEXINT 5 /* !complex signed int */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_COMPLEXIEEEFP 6 /* !complex ieee floating */ +#define TIFFTAG_SMINSAMPLEVALUE 340 /* !variable MinSampleValue */ +#define TIFFTAG_SMAXSAMPLEVALUE 341 /* !variable MaxSampleValue */ +#define TIFFTAG_CLIPPATH 343 /* %ClipPath + [Adobe TIFF technote 2] */ +#define TIFFTAG_XCLIPPATHUNITS 344 /* %XClipPathUnits + [Adobe TIFF technote 2] */ +#define TIFFTAG_YCLIPPATHUNITS 345 /* %YClipPathUnits + [Adobe TIFF technote 2] */ +#define TIFFTAG_INDEXED 346 /* %Indexed + [Adobe TIFF Technote 3] */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGTABLES 347 /* %JPEG table stream */ +#define TIFFTAG_OPIPROXY 351 /* %OPI Proxy [Adobe TIFF technote] */ +/* Tags 400-435 are from the TIFF/FX spec */ +#define TIFFTAG_GLOBALPARAMETERSIFD 400 /* ! */ +#define TIFFTAG_PROFILETYPE 401 /* ! */ +#define PROFILETYPE_UNSPECIFIED 0 /* ! */ +#define PROFILETYPE_G3_FAX 1 /* ! */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXPROFILE 402 /* ! */ +#define FAXPROFILE_S 1 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile S */ +#define FAXPROFILE_F 2 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile F */ +#define FAXPROFILE_J 3 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile J */ +#define FAXPROFILE_C 4 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile C */ +#define FAXPROFILE_L 5 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile L */ +#define FAXPROFILE_M 6 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile LM */ +#define TIFFTAG_CODINGMETHODS 403 /* !TIFF/FX coding methods */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T4_1D (1 << 1) /* !T.4 1D */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T4_2D (1 << 2) /* !T.4 2D */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T6 (1 << 3) /* !T.6 */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T85 (1 << 4) /* !T.85 JBIG */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T42 (1 << 5) /* !T.42 JPEG */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T43 (1 << 6) /* !T.43 colour by layered JBIG */ +#define TIFFTAG_VERSIONYEAR 404 /* !TIFF/FX version year */ +#define TIFFTAG_MODENUMBER 405 /* !TIFF/FX mode number */ +#define TIFFTAG_DECODE 433 /* !TIFF/FX decode */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGEBASECOLOR 434 /* !TIFF/FX image base colour */ +#define TIFFTAG_T82OPTIONS 435 /* !TIFF/FX T.82 options */ +/* + * Tags 512-521 are obsoleted by Technical Note #2 which specifies a + * revised JPEG-in-TIFF scheme. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGPROC 512 /* !JPEG processing algorithm */ +#define JPEGPROC_BASELINE 1 /* !baseline sequential */ +#define JPEGPROC_LOSSLESS 14 /* !Huffman coded lossless */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGIFOFFSET 513 /* !pointer to SOI marker */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGIFBYTECOUNT 514 /* !JFIF stream length */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGRESTARTINTERVAL 515 /* !restart interval length */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGLOSSLESSPREDICTORS 517 /* !lossless proc predictor */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGPOINTTRANSFORM 518 /* !lossless point transform */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGQTABLES 519 /* !Q matrix offsets */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGDCTABLES 520 /* !DCT table offsets */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGACTABLES 521 /* !AC coefficient offsets */ +#define TIFFTAG_YCBCRCOEFFICIENTS 529 /* !RGB -> YCbCr transform */ +#define TIFFTAG_YCBCRSUBSAMPLING 530 /* !YCbCr subsampling factors */ +#define TIFFTAG_YCBCRPOSITIONING 531 /* !subsample positioning */ +#define YCBCRPOSITION_CENTERED 1 /* !as in PostScript Level 2 */ +#define YCBCRPOSITION_COSITED 2 /* !as in CCIR 601-1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_REFERENCEBLACKWHITE 532 /* !colorimetry info */ +#define TIFFTAG_STRIPROWCOUNTS 559 /* !TIFF/FX strip row counts */ +#define TIFFTAG_XMLPACKET 700 /* %XML packet + [Adobe XMP Specification, + January 2004 */ +#define TIFFTAG_OPIIMAGEID 32781 /* %OPI ImageID + [Adobe TIFF technote] */ +/* tags 32952-32956 are private tags registered to Island Graphics */ +#define TIFFTAG_REFPTS 32953 /* image reference points */ +#define TIFFTAG_REGIONTACKPOINT 32954 /* region-xform tack point */ +#define TIFFTAG_REGIONWARPCORNERS 32955 /* warp quadrilateral */ +#define TIFFTAG_REGIONAFFINE 32956 /* affine transformation mat */ +/* tags 32995-32999 are private tags registered to SGI */ +#define TIFFTAG_MATTEING 32995 /* $use ExtraSamples */ +#define TIFFTAG_DATATYPE 32996 /* $use SampleFormat */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGEDEPTH 32997 /* z depth of image */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILEDEPTH 32998 /* z depth/data tile */ +/* tags 33300-33309 are private tags registered to Pixar */ +/* + * TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLWIDTH and TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLLENGTH + * are set when an image has been cropped out of a larger image. + * They reflect the size of the original uncropped image. + * The TIFFTAG_XPOSITION and TIFFTAG_YPOSITION can be used + * to determine the position of the smaller image in the larger one. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLWIDTH 33300 /* full image size in x */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLLENGTH 33301 /* full image size in y */ + /* Tags 33302-33306 are used to identify special image modes and data + * used by Pixar's texture formats. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_TEXTUREFORMAT 33302 /* texture map format */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_WRAPMODES 33303 /* s & t wrap modes */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_FOVCOT 33304 /* cotan(fov) for env. maps */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_MATRIX_WORLDTOSCREEN 33305 +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_MATRIX_WORLDTOCAMERA 33306 +/* tag 33405 is a private tag registered to Eastman Kodak */ +#define TIFFTAG_WRITERSERIALNUMBER 33405 /* device serial number */ +#define TIFFTAG_CFAREPEATPATTERNDIM 33421 /* dimensions of CFA pattern */ +#define TIFFTAG_CFAPATTERN 33422 /* color filter array pattern */ +/* tag 33432 is listed in the 6.0 spec w/ unknown ownership */ +#define TIFFTAG_COPYRIGHT 33432 /* copyright string */ +/* IPTC TAG from RichTIFF specifications */ +#define TIFFTAG_RICHTIFFIPTC 33723 +/* 34016-34029 are reserved for ANSI IT8 TIFF/IT */ +#define TIFFTAG_STONITS 37439 /* Sample value to Nits */ +/* tag 34929 is a private tag registered to FedEx */ +#define TIFFTAG_FEDEX_EDR 34929 /* unknown use */ +#define TIFFTAG_INTEROPERABILITYIFD 40965 /* Pointer to Interoperability private directory */ +/* tags 50674 to 50677 are reserved for ESRI */ +#define TIFFTAG_LERC_PARAMETERS 50674 /* Stores LERC version and additional compression method */ +/* Adobe Digital Negative (DNG) format tags */ +#define TIFFTAG_DNGVERSION 50706 /* &DNG version number */ +#define TIFFTAG_DNGBACKWARDVERSION 50707 /* &DNG compatibility version */ +#define TIFFTAG_UNIQUECAMERAMODEL 50708 /* &name for the camera model */ +#define TIFFTAG_LOCALIZEDCAMERAMODEL 50709 /* &localized camera model + name */ +#define TIFFTAG_CFAPLANECOLOR 50710 /* &CFAPattern->LinearRaw space + mapping */ +#define TIFFTAG_CFALAYOUT 50711 /* &spatial layout of the CFA */ +#define TIFFTAG_LINEARIZATIONTABLE 50712 /* &lookup table description */ +#define TIFFTAG_BLACKLEVELREPEATDIM 50713 /* &repeat pattern size for + the BlackLevel tag */ +#define TIFFTAG_BLACKLEVEL 50714 /* &zero light encoding level */ +#define TIFFTAG_BLACKLEVELDELTAH 50715 /* &zero light encoding level + differences (columns) */ +#define TIFFTAG_BLACKLEVELDELTAV 50716 /* &zero light encoding level + differences (rows) */ +#define TIFFTAG_WHITELEVEL 50717 /* &fully saturated encoding + level */ +#define TIFFTAG_DEFAULTSCALE 50718 /* &default scale factors */ +#define TIFFTAG_DEFAULTCROPORIGIN 50719 /* &origin of the final image + area */ +#define TIFFTAG_DEFAULTCROPSIZE 50720 /* &size of the final image + area */ +#define TIFFTAG_COLORMATRIX1 50721 /* &XYZ->reference color space + transformation matrix 1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_COLORMATRIX2 50722 /* &XYZ->reference color space + transformation matrix 2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_CAMERACALIBRATION1 50723 /* &calibration matrix 1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_CAMERACALIBRATION2 50724 /* &calibration matrix 2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_REDUCTIONMATRIX1 50725 /* &dimensionality reduction + matrix 1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_REDUCTIONMATRIX2 50726 /* &dimensionality reduction + matrix 2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_ANALOGBALANCE 50727 /* &gain applied the stored raw + values*/ +#define TIFFTAG_ASSHOTNEUTRAL 50728 /* &selected white balance in + linear reference space */ +#define TIFFTAG_ASSHOTWHITEXY 50729 /* &selected white balance in + x-y chromaticity + coordinates */ +#define TIFFTAG_BASELINEEXPOSURE 50730 /* &how much to move the zero + point */ +#define TIFFTAG_BASELINENOISE 50731 /* &relative noise level */ +#define TIFFTAG_BASELINESHARPNESS 50732 /* &relative amount of + sharpening */ +#define TIFFTAG_BAYERGREENSPLIT 50733 /* &how closely the values of + the green pixels in the + blue/green rows track the + values of the green pixels + in the red/green rows */ +#define TIFFTAG_LINEARRESPONSELIMIT 50734 /* &non-linear encoding range */ +#define TIFFTAG_CAMERASERIALNUMBER 50735 /* &camera's serial number */ +#define TIFFTAG_LENSINFO 50736 /* info about the lens */ +#define TIFFTAG_CHROMABLURRADIUS 50737 /* &chroma blur radius */ +#define TIFFTAG_ANTIALIASSTRENGTH 50738 /* &relative strength of the + camera's anti-alias filter */ +#define TIFFTAG_SHADOWSCALE 50739 /* &used by Adobe Camera Raw */ +#define TIFFTAG_DNGPRIVATEDATA 50740 /* &manufacturer's private data */ +#define TIFFTAG_MAKERNOTESAFETY 50741 /* &whether the EXIF MakerNote + tag is safe to preserve + along with the rest of the + EXIF data */ +#define TIFFTAG_CALIBRATIONILLUMINANT1 50778 /* &illuminant 1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_CALIBRATIONILLUMINANT2 50779 /* &illuminant 2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_BESTQUALITYSCALE 50780 /* &best quality multiplier */ +#define TIFFTAG_RAWDATAUNIQUEID 50781 /* &unique identifier for + the raw image data */ +#define TIFFTAG_ORIGINALRAWFILENAME 50827 /* &file name of the original + raw file */ +#define TIFFTAG_ORIGINALRAWFILEDATA 50828 /* &contents of the original + raw file */ +#define TIFFTAG_ACTIVEAREA 50829 /* &active (non-masked) pixels + of the sensor */ +#define TIFFTAG_MASKEDAREAS 50830 /* &list of coordinates + of fully masked pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_ASSHOTICCPROFILE 50831 /* &these two tags used to */ +#define TIFFTAG_ASSHOTPREPROFILEMATRIX 50832 /* map cameras's color space + into ICC profile space */ +#define TIFFTAG_CURRENTICCPROFILE 50833 /* & */ +#define TIFFTAG_CURRENTPREPROFILEMATRIX 50834 /* & */ +/* tag 65535 is an undefined tag used by Eastman Kodak */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSHUESHIFTVALUES 65535 /* hue shift correction data */ + +/* + * The following are ``pseudo tags'' that can be used to control + * codec-specific functionality. These tags are not written to file. + * Note that these values start at 0xffff+1 so that they'll never + * collide with Aldus-assigned tags. + * + * If you want your private pseudo tags ``registered'' (i.e. added to + * this file), please post a bug report via the tracking system at + * http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/bugs.html with the appropriate + * C definitions to add. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXMODE 65536 /* Group 3/4 format control */ +#define FAXMODE_CLASSIC 0x0000 /* default, include RTC */ +#define FAXMODE_NORTC 0x0001 /* no RTC at end of data */ +#define FAXMODE_NOEOL 0x0002 /* no EOL code at end of row */ +#define FAXMODE_BYTEALIGN 0x0004 /* byte align row */ +#define FAXMODE_WORDALIGN 0x0008 /* word align row */ +#define FAXMODE_CLASSF FAXMODE_NORTC /* TIFF Class F */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGQUALITY 65537 /* Compression quality level */ +/* Note: quality level is on the IJG 0-100 scale. Default value is 75 */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGCOLORMODE 65538 /* Auto RGB<=>YCbCr convert? */ +#define JPEGCOLORMODE_RAW 0x0000 /* no conversion (default) */ +#define JPEGCOLORMODE_RGB 0x0001 /* do auto conversion */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGTABLESMODE 65539 /* What to put in JPEGTables */ +#define JPEGTABLESMODE_QUANT 0x0001 /* include quantization tbls */ +#define JPEGTABLESMODE_HUFF 0x0002 /* include Huffman tbls */ +/* Note: default is JPEGTABLESMODE_QUANT | JPEGTABLESMODE_HUFF */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXFILLFUNC 65540 /* G3/G4 fill function */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXARLOGDATAFMT 65549 /* PixarLogCodec I/O data sz */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_8BIT 0 /* regular u_char samples */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_8BITABGR 1 /* ABGR-order u_chars */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_11BITLOG 2 /* 11-bit log-encoded (raw) */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_12BITPICIO 3 /* as per PICIO (1.0==2048) */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_16BIT 4 /* signed short samples */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_FLOAT 5 /* IEEE float samples */ +/* 65550-65556 are allocated to Oceana Matrix */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSIMAGERTYPE 65550 /* imager model & filter */ +#define DCSIMAGERMODEL_M3 0 /* M3 chip (1280 x 1024) */ +#define DCSIMAGERMODEL_M5 1 /* M5 chip (1536 x 1024) */ +#define DCSIMAGERMODEL_M6 2 /* M6 chip (3072 x 2048) */ +#define DCSIMAGERFILTER_IR 0 /* infrared filter */ +#define DCSIMAGERFILTER_MONO 1 /* monochrome filter */ +#define DCSIMAGERFILTER_CFA 2 /* color filter array */ +#define DCSIMAGERFILTER_OTHER 3 /* other filter */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSINTERPMODE 65551 /* interpolation mode */ +#define DCSINTERPMODE_NORMAL 0x0 /* whole image, default */ +#define DCSINTERPMODE_PREVIEW 0x1 /* preview of image (384x256) */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSBALANCEARRAY 65552 /* color balance values */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSCORRECTMATRIX 65553 /* color correction values */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSGAMMA 65554 /* gamma value */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSTOESHOULDERPTS 65555 /* toe & shoulder points */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSCALIBRATIONFD 65556 /* calibration file desc */ +/* Note: quality level is on the ZLIB 1-9 scale. Default value is -1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_ZIPQUALITY 65557 /* compression quality level */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXARLOGQUALITY 65558 /* PixarLog uses same scale */ +/* 65559 is allocated to Oceana Matrix */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSCLIPRECTANGLE 65559 /* area of image to acquire */ +#define TIFFTAG_SGILOGDATAFMT 65560 /* SGILog user data format */ +#define SGILOGDATAFMT_FLOAT 0 /* IEEE float samples */ +#define SGILOGDATAFMT_16BIT 1 /* 16-bit samples */ +#define SGILOGDATAFMT_RAW 2 /* uninterpreted data */ +#define SGILOGDATAFMT_8BIT 3 /* 8-bit RGB monitor values */ +#define TIFFTAG_SGILOGENCODE 65561 /* SGILog data encoding control*/ +#define SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER 0 /* do not dither encoded values*/ +#define SGILOGENCODE_RANDITHER 1 /* randomly dither encd values */ +#define TIFFTAG_LZMAPRESET 65562 /* LZMA2 preset (compression level) */ +#define TIFFTAG_PERSAMPLE 65563 /* interface for per sample tags */ +#define PERSAMPLE_MERGED 0 /* present as a single value */ +#define PERSAMPLE_MULTI 1 /* present as multiple values */ +#define TIFFTAG_ZSTD_LEVEL 65564 /* ZSTD compression level */ +#define TIFFTAG_LERC_VERSION 65565 /* LERC version */ +#define LERC_VERSION_2_4 4 +#define TIFFTAG_LERC_ADD_COMPRESSION 65566 /* LERC additional compression */ +#define LERC_ADD_COMPRESSION_NONE 0 +#define LERC_ADD_COMPRESSION_DEFLATE 1 +#define LERC_ADD_COMPRESSION_ZSTD 2 +#define TIFFTAG_LERC_MAXZERROR 65567 /* LERC maximum error */ +#define TIFFTAG_WEBP_LEVEL 65568 /* WebP compression level: WARNING not registered in Adobe-maintained registry */ +#define TIFFTAG_WEBP_LOSSLESS 65569 /* WebP lossless/lossy : WARNING not registered in Adobe-maintained registry */ + +/* + * EXIF tags + */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSURETIME 33434 /* Exposure time */ +#define EXIFTAG_FNUMBER 33437 /* F number */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSUREPROGRAM 34850 /* Exposure program */ +#define EXIFTAG_SPECTRALSENSITIVITY 34852 /* Spectral sensitivity */ +#define EXIFTAG_ISOSPEEDRATINGS 34855 /* ISO speed rating */ +#define EXIFTAG_OECF 34856 /* Optoelectric conversion + factor */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXIFVERSION 36864 /* Exif version */ +#define EXIFTAG_DATETIMEORIGINAL 36867 /* Date and time of original + data generation */ +#define EXIFTAG_DATETIMEDIGITIZED 36868 /* Date and time of digital + data generation */ +#define EXIFTAG_COMPONENTSCONFIGURATION 37121 /* Meaning of each component */ +#define EXIFTAG_COMPRESSEDBITSPERPIXEL 37122 /* Image compression mode */ +#define EXIFTAG_SHUTTERSPEEDVALUE 37377 /* Shutter speed */ +#define EXIFTAG_APERTUREVALUE 37378 /* Aperture */ +#define EXIFTAG_BRIGHTNESSVALUE 37379 /* Brightness */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSUREBIASVALUE 37380 /* Exposure bias */ +#define EXIFTAG_MAXAPERTUREVALUE 37381 /* Maximum lens aperture */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBJECTDISTANCE 37382 /* Subject distance */ +#define EXIFTAG_METERINGMODE 37383 /* Metering mode */ +#define EXIFTAG_LIGHTSOURCE 37384 /* Light source */ +#define EXIFTAG_FLASH 37385 /* Flash */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALLENGTH 37386 /* Lens focal length */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBJECTAREA 37396 /* Subject area */ +#define EXIFTAG_MAKERNOTE 37500 /* Manufacturer notes */ +#define EXIFTAG_USERCOMMENT 37510 /* User comments */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBSECTIME 37520 /* DateTime subseconds */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBSECTIMEORIGINAL 37521 /* DateTimeOriginal subseconds */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBSECTIMEDIGITIZED 37522 /* DateTimeDigitized subseconds */ +#define EXIFTAG_FLASHPIXVERSION 40960 /* Supported Flashpix version */ +#define EXIFTAG_COLORSPACE 40961 /* Color space information */ +#define EXIFTAG_PIXELXDIMENSION 40962 /* Valid image width */ +#define EXIFTAG_PIXELYDIMENSION 40963 /* Valid image height */ +#define EXIFTAG_RELATEDSOUNDFILE 40964 /* Related audio file */ +#define EXIFTAG_FLASHENERGY 41483 /* Flash energy */ +#define EXIFTAG_SPATIALFREQUENCYRESPONSE 41484 /* Spatial frequency response */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALPLANEXRESOLUTION 41486 /* Focal plane X resolution */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALPLANEYRESOLUTION 41487 /* Focal plane Y resolution */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALPLANERESOLUTIONUNIT 41488 /* Focal plane resolution unit */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBJECTLOCATION 41492 /* Subject location */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSUREINDEX 41493 /* Exposure index */ +#define EXIFTAG_SENSINGMETHOD 41495 /* Sensing method */ +#define EXIFTAG_FILESOURCE 41728 /* File source */ +#define EXIFTAG_SCENETYPE 41729 /* Scene type */ +#define EXIFTAG_CFAPATTERN 41730 /* CFA pattern */ +#define EXIFTAG_CUSTOMRENDERED 41985 /* Custom image processing */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSUREMODE 41986 /* Exposure mode */ +#define EXIFTAG_WHITEBALANCE 41987 /* White balance */ +#define EXIFTAG_DIGITALZOOMRATIO 41988 /* Digital zoom ratio */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALLENGTHIN35MMFILM 41989 /* Focal length in 35 mm film */ +#define EXIFTAG_SCENECAPTURETYPE 41990 /* Scene capture type */ +#define EXIFTAG_GAINCONTROL 41991 /* Gain control */ +#define EXIFTAG_CONTRAST 41992 /* Contrast */ +#define EXIFTAG_SATURATION 41993 /* Saturation */ +#define EXIFTAG_SHARPNESS 41994 /* Sharpness */ +#define EXIFTAG_DEVICESETTINGDESCRIPTION 41995 /* Device settings description */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBJECTDISTANCERANGE 41996 /* Subject distance range */ +#define EXIFTAG_GAINCONTROL 41991 /* Gain control */ +#define EXIFTAG_GAINCONTROL 41991 /* Gain control */ +#define EXIFTAG_IMAGEUNIQUEID 42016 /* Unique image ID */ + +#endif /* _TIFF_ */ + +/* vim: set ts=8 sts=8 sw=8 noet: */ +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 8 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/libs/libtiff/tiffconf.h b/libs/libtiff/tiffconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be17c49 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libtiff/tiffconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/* libtiff/tiffconf.h. Generated from tiffconf.h.in by configure. */ +/* + Configuration defines for installed libtiff. + This file maintained for backward compatibility. Do not use definitions + from this file in your programs. +*/ + +#ifndef _TIFFCONF_ +#define _TIFFCONF_ + +/* Signed 16-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT16_T signed short + +/* Signed 32-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT32_T signed int + +/* Signed 64-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT64_T signed long long + +/* Signed 8-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT8_T signed char + +/* Unsigned 16-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT16_T unsigned short + +/* Unsigned 32-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT32_T unsigned int + +/* Unsigned 64-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT64_T unsigned long long + +/* Unsigned 8-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT8_T unsigned char + +/* Signed size type */ +#define TIFF_SSIZE_T signed int + +/* Pointer difference type */ +#define TIFF_PTRDIFF_T ptrdiff_t + +/* Compatibility stuff. */ + +/* Define as 0 or 1 according to the floating point format suported by the + machine */ +#define HAVE_IEEEFP 1 + +/* Set the native cpu bit order (FILLORDER_LSB2MSB or FILLORDER_MSB2LSB) */ +#define HOST_FILLORDER FILLORDER_MSB2LSB + +/* Native cpu byte order: 1 if big-endian (Motorola) or 0 if little-endian + (Intel) */ +#define HOST_BIGENDIAN 0 + +/* Support CCITT Group 3 & 4 algorithms */ +#define CCITT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support JPEG compression (requires IJG JPEG library) */ +#define JPEG_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support JBIG compression (requires JBIG-KIT library) */ +/* #undef JBIG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support LogLuv high dynamic range encoding */ +#define LOGLUV_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support LZW algorithm */ +#define LZW_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support NeXT 2-bit RLE algorithm */ +#define NEXT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Old JPEG compresson (read contrib/ojpeg/README first! Compilation + fails with unpatched IJG JPEG library) */ +#define OJPEG_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Macintosh PackBits algorithm */ +#define PACKBITS_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Pixar log-format algorithm (requires Zlib) */ +#define PIXARLOG_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support ThunderScan 4-bit RLE algorithm */ +#define THUNDER_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Deflate compression */ +#define ZIP_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support strip chopping (whether or not to convert single-strip uncompressed + images to mutiple strips of ~8Kb to reduce memory usage) */ +#define STRIPCHOP_DEFAULT TIFF_STRIPCHOP + +/* Enable SubIFD tag (330) support */ +#define SUBIFD_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Treat extra sample as alpha (default enabled). The RGBA interface will + treat a fourth sample with no EXTRASAMPLE_ value as being ASSOCALPHA. Many + packages produce RGBA files but don't mark the alpha properly. */ +#define DEFAULT_EXTRASAMPLE_AS_ALPHA 1 + +/* Pick up YCbCr subsampling info from the JPEG data stream to support files + lacking the tag (default enabled). */ +#define CHECK_JPEG_YCBCR_SUBSAMPLING 1 + +/* Support MS MDI magic number files as TIFF */ +#define MDI_SUPPORT 1 + +/* + * Feature support definitions. + * XXX: These macros are obsoleted. Don't use them in your apps! + * Macros stays here for backward compatibility and should be always defined. + */ +#define COLORIMETRY_SUPPORT +#define YCBCR_SUPPORT +#define CMYK_SUPPORT +#define ICC_SUPPORT +#define PHOTOSHOP_SUPPORT +#define IPTC_SUPPORT + +#endif /* _TIFFCONF_ */ diff --git a/libs/libtiff/tiffio.h b/libs/libtiff/tiffio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..198481d --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libtiff/tiffio.h @@ -0,0 +1,568 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler + * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided + * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in + * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of + * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or + * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written + * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY + * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, + * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, + * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF + * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef _TIFFIO_ +#define _TIFFIO_ + +/* + * TIFF I/O Library Definitions. + */ +#include "tiff.h" +#include "tiffvers.h" + +/* + * TIFF is defined as an incomplete type to hide the + * library's internal data structures from clients. + */ +typedef struct tiff TIFF; + +/* + * The following typedefs define the intrinsic size of + * data types used in the *exported* interfaces. These + * definitions depend on the proper definition of types + * in tiff.h. Note also that the varargs interface used + * to pass tag types and values uses the types defined in + * tiff.h directly. + * + * NB: ttag_t is unsigned int and not unsigned short because + * ANSI C requires that the type before the ellipsis be a + * promoted type (i.e. one of int, unsigned int, pointer, + * or double) and because we defined pseudo-tags that are + * outside the range of legal Aldus-assigned tags. + * NB: tsize_t is signed and not unsigned because some functions + * return -1. + * NB: toff_t is not off_t for many reasons; TIFFs max out at + * 32-bit file offsets, and BigTIFF maxes out at 64-bit + * offsets being the most important, and to ensure use of + * a consistently unsigned type across architectures. + * Prior to libtiff 4.0, this was an unsigned 32 bit type. + */ +/* + * this is the machine addressing size type, only it's signed, so make it + * int32 on 32bit machines, int64 on 64bit machines + */ +typedef TIFF_SSIZE_T tmsize_t; +typedef uint64 toff_t; /* file offset */ +/* the following are deprecated and should be replaced by their defining + counterparts */ +typedef uint32 ttag_t; /* directory tag */ +typedef uint16 tdir_t; /* directory index */ +typedef uint16 tsample_t; /* sample number */ +typedef uint32 tstrile_t; /* strip or tile number */ +typedef tstrile_t tstrip_t; /* strip number */ +typedef tstrile_t ttile_t; /* tile number */ +typedef tmsize_t tsize_t; /* i/o size in bytes */ +typedef void* tdata_t; /* image data ref */ + +#if !defined(__WIN32__) && (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)) +#define __WIN32__ +#endif + +/* + * On windows you should define USE_WIN32_FILEIO if you are using tif_win32.c + * or AVOID_WIN32_FILEIO if you are using something else (like tif_unix.c). + * + * By default tif_unix.c is assumed. + */ + +#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_Windows) +# if !defined(__CYGWIN) && !defined(AVOID_WIN32_FILEIO) && !defined(USE_WIN32_FILEIO) +# define AVOID_WIN32_FILEIO +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(USE_WIN32_FILEIO) +# define VC_EXTRALEAN +# include +# ifdef __WIN32__ +DECLARE_HANDLE(thandle_t); /* Win32 file handle */ +# else +typedef HFILE thandle_t; /* client data handle */ +# endif /* __WIN32__ */ +#else +typedef void* thandle_t; /* client data handle */ +#endif /* USE_WIN32_FILEIO */ + +/* + * Flags to pass to TIFFPrintDirectory to control + * printing of data structures that are potentially + * very large. Bit-or these flags to enable printing + * multiple items. + */ +#define TIFFPRINT_NONE 0x0 /* no extra info */ +#define TIFFPRINT_STRIPS 0x1 /* strips/tiles info */ +#define TIFFPRINT_CURVES 0x2 /* color/gray response curves */ +#define TIFFPRINT_COLORMAP 0x4 /* colormap */ +#define TIFFPRINT_JPEGQTABLES 0x100 /* JPEG Q matrices */ +#define TIFFPRINT_JPEGACTABLES 0x200 /* JPEG AC tables */ +#define TIFFPRINT_JPEGDCTABLES 0x200 /* JPEG DC tables */ + +/* + * Colour conversion stuff + */ + +/* reference white */ +#define D65_X0 (95.0470F) +#define D65_Y0 (100.0F) +#define D65_Z0 (108.8827F) + +#define D50_X0 (96.4250F) +#define D50_Y0 (100.0F) +#define D50_Z0 (82.4680F) + +/* Structure for holding information about a display device. */ + +typedef unsigned char TIFFRGBValue; /* 8-bit samples */ + +typedef struct { + float d_mat[3][3]; /* XYZ -> luminance matrix */ + float d_YCR; /* Light o/p for reference white */ + float d_YCG; + float d_YCB; + uint32 d_Vrwr; /* Pixel values for ref. white */ + uint32 d_Vrwg; + uint32 d_Vrwb; + float d_Y0R; /* Residual light for black pixel */ + float d_Y0G; + float d_Y0B; + float d_gammaR; /* Gamma values for the three guns */ + float d_gammaG; + float d_gammaB; +} TIFFDisplay; + +typedef struct { /* YCbCr->RGB support */ + TIFFRGBValue* clamptab; /* range clamping table */ + int* Cr_r_tab; + int* Cb_b_tab; + int32* Cr_g_tab; + int32* Cb_g_tab; + int32* Y_tab; +} TIFFYCbCrToRGB; + +typedef struct { /* CIE Lab 1976->RGB support */ + int range; /* Size of conversion table */ +#define CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE 1500 + float rstep, gstep, bstep; + float X0, Y0, Z0; /* Reference white point */ + TIFFDisplay display; + float Yr2r[CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE + 1]; /* Conversion of Yr to r */ + float Yg2g[CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE + 1]; /* Conversion of Yg to g */ + float Yb2b[CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE + 1]; /* Conversion of Yb to b */ +} TIFFCIELabToRGB; + +/* + * RGBA-style image support. + */ +typedef struct _TIFFRGBAImage TIFFRGBAImage; +/* + * The image reading and conversion routines invoke + * ``put routines'' to copy/image/whatever tiles of + * raw image data. A default set of routines are + * provided to convert/copy raw image data to 8-bit + * packed ABGR format rasters. Applications can supply + * alternate routines that unpack the data into a + * different format or, for example, unpack the data + * and draw the unpacked raster on the display. + */ +typedef void (*tileContigRoutine) + (TIFFRGBAImage*, uint32*, uint32, uint32, uint32, uint32, int32, int32, + unsigned char*); +typedef void (*tileSeparateRoutine) + (TIFFRGBAImage*, uint32*, uint32, uint32, uint32, uint32, int32, int32, + unsigned char*, unsigned char*, unsigned char*, unsigned char*); +/* + * RGBA-reader state. + */ +struct _TIFFRGBAImage { + TIFF* tif; /* image handle */ + int stoponerr; /* stop on read error */ + int isContig; /* data is packed/separate */ + int alpha; /* type of alpha data present */ + uint32 width; /* image width */ + uint32 height; /* image height */ + uint16 bitspersample; /* image bits/sample */ + uint16 samplesperpixel; /* image samples/pixel */ + uint16 orientation; /* image orientation */ + uint16 req_orientation; /* requested orientation */ + uint16 photometric; /* image photometric interp */ + uint16* redcmap; /* colormap palette */ + uint16* greencmap; + uint16* bluecmap; + /* get image data routine */ + int (*get)(TIFFRGBAImage*, uint32*, uint32, uint32); + /* put decoded strip/tile */ + union { + void (*any)(TIFFRGBAImage*); + tileContigRoutine contig; + tileSeparateRoutine separate; + } put; + TIFFRGBValue* Map; /* sample mapping array */ + uint32** BWmap; /* black&white map */ + uint32** PALmap; /* palette image map */ + TIFFYCbCrToRGB* ycbcr; /* YCbCr conversion state */ + TIFFCIELabToRGB* cielab; /* CIE L*a*b conversion state */ + + uint8* UaToAa; /* Unassociated alpha to associated alpha conversion LUT */ + uint8* Bitdepth16To8; /* LUT for conversion from 16bit to 8bit values */ + + int row_offset; + int col_offset; +}; + +/* + * Macros for extracting components from the + * packed ABGR form returned by TIFFReadRGBAImage. + */ +#define TIFFGetR(abgr) ((abgr) & 0xff) +#define TIFFGetG(abgr) (((abgr) >> 8) & 0xff) +#define TIFFGetB(abgr) (((abgr) >> 16) & 0xff) +#define TIFFGetA(abgr) (((abgr) >> 24) & 0xff) + +/* + * A CODEC is a software package that implements decoding, + * encoding, or decoding+encoding of a compression algorithm. + * The library provides a collection of builtin codecs. + * More codecs may be registered through calls to the library + * and/or the builtin implementations may be overridden. + */ +typedef int (*TIFFInitMethod)(TIFF*, int); +typedef struct { + char* name; + uint16 scheme; + TIFFInitMethod init; +} TIFFCodec; + +#include +#include + +/* share internal LogLuv conversion routines? */ +#ifndef LOGLUV_PUBLIC +#define LOGLUV_PUBLIC 1 +#endif + +#if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__attribute__) +# define __attribute__(x) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +#if defined(c_plusplus) || defined(__cplusplus) +extern "C" { +#endif +typedef void (*TIFFErrorHandler)(const char*, const char*, va_list); +typedef void (*TIFFErrorHandlerExt)(thandle_t, const char*, const char*, va_list); +typedef tmsize_t (*TIFFReadWriteProc)(thandle_t, void*, tmsize_t); +typedef toff_t (*TIFFSeekProc)(thandle_t, toff_t, int); +typedef int (*TIFFCloseProc)(thandle_t); +typedef toff_t (*TIFFSizeProc)(thandle_t); +typedef int (*TIFFMapFileProc)(thandle_t, void** base, toff_t* size); +typedef void (*TIFFUnmapFileProc)(thandle_t, void* base, toff_t size); +typedef void (*TIFFExtendProc)(TIFF*); + +extern const char* TIFFGetVersion(void); + +extern const TIFFCodec* TIFFFindCODEC(uint16); +extern TIFFCodec* TIFFRegisterCODEC(uint16, const char*, TIFFInitMethod); +extern void TIFFUnRegisterCODEC(TIFFCodec*); +extern int TIFFIsCODECConfigured(uint16); +extern TIFFCodec* TIFFGetConfiguredCODECs(void); + +/* + * Auxiliary functions. + */ + +extern void* _TIFFmalloc(tmsize_t s); +extern void* _TIFFcalloc(tmsize_t nmemb, tmsize_t siz); +extern void* _TIFFrealloc(void* p, tmsize_t s); +extern void _TIFFmemset(void* p, int v, tmsize_t c); +extern void _TIFFmemcpy(void* d, const void* s, tmsize_t c); +extern int _TIFFmemcmp(const void* p1, const void* p2, tmsize_t c); +extern void _TIFFfree(void* p); + +/* +** Stuff, related to tag handling and creating custom tags. +*/ +extern int TIFFGetTagListCount( TIFF * ); +extern uint32 TIFFGetTagListEntry( TIFF *, int tag_index ); + +#define TIFF_ANY TIFF_NOTYPE /* for field descriptor searching */ +#define TIFF_VARIABLE -1 /* marker for variable length tags */ +#define TIFF_SPP -2 /* marker for SamplesPerPixel tags */ +#define TIFF_VARIABLE2 -3 /* marker for uint32 var-length tags */ + +#define FIELD_CUSTOM 65 + +typedef struct _TIFFField TIFFField; +typedef struct _TIFFFieldArray TIFFFieldArray; + +extern const TIFFField* TIFFFindField(TIFF *, uint32, TIFFDataType); +extern const TIFFField* TIFFFieldWithTag(TIFF*, uint32); +extern const TIFFField* TIFFFieldWithName(TIFF*, const char *); + +extern uint32 TIFFFieldTag(const TIFFField*); +extern const char* TIFFFieldName(const TIFFField*); +extern TIFFDataType TIFFFieldDataType(const TIFFField*); +extern int TIFFFieldPassCount(const TIFFField*); +extern int TIFFFieldReadCount(const TIFFField*); +extern int TIFFFieldWriteCount(const TIFFField*); + +typedef int (*TIFFVSetMethod)(TIFF*, uint32, va_list); +typedef int (*TIFFVGetMethod)(TIFF*, uint32, va_list); +typedef void (*TIFFPrintMethod)(TIFF*, FILE*, long); + +typedef struct { + TIFFVSetMethod vsetfield; /* tag set routine */ + TIFFVGetMethod vgetfield; /* tag get routine */ + TIFFPrintMethod printdir; /* directory print routine */ +} TIFFTagMethods; + +extern TIFFTagMethods *TIFFAccessTagMethods(TIFF *); +extern void *TIFFGetClientInfo(TIFF *, const char *); +extern void TIFFSetClientInfo(TIFF *, void *, const char *); + +extern void TIFFCleanup(TIFF* tif); +extern void TIFFClose(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFFlush(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFFlushData(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFGetField(TIFF* tif, uint32 tag, ...); +extern int TIFFVGetField(TIFF* tif, uint32 tag, va_list ap); +extern int TIFFGetFieldDefaulted(TIFF* tif, uint32 tag, ...); +extern int TIFFVGetFieldDefaulted(TIFF* tif, uint32 tag, va_list ap); +extern int TIFFReadDirectory(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFReadCustomDirectory(TIFF* tif, toff_t diroff, const TIFFFieldArray* infoarray); +extern int TIFFReadEXIFDirectory(TIFF* tif, toff_t diroff); +extern uint64 TIFFScanlineSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFScanlineSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFRasterScanlineSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFRasterScanlineSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFStripSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFStripSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFRawStripSize64(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip); +extern tmsize_t TIFFRawStripSize(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip); +extern uint64 TIFFVStripSize64(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows); +extern tmsize_t TIFFVStripSize(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows); +extern uint64 TIFFTileRowSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFTileRowSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFTileSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFTileSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFVTileSize64(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows); +extern tmsize_t TIFFVTileSize(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows); +extern uint32 TIFFDefaultStripSize(TIFF* tif, uint32 request); +extern void TIFFDefaultTileSize(TIFF*, uint32*, uint32*); +extern int TIFFFileno(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFSetFileno(TIFF*, int); +extern thandle_t TIFFClientdata(TIFF*); +extern thandle_t TIFFSetClientdata(TIFF*, thandle_t); +extern int TIFFGetMode(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFSetMode(TIFF*, int); +extern int TIFFIsTiled(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFIsByteSwapped(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFIsUpSampled(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFIsMSB2LSB(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFIsBigEndian(TIFF*); +extern TIFFReadWriteProc TIFFGetReadProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFReadWriteProc TIFFGetWriteProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFSeekProc TIFFGetSeekProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFCloseProc TIFFGetCloseProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFSizeProc TIFFGetSizeProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFMapFileProc TIFFGetMapFileProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFUnmapFileProc TIFFGetUnmapFileProc(TIFF*); +extern uint32 TIFFCurrentRow(TIFF*); +extern uint16 TIFFCurrentDirectory(TIFF*); +extern uint16 TIFFNumberOfDirectories(TIFF*); +extern uint64 TIFFCurrentDirOffset(TIFF*); +extern uint32 TIFFCurrentStrip(TIFF*); +extern uint32 TIFFCurrentTile(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFReadBufferSetup(TIFF* tif, void* bp, tmsize_t size); +extern int TIFFWriteBufferSetup(TIFF* tif, void* bp, tmsize_t size); +extern int TIFFSetupStrips(TIFF *); +extern int TIFFWriteCheck(TIFF*, int, const char *); +extern void TIFFFreeDirectory(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFCreateDirectory(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFCreateCustomDirectory(TIFF*,const TIFFFieldArray*); +extern int TIFFCreateEXIFDirectory(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFLastDirectory(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFSetDirectory(TIFF*, uint16); +extern int TIFFSetSubDirectory(TIFF*, uint64); +extern int TIFFUnlinkDirectory(TIFF*, uint16); +extern int TIFFSetField(TIFF*, uint32, ...); +extern int TIFFVSetField(TIFF*, uint32, va_list); +extern int TIFFUnsetField(TIFF*, uint32); +extern int TIFFWriteDirectory(TIFF *); +extern int TIFFWriteCustomDirectory(TIFF *, uint64 *); +extern int TIFFCheckpointDirectory(TIFF *); +extern int TIFFRewriteDirectory(TIFF *); +extern int TIFFDeferStrileArrayWriting(TIFF *); +extern int TIFFForceStrileArrayWriting(TIFF* ); + +#if defined(c_plusplus) || defined(__cplusplus) +extern void TIFFPrintDirectory(TIFF*, FILE*, long = 0); +extern int TIFFReadScanline(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 row, uint16 sample = 0); +extern int TIFFWriteScanline(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 row, uint16 sample = 0); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAImage(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32*, int = 0); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAImageOriented(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32*, + int = ORIENTATION_BOTLEFT, int = 0); +#else +extern void TIFFPrintDirectory(TIFF*, FILE*, long); +extern int TIFFReadScanline(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 row, uint16 sample); +extern int TIFFWriteScanline(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 row, uint16 sample); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAImage(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32*, int); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAImageOriented(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32*, int, int); +#endif + +extern int TIFFReadRGBAStrip(TIFF*, uint32, uint32 * ); +extern int TIFFReadRGBATile(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32 * ); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAStripExt(TIFF*, uint32, uint32 *, int stop_on_error ); +extern int TIFFReadRGBATileExt(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32 *, int stop_on_error ); +extern int TIFFRGBAImageOK(TIFF*, char [1024]); +extern int TIFFRGBAImageBegin(TIFFRGBAImage*, TIFF*, int, char [1024]); +extern int TIFFRGBAImageGet(TIFFRGBAImage*, uint32*, uint32, uint32); +extern void TIFFRGBAImageEnd(TIFFRGBAImage*); +extern TIFF* TIFFOpen(const char*, const char*); +# ifdef __WIN32__ +extern TIFF* TIFFOpenW(const wchar_t*, const char*); +# endif /* __WIN32__ */ +extern TIFF* TIFFFdOpen(int, const char*, const char*); +extern TIFF* TIFFClientOpen(const char*, const char*, + thandle_t, + TIFFReadWriteProc, TIFFReadWriteProc, + TIFFSeekProc, TIFFCloseProc, + TIFFSizeProc, + TIFFMapFileProc, TIFFUnmapFileProc); +extern const char* TIFFFileName(TIFF*); +extern const char* TIFFSetFileName(TIFF*, const char *); +extern void TIFFError(const char*, const char*, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__,2,3))); +extern void TIFFErrorExt(thandle_t, const char*, const char*, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__,3,4))); +extern void TIFFWarning(const char*, const char*, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__,2,3))); +extern void TIFFWarningExt(thandle_t, const char*, const char*, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__,3,4))); +extern TIFFErrorHandler TIFFSetErrorHandler(TIFFErrorHandler); +extern TIFFErrorHandlerExt TIFFSetErrorHandlerExt(TIFFErrorHandlerExt); +extern TIFFErrorHandler TIFFSetWarningHandler(TIFFErrorHandler); +extern TIFFErrorHandlerExt TIFFSetWarningHandlerExt(TIFFErrorHandlerExt); +extern TIFFExtendProc TIFFSetTagExtender(TIFFExtendProc); +extern uint32 TIFFComputeTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 x, uint32 y, uint32 z, uint16 s); +extern int TIFFCheckTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 x, uint32 y, uint32 z, uint16 s); +extern uint32 TIFFNumberOfTiles(TIFF*); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadTile(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 x, uint32 y, uint32 z, uint16 s); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteTile(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 x, uint32 y, uint32 z, uint16 s); +extern uint32 TIFFComputeStrip(TIFF*, uint32, uint16); +extern uint32 TIFFNumberOfStrips(TIFF*); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadEncodedStrip(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip, void* buf, tmsize_t size); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadRawStrip(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip, void* buf, tmsize_t size); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadEncodedTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 tile, void* buf, tmsize_t size); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadRawTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 tile, void* buf, tmsize_t size); +extern int TIFFReadFromUserBuffer(TIFF* tif, uint32 strile, + void* inbuf, tmsize_t insize, + void* outbuf, tmsize_t outsize); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteEncodedStrip(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip, void* data, tmsize_t cc); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteRawStrip(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip, void* data, tmsize_t cc); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteEncodedTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 tile, void* data, tmsize_t cc); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteRawTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 tile, void* data, tmsize_t cc); +extern int TIFFDataWidth(TIFFDataType); /* table of tag datatype widths */ +extern void TIFFSetWriteOffset(TIFF* tif, toff_t off); +extern void TIFFSwabShort(uint16*); +extern void TIFFSwabLong(uint32*); +extern void TIFFSwabLong8(uint64*); +extern void TIFFSwabFloat(float*); +extern void TIFFSwabDouble(double*); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfShort(uint16* wp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfTriples(uint8* tp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfLong(uint32* lp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfLong8(uint64* lp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfFloat(float* fp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfDouble(double* dp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFReverseBits(uint8* cp, tmsize_t n); +extern const unsigned char* TIFFGetBitRevTable(int); + +extern uint64 TIFFGetStrileOffset(TIFF *tif, uint32 strile); +extern uint64 TIFFGetStrileByteCount(TIFF *tif, uint32 strile); +extern uint64 TIFFGetStrileOffsetWithErr(TIFF *tif, uint32 strile, int *pbErr); +extern uint64 TIFFGetStrileByteCountWithErr(TIFF *tif, uint32 strile, int *pbErr); + +#ifdef LOGLUV_PUBLIC +#define U_NEU 0.210526316 +#define V_NEU 0.473684211 +#define UVSCALE 410. +extern double LogL16toY(int); +extern double LogL10toY(int); +extern void XYZtoRGB24(float*, uint8*); +extern int uv_decode(double*, double*, int); +extern void LogLuv24toXYZ(uint32, float*); +extern void LogLuv32toXYZ(uint32, float*); +#if defined(c_plusplus) || defined(__cplusplus) +extern int LogL16fromY(double, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +extern int LogL10fromY(double, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +extern int uv_encode(double, double, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +extern uint32 LogLuv24fromXYZ(float*, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +extern uint32 LogLuv32fromXYZ(float*, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +#else +extern int LogL16fromY(double, int); +extern int LogL10fromY(double, int); +extern int uv_encode(double, double, int); +extern uint32 LogLuv24fromXYZ(float*, int); +extern uint32 LogLuv32fromXYZ(float*, int); +#endif +#endif /* LOGLUV_PUBLIC */ + +extern int TIFFCIELabToRGBInit(TIFFCIELabToRGB*, const TIFFDisplay *, float*); +extern void TIFFCIELabToXYZ(TIFFCIELabToRGB *, uint32, int32, int32, + float *, float *, float *); +extern void TIFFXYZToRGB(TIFFCIELabToRGB *, float, float, float, + uint32 *, uint32 *, uint32 *); + +extern int TIFFYCbCrToRGBInit(TIFFYCbCrToRGB*, float*, float*); +extern void TIFFYCbCrtoRGB(TIFFYCbCrToRGB *, uint32, int32, int32, + uint32 *, uint32 *, uint32 *); + +/**************************************************************************** + * O B S O L E T E D I N T E R F A C E S + * + * Don't use this stuff in your applications, it may be removed in the future + * libtiff versions. + ****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct { + ttag_t field_tag; /* field's tag */ + short field_readcount; /* read count/TIFF_VARIABLE/TIFF_SPP */ + short field_writecount; /* write count/TIFF_VARIABLE */ + TIFFDataType field_type; /* type of associated data */ + unsigned short field_bit; /* bit in fieldsset bit vector */ + unsigned char field_oktochange; /* if true, can change while writing */ + unsigned char field_passcount; /* if true, pass dir count on set */ + char *field_name; /* ASCII name */ +} TIFFFieldInfo; + +extern int TIFFMergeFieldInfo(TIFF*, const TIFFFieldInfo[], uint32); + +#if defined(c_plusplus) || defined(__cplusplus) +} +#endif + +#endif /* _TIFFIO_ */ + +/* vim: set ts=8 sts=8 sw=8 noet: */ +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 8 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/libs/libtiff/tiffvers.h b/libs/libtiff/tiffvers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa3f613 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/libtiff/tiffvers.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#define TIFFLIB_VERSION_STR "LIBTIFF, Version 4.1.0\nCopyright (c) 1988-1996 Sam Leffler\nCopyright (c) 1991-1996 Silicon Graphics, Inc." +/* + * This define can be used in code that requires + * compilation-related definitions specific to a + * version or versions of the library. Runtime + * version checking should be done based on the + * string returned by TIFFGetVersion. + */ +#define TIFFLIB_VERSION 20191103 diff --git a/libs/webp/COPYING b/libs/webp/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a6f995 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/webp/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc. All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in + the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + distribution. + + * Neither the name of Google nor the names of its contributors may + be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + diff --git a/libs/webp/decode.h b/libs/webp/decode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80dd0ef --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/webp/decode.h @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Main decoding functions for WebP images. +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ + +#include "./types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0209 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b) + +// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++, +// the types are left here for reference. +// typedef enum VP8StatusCode VP8StatusCode; +// typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE WEBP_CSP_MODE; +typedef struct WebPRGBABuffer WebPRGBABuffer; +typedef struct WebPYUVABuffer WebPYUVABuffer; +typedef struct WebPDecBuffer WebPDecBuffer; +typedef struct WebPIDecoder WebPIDecoder; +typedef struct WebPBitstreamFeatures WebPBitstreamFeatures; +typedef struct WebPDecoderOptions WebPDecoderOptions; +typedef struct WebPDecoderConfig WebPDecoderConfig; + +// Return the decoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for +// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetDecoderVersion(void); + +// Retrieve basic header information: width, height. +// This function will also validate the header, returning true on success, +// false otherwise. '*width' and '*height' are only valid on successful return. +// Pointers 'width' and 'height' can be passed NULL if deemed irrelevant. +// Note: The following chunk sequences (before the raw VP8/VP8L data) are +// considered valid by this function: +// RIFF + VP8(L) +// RIFF + VP8X + (optional chunks) + VP8(L) +// ALPH + VP8 <-- Not a valid WebP format: only allowed for internal purpose. +// VP8(L) <-- Not a valid WebP format: only allowed for internal purpose. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetInfo(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Decodes WebP images pointed to by 'data' and returns RGBA samples, along +// with the dimensions in *width and *height. The ordering of samples in +// memory is R, G, B, A, R, G, B, A... in scan order (endian-independent). +// The returned pointer should be deleted calling WebPFree(). +// Returns NULL in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning A, R, G, B, A, R, G, B... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeARGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning B, G, R, A, B, G, R, A... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning R, G, B, R, G, B... ordered data. +// If the bitstream contains transparency, it is ignored. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGB, but returning B, G, R, B, G, R... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGR(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + + +// Decode WebP images pointed to by 'data' to Y'UV format(*). The pointer +// returned is the Y samples buffer. Upon return, *u and *v will point to +// the U and V chroma data. These U and V buffers need NOT be passed to +// WebPFree(), unlike the returned Y luma one. The dimension of the U and V +// planes are both (*width + 1) / 2 and (*height + 1)/ 2. +// Upon return, the Y buffer has a stride returned as '*stride', while U and V +// have a common stride returned as '*uv_stride'. +// Return NULL in case of error. +// (*) Also named Y'CbCr. See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeYUV(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height, + uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, + int* stride, int* uv_stride); + +// These five functions are variants of the above ones, that decode the image +// directly into a pre-allocated buffer 'output_buffer'. The maximum storage +// available in this buffer is indicated by 'output_buffer_size'. If this +// storage is not sufficient (or an error occurred), NULL is returned. +// Otherwise, output_buffer is returned, for convenience. +// The parameter 'output_stride' specifies the distance (in bytes) +// between scanlines. Hence, output_buffer_size is expected to be at least +// output_stride x picture-height. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBAInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeARGBInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRAInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// RGB and BGR variants. Here too the transparency information, if present, +// will be dropped and ignored. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// WebPDecodeYUVInto() is a variant of WebPDecodeYUV() that operates directly +// into pre-allocated luma/chroma plane buffers. This function requires the +// strides to be passed: one for the luma plane and one for each of the +// chroma ones. The size of each plane buffer is passed as 'luma_size', +// 'u_size' and 'v_size' respectively. +// Pointer to the luma plane ('*luma') is returned or NULL if an error occurred +// during decoding (or because some buffers were found to be too small). +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeYUVInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Output colorspaces and buffer + +// Colorspaces +// Note: the naming describes the byte-ordering of packed samples in memory. +// For instance, MODE_BGRA relates to samples ordered as B,G,R,A,B,G,R,A,... +// Non-capital names (e.g.:MODE_Argb) relates to pre-multiplied RGB channels. +// RGBA-4444 and RGB-565 colorspaces are represented by following byte-order: +// RGBA-4444: [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], ... +// RGB-565: [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], ... +// In the case WEBP_SWAP_16BITS_CSP is defined, the bytes are swapped for +// these two modes: +// RGBA-4444: [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], ... +// RGB-565: [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], ... + +typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE { + MODE_RGB = 0, MODE_RGBA = 1, + MODE_BGR = 2, MODE_BGRA = 3, + MODE_ARGB = 4, MODE_RGBA_4444 = 5, + MODE_RGB_565 = 6, + // RGB-premultiplied transparent modes (alpha value is preserved) + MODE_rgbA = 7, + MODE_bgrA = 8, + MODE_Argb = 9, + MODE_rgbA_4444 = 10, + // YUV modes must come after RGB ones. + MODE_YUV = 11, MODE_YUVA = 12, // yuv 4:2:0 + MODE_LAST = 13 +} WEBP_CSP_MODE; + +// Some useful macros: +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsPremultipliedMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode == MODE_rgbA || mode == MODE_bgrA || mode == MODE_Argb || + mode == MODE_rgbA_4444); +} + +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsAlphaMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode == MODE_RGBA || mode == MODE_BGRA || mode == MODE_ARGB || + mode == MODE_RGBA_4444 || mode == MODE_YUVA || + WebPIsPremultipliedMode(mode)); +} + +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsRGBMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode < MODE_YUV); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// WebPDecBuffer: Generic structure for describing the output sample buffer. + +struct WebPRGBABuffer { // view as RGBA + uint8_t* rgba; // pointer to RGBA samples + int stride; // stride in bytes from one scanline to the next. + size_t size; // total size of the *rgba buffer. +}; + +struct WebPYUVABuffer { // view as YUVA + uint8_t* y, *u, *v, *a; // pointer to luma, chroma U/V, alpha samples + int y_stride; // luma stride + int u_stride, v_stride; // chroma strides + int a_stride; // alpha stride + size_t y_size; // luma plane size + size_t u_size, v_size; // chroma planes size + size_t a_size; // alpha-plane size +}; + +// Output buffer +struct WebPDecBuffer { + WEBP_CSP_MODE colorspace; // Colorspace. + int width, height; // Dimensions. + int is_external_memory; // If non-zero, 'internal_memory' pointer is not + // used. If value is '2' or more, the external + // memory is considered 'slow' and multiple + // read/write will be avoided. + union { + WebPRGBABuffer RGBA; + WebPYUVABuffer YUVA; + } u; // Nameless union of buffer parameters. + uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use + + uint8_t* private_memory; // Internally allocated memory (only when + // is_external_memory is 0). Should not be used + // externally, but accessed via the buffer union. +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPInitDecBufferInternal(WebPDecBuffer*, int); + +// Initialize the structure as empty. Must be called before any other use. +// Returns false in case of version mismatch +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer) { + return WebPInitDecBufferInternal(buffer, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Free any memory associated with the buffer. Must always be called last. +// Note: doesn't free the 'buffer' structure itself. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPFreeDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Enumeration of the status codes + +typedef enum VP8StatusCode { + VP8_STATUS_OK = 0, + VP8_STATUS_OUT_OF_MEMORY, + VP8_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM, + VP8_STATUS_BITSTREAM_ERROR, + VP8_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE, + VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED, + VP8_STATUS_USER_ABORT, + VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA +} VP8StatusCode; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Incremental decoding +// +// This API allows streamlined decoding of partial data. +// Picture can be incrementally decoded as data become available thanks to the +// WebPIDecoder object. This object can be left in a SUSPENDED state if the +// picture is only partially decoded, pending additional input. +// Code example: +// +// WebPInitDecBuffer(&output_buffer); +// output_buffer.colorspace = mode; +// ... +// WebPIDecoder* idec = WebPINewDecoder(&output_buffer); +// while (additional_data_is_available) { +// // ... (get additional data in some new_data[] buffer) +// status = WebPIAppend(idec, new_data, new_data_size); +// if (status != VP8_STATUS_OK && status != VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED) { +// break; // an error occurred. +// } +// +// // The above call decodes the current available buffer. +// // Part of the image can now be refreshed by calling +// // WebPIDecGetRGB()/WebPIDecGetYUVA() etc. +// } +// WebPIDelete(idec); + +// Creates a new incremental decoder with the supplied buffer parameter. +// This output_buffer can be passed NULL, in which case a default output buffer +// is used (with MODE_RGB). Otherwise, an internal reference to 'output_buffer' +// is kept, which means that the lifespan of 'output_buffer' must be larger than +// that of the returned WebPIDecoder object. +// The supplied 'output_buffer' content MUST NOT be changed between calls to +// WebPIAppend() or WebPIUpdate() unless 'output_buffer.is_external_memory' is +// not set to 0. In such a case, it is allowed to modify the pointers, size and +// stride of output_buffer.u.RGBA or output_buffer.u.YUVA, provided they remain +// within valid bounds. +// All other fields of WebPDecBuffer MUST remain constant between calls. +// Returns NULL if the allocation failed. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewDecoder(WebPDecBuffer* output_buffer); + +// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which +// will output the RGB/A samples specified by 'csp' into a preallocated +// buffer 'output_buffer'. The size of this buffer is at least +// 'output_buffer_size' and the stride (distance in bytes between two scanlines) +// is specified by 'output_stride'. +// Additionally, output_buffer can be passed NULL in which case the output +// buffer will be allocated automatically when the decoding starts. The +// colorspace 'csp' is taken into account for allocating this buffer. All other +// parameters are ignored. +// Returns NULL if the allocation failed, or if some parameters are invalid. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewRGB( + WEBP_CSP_MODE csp, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which +// will output the raw luma/chroma samples into a preallocated planes if +// supplied. The luma plane is specified by its pointer 'luma', its size +// 'luma_size' and its stride 'luma_stride'. Similarly, the chroma-u plane +// is specified by the 'u', 'u_size' and 'u_stride' parameters, and the chroma-v +// plane by 'v' and 'v_size'. And same for the alpha-plane. The 'a' pointer +// can be pass NULL in case one is not interested in the transparency plane. +// Conversely, 'luma' can be passed NULL if no preallocated planes are supplied. +// In this case, the output buffer will be automatically allocated (using +// MODE_YUVA) when decoding starts. All parameters are then ignored. +// Returns NULL if the allocation failed or if a parameter is invalid. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewYUVA( + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride, + uint8_t* a, size_t a_size, int a_stride); + +// Deprecated version of the above, without the alpha plane. +// Kept for backward compatibility. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewYUV( + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride); + +// Deletes the WebPIDecoder object and associated memory. Must always be called +// if WebPINewDecoder, WebPINewRGB or WebPINewYUV succeeded. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPIDelete(WebPIDecoder* idec); + +// Copies and decodes the next available data. Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when +// the image is successfully decoded. Returns VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED when more +// data is expected. Returns error in other cases. +WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPIAppend( + WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size); + +// A variant of the above function to be used when data buffer contains +// partial data from the beginning. In this case data buffer is not copied +// to the internal memory. +// Note that the value of the 'data' pointer can change between calls to +// WebPIUpdate, for instance when the data buffer is resized to fit larger data. +WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPIUpdate( + WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size); + +// Returns the RGB/A image decoded so far. Returns NULL if output params +// are not initialized yet. The RGB/A output type corresponds to the colorspace +// specified during call to WebPINewDecoder() or WebPINewRGB(). +// *last_y is the index of last decoded row in raster scan order. Some pointers +// (*last_y, *width etc.) can be NULL if corresponding information is not +// needed. The values in these pointers are only valid on successful (non-NULL) +// return. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPIDecGetRGB( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, + int* width, int* height, int* stride); + +// Same as above function to get a YUVA image. Returns pointer to the luma +// plane or NULL in case of error. If there is no alpha information +// the alpha pointer '*a' will be returned NULL. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUVA( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, + uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, uint8_t** a, + int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride, int* a_stride); + +// Deprecated alpha-less version of WebPIDecGetYUVA(): it will ignore the +// alpha information (if present). Kept for backward compatibility. +static WEBP_INLINE uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUV( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, + int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride) { + return WebPIDecGetYUVA(idec, last_y, u, v, NULL, width, height, + stride, uv_stride, NULL); +} + +// Generic call to retrieve information about the displayable area. +// If non NULL, the left/right/width/height pointers are filled with the visible +// rectangular area so far. +// Returns NULL in case the incremental decoder object is in an invalid state. +// Otherwise returns the pointer to the internal representation. This structure +// is read-only, tied to WebPIDecoder's lifespan and should not be modified. +WEBP_EXTERN const WebPDecBuffer* WebPIDecodedArea( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* left, int* top, int* width, int* height); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Advanced decoding parametrization +// +// Code sample for using the advanced decoding API +/* + // A) Init a configuration object + WebPDecoderConfig config; + CHECK(WebPInitDecoderConfig(&config)); + + // B) optional: retrieve the bitstream's features. + CHECK(WebPGetFeatures(data, data_size, &config.input) == VP8_STATUS_OK); + + // C) Adjust 'config', if needed + config.no_fancy_upsampling = 1; + config.output.colorspace = MODE_BGRA; + // etc. + + // Note that you can also make config.output point to an externally + // supplied memory buffer, provided it's big enough to store the decoded + // picture. Otherwise, config.output will just be used to allocate memory + // and store the decoded picture. + + // D) Decode! + CHECK(WebPDecode(data, data_size, &config) == VP8_STATUS_OK); + + // E) Decoded image is now in config.output (and config.output.u.RGBA) + + // F) Reclaim memory allocated in config's object. It's safe to call + // this function even if the memory is external and wasn't allocated + // by WebPDecode(). + WebPFreeDecBuffer(&config.output); +*/ + +// Features gathered from the bitstream +struct WebPBitstreamFeatures { + int width; // Width in pixels, as read from the bitstream. + int height; // Height in pixels, as read from the bitstream. + int has_alpha; // True if the bitstream contains an alpha channel. + int has_animation; // True if the bitstream is an animation. + int format; // 0 = undefined (/mixed), 1 = lossy, 2 = lossless + + uint32_t pad[5]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeaturesInternal( + const uint8_t*, size_t, WebPBitstreamFeatures*, int); + +// Retrieve features from the bitstream. The *features structure is filled +// with information gathered from the bitstream. +// Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when the features are successfully retrieved. Returns +// VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA when more data is needed to retrieve the +// features from headers. Returns error in other cases. +// Note: The following chunk sequences (before the raw VP8/VP8L data) are +// considered valid by this function: +// RIFF + VP8(L) +// RIFF + VP8X + (optional chunks) + VP8(L) +// ALPH + VP8 <-- Not a valid WebP format: only allowed for internal purpose. +// VP8(L) <-- Not a valid WebP format: only allowed for internal purpose. +static WEBP_INLINE VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeatures( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPBitstreamFeatures* features) { + return WebPGetFeaturesInternal(data, data_size, features, + WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Decoding options +struct WebPDecoderOptions { + int bypass_filtering; // if true, skip the in-loop filtering + int no_fancy_upsampling; // if true, use faster pointwise upsampler + int use_cropping; // if true, cropping is applied _first_ + int crop_left, crop_top; // top-left position for cropping. + // Will be snapped to even values. + int crop_width, crop_height; // dimension of the cropping area + int use_scaling; // if true, scaling is applied _afterward_ + int scaled_width, scaled_height; // final resolution + int use_threads; // if true, use multi-threaded decoding + int dithering_strength; // dithering strength (0=Off, 100=full) + int flip; // flip output vertically + int alpha_dithering_strength; // alpha dithering strength in [0..100] + + uint32_t pad[5]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Main object storing the configuration for advanced decoding. +struct WebPDecoderConfig { + WebPBitstreamFeatures input; // Immutable bitstream features (optional) + WebPDecBuffer output; // Output buffer (can point to external mem) + WebPDecoderOptions options; // Decoding options +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(WebPDecoderConfig*, int); + +// Initialize the configuration as empty. This function must always be +// called first, unless WebPGetFeatures() is to be called. +// Returns false in case of mismatched version. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecoderConfig(WebPDecoderConfig* config) { + return WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(config, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Instantiate a new incremental decoder object with the requested +// configuration. The bitstream can be passed using 'data' and 'data_size' +// parameter, in which case the features will be parsed and stored into +// config->input. Otherwise, 'data' can be NULL and no parsing will occur. +// Note that 'config' can be NULL too, in which case a default configuration +// is used. If 'config' is not NULL, it must outlive the WebPIDecoder object +// as some references to its fields will be used. No internal copy of 'config' +// is made. +// The return WebPIDecoder object must always be deleted calling WebPIDelete(). +// Returns NULL in case of error (and config->status will then reflect +// the error condition, if available). +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPIDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPDecoderConfig* config); + +// Non-incremental version. This version decodes the full data at once, taking +// 'config' into account. Returns decoding status (which should be VP8_STATUS_OK +// if the decoding was successful). Note that 'config' cannot be NULL. +WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPDecoderConfig* config); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ diff --git a/libs/webp/encode.h b/libs/webp/encode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..655166e --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/webp/encode.h @@ -0,0 +1,546 @@ +// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// WebP encoder: main interface +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ + +#include "./types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION 0x020f // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b) + +// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++, +// the types are left here for reference. +// typedef enum WebPImageHint WebPImageHint; +// typedef enum WebPEncCSP WebPEncCSP; +// typedef enum WebPPreset WebPPreset; +// typedef enum WebPEncodingError WebPEncodingError; +typedef struct WebPConfig WebPConfig; +typedef struct WebPPicture WebPPicture; // main structure for I/O +typedef struct WebPAuxStats WebPAuxStats; +typedef struct WebPMemoryWriter WebPMemoryWriter; + +// Return the encoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for +// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetEncoderVersion(void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// One-stop-shop call! No questions asked: + +// Returns the size of the compressed data (pointed to by *output), or 0 if +// an error occurred. The compressed data must be released by the caller +// using the call 'WebPFree(*output)'. +// These functions compress using the lossy format, and the quality_factor +// can go from 0 (smaller output, lower quality) to 100 (best quality, +// larger output). +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeRGB(const uint8_t* rgb, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeBGR(const uint8_t* bgr, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); + +// These functions are the equivalent of the above, but compressing in a +// lossless manner. Files are usually larger than lossy format, but will +// not suffer any compression loss. +// Note these functions, like the lossy versions, use the library's default +// settings. For lossless this means 'exact' is disabled. RGB values in +// transparent areas will be modified to improve compression. To avoid this, +// use WebPEncode() and set WebPConfig::exact to 1. +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessRGB(const uint8_t* rgb, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessBGR(const uint8_t* bgr, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Coding parameters + +// Image characteristics hint for the underlying encoder. +typedef enum WebPImageHint { + WEBP_HINT_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset. + WEBP_HINT_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot + WEBP_HINT_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting + WEBP_HINT_GRAPH, // Discrete tone image (graph, map-tile etc). + WEBP_HINT_LAST +} WebPImageHint; + +// Compression parameters. +struct WebPConfig { + int lossless; // Lossless encoding (0=lossy(default), 1=lossless). + float quality; // between 0 and 100. For lossy, 0 gives the smallest + // size and 100 the largest. For lossless, this + // parameter is the amount of effort put into the + // compression: 0 is the fastest but gives larger + // files compared to the slowest, but best, 100. + int method; // quality/speed trade-off (0=fast, 6=slower-better) + + WebPImageHint image_hint; // Hint for image type (lossless only for now). + + int target_size; // if non-zero, set the desired target size in bytes. + // Takes precedence over the 'compression' parameter. + float target_PSNR; // if non-zero, specifies the minimal distortion to + // try to achieve. Takes precedence over target_size. + int segments; // maximum number of segments to use, in [1..4] + int sns_strength; // Spatial Noise Shaping. 0=off, 100=maximum. + int filter_strength; // range: [0 = off .. 100 = strongest] + int filter_sharpness; // range: [0 = off .. 7 = least sharp] + int filter_type; // filtering type: 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used + // if filter_strength > 0 or autofilter > 0) + int autofilter; // Auto adjust filter's strength [0 = off, 1 = on] + int alpha_compression; // Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none, + // 1 = compressed with WebP lossless). Default is 1. + int alpha_filtering; // Predictive filtering method for alpha plane. + // 0: none, 1: fast, 2: best. Default if 1. + int alpha_quality; // Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless). + // Default is 100. + int pass; // number of entropy-analysis passes (in [1..10]). + + int show_compressed; // if true, export the compressed picture back. + // In-loop filtering is not applied. + int preprocessing; // preprocessing filter: + // 0=none, 1=segment-smooth, 2=pseudo-random dithering + int partitions; // log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default + // is set to 0 for easier progressive decoding. + int partition_limit; // quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit + // on prediction modes coding (0: no degradation, + // 100: maximum possible degradation). + int emulate_jpeg_size; // If true, compression parameters will be remapped + // to better match the expected output size from + // JPEG compression. Generally, the output size will + // be similar but the degradation will be lower. + int thread_level; // If non-zero, try and use multi-threaded encoding. + int low_memory; // If set, reduce memory usage (but increase CPU use). + + int near_lossless; // Near lossless encoding [0 = max loss .. 100 = off + // (default)]. + int exact; // if non-zero, preserve the exact RGB values under + // transparent area. Otherwise, discard this invisible + // RGB information for better compression. The default + // value is 0. + + int use_delta_palette; // reserved for future lossless feature + int use_sharp_yuv; // if needed, use sharp (and slow) RGB->YUV conversion + + uint32_t pad[2]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Enumerate some predefined settings for WebPConfig, depending on the type +// of source picture. These presets are used when calling WebPConfigPreset(). +typedef enum WebPPreset { + WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset. + WEBP_PRESET_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot + WEBP_PRESET_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting + WEBP_PRESET_DRAWING, // hand or line drawing, with high-contrast details + WEBP_PRESET_ICON, // small-sized colorful images + WEBP_PRESET_TEXT // text-like +} WebPPreset; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPConfigInitInternal(WebPConfig*, WebPPreset, float, int); + +// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPConfig structure before +// modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. WebPConfigInit() +// must have succeeded before using the 'config' object. +// Note that the default values are lossless=0 and quality=75. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigInit(WebPConfig* config) { + return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT, 75.f, + WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// This function will initialize the configuration according to a predefined +// set of parameters (referred to by 'preset') and a given quality factor. +// This function can be called as a replacement to WebPConfigInit(). Will +// return false in case of error. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigPreset(WebPConfig* config, + WebPPreset preset, float quality) { + return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, preset, quality, + WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Activate the lossless compression mode with the desired efficiency level +// between 0 (fastest, lowest compression) and 9 (slower, best compression). +// A good default level is '6', providing a fair tradeoff between compression +// speed and final compressed size. +// This function will overwrite several fields from config: 'method', 'quality' +// and 'lossless'. Returns false in case of parameter error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPConfigLosslessPreset(WebPConfig* config, int level); + +// Returns true if 'config' is non-NULL and all configuration parameters are +// within their valid ranges. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPValidateConfig(const WebPConfig* config); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Input / Output +// Structure for storing auxiliary statistics. + +struct WebPAuxStats { + int coded_size; // final size + + float PSNR[5]; // peak-signal-to-noise ratio for Y/U/V/All/Alpha + int block_count[3]; // number of intra4/intra16/skipped macroblocks + int header_bytes[2]; // approximate number of bytes spent for header + // and mode-partition #0 + int residual_bytes[3][4]; // approximate number of bytes spent for + // DC/AC/uv coefficients for each (0..3) segments. + int segment_size[4]; // number of macroblocks in each segments + int segment_quant[4]; // quantizer values for each segments + int segment_level[4]; // filtering strength for each segments [0..63] + + int alpha_data_size; // size of the transparency data + int layer_data_size; // size of the enhancement layer data + + // lossless encoder statistics + uint32_t lossless_features; // bit0:predictor bit1:cross-color transform + // bit2:subtract-green bit3:color indexing + int histogram_bits; // number of precision bits of histogram + int transform_bits; // precision bits for transform + int cache_bits; // number of bits for color cache lookup + int palette_size; // number of color in palette, if used + int lossless_size; // final lossless size + int lossless_hdr_size; // lossless header (transform, huffman etc) size + int lossless_data_size; // lossless image data size + + uint32_t pad[2]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Signature for output function. Should return true if writing was successful. +// data/data_size is the segment of data to write, and 'picture' is for +// reference (and so one can make use of picture->custom_ptr). +typedef int (*WebPWriterFunction)(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + const WebPPicture* picture); + +// WebPMemoryWrite: a special WebPWriterFunction that writes to memory using +// the following WebPMemoryWriter object (to be set as a custom_ptr). +struct WebPMemoryWriter { + uint8_t* mem; // final buffer (of size 'max_size', larger than 'size'). + size_t size; // final size + size_t max_size; // total capacity + uint32_t pad[1]; // padding for later use +}; + +// The following must be called first before any use. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPMemoryWriterInit(WebPMemoryWriter* writer); + +// The following must be called to deallocate writer->mem memory. The 'writer' +// object itself is not deallocated. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPMemoryWriterClear(WebPMemoryWriter* writer); +// The custom writer to be used with WebPMemoryWriter as custom_ptr. Upon +// completion, writer.mem and writer.size will hold the coded data. +// writer.mem must be freed by calling WebPMemoryWriterClear. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPMemoryWrite(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Progress hook, called from time to time to report progress. It can return +// false to request an abort of the encoding process, or true otherwise if +// everything is OK. +typedef int (*WebPProgressHook)(int percent, const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Color spaces. +typedef enum WebPEncCSP { + // chroma sampling + WEBP_YUV420 = 0, // 4:2:0 + WEBP_YUV420A = 4, // alpha channel variant + WEBP_CSP_UV_MASK = 3, // bit-mask to get the UV sampling factors + WEBP_CSP_ALPHA_BIT = 4 // bit that is set if alpha is present +} WebPEncCSP; + +// Encoding error conditions. +typedef enum WebPEncodingError { + VP8_ENC_OK = 0, + VP8_ENC_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error allocating objects + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BITSTREAM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error while flushing bits + VP8_ENC_ERROR_NULL_PARAMETER, // a pointer parameter is NULL + VP8_ENC_ERROR_INVALID_CONFIGURATION, // configuration is invalid + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_DIMENSION, // picture has invalid width/height + VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION0_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 512k + VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 16M + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_WRITE, // error while flushing bytes + VP8_ENC_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG, // file is bigger than 4G + VP8_ENC_ERROR_USER_ABORT, // abort request by user + VP8_ENC_ERROR_LAST // list terminator. always last. +} WebPEncodingError; + +// maximum width/height allowed (inclusive), in pixels +#define WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION 16383 + +// Main exchange structure (input samples, output bytes, statistics) +struct WebPPicture { + // INPUT + ////////////// + // Main flag for encoder selecting between ARGB or YUV input. + // It is recommended to use ARGB input (*argb, argb_stride) for lossless + // compression, and YUV input (*y, *u, *v, etc.) for lossy compression + // since these are the respective native colorspace for these formats. + int use_argb; + + // YUV input (mostly used for input to lossy compression) + WebPEncCSP colorspace; // colorspace: should be YUV420 for now (=Y'CbCr). + int width, height; // dimensions (less or equal to WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION) + uint8_t* y, *u, *v; // pointers to luma/chroma planes. + int y_stride, uv_stride; // luma/chroma strides. + uint8_t* a; // pointer to the alpha plane + int a_stride; // stride of the alpha plane + uint32_t pad1[2]; // padding for later use + + // ARGB input (mostly used for input to lossless compression) + uint32_t* argb; // Pointer to argb (32 bit) plane. + int argb_stride; // This is stride in pixels units, not bytes. + uint32_t pad2[3]; // padding for later use + + // OUTPUT + /////////////// + // Byte-emission hook, to store compressed bytes as they are ready. + WebPWriterFunction writer; // can be NULL + void* custom_ptr; // can be used by the writer. + + // map for extra information (only for lossy compression mode) + int extra_info_type; // 1: intra type, 2: segment, 3: quant + // 4: intra-16 prediction mode, + // 5: chroma prediction mode, + // 6: bit cost, 7: distortion + uint8_t* extra_info; // if not NULL, points to an array of size + // ((width + 15) / 16) * ((height + 15) / 16) that + // will be filled with a macroblock map, depending + // on extra_info_type. + + // STATS AND REPORTS + /////////////////////////// + // Pointer to side statistics (updated only if not NULL) + WebPAuxStats* stats; + + // Error code for the latest error encountered during encoding + WebPEncodingError error_code; + + // If not NULL, report progress during encoding. + WebPProgressHook progress_hook; + + void* user_data; // this field is free to be set to any value and + // used during callbacks (like progress-report e.g.). + + uint32_t pad3[3]; // padding for later use + + // Unused for now + uint8_t* pad4, *pad5; + uint32_t pad6[8]; // padding for later use + + // PRIVATE FIELDS + //////////////////// + void* memory_; // row chunk of memory for yuva planes + void* memory_argb_; // and for argb too. + void* pad7[2]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureInitInternal(WebPPicture*, int); + +// Should always be called, to initialize the structure. Returns false in case +// of version mismatch. WebPPictureInit() must have succeeded before using the +// 'picture' object. +// Note that, by default, use_argb is false and colorspace is WEBP_YUV420. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPPictureInit(WebPPicture* picture) { + return WebPPictureInitInternal(picture, WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// WebPPicture utils + +// Convenience allocation / deallocation based on picture->width/height: +// Allocate y/u/v buffers as per colorspace/width/height specification. +// Note! This function will free the previous buffer if needed. +// Returns false in case of memory error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureAlloc(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Release the memory allocated by WebPPictureAlloc() or WebPPictureImport*(). +// Note that this function does _not_ free the memory used by the 'picture' +// object itself. +// Besides memory (which is reclaimed) all other fields of 'picture' are +// preserved. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPPictureFree(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Copy the pixels of *src into *dst, using WebPPictureAlloc. Upon return, *dst +// will fully own the copied pixels (this is not a view). The 'dst' picture need +// not be initialized as its content is overwritten. +// Returns false in case of memory allocation error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureCopy(const WebPPicture* src, WebPPicture* dst); + +// Compute the single distortion for packed planes of samples. +// 'src' will be compared to 'ref', and the raw distortion stored into +// '*distortion'. The refined metric (log(MSE), log(1 - ssim),...' will be +// stored in '*result'. +// 'x_step' is the horizontal stride (in bytes) between samples. +// 'src/ref_stride' is the byte distance between rows. +// Returns false in case of error (bad parameter, memory allocation error, ...). +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPlaneDistortion(const uint8_t* src, size_t src_stride, + const uint8_t* ref, size_t ref_stride, + int width, int height, + size_t x_step, + int type, // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM + float* distortion, float* result); + +// Compute PSNR, SSIM or LSIM distortion metric between two pictures. Results +// are in dB, stored in result[] in the B/G/R/A/All order. The distortion is +// always performed using ARGB samples. Hence if the input is YUV(A), the +// picture will be internally converted to ARGB (just for the measurement). +// Warning: this function is rather CPU-intensive. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureDistortion( + const WebPPicture* src, const WebPPicture* ref, + int metric_type, // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM + float result[5]); + +// self-crops a picture to the rectangle defined by top/left/width/height. +// Returns false in case of memory allocation error, or if the rectangle is +// outside of the source picture. +// The rectangle for the view is defined by the top-left corner pixel +// coordinates (left, top) as well as its width and height. This rectangle +// must be fully be comprised inside the 'src' source picture. If the source +// picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, the top and left coordinates will be +// snapped to even values. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureCrop(WebPPicture* picture, + int left, int top, int width, int height); + +// Extracts a view from 'src' picture into 'dst'. The rectangle for the view +// is defined by the top-left corner pixel coordinates (left, top) as well +// as its width and height. This rectangle must be fully be comprised inside +// the 'src' source picture. If the source picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, +// the top and left coordinates will be snapped to even values. +// Picture 'src' must out-live 'dst' picture. Self-extraction of view is allowed +// ('src' equal to 'dst') as a mean of fast-cropping (but note that doing so, +// the original dimension will be lost). Picture 'dst' need not be initialized +// with WebPPictureInit() if it is different from 'src', since its content will +// be overwritten. +// Returns false in case of memory allocation error or invalid parameters. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureView(const WebPPicture* src, + int left, int top, int width, int height, + WebPPicture* dst); + +// Returns true if the 'picture' is actually a view and therefore does +// not own the memory for pixels. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureIsView(const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Rescale a picture to new dimension width x height. +// If either 'width' or 'height' (but not both) is 0 the corresponding +// dimension will be calculated preserving the aspect ratio. +// No gamma correction is applied. +// Returns false in case of error (invalid parameter or insufficient memory). +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureRescale(WebPPicture* pic, int width, int height); + +// Colorspace conversion function to import RGB samples. +// Previous buffer will be free'd, if any. +// *rgb buffer should have a size of at least height * rgb_stride. +// Returns false in case of memory error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGB( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgb, int rgb_stride); +// Same, but for RGBA buffer. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGBA( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgba, int rgba_stride); +// Same, but for RGBA buffer. Imports the RGB direct from the 32-bit format +// input buffer ignoring the alpha channel. Avoids needing to copy the data +// to a temporary 24-bit RGB buffer to import the RGB only. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGBX( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgbx, int rgbx_stride); + +// Variants of the above, but taking BGR(A|X) input. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGR( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgr, int bgr_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGRA( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgra, int bgra_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGRX( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgrx, int bgrx_stride); + +// Converts picture->argb data to the YUV420A format. The 'colorspace' +// parameter is deprecated and should be equal to WEBP_YUV420. +// Upon return, picture->use_argb is set to false. The presence of real +// non-opaque transparent values is detected, and 'colorspace' will be +// adjusted accordingly. Note that this method is lossy. +// Returns false in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture, + WebPEncCSP /*colorspace = WEBP_YUV420*/); + +// Same as WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(), but the conversion is done using +// pseudo-random dithering with a strength 'dithering' between +// 0.0 (no dithering) and 1.0 (maximum dithering). This is useful +// for photographic picture. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureARGBToYUVADithered( + WebPPicture* picture, WebPEncCSP colorspace, float dithering); + +// Performs 'sharp' RGBA->YUVA420 downsampling and colorspace conversion. +// Downsampling is handled with extra care in case of color clipping. This +// method is roughly 2x slower than WebPPictureARGBToYUVA() but produces better +// and sharper YUV representation. +// Returns false in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureSharpARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture); +// kept for backward compatibility: +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureSmartARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Converts picture->yuv to picture->argb and sets picture->use_argb to true. +// The input format must be YUV_420 or YUV_420A. The conversion from YUV420 to +// ARGB incurs a small loss too. +// Note that the use of this colorspace is discouraged if one has access to the +// raw ARGB samples, since using YUV420 is comparatively lossy. +// Returns false in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureYUVAToARGB(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Helper function: given a width x height plane of RGBA or YUV(A) samples +// clean-up or smoothen the YUV or RGB samples under fully transparent area, +// to help compressibility (no guarantee, though). +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPCleanupTransparentArea(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Scan the picture 'picture' for the presence of non fully opaque alpha values. +// Returns true in such case. Otherwise returns false (indicating that the +// alpha plane can be ignored altogether e.g.). +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureHasTransparency(const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Remove the transparency information (if present) by blending the color with +// the background color 'background_rgb' (specified as 24bit RGB triplet). +// After this call, all alpha values are reset to 0xff. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPBlendAlpha(WebPPicture* pic, uint32_t background_rgb); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Main call + +// Main encoding call, after config and picture have been initialized. +// 'picture' must be less than 16384x16384 in dimension (cf WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION), +// and the 'config' object must be a valid one. +// Returns false in case of error, true otherwise. +// In case of error, picture->error_code is updated accordingly. +// 'picture' can hold the source samples in both YUV(A) or ARGB input, depending +// on the value of 'picture->use_argb'. It is highly recommended to use +// the former for lossy encoding, and the latter for lossless encoding +// (when config.lossless is true). Automatic conversion from one format to +// another is provided but they both incur some loss. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPEncode(const WebPConfig* config, WebPPicture* picture); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ diff --git a/libs/webp/types.h b/libs/webp/types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47f7f2b --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/webp/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Common types + memory wrappers +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ + +#include // for size_t + +#ifndef _MSC_VER +#include +#if defined(__cplusplus) || !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) +#define WEBP_INLINE inline +#else +#define WEBP_INLINE +#endif +#else +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef signed short int16_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef signed int int32_t; +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t; +typedef long long int int64_t; +#define WEBP_INLINE __forceinline +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#ifndef WEBP_EXTERN +// This explicitly marks library functions and allows for changing the +// signature for e.g., Windows DLL builds. +# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4 +# define WEBP_EXTERN extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) +# else +# define WEBP_EXTERN extern +# endif /* __GNUC__ >= 4 */ +#endif /* WEBP_EXTERN */ + +// Macro to check ABI compatibility (same major revision number) +#define WEBP_ABI_IS_INCOMPATIBLE(a, b) (((a) >> 8) != ((b) >> 8)) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Allocates 'size' bytes of memory. Returns NULL upon error. Memory +// must be deallocated by calling WebPFree(). This function is made available +// by the core 'libwebp' library. +WEBP_EXTERN void* WebPMalloc(size_t size); + +// Releases memory returned by the WebPDecode*() functions (from decode.h). +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPFree(void* ptr); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ diff --git a/res/file.png b/res/file.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b1f0e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/res/file.png differ diff --git a/res/folder.png b/res/folder.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e04bad Binary files /dev/null and b/res/folder.png differ diff --git a/res/image.png b/res/image.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0565d8b Binary files /dev/null and b/res/image.png differ diff --git a/sce_sys/icon0.png b/sce_sys/icon0.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cab178 Binary files /dev/null and b/sce_sys/icon0.png differ diff --git a/sce_sys/livearea/contents/bg.png b/sce_sys/livearea/contents/bg.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc78873 Binary files /dev/null and b/sce_sys/livearea/contents/bg.png differ diff --git a/sce_sys/livearea/contents/startup.png b/sce_sys/livearea/contents/startup.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7c8ffc Binary files /dev/null and b/sce_sys/livearea/contents/startup.png differ diff --git a/sce_sys/livearea/contents/template.xml b/sce_sys/livearea/contents/template.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4d43f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/sce_sys/livearea/contents/template.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + + bg.png + + + + startup.png + + diff --git a/source/fs.cpp b/source/fs.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f316075 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/fs.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "fs.h" +#include "utils.h" + +namespace FS { + std::string CWD; + + int GetFileSize(const std::string &path, SceOff *size) { + int ret = 0; + SceIoStat stat; + + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceIoGetstat(path.c_str(), &stat))) + return ret; + + *size = stat.st_size; + return 0; + } + + std::string GetFileExt(const std::string &filename) { + std::string ext = std::filesystem::path(filename).extension(); + std::transform(ext.begin(), ext.end(), ext.begin(), ::toupper); + return ext; + } + + static SceOff CountFiles(const std::string &path) { + int ret = 0; + SceOff entry_count = 0; + SceUID dir = sceIoDopen(path.c_str()); + + do { + SceIoDirent entries; + std::memset(&entries, 0, sizeof(SceIoDirent)); + + ret = sceIoDread(dir, &entries); + if (ret > 0) + entry_count++; + } while (ret > 0); + + sceIoDclose(dir); + return entry_count; + } + + static int sort(const void *p1, const void *p2) { + SceIoDirent *entryA = (SceIoDirent *)p1; + SceIoDirent *entryB = (SceIoDirent *)p2; + + if ((SCE_S_ISDIR(entryA->d_stat.st_mode)) && !(SCE_S_ISDIR(entryB->d_stat.st_mode))) + return -1; + else if (!(SCE_S_ISDIR(entryA->d_stat.st_mode)) && (SCE_S_ISDIR(entryB->d_stat.st_mode))) + return 1; + + return strcasecmp(entryA->d_name, entryB->d_name); + } + + SceOff GetDirList(const std::string &path, SceIoDirent **entriesp) { + int ret = 0, i = ((path == "ux0:")? 0 : 1); + SceOff entry_count = 0; + SceUID dir = 0; + + entry_count = CountFiles(path) + ((path == "ux0:")? 0 : 1); + + if (R_FAILED(dir = sceIoDopen(path.c_str()))) + return dir; + + SceIoDirent *entries = new SceIoDirent[entry_count * sizeof(*entries)]; + + // Add parent directory entry if not on root path + if (path != "ux0:") { + std::strcpy(entries[0].d_name, ".."); + entries[0].d_stat.st_mode = SCE_S_IFDIR; + } + + do { + ret = sceIoDread(dir, &entries[i]); + i++; + } while (ret > 0); + + std::qsort(entries, entry_count, sizeof(SceIoDirent), sort); + + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceIoDclose(dir))) { + delete entries; + return ret; + } + + *entriesp = entries; + return entry_count; + } + + //TODO: Clean up change directory impl. + static SceOff ChangeDir(const std::string &path, SceIoDirent **entries) { + SceIoDirent *new_entries; + + SceOff num_entries = GetDirList(path, &new_entries); + if (num_entries < 0) + return -1; + + // Free entries and change the current working directory. + delete *entries; + CWD = path; + *entries = new_entries; + return num_entries; + } + + static int ChangeDirUp(char path[256]) { + if (CWD.length() <= 1 && CWD.c_str()[0] == '/') + return -1; + + // Remove upmost directory + bool copy = false; + int len = 0; + for (ssize_t i = CWD.length(); i >= 0; i--) { + if (CWD.c_str()[i] == '/') + copy = true; + if (copy) { + path[i] = CWD.c_str()[i]; + len++; + } + } + + // remove trailing slash + if (len > 1 && path[len - 1] == '/') + len--; + + path[len] = '\0'; + return 0; + } + + SceOff ChangeDirNext(const std::string &path, SceIoDirent **entries) { + std::string new_path = CWD; + new_path.append("/"); + new_path.append(path); + return ChangeDir(new_path, entries); + } + + SceOff ChangeDirPrev(SceIoDirent **entries) { + char new_path[256]; + if (ChangeDirUp(new_path) < 0) + return -1; + + return ChangeDir(std::string(new_path), entries); + } + + const std::string BuildPath(SceIoDirent *entry) { + std::string path = CWD; + path.append("/"); + path.append(entry->d_name); + return path; + } + + int ReadFile(const std::string &path, unsigned char **buffer, SceOff *size) { + SceUID file = 0; + int ret = 0; + + if (R_FAILED(ret = file = sceIoOpen(path.c_str(), SCE_O_RDONLY, 0))) + return ret; + + *size = sceIoLseek(file, 0, SEEK_END); + *buffer = (unsigned char *)std::malloc(*size); + + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceIoPread(file, *buffer, *size, SCE_SEEK_SET))) + return ret; + + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceIoClose(file))) + return ret; + + return 0; + } +} diff --git a/source/gui.cpp b/source/gui.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5badcf --- /dev/null +++ b/source/gui.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +#include +#include + +#include "fs.h" +#include "imgui_internal.h" +#include "textures.h" +#include "utils.h" + +namespace Renderer { + static void Start(void) { + vglStartRendering(); + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_NewFrame(); + } + + static void End(ImVec4 clear_color) { + glViewport(0, 0, (int)ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.x, (int)ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.y); + glClearColor(clear_color.x, clear_color.y, clear_color.z, clear_color.w); + glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT); + ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + vglStopRendering(); + } +} + +namespace GUI { + enum GUI_STATES { + GUI_STATE_HOME, + GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW, + GUI_STATE_GIF_PREVIEW + }; + + static int gui_state = GUI_STATE_HOME; + + static void ImageWindow(SceIoDirent *entry, Tex *texture) { + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos({0.0f, 0.0f}, ImGuiCond_Once); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({960.0f, 544.0f}, ImGuiCond_Once); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); + + if (ImGui::Begin(entry->d_name, nullptr, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) + ImGui::Image((void *)(intptr_t)texture->id, ImVec2(texture->width, texture->height)); + + ImGui::End(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + static void GifWindow(SceIoDirent *entry, Tex **texture, unsigned int *frames) { + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos({0.0f, 0.0f}, ImGuiCond_Once); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({960.0f, 544.0f}, ImGuiCond_Once); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); + if (ImGui::Begin(entry->d_name, nullptr, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) { + // for (unsigned int i = 0; i < *frames; i++) { + // ImGui::Image((void *)(intptr_t)texture[i]->id, ImVec2(texture[i]->width, texture[i]->height)); + // } + ImGui::Image((void *)(intptr_t)texture[0]->id, ImVec2(texture[0]->width, texture[0]->height)); + } + ImGui::End(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + static void PropertiesWindow(bool *window, const std::string &cwd, SceIoDirent *entry, Tex *texture) { + ImGui::OpenPopup("Properties"); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(20, 20)); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Properties", window, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) { + std::string parent_text = "Parent: "; + parent_text.append(cwd); + ImGui::Text(parent_text.c_str()); + + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0.0f, 5.0f)); // Spacing + + std::string name_text = "Name: "; + name_text.append(entry->d_name); + ImGui::Text(name_text.c_str()); + + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0.0f, 5.0f)); // Spacing + + if (!SCE_S_ISDIR(entry->d_stat.st_mode)) { + char size[16]; + Utils::GetSizeString(size, (double)entry->d_stat.st_size); + std::string size_text = "Size: "; + size_text.append(size); + ImGui::Text(size_text.c_str()); + } + + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0.0f, 5.0f)); // Spacing + + std::string width_text = "Width: "; + width_text.append(std::to_string(texture->width)); + width_text.append("px"); + ImGui::Text(width_text.c_str()); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 10.0f); + ImGui::Button("Edit width"); + + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0.0f, 5.0f)); // Spacing + + std::string height_text = "Height: "; + height_text.append(std::to_string(texture->height)); + height_text.append("px"); + ImGui::Text(height_text.c_str()); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 10.0f); + ImGui::Button("Edit height"); + + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0.0f, 5.0f)); // Spacing + + if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120, 0))) { + *window = false; + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + void MainMenu(void) { + bool window = true, properties_window = false; + ImVec4 clear_color = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.55f, 0.60f, 1.00f); + + FS::CWD = "ux0:"; + SceIoDirent *entries; + SceOff entry_count = FS::GetDirList(FS::CWD, &entries); + SceOff selected = 0; + + Tex texture; // Common image formats + Tex *textures; // GIFs + unsigned int frames = 0; // GIFs + + while (window) { + Renderer::Start(); + + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos({0.0f, 0.0f}, ImGuiCond_Once); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize({960.0f, 544.0f}, ImGuiCond_Once); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); + + if (ImGui::Begin("VITAlbum", &window, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) { + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f), FS::CWD.c_str()); + + ImGui::BeginChild("##FS::GetDirList"); + for (SceOff i = 0; i < entry_count; i++) { + if (SCE_S_ISDIR(entries[i].d_stat.st_mode)) + ImGui::Image((void *)(intptr_t)folder_texture.id, ImVec2(folder_texture.width, folder_texture.height)); + else { + std::string filename = entries[i].d_name; + std::string ext = FS::GetFileExt(filename); + + if ((ext == ".BMP") || (ext == ".GIF") || (ext == ".ICO") || (ext == ".JPG") || (ext == ".JPEG") || (ext == ".PCX") + || (ext == ".PNG") || (ext == ".PGM") || (ext == ".PPM") || (ext == ".TGA") || (ext == ".TIFF") || (ext == ".WEBP")) + ImGui::Image((void *)(intptr_t)image_texture.id, ImVec2(image_texture.width, image_texture.height)); + else + ImGui::Image((void *)(intptr_t)file_texture.id, ImVec2(file_texture.width, file_texture.height)); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (ImGui::Selectable(entries[i].d_name)) { + if (SCE_S_ISDIR(entries[i].d_stat.st_mode)) { + std::string filename = entries[i].d_name; + if (filename == "..") + entry_count = FS::ChangeDirPrev(&entries); + else + entry_count = FS::ChangeDirNext(filename, &entries); + GImGui->NavId = 0; + } + else { + std::string path = FS::BuildPath(&entries[i]); + std::string ext = FS::GetFileExt(path); + + if (ext == ".BMP") { + SceBool image_ret = Textures::LoadImageBMP(path, &texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + gui_state = GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW; + } + else if ((ext == ".JPG") || (ext == ".JPEG") || (ext == ".PNG") || (ext == ".PGM") || (ext == ".PPM") + || (ext == ".TGA")) { + SceBool image_ret = Textures::LoadImageFile(path, &texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + gui_state = GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW; + } + else if (ext == ".GIF") { + //SceBool image_ret = Textures::LoadImageGIF(path, &textures, &frames); + //IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + //gui_state = GUI_STATE_GIF_PREVIEW; + SceBool image_ret = Textures::LoadImageGIF(path, &texture, &frames); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + gui_state = GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW; + } + else if (ext == ".ICO") { + SceBool image_ret = Textures::LoadImageICO(path, &texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + gui_state = GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW; + } + else if (ext == ".PCX") { + SceBool image_ret = Textures::LoadImagePCX(path, &texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + gui_state = GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW; + } + else if (ext == ".TIFF") { + SceBool image_ret = Textures::LoadImageTIFF(path, &texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + gui_state = GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW; + } + else if (ext == ".WEBP") { + SceBool image_ret = Textures::LoadImageWEBP(path, &texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + gui_state = GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW; + } + } + } + + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + selected = i; + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + switch (gui_state) { + case GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW: + ImageWindow(&entries[selected], &texture); + if (properties_window) + PropertiesWindow(&properties_window, FS::CWD, &entries[selected], &texture); + break; + + case GUI_STATE_GIF_PREVIEW: + GifWindow(&entries[selected], &textures, &frames); + break; + + default: + break; + } + + ImGui::End(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + Renderer::End(clear_color); + + Utils::ReadControls(); + + switch (gui_state) { + case GUI_STATE_IMAGE_PREVIEW: + if (pressed & SCE_CTRL_TRIANGLE) + properties_window = !properties_window; + + if (!properties_window) { + if (pressed & SCE_CTRL_CANCEL) { + Textures::Free(&texture); + gui_state = GUI_STATE_HOME; + } + } + else { + if (pressed & SCE_CTRL_CANCEL) + properties_window = false; + } + + break; + + case GUI_STATE_GIF_PREVIEW: + if (pressed & SCE_CTRL_CANCEL) { + for (int i = 0; i < frames; i++) { + Textures::Free(&textures[i]); + } + gui_state = GUI_STATE_HOME; + } + + break; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/source/log.cpp b/source/log.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2310759 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/log.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include +#include +#include + +#include "utils.h" + +namespace Log { + SceUID log_handle = 0; + + int OpenHande(void) { + int ret = 0; + + if (R_FAILED(ret = log_handle = sceIoOpen("ux0:/vpk/debug.log", SCE_O_WRONLY | SCE_O_CREAT | SCE_O_APPEND, 0777))) + return ret; + + return 0; + } + + int CloseHandle(void) { + int ret = 0; + + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceIoClose(log_handle))) + return ret; + + return 0; + } + + int Debug(const char *format, ...) { + va_list list; + char string[1024] = {0}; + + va_start(list, format); + int length = std::vsprintf(string, format, list); + va_end(list); + + int ret = 0; + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceIoWrite(log_handle, string, length))) + return ret; + + return 0; + } +} diff --git a/source/main.cpp b/source/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f212e99 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +#include +#include + +#include "gui.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "textures.h" +#include "utils.h" + +namespace Services { + void SetDefaultTheme(void) { + ImGui::GetStyle().FrameRounding = 4.0f; + ImGui::GetStyle().GrabRounding = 4.0f; + + ImVec4 *colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors; + colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.95f, 0.96f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.36f, 0.42f, 0.47f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.15f, 0.17f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.15f, 0.18f, 0.22f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.10f, 0.12f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.29f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.12f, 0.20f, 0.28f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.09f, 0.12f, 0.14f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.09f, 0.12f, 0.14f, 0.65f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.10f, 0.12f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.51f); + colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.15f, 0.18f, 0.22f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.02f, 0.02f, 0.02f, 0.39f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.29f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.18f, 0.22f, 0.25f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.09f, 0.21f, 0.31f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.28f, 0.56f, 1.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(0.28f, 0.56f, 1.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.37f, 0.61f, 1.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.29f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.0f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.0f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.29f, 0.55f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.0f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.0f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.29f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.25f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.15f, 0.17f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.29f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.15f, 0.17f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.15f, 0.17f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); + colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.0f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); (void)io; + io.FontGlobalScale = 1.5f; + } + + void Init(void) { + // Initalize vitaGL and imGui contexts + vglInit(0x100000); + ImGui::CreateContext(); + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_Init(); + + // Setup style + ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_GamepadUsage(true); + + Textures::Init(); + Log::OpenHande(); + Utils::InitAppUtil(); + SCE_CTRL_ENTER = Utils::GetEnterButton(); + SCE_CTRL_CANCEL = Utils::GetCancelButton(); + } + + void Exit(void) { + // Clean up + Log::Debug("Before Utils::EndAppUtil();\n"); + Utils::EndAppUtil(); + Log::Debug("Before Textures::Exit();\n"); + //Log::CloseHandle(); + Textures::Exit(); + Log::Debug("Before ImGui_ImplVitaGL_Shutdown();\n"); + ImGui_ImplVitaGL_Shutdown(); + Log::Debug("Before ImGui::DestroyContext();\n"); + ImGui::DestroyContext(); + Log::Debug("Before vglEnd();\n"); + vglEnd(); + Log::Debug("Before Log::CloseHandle();\n"); + Log::CloseHandle(); + } +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { + Services::Init(); + Services::SetDefaultTheme(); + GUI::MainMenu(); + Services::Exit(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/source/textures.cpp b/source/textures.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fffbda --- /dev/null +++ b/source/textures.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,390 @@ +// PCX +#define DR_PCX_IMPLEMENTATION +#define DR_PCX_NO_STDIO +#include "dr_pcx.h" + +// BMP +#include "libnsbmp.h" + +// GIF +#include "libnsgif.h" + +// STB +#define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION +#define STBI_NO_STDIO +#define STBI_NO_BMP +#define STBI_NO_GIF +#define STBI_NO_HDR +#define STBI_NO_PIC +#define STBI_NO_PSD +#define STBI_ONLY_JPEG +#define STBI_ONLY_PNG +#define STBI_ONLY_PNM +#define STBI_ONLY_TGA +#include "stb_image.h" + +// TIFF +#include "tiffio.h" + +// WEBP +#include "webp/decode.h" + +#include "fs.h" +#include "imgui.h" +#include "textures.h" +#include "utils.h" + +#define BYTES_PER_PIXEL 4 +#define MAX_IMAGE_BYTES (48 * 1024 * 1024) + +Tex folder_texture, file_texture, image_texture; + +namespace BMP { + static void *bitmap_create(int width, int height, unsigned int state) { + (void) state; /* unused */ + /* ensure a stupidly large (>50Megs or so) bitmap is not created */ + if (((long long)width * (long long)height) > (MAX_IMAGE_BYTES/BYTES_PER_PIXEL)) + return nullptr; + + return calloc(width * height, BYTES_PER_PIXEL); + } + + static unsigned char *bitmap_get_buffer(void *bitmap) { + assert(bitmap); + return (unsigned char *)bitmap; + } + + static size_t bitmap_get_bpp(void *bitmap) { + (void) bitmap; /* unused */ + return BYTES_PER_PIXEL; + } + + static void bitmap_destroy(void *bitmap) { + assert(bitmap); + free(bitmap); + } +} + +namespace GIF { + static void *bitmap_create(int width, int height) { + /* ensure a stupidly large bitmap is not created */ + if (((long long)width * (long long)height) > (MAX_IMAGE_BYTES/BYTES_PER_PIXEL)) + return nullptr; + + return calloc(width * height, BYTES_PER_PIXEL); + } + + static void bitmap_set_opaque(void *bitmap, bool opaque) { + (void) opaque; /* unused */ + (void) bitmap; /* unused */ + assert(bitmap); + } + + static bool bitmap_test_opaque(void *bitmap) { + (void) bitmap; /* unused */ + assert(bitmap); + return false; + } + + static unsigned char *bitmap_get_buffer(void *bitmap) { + assert(bitmap); + return (unsigned char *)bitmap; + } + + static void bitmap_destroy(void *bitmap) { + assert(bitmap); + free(bitmap); + } + + static void bitmap_modified(void *bitmap) { + (void) bitmap; /* unused */ + assert(bitmap); + return; + } +} + +namespace ICO { + static void *bitmap_create(int width, int height, unsigned int state) { + (void) state; /* unused */ + return calloc(width * height, BYTES_PER_PIXEL); + } + + static unsigned char *bitmap_get_buffer(void *bitmap) { + assert(bitmap); + return (unsigned char *)bitmap; + } + + static size_t bitmap_get_bpp(void *bitmap) { + (void) bitmap; /* unused */ + return BYTES_PER_PIXEL; + } + + static void bitmap_destroy(void *bitmap) { + assert(bitmap); + free(bitmap); + } +} + +namespace Textures { + bool LoadImage(unsigned char *data, int *width, int *height, Tex *texture, void (*free_func)(void *)) { + // Create a OpenGL texture identifier + GLuint image; + glGenTextures(1, &image); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, image); + + // Setup filtering parameters for display + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + + // Upload pixels into texture + glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, *width, *height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, data); + + if (*free_func) + free_func(data); + + texture->id = image; + texture->width = *width; + texture->height = *height; + return true; + } + + bool LoadImageFile(const std::string &path, Tex *texture) { + unsigned char *data = nullptr; + SceOff size = 0; + + if (R_FAILED(FS::ReadFile(path, &data, &size))) + return false; + + int width = 0, height = 0; + data = stbi_load_from_memory(data, size, &width, &height, nullptr, BYTES_PER_PIXEL); + return LoadImage(data, &width, &height, texture, drpcx_free); + return false; + } + + bool LoadImageBMP(const std::string &path, Tex *texture) { + bmp_bitmap_callback_vt bitmap_callbacks = { + BMP::bitmap_create, + BMP::bitmap_destroy, + BMP::bitmap_get_buffer, + BMP::bitmap_get_bpp + }; + + bmp_result code = BMP_OK; + bmp_image bmp; + unsigned char *data = nullptr; + size_t size = 0; + + bmp_create(&bmp, &bitmap_callbacks); + if (R_FAILED(FS::ReadFile(path, &data, (SceOff *)&size))) + return false; + + code = bmp_analyse(&bmp, size, data); + if (code != BMP_OK) { + bmp_finalise(&bmp); + free(data); + return false; + } + + code = bmp_decode(&bmp); + if (code != BMP_OK) { + if ((code != BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA) && (code != BMP_DATA_ERROR)) { + bmp_finalise(&bmp); + free(data); + return false; + } + + /* skip if the decoded image would be ridiculously large */ + if ((bmp.width * bmp.height) > 200000) { + bmp_finalise(&bmp); + free(data); + return false; + } + } + + LoadImage((unsigned char *)bmp.bitmap, (int *)&bmp.width, (int *)&bmp.height, texture, nullptr); + bmp_finalise(&bmp); + free(data); + return true; + } + + bool LoadImageGIF(const std::string &path, Tex *texture, unsigned int *frames) { + gif_bitmap_callback_vt bitmap_callbacks = { + GIF::bitmap_create, + GIF::bitmap_destroy, + GIF::bitmap_get_buffer, + GIF::bitmap_set_opaque, + GIF::bitmap_test_opaque, + GIF::bitmap_modified + }; + + gif_animation gif; + SceOff size = 0; + gif_result code = GIF_OK; + unsigned char *data = nullptr; + + gif_create(&gif, &bitmap_callbacks); + if (R_FAILED(FS::ReadFile(path, &data, &size))) + return false; + + do { + code = gif_initialise(&gif, size, data); + if (code != GIF_OK && code != GIF_WORKING) { + gif_finalise(&gif); + free(data); + return false; + } + } while (code != GIF_OK); + + //bool gif_is_animated = gif.frame_count > 1; + bool gif_is_animated = false; + + if (gif_is_animated) { + *frames = gif.frame_count; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < gif.frame_count; i++) { + code = gif_decode_frame(&gif, i); + if (code != GIF_OK) { + free(data); + return false; + } + + //LoadImage((unsigned char *)gif.frame_image, (int *)&gif.width, (int *)&gif.height, texture[i], nullptr); + } + } + else { + code = gif_decode_frame(&gif, 0); + if (code != GIF_OK) { + free(data); + return false; + } + + LoadImage((unsigned char *)gif.frame_image, (int *)&gif.width, (int *)&gif.height, texture, nullptr); + } + + gif_finalise(&gif); + free(data); + + return true; + } + + bool LoadImageICO(const std::string &path, Tex *texture) { + bmp_bitmap_callback_vt bitmap_callbacks = { + ICO::bitmap_create, + ICO::bitmap_destroy, + ICO::bitmap_get_buffer, + ICO::bitmap_get_bpp + }; + + uint16_t width = 0, height = 0; + ico_collection ico; + bmp_result code = BMP_OK; + bmp_image *bmp; + unsigned char *data = nullptr; + size_t size = 0; + + ico_collection_create(&ico, &bitmap_callbacks); + if (R_FAILED(FS::ReadFile(path, &data, (SceOff *)&size))) + return false; + + code = ico_analyse(&ico, size, data); + if (code != BMP_OK) { + ico_finalise(&ico); + free(data); + return false; + } + + bmp = ico_find(&ico, width, height); + assert(bmp); + + code = bmp_decode(bmp); + if (code != BMP_OK) { + if ((code != BMP_INSUFFICIENT_DATA) && (code != BMP_DATA_ERROR)) { + ico_finalise(&ico); + free(data); + return false; + } + + /* skip if the decoded image would be ridiculously large */ + if ((bmp->width * bmp->height) > 200000) { + ico_finalise(&ico); + free(data); + return false; + } + } + + LoadImage((unsigned char *)bmp->bitmap, (int *)&bmp->width, (int *)&bmp->height, texture, nullptr); + ico_finalise(&ico); + free(data); + return true; + } + + bool LoadImagePCX(const std::string &path, Tex *texture) { + unsigned char *data = nullptr; + SceOff size = 0; + + if (R_FAILED(FS::ReadFile(path, &data, &size))) + return false; + + int width = 0, height = 0; + data = drpcx_load_memory(data, size, DRPCX_FALSE, &width, &height, nullptr, BYTES_PER_PIXEL); + return LoadImage(data, &width, &height, texture, drpcx_free); + return false; + } + + bool LoadImageTIFF(const std::string &path, Tex *texture) { + TIFF *tif = TIFFOpen(path.c_str(), "r"); + if (tif) { + uint32 width = 0, height = 0; + size_t num_pixels = 0; + uint32 *raster = nullptr; + + TIFFGetField(tif, TIFFTAG_IMAGEWIDTH, &width); + TIFFGetField(tif, TIFFTAG_IMAGELENGTH, &height); + num_pixels = width * height; + + raster = (uint32*) _TIFFmalloc(num_pixels * sizeof (uint32)); + if (raster != nullptr) { + if (TIFFReadRGBAImage(tif, width, height, raster, 0)) + LoadImage((unsigned char *)raster, (int *)&width, (int *)&height, texture, _TIFFfree); + } + + TIFFClose(tif); + return true; + } + return false; + } + + bool LoadImageWEBP(const std::string &path, Tex *texture) { + unsigned char *data = nullptr; + SceOff size = 0; + + if (R_FAILED(FS::ReadFile(path, &data, &size))) + return false; + + int width = 0, height = 0; + data = WebPDecodeRGBA(data, size, &width, &height); + return LoadImage(data, &width, &height, texture, free); + return false; + } + + void Free(Tex *texture) { + glDeleteTextures(1, &texture->id); + } + + void Init(void) { + bool image_ret = LoadImageFile("app0:res/file.png", &file_texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + + image_ret = LoadImageFile("app0:res/folder.png", &folder_texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + + image_ret = LoadImageFile("app0:res/image.png", &image_texture); + IM_ASSERT(image_ret); + } + + void Exit(void) { + Free(&image_texture); + Free(&folder_texture); + Free(&file_texture); + } +} diff --git a/source/utils.cpp b/source/utils.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88c6725 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/utils.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "utils.h" + +int SCE_CTRL_ENTER, SCE_CTRL_CANCEL; +unsigned int pressed; + +namespace Utils { + static SceCtrlData pad, old_pad; + + int InitAppUtil(void) { + SceAppUtilInitParam init; + SceAppUtilBootParam boot; + std::memset(&init, 0, sizeof(SceAppUtilInitParam)); + std::memset(&boot, 0, sizeof(SceAppUtilBootParam)); + + int ret = 0; + + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceAppUtilInit(&init, &boot))) + return ret; + + return 0; + } + + int EndAppUtil(void) { + int ret = 0; + + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceAppUtilShutdown())) + return ret; + + return 0; + } + + void ReadControls(void) { + std::memset(&pad, 0, sizeof(SceCtrlData)); + sceCtrlPeekBufferPositive(0, &pad, 1); + pressed = pad.buttons & ~old_pad.buttons; + old_pad = pad; + } + + int GetEnterButton(void) { + int button = 0, ret = 0; + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceAppUtilSystemParamGetInt(SCE_SYSTEM_PARAM_ID_ENTER_BUTTON, &button))) + return ret; + + if (button == SCE_SYSTEM_PARAM_ENTER_BUTTON_CIRCLE) + return SCE_CTRL_CIRCLE; + else + return SCE_CTRL_CROSS; + + return 0; + } + + int GetCancelButton(void) { + int button = 0, ret = 0; + if (R_FAILED(ret = sceAppUtilSystemParamGetInt(SCE_SYSTEM_PARAM_ID_ENTER_BUTTON, &button))) + return ret; + + if (button == SCE_SYSTEM_PARAM_ENTER_BUTTON_CIRCLE) + return SCE_CTRL_CROSS; + else + return SCE_CTRL_CIRCLE; + + return 0; + } + + void GetSizeString(char *string, double size) { + int i = 0; + const char *units[] = {"B", "KB", "MB", "GB", "TB", "PB", "EB", "ZB", "YB"}; + + while (size >= 1024.0f) { + size /= 1024.0f; + i++; + } + + sprintf(string, "%.*f %s", (i == 0) ? 0 : 2, size, units[i]); + } +}